14

th

International Forensic Science Symposium Interpol Lyon

19 22 October 2004

Review Papers
Edited by Dr. Niamh Nic Daid Forensic science Unit, University of Strathclyde, Glasgow, UK

Table of contents
Preface Dr. Peter Pfefferli, Chairman of the Organising Committee Scenes of crime Technical co-ordinator :- James Robertson, Australian Federal Police, Australia Fingerprints, tool marks and impressions Firearms Fibres Paint and glass Forensic geology 6 47 70 85 125 4

Individual evidence Technical co-ordinator :- Trevor Howard, Forensic Science Service, United Kingdom Biological evidence (DNA) Biological evidence (hair) Questioned documents (handwriting) Speech and audio analysis, linguistics Imaging Chemical and material analysis Technical co-ordinator :- Thomas Janovsky, Drug Enforcement Agency, USA Drugs Toxicology Fire cause and debris analysis Explosives Environmental crime Media evidence Technical co-ordinator :- Anthony P DiClemente, FBI, USA Questioned documents Digital evidence Poster presentations Technical co-ordinator :- Dominique Saint-Dizier, France 389 405 550 207 260 303 330 359 137 148 156 171 189

14th INTERPOL International Forensic Science Symposium, INTERPOL Lyon (France), October 19 22, 2004

Preface
INTERPOL recognizes the demand to present advances made in scientific methods and to look into future forensic needs and trends, by bringing together executives and senior scientists from crime laboratories and forensic services throughout the world, to evaluate on a regularly basis progresses made within a certain period. In this perspective the INTERPOL triennial International Forensic Science Symposium (IFSS) is offering a comprehensive overview of key areas of forensic sciences during the previous three years and therefore allow managers to focus on the most relevant issues. The objectives of the IFSS are to provide a forum for forensic managers from member states to facilitate: a) the presentation of advances made in scientific methods over the previous three (3) years, and to provide a look into future forensic needs and advances, b) the exchange of information which will enhance scientific methods in criminal investigation and the administration of justice, c) the discussion of problem areas encountered by member states and the possible provision of solutions, and d) the exchange and pooling of ideas for future progress The symposium Proceedings on this CD concentrate on the Review Papers prepared by the Coordinating Laboratories, which highlight and summarize advances of the various evidence types. Furthermore the information about special sessions, panel discussions as well as the poster presentations (as far as available when producing the CD). According to the program of the IFSS, the various evidence areas are grouped into four major areas: ! Scenes of Crime Evidence that includes Tool Marks & Impressions, Firearms, Fibres, Paint & Glass, and Forensic Geology. ! Individual Identification Evidence, which is categorized as Biological Evidence (mainly DNA), Questioned Documents Handwriting, and Forensic Acoustics and Imaging. ! Chemical and Material Analysis Evidence, which means Drugs, Toxicology, Fire Cause and Fire Debris Analysis, Explosives, and Environmental Crime. ! Media Evidence with Image Analysis, Questioned Documents (other than handwriting), and Digital Evidence. Besides these main contributions to review the state of the art, three thematic panels complete the forensic setting. A first panel on Crime Scene goes through the process of management, people and products at the scene. A second panel is devoted to Forensic Networks established in various regions of the world for a better joint & combined forensic approach. A third panel is looking at forensic issues in Scientific Investigations in Terrorist Acts with various experiences from chemical terrorism until bombings.

Forensic science has also an established place within INTERPOL, in the operational police support directorate. INTERPOL provides ongoing database support in forensic key areas such as DNA, fingerprints, counterfeiting of travel documents or credit card fraud. A special session with status report in these major areas considers therefore the role of INTERPOL and its continuing relationship with the forensic community. IFSS is only possible with the support of INTERPOL General Secretary, Ronald Noble. INTERPOL staff coordinated all aspects of INTERPOLs involvement from meeting announcements to registration, and producing this CD with the symposium proceedings. To make the IFSS 2004 possible it took significant effort by the Organizing Committee, each Coordinating Laboratory and the review paper authors. With special thanks to a number of persons in the Organizing Committee for their ongoing commitment: Mr. James Robertson, Ph.D., Australia Mr. Trevor Howitt, UK Mr. Thomas Janovsky, USA Mr. Antony DiClemente, USA acting as Technical Coordinators of the four evidence review areas Mr. Joe Bono, USA Moderator of the Session on Scientific Investigation in Terrorist Acts Ms. Dominique Saint-Dizier, France Organizing the poster exhibition Ms. Niamh Nic Daid, Ph.D., UK Preparing the symposium proceedings based on the reviews of the coordinating laboratories Mr. Simon Dzidrovski, INTERPOL Acting as liaison between the host and the Organizing Committee Together with further supporters, the Organizing Committee team made IFSS-2004 possible. Peter W. Pfefferli, Ph.D., Switzerland Chair, 14th International Forensic Science Symposium Organizing Committee

SCENE of CRIME

FINGERMARKS, SHOESOLE AND FOOTPRINT IMPRESSIONS, TIRE IMPRESSIONS, EAR IMPRESSIONS, TOOLMARKS, LIPMARKS, BITEMARKS

A Review: 2001 to 2004

Christophe Champod*, PhD Nicole Egli, Lic. IPSC Pierre A. Margot, PhD
*Corresponding Author

Ecole de Sciences Criminelles Institut de Police Scientifique, Btiment de chimie Universit de Lausanne CH-1015 Lausanne-Dorigny Switzerland http ://www.unil.ch/esc

ABSTRACT The purpose of this paper is to review the scientific literature from about September 2001 to August 2004. The review is focused on published papers in scientific journals or proceedings and on personal communications (complete reports) transmitted to our laboratory. The review will not cover information coming from international meetings available only in abstract form. International working group activities as they pertain to the identification process or to the standardisation are fully discussed. Fingermarks constitute an important chapter with further discussion on the identification process as well as detection techniques on various surfaces and in their effect on other types of analyses (DNA, LCN). Image acquisition of marks, image processing, recognition as well as automatic treatments are all parts of the present discussion of biometric systems and will be discussed. Other biometric means of identification such as lip marks, bite marks, nails are also considered. Toolmarks, shoe marks, tire marks remain important traces found in major or volume crimes; their efficient classification and treatment play an important role in identification and crime analysis. Current developments will be highlighted.

CONTENT Introduction The use of marks and impressions for forensic intelligence Fingermarks Friction ridge skin individualisation process Dermatoglyphics Fingermark detection and visualisation Composition of fingermarks Physical and chemical detection techniques Alternative light sources, photography and digital/chemical imaging Recovery of prints Fingermark detection and DNA or biological fluid analysis Shoe sole impressions Introduction Individualization process Visualization Other Foot and face impressions Ear impressions Toolmarks Lip- and Bitemarks Lipmarks Bitemarks Tire impressions Case reports Miscellaneous References

INTRODUCTION In this report, we will adopt the following terminology regarding the words print and mark. The word print will here be used whenever standard, known material is considered, whereas mark is used to designate the unknown mark or impressions, the recovered/detected traces or latents. This report will cover the scientific literature concerning different trace material from September 2001 to August 2004. Because of the amount of material covered, this report does not intend to be a critical review but merely a point of focus and organisation of the available material. The material reviewed primarily originates from peer-reviewed journals and published books although non-reviewed electronic sources may at some points be used. Proceedings of colloquies will be used only when available in the form of full papers. We will try to cover here more than 390 references and of course we run the risk of having missed important material. We apologise in advance to any author(s) or organisation(s) whose contribution(s) should have been mentioned. We also would like to thank individuals and peer groups that kept us informed of current developments and initiatives in the areas covered in this report. To lighten the text, references have been numbered, but not sequentially but in alphabetic order to improve readability of the reference section. In several of the impression evidence subjects, reference books have been published, covering the recovery, comparison and evaluation processes. We propose to introduce them upfront. We may in the next section come back to specific chapters of contributed books. In the area of fingerprint evidence, we note multiple contributions: Recent publications have covered the historical aspects of fingerprinting and brought to the table important sociological perspectives90, re-affirmed the contribution of Dr. Henry Faulds38 (see also256), and documented the essential development of the method in India during the 19th Century and its influence in Britain304 (see also316). Champod and co-authors82 provides in Fingerprints and Other Ridge Skin Impressions an overview from the morphogenesis of friction ridge skin, the identification process and fingerprint detection (including a chapter on chemistry, light and photography). The book gives also technical appendices providing recipes for reagents and some recent data on fingerprint statistics (level 1 and level 2 features). The second edition of Advances in Fingerprint Technology193 is complementary and provides detailed contributed chapters in specific subjects from specific detection techniques to AFIS technology. The other forensic impression identification fields also benefit from monographs. In the shoeprint area, a doctoral thesis with a special focus on the different Swiss operational experiences and development has been published in French127. For ear impressions, the book by van der Lugt357 is an important contribution to the field. The odontology/bitemark area benefits from the publication of a new book by Bowers especially to the attention of field investigators56. A book dedicated in extenso to tire impression evidence has been published by Nause of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police243. Biometrics (including AFIS technology) is becoming a field in its own and we decided to limit its coverage in this review. We do however want to note the recent publications of two books devoted to fingerprint matters209,241 and an excellent guide to biometrics51 which goes much deeper than the customary general overview available. Also we recommend a review on AFIS technology readily accessible to forensic scientists149. The book by John Russ is an important addition regarding the general use of digital imaging in forensic science284. 9

Finally, Inman and Rudin present a paper on a forensic paradigm146 introducing the notion of divisible matter. It is a key contribution that complements the must-have second edition of Tuthill on individualization353. The use of marks and impressions for forensic intelligence We would like to stress on the importance of recent work regarding the use of marks in a forensic intelligence context. Building up on the work by Ribaux274, recent research have shown the potential of using fingermarks, footwear impression, gloves marks and toolmarks to be integrated into a framework for criminal intelligence23,275. The relationship between forensic/criminal data and the UK national intelligence model has been exposed by Leary through the FLINTS computer system192. The efforts in the UK to put in place a database of shoe marks for intelligence purposes have been reported224. A full assessment of the constrains and possibilities offered by footwear marks in Swiss operational units for forensic intelligence has been carried out by Girod127. The work illustrates the successful operational results along with great perspectives for further development in all area of impression evidence. The operational use of shoe mark databases is explained by Napier242. The author also notes that the distribution of fabrication characteristics of prisoners shoes and shoemarks recovered from crime scenes is skewed with respect to the distribution in the general population. It is clear to us that the future of forensic science holds not only in its contribution as evidence in court but increasingly in its capacity to provide investigative leads and intelligence. The meeting organised by the Forensic Science Society in 2002 translates that move towards forensic intelligence378. In the UK, the recent study by Rix highlighted the disparity between forces notably on the intelligence use of shoemark and showed the need to define an appropriate framework and harmonisation between units. No doubt that the potential of shoemark as intelligence tool remains to be fully exploited. Fingermarks The importance of the Internet for sharing of information is ever increasing. One source of weekly updates, especially on fingerprint identification issues is the weekly detail, an e-mail newsletter maintained by Kasey Wertheim, which can either be consulted online (www.clpex.com), or received through email under subscription. Jon Stimac is proposing a newsletter entitled Fingerprint Stuff which can be downloaded from the Internet (www.pnwdiai.org/fpstuff/). Another weekly source of information is put together in the United Kingdom: Dave Charlton who maintains a virtual group dedicated to fingerprint matters (http://groups.yahoo.com/group/aridgetoofar/) is sending out to registered users The Wake Up Call E Magazine. Likewise, the Southern California Association of Fingerprint Officers (SCAFO) is putting their publication The Print online (www.scafo.org/The_Print/). This reviewing period has been rich in events in relation to fingerprints as it coincides for numerous countries with the celebrations of the 100 years of use dactyloscopy in criminal investigation. We have been made aware of commemorative meetings held in the United Kingdom (2002), Australia (2003), Germany (2003) and the United States of America (2004). 10

Various groups of fingerprint practitioners are also active. The FBI sponsored Scientific Working Group on Friction Ridge Analysis, Study and Technology (SWGFAST) published on the Internet all their proposed standards (www.swgfast.org). The reports from the work carried out under the umbrella of Interpol from the fingerprint working parties are also available online (www.interpol.com). The latest Interpol document on fingerprint identification has just been released147. The activities of the UK Fingerprint Evidence Standard Project Board have been reported by Leadbetter191. Finally, the ENFSI fingerprint working group should soon publish information online (www.enfsi.org/). Information available over the Internet is abundant, and the interest has peaked for two main reasons: the questioning of the validity of fingerprint identification by courts especially in the United States, and the use of this biometric means for the identification of terrorists. The focus here will be particularly on the fingermark identification (in a law enforcement environment), and less on the use of fingerprints in biometry, which has become a subject for itself. Peer reviewed journals stay, however, the qualitatively most important source of information, and cannot be replaced by the completely open forums. The fingerprint profession as a whole has been put under pressure by several events the last three years, some of which have been triggered by the application of the principles of admissibility of expert evidence set by the decision in US v. Daubert2 applied to fingerprints in US v. Mitchell5. These events have shown the need for the profession to reaffirm its foundations. Also, cases of erroneous fingermark identifications have been publicized352, and the Internet has been an excellent media to share these experiences (for instance http://onin.com/fp/problemidents.html) including the recent case against Brandon Mayfield in the course of the investigation of the March 2004 Madrid bombings. Friction ridge skin individualisation process The functions of the skin has been recently covered in a book117, subject to an excellent review207. Its focus is not, however, on friction ridge skin in particular. Wertheim and Maceo372 present a highly informative and interesting review of morphogenesis. It is well completed by the discussion on whether or not primary ridges are formed by fusing ridge units or from ridge ledges380 and by the in-depth thesis of Kuecken185. This dissertation presents mathematical models to predict level 1 features on fingerprints, following a thorough analysis of the friction ridge skin morphogenesis knowledge, innovative. Until January 2002, all Daubert hearings led to the full admissibility of fingerprint evidence in the courtroom. January 2002 coincides with the first decision that limits expert testimony on fingerprint identification. Indeed in US v Llera Plaza8 the defence Motion to Preclude the United States from Introducing Latent Fingerprint Identification Evidence has been partly successful. Judge Pollak held that a fingerprint expert could not give an opinion of identification and required that the expert limits his testimony to outline the correspondences observed between the mark and the print leaving to the court the assessment of the significance of these findings. That led the Government experts to ask for reconsideration bringing to the debate background documents in relation to the move of the UK toward the abandonment of the 16 points standard. Judge Pollack later reversed his opinion, and admitted the evidence. Certainly that decision led to increased scrutiny and interest of the fingerprint area in the scientific literature85,86 with unprecedented press coverage320 and reactions from the legal community111,145,287. We also would like to draw the attention on the excellent paper by Robert Epstein (the Federal Defender in both the Mitchell and Llera Plaza case109). Another paper by 11

the defence lawyer Lisa Steele provides also (and maybe in a more balanced manner) a detailed analysis of the issues and ways to assess the foundation of fingerprint evidence323. The latest court decision in the Mitchell case, accepting fingerprint evidence under Daubert, is probably the most fair and balanced analysis of the field (US v. Byron Mitchell13). Thatcher342 discusses the admissibility of scientific evidence and important cases with respect to these questions. A revised and expanded court question list is presented293. An interesting discussion about the search for truth in a research setting and in the judicial system, outlining differences and parallels, has been presented46 which is in our opinion more balanced than the commentary by Risinger and Saks276,288. However, it is fair to say that academic research is too rare in identification sciences (apart from DNA) and efforts should be made to avoid forensic science being qualified as an oxymoron172. The Daubert hearing led also to thorough discussion regarding the statistics underpinning the fingerprint identification process. A comprehensive and critical review of statistical studies on fingerprints is provided by Stoney327. That chapter also discusses at length the limitation of the so-called 50k study undertaken by the Government in one of the major Daubert hearings (US v. Mitchell). The latter study is also discussed by Kaye169. A study on fingerprint individuality considering within and between finger variability has been published255, as has a study on the similarity of identical twins fingerprints which showed that automatic verification systems perform less well on such prints150. Champod and Evett77 put forward their views that the overall process should remain probabilistic. Needless to say that this view received mixed reactions95,213 from the profession, still adhering strongly to the dogma of positivity. A discussion of problems with scientific testimony in the judicial system and propositions for solutions is proposed by Kaufman168. An historical overview of the evolution of fingerprints as a forensic science, parallels with the emergence of DNA analysis, the challenges to the new technique suffered up to its acceptance and the new challenges to the older technique are discussed by Mnookin226,227. The paper by Cole91 regarding the history of fingerprint pattern recognition is of interest within this context. The relationship between DNA and fingerprints is examined from a historical/sociological point of view206. The reasons for increased scrutiny in all areas concerned with identification are given by Gutowski129. Different rulings concerning document examination3, fingerprints5 and DNA4 are cited. The scrutiny and the reasons for it lead the author to question whether Field and Identification Sciences are truly scientific, if they can meet standards for legal admission, if their position can be improved and finally if new reporting methods should be introduced. The author then discusses these questions in depth and gives recommendations. The scientific status of fingerprint examination has also been discussed elsewhere112. That introspective analysis is seen in numerous countries; see for example in Hungary319,337. Two recent cases of wrongful fingerprint identification add oil on the fire of controversy following the now famous McKie case that still receives deserved attention in the literature215. Stephan Cowans has recently been exonerated by DNA analysis, the conviction having been based on erroneous fingerprint identification229. The second case is that of Brandon Mayfield who was wrongly associated by means of fingerprint to a latent mark revealed by the Spanish National Police on a plastic bag containing detonators recovered from the stolen van associated with the Madrid bombings. Three experts from the FBI and an independent court-appointed expert all identified Brandon Mayfield as the donor of the mark. Mayfield, an Oregon-based lawyer came to the attention of the FBI once one of the latent marks sent by the Spanish 12

authorities through Interpol gave a hit against his name on the FBI IAFIS. Brandon Mayfield was arrested and remain in custody for a few weeks until the Spanish fingerprint experts, who immediately had raised issues with this identification, finally identified the mark with the finger of an Algerian suspect. The FBI made official excuses and launched a full and transparent review of its operating procedures. That case received a large press coverage from which we selected a representative sample176,228. We do observe a positive move towards a much more open discussion of errors in the fingerprint field (we do refer to a recent national fingerprint conference in the UK278 and the IAI 2004 conference regarding the Mayfield case). Loftus and Cole reflect on the interactions that occurred in this case between different types of evidence204. Haber and Haber discuss here131 and in an unpublished paper130 the importance of double-blind procedures in this area, while Risinger and co-workers277 discuss in depth observer effects and confirmation bias without restricting their discussion to fingerprint identification. The paper by Cooley is also related94. On the research side, Charlton and co-workers (pers. comm.) are exploring the impact of contaminating information on the fingerprint identification decision process. A discussion of the collection of marks that have potentially been left simultaneously, therefore forming a sequence corresponding to the natural handling of an object, for example, is proposed by Wisniewski387. Anatomical and morphological features, dynamic elements, the amount of mark residue and the mechanism of latent formation have to be examined in order to declare that several marks found close to each other form a complex, which in turn allows identification of the complex with marks that, individually, would not have yielded identification. Digit determination and a review of general pattern frequencies and the Henry fingerprint classification has been described122. Boston53 highlights the importance of experience as a fingerprint examiner. Saviano emphasizes the importance of analysis of level I detail in order to avoid false exclusions in particular291. An article reproducing the number of points required for identification in 31 European countries has appeared20. Seven countries are listed which have no numerical standard. Byrd and Bertram70 provide an article on form-blindness and testing possibilities for applicants for fields in which visual perception is of utmost importance. The authors furthermore present a survey of latent print sections on testing requirements concerning eyesight for applicants and fingerprint examiners. The identification process is well described in the updated chapter by Olsen and Lee251. The ACE-V methodology has been challenged88 and re-affirmed359,369 and the analysis stage considered in detail135, while Langenburg investigates the analysis stage of ACE-V188, and Beeton describes clearly and comprehensively a five-step process consisting of examination of the latent, development of hypotheses to be addressed, experimentation, formation of a tentative conclusion and testing of the conclusion39. A method of comparison of fingerprints based on an analysis of metric proportions has been presented138. That paper received a strong critique214. Busey and Vanderkolk assessed visual expertise in fingerprint examiners in one behavioral and one electrophysiological experiment. They showed differences between fingerprint experts and novices69. The incidence and characteristics of interpapillary lines have been investigated using 502 prints (palms and fingers) and examining 121 volunteers328. Chaudhry and Pant84 use lateral palm marks in the course of the identification of the authors of signatures. They give special attention to the positioning of the palm marks with respect to the signature examined, and investigate the variability of this position using 25 test subjects. The 13

advantage of the method proposed is that even smudged lateral palm marks can be used, as long as the perimeter is clear. A discussion of the use and interest of palm impressions from an AFIS perspective is given by Blain48 and the German operational system has been presented348. The AFIS experience in Hungary is also reported318. Also we would like to note the excellent book by Tietze and Witthuhn347 on palmar heuristics and statistics that helps practioners positioning marks while visually searching palm prints for a match. Dermatoglyphics Since the advances of DNA analysis in biology, dermatoglyphic research has been drastically reduced. However, we came across some publications of interest. It has been shown that, based on general patterns and ridge count, the differentiation between 17 Spanish populations within geographic valleys is greater than between sexes in a given valley25. Analysis of qualitative digital and palm data clustered Berber females with Iberian samples, and Berber males were within the variation range of North African groups139. Sexual dimorphisms have been investigated in India161 in 500 families from five populations. An investigation of ridge patterns in children exposed to anticonvulsant drugs showed differences with respect to the general population, especially in those exposed to polytherapy: phenytoin and phenobarbital50. An association between waist-to-thigh ratio and ridge-count difference between the right fourth and fifth fingers has been found in healthy subjects, and this difference was inversely associated with the age of male patients (used as an indicator of survival), notably among the patients with type 2 diabetes159. A comparison between the dermatoglyphics of humans and rats on the basis of palmar, plantar and digital pads and flexion creases is presented by Kimura and coworkers177 in order to determine if rats could be used as a model for the study of factors influencing the development of these characteristics. Four Indian tribal populations have been investigated considering ridge count asymmetry186 and finger ridge count correlations187. Models regarding relationships between handedness, dermatoglyphics and sexual orientation have been evaluated239 and links between ridge counts and schizophrenia investigated286 and disproved. Palm print research methods, their application and one result have been presented393. Fingermark detection and visualisation Apart from the monographs we introduced earlier 82,193, the following papers were focused on detection and visualisation techniques. As an overview paper, we note the discussion of different fingermark enhancement techniques by Wickens375 and the updated chapter by Lee194. A review on current photoluminescence detection of fingermarks with outlook into upcoming strategies (background suppression by time-resolved imaging and new reagents) is proposed by Menzel220. Menzel also wrote a complete chapter on the use of nanoparticles to reveal latent marks221. Since fingermark detection (or aging) heavily depends on the residue composition, we propose to start with a small subsection devoted to the chemistry of the latent residue and then to focus on detection techniques. Composition of fingermarks We would like to start with the in-depth chapter on fingermark chemistry by Ramotowski271. Since that publication, we noticed additional contributions we will try to cover below. Building up on the work by Mong et al.231, analysis of fingermark residue by GC/MS showed no inference regarding gender can be made from the quantitative ratios of components relative to squalene26. The analysis of fingermark residue by infrared microspectroscopy allows to monitor to some degree the aging of a mark384. The aging process of fingermarks has been further 14

described and illustrated by Baniuk34. The author gives some diagnostic indicators in three stages to describe the external features of ageing of a latent deposit. She insists on the fact that the causal relationship between these indicators and age is highly dependant on the external and other conditions. Hence simulations reproducing the case at hand are required to guide as to the age of a given mark. We concur with the pessimistic view expressed by Wertheim371, when it comes to estimate the time since deposit for fingermarks. In the research area, a micro total analysis system, a microchip-based method for direct sampling, on-chip pre-concentration and electrophoretic separation followed by fluorescence detection, for the analysis of fingermark residues has been proposed355. One appendix of this PhD work includes also an overview of the different types of sweat glands. Physical and chemical detection techniques Powder A review of powder methods is proposed by Sodhi and Kaur311. A cost effective powder formulation based on Rhodamine B dye is proposed317. Magnetic and nonmagnetic powders have been compared on ceramic materials30. 20 ceramic cups were chosen and dusted using bi-chromatic and magnetic bi-chromatic powder. The magnetic powder causes more background noise. The overall result is, however, better when using magnetic than when using non-magnetic powders. Powder suspension methods useful on adhesives were tested on 9 different surfaces116. SSP (sticky side powder) and soot solutions were used with varying formulations. In a second part a mixture of soot and dishwashing soap to be applied by brushing was presented. The soot mixture led to better results than SSP, and tests with several powders (Green- and Redwop, Green-, Redor Yellowescent, bi-chromatic, etc.) showed that many other suspensions can be used and their colour chosen with respect to the support of the mark. In particular, Titanium dioxide gives good results, and even developed marks on the non adhesive side of tape when in suspension360. Ninhydrin, Cyanoacrylate and Ardrox stain or black powder, black powder and black magnetic powder have been tested for fingermark visualisation on bones, and black magnetic powder has been found to be the most suitable technique388. The use of a dress steamer when dusting does not give the improved results259. A survey examining the daily exposure to aluminium, carbon black and iron of crime scene technicians due to powdering was conducted108 and the accumulated values over a normal workday stay well below the occupational exposure standards. The use of several casting materials for lifting fingermarks which are difficult to photograph has been proposed97, as has been the use of childrens glue for the lifting of powdered marks on uneven surfaces, best results having been obtained using Elmers school glue, no run gel171. A method for the use of dental stone for the casting of fingermarks on dark surfaces in a way that preserves contrast of the (light) powder with the light dental stone is presented179, and dental stone is compared to stretchy and regular fingerprint tape and rubber lifters as a method for lifting fingermarks with a discussion of its advantages and disadvantages180. The Isomark spray (a synthetic rubber compound casting material) is also a method of choice here62. Physical developer (PD) Two review papers of the PD process are a decisive contribution to the understanding of the method73,74. That allowed to develop a new and less expensive formulation for physical developer using reverse osmosis/deionized instead of distilled water67,68. The change for purer 15

water leads to a change of the formulation for this reagent. Lloyd reported excellent results with PD on a class of counterfeit currency203. Cyanoacrylate (CA) Following a comparison between two different vacuum fuming systems and atmospheric fuming, the authors conclude that atmospheric conditions are better than fuming in a vacuum83. Lewis and co-workers have studied the chemical processes involved in the development of latent fingermarks using the CA fuming method using clean and oily marks and Scanning Electron microscopy for the determination of the morphology of the polymer resulting from CA fuming on both types of marks200. Geller has commented this study123. Several commercially available glues have been tested by Czubak98 on fresh marks of one donor on glass, fresh wood, plastic, metal, rubber and polyethylene foil. The results show no difference between 7 different kinds of glue, which leads to the conclusion that any glue can be used for CA development of fingermarks. The rinsing of polythene bags contaminated by cocaine for subsequent treatment by CA fuming has been described208. Five solvents and a solvent mixture were tested, and diethyl ether has been retained as a suitable method. It inhibits, however, subsequent treatment using VMD. Finally, Masters reports that cyanide gas is formed when cured (polymerised or hardened) cyanoacrylate is heated above 205 C211. Vacuum metal deposition (VMD) A series of three articles investigates the following topics with respect to VMD: the influence of polymer type, mark donor and age156, factors affecting normal and reverse development of latent marks154 and the development of fingermarks after the deposition of excess gold153. The visualisation of fingermarks using VMD on a ferromagnetic-coated surface, on the reverse side of polyethylene film and on foam styrol packing material330 has proven successful. DFO and ninhydrin Sodhi and Kaur313 give a historical account of fingermark reagents reacting with amino acids. The review paper by Almog remains a prerequisite reading in this area18. Interference by the humidification used for ESDA processing and subsequent fingermark development by DFO, ninhydrin, the sequence DFO-ninhydrin and two formulations of 1,2Indanedione has been evaluated29. Exposure times in the humidification chamber were of 2, 4, 15 and 60 minutes. For DFO, humidification up to 60 minutes is tolerable. Ninhydrin results in less marks and their quality starts to decline after humidification of over 2 minutes on one type of paper. For 1,2-indanedione, an exposure to humidity for up to 4 minutes is favourable to the mark development. Longer exposure times have a detrimental effect for the mark quality after treatment. Exposure times of more than two minutes also degrade results obtained by the sequence DFO-ninhydrin. Optimisation of 1,2-indanedione in HFE7100 and testing of the obtained solution in comparison with DFO has been performed121, as has the validation of the reagent162. Concentrations of 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.00 1.50 and 2.00 g/L were used, and maximum fluorescence was observed with the lowest concentration and 10ml/L of solvent with acetic acid. Only small differences between this 1,2-indanedione formulation and DFO was observed, exception made of a stronger initial fluorescence of DFO. This difference is compensated for after a week of storage in the dark. A comparison of 1,2-indanedione at concentrations of 1g/L, 0.1g/L and 0.05g/L and DFO on fingermarks that had been deposited on paper, grey cardboard, banknotes and a passport 1 day, 3 days and a year before treatment has been carried out279,377. The solutions of both reagents were prepared using HFE 7100, petroleum benzene and Frigen (CFC-113). HFE7100 is the solvent 16

yielding the best results. This result is confirmed by others282,283,303. The authors conclude that 1,2-indanedione at concentrations of 1g/L and 0.1g/L can be used in many cases more efficient than DFO and that no background colouring is observed using 1,2-indanedione, as opposed to DFO. One 1,2-indanedione formulation and two DFO formulations in ozone-friendly solvents have been tested222, and the results show that HFE7100 is a good (even slightly advantageous) replacement solvent for DFO. In a field trial comparing two DFO formulations with one 1,2indanedione formulation, the DFO formulation developed by the PSDB222 performed better381,383. The reaction of 1,2 indanediones has been also investigated258. Confirming past experiences, a ninhydrin formulation using hexane as carrier provides good results292. 5-methylthioninhydrin (5-MTN) as a substitute to ninhydrin is the subject of an article by Drabarek and Sikora104. Both reagents have been tested on various porous surfaces (white photocopy paper, newspaper, brown cardboard, white envelopes and yellow stickers). In this study, the sensitivity and efficiency of the reaction is higher for 5-MTN than for ninhydrin, the visual differences under white light are not significant. After secondary treatment with zinc salt, the fluorescence of latents treated with 5-MTN is higher than for ninhydrin, whereas for the secondary treatment with Cadmium, the reverse is true. The authors propose to use both reagents in parallel. Four side-chain-elongated analogues of 5-methoxyninhydrin, soluble in n-hexane, were tested. Elongation of the side-chain increases solubility, but decreases detection capability of compounds, 5-ethoxyninhydrin performing equally well as 5-methoxyninhydrin249 and showing stronger luminescence after zinc complex formation than ninhydrin at room temperature. A study investigating the applicability of complex formation with metal salts of the DFO amino acid adduct has been published93. Little, if any, enhancement of luminescence was observed with Zn, Cd, Ru or Eu treated DFO developed latent fingermarks. Six ninhydrin analogues containing oxygen, sulfur, and selenium substituents at the C-5 position, 5-(4-nitrophenyl)ninhydrin, and benzo[f]furoninhydrin (giving a strongly luminescent result at room temperature after zinc complexation) were evaluated as fingermark development reagents by Kobus and co-workers181. Good fingermark development was obtained using these reagents, but it was not superior to ninhydrin. Thermal and Carbonless paper compositions and reactions are presented by Stimac324, who also tests a formulation of 1,2-Indanedione to be used on thermal paper325. A review of methods applicable on thermal paper is proposed by Schwarz301, including iodine fuming334, silver nitrate250, DMAC61, hydrochloric acid64, washing with acetone35,36, dry ninhydrin application216,250, sublimation of ninhydrin299 and 2-isononyl-ninhydrin (INON or ThermaNin)301,302,335. The review points out problems with these reagents (costs, sensitivity, dangers of the reagents, time-intensity), and the best reagent considering all the constraints is INON. As INON liberates ninhydrin in the presence of water (and a catalytic amount of acid), the working solution prepared in an apolar solvent is not very durable due to the omnipresence of water. Schwartz301 presents the preparation of INON. A comparison between ninhydrin and DFO with or without clearing by Freon and ethyl alcohol, dry ninhydrin and hydrochloric acid showed that dry ninhydrin is the best single method for the development of marks on thermal paper, and a sequence is proposed: hydrochloric acid then DFO and dry ninhydrin350. Nitric acid is mentioned as an alternative to hydrochloric acid332. The effect of ninhydrin, physical developer and a bleach enhancer on the physical and chemical examination of documents produced from copiers and printers has been studied189. All treatments changed the optical properties of inkjet specimens; however, the authors find that it is feasible to 17

examine such documents after ninhydrin treatment, and for documents produced by a photocopier or laser printer, none of the treatments tested hindered a subsequent physical and chemical examination189. Blood Ortho- and para-phenylenediamine for the enhancement of fingermarks in blood have been investigated71. Both reagents are effective and less hazardous alternatives to 3,3'diaminobenzidine (DAB), particularly on porous surfaces. They result in orange or purple marks, therefore offering alternative colours to the brown colour of DAB and the light green colour of ABTS. The development of bloody fingermarks on skin using amido black is presented190, in the form of a case report, where cyanoacrylate and powder were used before the application of amido black, both methods resulting in no visible marks, whereas amido black resulted in two marks. A report on the results of tests of 15 fluorescent reagents for the development of latent fingermarks in blood is proposed201. Four methods for blood enhancement (Amido Black, Hungarian Red, Crowles Double Stain and Leucomalachite Green) have been tested on 7 different surfaces114 and Amido Black performed best overall. Other methods (MMD, lanthanide complexes, Genipin, Rose Bengal, blueing, etc) MMD II296 has been evaluated in comparison with MMD I290, and has been found to develop better marks; however the silver acetate/hydroquinone physical developer, while giving superior detail, was found to give a weaker development than the silver nitrate/iron(II)/iron(III) physical developer155. The authors find that a sequence including VMD is more sensitive than MMDII on nonporous surfaces, whereas on some semiporous surfaces (except on polymer banknotes157), MMDII is recommended155. Fingermark detection methods that have direct application to time-resolved imaging techniques are presented by Bouldin54. Sypro Rose Plus Protein Blot Stain (a lanthanide complex), which allows the use of time-resolved imaging, is presented by the same author55 as a potentially universal fingermark reagent. Almog and coworkers19 present a new fingermark reagent (Genipin), that forms a visible, blue compound with amino-acids. The reaction product is also luminescent. Additionally, this reagent is not harmful for laboratory personnel (product currently used as a food additive). The development process has, however, not yet been optimised. Another non-toxic fingermark reagent, Rose Bengal, is proposed by Sodhi and Kaur315. The same group proposed the use of Eosin-blue dye and Phloxine B dye to reveal marks on various types of surfaces312,314. A lanthanide shift reagent (tris (6,6,7,7,8,8,8-heptafluoro-2,2-dimethyl-3,5-octanedionato) europium (III) or Eu(fod)3) has been investigated for luminescent visualization of latent fingermarks. The results obtained on paper were inferior to those obtained by DFO. However, the treatment using Eu(fod)3 permits subsequent treatment by DFO/ninhydrin72. On aluminum drink cans and galvanized iron the treatment was superior to Superglue/panacryl. Detection of latent marks on metal surfaces using a scanning Kelvin microprobe is proposed385. The sublimation of disperse dyes in order to colour plastic tapes (except fingermarks that could be present) has been tested, with or without prior cyanoacrylate fuming. The conclusions are that this method provides well-defined fingermarks, and that it should be applied after CA fuming322. 18

Un-du has been tested with respect to its effect on subsequent treatments using ninhydrin, Physical developer, gentian violet and Alternate Black Powder and it has been shown not to inhibit these methods300. It has also been shown that Un-du is best used before treatment using ninhydrin. Compressed air for the separation of layers of adhesive tapes by freezing has been proposed102 and applied successfully. Excellent results (judged better than with CA on polymer materials) to reveal marks using RTX on various substrates have been obtained by Centorika and Rone76. A test of visualisation methods on human skin has been published by Lenertz and Schnborn197,198. The tested methods were iodine fuming, black Magna-brush powder and transfer by Isomark (a synthetic rubber compound casting material described by Brennan and co-workers62), white gelatine lifters or transparent mark lifters. 1/8th of the marks were considered useful for examination. Only greasy marks gave results, powdering being the preferred method and casting by Isomark being preferred to lifters when hair is present or the skin is very uneven. A new process for development of fingermarks on metal items is proposed by Bersellini and coworkers42. Electropolymerisation processes of pyrrole and substituted porphyrins are used. The method is based on the presence of fatty acids that are contained in fingermarks and act as an insulator. The negatives of the fingermarks are therefore developed. The results presented are preliminary. Three blueing methods with or without prior CA treatment, CA and basic yellow, and an etching technique have been tested on brass cartridge cases, with fingermarks deposited before or after firing and on unfired cartridges120. The results show that the moment of deposition, the use of the cartridge, and the material on which the fingermarks are deposited with are more important than the technique used for their development. Alternative light sources, photography and digital/chemical imaging Five forensic light sources have been compared taking into account the filter transmission, power output through the various filters, the uniformity of the beam and the ease of use. The results indicated that none of the light sources tested is uniformly superior to the others382. To record marks on substrate reflective surfaces, the precious use of coaxial or episcopic lightning has been reminded47. The police forensic Laboratory in Wroclaw (Poland) reports its methodology of digital recording of fingermarks for the needs of AFIS389. The use of Photoshop for demonstrative purposes is presented370. In a broader sense, the use of digital imaging technology has been discussed99. McMahon217 explains a case where digital treatment of fingermark photographs is scrutinized. The reduction of the interference of background by adding or subtracting images taken under different lighting conditions and showing the same background printing or pattern is explained by Comber92; background subtraction by substitution of the exhibit by an identical object is also described100. Image treatment by subtraction, fast Fourier transform and contrast adjustment is discussed using examples by Dalrymple and co-workers101, and some contrast enhancing techniques are explained by Scarborough and Dziemieszko294. An image restoration technique based on amplitude and frequency modulation reaction-diffusion is proposed in order to restore defective or contaminated fingermarks for recognition tasks and not for identification purposes367. Latent fingerprint enhancement based on AM-FM model has also been developed by Pattichis and Bovik257. 19

The use of luminescence and visible absorbance chemical imaging technology on treated (DFO, ninhydrin, CA, luminescent dyes) and non-treated fingermarks has been shown110; unwanted background can be minimized using this technique. Recovery of prints Several methods for obtaining fingerprints from mummified, decomposed or charred fingers are proposed by Kahana and co-workers158. A method for taking fingerprints from the deceased using soot powder and gelatine lifters is presented106. Fingermark detection and DNA or biological fluid analysis There is still a great interest in the combined use of DNA and fingermarks as shown in numerous recent cases (see for example346). The use of fingermarks as an indicator of contact is only possible after visualisation, and thus the way to combine detection processes and DNA analysis (being from bloody fingermarks or residues left following the bare contact between the friction skin and a surface) are extensively tested. A review on analysis of trace quantities of DNA left by contact374 and a commentary329 have been published. Alessandrini and co-workers17 analysed contact DNA from fingermarks left by 11 persons on glass, wood and metal without any prior detection technique. They showed that despite the small quantity of DNA detected (0.04 to 0.2ng), a DNA profile can be obtained in a high percentage of the deposited fingermarks. Extraneous DNA was observed, as were locus dropout, spurious alleles and stutters. Almost a third of the profiles obtained however were complete (10 loci) and corresponding to the donor. Another research, focused on paper, not only investigated nuclear DNA but also mitochondrial DNA32. The authors investigated the influence of touching time, three methods of fingermark development (ninhydrin, iodine, and soot), delay between apposition of the fingermark and DNA analysis and the time of day. 80% or more of the experiments yielded a useful DNA profile, except when a fingermark enhancement method was used (47%). All samples used for the analysis of mtDNA showed positive results. A study focused on LCN (low copy number) DNA reports successes obtained on treated (powder, iodine, ninhydrin, metal deposition or physical developer) fingermarks205. A laboratory introducing 1,2-indanedione for operational use tested two operational solutions of this reagent with respect to their effect on subsequent DNA profiling28. The issue here is more the impact of the chemicals on other DNA present on the substrate that is unconnected to the fingerprint apposition (e.g. saliva on paper). The test was done on envelopes, with the stamps being licked by known donors. The envelopes were then treated by one of the reagent solutions and finally STR typing was conducted. No difference between treated and untreated envelopes was observed. However, a time effect was observed, for six days after 1,2-indanedione treatment, no DNA could be extracted anymore. Grubwieser and coworkers128 have also investigated the DNA profiling of blood and saliva traces after visualization of fingermarks. Optical, physical, physico-chemical, and chemical methods were used (UV Light, dusting, soot, manoxol-molybdenum method, iodine-benzoflavone, CA followed by RAM or safranin, silver nitrate, ninhydrin, DFO, RTX) and special methods for adhesive tapes and blood traces (gentian violet, SSP, CA/safranin, luminol, amido black, Coomassie Blue, TMB, LCV, LMG and Hungarian red). Only the last four methods using the airbrush technique were deleterious, but STR profiles could be obtained using the layer technique. According to Zamir392, small particle reagent (SPR) does not inhibit DNA analysis from bloodstain. Visualisation using soot or magnetic powder followed by transfer using tape was tested with regards to its impact on subsequent DNA analysis298. It has been shown that even from tape-archived fingermarks, DNA profiles could be obtained. The effect of blood enhancement techniques (amido black, Crowles 20

double stain, Hungarian red, leucomalachite green, luminol, ninhydrin and DFO) on subsequent DNA analysis have been examined specifically on a large variety of surfaces115. No deleterious effect on DNA analysis has been highlighted, but a loss of biological material was observed. The importance of the surface on which DNA is deposited is emphasized by a study that tested UV (on glass) and white light (on plastic bags), white, black and magnetic powder (on glass), cyanoacrylate and Rhodamine 6G dye or vacuum metal deposition (on plastic bags) and sticky side powder (on tape). These techniques were shown not to have a deleterious effect on the subsequent DNA analysis of fingermarks, but on paper and aluminium foil no results were obtained, with or without treatment272. A final note will be on presumptive tests for blood: some interference has been observed between the reaction product of ninhydrin with amino-acids (Ruhemanns purple) and leuco crystal violet (LCV)225. If LCV is used, it should come before the ninhydrin process. We have been also alerted by the recent study by Ramotowski and Regen (US Secret Service, personal communication). They reported that high doses on radiation required to destroy biological agents such as anthrax are sufficient to have a detrimental on the success of fingermark detection techniques. The efficiency of almost all methods are reduced (except PD and MMD processes). SHOE SOLE IMPRESSIONS Introduction A list of websites showing shoesoles of plenty of models (with special attention given to shoes sold in Poland) is given in333. General examination of shoe sole marks and chain of custody issues are also treated. The C.A.S.T. (Chesapeake Area Shoeprint and Tire track) website (http://members.aol.com/varfee/mastssite/index.html) is an extremely valuable source of information with links towards the forensic and manufacturers websites. The ENFSI marks working group is important in this area (www.intermin.fi/intermin/hankkeet/wgm/home.nsf/). On their web site, all activities of the group are reported along side with an important library of papers articles and the regular group bulletin (Information Bulletin for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners). The annual report of the activities of the group have just been published165. The group is organising annual professional meeting. The meeting in Berlin 2001 led to the publication of a volume of papers166. The German marks group hosted another meeting in Berlin that led to the publication of a volume21. Individualization process Two Daubert decisions concerning the admissibility of shoeprint examiner testimony have been given7,12: the admissibility of such evidence has been confirmed. An interesting study pertaining to the discrimination value of wear patterns on 127 right military boot impressions, acquired after 5 weeks of training, has been published119. Hara stressed on the need to use high magnification during the examination process to ascertain the nature of the features available on the outsole136. On of the subgroup of the ENFSI marks working group under the chair of H. Katterwee of the BKA took up the challenging task of exploring and guiding as to the choice of an adequate scale of verbal strength of evidence in the area. That initiative led to a series of letters and papers arguing the pro and cons of various options49,78,80,148,164,310,336,376. Our laboratory took part to this 21

discussion and expressed our views in favour of a reporting scheme based on the likelihood ratio. The community at large showed the willingness to keep a standard posterior scale. We think that the debate will continue. Visualization The testing and comparison of a large number of methods for the enhancement of muddy shoe sole impressions on paper, glass and cotton is reported343. The particular problem of shoe impressions in snow has been discussed134. The protection of such marks from the sun in order to avoid melting is mentioned, as is the use of spray paint for heightening contrast and in preparation for casting, and the use of snow print wax. Finally, casting using dental stone or sulphur is presented. Shor and co-workers308 propose the use of a hydraulic press for lifting shoe marks on rough or porous surfaces. Footwear impressions in blood, once treated by leucocrystal violet, can be further enhanced by spectral enhancement. The appropriate absorption and emission wavelengths have been determined321. Other The recovery and analysis of DNA from shoe insoles is discussed by Bright and Petricevic63. The prevalence of glass fragments in shoes and on their outside has been investigated281. Promising results from digital imaging fusion indicates that issues arising from lighting effects may be overcome in the near future368. FOOT AND FACE IMPRESSIONS A comparison between inked and electronically acquired footprints showed that several geometric indexes diverged between prints taken using both methods354. Kennedy and coworkers propose and illustrate the comparison of marks with the shape of the foot of a suspect,174, particularly in cases where the shoe is the source of impressions at the crime scene but the link between the shoe and its wearer is questioned, or for the use of socked impressions. A description of the collection of comparison material, a list of barefoot morphology specialists and an overview of their potential results is given173. An excellent statistical study on foot morphology considering within and between variability has been published175. A case report where a toe has been identified196 has been published. We understand that the North Carolina Court of Appeals 2001 in State v. Berry9 postponed its admission of footmark impression until completion of above research65. The influence of different weight-bearing conditions on plantar foot shape has been investigated351. Impressions left from faces on airbags following accidents are currently researched in Japan390,391. EAR IMPRESSIONS We already mentioned the publication of the book by van der Lugt on the subject357. The practice in Poland is presented by Kasprzak163. Critical reviews have been recently published79,358. In our opinion, the field of earmark identification is at its infancy and would benefit from a structured program of research. Abbas and Rutty14 published a useful guide to web based material on earprints and concluded also that despite the availability of numerous websites about the uses of the human ear in forensic science, the true value of the ear in the process of forensic identification is still in its embryonic stages. 22

Earmark to earprint comparison relies at the moment more on individual experience and judgement than on a structured body of research undertaken following strict scientific guidelines. The recognition process is highly subjective and takes advantage of the extraordinary power of the human eye-brain combination. The field of earprint identification is currently being researched through an important initiative under the umbrella of the European community (www.fearid.com). It is a welcome initiative that led to the publication of a review and exploratory study on the intra- and inter-individual variability of ear marks has been proposed219. Two cases involving earmarks have reached the Court of Appeal in the United Kingdom. The Court of Appeal11 allowed the admission of earprint evidence but received additional information that emerged more clearly since trial that shed some new light on the strength of the evidence. Had that evidence been available to the defence at trial, it might have reasonably affected the decision of the jury to convict and hence the conviction was quashed and a new trial was ordered22. In Dallagher, the Court ruled that earprint evidence was held admissible, leaving the duty of highlighting its limits to the adversarial system itself through a proper voir dire or at trial (that decision was confirmed in another recent Appeal case R. v. Mark J. Kempster10). Following the Appeal decision in Dallagher, on demand of the prosecution in preparation of this new trial, subsequent DNA tests were carried out on the lifted ear marks. The analysis showed a partial non-matching DNA profile, which was immediately interpreted as proving that the earprint was not Dallagher's. That causal relationship was trumpeted in the press and among scientific commentators118. This led the prosecution to formally drop the case. Mark Dallagher was freed in January 2004 after serving 7 years in prison. In State v. Kunze6 the Court heard some twenty experts in identification evidence and came to the conclusion that earmark identification was not a field that has gained general acceptance among peers. The Court ruled that earmark evidence cannot be accepted as scientific evidence under the Frye test. The re-investigation of this case led to the discovery of close neighbours (close agreement between earmarks originating from different sources) among the potential donors in that case96. The use of the ear in forensic practice is described more generally by Swift331 who stressed upon the disputed state of earmark identification. The following groups for internal and external examination are given: congenital and genetic, identification, pathological processes, trauma and estimation of the post-mortem interval. Procedures of casting the external ear in a way that causes minimal distortion have been presented in a medical context184,212 (for auricular prostheses). An interesting article on ear identification in the particular case of an image from a surveillance camera has been published143. TOOLMARKS Note that this section is restricted to toolmarks and we do not ambition to cover the intertwined field of firearms identification. So restricted, our review will then be quite limited. Daubert issues have led the entire firearm and toolmark profession to extensively review and discuss its foundations. The peer review process of their professional journal has been reaffirmed103. It also restored the ongoing debate regarding the identification criteria and its description, the process being either 1) purely qualitative in the examiners perception; 2) both 23

qualitative and quantitative in the examiners perception or; 3) both qualitative and quantitative through actual recording of runs of consecutively matching striae (CMS). For toolmarks, the case against Ramirez has been an additional catalyst238. The Supreme Court of Florida rejected testimonies regarding toolmarks on cartilage because in their opinion they did not satisfy rigorous Frye1 standards for reliability. Rosenberry published a perfect guide for examiners to envisage a Daubert hearing280. The paper gives guidance to the relevant literature and an adequate assessment of proficiency testing results. A review of firearm and toolmark identification is proposed by Nichols247 adding 22 references to a previous paper246. The introduction paper by Miller also constitutes a key contribution to the field, especially for training223. We also recommend the update to the tool mark index listing the recent references of toolmark papers126. Nichols also published a full description of CMS theory applied to firearms and toolmarks248 which is well complemented by the papers by Moran235,237 and Tomasetti349 who exposed the benefits of CMS in the current climate of stronger scrutiny by judiciary. A practical example on magazine marks has been published by Moran also234. Individuality of marks left by screwdrivers and its relationship with manufacturing processes has been given by Lee195. The study of marks left by consecutively manufactured chisels showed that each chisel produced individual and identifying characteristics107. No carry-over of features occurred due to the finishing process of the tools. An identification error rate (0.78%) on knife marks has been assessed through the Knife Identification Project345. Wounds caused by hacking using machete, cleaver and axe weapons and the characteristics of each weapon type on bone have been investigated144. Stone published an attempt to apply statistical modelling to the field of toolmarks326. We applaud the effort but urge the reader to be very critical towards the simplistic statistical model put forward. That contrasts with the paper by Warniment exploring ways to assess "negative findings" and their influence on the conclusion about the alternative proposition365. Following comments published in INTERface232,364, a recent paper tried to bring the community to a Bayesian approach81. Some skeptical responses followed233,236,245. The examination of locks to distinguish between the wear of the original key, the marks left by copied keys and the marks left by a lockpick is explained using a case example by Ryds285. In the case described, once the marks on the locks had been determined to come from a copied key rather than a lockpick, the original key presenting the marks of the copying process has been found. The author insists that statements about the unauthorized opening of a lock or cylinder using a copied key should be verified by complementary findings. The restoration of a painted registration number is described344. Several toolmark casting materials have been assessed by Sester and co-worker305in function of ease of application, setting time, cast precision, stability over time, cost and toxicity. None of the products tested offered advantages in all aspects: each product having its own benefits in function of the task at hand. A physical model had been proposed to explore penetration of casting material137. The results highlight the need for precautions to avoid the enclosure of air in order to ensure accuracy. Non-contact laser profilometry has been tested as an alternative to visual examination for extrusion marks in plastic bags43,44. Pigment bands, surface scratches, fisheyes, arrowheads and extrusion lines were detected. The reported principal advantage of this method above visual inspection is that the quantitative information on extrusion marks and the comparison algorithm 24

used are more objective than visual inspection. Van Beeste et al.356 have published a detailed paper outlining the key elements of transparent bags examination. The paper covers the analysis of the seals, the different types of identifying marks and measurements (some using a capacitive sensor for measuring surface profile (Octagon profiler)). Identification possibilities of marks from working gloves are investigated by Ostrowski253, who gives examples of the type of impressions that can be left by the different kinds of working gloves presented, and of fabrication defects that may be visible on impressions. Marks left by computerised milling processes on dies used for example to prepare Ecstasy tablets have also been studied showing their differences but also similarities182. Very interesting manufacturing features on tabloid newspapers have been presented by Craythorne89. Some of these features (especially the marks left by the tabloid slitter) allowed conclusive association between sheets by physical fit. To handle the problem of tag switch on cattle, Nic Daeid and her colleagues elaborated a damage databases of tags that had been subjected to wear and tear, tags that had been assembled incorrectly and tags that had been separated and then reassembled244. It was found that the marks found on the abattoir tags differed greatly from the marks found on the separated tags. However some of the marks found on the separated tags were similar to marks found on the tags that had been assembled incorrectly. Progresses on the development of computer based algorithms to handle toolmarks have been presented both in 2D105,140-142,297 and 3D202. Advances in computer technology will bring new opportunities to both operationally and within research167. We would like to draw the attention of the every rich work by Thali and co-workers on 3D-CAD supported photogrammetry techniques applied to various injuries marks on bodies 338,339,341. The instruction manual by Brueschweiler and colleagues is also highly relevant here 66. LIP- AND BITEMARKS Before focusing on the relevant marks, we noticed some publications on odontological identification that add to the debate regarding identification criteria. In the context of the identification of the deceased, an article based on a review of 690 cases from the archives of the Forensic Odontology Unit of the University of Adelaide has been published15. The results showed that when more than 12 concordant features were observed, identifications were more often made than with less than twelve points. However, identifications were made with less than twelve points, and there were cases where more than twelve points did not lead to identification. The authors conclude that there is no basis to define a minimum number of concordant points necessary for odontologic identification. Another article16, again on the ante-mortem/postmortem comparison of odontological records, examines the variability of dentition based on dental treatment notes and/or charts (as opposed to dental radiographs). It was shown that combinations of missing, filled, and unrestored teeth were very individualistic and an excellent source for forensic identification. Age estimation from dental features has been described using five case reports261. The reliability of identification using digitized autoradiographs has been tested using a web-based survey270. For the increase of readiness of dental personnel in the case of a mass disaster, exercises staging such a disaster are proposed267,268. Lipmarks A review on lip marks has appeared31. As with other impression areas, a void concerning the interpretation of any concordances is highlighted by the author: the scientific admissibility of lipmarks in court must be accepted, and this acceptance needs research in several areas. A general overview of cheiloscopy is also proposed309. The heritability of lipmarks was examined252: First the general shape of the lips was compared between the members of a family 25

(3 generations), then the patterns observed on the lip, and finally the individual features. The author concludes that lip shape is predominantly inherited from the mother, as are patterns, whereas the individual (according to the author) features are inherited from the father most often. The author considers to have proven the inheritance potential in the case of lip prints. Bitemarks A review concerning the scientific basis for human bite mark analysis is proposed by Pretty and Sweet265. They stress the lack of a fully established scientific basis. Recent observations of close neighbours264 (close agreement between bite marks originating from different sources) have led the authors to call for a renewed interest in researching the replication of dental features on human skin and to raise a cautionary note on claiming individuality in terms of the suspects teeth rather than the pattern they make on the bitten substrate. Distortion in bitemarks is discussed by Sheasby and MacDonald, who differentiate between distortion due to the bite being made and distortion introduced when the bitemark is being examined or recorded306. Missing information concerning bitemark distortion in human skin is deplored by Whittaker373. The case against Krone retained of course our attention. Krone has been freed in April 2002 after serving 10 years in prison. In the case, the Arizona Supreme Court's en banc (State v. Krone, 182 Ariz. 319, 897 P.2d 621 (en banc, 1995)) decision said that the physical evidence could neither exclude not include Krone as the perpetrator, and without the bite mark evidence the State had no case (www.forensic-evidence.com/site/ID/bitemark_ID.html). An article, addressed to medical examiners as they often are the first to see these wounds, describing bite injuries, collection of evidence and comparative analysis methods has appeared266. Reasons for biting behaviour are discussed by Webb and co-workers who conclude that behavioural data in relation to biting is missing366. The accuracy of bitemark analysis has been investigated24 in the course of a workshop by comparing the conclusions reached by certified forensic odontologists. The 32 examiners had an experience ranging from 2-22 years. They were asked to rate their degree of certainty that a bitemark was actually shown, and to assess the forensic value of the 4 bitemarks submitted based on photographs and a dental stone cast for one of the bitemarks. 7 dental models (three of which did not correspond to any of the marks) were also supplied, and the examiners were asked to rate the comparisons of the marks and the models. Analysis of the results was carried out using a ROC analysis, resulting in an accuracy score of 0.86. Accuracy scores were correlated with the bitemark certainty and forensic value previously assessed, but not with examiners experience. Two studies examining whether ABFO (American Board of Forensic Odontology) certified and non-certified forensic odontologists differ as to their following the ABFO guidelines in the collection of victim bitemark evidence218 and suspect evidence263 have been carried out. The results show that the groups do not differ much, and both follow routinely these guidelines. A web-based survey of 72 odontologists opinions concerning bitemark analyses showed that while 91% of respondents believe that the human dentition is unique only 78% believe that this uniqueness could be represented on human skin during the biting process. 70% believed that they could positively identify an individual from a bitemark, while 22% found a statistical tool more appropriate for bitemark conclusions260. Evaluation of the efficiency of digital bite-mark overlays as a technique of comparison is provided262.

26

Evidence collection concerning bitemarks is reviewed using case examples by Bernitz and van Niekerk41. A protocol for evidence collection is proposed in order to avoid missing information which makes impossible adequate analysis in bitemark cases. Different methods for comparisons in bite mark analysis exist and have been compared183. Among direct comparisons between suspects models and bite marks, traced overlays and photocopier-generated overlays, the last method resulted in more correct matches than the other two in this study. The problem of the visibility of white fillings and their examination using quantitative light-induced fluorescence is described and evaluated269. Borgula and co-workers52 examined the analysis of Streptococci in human bites for forensic purposes. They showed that on average over 1000 bacteria were recovered 24 hours after the bite if the site was left undisturbed. Streptococci could also be recovered from bites in various fabrics. Genomic profiles of the bacteria could be identified exclusively with the teeth of the individual responsible in this study. A very simple method for the evaluation of bitemark evidence has been published113. The possibility of presenting bitemark evidence using Bayes theorem (e.g. the likelihood ratio) has been examined178, and some of the limitations of such an approach are shown. The authors conclude that the use of the likelihood ratio cannot helpfully be used for bitemark evidence. It is true that unfortunately statistics have been very poorly presented in court when associated with bitemarks210. Techniques for the photography of bitemarks avoiding perspective and parallax distortion of the image due to inaccurate positioning of the camera, the object or the reference scale, are presented57. Methods for the correction of perspective distortion by digital editing techniques are discussed. Digital methods in dental identification of human remains have been discussed58,160, as has the use of optical 3D surface scanning for skin and bone injuries338 and 3D CAD supported photogrammetry341 for bite marks. In order to identify missing children, tooth prints are now used in addition to photographs, videos, and fingerprints240. TIRE IMPRESSIONS Apart from the book by Nause243 we introduced before, Bessman and Schmeiser report a survey on tire tread design and tire sizes in Iowa on 1250 vehicles45. Combinations of different tire tread designs or sizes on a given vehicle are the focus of this survey. It is found that with respect to tread design, 72% of the vehicles examined have four tires with the same tread design, and 14% have two pairs of tires with the same tread design. The remaining have either three tires the same and one different, two the same, the two remaining different from each other, or four different. With respect to size, 97% of all cars have four tires with the same tread size, 1.6% have two pairs, 1.4% have three the same and one of a different tread size, and finally one observation (0.08%) was made of a car with three different tread sizes. Techniques for casting comparison tires using expandable polyurethane foam, dental stone and Mikrosil have been proposed and compared386. The differentiation of tire rubber samples by attenuated total reflectance (ATR) spectroscopy, diffuse reflectance infrared Fourier transform spectroscopy (DRIFTS), and pyrolysis-gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (Py-GC/MS) has been tested289. Only Py-GC/MS showed good results. The authors conclude that it should be used as a stand-alone technique. 27

CASE REPORTS Two unusual identifications of fingermarks are reported by Reneau273, both cases involved a very limited number of minutiae. Latent mark development on paper towels using ninhydrin has been successful295. Fingermark development on human skin using CA and black magnetic powder followed by casting is described379. A case where the defence alleged that bleaching after ninhydrin had occurred, in order for the police to deposit a false fingermark, is presented199. The authors find that removal of ninhydrin treated marks using bleach is possible, but that the bleached zone is seen in luminescence mode. Under-inked known prints have been developed using ninhydrin254. The removal of excess CA from a mark on a knife blade by repeatedly lifting the mark has been successful133. Keith170 reports a shoesole impression identification, where the mark was found on a corduroy cushion. Shor and coworkers report a case where a physical match between insole and shoe was found307. The identification of passengers after the crashes of two airplanes dental (and dermatoglyphic) methods is described by Brannon59,60. A historical case pertaining to forensic dentistry is presented87. Analysis of bites on dead bettongs in South Australia allowed identifying feral domestic cats as the likely cause of these deaths152. A case151 where initial examination revealed a bite mark, which was later determined to be due to a corrugated bottle top, shows the importance of a careful assessment of injuries. The documentation of a knife wound to the aorta using Computed Tomography is reported340. The identification of a bear that had killed a young man has been reported27. The identification of a bite mark in cheese using a silicone rubber cast is reported40. Three case reports illustrating the use of anthropometric data based on photographic evidence have been presented132. Damage on a paper towel has been investigated and the conclusion was that the damage was due to cleaning of a pointed and sharp object75. In addition, the authors observe that paper towels behave quite similarly to fabric to the damaging action of cutting tools. Walsh reported on a case where pattern matching has been used to associate a paint flake recovered from a suspects address to its source, a fractured weld bead of a gun safe door363. The pattern on the rear surface of the flake corresponded to the pattern of the cooled metal on the surface of the weld bead. The evidential significance is discussed in relation to how these patterns are produced. An unusual oxidation type and small rounded cavities were observed in a light bulb following the discovery of a crashed car in a gravel pit37. The use of Pacemaker stored Event Records for the 40 hours preceding the beating to death of a victim having a pacemaker has been described230. MISCELLANEOUS Image processing and pattern recognition techniques with applications in video image processing, camera identification, toolmarks, shoemarks, cartridge cases and drugs/pills has been presented124. The possible ways forensic image databases can function have been discussed125.

28

It has been tested whether the use of an electro shock weapon leaves marks on skin which can be found in an exterior examination33. On pig skin such marks could not be produced postmortally. On a living human subject, reddish skin marks which persisted for about 2 hours were observed. The enhancement of the contrast of blood with respect to background is described in its theoretical362 and practical361 aspects. REFERENCES [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15] [16] [17] Frye v United States [1923] 293 F. 1013 (D.C. Cir) Daubert v. Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals [1993] 509 U.S. 579 United States v Starzecpyzel [1995] 880 F. Supp 1027 SDNY R v Doheny, R v Adams [1997] 1 Cr App Rep 369 United States v Byron Mitchell US District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania [1999] Criminal No. 96-00407 State v. D. W. Kunze Court of Appeals of Washington, Division 2 [1999] 97 Wash. App. 832, 988 P.2d 977 United States of America v. Anthony Dewayne Allen United States District Court Northern District of Indiana Fort Wayne Division [2002] 1:01-CR-80 US v Llera Plaza, Acosta and Rodriguez US District Court of the Eastern District of Pennsylvania [2002] Criminal No. 98-362-10,11,12 State v. Berry North Carolina Court of Appeals [2002] 355 N.C. 198, 558 S.E.2d 162 R. v. Mark J. Kempster UK Court of Appeal [2003] EWCA Crim 3555 R. v. Mark Dallagher UK Court of Appeal [2003] EWCA Crim 1903, July 25 United States of America v. Micheal A. Mahone United States District Court District of Maine [2004] CR-03-93-B-W United States v Byron Mitchell Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit [2004] No. 022859 (April 29, 2004) Abbas, A. and G.N. Rutty, Forensic Web Watch. Journal of Clinical Forensic Medicine, 2003. 10(2): 129-131. Acharya, A.B. and J.A. Taylor, Are a Minimum Number of Concordant Matches Needed to Establish Identity in Forensic Odontology? Journal of Forensic Odonto-Stomatology, 2003. 21(1): 6-13. Adams, B.J., The diversity of Adult Dental Patterns in the United States and the Implications for Personal Identification. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(3): 497503. Alessandrini, F., M. Cecati, M. Pesaresi, C. Turchi, F. Carle, and A. Tagliabracci, Fingerprints as Evidence for a Genetic Profile: Morphological Study on Fingerprints and Analysis of Exogenous and Individual Factors Affecting DNA Typing. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(3): 586-592. Almog, J., Fingerprint Development by Ninhydrin and its Analogues. in Advances in Fingerprint Technology, H.C. Lee and R.E. Gaensslen, Editors. 2001, CRC Press: Boca Raton, 177-209. Almog, J., Y. Cohen, M. Azoury, and T.-R. Hahn, Genipin-A Novel Fingerprint Reagent with Colorimetric and Fluorogenic Activity. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2004. 49(2): 255-7. Anonymous, European Fingerprint Standards (A 'pointless' exercise). Fingerprint Whorld, 2002. 28(107): 19. Anonymous, ed. Kriminaltechnisches Symposium des Arbeitskreises Formspuren. 2003, LKA PTU 23: Berlin. Anonymous, Cases in Brief. Archbold News, 2003. September 19(8). 29

[18] [19] [20] [21] [22]

[23] [24] [25] [26] [27] [28] [29] [30] [31] [32] [33] [34] [35] [36] [37] [38] [39] [40] [41] [42] [43] [44]

Anthonioz, A., A. Aguzzi, A. Girod, N. Egli, and O. Ribaux, Potential Use of Fingerprint in Forensic Intelligence: Crime Scene Linking. Z Zagadnien Nauk Sadowych - Problems of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 51: 166-170. Arheart, K.L. and I.A. Pretty, Results of the 4th ABFO Bitemark Workshop--1999. Forensic Science International, 2001. 124(2-3): 104-11. Arrieta, I., B. Martinez, B. Criado, M. Telez, B. Ortega, O. Penagarikano, and C.M. Lostao, Dermatoglyphic Variation in Spanish Basque Populations. Human Biology, 2003. 75(2): 265-91. Asano, K.G., C.K. Bayne, K.M. Horsman, and M.V. Buchanan, Chemical Composition of Fingerprints for Gender Determination. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(4): 805-807. Ashton, W., An Unusual Bite-Mark Comparison. Identification Canada, 2003. 26(4): 2023. Azoury, M., A. Zamir, C. Oz, and S. Wiesner, The Effect of 1,2-Indanedione, a Latent Fingerprint Reagent on Subsequent DNA Profiling. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(3): 586-8. Azoury, M., R. Gabbay, D. Cohen, and J. Almog, ESDA Processing and Latent Fingerprint Development: The Humidity Effect. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(3): 564-570. Bailey, J.A., An Evaluation of Magnetic and Nonmagnetic Fingerprint Powders on Ceramic Materials. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(2): 162-168. Ball, J., The Current Status of Lip Prints and Their Use for Identification. Journal of Forensic Odonto-Stomatology, 2002. 20(2): 43-46. Balogh, K.M., J. Burger, K. Bernder, P.M. Schneider, and K.W. Alt, STR Genotyping and mtDNA Sequencing of Latent Fingerprint on Paper. Forensic Science International, 2003. 137(2-3): 188-195. Banaschak, S., H. Milbradt, M. Humpert, P. Roll, and B. Madea, [Evidence for Use of Electroshock Devices]. Archiv fur Kriminologie, 2001. 208(5-6): 149-58. Baniuk, K., Fingermark Ageing Process. Diagnostic Examinations and Age Indicators. Problemy Kryminalistyki, 2004(243): 35-39. Bartko, S., Daktyloskopische Spuren auf Papier. Kriminalistik, 2000. 54(6): 405-407. Bartko, S., Das Ninhydrinverfahren. Kriminalistik, 2002. 56(3): 193-195. Baudoin, P., R. Lavabre, and F. Vayne, An unusual oxidation type on bulb filament after a car crash dive. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(2): 377-80. Beavan, C., Fingerprints The Origins of the Crime Detection and the Murder Case that Launched Forensic Science. 2001, New York: Hyperion. Beeton, M., Scientific Methodology and the Friction Ridge Identification Process. Identification Canada, 2002. 25(3): 4-8. Bernitz, H. and B.A. Kloppers, Comparison microscope identification of a cheese bitemark: a case report. Journal of Forensic Odonto-Stomatology, 2002. 20(1): 13-6. Bernitz, H. and P.J. van Niekerk, Bungled bite mark evidence collection: a proposed protocol for the prevention thereof. Sadj, 2003. 58(1): 16-9. Bersellini, C., L. Garofano, M. Giannetto, F. Lusardi, and G. Mori, Development of latent fingerprints on metallic surfaces using electropolymerization processes. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(4): 871-7. Berx, V. and J. De Kinder, Laser Profilometry on Manufacturing Defects in Plastic Bags. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 49-56. Berx, V. and J. De Kinder, 3D Measurements on Extrusion Marks in Plastic Bags. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(5): 976-985.

30

[45] [46] [47] [48] [49] [50] [51] [52]

[53] [54] [55] [56] [57] [58] [59] [60] [61] [62] [63] [64] [65] [66]

Bessman, C.W. and A. Schmeiser, Survey of Tire Tread Design and Tire Size as Mounted on Vehicles in Central Iowa. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2001. 51(6): 587-596. Bird, S.J., Scientific Certainty: Research Versus Forensic Perspectives. Journal of Forensic Sciences., 2001. 46(4): 978-981. Bittman, D., W. Harnum, G. Leydier, and B. Yamashita, Coaxial Lighting for Fingerprint Photography. Identification Canada, 2001. 24(1): 4-9. Blain, B., Automated Palm Identification-Why Palm Prints? Fingerprint Whorld, 2002. 28(108): 102-107. Bodziak, W.J., Traditional Reporting of Footwear Examination Results by the FBI and other Laboratories in the United States. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 143-148. Bokhari, A., B.A. Coull, and L.B. Holmes, Effect of prenatal exposure to anticonvulsant drugs on dermal ridge patterns of fingers. Teratology, 2002. 66(1): 19-23. Bolle, R.M., J.H. Connell, S. Pankanti, N.K. Ratha, and A.W. Senior, Guide to Biometrics. 2004, New York: Springer-Verlag. Borgula, L.M., F.G. Robinson, M. Rahimi, K.E. Chew, K.R. Birchmeier, S.G. Owens, J.A. Kieser, and G.R. Tompkins, Isolation and genotypic comparison of oral streptococci from experimental bitemarks. Journal of Forensic Odonto-Stomatology, 2003. 21(2): 2330. Boston, R., What makes an Expert Latent Print Examiner? Journal of Forensic Identification, 2001. 51(6): 565-568. Bouldin, K.K., Latent Fingerprint and trace explosives detection by photoluminescence and time-resolved imaging. Molecular Physics; Texas Tech Universiti. Bouldin, K.K. and E.R. Menzel, Latent fingerprint detection with SYPRO Rose Plus Protein Blot Stain. Thescientificworldjournal, 2002. 2: 542-5. Bowers, C.M., Forensic Dental Evidence. 2004, San Diego: Elsevier Academic Press. Bowers, C.M. and R.J. Johansen, Photographic evidence protocol: the use of digital imaging methods to rectify angular distortion and create life size reproductions of bite mark evidence. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(1): 178-185. Bowers, C.M. and R.J. Johansen, Digital imaging methods as an aid in dental identification of human remains. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(2): 354-9. Brannon, R.B. and W.M. Morlang, The crash of LOT flight 007: dental identification. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(6): 1323-5. Brannon, R.B., W.M. Morlang, and B.C. Smith, The gander disaster: dental identification in a military tragedy. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(6): 1331-5. Brennan, J.S., Fuming of Latent Fingerprints using DMAC. Journal of Forensic Identification, 1995. 45(4): 373-380. Brennan, J.S., L.M. Davies, S.K. Vramble, V. Rollins, and A. Rollins, IsomarkTM Spray: A Novel Method for the Replication of Marks. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2001. 51(6): 572-580. Bright, J.-A. and S.F. Petricevic, Recovery of trace DNA and its application to DNA profiling of shoe insoles. Forensic Science International. In Press, Corrected Proof. Broniek, B. and W. Knaap, Latent Fingerprint Development on Thermal Paper using Muriatic (Hydrochloric) Acid. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52(4): 427-432. Broun, K.S., Daubert is Alive and Well in North Carolina In Fact, We Beat the Feds to the Punch. The North Carolina State Bar, 2002. 7(3): http://www.ncbar.com/Journal/journal_7,3.asp. Brueschweiler, W., M. Braun, and R. Dirnhofer, Analysis of Patterned Injuries and Injury-Causing Instruments with Forensic 3D/CAD Supported Photogrammetry (FPHG): An Introduction Manual for the Documentation Process. Forensic Science International, 2003. 132(2): 130-138. 31

[67] [68] [69] [70] [71] [72] [73] [74] [75] [76] [77] [78] [79] [80] [81] [82] [83] [84] [85] [86] [87] [88]

Burow, D., An Improved Silver Physical Developer. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(3): 304-314. Burow, D., D. Seifert, and A.A. Cantu, Modifications to the Silver Physical Developer. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(5): 1094-1100. Busey, T.A. and J.R. Vanderkolk, Behavioral and Electrophysiological Evidence for Configural Processing in Fingerprint Experts. 2004. Personal Communication, Indiana University, Bloomington, USA. Byrd, J.S. and D. Bertram, Form-blindness. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(3): 305-321. Caldwell, J.P. and N.D. Kim, Extension of the color suite available for chemical enhancement of fingerprints in blood. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(2): 332-40. Caldwell, J.P., W. Henderson, and N.D. Kim, Luminescent visualization of latent fingerprints by direct reaction with a lanthanide shift reagent. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(6): 1332-41. Cantu, A.A., Silver Physical Developers for the Visualization of Latent Prints on Paper. Forensic Science Review, 2001. 13(1): 29-64. Cantu, A.A. and J.L. Johnson, Silver Physical Development of Latent Prints. in Advances in Fingerprint Technology, H.C. Lee and R.E. Gaensslen, Editors. 2001, CRC Press: Boca Raton, 242-247. Causin, V., C. Marega, and S. Schiavone, Cuts and tears on a paper towel: a case report on an unusual examination of damage. Forensic Science International. In Press, Corrected Proof. Centoricka, M. and B. Rone, Development of the Latent Fingerprints on Various Surfaces by Using the RTX Method. 2002: Personal communication from the State Forensic Science Bureau, Riga, Latvia. Champod, C. and I.W. Evett, A Probabilistic Approach to Fingerprint Evidence. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2001. 51(2): 101-122. Champod, C. and G. Jackson, Comments on the Current Debate on the Bayesian Approach in Marks Examinations. The Information Bulletin for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2002. 8(3): 22-23. Champod, C., I. Evett, and B. Kuchler, Earmarks as Evidence: A Critical Review. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(6): 1275-1284. Champod, C., I.W. Evett, G. Jackson, and J. Birkett, Comments on the Scale of Conclusions Proposed by the ad hoc Committee of the ENFSI Marks Working Group. The Information Bulletin for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2000. 6(3): 11-18. Champod, C., D. Baldwin, F. Taroni, and J.S. Buckleton, Firearm and Tool Marks Identification: The Bayesian Approach. AFTE Journal, 2003. 35(3): 307-316. Champod, C., C. Lennard, P. Margot, and M. Stoilovic, Fingerprints and other ridge skin impressions. International forensic science and investigation series. 2004, Boca Raton: CRC Press LLC. Chan, A. and H. Kinsella, Cyanoacrylate fuming: latent fingerprint development under atmospheric and vacuum conditions. Identification Canada, 2002. 25(3): 9-12. Chaudhry, R. and S.K. Pant, Identification of Authorship Using Lateral Palm Print -- A New Concept. Forensic Science International, 2004. 141(1): 49-57. Cho, A., Forensic science. Judge reverses decision on fingerprint evidence. Science, 2002. 295(5563): 2195-7. Cho, A., Forensic science. Fingerprinting doesn't hold up as a science in court. Science, 2002. 295(5554): 418. Christen, A.G. and J.A. Christen, The 1850 Webster/Parkman Trial: Dr. Keep's forensic evidence. Journal of the History of Dentistry, 2003. 51(1): 5-12. Clark, J.D., ACE-V: Is it Scientifically Reliable and Accurate? Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52(4): 401-408. 32

[89] [90] [91] [92] [93] [94]

[95] [96] [97] [98] [99] [100] [101] [102] [103] [104] [105] [106] [107] [108] [109] [110] [111]

Claythorne, B.W., The Investigation of Manufacturing Marks on Newspapers. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 13-22. Cole, S., Suspect Identities: A History of Fingerprinting and Criminal Identification. 2001: Harvard University Press. Cole, S.A., History of Fingerprint Pattern Recognition. in Automatic Fingerprint Recognition Systems, N.K. Ratha and R. Bolle, Editors. 2004, Springer Verlag: New York, 1-25. Comber, B.A., Reduction of Background Features in Images of Fingerprints Using Combinations of Images Acquired Under Different Lighting Conditions. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(2): 198-208. Conn, C., G. Ramsay, C. Roux, and C. Lennard, The effect of metal salt treatment on the photoluminescence of DFO-treated fingerprints. Forensic Science International, 2001. 116(2-3): 117-123. Cooley, C.M., Psychological Influences & the State Employed Forensic Examiner: How to Elicit Evidence Concerning Observer Effect Errors through Cross-Examination and Discovery, in Illinois Association of Criminal Defense Lawyers Newsletter. 2003, http://www.law-forensic.com/cooleycv.htm. Crispino, F., Comments on JFI 51(3). Journal of Forensic Identification, 2001. 51(5): 449-456. Cwiklik, C. and K.M. Sweeney, Ear Print Evidence: State of Washington v. Kunze. 2003: personal communication from Cwiklik & Associates, 2400 Sixth Avenue South #257, Seattle, WA 98134. Czarnecki, E.R., Recovery of Developed Latent Prints from the Inside of a Compound Curved Surface. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(5): 538-544. Czubak, A., The use of cyanoacrile glues for revealing fingerprints on various surfaces. Z Zagadnien Nauk Sadowych- Problems of Forensic Sciences, 2002. LII: 87-94. Dalrymple, B., Court preparation for digital evidence. Identification Canada, 2003. 26(3): 4-11. Dalrymple, B., Background Subtraction Through Exhibit Substitution. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2004. 54(2): 150-158. Dalrymple, B., L. Shaw, and K. Woods, Optimized Digital Recording of Crime Scene Impressions. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52(6): 750-761. Deighton, R., Duct tape separation technique. Identification Canada, 2003. 26(3): 24-26. Denio, D.J., The History of the AFTE Journal, the Peer Review Process, and Daubert Issues. AFTE Journal, 2002. 34(2): 210-212. Drabarek, B. and T. Sikora, Will 5-methylthioninhydrine replace ninhydrine? Problemy Kryminalistyki, 2003(239): 33-38. Drews, F. and H. Zander, Toolmark Comparison and Identification with Methods of the Fuzzy Set Theory and the Image Processing. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 105-108. Ebeling, M., Leichendaktyloskopie. Kriminalistik, 2001. 55(6): 426-427. Eckerman, S.J., A Study of Consecutively Manufactured Chisels. AFTE Journal, 2002. 34(4): 379-390. Elad-Levin, M., M. Azoury, and Y. Yaffe, Exposure Monitoring of Fingerprint Powders. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(3): 297-303. Epstein, R., Fingerprints meet Daubert: The Myth of Fingerprint "Science" is Revealed. Southern California Law Review, 2002. 75: 605-655. Exline, D.L., C. Wallace, C. Roux, C. Lennard, M.P. Nelson, and P.J. Treado, Forensic applications of chemical imaging: latent fingerprint detection using visible absorption and luminescence. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(5): 1047-53. Faigman, D.L., Is Science Different for Lawyers? Science, 2002. 297(19 July): 339-340. 33

[112] Fairhurst, D., Is Fingerprint Examination a Science? Fingerprint Whorld, 2003. 29(113): 139-143. [113] Fischman, S.L., Bite marks. Alpha Omegan, 2002. 95(4): 42-6. [114] Forsythe-Erman, J., A comparison of blood enhancement techniques. Canadian Society of Forensic Science Journal, 2001. 34(4): 159-165. [115] Frgeau, C.J., O. Germain, K.J. Miller, and R.M. Fourney, The effects of blood enhancement chemicals on subsequent DNA analysis. Identification Canada, 2001. 24(3): 4-14. [116] Freimuth, H., Latente Fingerspuren auf Klebebndern. Kriminalistik, 2001. 55(11): 737741. [117] Freinkel, R.K. and D. Woodley, eds. The Biology of Skin. 2001, Parthenon Publishing Group: New York. [118] Fresco, A., Earprint evidence a 'grotesque injustice'. Fingerprint Whorld, 2004. 30(116): 57. [119] Fruchtenicht, T.L., The discrimination of two-dimensional military boot impressions based on wear patterns. Science & Justice, 2002. 42(2): 97-104. [120] Gardner, M. and N. Sneddon, Is there a better way to develop fingerprints on brass cartridge cases. Identification Canada, 2002. 25(4): 11-15. [121] Gardner, S.J. and D.F. Hewlett, Optimization and initial evaluation of 1,2-indandione as a reagent for fingerprint detection. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(6): 1288-92. [122] Gaudes, C., Digit determination. Identification Canada, 2003. 26(2): 19-26. [123] Geller, B., Commentary on: Lewis LA et al. Processes involved in the development of latent fingerprints using the cyanoacrylate fuming method. J Forensic Sci 2001;46(2):241-246.[comment]. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(3): 700; author reply 701. [124] Geradts, Z. and J. Bijhold, New developments in forensic image processing and pattern recognition. Science & Justice, 2001. 41(3): 159-166. [125] Geradts, Z. and J. Bijhold, Content based information retrieval in forensic image databases. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(2): 285-292. [126] Gibson, W.M., Tool Mark Index Update. AFTE Journal, 2001. 33(4): 366-372. [127] Girod, A., Exploitation et gestion systmatiques des traces de souliers: une approche complmentaire pour l'investigation criminelle des cambriolages. Doctoral Thesis: Facult de droit, Institut de police scientifique et de criminologie; Universit de Lausanne. [128] Grubwieser, P., A. Thaler, S. Kochl, R. Teissl, W. Rabl, and W. Parson, Systematic study on STR profiling on blood and saliva traces after visualization of fingerprint marks. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(4): 733-41. [129] Gutowski, S.J., Statistics and evidence in field and identification sciences. The forensic Bulletin, 2001(November): 16-18. [130] Haber, L. and R. Haber, Double-Blind procedures in Forensic Identification and Verification. working draft, 2002. [131] Haber, L. and R.N. Haber, Error Rates for Human Latent Fingerprint Examiners. in Automatic Fingerprint Recognition Systems, N.K. Ratha and R. Bolle, Editors. 2004, Springer Verlag: New York, 339-360. [132] Halberstein, R.A., The application of anthropometric indices in forensic photography: three case studies. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(6): 1438-41. [133] Hamilton, H., Over-developed Cyanoacrylate print on knife blade. Identification Canada, 2003. 26(3): 21-23. [134] Hammer, L. and J. Wolfe, Shoe and Tire Impressions in Snow: Photography and Casting. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(6): 647-655. [135] Hankin, G., Essential knowledge for fingerprint analysis and comparison. Identification Canada, 2001. 24(2): 4-11. 34

[136] Hara, T., Qualitative Evaluation of the Distinguishing Characteristics in Footprints Identification and Their Evidential Values. Japanese Journal of Science and Technology of Identification, 2004. 9(1): 59-63. [137] Hardy, H., D. Zaal, and I. Keereweer, A Physical Model Desccribing the Penetration of Casting Material into Narrow Grooves. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 57-90. [138] Hare, K., Proportional analysis: The Science of Comparison. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(6): 700-704. [139] Harich, N., E. Esteban, A. Chafik, and P. Moral, Dermatoglyphic characterization of Berbers from Morocco: qualitative and quantitative digital and palm data. Annals of Human Biology, 2002. 29(4): 442-56. [140] Heizmann, M., Strategies for the Automated Recognition of Marks in Forensic Science. in SPIE International Symposium on Law Enforcement Technologies Investigative Image Processing II. 2002. Orlando, USA: SPIE. [141] Heizmann, M., Automated Comparison of Striation Marks with the System GE/2. in SPIE International Symposium on Law Enforcement Technologies Investigative Image Processing II. 2002. Orlando, USA: SPIE. [142] Heizmann, M. and F. Puente Leon, Automated Analysis and Comparison of Stiated Toolmarks. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 121-132. [143] Hoogstrate, A.J., H. Van Den Heuvel, and E. Huyben, Ear identification based on surveillance camera images. Science & Justice., 2001. 41(3): 167-72. [144] Humphrey, J.H. and D.L. Hutchinson, Macroscopic characteristics of hacking trauma. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(2): 228-33. [145] Imwinkelried, E.J., Fingerprint Science. The National Law Journal, 2002. 26(18-19). [146] Inman, K. and N. Rudin, The origin of evidence. Forensic Science International, 2002. 126(1): 11-16. [147] Interpol, Interpol European Expert Group on Fingerprint Identification II - IEEGFI II, in Part 2: Detailing the Method Using Common Terminology and Through the Definition and Application of Shared Principles. 2004, Interpol: Lyon. [148] Jackson, G., C. Champod, and I.W. Evett, Principles of Interpretation Application of the Likelihood Ratio in Marks Cases. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 135-142. [149] Jain, A.K. and S. Pankanti, Automated Fingerprint Identification and Imaging Systems. in Advances in Fingerprint Technology, H.C. Lee and R.E. Gaensslen, Editors. 2001, CRC Press: Boca Raton, 275-326. [150] Jain, A.K., S. Prabhakar, and S. Pankanti, On the Similarity of Identical Twin Fingerprints. Pattern Recognition, 2002. 35: 2653-2663. [151] James, H. and G.N. Cirillo, Bite mark or bottle top? Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2004. 49(1): 119-21. [152] James, H., A.B. Acharya, J.A. Taylor, and M.J. Freak, A case of bitten Bettongs. Journal of Forensic Odonto-Stomatology, 2002. 20(1): 10-2. [153] Jones, N., M. Stoilovic, C. Lennard, and C. Roux, Vacuum metal deposition: developing latent fingerprints on polyethylene substrates after the deposition of excess gold. Forensic Science International, 2001. 123(1): 5-12. [154] Jones, N., M. Stoilovic, C. Lennard, and C. Roux, Vacuum metal depositon: factors affecting normal and reverse development of latent fingerprints on polyethylene substrates. Forensic Science International, 2001. 115(1-2): 73-88. [155] Jones, N., C. Lennard, M. Stoilovic, and C.Roux, An Evaluation of Multimetal Deposition II. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(3): 444-478.

35

[156] Jones, N., D. Mansour, M. Stoilovic, C. Lennard, and C. Roux, The influence of polymer type, print donor and age on the quality of fingerprints developed on plastic substrates using vacuum metal deposition. Forensic Science International, 2001. 124(2-3): 167-177. [157] Jones, N., M. Kelly, M. Stoilovic, C.J. Lennard, and C. Roux, The Development of Latent Fingerprints on Polymer Banknotes. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(1): 50-77. [158] Kahana, T., A. Grande, D.M. Tancredi, J. Penalver, and J. Hiss, Fingerprinting the deceased: traditional and new techniques. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(4): 908-912. [159] Kahn, H.S., R. Ravindranath, R. Valdez, and K.M. Narayan, Fingerprint ridge-count difference between adjacent fingertips (dR45) predicts upper-body tissue distribution: evidence for early gestational programming. American Journal of Epidemiology, 2001. 153(4): 338-44. [160] Karazalus, C.P., T.T. Palmbach, and H.C. Lee, Digital enhancement of sub-quality bitemark photographs. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(4): 954-8. [161] Karmakar, B., K. Yakovenko, and E. Kobyliansky, Dermatoglyphic sexual dimorphism: finger and palmar qualitative characteristics in five endogamous populations of West Bengal, India. Anthropologischer Anzeiger, 2002. 60(3): 273-92. [162] Kasper, S.P., D.J. Minnillo, and A.M. Rockhold, Validating IND (1,2-Indanedione). Forensic Science Communications, 2002. 4(4): 1-3. [163] Kasprzak, J., Polish Methods of Earprint Identification. The Information Bulletin for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2003. 9(3): 20-22. [164] Katterwe, H., The Scale Committee of the ENFSI Marks Working Group and the Range of Conclusions. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 185-195. [165] Katterwe, H., Annual Report 2003. The Information Bulletin for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2004. 10(1): 8-22. [166] Katterwe, H., A. Krschgen, and T. Ahlhorn, eds. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners. 2001, Budeskriminalamt - Fachbereich Werkstofftechnik: Wiesbaden. [167] Katterwe, H., M. Braune, T. Ahlhorn, and W. Grimmer, Image Processing Stategy and Automatic Comparison of Marks. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 133-134. [168] Kaufman, H.H., The expert witness. Neither Frye nor Daubert solved the problem: what can be done. Science & Justice., 2001. 41(1): 7-20. [169] Kaye, D.H., Questioning a Courtroom Proof of the Uniqueness of Fingerprints. International Statistical Review, 2003. 71(3): 521-533. [170] Keith, L.V., Footwear Impressions On Fabric. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52(6): 681-686. [171] Kelly, G., D. Bird, D. Burt, S. Massey, B. Morhart, and D. Swiderski, Use of children's glue as an aid in fingerprint lifting. Identification Canada, 2001. 24(4): 7-12. [172] Kennedy, D., Forensic Science: Oxymoron? Science, 2004. 302(5651): 1625. [173] Kennedy, R.B., Forensic barefoot morphology. Firs Bulletin, 2001. 2003(46): 1-6. [174] Kennedy, R.B., S. Gehl, S. Massey, and G. Saunders, Use of barefoot morphology in criminal investigations. Identification Canada, 2002. 25(4): 4-6. [175] Kennedy, R.B., I.S. Pressman, S. Chen, P.H. Petersen, and A.E. Pressman, Statistical Analysis of Barefoot Impressions. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(1): 55-63. [176] Kershaw, S., Spain and U.S. at Odds on Mistaken Terror Arrest, in The New York Times. 2004: New York. [177] Kimura, S., B.A. Schaumann, and K. Shiota, Comparative investigations of human and rat dermatoglyphics: palmar, plantar and digital pads and flexion creases. Anatomical Science International, 2002. 77(1): 34-46. 36

[178] Kittelson, J.M., J.A. Kieser, D.M. Buckingham, and G.P. Herbison, Weighing evidence: quantitative measures of the importance of bitemark evidence. Journal of Forensic Odonto-Stomatology, 2002. 20(2): 31-7. [179] Knaap, W., Lifting two-dimensional fingerprint and footwear impressions using dental stone (subsequent testing). Identification Canada, 2001. 24(2): 13-15. [180] Knaap, W. and E. Adach, The Knaap Process: Lifting Two-Dimensional Footwear and Fingerprint Impressions Using Dental Stone. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52(5): 561-571. [181] Kobus, H.J., P.E. Pigou, S. Jahangiri, and B. Taylor, Evaluation of some oxygen, sulfur, and selenium substituted ninhydrin analogues, nitrophenylninhydrin and benzo[f]furoninhydrin. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(2): 254-259. [182] Krschgen, A., A. Koch, and B. Radke, Marks on Dies. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 33-36. [183] Kouble, R.F. and G.T. Craig, A comparison between direct and indirect methods available for human bite mark analysis. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2004. 49(1): 111118. [184] Kubon, T.M. and J.D. Anderson, An implant-retained auricular impression technique to minimize soft tissue distortion. Journal of Prosthetic Dentistry, 2003. 89(1): 97-101. [185] Kuecken, M.U., On the Formation of Fingerprints. PhD: Graduate Interdisciplinary Program in Applied Mathematics; The University of Arizona. [186] Kusuma, Y.S., B.V. Babu, and J.M. Naidu, Asymmetry of finger ridge counts among four tribal populations of Andhra Pradesh, India. Homo, 2001. 52(2): 110-116. [187] Kusuma, Y.S., B.V. Babu, and J.M. Naidu, Finger ridge count correlations among four tribes of Andhra Pradesh, India. Collegium Antropologicum, 2002. 26(1): 319-323. [188] Langenburg, G., Pilot Study: A Statistical Analysis of the ACE-V Methodology Analysis Stage. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2004. 54(1): 64-79. [189] LaPorte, G.M. and R.S. Ramotowski, The Effects of Latent Print Processing on Questioned Documents Produced by Office Machine Systems Utilizing Inkjet Technology and Toner. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(3): 658-663. [190] Lawley, R., Application of Amido Black Mixture for the Development of Blood-based Fingerprints on Human Skin. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(4): 404-408. [191] Leadbetter, M., Third Level Detail. Fingerprint Whorld, 2003. 29(111): 28-29. [192] Leary, R.M., The Role of the National Intelligence Model and "FLINTS" in Improving Police Performance. 2002: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/docs2/resconf2002/richardlearyrolenimflints.pdf. [193] Lee, H.C. and R.E. Gaensslen, eds. Advances in Fingerprint Techology. second ed. CRC Series in Forensic and Police Science, ed. B.A.J. Fisher. 2001, CRC Press: Boca Raton. [194] Lee, H.C. and R.E. Gaensslen, Methods of Latent Fingerprint Development. in Advances in Fingerprint Technology, H.C. Lee and R.E. Gaensslen, Editors. 2001, CRC Press: Boca Raton, 105-175. [195] Lee, S.E., Examination of Consecutively Manufactured Slotted Screwdrivers. AFTE Journal, 2003. 35(1): 66-70. [196] Lemieux, M., Histoire de pied/A foot story. Identification Canada, 2002. 25(4): 16-17. [197] Lenertz, O. and S. Schnborn, Fingerspuren auf menschlicher Haut. Kriminalistik, 2002. 56(1): 45-48. [198] Lenertz, O., S. Schonborn, and M. Bohnert, [Finger prints on human skin--results of a general applications-oriented series]. Archiv fur Kriminologie, 2002. 210(5-6): 129-38. [199] Lennard, C. and M. Stoilovic, The Detection of Bleached Ninhydrin Developed Fingerprints on Paper. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52(5): 437-550. [200] Lewis, L.A., S.R.W. 3rd., G.L. Devault, B. Bolinger, and S.A.S. Lewis, Processes involved in the development of latent fingerprints using the cyanoacrylate fuming method. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(2): 241-246. 37

[201] Li, D.Z., Z.L. Zhang, and L. Liu, [Fluorescence development of blood fingerprint]. Guang Pu Xue Yu Guang Pu Fen Xi/Spectroscopy & Spectral Analysis, 2001. 21(5): 6769. [202] Lisounkin, A., Toolmark Comparison and Identification with Pattern Recognition Methods based on 3D Surface Measurement. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 109-119. [203] Lloyd, D., The Development of Friction Ridge Detail on a Class of Counterfeit Currency. Fingerprint Whorld, 2003. 29(111): 9-12. [204] Loftus, E.F. and S.A. Cole, Contaminated evidence.[comment]. Science, 2004. 304(5673): 959. [205] Lowe, A., C. Murray, P. Richardson, R. Wivell, P. Gill, G. Tully, and J. Whitaker, Use of low copy number DNA in forensic inference. International Congress Series, 2003. 1239: 799-801. [206] Lynch, M., God's signature: DNA profiling, the new gold standard in forensic science. Endeavour, 2003. 27(2): 93-97. [207] Maceo, A., The Biology of Skin. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(5): 585591. [208] Magora, A., M. Azoury, and B. Geller, Treatment of cocaine contaminated polythene bags prior to fingerprint development by cyanoacrylate fuming. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52( 2): 159-167. [209] Maltoni, D., D. Maio, A.K. Jain, and S. Prabhakar, Handbook of Fingerprint Recognition. 2003, New York: Springer Verlag. [210] Mantel, M.A., Statistics and Bite Marks: An Immiscible Combination. Scientific Sleuthing Review, 2004. 28(1): 1-4. [211] Masters, N.E., Safety for the Forensic Identification Specialist. second ed. 2002, Jacksonville: Lightning Powder Company, Inc. [212] Mathews, M.F., A.J. Sutton, and R.M. Smith, The auricular impression: an alternate technique. Journal of Prosthodontics, 2000. 9(2): 106-109. [213] McKasson, S., I Think Therefore I Probably Am. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2001. 51(3): 217-221. [214] McKasson, S., Re: Proportional Analysis: The Science of Comparison. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2004. 54(3): 273-274. [215] McKie, I.A.J., There's nane ever fear'd that the truth should be heard but they whom the truth would indite. Science and Justice, 2003. 43(3): 161-165. [216] McMahon, P., Procedure to Develop Latent Prints on Thermal Paper. The Print, 1998. 14(2): 4. [217] McMahon, P., Fingerprint Technology Faces Test in Court. Fingerprint Whorld, 2004. 30(116): 78-80. [218] McNamee, A.H. and D. Sweet, Adherence of forensic odontologists to the ABFO guidelines for victim evidence collection. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(2): 382-5. [219] Meijerman, L., S. Sholl, F. De Conti, M. Giacon, C. van der Lugt, A. Drusini, P. Vanezis, and G. Maat, Exploratory study on classification and individualisation of earprints. Forensic Science International, 2004. 140(1): 91-99. [220] Menzel, E.R., Recent advances in photoluminescence detection of fingerprints. Thescientificworldjournal, 2001. 1: 498-509. [221] Menzel, E.R., Fingerprint Detection with Photoluminescent Nanoparticles. in Advances in Fingerprint Technology, H.C. Lee and R.E. Gaensslen, Editors. 2001, CRC Press: Boca Raton, 211-240. [222] Merrick, S., S.J. Gardner, V.G. Sears, and D.F. Hewlett, An operational trial of ozonefriendly DFO and 1,2-indanedione formulations for latent fingerprint detection. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52(5): 595-605. 38

[223] Miller, J., An Introduction to the Forensic Examination of Toolmarks. AFTE Journal, 2001. 33(3): 233-248. [224] Milne, R., Operation Bigfoot - A volume crime database project. Science & Justice, 2001. 41(3): 215-218. [225] Miskelly, G.M. and M.R. Kelderman, Interference of Ninhydrin Pretreatment on Leuco Crystal Violet Visualization of Bloodstains. Canadian Society of Forensic Science Journal, 2001. 34(3): 109-116. [226] Mnookin, J.L., Fingerprint Evidence in an Age of DNA Profiling. Brooklyn Law Review, 2001. 67(1): 13-71. [227] Mnookin, J.L., Fingerprints: Not a Gold Standard. 2003. [228] Mnookin, J.L., The Achilles' Heel of Fingerprints, in Washington Post. 2004: Washington, A27. [229] Mnookin, J.L., A Blow to the Credibility of Fingerprint Evidence, in The Boston Globe. 2004: Boston. [230] Mond, H.G., B.C. Valentine, R.D. Randall, R. Kelsall, and M. Gregory, Anatomy of a murder: telemetric footprints. Pacing & Clinical Electrophysiology, 2002. 25(9): 1406-8. [231] Mong, G., S. Walter, A.A. Cantu, and R.S. Ramotowski, The Chemistry of Latent Prints from Children and Adults. Fingerprint Whorld, 2001. 27(104): 66-69. [232] Moran, B., Toolmark Criteria for Identification: Pattern Match, CMS, or Bayesian. INTERfaces, 2001(28 Nov/Dec): 9-10. [233] Moran, B., A Report on the AFTE Theory of Identification and Range of Conclusions for Toolmark Identification and Resulting Approaches to Casework. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 155-171. [234] Moran, B., The Application of Numerical Criteria for Identification in Casework Involving Magazine Marks and Land Impressions. AFTE Journal, 2001. 33(1): 41-46. [235] Moran, B., A Report on the AFTE Theory of Identification and Range of Conclusions for Toolmark Identification and Resulting Approaches to Casework. AFTE Journal, 2002. 34(2): 227-235. [236] Moran, B., Letter to the Editor: Re "Firearm and Tool Marks Identification: The Bayesian Approach", Champod C. et al. AFTE Journal Vol. 35, No.3, pp. 307-316. AFTE Journal, 2003. 35(4): 356-357. [237] Moran, B., Comments and Clarification of Responses from a member of the AFTE 2001 Criteria for Identification of Toolmarks Discussion Panel. AFTE Journal, 2003. 35(1): 55-65. [238] Moran, B. and J. Murdock, Joseph Ramirez vs. State of Florida Supreme Court Decision December 20, 2001. AFTE Journal, 2002. 34(2): 215-226. [239] Mustanski, B.S., J.M. Bailey, and S. Kaspar, Dermatoglyphics, handedness, sex, and sexual orientation. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 2002. 31(1): 113-122. [240] Najjar, L.J., The missing link. Dental Assistant, 2003. 72(2): 32-4. [241] Nalini, R. and R. Bolle, eds. Automatic Fingerprint Recognition. 2003, Springer-Verlag: New York. [242] Napier, T.J., Scene Linking using footwear mark databases. Science & Justice, 2002. 42(1): 39-43. [243] Nause, L., Forensic Tire Impression Identification. 2002, Ottawa: Royal Canadian Mounted Police. [244] Nic Daeid, N., J. Thorpe, and I. Pritchard, Investigation in Toolmarks Associated with the Illegal Removal and Replacement of Cattle Ear Tags. 2004: Personal communication from the Forensic Science Unit, University of Stathclyde (UK). [245] Nichols, R.A., Letter to the Editor: Re "Firearm and Tool Marks Identification: The Bayesian Approach", Champod C. et al. AFTE Journal Vol. 35, No.3, pp. 307-316. AFTE Journal, 2003. 35(4): 354-355. 39

[246] Nichols, R.G., Firearm and Toolmark Identification Criteria: A Review of the Literature. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 1997. 42(3): 466-474. [247] Nichols, R.G., Firearm and Toolmark Identification Criteria: A Review of the Literature, Part II. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(2): 318-327. [248] Nichols, R.G., Consecutive Matching Striations (CMS): Its Definition, Study and Application in the Discipline of Firearms and Tool Mark Identification. AFTE Journal, 2003. 35(3): 298-306. [249] Ohta, H., K. Ogasawara, Y. Suzuki, R. Sugita, and S. Suzuki, Examination of 5Alkoxyninhydrins as latent fingerprint visualization reagents. Canadian Society of Forensic Science Journal, 2001. 34(2): 73-79. [250] Olsen, R.D., Scott's Fingerprint Mechanics. 1978, Springfield, Ill.: C.C.Thomas. [251] Olsen, R.D. and H.C. Lee, Identification of Latent Prints. in Advances in Fingerprint Technology, H.C. Lee and R.E. Gaensslen, Editors. 2001, CRC Press: Boca Raton, 41-61. [252] Orzel, K.D., Selected problems of inheritance of lip furrows. Problemy Kryminalistyki, 2003(239): 49-54. [253] Ostrowski, D., Identification possibilities of marks from selected types of working gloves. Problemy Kryminalistyki, 2002(237): 54-59. [254] Ouellette, R., D. Sencan, and B. Yamashita, A cautionary tale: poor C-216 prints saved by Ninhydrin. Identification Canada, 2004. 27(1): 14-18. [255] Pankanti, S., S. Prabhakar, and A.K. Jain, On the Individuality of Fingerprints. IEEE Transactions on PAMI, 2002. 24(8): 1010-1025. [256] Paton, A., "Fingerprint" Faulds: the rehabilitation of Henry Faulds (1843-1930). Journal of Medical Biography, 2001. 9(3): 132-6. [257] Pattichis, M. and A. Bovik, Latent Fingerprint Analysis Using an AM-FM Model. in Automatic Fingerprint Recognition Systems, N.K. Ratha and R. Bolle, Editors. 2004, Springer Verlag: New York, 317-338. [258] Petrovskaia, O., B.M. Taylor, D.B. Hauze, P.J. Carroll, and M.M. Joulli, Investigations of the Reaction Mechanisms of 1,2-indanediones with Amino Acids. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 2001. 66(7666-7675). [259] Philippe, R., Heat Steamer. Identification Canada, 2004. 27(1): 19-22. [260] Pretty, I.A., A web-based survey of odontologist's opinions concerning bitemark analyses. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(5): 1117-20. [261] Pretty, I.A., The use of dental aging techniques in forensic odontological practice. Journal of Forensic Sciences., 2003. 48(5): 1127-32. [262] Pretty, I.A. and D. Sweet, Digital bite mark overlays--an analysis of effectiveness. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(6): 1385-1391. [263] Pretty, I.A. and D. Sweet, Adherence of forensic odontologists to the ABFO bite mark guidelines for suspect evidence collection. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(5): 1152-8. [264] Pretty, I.A. and M.D. Turnbull, Lack of dental uniqueness between two bite mark suspects. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(6): 1487-1491. [265] Pretty, I.A. and D. Sweet, The scientific basis for human bitemark analyses-a critical review. Science & Justice, 2001. 41(2): 81-84. [266] Pretty, I.A. and R.C. Hall, Forensic dentistry and human bite marks: issues for doctors. Hospital Medicine (London), 2002. 63(8): 476-482. [267] Pretty, I.A., D.A. Webb, and D. Sweet, The design and assessment of mock mass disasters for dental personnel. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(1): 74-9. [268] Pretty, I.A., D.A. Webb, and D. Sweet, Dental participants in mass disasters--a retrospective study with future implications. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(1): 117-20.

40

[269] Pretty, I.A., P.W. Smith, W.M. Edgar, and S.M. Higham, The use of quantitative lightinduced fluorescence (QLF) to identify composite restorations in forensic examinations. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(4): 831-836. [270] Pretty, I.A., R.J. Pretty, B.R. Rothwell, and D. Sweet, The reliability of digitized radiographs for dental identification: a Web-based study. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(6): 1325-30. [271] Ramotowski, R.S., Composition of Latent Print Residue. in Advances in Fingerprint Technology, H.C. Lee and R.E. Gaensslen, Editors. 2001, CRC Press: Boca Raton, 63104. [272] Raymond, J.J., C. Roux, E. Du Pasquier, J. Sutton, and C. Lennard, The Effect of Common Fingerprint Detection Techniques on the DNA Typing of Fingerprints Deposited on Different Surfaces. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2004. 54(1): 23-44. [273] Reneau, R.D., Unusual Latent Print Examinations. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(5): 531-537. [274] Ribaux, O. and P. Margot, Case Based Reasoning in Criminal Intelligence Using Forensic Case Data. Science and Justice, 2003. 43(3): 135-143. [275] Ribaux, O., A. Girod, S.J. Walsh, P. Margot, S. Mizrahi, and V. Clivaz, Forensic Intelligence and Crime Analysis. Law Probability and Risk, 2003. 2: 1-14. [276] Risinger, D.M. and M.J. Saks, Flaws in Forensic Science. Issues in Science and Technology, 2003(Fall): http://www.issues.org/issues/20.1/risinger.html. [277] Risinger, D.M., M.J. Saks, W.C. Thompson, and R. Rosenthal, The Daubert/Khumo Implications of Observer Effects in Forensic Science: Hidden Problems of Expectation and Suggestion. California Law Review, 2002. 90(1): 1-56. [278] Ritchie, A.T., An Update on Some Recent Manchester Cases. Fingerprint Whorld, 2002. 28(107): 11 - 17. [279] Rosak, M., K. Witoslawski, B. Drabarek, T. Sikora, and A. Rszkiewicz, Evaluation of 1,2-Indanedione in developing latent fingerprints on porous surfaces. Problemy Kryminalistyki, 2002(236): 31-38. [280] Rosenberry, J.L., Firearm/Toolmark Examination and the Daubert Criteria. AFTE Journal, 2003. 35(1): 38-48. [281] Roux, C., R. Kirk, S. Benson, T. Van Haren, and C.I. Petterd, Glass particles in footwear of members of the public in south-eastern Australia -- a survey. Forensic Science International, 2001. 116(2-3): 149-156. [282] Rumsby, D. and M. Rose, Remplacement du CFC-113 comme solvent pour le DFO: Evaluation du 3M Novec Engineered Fluid HFE-7100. Identification Canada, 2003. 26(3): 12-15. [283] Rumsby, D. and M. Rose, Replacement for CFC-113 as a Solvent for DFO: Evaluation of 3M Novec Engineered Fluid HFE-7100. Identification Canada, 2003. 26(2): 4-7. [284] Russ, J.C., Forensic Uses of Digital Imaging. 2001, Boca Raton: CRC Press. [285] Ryds, B., Marks of use of newly made key. Problemy Kryminalistyki, 2003(239): 47-49. [286] Saha, S., D. Loesch, D. Chant, J. Welham, O. El-Saadi, L. Fananas, B. Mowry, and J. McGrath, Directional and fluctuating asymmetry in finger and a-b ridge counts in psychosis: a case-control study. BMC Psychiatry, 2003. 3(1): 3. [287] Saks, M.J., The Legal and Scientific Evaluation of Forensic Science (Especially Fingerprint Expert Testimony). Setton Hall Law Review, 2003. 33: 1167-1187. [288] Saks, M.J., D.M. Risinger, R. Rosenthal, and W.C. Thompson, Context Effects in Forensic Science: A Review and Application of the Science of Science to Crime Laboratory Practice in the United States. Science and Justice, 2003. 43(2): 77-90. [289] Sarkission, G., J. Keegan, E. Du Pasquier, J.-P. Depriester, and P. Rousselot, The analysis of tires and tire traces using FTIR and Py-GC/MS. Canadian Society of Forensic Science Journal, 2004. 37(1). 41

[290] Saunders, G., Multimetal Seposition Technique for Latent Fingerprint Development. in 74th IAI Educational Conference. 1989. Pensacola, USA, June. [291] Saviano, J., The Significance of Using Level I Detail in Latent Print Examinations. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(2): 209-218. [292] Scarborough, S., Success of Hexane-based Ninhydrin Amino Acid Reagent Processing on Various Inks and Ages of Porous Evidence. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2001. 51(6): 581-586. [293] Scarborough, S., A Comprehensive Question List for the Courtroom: Re-evaluating and Revising the Qualifying Question List for Latent Print Testimony. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52(6): 725-733. [294] Scarborough, S. and A. Dziemieszko, Techniques for digital enhancement of latent prints obscured by disruptive backgrounds. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2004. 54(2): 141-149. [295] Schell, A., Latent Print Development on Paper Towels. Fingerprint Whorld, 2004. 30(116): 56. [296] Schnetz, B., Latent fingermarks, colloidal gold and multimetal deposition (MMD). Optimisation of the method. Forensic Science International, 2001. 118(6): 21-28. [297] Schreck, G., Computerised Comparison of Toolmarks by the PAMIR System. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 97-104. [298] Schulz, M.M. and W. Reichert, Archived or directly swabbed latent fingerprints as a D NA source for STR typing. Forensic Science International, 2002. 127(1-2): 128-130. [299] Schwartz, L. and I. Frerichs, Advanced Solvent-Free Application of Ninhydrin for Detection of Latent Fingerprints on Thermal Paper and Other Surfaces. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(6): 1274-1277. [300] Schwartz, R.L., L.C. Higginbotham, and D.R. Smith, The Effect of Un-Du on Latent Print Development. Fingerprint Whorld, 2003. 29(112): 66-73. [301] Schwarz, L., Spurensicherung auf Thermopapier. Kriminalistik, 2003. 57(4): 246-249. [302] Schwarz, L. and I. Frerichs, 2-Isononyl-Ninhydrin, zur Detektion von latenten daktyloskopischen Spuren auf Thermopapier als problematischer Spurentrger; Erprobungsbericht von KI 24. 2002, Bundeskriminalamt: Wiesbaden. [303] Sears, V. and D. Hewlett, DFO Formulations in non-ozone depleting solvents. Identification Canada, 2001. 26(1): 4-12. [304] Sengoopta, C., Imprint of the Raj How Fingerprinting Was Born in Colonial India. 2003, London: Macmillan. [305] Sester, N., A. Jacquat, and J.-C. Martin, Evaluation of Several Tool Marks Casting Materials - Preliminary Results. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 91-95. [306] Sheasby, D.R. and D.G. MacDonald, A forensic classification of distortion in human bite marks. Forensic Science International, 2001. 122(1): 75-78. [307] Shor, Y., R.B. Kennedy, T. Tsach, N. Volkov, Y. Novoselsky, and A. Vinokurov, Physical Match: Insole and Shoe. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(4): 808-810. [308] Shor, Y., T. Tsach, A. Vinokurov, B. Glattstein, E. Landau, and N. Levin, Lifting Shoeprints Using Gelatin Lifters and a Hydraulic Press. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(2): 368-372. [309] Sivapathasundharam, B., P.A. Prakash, and G. Sivakumar, Lip prints (cheiloscopy). Indian Journal of Dental Research, 2001. 12(4): 234-237. [310] Sjerps, M. and I. Keereweer, A Likelihood Ratio View on the Interpretation of Shoeprint Evidence. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 173-183. [311] Sodhi, G.S. and J. Kaur, Powder method for detecting latent fingerprints: a review. Forensic Science International, 2001. 120(3): 172-176. 42

[312] Sodhi, G.S. and J. Kaur, Fingermarks Detection by Eosin-blue Dye. Forensic Science International, 2001. 115: 69-71. [313] Sodhi, G.S. and J. Kaur, Amino Acid specific fingerprint reagents: a historical review. Identification Canada, 2003. 26(4): 13-17. [314] Sodhi, G.S. and J. Kaur, Fingerprint Detection Using Phloxine B Dye. Journal of Forensic Idenfication, 2003. 53(1): 8-13. [315] Sodhi, G.S. and J. Kaur, Fingerprints' Detection by Rose Bengal Dye. Fingerprint Whorld, 2004. 30(116): 52-55. [316] Sodhi, G.S. and J. Kaur, On Telegraphic Code System for Fingerprints. Fingerprint Whorld, 2004. 30(115): 21-23. [317] Sodhi, G.S., J. Kaur, R.K. Garg, and L. Kobilinsky, A Fingerprint Powder Formulation Based on Rhodamine B Dye. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(5): 551-555. [318] Solymosi, A., The Experience of the Installation of the SAGEM-AFIS system. Periodical of the Hungarian Ministry of Interior, 2002(11-12): 63-69. [319] Solymosi, A. and N. Tauszik, Old and New Challenges in the Field of Fingerprint Identification. Periodical of the Hungarian Ministry of Interior, 2003(7-8): 146-156. [320] Specter, M., Do Fingerprints Lie? The Gold Standard of Forensic Evidence is Now Being Challenged, in The New Yorker. 2002: New York, 96-105, http://www.michaelspecter.com/ny/2002/2002_05_27_fingerprint.html. [321] Spence, L. and G. Asmussen, Spectral enhancement of leucocrystal violet treated footwear impression evidence in blood. Forensic Science International, 2003. 132(2): 117-124. [322] Steele, C.A. and M.S. Ball, Enhancing Contrast of Fingerprints on Plastic Tape. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(6): 1314-1317. [323] Steele, L.J., The Defense Challenge to Fingerprints. Criminal Law Bulletin, 2004. 40(3): 213-240. [324] Stimac, J.T., Thermal & Carbonless Papers: A Fundamental Understanding for Latent Friction Ridge Development. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(2): 185-195. [325] Stimac, J.T., Thermal Paper: Latent Friction Ridge Development via 1,2-Indanedione. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(3): 265-271. [326] Stone, R.S., How Unique are Impressed Toolmarks? AFTE Journal, 2003. 35(4): 376383. [327] Stoney, D.A., Measurement of Fingerprint Individuality. in Advances in Fingerprint Technology, H.C. Lee and R.E. Gaensslen, Editors. 2001, CRC Press LLC: Boca Raton. [328] Stcker, M., M. Geil, S. Kyeck, K. Hoffman, A. Rochling, U. Memmel, and P. Altmeyer, Interpapillary lines--the variable part of the human fingerprint. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(4): 857-61. [329] Sutherland, B., S. Cordiner, J.A. Bright, and S.J. Walsh, Commentary on: Wickenheiser RA. Trace DNA: a review, discussion of theory and application of the transfer of trace quantities of DNA through skin contact. J Forensic Sci 2002;47(3):442-50.[comment]. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(2): 467; author reply 468. [330] Suzuki, S., Y. Suzuki, and H. Ohta, Detection of Latent Fingerprints on Newly Developed Substances Using the Vacuum Metal Deposition Method. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52(5): 573-577. [331] Swift, B. and G.N. Rutty, The human ear: its role in forensic practice. [erratum appears in J Forensic Sci. 2003 May;48(3):700]. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(1): 153160. [332] Szczepanik, P., T. Szczepanski, and L. Ziemnicki, Visualisation of fingermarks on thermal paper with nitric and hydrochloric acid. Problemy Kryminalistyki, 2004(243): 4648. [333] Szynawa, T., Shoes in "double net". Problemy Kryminalistyki, 2003(240): 31-44. 43

[334] Takatsu, M., T. Sasaki, H. Kagegama, M. Shiitani, K. Hirata, and A. Kobayashi, Detection of latent fingerprints on thermal paper with iodine vapor followed by p,p'Tetramethyldiaminothiobenzophenone or phenothiazine fixation. Kagaku Keiasatsu Kenkyushu Hokoku, Hokagaku Hen, 1989. 42(1): 39-42. [335] Takatsu, M., H. Kageyama, K. Hirata, S. Akashi, T. Yoko Ta, M. Shiitani, and A. Kobayashi, Development of a new method to detect latent fingerprints on Thermal paper with o-alkyl derivative of ninhydrin. Reports of the national research institute of police science, 1991. 44(1): 1-6. [336] Taroni, F. and J.S. Buckleton, Likelihood Ratio as a Relevant and Logical Approach to Assess the Value of Shoeprint Evidence. The Information Bulletin for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2002. 8(2): 15-25. [337] Tauszik, N., New Aspects of the Dactyloscopical Identication Method. Periodical of the Hungarian Ministry of Interior, 2003(11-12): 186-191. [338] Thali, M.J., M. Braun, and R. Dirnhofer, Optical 3D surface digitizing in forensic medicine: 3D documentation of skin and bone injuries. Forensic Science International, 2003. 137(2-3): 203-208. [339] Thali, M.J., M. Braun, W. Brueschweiler, and R. Dirnhofer, 'Morphological Imprint': Determination of the Injury-Causing Weapon from the Wound Morphology Using Forensic 3D/CAD-Supported Photogrammetry. Forensic Science International, 2003. 132(3): 177-181. [340] Thali, M.J., C.M. Schwab, K. Tairi, R. Dirnhofer, and P. Vock, Forensic radiology with cross-section modalities: spiral CT evaluation of a knife wound to the aorta. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(5): 1041-5. [341] Thali, M.J., M. Braun, T.H. Markwalder, W. Brueschweiler, U. Zollinger, N.J. Malik, K. Yen, and R. Dirnhofer, Bite mark documentation and analysis: the forensic 3D/CAD supported photogrammetry approach. Forensic Science International, 2003. 135(2): 115121. [342] Thatcher, P., The development of scientific standards for forensic purposes: Daubert, Enhancements and the Australian Reaction. The Forensic Bulletin, 2002(November): 2327. [343] Theeuwen, A.B., S. van Barneveld, J.W. Drok, I. Keereweer, B. Lesger, J.C. Limborgh, W.M. Naber, R. Schrok, and T. Velders, Enhancement of muddy footwear impressions. Forensic Science International, 2001. 119(1): 57-67. [344] Thirunavukkarasu, G., M. Hemalatha, and R. Kuppuswamy, Restoration of obliterated painted registration number on vehicle. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(2): 374-6. [345] Thompson, E. and R. Wyant, Knife Identification Project (KIP). AFTE Journal, 2003. 35(4): 366-370. [346] Tietze, S., Spurenauswertung Daktyloskopische une DNA-Untersuchungen am selben Spurentrger. Kriminalistik, 2001. 55(2): 109-113. [347] Tietze, S. and K. Witthuhn, Papillarleisten-Struktur der menschlichen Handinnenflche. BKA - Polizei + Forschung. Vol. 9. 2001, Neuwied: Luchterhand. [348] Tietze, S. and K. Witthuhn, Die neue AFIS Generation der grosse Wurf. Kriminalistik, 2003. 57(5): 305-312. [349] Tomasetti, K.A., Analysis of the Essential Aspects of Striated Tool Mark Examinations and the Methods of Identifications. AFTE Journal, 2002. 34(3): 289-301. [350] Tsourounakis, N., S. Howard, and F. Bertucca, Latent fingerprint development on thermal paper using muriatic acid. Identification Canada, 2004. 27(1): 4-13. [351] Tsung, B.Y., M. Zhang, Y.B. Fan, and D.A. Boone, Quantitative comparison of plantar foot shapes under different weight-bearing conditions. Journal of Rehabilitation Research & Development, 2003. 40(6): 517-526. [352] Tuthill, H., Problems on the horizon. Identification Canada, 2001. 24(1): 11-15. 44

[353] Tuthill, H. and G. George, Individualization Principles and Procedures in Criminalistics. Second Edition ed. 2002, Jacksonville: Lightning Powder Company, Inc. [354] Urry, S.R. and S.C. Wearing, A comparison of footprint indexes calculated from ink and electronic footprints. Journal of the American Podiatric Medical Association, 2001. 91(4): 203-209. [355] Valussi, S., Microfluidic systems for the chemical analysis of fingerprint residues. PhD: Analytical Centre, Department of Chemistry; Imperial College. [356] van Beeste, M., J. van de Velde, and I. Keereweer, Examination / Comparison of (Transparent) Garbage Bags. Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 37-48. [357] van der Lugt, C., Earprint identification. 2001, Den Haag: Elsevier Bedrijfsinformatie. [358] van Koppen, P.J. and H.F.M. Crombag, Oren, lippen en vingers: De waarde van oud en nieuw identificatiebewijs. Nederlands Juristenblad, 2000. 75: 6-12. [359] Vanderkolk, J.R., ACE+V: A Model. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2004. 54(1): 4551. [360] Wade, D.C., Development of Latent Prints with Titanium Dioxide (TiO2). Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52(5): 551-559. [361] Wagner, J.H. and G.M. Miskelly, Background correction in forensic photography. II. Photography of blood under conditions of non-uniform illumination or variable substrate color--practical aspects and limitations. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(3): 60413. [362] Wagner, J.H. and G.M. Miskelly, Background correction in forensic photography. I. Photography of blood under conditions of non-uniform illumination or variable substrate color--theoretical aspects and proof of concept. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(3): 593-603. [363] Walsh, K., Pattern Matching of a Paint Flake to its Source. AFTE Journal, 2001. 33(2): 143-144. [364] Walsh, K.A.J. and G. Wevers, Toolmark Identification: Can We Determine a Criterion? INTERfaces, 2001(29): 4-5. [365] Warniment, D., An Elimination by the Numbers? A Statistical Evaluation of Bunter Mark Significance. AFTE Journal, 2003. 35(4): 373-374. [366] Webb, D.A., D. Sweet, D.L. Hinman, and I.A. Pretty, Forensic implications of biting behavior: a conceptually underdeveloped area of investigation. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002. 47(1): 103-106. [367] Wen, C.Y. and C.C. Yu, Fingerprint pattern restoration by digital image processing techniques. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003. 48(5): 973-84. [368] Wen, C.Y. and J.K. Chen, Multi-Resolution Fusion Technique and Its Application to Forensic Science. Forensic Science International, 2004. 140(2-3-): 217-232. [369] Wertheim, K., Letter - re: ACE-V: Is it Scientific Reliable and Accurate? J. For. Ident. 52 (4). Journal of Forensic Idenfication, 2002. 52(6): 669-677. [370] Wertheim, K., Adobe Photoshop for Demonstrating Latent Print Uniqueness. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(6): 707-721. [371] Wertheim, K., Fingerprint Age Determination: Is There Any Hope? Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(1): 42-49. [372] Wertheim, K. and A. Maceo, The Critical Stage of Friction Ridge and Pattern Formation. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52(1): 35-85. [373] Whittaker, D.K., Bite marks--the criminal's calling cards. British Dental Journal, 2004. 196(4): 237. [374] Wickenheiser, R.A., Trace DNA: a review, discussion of theory, and application of the transfer of trace quantities of DNA through skin contact.[see comment]. Journal of Forensic Sciences., 2002. 47(3): 442-50. [375] Wickens, J., The chemistry of fingerprints. Chemistry Review, 2003. 13(1): 6-9. 45

[376] Wiersema, S.J., Is the Bayesian Approach for you? Proceedings of the Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, 2001: 149-153. [377] Wiesner, S., E. Springer, Y. Sasson, and J. Almog, Chemical development of latent fingerprints: 1,2-indanedione has come of age. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(5): 1082-4. [378] Wiggett, A.E., A.E. Walters, L. O'Hanlon, and F.H. Richie, Forensic Science Society Spring Meeting 2002: Intelligence. Science and Justice, 2002. 43(2): 109-118. [379] Wilgus, G., Latent Print Recovery from Human Skin. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 52(2): 133-135. [380] Wilkinson, D., Ridge units versus ridge ledges. Identification Canada, 2003. 26(3): 1618. [381] Wilkinson, D., National field trial comparing two formulations of 1,8-Diazafluoren-9-one (DFO) with 1,2-Indanedione. FIRS Bulletin, 2003. 2003(48): 1-5. [382] Wilkinson, D., B. Yamashita, and K. Annis, A comparison of forensic light sources: Luma-Lite, Mini-Crimescope 400, Omniprint 1000A, Polilight PL500, and Quaser 2000/30. Identification Canada, 2002. 25(1): 5-15. [383] Wilkinson, D., E. Mackenzie, C. Leech, D. Mayowski, S. Bertrand, and T. Walker, The results from a Canadian national field trial comparing two formulations of 1,8Diazafluoren-9-one (DFO) with 1,2-Indanedione. Identification Canada, 2003. 26(2): 818. [384] Williams, D.K., R.L. Schwartz, and E.G. Bartick, Analysis of latent fingerprint deposits by infrared microspectroscopy. Applied Spectroscopy, 2004. 58(3): 313-316. [385] Williams, G., H.N. McMurray, and D.A. Worsley, Latent fingerprint detection using a scanning Kelvin microprobe. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001. 46(5): 1085-92. [386] Wilson, J.D., Casting tires with expandable polyurethane foam and other materials. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2004. 54(2): 158-169. [387] Wisniewski, P., Comparison of fingerprints recovered in a composite way. Problemy Kryminalistyki, 2003(239): 21-29. [388] Wolfe Steadman, D. and S.A. Andersen, Latent Print Processing of Human Bones. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2003. 53(5): 556-565. [389] Wytyczak, R., Digital recording of unknown latents for the purpose of AFIS system. Problemy Kryminalistyki, 2003(240): 53-60. [390] Yamazaki, K., Visualisation of Latent Face Impression on Vehicle's Airbag. Japanese Journal of Science and Technology of Identification, 2003. 8(1): 31-39. [391] Yamazaki, K., K. Imaizumi, S. Kubota, M. Atsuchi, K. Noguchi, and M. Yosino, Experimental Study on personal Identification from "Faceprint" on Vehicle's Airbag. Japanese Journal of Science and Technology of Identification, 2004. 9(1): 19-27. [392] Zamir, A., C. Oz, A. Leifer, and B. Geller, The Effect of Small Particle Reagent Employed as a Fingerprint Enhancement Technique on Subsequent STR Typing from Bloodstains. Journal of Forensic Identification, 2002. 52(6): 691-969. [393] Zhou, Y., Y. Zeng, Lizhen, and W. Hu, Application and development of palm print research. Technology & Health Care, 2002. 10(5): 383-390.

46

FIREARMS A Review: 2001 to 2004

Prepared by: Gil Hocherman, M.Sc., Superintendent Arie Zeichner, Ph.D., Commander Tzipi Kahana, Ph.D., Superintendent Approved by: Elazar (Azi) Zadok, Ph.D., Brig. General, DIFS Director ISRAEL POLICE Investigation Department Division of Identification & Forensic Science (DIFS) National Police HQ Jerusalem 91906 Israel Tel: 972 2 5309410 Fax: 972 2 5308688

47

CONTENTS INTRODUCTION FIREARMS BALLISTICS: Firearms Firearms Identification Homemade Firearms Non-Lethal Weapons Ammunition Reference Collection Interior, Exterior and Terminal Ballistics Equipment & Techniques Ballistic Databases Two Dimensional (2D) Automated Comparison Systems Three Dimensional (3D) Systems Crime Scene Reconstruction Equipment Professionalism Education Law Relating to Firearms Expert Witness Testimony FIREARMS CHEMISTRY: Compositions, classification and interpretation Methods and instrumentation Distribution of GSR particles in the surroundings of a shooting firearm, their sampling and persistence on different surfaces Proficiency tests for GSR analysis by SEM/EDX Detection and analysis of gunpowder (propellant) residues on suspects Estimation of shooting distance Chemical analysis for associating firearms and ammunition with gunshot entries Estimation of time since discharge FIREARMS WOUND BALLISTICS

48

INTRODUCTION: This report covers advances in scientific methods applied to forensic issues (firearms ballistics, chemistry and wound ballistics) reported since the 13th Interpol Forensic Science Symposium in October 2001. A literature review was conducted covering articles published in the principal forensic journals since 2001. Following are the data sources and major forensic journals which we used in order to create this review paper: o o o o o o o The FORS Forensic Bibliographic Database Journal of AFTE (Association of Firearms and Toolmark Examiners) Journal of Forensic Sciences Forensic Science International Wound Ballistics Review American Journal of Forensic Medicine & Pathology Science and Justice, Forensic Science Society, Harrogate, UK

Most of the abstracts, which appear in this review paper, are discussed in the speaking presentation. Attached is the Reference List, which contains all of the articles that were published since the last Interpol Forensic Science Symposium in the principal forensic journals. We would like to apologize to all the labs and authors whose articles are not mentioned in this report and in the speaking presentation. Also please, excuse any typographical mistakes. FIREARMS BALLISTICS: The topic of firearms ballistics can be divided into four main issues- firearms, ammunition, equipment & techniques and professionalism. Each one can be further divided into the following sub issues: Firearms Firearms Identification The main field of the ballistic expert's work is identifying firearms. The first stage involves classifying the firearm into firearm types: pistols, rifles, machine guns, etc. The next stage is to identify the sub-class characteristics of these types, for example identifying a semi-automatic gun with a CBP (Colt Browning Patent) mechanism such as Colt 1911 pistol. The final stage involves the absolute identification (individual characteristics) between a specific firearm and bullets and cartridge cases. The origin of these characteristics stems from the manufacturing processes and maintenance of the firearms. The field of identifying firearms is quite conservative. The mechanical mechanisms, which take part in the firing process, are known and innovations are rare. The expert however must be familiar with the different firearms, so that when these firearms or their products (bullets/cartridges) arrive to the lab, he/She will be capable of identifying their source. A Comparatively large number of papers in this literature scan (approximately 1/3) deal with identification issues. Many studies are case reports and technical notes regarding unique 49

characteristics of firearms and their comparative value. Other studies involve different methods to calculate the minimum number of identification marks and their values in that process of positive comparison. An ballistic experts knowledge of technological developments regarding the production and manufacturing processes (such as lasers, CNC methods and castings parts), as well as advances in material science (such as composite materials and polymers) is essential. The ability to identify and understand these new advancements is of critical importance to the firearms expert (Ref 1-41). Homemade Firearms Another field in the experts work is examining "out of the ordinary" exhibits. These are the exhibits in which the process of identification is sometimes difficult, especially at the first stage of the identification (as previously discussed). These homemade firearms, known as zip guns, consist of all the components of a regular firearm: a circular barrel, a trigger, a firing pin and mechanisms of loading and maintenance. Use of a simple metal pipe as a barrel (even without lands and grooves) and an iron-sharpened pin as a firing pin (a simple nail or screw) are ideas borrowed from existing and proven firearms. The expert should be able to determine if the weapon he/She is examining, which may not even look like a weapon, can be legally regarded as a firearm. In order to examine these homemade firearms, the expert must be familiar with the specific examining procedures. The right ammunition must be chosen in order to precisely reconstruct the crime scene. A scientific conclusion should be based on the characteristics of speed, penetration energy, etc.(Ref 42-57). In the literature review, we can see that the amount of reports has grown in this field. This may be due to the strong enforcement of security agencies regarding the laws related to ownership, accessibility and use of firearms. This may be related to increased level of international terrorism and its grater public awareness. Non-Lethal Weapons The use of firearms frequently leads to irreversible consequences (namely, death). In many cases in which security forces are involved or in the case of self-defense, there is no need to use lethal weapons in order to neutralize an attacker. For this reason the branch of non-lethal weapons has developed. The use of these weapons is for neutralizing an attacker for a certain period of time without causing cumulative or permanent harm. These neutralizing methods consist of chemicals such as gases, which cause burning sensations, tearing of the eyes and asphyxiation. Another method uses a physiological element, which neutralizes an attacker by effecting muscular contraction, which leads to momentary fainting. The instruments used to deliver the high voltage necessary to bring about this effect are known as shockers. Other methods employ mechanical element, such as a net, which limits physical motion. Still others use adhesive materials (foams). A number of articles have been written on this subject focusing on methods of non-lethal weapons use and health influences on persons targeted by them. Constitutional and social implications, which derive from using these weapons, have also been reported (Ref 58-63).

50

Ammunition The firearms expert should know his/her way through firearms as well as ammunition. The expert must be familiar with the complex production procedures, production tools, and their effect on ammunition in the sense of its components, the toolmarks and the effect on the ballistic characteristics. Reference Collection The ballistic lab must be equipped with an ammunition collection in order to perform its work. Among the professional demands, the expert must identify and characterize specific ammunition, for example, infrequently used ammunition, outdated ammunition, new ammunition, variation of hunting loads (size and number of the pellets), sub-sonic ammunition, etc. This reference collection is also used for testing ballistic characteristics, such as velocity, penetration and bullet fragmentation, as well as comparison between manufacturing toolmarks in order to prevent mistaking them for individual marks left by the shooting process. The reference collection should be composed of a literature collection, which contains technical details from the different manufacturers that are organized in a convenient searching method. Review of the articles in this field, concentrates on new and unique types of ammunition. These articles contain ballistic characteristics, such as caliber data, bullet weights, ballistic coefficients, gunpowder composition, shelf life and storage conditions etc, (Ref 64-87, Ref 97-100). Interior, Exterior and Terminal Ballistics The field of ballistics is divided into three sub-fields: Interior Ballistics The study of the motion of the projectiles within the firearm from the moment of ignition until it leaves the barrel. It includes analysis of friction, momentum, effects of the gaseous environment, spiral movement, etc. Exterior Ballistics This part deals with the behaviour of the projectile after it leaves the barrel until the moment it hits the target. It includes movement in the air, velocity, stability, gas effects, gravitational effects, etc. Terminal Ballistics The study of the projectiles impact on the target. It is known as wound ballistics whenever the target is a living tissue (this will be discussed later on.) The articles in this field are a collection of tests and data related to various types of ammunition. These diverse research methods detail the equipment needed to measure ballistic characteristics, experimental conditions used for the testing and the special computer software that control and analyze terminal ballistics. Specific situations such as the use of incorrect caliber and its effect on ballistic characteristics, such as velocity, penetration energy, and lethality, as well as the toolmarks imparted on the ammunition are also mentioned (Ref 88-91). Some articles report on handmade ammunition and its ballistic characteristics (Ref 92-93). Equipment & Techniques Ballistic Databases The increase of usage of semi-automatic and automatic firearms in crimes on the one hand, and computerized techniques development on the other has lead to the rapid establishment of ballistic databases to help the forensic scientist. 51

These databases allow the law enforcement agencies to interrelate cartridges and bullets from various crime scenes as well as suspected firearms. A secondary use of these databases is for the identification of the changing trends of firearms involved in crime. The advantages of these systems are their power to deal with the growing number of crime scene exhibits, as opposed to previous lab procedures which lead to delays, backlogs and prioritization. Articles dealing with the procedures of use of these databases in different police forces have been published. The efficiency of these systems is checked continuously and advantages and disadvantages are monitored (ref 104-105). Two Dimensional (2D) Automated Comparison Systems Systems which automatically compare between firearm exhibits are based on two-dimensional surface screening. The systems are able to deal with a large number of exhibits simultaneously, but the human factor is critical in determining their performance. The procedure of inputting data by the specific system operator, strongly affects the quality of the results. Aspects such as keeping the surface parallel, correct orientations of the different areas of interest (firing pin ejectorbreech face), degree of lighting, focus and correct determination of the area of interest are crucial in systems performance. Research shows that a skilled operator can improve system performance through proper data acquisition and their correct analysis. A number of research papers describe the use of the two-dimensional system installations, like IBIS, in different locations as well as defining criteria for standardization of the input process (through protocols), analysis and other methods. All these factors are interrelated and improve the output (Ref 106113).One important work describes the BRASSTRAX system of FTI, currently considered the next generation of two-dimensional systems. This system attempts to provide solutions for the complex problems that were previously noted. In this system, the acquisition procedure is fully automated and nullifies the "noise" (operator error) thus improving the results (ref 113). Three Dimensional (3D) Systems An automatic bullet comparison system, which is based on three-dimensional technology also superior to the two-dimensional systems. The automatic system and the data acquisition phase are more stable and less sensitive to "noise" caused by the operator. These systems are only in the beginning phases of use in forensics ballistic labs. An example of such a system is the BULLETTRAX of FTI (Ref 113-115). Crime Scene Reconstruction A number of articles deal with the reconstruction of crime scenes. For example, typical behavior of the bullet flight and its impact with different targets, such as glass, car parts etc. The importance of these research articles is the establishment of reference data for future incidents as well as supplying an explanation about the testing methods; the use of scene reconstruction methodology can serve the firearms experts a useful demonstrative tool in court (Ref 94-103, 151-157). Another field in which a three-dimensional system is used is in crime scene reconstruction (distances and angles). Apart from its capability to create visual simulations, which are usually used for court presentations, it also helps the investigator to become more confident of different presumptions and crime scene interpretations. This system is actually a combination of CAD (computer aided design) and animation software (ref. 116-117). Equipment 52

Control & Management systems Computer software helps the expert or the lab manager to control great amounts of exhibits and their output. These types of software are the FIMS (Firearms Information Management System) or EUROBIS (European ballistic information system on IBIS platform) or GRC (General Rifling Characteristics) which are specific to the ballistic field ( Ref. 113). Bullet Traps Bullet traps are used to stop a bullet that has been shot without causing physical damage or leaving additional marks apart from the barrel signature for comparison use (Ref 120121). Ballistic Gelatin- Ballistic gelatin is widely used by forensic scientists, firearm examiners, wound ballistics experts, ammunition manufacturers, and those who are involved in the evaluation and procurement of ammunition for law enforcement agencies (Ref 118). The Oehler M43 Personal Ballistics Laboratory (PBL) System- PBL is capable of: determining ballistic coefficients for various projectiles, measuring pressure, velocity and other internal ballistic properties, comparing propellants, and measuring velocity loss when projectiles penetrate or ricochet off various objects (Ref 119). High Speed Photography System- A high-speed photography system is used for the analysis of discharge of firearms (Ref 122). Serial Numbers Engraved by Laser- Marking serial numbers by laser on critical parts of the firearm that are used during the process of shooting. Their obliteration would render the firearm inoperable (Ref 123). Professionalism Education Weapon experts must go through a extensive training process which includes acquiring a deep theoretical and practical knowledge of the different types of firearms and ammunition. The expert must learn the different comparison criterions, the equipment and their historical development, and the manufacturing processes including the development of material sciences. The literature in this field is extensive, and today, in the Internet era, it is important to select the relevant data from the huge amount available. Many works are published these days in the field of expert training and it is possible to see a trend towards specialization. This is due to the standardization of lab procedures and lab accreditation. Another contributing factor is the growing maturity of the judicial courts, prosecution and other law agencies, which understand the superiority of forensic interpretation of exhibits as compared with other types of evidence (Ref. 124-134). Law Relating to Firearms Laws and definitions in different countries, vary in regard to firearms, licenses, holding and even use of the firearms and ammunition. The law sometimes requires updating, due to natural changes of society and technology, overall it is a complex and long procedure (Ref. 143-145).

Expert Witness Testimony 53

An important part of the expert's work is giving testimony in court explaining his/her findings to a judge and/or jury (depending upon the country). This testimony must include presentation of the scientific basis of the method, the procedures, the equipment, the management of work sheets and raw data, and analyses and final conclusions. The forensic expert should be able to summarizes the scientific processes and demonstrate them to the court. Part of the process of acceptance the credibility of the expert is by questioning the experts skill level and professional knowledge. This may include innovation in equipment, methods in theories used in fieldwork and validity in the scientific community (Ref. 146-150). FIREARMS-CHEMISTRY During discharge from a firearm, various materials evolve from the muzzle (accompanying projectile) and other possible openings in the firearm. These materials include primer and gunpowder (propellant) residues as well as metal particles from the projectile and from the cartridge case. Throughout this report, all these materials will be called firearms discharge residues (FDR) (1,2), while the term gunshot residues (GSR) will refer to primer residues only. In the relevant literature, sometimes inorganic GSR or inorganic components refer to primer residues and organic GSR or organic components refer to gunpowder residues. Primer (GSR) Compositions, classification and interpretation The problem of classification of various compositions of GSR particles continued to be of interest for research, in particular the alleged unique compositions to GSR: (a) lead, antimony and barium, (b) antimony and barium. This problem was discussed in two recent reviews on GSR: by Romolo and Margot (1) and by Zeichner (2). Further to the studies, reported previously, showing that particles of composition (b) might be found, although in very small amounts, in residues from fireworks and among particles collected from automobiles, Torre et al. (3), reported that some types of brake linings contain lead, antimony and barium and they can represent a source of particles showing GSR-like elemental profiles. Most of these particles could be easily discriminated from GSR by means of the high levels of iron or the presence of prohibited elements in the EDX spectrum. However, particles with iron at minor or trace levels and lacking prohibited elements were also found but did not have spherical morphology. In view of these findings, the morphological criterion becomes more important for identification of GSR than was suggested (4). Kirkbride et al. (5) studied the distribution of lead and barium in GSR derived from .22 caliber rimfire ammunition. The study confirmed the nonhomogeneous nature of GSR. Coumbaros et al. (6) reported for the first time about glass-containing GSR particles in .22 caliber ammunition using SEM/EDX and TOF-SIMS for the analysis. Lebiedzik and Johnson (7) reported that indicators of the type of weapon and ammunition used in firing can be obtained from the distribution of GSR shapes and compositions. In a series of studies, Brozek-Mucha et al. (8-10) attempted to evaluate the possibility of differentiation between various types of ammunition by means of GSR analysis with SEM/EDX. There is no consensus among the forensic laboratories regarding the number of particles needed to confirm the presence of GSR. The controversy among the experts on this question is still unresolved (Personal communication, 8th Firearms Working Group meeting, Brugge, Belgium, September 2001). There is much more agreement regarding the wording of reports when a lab 54

decided that there is a positive result. In such a case the statement: The sample is consistent with the suspect having discharged a firearm, having been in the vicinity of a firearm when it was discharged, or having handled an item with GSR on it resembles the phrasing of most of the labs (2). In any case, it is very important to compare the GSR compositions found on a suspect to the GSR compositions of the spent cartridge cases (if found) at the scene of crime as well as to the GSR compositions in the suspected firearm (if apprehended). Sometimes the evidential value of such comparisons may be much higher than the degree of uniqueness of the GSR particles found on the suspect, for instance, if the GSR particles found on a suspect are consistent with the GSR in the spent cartridge cases of a rare ammunition. Methods and instrumentation In casework, SEM/EDX continues to be the method of choice for the GSR detection and identification in samples from suspects of shooting, due to its higher evidential value as compared to the bulk methods of analysis (1,2). Continuous improvements in the SEM and the EDX technologies are also reflected in the GSR analysis by SEM/EDX. Nowadays most of the manufacturers of the SEM/EDX equipment offer automated search systems for GSR particles, which make the analysis much easier as compared to manual search, which is very tedious. Nevertheless, even with the automated search systems the analysis may be quite long, amounting to several hours per square centimeter of a sample depending on the surface density of particles having high average atomic number. Mastruko (11) demonstrated the use of an environmental SEM (ESEM) for the GSR detection and identification. Ikeda et al. (12) demonstrated the application of SEM/WDX for detection and identification of GSR particles from hands, hair and clothing. The method has been implemented in casework. As was already mentioned in the previous paragraph, time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS) was studied recently for the analysis of GSR (6,13). The method may be used as a complimentary technique to SEM/EDX, since it has the capability of depth and trace elements profiling. Trombka et al. (14) constructed a breadboard model of a portable XRF system using room temperature silicon and cadmium-zinc telluride (CZT) detector. This system is similar to those being developed for planetary exploration programs and was aimed to be used in the crime scene for the examination of GSR blood and semen. Preliminary experiments were conducted, however it appears that additional research is needed before the system may be implemented in casework. Recently, the U.S. Department of Energys Sandia National Laboaratories, working with Law Enforcement Technologies Inc. announced the development of the ISID TM-1 (Instant shooter ID Kit). It appears that it is an updated version of the Dermal Nitrate or Paraffin test. As in the case of the Dermal Nitrate test it was argued that The concerns of non-specificity of the ISID TM-1 kit need to be critically evaluated in light of its potential usefulness in the field and any legal issues associated with its documented false positives (15). Steffen and Niewhoner (16) conducted a study to visualize zinc containing GSR particles (lifted from various surfaces by Filmolux transparent adhesive film) using modified dithizone and xylenolorange tests. Distribution of GSR particles in the surroundings of a shooting firearm, their sampling and persistence on different surfaces Kolar et al. (17) conducted experiments to study the distribution of GSR particles in the surroundings of shooting firearm (pistol CZ 85 caliber 9 mm Luger). The particles were collected from accumulating targets at the height of 10 cm from the floor. They found that maximum number of GSR could be found in the right front quadrant at a distance of 2-4 m with 55

respect to the shooting firearm position and shooting direction. GSR particles were even found in distance 10 m from shooting firearm. Sarkis et al. (18) reported a new method for collection of GSR from the hands of shooters for the analysis by ICP/MS. The sampling procedure is based on EDTA solution as a complexing agent on moistened swabs. They found that this solution was superior to nitric acid solution or deionized water as a collecting technique for GSR. Schutz et al. (19) conducted a study to evaluate parameters influencing GSR retention on shooters hands. The following results were reported: (a) the amount of GSR on hands or other skin surfaces varies with the type of firearm and ammunition used. (b) An exponential loss of GSR occurs with time, independent of factors such as the size, the shape and the chemical composition. (c) No preferential retention of GSR results according to the size, the shape and the chemical composition. Proficiency tests for GSR analysis by SEM/EDX Niewhoner et al. (20,21) have continued to conduct ENFSI proficiency test programs on identification of GSR by SEM/EDX. Since the 13th Interpol Forensic Science Symposium, two proficiency tests were conducted: the GSR2001 (20) and the GSR 2003 (21). In these tests for the first time synthetic GSR particles (pseudo-particles) consisting of the three-element composition (PbSbBa) were prepared by microelectronics technology on the stubs. All the participating laboratories received the same samples, namely stubs with the same number of pseudo-particles, in the same locations on the stub and with the same size distribution. In the GSR2003 test the pseudo-particles of 2.4, 1.2, 0.8 and 0.5 micron size were prepared on the stubs. The presence of sub-micron particles was very important for the performance assessment of the SEM/EDX systems used by the participating laboratories. The results show that 75% of the laboratories meet the proficiency criteria for detection of GSR particles having size of 1.2 microns or larger. However, the capability of detecting sub-micron particles has to be improved (21). Detection and analysis of gunpowder (propellant) residues on suspects Numerous studies have been published on the analysis of propellant residues in the past, however only a few of them (2) proposed operational methods (which have also been implemented in casework) for sampling, detection and identification of these residues on shooters and/or their clothing. The amounts of propellant residues that may be left on the shooters hands several hours after shooting may be very small (normally in the nanogram levels). Thus the sensitivity of the analytical technique is a crucial factor in its applicability for the detection and identification of the gunpowder residues on suspects of shooting and their clothing. To the best of our knowledge, only two methods are used operationally for detection and identification of propellant residues on shooters hands: high performance liquid chromatography with a pendant mercury drop electrode detector (HPLC/PMDE) and GC/TEA due to their high sensitivities i.e., between tens to hundreds of pg for NG, 2,4 DNT and 2,6 DNT. The Forensic Science Service in UK employs the same method for sampling and analysis of traces of explosives, primer GSR and gunpowder residues on suspects and their clothing (2). The residues are collected from the hands, the face and the neck of a suspect by means of a swabbing kit.

56

Yu et al. (22) reported a novel method for detection and analysis of methyl centralite (MC), one of the possible components in gunpowder, in swabs collected from shooters. The authors claimed that they could detect MC on hands (without washing them) up to eight hours after firing, and after washing them with water up to three times. A method in which the clothing is first sampled by double-sided adhesive for GSR analysis by SEM/EDX, followed by vacuum collection for propellant residue examination by GC/TEA, IMS and GC/MS was introduced recently into casework in the Israel Police (23). Recently Zeichner and Eldar (24) reported a novel method for extraction and analysis of gunpowder residues on double-side adhesive coated stubs. For the first time the method enables analysis of propellant residues on a double-side adhesive coated stub after it was examined for primer residues by (SEM/EDX). Thus, the probative value of the evidence may be increased. Micellar electrokinetic capillary electrophoresis (MECE) with a diode array UV detector continued to be of interest for the analysis of the characteristic components in gunpowder residues (25,26). In spite of the high discrimination power of the technique, it is not sensitive enough to be implemented in casework for detection and analysis of propellant residues on suspects or their clothing. Detection of firearm imprints on the hands of suspects Almog et al. (27-30) continued to study the reagent 3-(2-pyridyl)-5,6-diphenyl-1,2,4-triazine (PDT) and its analogues for visualizing iron traces on hands. PDT itself reacts with ferrous ion to give a magenta complex. The formulation named Ferroprint which includes PDT and ascorbic acid (as a reducing agent), has been in operational use in Israel since 1980. In a study (28) involving 147 volunteers, including males and females, it was found that strong and medium marks were developed (immediately after contact) on over 70% of the volunteers without considerable difference between males and females. In this study, three analogues of PDT were also examined on 15 volunteers. The obtained impressions were compared to the magenta impressions obtained by PDT. In most cases the marks developed by PDT were more intense and had somewhat higher resolution than marks obtained using the analogues. Precaution is necessary when using the developed stain on the hand by PDT to provide evidence. The firearm or any other object held must have a distinctive or characteristic morphology and the pattern produced on the skin must reflect this if it is to be used as associative evidence. In the more commonly encountered situation where there is a reaction, but where the pattern is less distinct, the results may be useful, but only as an investigative aid. From casework experience of using Ferroprint in Israel, it appears that most of the benefit of using the test is in confirming suicides. It may also be useful in determining the murderer in homicide-suicide cases, where the evidence at the scene of crime is impaired intentionally (27). Estimation of shooting distance Zeichner and Glattstein (31) reviewed the developments during the past 10 years on the subject. The review discusses the examination of clothing targets, cadavers and exhibits that cannot be processed in the laboratory. Color tests for gunpowder, lead and copper residues in addition to visual/microscopic examination, remain the primary methods for estimating shooting distance on clothing targets. Lifting of the gunpowder residues by an adhesive lifter from the shot targets and applying the color test on the lifter improves the methodology for clothing and introduces a new methodology for human body examinations and for exhibits that cannot be processed in the laboratory. 57

Carrol (32) and Shem (33) reported on the advantages of using the Marshalls reagent: N-(1naphtyl)-ethylene-diamine dihydrochloride over the modified Griess test (using alpha-naphtol ) for gunpowder visualization in terms of visibility and increased contrast. Additional studies concerning shooting distance on the human body will be reviewed in the chapter dealing with wound ballistics. Chemical analysis for associating firearms and ammunition with gunshot entries There is no method to conclusively associate a firearm or ammunition to a gunshot entry. A class characteristic linkage may be obtained by measuring the diameter of the gunshot entry and by comparing chemical compositions of FDR in the bullet hole perimeter and around it, FDR in the barrel of the weapon, FDR in the spent cartridge case and the composition of the fired projectile. Also, unfired ammunition, if apprehended with the suspect may be analyzed for the above purpose. The level of association will depend on the rarity of the examined compositions. Analysis of all the components of the FDR (primer GSR, propellant residues and metal particles from a projectile) may serve this purpose (2). MacCrehan et al. (34-36) continued studies for analysis and comparison of fired and unfired propellants. They found that compositional analysis of the propellant provides information that can associate residue samples with unfired gunpowder. It was reported that qualitatively identifying and quantitatively determining the additives in gunpowder to calculate a numerical propellant (NG) to stabilizer ratio (P/S) may be a useful index in associating handgun-fired gunpowder residues with unfired powder. In some cases, residues could be reliably differentiated based on P/S and additive identity. Using ammunition loaded with known smokeless powders containing different stabilizers, a sequence of shots was fired from a .357 magnum revolver, and the muzzle exit residues were collected (35). Compositional analysis of the residues, both in bulk and as single particles, showed only a trace of the previously fired powder in the first shot and none in subsequent shots. These results are similar to those reported in the past (2). We are not aware of any study that attempted to compare gunpowder residues in a firearm (e.g. barrel) to the residues in the gunshot entry. This information could be very useful in assessing the potential of linking a firearm with a shot target. Although it may be assumed from the reported results that the composition of the propellant residues in a firearm should resemble the composition of the last fired round, it is desirable to confirm it experimentally. Compositional analysis of lead projectiles continued to be of interest for source discrimination. These included elemental analysis of the lead alloy (37,38) and the lead isotope compositions (39-42). It was shown (42) that it is impossible to completely remove lead deposits, the lead memory in the barrel from previous shootings by mechanical or chemical means. Nonetheless, it was found that lead deposits in the gunshot entries are similar in the lead isotope compositions to the lead of the fired projectiles that hit the targets, in particular short distances. Estimation of time since discharge Andrasko and Stahling (43) continued to use the SPME technique for sampling and GC/TEA as an analytical system to estimate time since discharge of pistols and revolvers. It was found that the escape of the TEA 2 volatile compound from pistol and revolver barrels with time is rapid compared to shotguns and can generally be measured for only a few days after the latest discharge. Wilson et al. (44) adopted the SPME method for sampling the volatile product, naphthalene in shotgun shells and analyzing it by GC/MS. They found that the escape of naphthalene can be measured several weeks after the cartridge has been fired.

58

FIREARMS WOUND BALLISTICS The topic of wound ballistics or terminal ballistics can be divided into two main issues; shooting range and wound characteristics. The determination of the shooting range is of paramount importance in gunshot wound investigations; as a rule medical examiners estimate the shooting distance based on the morphological characteristics of the wound and it's immediate tissues, Plattner and others, Bhana et al, Prahlow et al and Verhoff and Karger' publications are but a few that deal with this aspect of wound ballistics. Much research has been conducted in the last years on the area of physico-chemical determination of shooting range, various techniques such as energy dispersive x-ray fluorescence spectrometry and nitrite residues are advocated by prestigious police laboratories all over the world. The literature in wound morphology, trajectory and the correlation between ammunition and lethality is extensive. Unusual entrance, trajectories and exit wounds are described in detail, thus enhancing the awareness of the investigators to atypical post-mortem findings as well as to new types of ammunitions and their wounding effect (Ref. 1-26). REFERENCES Firearms Ballistics 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. Wright-D-C; Individuality and Reproducibility of Striae on Plastic Wad Components Fired from a Sawed-Off Shotgun, AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P161-166 Dutton-G, Firearms Identification - Sometimes All Is Not As It Seems AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P245-249 Jueckstock-G-E; Moline-K-W, Accidental/Unusual Discharge of a Jennings J-22 AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P306 Drotz-W, Fibres on Bullets After Firing Through Textiles PROC-EUROPEAN-FIBRESGROUP; 2002; V10; June; P110-112 Haag-L-C, Once Fired, Twice Fired, More? A Novel Method for Assessing the Number of Firings of Shotshells with Plastic Bodies , AFTE; 2002; V34 (1); P11-15 Argaman-U; Shoshani-E; Klein-A, A Suicide Bomber's Weapon, AFTE; 2001; V33 (4); P335-336 Spinder-T, Suppressed Ruger 10/22, AFTE; 2001; V33 (4); P332 Monturo-C , Information on Hi-Point Manufacturing AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P243-244 Shoshani-E; Argaman-U; Koffman-A; Giverts-P, A Shortened M-16 Rifle, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P307-309 Anon, The Smallest Guns in the World?, Prohibited-and-Concealed-Weapons-Review; 2002; V7; P11 Rivera-G-C, Unusual General Rifling Characteristics in a Lorcin L25, AFTE; 2002; V34 (1); P52 Gibson-W-M, Bryco Arms Makes a Model Name Change, AFTE; 2002; V34 (1); P52 Bartocci-C-R, New Russian Assault Rifle, The AN94, AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P275-276 Keisler-M; Fazio-J, Hi-Point Firearms Hidden Serial Number, AFTE; 2001; V33 93); P273-274 Caunt-R, Interview with Sid Woodcock of Detonics Manufacturing Corp AFTE; 2001; V33 (4); P354-358 Keisler-M-A, Maschinengewehr 08/15, AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P256-257 59

17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44.

Neel-M-T; Fullerton-A-T; Correa-J-J-J The Unique Modular System of the Infinity Firearm, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P205-206 Nedivi-L; Giverts-P; Shoshani-E; Brauner-P, The Magal - A New Weapon in the Fight on Urban Terrorism, AFTE; 2003; V35 (1); P72-73 Hayes-C-M, Personal Defence Weapons - Answer in Search of a Question? WOUNDBALLISTICS-REVIEW; 2001; V5 (1); P30-36 Zielinski-K-R, Full-Auto Conversion of an Uzi, Model B, AFTE; 2002; V34 (4); P399400 Bartocci-C-R, Fire Control Part Variations in Colt M16/AR15 and Sporter Type Rifles, AFTE; 2003; V35 (1); P12-18 DeFrance-C-S; Van-Arsdale-M-D Full Auto Conversion of Colt AR-15 and Norinco MAK-90, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P170-171 Allen-S; Spinder-T, Full-Auto Intratec or Not, AFTE; 2002; V34 (1); P49 Shoshani-E; Nedivi-L; Giverts-P, Ejector's Cut-Out Marks in Shotguns and Their Comparison Value, AFTE; 2002; V34 (4); P391-393 Bartocci-C-R, The Current Production ArmaLite AR-10 Series Rifle, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P312-313 Thompson-E; Wyant-R Sardius 9mm Semi-Automatic Pistol, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P319 Amberger-R, Unusually Rifled Shotgun Barrel, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P311 Shoshani-E; Argaman-U; Hocherman-G; Koffman-A Metal Chip Marks on Fired Cartridge Cases, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P172-174 Wallace-E; Rivet Impression in Bullet Nose, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P168-169 Register-R-E; Beach-G-T Unusual Breech Face on a Taurus Firearm...? , AFTE; 001; V33 (4); P334 Moline-K; Identification of a Compensated Glock Pistol, AFTE; 2001; V33 (4); P333 Monturo-C; Breechface Marks of the Beretta Model 3032 Tomcat, AFTE; 2001; V33 (2); P142 Bartocci-C-R; Characteristics of the 7.62 x 39mm Cartridge, Telling Whether a Fired Cartridge Case Was Fired in an SKS or AK Type Rifle, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P144-147 Hocherman-G; Giverts-P; Shosani-E, Identification of Polygonal Barrel Sub-Family Characteristics, AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P197-200 Clark-J-R; An Interesting Magazine Mark, AFTE; 2003; V35 (1); P71 Coody-A-C; Consecutively Manufactured Ruger P-89 Slides, AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P157-160 Thompson-E; Wyant-R9mm Smith & Wesson Ejectors, AFTE; 2002; V34 (4); P406-407 DeFrance-C-S; Van-Arsdale-M-D Validation Study of Electrochemical Rifling, AFTE; 2003; V35 (1); P35-37 Cooper-M; Serial Number "Restoration" on a Colt All American Model 2000, AFTE; 2002; V34 (1); P48 Shoshani-E; Klain-A; Argaman-U Altering a Serial Number, AFTE; 2001; V33 (2); P133-134 Klees-G-S; The Restoration of Obliterated Laser-Etched Firearm Identifiers by Conventional and Alternative Decryption Methods, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P264-267 Hiss-J; Shoshani-E; Zaitsew-K; Giverts-P; Kahana-T, Self Inflicated Gunshot Wound Caused by a Home-Made Gun - Medico-Legal and Ballistic Examination J-CLINFORENSIC-MED; 2003; V10; P165-168. Uner-H-B; Gokdogan-M-R; Cakan-H, Some Samples of Weapons and Instruments Used as Weapon in Criminal Offences in Turkey,FORENSIC-SCI-INT; 2003; V132 (2); March; P113-116. Shakir-A; Koehler-S-A; Wecht-C-H, A Review of Nail Gun Suicides and an Atypical Case Report, J-FORENSIC-SCI; 2003; V48 (2); March; P409-413 60

45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75.

Desmarais-A; Attar-L , Alarm Pistols Firing 9mm K. (.380 A.C.P), J-ASSOCFIREARM-TOOLMARK-EXAM; 2002; V34 (4); P401-402. Argaman-U; Shoshani-E , An Altered Revolver, AFTE; 2002; V34 (4); P394-395. Ventura-F; Blasi-C; Celesti-R,Suicide with the Latest Type of Slaughterer's Gun, AM-JFORENSIC-MED-PATHOL; 2002; V23 (4); December; P326-328 MacDonald-M, Pen Guns and Zip Guns, PROHIBITED-AND- CONCEALED WEAPONS-REVIEW; 2002; V8; P15. Hertel-G-W, The Safegom Revolver, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P320-321 Argaman-U; Shoshani-E, A Lethal Paint Pistol AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P304-305 Shiers-A, Disguised and Converted Firearms: POLICE-REPORT; 2002; PN 1-4 Tyquiengco-J; Toves-E, A Homemade Firearm AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P259-260 Argaman-U; Shoshani-E, Dangerous Walking Stick AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P248-250 Grandy-J, The Construction and Relative Efficiency of a Homemade Sound Suppressor vs. a Commercial Model AFTE; 2001; V33 (2); P103-111 Caunt-R,Dieseling of Airguns Using Commonly Available Fuels AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P167-173 Monticelli-F; Seidl-S; Betz-P, Air Rifle Injury With an Entrance Through the Nose: A Case Report and Review of the Literature INT-J-LEG-MED; 2002; V116; P292-294 Bock-H; Neu-M; Betz-P; Seidl-S, Unusual Craniocerebral Injury Caused by a Pneumatic Nail Gun , INT-J-LEG-MED; 2002; V116; P279-281 Anders-S; Junge-M; Schulz-F; Puschel-K, Cutaneous Current Marks Due to a Stun Gun Injury, J-FORENSIC-SCI; 2003; V48 (3); May; P640-642 Buttle-J-W,'What's Good For Them Is Good For Us': Outside Influences on the Adoption of Incapacitate Sprays by the British Police, INT-J-POLICE-SCI-MANAGE; 2003; V5 (2); P98-111 Turner-M-S; Jumbelic-M-I, Stun Gun Injuries in the Abuse and Death of a Seven-MonthOld Infant, J-FORENSIC-SCI; 2003; V48 (1); January; P180-182 Haag-M-G; Haag-L-C, Skin Perforation and Skin Simulants, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P268-286 Ng-Walali-P-M; Ohtsu-Y; Muraoka-N; Tsunenari-S, Unusual Homicide by Air Gun with Pellet Embolisation, FORENSIC-SCI-INT; 2001; V124; P17-21 Fish-R-M; Geddes-L-A, Effects of Stun Guns and Tasers, LANCET; 2001; V358; September; P687-688 Henderson-E-A; A Tour of Federal Cartridge Company, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P316-318 Koons-R-D; Grant-D-M; Compositional Variation in Bullet Lead Manufacture; JFORENSIC-SCI; 2002; V47 (5); September; P950-958 Wallace-E; Toolmark of CCI 'Clean-Fire' Primers, AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P250 Thompson-E; Wyant-R Consecutively Made Cartridge Cases, AFTE; 2002; V34 (4); P407-408 Flater-J-A; Manufacturing Marks on Winchester USA Brand 9mm Luger Primers, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P315 Wallace-E; Ammunition Update, AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P242 Tulleners-F; Randich-E; Giusto-M ; Vickers Harness Values of Selected 40 S&W Primers, AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P204-208 Tew-J-D; Incorrect Manufacturer Supplied Test Fire Cartridge Cases, AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P195-196 Lawrence-G-M; Glaser Safety Slug - A Primer for Identification, AFTE; 2003; V35 (1); P79-80 Monturo-C; Plastic 9mm Ammunition, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P206-207 James-C-R; Idaho Territory Bullets from Speer, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P202-204 Haag-M; DaVia-K; Foster-J; Ross-C; The Reconstructive Aspects of Bullet Jacket and Core Weights, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P161-164 61

76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95 96. 97. 98.

Kass-G-G; What's New in Ammunition Report on SHOT Show 2001, AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P282-283 Haag-L-C; Two Unique .22 Calibre Rimfire Bullets from Aguila: Performance and Properties of Forensic Interest, AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P276-279 Zahradka-A-A; Davis-A-L; Speer 357 SIG Cartridge Improvements, AFTE; 2001; V33 (4); P338-339 Wallace-E; Speciality Shotgun Ammunition from FIREQUEST, AFTE; 2001; V33 (2); P162-164 Haag-L-C; The Exterior and Terminal Ballistics of 00 Buckshot, AFTE; 2003; V35 (1); P25-34 Roberts-G-K; Lazzarini-D; Terminal Performance of the 5.7x28mm 31 Grain SS-190 FMJ Bullet Fired by the FN P-90 in 10% Ordnance Gelatin, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P302303 Roberts-G-K; Lazzarini-D; Pomerleau-P; Wounding Effects of Choke 12 Gauge 00 Buckshot Loads Intended for Law Enforcement Duty Using 10% Ordnance Gelatin, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P287-288 Haag-L-C; The Exterior and Terminal Ballistics of 00 Buckshot, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P148-157 Spinder-T; Allen-S; Speciality Shotgun Ammunition from All Purpose Ammunition, AFTE; 2002; V34 (1); P53-54 Hagen-M; 5.45x39mm JHP Ammunition for the AK-47; WOUND-BALLISTICSREVIEW; 2001; V5 (1); P17-19 Jones-R; Testing of .357 Magnum Hollow Point Bullets in Water; WOUNDBALLISTICS-REVIEW; 2001; V5 (1); P23-26 Haag-L-C; Zee Bullets - Another Entry into the Lead-Free Market, AFTE; 2001; V33 (2); P149-152 Attar-L; Desmarais-A; 9mm Flobert Bullet, AFTE; 2002; V34 (4); P396-398 Haag-L-C; Balloting Bullets: Exterior and Wound Ballistics of Balloted Bullets Physical Characteristics of Balloted Bullets and Associated Cartridge Cases, AFTE; 2002; V34 (4); P375-378 Nedivi-L; Shoshani-E; The "Unfired" Cartridge: An Interesting Case Story, AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P258-259 Smith-G-A; Daniels-G; A Rifled .32 Auto Cartridge Identified to a .380 Auto Pistol, AFTE; 2002; V34 (1); P50-51 Luchini-D; Di-Paolo-M; Morabito-G; Gabbrielli-M ;Case Report of a Homicide by a Shotgun Loaded with Unusual Ammunition AM-J-FORENSIC-MED-PATHOL; 2003; V24 (2); June; P198-201 Shoshani-E; Argaman-U; Giverts-P; Alteration of .38 Special Ammunition to .38 Smith & Wesson Ammunition, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P183-185 Waghmare-N-P; Manna-A; Rao-M-S; Sen-P-K; Statistical Analysis of Impact Parameters of Soft Nose Bullet Fired on Windowpane; FORENSIC-SCI-INT; 2003; V135 (3); August; P181-187 De-Kinder-J; Lory-S; Van-Laere-W; Demuynck-E; The Deviation of Bullets Passing Through Window Panes; FORENSIC-SCI-INT; 2002; V125 (1); January; P8-11 Theiling-D; Bullet Deflection Due to Angled Intervening Materials, AFTE; 2001; V33 (4); P304-312 Peshave-J-R; Singh-H; Determination of Chemical Life of Combustible Cartridge Cases; J-ENERG-MATER; 2002; V20; P345-356 Koons-R-D; Grant-D-M; Compositional Variation in Bullet Lead Manufacture; JFORENSIC-SCI; 2002; V47 (5); September; P950-958

62

99. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110. 111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116.

117. 118. 119. 120. 121. 122. 123.

Randich-E; Duerfeldt-W; McLendon-W; Tobin-W; A Metallurgical Review of the Interpretation of Bullet Lead Compositional Analysis; FORENSIC-SCI-INT; 2002; V127 (3); July; P174-191 Thompson-E; Wyant-R; Lead is Lead, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P314 Cakir-I; Cetin-G; Uner-H-B; Albek-E; Shot Range Estimation Based on Pellet Distribution in Shots with a Pump-Action Shotgu;n FORENSIC-SCI-INT; 2003; V132; P211-215 Salziger-B; Shooting Distance Determination by Shot Charge Distribution, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P177-182 Haag-L-C; Average Pellet-to-Pellet Distance for Estimating Range-of-Fire in Cases Involving Partial Pellet Patterns, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P139-143 De-Kinder-J; Ballistic Fingerprinting Databases; SCI-JUST; 2002; V42 (4); P197-203 Geradts-Z; Bijhold-J; Content Based Information Retrieval in Forensic Image Databases; J-FORENSIC-SCI; 2002; V47 (2); P285-292 Giverts-P; Springer-E; IBIS and the 5.56 NATO Cartridge Case Fired from an M-16, AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P190-194 Argaman-U; Shoshani-E; Hocherman-G; Utilisation of the IBIS in Israel, AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P269-272 Francisco Javier Zanz, Nacional de Policia, Spain; IBIS in the Spanish Police 2000-2004, International forensic technology symposium, Rome Italy 4-5 May 2004 Miguel Oscar Aguilar, Mexico; Integrating IBIS into the PGR laboratory workflow; International forensic technology symposium, Rome Italy 4-5 May 2004 Geradts-Z-J; Bijhold-J; Hermsen-R; Murtagh-F; Image Matching Algorithms for Breech Face Marks and Firing Pins in a Database of Spent Cartridge Cases of Firearms; FORENSIC-SCI-INT; 2001; V119 (1); June; P97-106 Giverts-P; Argaman-U; Shoshani-E; Aharon-O; An Average Phase Scoring for Bullets, in the IBIS Correlation Results, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P199-202 Rector-M; Effects of Ultrasonic Cleaning of Bullets on IBIS Correlation Scores: A Preliminary Report, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P165-168 IBIS Users group; International forensic technology symposium, Rome Italy 4-5 May 2004 Bachrach-B; Development of a 3D-Based Automated Firearms Evidence Comparison System; J-FORENSIC-SCI; 2002; V47 (6); November; P1253-1264 Banno-A; Possibility of Bullet Identification Using 3D Data; JAPANESE-JOURNALOF-SCIENCE-AND-TECHNOLOGY-FOR-IDENTIFICATION; 2003; V8 (1); P81-97 Thali-M-J; Braun-M; Brueschweiler-W; Dirnhofer-R;'Morphological Imprint': Determination of the Injury-Causing Weapon from the Wound Morphology Using Forensic 3D/CAD-Supported Photogrammetry; FORENSIC-SCI-INT; 2003; V132; P177-181 Subke-J; Haase-S; Wehner-H-D; Wehner-F; Computer Aided Shot Reconstructions by Means of Individualised Animated Three-Dimensional Victim Models; FORENSIC-SCIINT; 2002; V125 (2-3); February; P245-249 Haag-L-C; Custom-Made Moulds for Ballistic Gelatin, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P321-322 Haag-L-C; The Forensic Uses of the Oehler Model 43 Personal Ballistics Laboratory System, AFTE; 2002; V34 (1); P16-25 Hildebrandt-C-B; Forensic Buddy on Trial, AFTE; 2001; V33 (4); P359-360 Garbutt-R; Manual Spa Vacuum for Recovery of Bullets from a Horizontal Test Tank, AFTE; 2001; V33 (4); P353-354 Mager-M; Aharon-O; Aperman-A; High Speed Photography System, AFTE; 2001; V33 (4); P339-341 Schutz-F; Serial Numbers Engraved by Laser: A Preliminary Study, AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P280-281 63

124. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 130. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136. 137. 138. 139. 140 141. 142. 143. 144. 145. 146. 147.

Nichols-R-G; Firearm and Toolmark Identification Criteria: A Review of the Literature, Part II; J-FORENSIC-SCI; 2003; V48 (2); March; P318-327 Tomasetti-K-A; Analysis of the Essential Aspects of Striated Tool Mark Examinations and the Methods for Identification, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P289-301 Meyers-C; Some Basic Bullet Striae Considerations, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P158-160 Gaensslen-R-E; How Do I Become A Forensic Scientist? Educational Pathways to Forensic Science Careers; ANALYTICAL AND BIOANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY; 2003; V376; August; P1151-1155 Miller-J ;An Examination of the Application of the Conservative Criteria for Identification of Striated Toolmarks Using Bullets Fired from Ten Consecutively Rifled Barrels, AFTE; 2001; V33 (2); P125-132 Dutton-G; Firearms Identification, Comparison Microscopes & the Spencer Lens Co. , AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P186-198 Champod-C; Baldwin-D; Taroni-F; Buckleton-J-S; Firearm and Tool Marks Identification: The Bayesian Approach; FSS-REPORT; 2003; NO.RR830; March; P1-19 Denio-D-JAn; Index of Firearm Exploded Views Found in the American Rifleman Magazine, AFTE; 2003; V35 (1); P81-92 Moran-B; Reference Collections - The Lifeblood of the Firearm and Tool Mark Examiner, AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P219-226 Dutton-G; The Rotary Group Study Exchange Programme, AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P260267 Lumb-P-D; Rutty-G-N; Forensic Web Watch; J-CLIN-FORENSIC-MED; 2001; V8; P172-174 Shoshani-E; Silverwater-H; Argaman-U; A Design Defect of a Rhoner Pistol, AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P253-255 Karger-B; Joosten-U A Case of "Boomerang" Bullet Ricochet; INT-J-LEG-MED; 2001; V115; P70-71 Giusto-M; Merritt-M; Firearms Safety Bulletin, AFTE; 2002; V34 (4); P408 Mikko-D; Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) Involving Firearms, AFTE; 2003; V35 (1); P23-24 Ismach-R-B; Reza-A; Ary-R; Sampson-T-R; Bartolomeos-K; Kellermann-A-L ;Unintended Shootings in a Large Metropolitan Area: An Incident-Based Analysis; ANN-EMERG-MED; 2003; V41 (1); January; P10-17 Jacob-J; Charlton-R; Remember Laboratory Safety - Two Barrels in Two Days, AFTE; 2002; V34 (3); P310 Silverwater-H; Koffman-A; Zamir-A; Cross-Infection of Infectious Diseases as Applied to Forensic Firearms Examinations and the Means to Prevent it, AFTE; 2001; V33 (3); P227-232 Horn-A; Amberger-R; Firearm Safety Warning for Bryco Arms Model Jennings Nine, AFTE; 2001; V33 (2); P145-147 Cook-D-S; James-R-S; An Antique Pistol Fatality: Consideration of the Legal and Pathological Aspects: A Case Report; MED-SCI-LAW; 2002; V42 (4); P351-354 Tonner-B; Innovation for Imitations?: A Call for Change in the Law Relating to Imitation Firearms; CRIM-LAW-REV; 2003; September; P618-62 Murdie-A ; Fifty Years of Offensive Weapons; JUSTICE-OF-THE-PEACE; 2003; V167 (17); April; P308-313 Grzybowski-R; Miller-J; Moran-B; Murdock-J; Nichols-R; Thompson-R; Firearm/Toolmark Identification: Passing the Reliability Test Under Federal and State Evidentiary Standards, AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P209-241 Bunch-S-G; Murphy-D-P; A Comprehensive Validity Study for the Forensic Examination of Cartridge Cases, AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P201-203 64

148. 149. 150. 151. 152. 153. 154. 155. 156. 157.

Rosenberry-J-L; Firearms/Toolmark Examination and the Daubert Criteria, AFTE; 2003; V35 (1); P38-48 Denio-D-J; The History of the AFTE Journal, the Peer Review Process, and Daubert Issues, AFTE; 2002; V34 (2); P210-214 Moran-B; Photo Documentation of Toolmark Identifications - An Argument in Support, AFTE; 2003; V35 (2); P174-189 Parkinson-G-A; Stringing a Crime Scene to Determine Trajectorie;s J-FORENSICIDENT; 2003; V53 (4); P435-443 Thompson-E; Wyant-R; Asphalt Skip Shooting Reconstruction, AFTE; 2003; V35 (1); P74-75 Waghmare-N-P; Badwal-S-S; Manna-A; Phenomena Attending Flight of .315"/8mm Projectile Fired Through Glass Target, AFTE; 2002; V34 (4); P368-374 Parroni-E; Caringi-C; Ciallella-C; Suicide with Two Guns Represents a Special Type of Combined Suicide ; AM-J-FORENSIC-MED-PATHOL; 2002; V23 (4); December; P329-333 Baker-A-M; Keller-G; Garcia-D; A Novel Hunting Accident. Discharge of a Firearm by a Hunting Dog; AM-J-FORENSIC-MED-PATHOL; 2001; V22 (3); September; P285287 Karger-B; Nusse-R; Bajanowski-T; Backspatter on the Firearm and Hand in Experimental Close-Range Gunshots to the Head; AM-J-FORENSIC-MED-PATHOL; 2002; V23 (3); September; P211-213 Thali-M-J; Kneubuehl-B-P; Dirnhofer-R; Zollinger-U; The Dynamic Development of the Muzzle Imprint by Contact Gunshot: High-Speed Documentation Utilising the "SkinSkull-Brain Model"; FORENSIC-SCI-INT; 2002; V127 (3); July; P168-173

Firearms Chemistry 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Romolo SR, Margot P. Identification of gunshot residue: a critical review. J Forensic Sci 2001; 119:195-211. Zeichner A. Recent developments in methods of chemical analysis in investigations of firearm-related events. Anal Bional Chem 2003;376:1178-1191. Torre C, Mattutino G, Vasino V, Robino C. Brake linings: A source of Non-GSR particles containing lead, barium and antimony. J Forensic Sci 2002;47(3):494-504. ASTM Committee E-30 on Forensic Sciences. ASTM E 1588-95, (Reapproved 2001) standard guide for gunshot residue analysis by scanning electron microscopy/energydispersive spectroscopy. Annual Book of ASTM Standards July 2002;Vol. 14.02. Coumbaros J, Kirkbride KP, Kobus H, Sarvas I. Distribution of lead and barium in gunshot residue particles derived from 0.22 caliber rimfire ammunition. J Forensic Sci 2001;46(6):1352-1357. Collins P, Coumbaros J, horsley g, Lynch b, Kirkbride KP, Skinner W, Klass G. Glasscontaining gunshot residue particles: anew type of highly characteristic particle? J Foensic Sci. 2003;48(3):538-553. Lebiedzik J, Johnson DL Handguns and ammunition indicators extracted from the GSR analysis.) J Forensic Sci 2002;47(3):483-493. Brozek-Mucha Z, Jankowicz A. Evaluation of the possibility of differentiation between various types of ammunition by means of GSR examination with SEM/EDX method. Forensic Sci Int 2001;123(1):39-47. Brozek-Mucha Z, Zadora G. Grouping of ammunition types by means of frequencies of occurrence of GSR. Forensic Sci Int 2003;135(2):97-104. Brozek-Mucha Z, Zadora G, Dane F. A comparative study of gunshot residue originating from 9 mm Luger ammunition from various producers. Science & Justice 2003;43(4):229-235. 65

11. 12.

13. 14.

15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.

Mastruko V (2001) 8 th ENFSI-Firearms working group meeting, Brugge, Belgium Kage S, Kudo K, Kaizoji A, Ryumoto J, Ikeda H, Ikeda N. A simple method for detection of gunshot residue particles from hands, hair, face and clothing using scanning electron microscopy/wavelength dispersive X-ray (SEM/WDX) J Forensic Sci 2001;46(4):830-834. Coumbaros J, Kirkbride KP, Klass G, Skinner W. Characterisation of 0.22 calibre rimfire gunshot residues by Time-of-Flight Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry (TOF-SIMS): A Preliminary study. Forensic Sci Int 2001; 119 (1):72-81. Trombka JI, Schweittzer J, Selavka C, Dale M, Gahn N, Floyd S, Marie J, Hobson M, Zeosky J, Martin K, McClannahan T, Solomon P, Gottschang E. Crime scene investigations using portable, non-destructive space exploration technology. Forensic Sci Int 2002;129(1):1-9. Martini L, DeMaria A. Evaluation of Law enforcement Technologies Inc. ISID01 Instant Shooter ID Kit AFTE Journal 2002;34(4):404-406. Steffen S, Niewhoner L. Improved methods for the collection of gunshot residues (GSR) and for chemographic testing of lead-free Sintox ammunition. AFTE Journal 2003;35(2):152-156. Fojtasek L, Vacinova J, Kolar P, Kotrly M. Distribution of GSR particles in the surroundings of shooting pistol. Forensic Sci Int 2003;132(2);99-105. Reis Elt, Souza Sarkis JE, Neto ON, Rodrigues C, Kakazu MH, Viebig S. A new method for collection and identification of gunshot residues from the hands of shooters. J Forensic Sci 2003:48(6):1269-1274. Schutz F, Bonfanti MS, Desboeeufs S. Evaluation of parameters influencing GSRs retention on shooters hands. Zagadnien Nauk Sadawych 2001;47:380-386. Niewhoner L, Wenz HW, Andrasko J, Beijer R, Gunaratnam L. ENFSI proficiency test program on identification of GSR by SEM/EDX. J Forensic Sci 2003;48(4):786-793. GSR2003, Report on the international proficiency test on identification of GSR by SEM/EDX. Wu Z, Tong Y, Yu J, Zhang X, Yang C, Pan C, Deng X, Wen Y, Xu Y. The utilization of MS-MS method in detection of GSRs. J Forensic Sci 2001;46(3):495-501. Zeichner A, Eldar B, Glattstein B, Koffman A, Tamiri T, Muller D. Vacuum collection of gunpowder residues from clothing worn by shooting suspects, and their analysis by GC/TEA, IMS and GC/MS. J Forensic Sci 2003;48(5):961-972. Zeichner A, Eldar B. A novel method for extraction and analysis of gunpowder residues on double-side adhesive coated stubs. Submitted for publication in J Forensic Sci. Northrop DM Gunshot residue analysis by micellar electrokinetic capillary electrophoresis: assessment for application to casework. Parts I and II. J Forensic Sci 2001 46(3): 549-572. MacCrehan WA, Layman MJ, Secl JD. Hair combing to collect organic gunshot residues (OGSR). Forensic Sci Int 2003;135:167-173. Leifer A, Wax H, Almog J. Who held the gun?: Decipherement of suicide-homicide cases using the PDT reagent. J Forensic Ident 2001;51(4): 346-360 Leifer A, Avissar Y, Berger S, Wax H, Donchin Y, Almog J Detection of firearm imprints on the hands of suspects: effectiveness of PDT reaction. J Forensic Sci 2001;46(6):1442-1446. Avissar YY, Sagiv AE, Mandler D, Almog J. Identification of firearms holders by the FePDT complex. Part I: quantitative determination of iron transfer to the hand and its dependence on palmar moisture levels. Submitted for publication in J Forensic Sci. Avissar YY, Mandler D, Almog J. Identification of firearms holders by the Fe-PDT complex. Part II: chemical and time dependent factors. Submitted for publication in Talanta. 66

31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44.

Zeichner A, Glattstein B. Recent developments in the methods of estimating shooting distance. The Scientific World Journal 2002;2:573-585. Carroll J. An evaluation of various Griess and modified Griess test protocols. AFTE Journal 2001;33(1):29-36. Shem RJ. A simplified Griess and sodium rhodizonate test. AFTE Journal 2001;33(1):3739. Reardon MR, MacCrehan WA. Developing a quantitative extraction technique for determining the organic additives in smokeless handgun powder. J Forensic Sci 2001;46(4):802-807. Mac Crehan WA, Patierno ER, Duewer DL, Reardon MR Investigating the effect of changing ammunition on the composition of organic additives in gunshot residue (OGSR). J Forensic Sci 2001;46(1):57-62. MacCrehan WA, Reardon MR, Duewer DL Associating gunpowder and residues from commercial ammunition using compositional analysis. J Forensic Sci 2002;47(2):260266. Koons RD, Grant DM. Compositional variation in bullet lead manufacture. J Forensic Sci 2002; 47(5):950-958. Peters CA. The basis for compositional bullet lead comparisons. Forensic Science Communications 2002; 4(3). Stupian GW, Ives NA, Marquez N, Morgan BA The application of lead isotope analysis to bullet individualization in two homicides. J Forensic Sci 2001; 46(6):1342-1351 Cheylan P, Dobney AM, Wiarda W, Beijer R, Peijl GJQ. Fundamental processes in GSR formation as deduced from ICP-AES and SF-ICPMS experiments. AAFS meeting, Atlanta, Georgia, USA 2002 Gulson BI, Eames JC, Davis JD. Evaluation of exhibits from a murder case using the lead isotope method and scanning electron microscopy. J Forensic Sci 2002; 47(5):10151021. Zeichner A, Ehrlich S, Shoshani E, Halicz L. Application of lead isotope analysis by MC-ICP/MS in shooting incident investigations. Submitted for publication in J Forensic Sci. Andrasko J, Stahling S. Time since discharge of pistols and revolvers. J Forensic Sci 2003;48(2):307-311. Wilson JD, Tebow D, Moline KW. Time since discharge of shotgun shells. J Forensic Sci 2003;48(6):1298-1301.

Firearms Wound ballistics 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Haag-L-C, Balloting Bullets: Exterior and Wound Ballistics of Balloted Bullets Physical Characteristics of Balloted Bullets and Associated Cartridge Cases, AFTE; 2002; V34 (4); P375-378 AN: 89352 Haag-L-C, The Exterior and Terminal Ballistics of 00 Buckshot, AFTE; 2003; V35 (1); P25-34 AN: 90353 Fackler-M-L; Welch-N-E; Dahlstrom-D-B; Powley-K-D, Shot Cup Petal Distortion Separates Contact from Two Foot Distant Shotgun Wounds, J-INT-WOUNDBALLIST-ASSOC; V2 (3); P37-41 N: 90161 Koffman-A; Zeichner-A; Glattstein-B; Kahana-T , Firearms Report - Speaking Paper 1998-2001,AFTE; 2002; V34 (4); P362-367 AN: 89350 Dobosz T, Jaworski R, Kawecki J, Semiczek W, Trnka J.Katedry i Zakladu Medycyny Sadowej AM we Wroclawiu., Enforcement of type M 20 cal. 4 mm cartridges ,Arch Med Sadowej Kryminol. 2002 Jul-Sep 52(3): 155-62 PMID: 14669686 67

6. 7. 8. 9.

10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21.

22. 23.

Havel J, Energy-dispersive x-ray fluorescence spectrometry--a forensic chemistry method for determination of shooting distance, Soud Lek. 2003 Oct;48(4):57-60 PMID: 14661530 Plattner T, Kneubuehl B, Thali M, Zollinger U., Gunshot residue patterns on skin in angled contact and near contact gunshot wounds., Forensic Sci Int. 2003 Dec 17;138(13):68-74.PMID: 14642721 Reis EL, Sarkis JE, Neto ON, Rodrigues C, Kakazu MH, Viebig S., A new method for collection and identification of gunshot residues from the hands of shooters., J Forensic.Sci. 2003 Nov;48(6):1269-74, PMID: 14640269 Puskas CM, Rumney DT, Bilateral fractures of the coronoid processes: differential diagnosis of intra-oral gunshot trauma and scavenging using a sheep crania model., J Forensic Sci. 2003 Nov;48(6):1219-25. PMID: 14640263 Havel J. Energy dispersive x-ray fluorescence spectrometry--a forensic ecrochemical method for determination of entry and exit of gunshot wounds, Soud Lek. 2003 Jul;48(3):42-4. PMID: 14631712 Corbett H, Paulsen EK, Smith RS, Carman CG., Paradoxical bullet embolus from the vena cava: a case report. J Trauma. 2003 Nov;55(5):979-81.PMID: 14608178 Bhana BD, Kirk GM, Dada MA, Fatal firearm wounds: a clinicopathologic study.Am J Forensic Med Pathol. 2003 Sep;24(3):273-6.PMID: 12960664 Kluger Y. Bomb explosions in acts of terrorism--detonation, wound ballistics, triage and medical concerns. Isr Med Assoc J. 2003 Apr;5(4):235-40 PMID: 14509125 Prahlow JA, Allen SB, Spinder T, Poole RA, Pseudo-gunpowder stippling caused by fragmentation of a plated bullet. Am J Forensic Med Pathol. 2003 Sep;24(3):243-7. PMID: 12960660 Verhoff MA, Karger B ,Atypical gunshot entrance wound and extensive backspatter Int J Legal Med. 2003 Aug;117(4):229-31. Epub 2003 Jun 26. .PMID: 12836037 Pabuscu Y, Bulakbasi N, Kocaoglu M, Ustunsoz B, Tayfun C.,A different approach to missile induced head injuries ,Comput Med Imaging Graph. 2003 Sep-Oct;27(5):397409PMID: 12821033 Bartlett CS, Clinical update: gunshot wound ballistics Clin Orthop. 2003 Mar;(408):2857..PMID: 12616039 Thali MJ, Kneubuehl BP, Vock P, Allmen G, Dirnhofer R, High-speed documented experimental gunshot to a skull-brain model and radiologic virtual autopsy. Am J Forensic Med Pathol. 2002 Sep;23(3):223-8.PMID: 12198345 Thali MJ, Kneubuehl BP, Zollinger U, Dirnhofer R, The "skin-skull-brain model": a new instrument for the study of gunshot effects. Forensic Sci Int. 2002 Feb 18;125(2-3):17889..PMID: 11909661 Rainio J, Lalu K, Ranta H, Penttila A., Morphology of experimental assault rifle skin wounds, nt J Legal Med. 2003 Feb;117(1):19-26. Epub 2002 Oct 30 PMID: 12592591 Peleg K, Aharonson-Daniel L, Stein M, Michaelson M, Kluger Y, Simon D, Noji EK; Israeli Trauma Group (ITG). Gunshot and explosion injuries: characteristics, outcomes, and implications for care of terror-related injuries in Israel. Ann Surg. 2004 Mar;239(3):311-8.PMID: 15075646 Hiss J, Kahana T, Confusing exit gunshot wound--"two for the price of one". Int J Legal Med. 2002 Feb;116(1):47-9. .PMID: 11924709 Grimm U, Zollinger U, Lodged bullet or bullet penetration? Re-entry of a projectile and pseudo-shot, Arch Kriminol. 1996 Mar-Apr;197(3-4):89-96. .PMID: 8687277

68

24. 25. 26.

Karger B, Billeb E, Koops E, Brinkmann B., Autopsy features relevant for discrimination between suicidal and homicidal gunshot injuries., Int J Legal Med. 2002 Oct;116(5):2738. Epub 2002 Aug 16 PMID: 12376836 Slobodan S, Slobodan N, Djordje A., Popliteal artery bullet embolism in a case of homicide: a case report and review of the tangible literature., Forensic Sci Int. 2004 Jan 6;139(1):27-33.PMID: 14687770/ Verhoff MA, Karger B. Atypical gunshot entrance wound and extensive backspatter: ,Int J Legal Med. 2003 Aug;117(4):229-31. Epub 2003 Jun 26 PMID: 12836037

69

Forensic Examination of Fibres A Review: 2001 to 2004

Adj. Prof. James Robertson

National General Manager, Forensic and Technical Australian Federal Police, GPO Box 401 Canberra ACT 2601, Australia E-mail: jim.robertson@afp.gov.au

Prof. Claude Roux

Director, Centre for Forensic Science University of Technology, Sydney, PO Box 123 Broadway NSW 2007, Australia E-mail: claude.roux@uts.edu.au This report is dedicated to the memory of Mike Grieve

70

INTRODUCTION: This report covers advances in scientific methods applied to the forensic examination of fibres reported since the 13th INTERPOL Forensic Science Symposium in October 2001. A literature review was conducted covering articles published in the principal forensic science journals over the period in question (up to May 2004). This was supplemented by an extensive search of Internet sources, for articles related to fibre examination in the forensic arena. Major textile magazines and some relevant books were also consulted to provide useful background. The final report is a collation of information received from these various sources. GENERAL: Scientific working groups in Europe and North America have been active to coordinate training, research efforts and develop protocols for forensic fibre examination, including laboratory analysis and determination of the evidential value. The two major groups are the European Fibres Group (EFG) of the European Network of Forensic Science Institutes (ENFSI) and the Fiber subgroup of the Scientific Working Group for Materials Analysis (SWGMAT) led by the FBI. Wiggins (1) outlined the history of the European Fibres Group including its aims and achievements since its formation in 1993. This paper emphasised the critical need for promotion and exchange of information, standardisation, training and research and development. To achieve these aims this group meets annually and publishes sought after proceedings within three months of the meeting ((2) to (4)). The EFG also published in late 2001 the Manual of Best Practice for the Forensic Examination of Fibres (5). This document significantly raised the standard of forensic fibre examination on a world basis. Since its inception, the EFG acknowledged that the main knowledge gap was on the subject of the evidential value of fibres. The EFG became the prime driver for significant collaborative research. In 2001 the group identified a R&D programme dealing with the following topics: textile pattern recognition, colour in clothing, Raman spectroscopy and dyes used on blue denim textiles. Following the successful publication of its Forensic Fiber Examination Guidelines (6), the SWGMAT Fiber subgroup focussed on the development of a training program. The latter includes an extensive training manual (7) and is expected to make a significant contribution to the forensic fibre community. The status of textile fibre examination across USA and Europe was compared and discussed by Wiggins (8). The standard of forensic fibre examination was found to be generally high and the works of the EFG and SWGMAT were praised as major contributors for such quality. More fibre casework was carried out in Europe than in the USA. Small differences were also highlighted in the instrumentation and in the method of collection used. Contamination was found to be a major issue. Careful consideration should also be given as to whether legitimate contact could have occurred prior to an offence being committed. In recent years, the emphasis on DNA technology has sometimes led actors of the Criminal Justice System to believe that trace evidence such as fibres may be of little value. Grieve and Wiggins discussed this challenge extensively and proposed suggestions for improving the use of fibres as forensic evidence (9). This paper summarised offences where fibres may be the only type of physical evidence. Deficiencies were highlighted and ways to correct them were 71

suggested. According to the authors, the efficiency of the examination should be improved and the evidential value of the findings should be expressed in a clearer way. Areas where particular progress could be made are: improved communication and exchange of information between the investigator and the scientist, streamlining analysis by using the latest equipment, effective case management, better use of existing data pertaining to fibre frequencies, accumulating new data by using the resources of working groups and improving training procedure especially in the area of evidence interpretation. Similar comments and general conclusions were made in separate papers by Grieve (10) and Biermann and Grieve (11). FIBRE RECOVERY: Fibre recovery is a crucial step for any forensic fibre examination. Common methods include manual recovery with tweezers, tape lifting, scraping and vacuuming. Wiggins (9) highlighted differences between European and American practices: many American laboratories performed all methods while European laboratories favour tape lifting and, where appropriate, manual recovery. Roux et al. (12) investigated fibre movement within and out the search room when performing a garment examination. In addition to various findings and recommendations, this study highlighted the increased risk of contamination when the scraping method is used because of an increased number of loose fibres transferred onto the examiners clothing and fibres exiting the search room. This paper concluded that it is unlikely that a completely clean search room can be obtained. However, with proper precautions it is possible to minimise and monitor the contaminant fibre population. Recent times have seen the advent of 1:1 tape lifting, a fibre recovery technique whereby one area of tape correlates to an equal area of the taped surface. In this way, information about the density, position and distribution of each fibre type on an item or area is retained. Grieve (10) pointed out that obvious advantages include assistance in reconstructing the events and possible investigative leads. However, the large number of tapes to be used creates a significant logistical issue. It has been suggested that a compromise may provide the best answer, whereby the body is subdivided into small areas and a smaller number of tapes is used (about 34). A similar approach was used by Causin et al. (13) in a case study reporting a double murder where fibre evidence found on a suspect vehicle was the only useful trace to reconstruct the dynamics of the transportation of two bodies. Coyle et al. (14) recently reported the first UK case where 1:1 taping had been successfully applied. Automatic search methods have been identified as a way to reduce the manual workload and hence assisting to achieve more efficiency in the examination (9). These systems have been described in the literature published during the previous reporting period. Langdon et al. (15) performed an evaluation of the Maxcan fibre finder version 3.3 on cotton fibres. Their results showed that the system performed effectively in most situations, although it did have some problems with some search combinations that a human operator would also find difficult in a manual search. The ability of this system to perform large batch searches unattended and achieve consistent results is very useful for casework with a large number of tapes or in research where large quantities of data need to be gathered within a reasonable time. Unfortunately, most systems have been plagued with both software and hardware problems which have not yet been fully resolved, and most systems have not fully met the original expectations. Overall, the initial high level of interest for automatic search systems has decreased in recent years. This may change again in the future depending on the manufacturers response to 72

these criticisms. In this context, Kolar (16) reported a promising use of a hyphenated fibre finder-microspectrometer based on the Lucia fibre finder and Spectral (CCD) systems. Such a system could be the first step for an integrated fibre workstation consisting of a fibre finder, an optical microscope and an image processing system. ANALYTICAL METHODS: Publications in this area generally report improvement of existing techniques or technology transfer from other analytical disciplines and rarely describe totally new methods. The pool of existing methods for the forensic examination of fibres are in general so efficient to identify and compare fibres that only a few real advances really took place. One of them is Raman spectroscopy, the interest being the potential to gather chemical information on fibre dyes in situ. However, early works using Raman spectroscopy mainly focussed on the analysis of man-made fibres (17). Jochem and Lehnert (18) analyzed pigmented polyacrylonitrile (PAN) and cellulose viscose fibres. They noticed that for highly pigmented fibres, the signal of the polymer matrix is totally hidden by the spectra of the main pigment present. These results suggest that the identification of at least the main pigment component should be feasible by Raman. This was confirmed by Thomas et al. (19) who analysed blue, black and grey cotton fibres dyed with reactive dyes. In this study, Raman spectroscopy usually enabled the identification of the main dye present. Macdonald et al. (20) applied Raman spectroscopy to the identification of pigments on 250-year old Chinese painted silk. Low laser power and short exposure have been shown to allow unambiguous pigment identification in situ. Operating in confocal mode improved the spectral quality, principally by reducing the amount of background fluorescence. The growing interest for Raman spectroscopy in the fibre arena prompted the European Fibres Group to create a Raman sub-group and to support the largest collaborative study undertaken on the topic (21). Three dyed fibers: two red acrylics and one red wool were analysed by Raman instruments from six different manufacturers as well as nine different laser wavelengths ranging from blue (458 nm) to near infrared-NIR (1064 nm). This represents the largest comparison study of Raman analytical parameters carried out on identical fibre samples. In this study, blue (488 nm) and green lasers (532 nm) globally gave the best quality spectra. Luminescence problems were often encountered with some of the excitation wavelengths and therefore the authors recommended a flexible Raman instrument equipped with different lasers and a microscope to measure forensic fibre samples. This study also showed that Raman spectroscopy usually enables the identification of the main dye present in a coloured fibre however minor dye compounds are much more difficult to detect. SERRS (Surface Enhanced Resonance Raman Scattering) techniques gave an improvement of the dyes spectral quality but no spectral improvement was observed for the two red acrylic and red wool fibres tested. The comparison of spectra (MSP or Raman) is traditionally performed visually. This is not practical when dealing with a large number of spectra and could also be regarded as subjective. For this reason there is a recent interest in using Chemometrics. The latter may be used to simplify complex spectra to facilitate interpretation and sample matching. In particular, principle components analysis (PCA) reduces the dimensionality of spectra by sequential linear transformations of the spectra, where the first few transformations retain most of the variation of the original signal. Calculation of the principal component scores allows organization of results in lower dimensional space for quick interpretation of results. Linear discriminant analysis (LDA) is a classical statistical approach for classifying samples of unknown classes, based on 73

training samples with known classes. Thomas et al. (22) analysed Raman spectra from one hundred (100) random black and blue cotton samples with PCA and subsequent discriminant analysis. This study showed the successful use of Raman spectroscopy, combined with chemometrics, for the characterization of the major dye component present in each fibre sample. This method of data analysis proved to be a rapid and reliable tool for the classification of a large sample set. Grieve et al. (23) made a significant contribution to the research effort in the area of the in-situ analysis of fibre dyes, especially in relation to the determination of the evidential value of common fibres such as black cotton. In this study 88 known black cotton dyes and 225 samples of black cotton were analysed by UV-visible microspectrophotometry. Spectra originating from sulphur dyes and from the great majority of reactive and direct dyes could be easily recognised, while vat dyes presented a little more difficulty. The discriminating power of the technique varied from 0.13 for sulphur dyes to 0.93 for reactive dyes. From 99 textiles dyes with reactive dyes, the spectra could be divided into at least 40 varieties showing that these fibres have a high degree of individuality. The authors found that spectral information below 400 nm (UV) is important and even critical in the case of direct dyes. The same authors also examined samples of orange and green cotton fibres by UV-visible microspectrophotometry (24). In both colours, spectra from reactive and sulphur dyes were the easiest to recognise but could not be classified with the same reliability as seen in black cotton fibres. This study emphasised again the importance of spectral information in the UV range. Suzuki et al. (25) analysed single wool and cotton fibres dyed by indigo and derivatives by ultraviolet-visible microspectrophotometry in transmission in the 240-760 nm region. The authors found that glycerine was the most suitable embedding solvent. Detailed observation of maxima, minima and minute shoulder peaks enabled them to discriminate each single fibre from each other non-destructively even though these fibres were dyed by structurally similar indigo derivatives. One promising new technology whose applications go well beyond the forensic examination of fibres is Chemical Imaging. This technology combines molecular spectroscopy and digital imaging. This combination provides information on morphology, composition, structure and concentration from one analysis. Chemical Imaging provides both spatial and spectral information detecting light intensity, as a function of wavelength as in spectroscopy and also as a function of location, as in imaging to form a data set. Payne et al. (26) used Chemical Imaging for colourmetric and fluorescence microscopic analysis (400-720 nm) of red and black cotton, wool, acrylic and polyester fibres. The technique performed as well as, and even sometimes better than some conventional microspectrophotometers. The results were especially promising for fluorescence and reflectance analyses. More research is obviously needed, but in the future this technique might potentially replace conventional microspectrophotometry. Tuinman et al. (27) applied electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry (ESI-MS) and tandem mass spectrometry (ESI-MS/MS) to analyse acidic dyes used to colour nylon-based fibres, as well as extracts from dyed nylon fibres. The combination of these two techniques has been shown to provide both qualitative and quantitative information about the dyes present on a submillimetre single fibre. The combined sensitivity and selectivity ESI-MS/MS is of particular interest. The latter can offer insights into the chemical structure of the compound that is not available from chromatographic techniques alone.

74

Huang et al. (28) also used electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry to analyse dyes from a number of chemical classes including acid, direct and disperse dyes. These authors combined liquid chromatography separation (LC-MS) with an on-line UV-visible absorbance detection to monitor elution of dyes in the presence of other non-dye components extracted from the coloured textile fibres. Cho et al. (29) showed that attenuated total reflection (ATR) is a convenient mode for single fibre analysis by infrared microspectroscopy (FTIR). This study demonstrated that nylon, acrylic, cotton, polyester and olefin fibres too thick for transmission could be analysed successfully by ATR. Because ATR is a surface analysis technique, it can reveal spectral information about the surface treatment chemicals (eg. spin finishes, anti-static finishes, permanent press finishes). This method can provide useful additional comparative features in some cases, for example when dealing with colourless fibres. Another finding of this study was showing that ATR can be used with transmission spectra to identify the core and sheath portions of a bicomponent fibre. INTERPRETATION: The interpretation of fibre evidence has long been recognised as the most challenging topic related to the forensic examination of fibres. A great deal of modelling and empirical research has occurred in the last 15 years. The last three years have not been different and a number of studies have been reported during this period. The question of commonality is often posed to the expert with regards to fibre evidence, with the aim of suggesting that the acquired evidence is not significant. Knowledge of the frequency of occurrence of fibre types in a given population and of the chance of a random non-discrimination are therefore required in order to assess the evidential value of finding fibres that could not be differentiated from a suspect source. This information becomes increasingly important when a Bayesian model is applied to the interpretation of fibre evidence. Cantrell et al. (30) investigated the fibre population on textile cinema seats in Sydney, Australia, in winter. 3025 fibres were classified according to colour, generic class and fluorescence properties (the latter for 100 greyblack cotton fibres only). The recovered fibres were mostly natural fibres (84%) with cotton the most common generic type (70%). On the contrary, man made fibres were relatively rare (15%) with rayon constituting the majority of these (51%). The most common colour/generic class combinations were greyblack cotton (33%) and blue cotton (30%) accounting for 63% of the total population. All other frequencies were below 5%, most below 1% using only the two properties of colour and generic class. Fluorescence properties were found to be very discriminating as far as greyblack cotton fibres were concerned. A similar study was subsequently undertaken by Cresswell et al. (31) in Glasgow, Scotland. Dignan and Murphy (32) examined fingernail clippings from 36 subjects for the presence of fibres. They determined it was not unusual to find fibres under fingernails and that colourless/white, blue and grey/black cotton fibres were the most common. No significant differences were identified with respect to gender of the subjects and the dominant hand did not seem to play a significant role in the number of fibres. Children had more fibres under their nails than adults. As part of their study into orange and green cotton fibres (24), Grieve et al. carried out a survey of 112 seats within the German Federal Police Office (including 100 canteen seats and 12 break room seats). They showed that the percentage of all orange and green cotton fibres in random population is very low even before they are subdivided according to spectral class, the 75

percentages varying from 0.4% (orange cotton on the canteen seats) to 1.27% (green cotton on the break room seats). Palmer and Oliver (33) undertook a population study focussing on textile fibres found in human hair of 26 volunteers. Over 12,000 fibres were recovered and the most common fibre colours were black/grey (48.0%), blue (29.1%) and red (12.7%), the least common being green, orange/brown and yellow which each accounted for less than 5% of the total. Natural fibres (mainly cotton) were predominant (72.3%) and man-made fibres were considerably less frequent. The most common generic classes and colour were black and blue cottons. Fibre loads carried by long hair were significantly less than that carried by short hair. Watt et al. (34) surveyed the coloured fibre population that may be expected to exist in both front-loading and top-loading domestic washing machines during Spring, in Sydney, Australia. 12,178 fibres were classified according to length, colour and generic class. Cotton fibres were most prevalent (69.4%), followed by man-made (24.2%). The most common colour/generic class combinations were black/grey cotton (27%), blue cotton (20%) and red cotton (15.6%). Other combinations generally represented under 2% of the total fibre population. Two-thirds (65.9%) of the recovered fibres were under 2mm in length, the proportion of fibres decreasing with increasing fibre length. Variations in machine type did not effect the distribution of fibres with respect to fibre type, colour or length. Wiggins et al. (35) undertook a target fibre study whereby 58 items of outer clothing originating from English households were taped to search for the presence of three types of commonly encountered fibres (blue wool, black and grey polyester) and one less common fibre type (blue acrylic). The tapes were searched using a combination of automatic and manual searches. One matching polyester fibre, four acrylic fibres and 11 wool fibres were found. One item had six matching wool fibres and another had the polyester fibre and one acrylic fibre. The remaining eight items were each recovered from individual items. The main results of this study are similar to those of previous target fibre studies: finding a large number of fibres that match a control is unlikely to happen by chance. It is also unusual to find fibres from two different sources, even though they may be commonly occurring, on one item by chance. This study was subsequently published in Science & Justice incorporating a review of previous target fibre studies (36). Houck (37) cross-compared foreign fibres recovered from one item from each of 20 unrelated crimes. Colourless and denim fibres were excluded from the study. In total, 2,083 fibres were compared using a standard analytical procedure including light microscopy, fluorescence microscopy and microspectrophotometry. This resulted in 2,168,403 comparisons. No two fibres were found to exhibit the same microscopic characteristics and analytical properties and the author concluded that it is rare to find two unrelated items to have foreign fibres that are indistinguishable. These results corroborate other population or target fibre studies conducted in other parts of the world. A study by Grieve and Biermann (38) went a step further. 256 samples of blue polyester fibres obtained from case work controls and personal belongings were examined and compared using microscopy and microspectrophotometry (310-750 nm). The 256 samples of blue polyester, giving a total 32,640 possible comparisons, show that even within a very narrow segment of the whole general fibre population, many examples of a specific colour/type of manmade fibre taken from random sources can be compared and the chance of any two being the same is very low. These studies should help to show the specificity and value of transferred fibres in providing forensic evidence.

76

Studies into the transfer and persistence of fibres are equally important to assist in assessing the evidential value of fibre evidence. In this category, Merciani et al. (39) studied the cross transfer of fibers and especially the dependencies that could exist between the number of fibers transferred in one direction and the number of fibers transferred in the other direction. Simulated contacts between a car seat and three different woolen pullovers were carried out. The fibers from the pullovers recovered on the car seat and the fibers from the seat recovered on the pullovers were searched and counted. For two combinations seat/pullover, the correlation between the numbers of fibers recovered on both side were strong, and for the third combination this correlation was weaker. Moreover the number of transferred fibers from the seat was clearly different for each of the pullovers. This confirms the importance of the recipient structure on the number of transferred fibers. The authors also presented these results as examples within a Bayesian framework. Marshall et al. (40) undertook transfer and persistence studies involving carpet fibres (tufted pile construction and short pile) and shoes. The results showed that most of the fibres were transferred from the carpet with a tufted pile. In general the fibres were transferred to the sole of the shoe with a significant proportion also found on the edges of the sole and on the fabric upper of the training shoe. Only a few fibres, on average 3 fibres, were transferred from the short pile to the shoes. It was also found that the fibres were lost rapidly from the heel and toe with a slower loss observed from the fabric uppers. The initial loss of fibres from the shoes was rapid with greater than 50% of the fibres lost after 30 seconds and 90% after 5 minutes. All of the fibres were lost after 30 minutes of walking and running on different surfaces. These results correspond to those obtained by similar previous studies. It is unlikely that fibres would be recovered on shoes after contact with a carpet unless the suspect is arrested within a short time after the incident, at or close to the scene. Akulova et al. (41) studied the persistence of wool and acrylic fibres transferred on 23 recipient garments in normal wear situations. The main result confirmed previous studies: most of the fibres are lost quickly in an exponential manner (>75% after 8 hrs; 5-10% after 16 hrs). Fibres were lost at a higher rate when public transport was used. The persistence of fibres depended more on the surface structure and texture of the recipient garment and the location of donor fibres rather than on the type of fibre. These results reinforce the importance of collecting clothing from suspects as rapidly as possible following the event. Watt et al (42) investigated the influence of several factors on the redistribution of extraneous fibres on garments during machine washing. The persistence of target fibres was low (generally <10%), but never zero. Between 50% and 100% of recovered fibres were redistributed away from the primary contact area. A secondary transfer of target fibres always occurred to at least one accompanying garment, 90% of experiments resulting in fibres transferred to the inside surface of the accompanying garment. This implies that whilst valuable fibre evidence may be recovered from garments after machine washing, the location of recovered fibres should not be relied upon to corroborate alleged scenarios when it is known or suspected that the garment under investigation has been laundered. Causin et al. (13) reported a case study where fibres were the only type of evidence found on a suspect vehicle in a double-murder case. The 1:1 taping concept was used to reconstruct the spatial distribution of the traces and to further strengthen the support for one of the hypotheses. In particular, this approach enabled a map to be drawn of the frequency of the different fibres involved and to establish its compatibility with the wrapping used to transport the corpses. A Bayesian approach was also used to interpret the findings and a Likelihood Ratio (LR) was

77

calculated, in order to quantify the support given by forensic evidence to the explanations proposed. The authors also derived a LR equation that can be applied to similar cases. TEXTILE / FIBRE DAMAGE: A number of authors researched into the effect of various environmental conditions on textiles and fibres. For example, Roux et al. (43) and Thomas et al. (44) investigated the degradation of textiles and fibres due to natural environmental damage (mainly sunlight, water and burial in soil). The former study focussed on changes observed using traditional equipment (brightfield and fluorescence microscopy, microspectrophotometry, FTIR microspectroscopy), while the latter demonstrated the use of Raman spectroscopy for the analysis of fibres that have undergone environmental degradation. Was-Gubala and Krauss (45) investigated the action of fire and high temperature on the most popular colours and types of textiles and single fibres in a series of controlled experiments. Changes in the chemical fibre structure were recorded by FTIR microspectroscopy and their colour alterations using UV-visible microspectrophotometry. Differences were found between characteristic changes in textile structure and colour after their exposure to different degrading factors such as: open fire, a hot plate and vapour cloud explosion action. Valuable information was also gathered about the potential identification of degraded textiles and fibres. The same authors (46) also researched into the very specific damage to single textile fibres caused by vapour cloud explosions using a selection of 41 garments differing in colour, fibre composition and textile construction. Fibres subjected to a vapour cloud explosion became wider at the end, often taking the form of a ball, bulb or shovel, while the morphological structure of the remaining part of the fibre remained almost unchanged. Because in such situations the heat wave goes through the textile very quickly, many fibres of the yarns remained unaffected. This research may be helpful in providing a link between suspects and the scene of an explosion. Almer reported a two-part study about textile damage prompted by actual cases. In the first study (47), experiments were undertaken to determine if distortion of an elastic waistband of underwear could occur through natural wear or through a sudden pulling force. This was crucial in a sexual assault case where consent was the issue. New and worn womens cotton underwear with elastic waistbands were examined and tested. The buckling effect could not be reproduced when forceful pulling was applied in the waistband seam area of undamaged underwear. On the other hand, this type of damage was observed in worn underwear, even those that otherwise appeared relatively new. The author concluded that the elastomer fibres work their way out of the waistband side seam during normal wear, and that this can occur even before there are other obvious signs of wear. The second study (47) investigated the effect of cigarette burns on textiles after an alleged victim of sexual assault (deceased) had been found away from the location of a fire scene with burn holes on her underwear. Fabrics of different compositions, textures and thicknesses were tested up to 20 seconds with the burning end of a cigarette, both while the fabrics were held up and while resting on a corduroy-covered counter surface. When the fabrics were held up, the cigarette burnt through the fabric at a rate varying from less that a second to 17 seconds. When the fabrics rested against a surface, the results varied from less than a second to burn through, to just mild charing. The author concluded that the composition, texture thickness and position of a fabric may influence the burning effect of a cigarette upon it, and that testing may be warranted in casework.

78

TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY: Background knowledge in textile technology is important for the forensic fibre examiner as such information is needed if one wishes to keep abreast of recent technological developments (eg. UV absorbers, new finishing agents) and hence optimise the forensic analytical work. It is also often crucial for the assessment of the evidential value through information about production figures, fashion changes, sudden arrival of new material, dye variability, etc. For example, Nehse (49) presented valuable background information about textile colour and colouring and their significance in forensic fibre examination. This study highlighted the large number of factors influencing the final colour and shades including wear and tear. The significance of this variability becomes obvious when considering the empirical studies presented above. Useful resources in this category include: Textile Technology Catalogue (50). International Textile Bulletin (51). Europeans Fibres Groups website and links (52) to (67). Three recent books on textile technology (53) to (70).

MISCELLANEOUS: With the increasing use of modern technology for surveillance such as Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) the question commonly arise as to whether captured images or video footages could be linked to a particular piece of clothing. Morley (71) studied the evidential value of comparison of clothing taken from a suspect(s) to clothing worn by the offender(s) on CCTV images. The author concluded that the value of the evidence depends on two factors: (1) the degree of correspondence between the images and the actual clothing and (2) an assessment of the degree of commonness of those items. Despite the fact that a particular item of clothing can rarely uniquely be identified from video images, there is value in carrying out this type of examination. Valuable intelligence information and corroborative evidence can be obtained. Nehse and Wendt (72)further presented a theoretical examination aiming at answering the question: how individual are textiles? Design, colour, construction / textile patterning, individual fibres and characteristics such as labels, repairs, defects, buttons, folds and creases, accessories, etc. are all presented as valuable identifying features. A number of articles were published about knots and ropes and may have some forensic significance. Examples include references (73) to (78). SUMMARY: Significant progress has been made in the last three years in placing the forensic examination of fibres on a sound basis. The work of peak bodies such as the ENFSI European Fibres Group (EFG) and the Fiber subgroup of SWGMAT has been central and has resulted in a manual of best practice and a comprehensive training manual. The role of the late Mike Grieve in advancing the cause of forensic fibre examination cannot be over-stated. Along with Ken Wiggins of the FSS, Mike provided exceptional leadership to the EFG and was the glue that brought together the EFG and SWGMAT to collaborate for the key projects mentioned above. In this review the final product of Mikes research collaborations are 79

detailed. He was particularly interested in the interpretation of fibres as evidence and promoted the need for more work in this area of research from different parts of the world. Mikes influence will be felt for many years to come and, for those of us who had the privilege to know him, and to work with him, we owe it to him to develop the next generation of fibre examiners. Mike would have been pleased to see progress in the research reviewed in this paper, on areas as diverse as fibre recovery, interpretation, textile and fibre damage, textile technology and analytical methods. Fibre examination is a mature field of forensic endeavour but there remains plenty of scope for further study which we look forward to reviewing in 2007. REFERENCES: (1) Wiggins KG. The European Fibres Group (EFG) 1993-2002: Understanding and Improving the Evidential Value of Fibres. Analytical and Bioanlytical Chemistry 2003 376, 1172-1177. Proceedings of the 9th European Fibres Group meeting, Vantaa, Finland, 2001. Proceedings of the 10th European Fibres Group meeting, Rosny-sous-bois, France, 2002. Proceedings of the 11th European Fibres Group meeting, Istanbul, Turkey, 2003. European Fibres Group. Manual of Best Practice for the Forensic Examination of Fibres. 2001. Scientific Working Group for Materials Analysis (SWGMAT). Forensic Fiber Examination Guidelines. Forensic Science Communications 1999: V1, N1, online at www.fbi.gov. Scientific Working Group for Materials Analysis (SWGMAT). A Forensic Fiber Examiner Training Program. January 2004 Draft. Wiggins KG. Forensic Textile Fiber Examination Across the USA and Europe. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001, 46, 1303-1308. Grieve MC, Wiggins KG. Fibers Under Fire: Suggestions for Improving Their Use to provide Forensic Evidence. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001, 46, 835-843. Grieve MC. The Changing Face of Fibre Examination in Forensic Science. Z. Biermann T, Grieve MC. Die Zukunft der forensische faseranalyse. Kriminalistik 2001, 5, 337-340. Roux C, Huttunen J, Rampling K, Robertson J. Factors Affecting the Potential for Fibre Contamination in Purpose Designed Forensic Search Rooms, Science and Justice 2001, 41(3), 135-144. Causin V, Schiavone S, Marigo A, Carresi P. Bayesian Framework for the Evaluation of Fiber Evidence. Forensic Science International 2004,141, 159170. Coyle T, Smith K, Mayo S, Chan A, Hunt N. Fibre Mapping A Case Study. Science and Justice 2004. 44(3), 179-186. Langdon S. Maynard P. Robertson J. Roux C. An Evaluation of the Maxcan Fibre Finder Version 3.3, Forensic Science International 2003, 135, 137-145. 80

(2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

(7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)

(13) (14) (15)

(16) (17) (18) (19)

Kolar P. Lucia Fibre Finder with Spectrophotometer Is it Reasonable? Forensic Science International 2003. 136(1), 124. Miller JV, Bartick EG. Forensic analysis of single fibers by Raman spectroscopy. Applied Spectroscopy 2001, 55(12), 1729-1732. Jochem G, Lehnert RJ. On the Potential of Raman Microspectroscopy for the Forensic Analysis of Coloured Textile Fibres. Science & Justice 2002, 42(4), 215-221. Thomas J, Buzzini P, Massonnet G, Roux C, Reedy B. A further look at Raman spectroscopy for the forensic examination of fibres. Forensic Science International 2003. 136(1), 125. Macdonald AM, Wyeth P, Rogerson C. Raman Spectroscopy Interrogating Historic Painted Textiles. Asia/Pacific Microscopy and Analysis 2003, 35, 9-11. Massonnet G, Buzzini P, Jochem G, Stauber M ; Coyle T; Roux C, Thomas J, Leijenhorst H, Van Zanten Z, Wiggins K, Russell C, Chabli S, Rosengarten A. Evaluation of Raman Spectroscopy for the Analysis of Coloured Fibres: A Collaborative Study. Journal of Forensic Sciences. Submitted in 2004. Thomas J, Doble P, Roux C, Robertson J. Chemometrics and Raman Spectral Data from Dyed Cotton Fibres. Proceedings of the 17th International Symposium on the Forensic Sciences (Australian & New Zealand Forensic Science Society Symposium), Wellington, 2004. Grieve MC, Biermann TW, Davignon M. The Evidential Value of Black Cotton Fibres. Science & Justice 2001, 41, 245-260. Grieve MC, Biermann TW, Davignon M. The Occurrence and Individuality of Orange and Green Cotton Fibres. Science & Justice 2003, 43(1), 5-22. Suzuki S, Suzuki Y, Ohta H, Sugita R, Marumo Y. Microspectrophotometric Discrimination of Single Fibres Dyed by Indigo and Its Derivatives Using UltravioletVisible Transmittance Spectra. Science & Justice 2001, 41, 107-111. Payne G, Reedy B, Lennard C, Exline D, Roux C. Evaluation of the CI Trace for Fibre Analysis. Proceedings of the 17th International Symposium on the Forensic Sciences (Australian & New Zealand Forensic Science Society Symposium), Wellington, 2004.

(20) (21)

(22)

(23) (24) (25)

(26)

(27)

Tuinman AA, Lewis LA, Lewis SA Sr. Trace-Fiber Color Discrimination by Electrospray Ionization Mass Spectrometry: A Tool for the Analysis of Dyes Extracted from Submillimeter Nylon Fibers. Analytical Chemistry 2003, 75, 2753-2760. Huang M, Yinon J, Sigman ME. Forensic Identification of Dyes Extracted from Textile Fibers by Liquid Chromatography Mass Spectrometry (LC-MS). Journal of Forensic Sciences 2004, 49(2), 238-249. Cho L, Reffner JA, Gatewood BM, Wetzel DL. Single Fiber Analysis by Internal Reflection Infrared Microspectroscopy. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001, 46(6), 13091314. Cantrell S, Roux C, Maynard P, Robertson J. A Textile Fibre Survey as an Aid to the Interpretation of Fibre Evidence in the Sydney Region. Forensic Science International 2001, 123, 48-53. 81

(28)

(29)

(30)

(31) (32) (33) (34)

Cresswell SL, Cunningham D, Nic Daeid N. Textile Survey of Cinema Seats in Glasgow. Forensic Science International 2003. 136(1), 117. Dignan SJ, Murphy KJ. Fibre Evidence from Fingernail Clippings. Canadian Society of Forensic Science Journal 2002, 35(1), 17-21. Palmer R, Oliver S. The Population of Coloured Fibres in Human Head Hair. Science & Justice 2004, 44(2), 83-88. Watt R, Roux C, Robertson J. The Population of Coloured Textile Fibres in Domestic Washing Machines. Proceedings of the 17th International Symposium on the Forensic Sciences (Australian & New Zealand Forensic Science Society Symposium), Wellington, 2004. Wiggins K, Drummond P, Hicks-Champod T. A Study in Relation to the Random Distribution of Four Fibre Types on Clothing. Forensic Science International 2003. 136(1), 121. Wiggins K, Drummond P, Hicks-Champod T. A Study in Relation to the Random Distribution of Four Fibre Types on Clothing (Incorporating a Review of Previous Target Fibre Studies). Science & Justice 2004, 44(3), 141-148. Houck MM. Inter-Comparison of Unrelated Fiber Evidence. Forensic Science International 2003, 135, 146-149. Grieve MC, Biermann TW. The Individuality of Blue Polyester Fibers Used to Provide Forensic Evidence. Forensic Science International 2003. 136(1), 121-122. Merciani P, Monard Sermier F, Buzzini P, Massonnet G, Taroni F. A Study of the Cross Transfer of Fibers. Forensic Science International 2003. 136(1), 123. Marshall L, Griffin RME, Robinson K Recovery of Transferred Carpet Fibres from Shoes, Their Persistence on the Outer Surfaces and the Value of Fibres Recovered from the Inner Surfaces of the Shoes. Forensic Science International 2003. 136(1), 123-124. Akulova V, Vasiliauskiene D, Talaliene. Further Insights into the Persistence of Transferred Fibres on Outdoor Clothes. Science & Justice 2002, 42(3), 165-171. Watt R, Roux C, Robertson J. The Influence of Front-Loading and Top-Loading Washing Machines on the Persistence, Redistribution and Secondary Transfer of Textile Fibres during Laundering. Proceedings of the 17th International Symposium on the Forensic Sciences (Australian & New Zealand Forensic Science Society Symposium), Wellington, 2004. Roux C, Favaloro K, Doble P, Robertson J, Lennard C. Implications of Environmental Impact for the Forensic Examination of Textile Fabrics and Fibres. Proceedings of the 16th Meeting of the International Association of Forensic Sciences, 38, Montpellier, 2002. Thomas J, Roux C, Reedy B. Raman Spectroscopy of Environmentally Degraded Fibre Samples. Forensic Science International 2003. 136(1), 118-119. Was-Gubala J, Krauss W. The Degradation of Coloured Textiles by the Action of Fire and High Temperature. Forensic Science International 2003. 136(1), 122. Was-Gubala J, Krauss W. Damage Caused to Fibres by Vapour Cloud Explosions. Forensic Science International 2004. 141, 77-83. 82

(35)

(36)

(37) (38) (39) (40)

(41) (42)

(43)

(44) (45) (46)

(47)

Almer J. Textile Damage I A Case of Distorted Waistband, Natural Wear or Sudden Force? Abstracts from the 48th Annual Meeting of the Canadian Society of Forensic Science, Toronto, 2001. Almer J. Textile Damage II Cigarette Burns. Abstracts from the 48th Annual Meeting of the Canadian Society of Forensic Science, Toronto, 2001. Nehse K. Coloured Textiles What Makes the Difference? Differences in Colour and Shade Through Various Influences During Production and Wear. Forensic Science International 2003. 136(1), 122. Textile Technology Catalogue, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., Cambridge, England, yearly catalogue. International Textile Bulletin, International Schlieren/Zrich, monthly journal. http://www.enfsi.org/cms.php?cp=efg http://www.eurotexx.com/ http://www.fashion-links.de/ http://www.fashionseek.net/ http://www.ita.rwth-aachen.de/ http://www.techexchange.com/ http://www.texdata.com/ http://www.texi.org/ http://www.textile.fr/ http://www.textileweb.com/ http://www.textileworld.it/ http://www.textilexpert.com/ http://www.textilserver.de/ http://www.texweb.de/ http://www.ivc-ev.de/HTDOCS/index.html http://www.trevira.de/ Fung w. Coated and Laminated Textiles, Wool Science and Technology. Woodhead Publishing Ltd., Cambridge, England, 2001. Tao X. Smart Fibres, Fabrics and Clothing. Wool Science and Technology. Woodhead Publishing Ltd., Cambridge, England, 2001. Simpson WS, Cramshaw GH. Wool Science and Technology. Woodhead Publishing Ltd., Cambridge, England, 2002. Morley J. Comparison of Clothing to Video Images. Forensic Science International 2003. 136(1), 123. Nehse K, Wendt C. Wie individuell sind Textilien. Kriminalistik 2002. 6/02, 391-395. 83 Textile Service, ITS Publishing,

(48) (49)

(50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72)

(73)

Tanislav E, Tanislav Junior E. Forensic Interpretation of Knots and Ties Used to Restrain Hands and Legs of the Victim. Z. Zagadnien Nauk Sadowych (Problems of Forensic Sciences) 2001. 47, 67-70. Hopkins R. Bowstrings Part I. Some History and Crossbow Strings. Knotting Matters 2002. 76, 38-43. Fidspike J. Webbing Knots Part 1. Knotting Matters 2003. 78, 36-39. Fidspike J. Webbing Knots Part 2. Knotting Matters 2003. 79, 37-41. Pawson D. Some Notes on the Rogues Yard. Knotting Matters 2003. 79, 16-20. Matesanz Arribas AJ, Atoche Garcia C, Two Singular Cases. Forensic Science International 2003. 136(1), 120-121.

(74) (75) (76) (77) (78)

84

Paint & Glass A Review: 2001 to 2004

Dr. Stefan Becker Wolfgang Langer Christine Wohlwend Bundeskriminalamt Forensic Science Institute Thaerstr. 11 65193 Wiesbaden, Germany Phone: +49 611 55-1 27 37 or 1 37 53 Fax: +49 611 55-1 38 75 E-mail: Stefan.Becker@bka.bund.de Wolfgang.Langer@bka.bund.de Kt13@bka.bund.de

85

Acronyms
AFM ASTM ATR BKA CCD CL CM CRM DTR-MS EDXRF EDS EMA ENFSI ESEM EUCAP FTIR GC GC-MS GD-OES GFAAS GRIM GSR LIBDS ICP-AES ICP-MS ICP-OES ID IR IRCGN LA-ICP-MS MSP NAA NICC NIST OM PCA PIXE PPG Py-GC-MS RBS RI SEC SEM SIMS SKL SR-XRD SWGMAT TEM THM-GC-MS TLC TOF-SIMS UV UV-Vis Vis XPS XRF XRD Atomic force microscope American Society for Testing and Materials Attenuated total reflectance technology Bundeskriminalamt, Germany Charged Coupled Device Cathodoluminescence Confocal microscope Certified reference materials Direct temperature resolved mass spectrometry Energy dispersive X-ray fluorescence Energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy Electron microprobe analysis European Network of Forensic Science Institutes Environmental Scanning Electron Microscope European Collection of Automotive Paint Collection Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy Gas chromatography Gas chromatography - mass spectrometry Glow discharge - optical emission spectroscopy Graphite furnace atomic absorption spectroscopy Glass Refractive Index Measurement Gunshot residue Laser induced break down spectroscopy Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectroscopy, also ICP-OES Inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry Inductively coupled plasma-optical emission spectroscopy, also ICP-AES Isotope dilution Infrared Institut De Recherch Criminelle De La Gendarmerie Nationale, France Laser ablation-inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry Microspectrophotometry Neutron activation analysis National Instituut voor Criminalistiek en Criminologie, Belgium National Institute of Standards and Technology Optical microscopy Principal component analysis Particle induced X-ray emission Pittsburgh Plate Glass Industries Pyrolysis gas chromatography - mass spectrometry Rutherford backscattering spectrometry Refractive index Size exclusion chromatography Scanning electron microscope Static secondary ion mass spectrometry Statens Kriminaltekniska Laboratorium, National Lab. of Forensic Science, Sweden Synchrotron radiation X-ray diffraction Scientific Working Group for Material Analysis Transmission electron microscopy Thermally assisted hydrolysis and methylation GC-MS Thin layer chromatography Time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry Ultraviolet Ultraviolet-visible Visible light Photoelectron spectroscopy X-ray fluorescence X-ray diffraction

86

FORWORD: As once before, the Bundeskriminalamt (BKA) has been chosen to act as co-ordinating laboratory for the sections paint and glass. This report covers significant advances in scientific methods applied to the forensic examination of paint and glass reported since the 13th Interpol Forensic Science Symposium in October 2001. Colleagues from all around the world were contacted and asked for new trends in the field of paint and glass examination. All contributions from national and international forensic science symposia and meetings as well as internal research projects whether published or unpublished, was of interest. As a by-product it was hoped, that by this means the international co-operation and discussion could be intensified, however, unfortunately, we received only 4 responses out of more than 50 callings. Various resources were checked and relevant findings were imported into our literature database. After the three years period, the most frequently cited periodicals in our collection are: Farbe & Lack, Journal of Analytical Chemistry, Journal of Analytical Atomic Spectrometry, Paint & Coatings Industry, JOT-Journal fr Oberflchentechnik, Kunststoffe, Progress in Organic Coatings, Journal of Forensic Sciences, Nachrichten aus der Chemie, Spectroscopy Europe, GITLabor-Fachzeitschrift, Fresenius Journal of Analytical Chemistry, Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, Science & Justice, Problems of Forensic Sciences, LABO, Forensic Science International, The Analyst, Journal of Raman Spectroscopy, Glass Science Technology and Glass & Ceramics. More than a thousand literature entries in our paint and glass database were made during the period from January 2001 to March 2004. To squeeze this huge quantum of information into a brief review is an extraordinarily difficult task and one cannot avoid to admit a small facet of subjectivism in this choice. The aim of this selective review is to highlight the most interesting contributions. This review is divided into four parts, the first two dedicated to paint and glass subjects respectively, the third part to interpreting evidence and quality assurance topics and finally the fourth part to paint and glass subjects on the World Wide Web. PART I: PAINT

Since the last Interpol Forensic Science Symposium in 2001, a number of advances have been made in the forensic examination of paint. In the last review, one focus was set on the identification of art forgeries and examination of materials with historical interest as well as new paint raw materials. Due to the mass of information provided, we are constrained to confine our review in this fields. A large number of forensic related field are nevertheless extensively discussed. Paint Formulation & Technology Raw materials Additives, binders, extenders and pigments are subjected to the continuous market change. Some interesting raw materials are presented in relevant trade journals dedicated to manufacturers of diverse paint products, such as the Paint & Coatings Industry or the European Coatings Journal. 87

Recommendable is the 2003 additives guide presented by the Paint & Coatings Industry in glossary form presenting from A-Z the various additives in use in the paint and coatings industry (1). In an article by Hare and Beck, the principal extender types (whiting, talc, chlorite, silica, china clay (kaolin), minex, mica, wollastonite and barytes) are summarised in a table and their typical properties and utilities are described (2). Recent pigment developments, namely the use of coloured alumina flakes, mica based pigments and in general the chemistry and physics of special effect pigments and colorants are frequently encountered in the literature. A summary of effect pigments is presented by Becidyan (3). Especially daylight fluorescent pigments, UVfluorescent pigments, optical brightening agents, IR fluorescent (Anti-Stokes) pigments, phosphorescent pigments, optically variable pigments, photochromic colorants and thermochromic colorants are described. Coating types An overview of the new trend in powder coatings is presented by Kiefer (4). His article surveys the major technical advances in powder coatings over the past 40 years. Looking towards the future, Kiefer remarks that much remains to be done and that powder coatings will continue to offer positive economical finishing solutions if certain technical hurdles can be overcome. A state of the art of UV-powder coatings is given by Kersten (5). He discusses the potential of UVpowder coating formulations. Knnecke presents a more car-coating related aspect of powder coatings and informs about innovations and perspectives of powder coatings in automotive coating (6). Smart or intelligent coatings have become the subject of global research interests. An interesting application is presented by Xanthos, Chouzouri, Kim, Patel and Young (7). They report about specific nano-scale additives which permit to formulate a coating reaction sensibility on pH-changes appearing in a colour change. Such coatings could for example be introduced to provide early diagnostics of corrosion damages in coatings. Other possible automotive applications are presented by Bayer Polymers (8). New colour trends Surveys show that colour trends are uncoloured. So the most popular colours of the last years, as stated by PPG and DuPont, where silver and black (9,10,11). Plastics / Polymers Plastics found their way in the automotive industry, principally in the coating and glazing sectors. Kouleshova presents new trends for plastic coatings (12). Other discussions about plastic coatings and their future in the automotive manufacturing are made by Grefenstein (13) and Barth (14). Daimler Chrysler already introduced plastic coatings in their Mercedes Benz AClass and the Smart (15,16). Art and painting analysis, archaeological analysis Over 50 articles concerning art and archaeological material analysis were found. Most of them discuss a very narrow subject, such as the analysis of one specific painting or one specific archaeological site. This kind of information would not usually be very useful to the forensic scientist. However, it is very interesting to be aware of the in most cases nondestructive techniques applied to the analysis of ancient pigments, resins or binder types. The following table lists the most commonly used techniques for the analysis of ancient pigments, binder and resins with the relevant citations. 88

Pigments Raman Spectroscopy EDXRF X-ray Diffraction IR Spectroscopy Scanning Electron Microscope FT-Raman Spectroscopy Gas Chromatography Optical Microscopy Laser Induced Break Down Spectroscopy Particle Induced X-ray Emission Direct Temperature Resolved Mass Spectrometry UV-Fluorescence Electron Microprobe Analysis Stable Isotope Analysis X-Ray Mapping Py-GC-MS Rutherford backscattering spectrometry Synchrotron radiation X-ray diffraction Elemental Phase Analysis Voltammetry Binder IR Spectroscopy Gas Chromatography Thermally assisted hydrolysis and methylation GCMS Resins Raman Spectroscopy Thermally assisted hydrolysis and methylation GCMS Direct Temperature Resolved Mass Spectrometry Size Exclusion Chromatography

# of citations 16 6 5 5 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Citations (17,18,19,20,21,22, 23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,32) (24, 33,34,35,36,37) (19, 20, 21, 32, 38) (20, 32,38,39,40) (18, 19, 20, 34) (38,41,42,43) (44,45) (18, 34) (27, 29) (25,46) (47,48) (45) (18) (18) (34) (48) (46) (38) (49) (49)

2 2 2

(20, 41) (44, 45) (47,50)

9 3 2 1

(17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 32) (45, 47, 50) (47, 48) (47)

Furthermore, Garca provides a general overview of the chemical analysis applied to the study of works of art from the point of view of applications carried out at the conservation and restoration department of the National Museum Queen Sofia (51). In order to learn about the material composition of a work of art, one will basically have two supplementary information sources. The first is an approach of general nature, based on the use of electromagnetic radiation in a wide range of wave length which allows to generate the image of other visible objects at sight. Tests of this kind can be included in a general analysis group. These tests are absolutely necessary and should always be performed before the use of a second information source, with the help of which the material composition of areas - small, but representative - is fixed by analytical methods. The techniques included, among others, are light microscopy, infrared spectroscopy, gas chromatography or electron microscopy, the application of which will be put forward later. Kotrly and Turkova also treat a subject related to art analysis, e.g. the pigment analysis of objects dart in forensic casework (52). 89

They note that the examination of pigments of objects of art is not performed often at forensic workplaces. It represents a relatively complicated area, in which top instrumental equipment is not sufficient - large comparative databases and expert experience being necessary as well. In the authors opinion close co-operation with top-class restorers and art historical organisations is essential. Methodology for separation, identification and comparison of paint systems layers is continuously being specified on the basis of experimental data results. It is a complex system based on optical methods of transmitted and incident light microscopy, electron microscopy, microanalysis and XRD analysis. The method of analysis has been verified on differentiated sets of samples from different historical periods that differ markedly in the character of used pigments as well as fillers. For collecting samples from artistic objects a method is employed that eliminates the damage of the examined object. Following a visual examination and a detailed documentation, the samples from special-interest pigments are taken under a microscope - primarily from the picture edges and where cleavages or other damages are visible. These micro samples are photographed and visually described. This is followed by evaluation with transmitted and incident light microscopy with polarised light. If the quantity of the sample is sufficient, and if the consistence makes it possible, the separation of component sample layers can be carried out. Chemical content of individual inorganic components can be analysed by electron microscopy. It is often possible to isolate separate particles of inorganic pigments. FTIR analysis is very significant not only for identifying inorganic component particles, but especially for possible organic phases. In some cases it is even possible to identify organic binders. GC-MS is used for organic phases in case of sufficient amount of the material XRD analysis of the phases enables, again in case of sufficient amount of the material, the performance of detailed phase identification. Microchemical and biochemical reactions are complementary methods. In the case of minimum material quantity it is preferable to use the technology of pouring the samples with resin and then processing their section by a rotatory microtomy. The samples can then be directly examined by optical and electron microscopy and FTIR. A standard application of XRF and GC-MS methods is not possible in this case. Keune and Boon introduce static secondary ion mass spectrometry (SIMS) as an analytical technique for the examination of paint cross sections in order to obtain simultaneous information about the nature and distribution of pigments and the binding medium from a single sample (53). From the resulted mass-spectra, images of the elemental distribution of pigments and the molecular signature of the binding medium were produced. SIMS images correlate well with SEM/EDX, FTIR, and light microscopic images and the SIMS spectral data additionally support the identification of pigment particles, lead soaps, and other binding medium components. General Paint Analysis and Instrumental Techniques Colour Measurement and Microspectroscopy (MSP) At the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting in Istanbul (Turkey) 2003, Piotrowski and Majewska presented a poster concerning Fibre and Automotive Paint Colour determination with the aid of microspectrophotometry (MSP) (54). They conclude that MSP in UV-Vis light is the fundamental method for determining the colour of forensic trace materials such as fibres and automotive paints. The presented poster includes results of colorimetric examinations aimed at determining colour variation parameters in fibres and automotive paints, depending on the sample inclination angle and density of pigment distribution in paint and fibre samples. The degree of similarity between samples is presented by means of statistical methods. 90

A very interesting new setup for reflection Vis-light imaging MSP as well as its evaluation and applications is described and tested by Van der Weerd, Van Veen, Heeren and Boon (55). The spatial resolution of the used system is ~1 m at a spectral resolution of 4 nm. The optical contrast between different coloured particles in the surface of a sample is optimised with a new image processing method for mapping of the distribution of the identified pigment particles. The potential of Vis-imaging in the study of paint cross sections obtained from paintings is explored. Spectra obtained from pigment particles in these cross sections result in classification or identification of several pigments. The investigated paint samples are challenging test cases, as they contain several coloured materials with a very fine distribution. Vis-imaging can identify and map the most common traditional blue pigments, i.e. smalt, azurite, ultramarine, and indigo in 17th century oil paintings. Smalt can be identified even after complete discoloration. Vis-imaging analysis also assisted in the identification and mapping of modern synthetic red and yellow pigments in a 20th century painting. Gilchrist speaks about characterising special-effect colours (56). Measurement and characterisation of these colours is generally done using multi-angle spectrophotometry. Several instruments are available from different manufacturers. This paper highlights some of the problems and difficulties in multi-angle measurement and in the interpretation of the data obtained from such measurements. Microscopic Examination Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM), Atomic Force Microscope (AFM) and Confocal Microscope (CM) Sjastad, Jacobsen, and Wibetoe discuss the use of SEM as a quantitative tool in paint analysis (57). Their work presents results from a project in which SEM and an energy dispersive X-ray analysator have been utilised for quantitative analysis of inorganic material in paint. The primary target of this work was to investigate whether or not SEM/EDS is suitable for quantitative or semi-quantitative determination of inorganic components in paint. Different methods for sample handling and instrumental conditions are investigated to obtain reliable data and minimise the time-consumption. Different reference-samples containing inorganic constituents usually found in household paint were prepared in their laboratory. Various methods for preparation and instrumental settings for the analysis have been tested. In order to evaluate the discrimination power, the samples were selected with slight differences in quantity of the same inorganic elements. Prior to the analysis the different quantities of the element were verified by the use of atomic spectroscopy. To investigate the reliability of the EDS method for paint, simple statistical calculations were made for each paint sample and the different technique-regimes under which they were investigated. Another aspect of the modern scanning electron microscope is the possibility of the analysis of non-conducting samples without coating of the samples. This is possible when a small pressure of nitrogen is introduced into the sample-chamber. This instrumental method generates a spread of the focused beam, which in turn generates a "false" X-ray excitation volume (skirt effect). To investigate the skirt effect on paint, simple analyses on uncoated paint samples were done to check the responsibility and to attain reliable quantitative data. Cathodoluminescence Gtze describes the potential of Cathodoluminescence (CL) microscopy and spectroscopy for the analysis of minerals and materials (58). He notes that CL can be used both in a purely descriptive way to detect and distinguish different minerals and as an effective method for 91

spatially resolved analysis of point defects in solids by spectral CL measurements. He concludes that CL spectroscopy is an outstanding method to characterise the degree of purity of materials or to detect trace elements in natural and synthetic minerals. Stoecklein, Franke and Goebel show possible applications for this method in the field of forensic sciences (59). They note that CL can reveal textures and variations in the chemical composition of solids such as ceramics, refractory materials, glasses, bio-materials, and certain minerals which cannot be detected with other analytical methods. Therefore CL has become a standard technique for mineralogical and petrologic investigations but as yet has not often been used in forensic science. The authors have therefore examined how this nondestructive method can provide information specific in the analysis of glass and paint. In this report the capabilities and limitations of CL-microscopy for classification and discrimination of sheet and container glass are discussed. These are the most common types of soda-lime glass found in forensic investigations. In addition the use of CL in examining multi-layered white/beige paint chips is illustrated. Chromatography PY-GC-MS Challinor describes pyrolysis techniques for the characterisation and discrimination of paint (60). The author introduces the different pyrolysis techniques for forensic paint analysis and develops the advantages and disadvantages of such a method. Armitage et al. also discuss the analysis of forensic samples using laser micro-pyrolysis GC-MS (61). This technique is used for the analysis of paint, photocopier toner, and synthetic fibre materials to test the forensic potential of this emerging technology. It uses a laser Microprobe to selectively target very small parts of the materials for GC-MS analysis. Whereas the paint and the toner samples were amenable to direct laser pyrolysis, the synthetic fibres proved transparent to the 1064 nm laser radiation. A vast array of hydrocarbon pyrolysates was detected from the different materials studied. Unique product distributions were detected from each sample in sufficient detail to facilitate individual molecular characterisation (i.e. molecular fingerprinting). The integrity of the laser data was confirmed by comparison to data obtained from the same samples by the more conventional pyroprobe pyrolysis GC-MS method. The high spatial resolution and selectivity of the laser method may be advantageous for specific forensic applications, however, the authors claim that future work may be required to improve the reproducibility of the data. Spectroscopic Methods Infrared Spectroscopy Beveridge, Fung and MacDougall summarise the use of IR-spectroscopy for the characterisation of paint fragments (62). They review sampling and analysis techniques, interpretation of IR-spectra and application of IR-data to the identification and comparison of paint samples. Chromex also describes the forensic analysis of automotive paints and pigments by using the line focus sampling method (63). As Raman spectroscopy requires no sample preparation and as spectra of intact panels can readily be obtained, this method offers an excellent means to rapidly screen panes from a reference collection for the presence of certain pigments and the 92

identification of unknown samples or finishes. The key to using Raman spectroscopy in this application is to limit the power density delivered to the sample while maintaining the same total number of photons hitting the sample. This is most efficiently accomplished using larger area illumination with macro-line focusing. In addition, the use of Raman microscopy only for the analysis of paint samples is implausible due to sample damage and destruction caused by the intense power density created by the microscope. Spectra of intact panels and pigments, including samples with clearcoats, were easily obtained. For certain finishes, which contain pigments that are strong Raman scatters, data can be obtained in collection times of one second or less. Several examples have been presented of finishes which have the same Reference Collection of Automotive Paints colour, but which have different pigment compositions as indicated by their Raman spectra. Raman spectroscopy when used in conjunction with infrared is a powerful tool for the identification of unknown paint finishes (64). Furthermore, they specify that Raman and IR-spectroscopy are complimentary tools that can provide information about the molecular structure of a sample. A more specific method of IR-spectroscopy is described by Fabbri et al. (65). They state the mid-infrared fiber-optics reflectance spectroscopy as a non-invasive technique for remote analysis of painted layers. By coupling this technique with Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) benches it has been possible to perform non-invasive reflectance measurements of layers of paint. The technique has potential applications for non-invasive analysis of works of art. These measurements can present large distortions in the spectrum, both in band shape and absorption frequency, which may depend on the band strength, on the concentration of the sample, or on the optical layout of the measuring system. Therefore, it is difficult to compare reflectance spectra with those collected in the transmission mode and, consequently, with the available databases. The work deals with an overall survey of the limits and problems involved in the application of this analytical technique, an estimate of the reproducibility of the measurements, and the development of a correct measurement procedure. The analysis of spray paints has been initiated by several research projects over the last three years. Govaert, de Roy and Decruyenaere present their analysis of black spray paints by FTIR spectroscopy, X-ray fluorescence and visible microscopy (66). In their searching, black spray paints from different European manufactures were characterised to investigate various types of criminal offences. A total of 40 black spray paints were analysed by three techniques: 1. Fourier transform infrared spectrometry (FTIR) using the attenuated total reflectance technology (ATR), 2. X-ray fluorescence (XRF) and 3. visible microscopy of a coated surface. The results of the quantitative analysis permitted to classify spray paints according to binder type and elemental composition. A searchable spectral library was created. Variations of the paint composition due to can shaking prior to spraying were taken into consideration. A visible microscopic analysis of a coated surface characterised the morphology of the paint layer leading to a further discrimination of spray paints. The results of the latter analysis strongly depend on the structure under a questioned paint coating. This can severely hamper a comparative study. Govaert and Bernard (67) report the characterisation of 51 red spray paints from different European suppliers in order to determine the discriminating power of the sequence of analysing techniques optical microscopy, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy and X-ray fluorescence. Infrared spectra were classified according to binder type, filler and pigment 93

composition and a searchable database was created. Due to the difference in the elemental composition of spray paint, a further discrimination was possible. Zieba-Palus (68) as well as Buzzini, Massonnet and Mizrahi (69) discuss the application of FTIR in examination of spray paints used in criminal offences. The mainspring force of Zieba-Paulus research was the assessment that there is little information regarding the chemical characteristics and their variation in a population of spray paints. The identification of the paint visible on the wall as signature or graffiti is very difficult, because the paint layer is thin and sometimes several layers of different paints are present in the same place. Zieba-Palus applied micro-techniques with the aim to estimate the usefulness of FTIR microtechniques in examinations of spray paints directly on walls. A model experiment was carried out. About 20 paint samples which represent different types of paint available on the Polish market were sprayed on the surface of various kinds of materials, i.e. brick, parget, roughcast, stucco, plaster board. The coatings obtained were examined by means of reflection techniques. The paint samples on the plaster were placed directly on the microscopic stage of the spectrometer or in the DRIFT attachment, in the infrared beam. The results were compared with transmission measurements performed for paint micro-fragments separated from a particular plaster and placed on a KBr plate under the microscope. The differences observed in the IR spectra of the examined paints were small. However, it was possible to classify them into five groups according to binder type. The paint samples belonging to the majority of them contained alkyd resins modified with different agents. Only one group contained silicon resin. Information about the elemental composition obtained by means of X-ray spectrometry confirmed the paint characteristics. By analysing the paint samples directly on plasters it was observed that the results obtained strongly depend on the structure and the type of the plaster under the questioned paint coating. The binders and fillers were visible in IR spectra in the case of bricks and parget. However, in most cases the bands of the basis overlie the absorption bands of the paint components. Thus, it could be concluded that the reflection techniques of IR method may provide valuable information in the case of brick and parget, while if the surface of plaster is very rough, the transmission technique is irreplaceable. Buzzini, Massonnet and Mizrahi analysed green spray paints in forensic casework (67). Paint samples from green graffiti and tags on different churches in the region of Lausanne (Switzerland) were collected and analysed by FTIR. Non-differentiated spectra were obtained for samples of three churches. A population study was carried out in order to assess the frequencies of the different green spray paints encountered in Switzerland. Forty reference green spray paints were analysed with FTIR. Three different binder types were observed, each of these three categories represents about 1/3 of the population. In each category, subgroups were created based on the visual comparison of the infrared spectra obtained. In this case, it was possible to provide the police with information concerning the brand names of the spray paints used as well as a list of the different shops were such paint could be purchased. Raman spectroscopy was also carried out on the forty reference paints in order to determine their pigment contents. In situ analysis was carried out using two different laser sources (514 nm and 633 nm). The two applied techniques are considered complementary. In their study infrared spectroscopy principally supplied information about the binder and some extenders present in spray paints, whereas Raman spectroscopy was providing information concerning their pigment contents.

94

Raman Spectroscopy The growing importance of Raman spectroscopy as a forensic tool has been evaluated by Harvey et al. (70). They performed a blind field test evaluation of Raman spectroscopy. The test utilised two instruments and two operators to analyse a matrix that consists of 58 unknown samples. Samples were searched against a custom hazardous materials reference library (Hazardous Material Response Unit (HMRU) Spectral Library Database). Experimental design included a number of intentionally difficult situations including binary solvent mixtures and a variety of compounds that yield medium-quality spectra that were not contained in the HMRU library. Results showed that over 97 % of the samples were correctly identified with no occurrences of false positive identifications. Statistical analysis indicated equivalent performance for both the operators and instruments. These results indicate a high level of performance that should extrapolate to actual field situations. Application of Raman techniques to emergency field situations should proceed with a corresponding level of confidence. Bell, Fido and Speers describe Raman Spectroscopy as a rapid, non-destructive, one-step technique for the analysis of paint (71). They state that Raman spectroscopy can simultaneously detect both organic and inorganic components within paint samples. It thus has the potential to give high levels of discrimination between different paints without the need to use different techniques (FTIR, pyrolysis GC-MS, energy dispersive X-ray analysis etc.) for the organic and inorganic components. The authors report on the first phase of a long-term project aimed at establishing the viability of Raman spectroscopy as a routine analysis of trace paint samples that can replace the sequence of techniques that is currently used. This programme involves development of optimised instrumentation followed by extensive studies on variability between samples from different sources and the factors that may alter the composition of paint after application. Raman spectra of a large set of commonly-used household paints were measured with variation of laser irradiance at the sample and the excitation wavelength. It was found that a tightly-focused laser spot damages domestic paints in the same way as it is known to occur for automobile paints. The illuminated sample area was therefore increased by using a linefocused laser (ca. 4 mm x 100 mm), rather than a conventional 100 mm diameter spot. Very pronounced differences between the Raman spectra to different shades of the same colour of paint from the same manufacturer are found since. Even if the same constituents are present, the relative proportions of the various inorganic and organic components varied between different shades. Of course, the differences between the same colour of paint from different manufacturers and between different colours were typically larger as entirely different components had been included in the formulation. The spectra typically show large numbers of well-defined and identifiable peaks that are a superposition of the sets of bands from each of the constituents. These change not only when the nature of the constituents is altered but also when the same constituents are used. They also change when the same constituents are used but their relative proportions are altered to give different paint formulations. Muench (72) also presents the strength of Raman spectroscopy in forensic pigment analysis. He points out that Raman spectroscopy is a powerful tool to identify substances simply and fast, to compare substances and to find information not supplied by FTIR or similar

95

techniques. He concludes that Raman spectroscopy is a method of choice to compare pigments in paint. X-ray Spectroscopy The Scientific Working Group for Material Analysis (SWGMAT) Standard Guide for Using Scanning Electron Microscopy / x-ray Spectrometry in Forensic Paint Examinations has been published (73). This document is an outline of methods for SEM intended for the use by forensic paint examiners. The methods employed by each examiner and/or laboratory depends upon sample size, sample suitability, and laboratory equipment. The term SEM occasionally refers to the entire analytical system, including energy dispersive X-ray spectrometry and/or wavelength dispersive X-ray spectrometry. This guide does not cover the theoretical aspects of many of the topics presented. It does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with this technology. X-ray Diffraction Mazurek, Piotrowski and Miron report of determining crystalline automotive paint components by the X-ray diffraction (XRD) method (74). They signalise that identifying crystalline components involves not only elemental composition but its real crystalline form as well. E.g. titanium dioxide (TiO2) is encountered in polymorph varieties such as rutile and anatase in tetragonal system and orthorhombic brookite. The following crystalline components were found in respective paint coats: one component barite BaSO4, two components: rutile TiO2 and barite, barite and mica - phlogopite KM3 [F]2[AlSi3O10]; three components : rutile, barite and serpentine variety Fe3[(Si,Fe)2O5](OH)4; rutile, chlorite (Ni,Mg,Al)6[Al,Si)4O10](OH)8, and talc variety willemseite (Ni,Mg)3[Si4O10](OH)2; mica-phlogopite, rutile and chlorite-ferrous clinochlore (Mg,Fe,Al)6[(Si,Al)4O10](OH)8; talc Mg3(OH)2[Si4O10], chlorite-ferrous clinochlore and rutile. They conclude that XRD makes an easy identification of relatively isometric form crystals (e.g. barite and rutile) possible. The crystals appear in specimens in disordered position. Moreover, plate-like crystals such as mica - phlogopite, talc, chlorite - clinochlore and cronstedtite that can be found mainly in "metallic" paint coats show a significant texture effect. These plate crystals are easy to identify in specimens prepared directly from cut out metal sheet fragments. They can be found in outer automotive paint coats. LA-ICP-MS Hobbs and Almirall introduce the trace elemental analysis of automotive paints by laser ablation-inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry (LA-ICP-MS) (75). They intend to develop a method to complement the commonly used techniques in a forensic laboratory in order to better characterise paint samples for forensic purposes. A laser ablation method has been used to simultaneously sample several layers directly prior to introduction into an inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometer for the detection and qualification of the trace metals present in the layer(s). Time-resolved analysis plots displaying the elemental response and quantification of selected metals are compared to associate or discriminate paint samples. Matrix-matched standards were successfully incorporated into the analysis scheme for quantification of lead in the solid paint samples. Preparation of new matrix matched standards for quantification of additional element developed for this study are also presented. 96

A sample set of eighteen survey automotive paint samples have been analysed with the developed method in order to determine the utility of LA-ICP-MS for trace element analysis of paints. Sequences and Comparisons Brettell, Inman, Rudin, Saferstein 2001, and Brettell, Rudin and Saferstein 2003 present a forensic science review over 2 years. The aim of the review is to present a concise survey of articles appearing in publications that primarily appeal to forensic practitioners. In order to accomplish this objective the authors have focused their attention on the following journals: Journal of Forensic Sciences, Science & Justice, Forensic Science International, Journal of the Canadian Society of Forensic Science, Forensic Science Review, Analytical Toxicology, Electrophoresis, and BioTechniques, as well as Chemical Abstracts Selects: Forensic Chem. The first survey encompasses the period from January 1999 through December 2000 (76). The second review encompasses the period from January 2001 through December 2002 (77). In order to enlarge the discriminating power of a sequences, the complementarity of two methods is examined. Giang et al. evaluated and combined three complementary methods in the order of stereomicroscopy, micro-FTIR spectroscopy and solubility tests for the purpose of matching known and questioned paint samples in an auto accident case (78). Greyish green paint smears scattered on a silvery grey coated plastic bar were taken from a blue car and referred to as questioned samples. Green paint chips were collected as known samples from a green car. These were analysed to determine whether the paint smears found in the blue car could have been transfers from the green car. Although each of the three methods, when used alone, suffered from unequal bases for making a comparison (i.e., layering whole paint vs. smeared paint), insufficient specificity of methodology and the interfering background coating beneath & smeared paint, the limitations were significantly relieved when three methods were used in combination. Based on the results presented in this report, the questioned greyish green paint smears collected from the blue car and the known green paint chips from the green car are of the same class of paint, i.e. the possibility of the above stated paints transfers cannot be eliminated. Ertan and Ertan compared the FTIR spectroscopy and the thin layer chromatography (TLC) in discriminating various paints in forensic cases (79). The paint samples used in the study are obtained from the commercial market and car paint suppliers in Turkey. Depending on the type of paint, different TLC systems are used. The results showed that the two techniques are complementary to each other as expected. However, TLC was found to be more effective especially when using more than one TLC system for a comparison case. Adamsons reports about a chemical depth profiling of multi-layer automotive coating systems (80). He notes that detailed chemical analysis of high performance automotive coating systems can be done with available and relatively affordable set of measurement technologies including infrared (IR), ultraviolet-visible (UV-Vis) and optical microscopy (OM) based methods. These tools are very versatile in the ability to do both surface and interface characterisations, as well as depth profiling. Their utility is illustrated using a broad range of applications: surface-specific defect analysis, stratification/segregation of network components, mechanisms/kinetics leading to coating degradation and material loss, UVA permanence in coating systems and UVA interphase mixing between clearcoats and BCs. Many of the studies were conducted as a function of exposure time and conditions (i.e. outdoor/field environments, accelerated ageing) or application conditions. 97

Specific Issues in Paint Investigation Helstroffer, Espanet and Milet present a class identification of rockets types by paint analysis (81). 22 rockets of 15 different types, coming from 6 countries, have been studied. Sample paints have been scrapped directly on original rockets or have been taken from fragments of fired rockets. Quantitative analytical methods employed are: infrared spectroscopy and SEM with X-ray microanalysis. It could be observed, that infrared spectra of rockets paint systems are different from other IR spectra of paints: vehicle paints, tool paints, aerosol paints, etc. This may show, that manufacturers of rockets have to study compatibility with paints and explosive substances. SEM with X-ray microanalysis give some information about presence of several elements: lead, zinc, calcium, copper, chrome. It is possible to find, after launch, some pieces with unmodified paint system qualitative composition (organic and inorganic). Two rockets of the same type and the same origin have the same paint system. Some samples cannot be discriminated with the two analytical methods. Some limits subsist in rockets identification by paint analysis. 3 rockets of different types and different origin could not be discriminated by the analytical methods. The authors intend to build up a database of infrared spectra of rockets paints. Kotrly reports on the documentation of known particle types that are used in the production of plate-like pigments (82). Image documentation includes visible light microscopy in transmitted light and polarisation, reflected light and polarisation, mirror objectives and also particle morphology documented by scanning electron microscope. Spectra from EDS and FTIR are included. XRD, which is capable of a exact determination of all components, enables to determine the exact mineralogical variety of mica in the particle matrix, and to determine the structural modification of titanium oxide, iron oxide. For the precise colour measurement of these particles a prototype equipment working with spectrophotometer AVANTES with a CCD scanning element with 2048 channels was developed. This prototype equipment allows arbitrary tilt and sample rotation towards the illuminating and measurement fibre optics plane, and independent movement of both fibre optics in the range of plus 90 degrees. The measurement results can be represented by a graph of absorption in the range of visible light. Stoecklein reports about the analysis of new plate-like pigments in automotive coatings (83). He notes that the first step in classifying and identifying plate-like pigments is microscopy (200-500x). To maintain a library of prepared slides of various plate-like pigments would be very useful. Exact identification of plate-like pigments is only possible with the application of a combination of analytical methods: SEM /EDX, MSP and XRD. Databases Castro et al. present a FTIR Spectra database of Inorganic Art Materials (84). They have created a Web-based database containing FTIR spectra of pigments and artists materials, which is called e-VISART (e-vibrational spectroscopic database of artists materials). In their article, they describe why this database is needed, explain how to use the website and provide example applications. In Part III: Paint and Glass on the WWW, this website is also discussed. Burgio and Clark present a library of FT-Raman spectra of pigments, minerals, pigment media and varnishes, and supplement to existing library of Raman spectra of pigments with visible excitation (85). 98

Sixty pigments, minerals and media have been analysed by Fourier-transform Raman (FTRaman) microscopy in order to assemble a database of reference FT-Raman spectra for scientists working at the arts-science interface. An earlier library of Raman spectra compiled using visible excitation has been extended by the addition of 22 further reference spectra obtained with 780.0, 647.1, 632.8 and/or 514.5 nm excitation. The relative merits of 1064 nm and visible excitation are discussed. Govaert presents results about the establishment of a database of spray paint characteristics (86). Spray paints from different European suppliers were characterised by three analysing techniques: 1) optical microscopy 2) Fourier transform infrared spectrometry and 3) x-ray fluorescence. Other European forensic institutes (BKA, Germany and SKL, Sweden) gave assistance in sampling spray paints and sent them to the NICC. The IR spectra were classified according to binder type, filler and pigment composition of the spray paint. For the sequence a discriminating power of 0.988 was calculated. A CD-ROM with a database containing the spectra of any kind of spray paint coming from co-operating European forensic institutes and additional information about their elemental composition is available on request at the NICC. Each year this database will be updated. Geyer-Lippmann reports about low temperature pyrolysis of polymers (87). At a pyrolysis temperature of 450 most of the analysed additives decompose into a few compounds. In a second step the same sample was pyrolised at 800C, producing nearly the same pyrogram as observed at 800C in a one-step process. For the identification of the products by low temperature pyrolysis, additives for polyolefines from Ciba-Geigy and additives for all kinds of coatings and polymers from Byk were measured. In the common MS-libraries the spectra of the additives are not included. Thus, a library with about 100 entries was built up. With this method an excellent discrimination power is reached in the analysis of polymers and coatings. A very valuable resource is the FORS literature database provided by the Forensic Science Service (FSS, England). This database is updated four times a year and can be purchased and covers the main relevant forensic periodicals. An enumeration of the different periodicals can be viewed online on the FSS homepage (http://www.forensic.gov.uk/forensic/entry.htm). EUCAP Background Info Depriester from the IRCGN notes, that the contacts with the French partners of the agreement and our European colleagues - specially those of the BKA - provided food for thought and allowed IRCGN to create the FRCAP tool which is now a module of EUCAP (88). Within the framework at forensic casework, investigators and prosecutors expressed a wish for intelligence requirements related to paint chip or paint marks from automotive plastic accessories. The paint plastic accessories are very numerous on the recent vehicles (bumper, front valence panel, body shell of outside mirror, door handle, etc). In fact, there are increasingly more plastic parts in modern vehicles. The automotive manufacturers supply car manufacturers with paint for outside accessories which match in term of colour an imposed topcoat. Therefore the paint systems of outside accessories are characteristic of a time period, a vehicle type, a commercial name of a car manufacturer colour etc. The FRPLAST project began in 2000. It is in keeping with the development pattern of the French collection and the European collection. It corresponds to the usual method of obtaining exhaustive references of automotive paint systems. There are 1021 physical samples in the FRPLAST collection.

99

The EUCAP collection includes over 25 000 original paint samples, product information and analysis data of 23 different Japanese and European car manufacturers since 1975 (21 000 IRspectra of clearcoats, basecoats of metallic and pearl effect coats, uni coats, fillers, 1000 X-ray diffraction data as well as several thousand data of colorimetric examination). This data amount is annually updated with approximately 500 new coating systems, whereby various samples of one product originating from different cars have to be analysed. Furthermore there is access to more than 33 000 IR-spectra of US and Canadian car coating collections. Interesting Cases Rott present a case work problem including the comparison of two primers (89). In their routine infrared spectroscopy they used the diamond anvil cell for sample preparation. Since the phosphate layer is not visible when using low power microscopy, not attention was paid to a phosphate layer when a sample was prepared for infrared spectroscopy. The problem was that different infrared spectra of primers were found when comparing paint samples which made more analytical work necessary. For the detection of a phosphate layer SEM-EDS is the method of choice but it is also possible to detect a phosphate layer with ATR-microscopy-FTIR. When paint flakes are separated from coated sheet metal car parts the phosphate layer may remain on the metal or may be on the underside of the primer. Depending on the amount of the phosphate-layer residues on the underside of the primer and on the applied sample preparation different infrared spectra of primers showing the main difference at 950 cm-1 can be found. Possible solutions for this problem are: Preparing a thin section using a microtome or mechanically removing the phosphate layer from the underside of the primer before taking a sample for infrared spectroscopy of a primer. Books The book Forensic Examination of Glass and Paint edited by Caddy covers two important areas of forensic science evidence which are often examined by the same forensic scientist (90). Following an introductory chapter on trace evidence analysis, the book goes on to cover the manufacturing processes of glass and paint before discussing analytical techniques and methods for interpreting the data. Chapters on paint cover analytical techniques based on colour analysis, pyrolysis, infrared spectroscopy, scanning electron microscopy and X-ray methods. Also, one chapter describes the interpretation of paint evidence. Another remarkable book is: Mute Witnesses: Trace Evidence Analysis by Houck (91). Each chapter presents the facts of the case, the progress of the investigation and how trace evidence assisted, and highlights some important aspect of trace evidence as a teaching module. The chapters are written in a style that is accessible to trace analysts, crime scene investigators, lawyers and students. The Forensic Science Handbook published by Saferstein is of general forensic interest and covers all main fields of forensic topics (92). Chapters are devoted to discussion of examination techniques for a wide range of evidence found in the modern crime laboratory DNA, hair, paint, soil, glass, petroleum products, explosives, alcohol in blood and breath, and questioned documents. The expanding applications of mass spectrometry, capillary electrophoresis, high-performance liquid chromatography, and the visible microspectrophotometer are covered.

100

PART II:

GLASS

Since the last review in 2001 the application of new or improved methods for forensic glass analysis and new material developments have been observed. General An overview of the production of glasses including a table with the applications and compositions of different glass types is given by Copley (93). Frequency of occurrence / Transfer and persistence Roux et al. examine a total of 776 pairs of shoes collected from random members of the public in south-eastern Australia for the presence of glass fragments (94). From the samples collected a total of 110 fragments were recovered from 57 pairs of shoes (7.3 % of the pairs examined). The prevalence of glass fragments in footwear is dependent upon the area of the shoe from which the fragments were recovered. A much higher percentage of shoes were found to have fragments embedded in the sole (5.9 %) than in the upper area of the shoe (1.9 %). These shoes were also more likely to contain multiple fragments from multiple sources of glass. Only a very small percentage of shoes contained fragments in both the upper and the sole (0.3 %). These findings and their significance for the interpretation of glass evidence involving footwear are discussed. Coulson et al. report on fragments of glass on the outer clothing and footwear of 122 people attending a gymnasium (95). Both the surfaces and the pockets of the clothing and the uppers and soles of the footwear were searched. It is reported that New Zealand forensic glass cases have been reviewed in order to determine the amount of non-matching glass present on the clothing of people who are suspected of committing crimes. Data from 114 suspects who had no matching glass on their clothing and shoes have been accumulated. Statistical modelling techniques have been applied to the data collected. Massonet et al. collect information on the background population of glass found on the front seats and carpets of 27 cars (96). Glass was found in 80 % of the cars and a total of 215 fragments was recorded. More glass was recovered in vehicles related to crime than in the average population of vehicles. About 60 % of the glass fragments were located on the drivers floor and 40 % on the passengers floor. Only 3 % of them were located on the drivers seat and none on the passenger seat. The size of fragments were usually greater than 2 mm. The distribution of the refractive index (RI) is similar to other population studies carried out in Switzerland. The secondary transfer experiments showed that there is a secondary transfer of glass fragments from the breakers clothing to a car seat/floor but the amount of glass transferred has been found to be usually low. Biedermann et al. have performed breaking experiments in order to study the distribution of glass fragments transferred to headwear, outer clothing and shoes (97). Particular attention was paid to the relation between quantities of fragments of glass recovered on different receptor items after variable periods of time. On each experiment at each point of time, fragments of glass were located on headwear, upper and lower clothing, and shoes. Coefficients of correlation between quantities of fragments of glass found on headwear and upper clothing, upper and lower clothing, and lower clothing and shoes respectively, were found to be positive for those experiments where items were removed immediately after breaking a window (0 minutes), but turned out to be highly variable for those experiments including activity (5, 15, 30 minutes). Even under controlled experimental conditions, the 101

quantity of fragments of glass found on a given item does not seem to allow predictions to be made concerning the amount of glass which one should expect to find on another receptor item from the same person. Nevertheless, fragments of glass may be recovered on several parts of a person after breaking a window. These distributive aspects represent valuable information for case-pre-assessment and refinement of conclusions in cases involving glass. Distribution of refractive index and databases Koons and Buscaglia evaluate the alterations of the distribution of RI utilising the FBI laboratory glass database consisting of RI measurements of 2337 samples of glass (98). To determine whether trends can be found among these data, the database was divided into glass received before and those received in 1980 and later. The range of measured RI values does not change appreciably, but the distribution of samples around the most frequently observed values is much marrower in the post-1980 samples than in those received prior to 1980. Another clear difference is that in the older glass population there is a greater number of samples having RIs that are quite different than the most frequently occurring RI. It is pointed out that using large databases collected during long periods of time, variation over time may occur, which renders these databases unsuitable for statistical calculations. Becker et al. present the work of the German project group GRIM. A RI database for scene of crime and suspect glass material was established (99). The database includes information on refractive index, standard deviation, number of measurements, annealing, origin, colour, thickness, glass type, type of crime, date of measurement. The aim of this centralised database is to enhance the evidential value of a given case regarding the frequency of occurrence and further relevant questions. Statistical calculations (t-test) and several grouping algorithms are also integrated into this software. In order to assure the integrity and quality of the data input, the project group outlined minimum criteria for case working ("eleven laws" of refractive index measurements), taking into account existing documents like ASTM E 1967-98. In co-operation with the glass manufacturer SCHOTT AG a glass standard with a controlled variation of the refractive index of less then 7*10-6 was obtained. This BKA-K5 standard was distributed to all German forensic state laboratories. This glass is to be used as an external standard in order to supply quality control charts and is used as a control standard for the entry of new RI measurements into the database. Wachowicz reports on the influence of production technology on the variation of refractive index of bottle glass (100). The article presents a study of the relationship between production technology of glass and the refractive index. The study is based on review of literature as well as measurements of bottles and, additionally, float glass. The work is the first attempt to give an overview of forensic examinations of glass in Poland, therefore it is addressed mainly to Polish forensic experts in chemistry and technicians. The major part is dedicated to fundamental issues such as methods of RI measurement, calibration and validation, procedure of recovering glass from garments and quality control issues. GLASS ANALYSIS: Microscopic investigations Hamer focuses on the use of different microscopic techniques used for glass examination starting from the recovery of glass, surface examination, surface luminescence, interferometer 102

and the refractive index measurements (101). Also, the procedure of annealing has been briefly described. Elemental analysis The elemental analysis of glass is described by Almirall (102). Beside the forensic and analytical implications of the composition of glass, the most important techniques such as atomic spectroscopy (AAS; GFAAS, ICP-OES), X-ray methods (SEM/EDX) and radiochemical methods (NAA), followed by inorganic mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) are described. In order to evaluate differences in the discrimination power of various elemental analysis techniques for glass, a proficiency test was carried out by Becker et al. (103). Three pairs of glass samples with similar refractive indices were to be examined using refractive index measurements and elemental analysis. In this study SEM/EDX, XRF, and ICP-MS were used for the elemental analysis. Based on the refractive index measurements alone a complete differentiation of the glasses was not possible. Annealing of the glass enabled further differentiation. After the use of the elemental techniques a full differentiation of the six glasses was possible. The strategies used by different laboratories to discriminate between the samples and the merits of the various techniques applied are discussed. SEM Krseman reports on the use of Environmental Scanning Electron Microscope (ESEM) in forensic science (104). ESEM technology combines three microscopy modes in one instrument and therefore allows the widest range of samples to be investigated. The ESEM allows imaging and analysis of uncoated, otherwise vacuum unstable, specimens. The SEM is very suitable for imaging non-conducting materials at high kV. For many materials such as plastics, polymers, glass, wood, paints, etc., the ESEM allows these types of specimen to be viewed in the natural uncoated state. Gaenzle and Blackledge report the application of SEM-energy dispersive spectroscopy (EDS) to clearly distinguish self-cleaning window glass from ordinary window glass chemically and visually (secondary electron image) (105). Self-cleaning window glass is only intended for windows, with the side of the pane having self cleaning properties facing out. The self cleaning-treated side is always opposite the float glass side. Titanium dioxide at or near the outside surface interacts with ultraviolet rays from the sun to produce a catalytic effect that gradually breaks down organic dirt and grime to carbon dioxide and water. Because the treated surface is hydrophilic, rain (or water from a hose) sheets down the plane washing away any residues and leaving a surface free of water spots upon drying. Zadora et al. advocate the use of SEM-EDX followed by cluster analysis for the differentiation of glass objects revealing the same results for qualitative analysis (106). Analysis of glass microtraces by means of SEM-EDX method provides an information about their main elemental content. The lack of information on the trace elements becomes a difficulty in the case of differentiation of glass objects revealing similar chemical contents, e.g. vehicle windows and ordinary window sheets. The differentiation of glass objects revealing the same qualitative elemental composition (determined with SEM-EDX) can be achieved using an approach based on cluster analysis. Zadora et al. propose a scheme of glass classification (107). The scheme is based on results of the quantitative analysis of 153 glass objects of the following categories: car windows, car headlamps, external glass of car bulbs, internal glass of car bulbs, external glass of ordinary light 103

bulbs, internal glass of ordinary light bulbs and window sheets. With the use of the SEM-EDX method concentrations of aluminium, barium, calcium, iron, lead, magnesium, potassium, sodium, and zinc were determined. The concentration ranges for each element in each category of glass were listed and the elements for which the concentration ranges did not overlap were selected. With this non-statistical approach to the problem of glass microtraces classification a collection of 153 glass samples was divided into six sets. Then the cluster analysis was applied for classification within these separated sets. In this approach raw analytical results were normalised and the Tukey HSD test was used to choose significant variables. The presented approach leads to the correct classification of the most of the glass samples studied. XRF Hicks et al. describe the classification and discrimination of glass fragments using non destructive energy dispersive X-ray -fluorescence (108). Elemental analysis was used both for classification and discrimination of glass fragments. Classification of fragments has been achieved using Fishers linear discriminant analysis (LDA) and neural networks (NN). Discrimination was based on Hotellings T2 test. Only pairs that were not differentiated by RI followed by the Welch test were studied. The results show that neural network and linear discriminant analysis using qualitative and semi-quantitative data established a classification of glass specimens with a high degree of reliability. For discrimination, 119 windows collected from crime scenes were compared: using RI it was possible to distinguish 6892 pairs. Out of 129 remaining pairs, 112 were distinguished by XRF. Micro x-ray fluorescence analyses were undertaken on individual glass particles of different compositions for selected particle size between 50 m and 1 mm. These experiments reported by Roedel et al. revealed a complex behaviour in the fluorescence spectra; this behaviour is influenced by the glass matrix, topology, particle volume, energy range and polycapillary properties and cannot be corrected by simple approaches (109). The quantitative -XRF analyses of glasses measured as fragments of arbitrary size without additional sample preparation proved to be difficult because of the diverse nature of influencing factors (energy of excitation and fluorescence lines, matrix composition and spot size relative to particle size). The resulting complex behaviour of the fluorescence intensities as a function of the particle size could be explained, but they are not readily predictable for irregularly shaped glass fragments. Quantitative determinations with good precision and reasonable reproducibility generally seem to be possible for fragments of a minimum size at 1 mm, owing to sufficient thickness and reduced morphological effects. However, significant improvement of the quantification can be expected if the fragments are additionally embedded in a resin block and ground flat, a relatively simple form of sample preparation. Interpretation / ICP-AES Koons and Buscaglia report the use of inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry (ICP-AES) for glass investigations and assess the discriminating power of this method (110). The concentrations of ten elements in 209 unrelated glass specimens received were used to assess the frequencies of errors of false association (Type II errors) using several comparison criteria at specified significant levels (Type I errors). Pairwise comparisons of the samples using either the equal-variance t-test or Welch's modification (unequal variances) result in a small number of errors of false association, even when adjusting the significance level (Bonferroni correction) for multivariate comparisons. At the 95 % confidence level (overall Type I error of 0.05, or individual element comparison error of 0.005), only two Type II errors are observed in 21 736 comparisons (0.009 %) when using the equal-variance t-test for comparison of sample means. In this study, the range overlap test using three replicate measurements per specimen 104

results in no errors of false association. Most specimen pairs in this data set are readily discriminated either by differences in the concentrations of several elements or by an extremely large difference in the concentrations of one element or more. Zachariadi, Anthemidis and Stratis repot on a study of the effect of the calibration strategy followed in multi-element analysis of glass matrices by inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry (ICP-AES) (111). The accuracy of the determination of two major (Ca, Na) and four minor constituents (Al, Fe, Mg, Ba) was evaluated by analysing two certified reference glass materials (SRM 620 and SRM 621) by three different calibration methods including multi-element and single-element standards. The three calibration methods were applied successfully in the analysis of archaeological glass fragments and glassy specimens from an excavated ancient oven. ICP-MS / Case Duckworth et al. report work on the assessment of the discriminating power of ICP-MS via the analysis of variance and pairwise comparisons (112). Glass fragments from 81 automobile side windows were collected and analysed using ICP-AES. 9 elements (Al, Ba, Ca, Fe, Mg, Mn, Na, Sr and Ti) were selected for the discrimination among the glass samples. This multi-element discrimination showed a significant improvement in the discrimination statistics over using only RI measurements. Fragments from 76 of the original side window fragments using ICP-MS were analysed. The ICP-MS analyses measured 45 elements using a hierarchical sampling scheme to estimate variances due to sampled population, variance due to sample dissolution and within sample heterogeneity, and variance due to replicate measurements. RI measurements along with ICP-AES and ICP-MS elemental analyses were used for pairwise comparisons of all possible pairs of the 72 glasses that had a complete set of measurements. The pairwise comparisons used Turkey's HSD method to compare RI and element-by-element discrimination potential of ICPAES and ICP-MS for analysing glass in forensic casework. ICP-MS was used by Montero et al. to analyse glass evidence from a case in which a person broke a window in each of 15 vehicles in a parking lot in order to gain entry into the vehicles (113). The results of the measurement of the properties of colour, thickness, density and refractive index are reported. A total of 15 known samples representing the windows of the cars and 42 questioned glass fragments recovered from the suspect and the area at the police vehicle where the suspect was sitting were submitted for analysis. Density comparisons separated one of the known samples into three samples, increasing the number of known samples from 15 to 17. The concentration of 16 elements were measured for all but three of the samples using an external calibration ICP-MS method with internal standardisation. Colour assessment (noninstrumental) separated the 17 known samples into two groups, refractive index measurements resulted in six groups when the Emmons double variation method was used, ten groups were found when the Glass Refractive Index Measurement 2 (GRIM2) system was used. Elemental analysis, by itself, differentiated all of the known samples from each other and associated four of the known sample fragments with several of the questioned sample fragments. The informing power of RI, density, and elemental analysis comparisons is evaluated and a summary of the case results is reported. LA-ICP-MS Almirall et al. compare the discrimination potential of LA-ICP-MS methods with reported ICPMS methods using external calibration with internal standardisation and a solution isotope dilution method (114). The laser ablation method was simpler, faster and produced comparable discrimination to the EC-ICP-MS and ID-ICP-MS. It is concluded that LA-ICP-MS provides for an excellent alternative to solution analysis of glass in forensic casework samples. 105

Aeschlimann et al. assess the trace elemental quantification by LA-ICP-MS without matrixmatched solid standards (115). Desolvated particles from a Teflon microconcentric nebulizer and particles ablated from a localized position on a solid sample are mixed and introduced simultaneously into an ICP MS. A two-point calibration method for laser ablation-inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry (LA-ICP-MS) was investigated. The relative accuracy for the quantitative analysis of NIST SRM 612 glass reaches up to 3 % for concentrations measured in a concentration range from 15 to 52 ppm. Trejos et al. present the analysis and comparison of glass fragments by laser ablation-inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (LA-ICP-MS) and ICP-MS (116). While the solution sample introduction methods using external calibration and isotope dilution presented excellent sensitivity and precision, these methods have the disadvantages of destroying the sample and also involving complex sample preparation. The laser ablation method was simpler, faster and produced comparable discrimination to the external calibration-ICP-MS and isotope dilution-ICP-MS. LA-ICP-MS can offer an excellent alternative to solution analysis of glass in forensic casework samples. Aeschlimann et al. go into a different direction and use LA-ICP-MS in forensic case work without quantitative analysis, but using PCA to compare the results of different glasses (117). LA-ICP-MS is used with two variations of principal component analysis (PCA) for objective, routine comparisons of forensic materials (glass and others) without time-consuming and destructive sample dissolution. The relative concentrations of trace elements in a solid sample are examined to provide a "fingerprint" composition that can be used for identification and source matching of the material. Residue samples are matched to bulk materials using PCA. Four sets of glass fragments (10 mm2) are investigated. Nine replicates are acquired for each sample and thirty-two elements are monitored. Despite the close chemical similarity of the four glass samples, all four glasses are dissimilar at the 95 % confidence level. Baldwin et al. report on LA-ICP-MS analysis on standard residential window and tempered glass, indistinguishable by refractive index measurements (118). After the elemental fingerprints (i.e., mass spectra) and concentrations are acquired for the provided samples, the criteria for comparison and matching were determined. The primary approach evaluated for classification/differentiation were: the presence or absence of elements; comparison of the abundance of selected elements; comparison of relative abundance of selected elements for specific association patterns; and multivariate analysis of the complete mass spectrum. PCA as a tool for data compression and information extraction was used for rapid analysis of samples without time-consuming pair-wise comparison of samples. Trejos and Almirall study the effect of fractionation on the forensic elemental analysis of glass using LA-ICP-MS (119). Two different approaches are used to evaluate the fractionation: fractionation index and U/Th ratios. The standard reference materials NIST 612, 610, and 1831 are analysed in triplicate by both methods (n=55) along with a set of 10 casework samples originating from different automobiles. The resulting fractionation index values indicate low fractionation for the majority of elements evaluated, ranging between 0.8 and 1.2. The U/Th ratio suggests a higher fractionation at the beginning of the ablation process. The authors conclude that forensic analysis of glass can be performed by LA-ICP-MS with high confidence when elemental analysis is required. Becker et al. report on the improvement of quantitative analysis of float glasses by LA-ICP-MS by the production and use two matrix matched standards (120). These forensic float glass standards (FGS) resemble float glass (soda-lime glass) composition, but vary in their 106

concentration of the added elements by a factor of 5. Elements such as Al, K, Fe, Li, Ti, Mn, Rb, Sr, Zr, Sn, Ba, La, Ce, Nd, Hf, Pb have been included bases on their abundance in glass and their good variation between different glasses (discrimination potential). Activities regarding the validation of the two new float glass standards carried out by participants of the EU-funded NITE CRIME network (Natural Isotopes and Trace Elements in Criminalistics and Environmental Forensics) for typical glass case-work using LA-ICP-MS are described. Mason and Monk use LA-ICP-MS as a tool for depth-resolved analysis of glass and metal samples (121). Layered experimental samples of known thickness are ablated using 266 nm and 193 nm laser systems. The controlling parameters are power density of the laser, crater geometry and gas medium. Layers at depths of up to 200 m can be identified, but accurate determination of the composition of the underlying layer in the material is strongly dependent on the parameters used. Continued ablation of material from the upper layer is observed for up to 200 laser pulses after penetrating the underlying layer. Depth resolution is limited by the mixing of material between shallow and deep levels in the ablation crater. Optimum conditions are determined for reducing the mixing effects and for accurate compositional analysis. Schultheis et al. report the application of laser ablation- magnetic sector field inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer (LA-ICP-SF-MS) for the characterisation of historic glass samples by Pb isotope ratios (122). Iridescent Art Noveau lead crystal glass samples were analysed and it could be proved that the material of the single layers originates from different glass sources. A successful differentiation of samples the archeological site in Ephesos was achieved by Pb ratio measurements whereas multi element pattern did not allow grouping the data. Miscellaneous techniques Stoecklein, Franke and Gbel investigate the use of cathodoluminescence (CL) of glasses by SEM (123). The authors examine how this non destructive method can provide information specific to the analysis of glass and paint. The capabilities and limitations of CL-microscopy for classification and discrimination of sheet and container glass are discussed. A wide band with a maximum of 495 nm was characteristic for the tin(II) luminescence of float sides of soda-lime glasses. A high tin count in soda-lime glass leads to a depression of the CL signal. It appeared that ions with a higher tin concentration tin(II) were oxidised to tin(IV) that do not contribute to CL. Anfone and Marcus report the analytical characteristics of rf-GD-OES for the elemental analysis of bulk solid glass specimens (124). Linear calibration curves over the range on ~1-500 ppm are obtained using the Ar(I) signal emission as the normalising internal standard. The samples used in this study were a NIST 1412 multicomponent glass standard and NIST Trace Elements in Glass reference series 610 (3 mm thick), 611, 613, 615, and 617 (1 mm thick) glass wafers, and ordinary plateglass samples (1-~5 mm thick). Tibi and Heumann report that the determination of trace elements in pure quartz glass samples has been performed by coupling an ICP quadrupole mass spectrometer with the LINA-SparkAtomizer, an IR laser ablation system dedicated to direct bulk and surface analysis of solid samples (125). Unlike LA-ICP-MS, currently the preferred method for the direct analysis of solid samples, LINA-Spark-ICP-MS is unable to perform analyses with high spatial resolution because of a lack of optical devices. Fernandez et al. report the direct solid quantitative analysis of glass by radio frequency (rf) glow discharge-optical emission spectrometry (GD-OES) (126). The calibration using special silicate 107

glasses of very different composition (e.g., the SiO2 content varied from 0 to 75 %, the CaO content from 0 to 25 %, etc) is investigated in detail. Results for the simultaneous determination of the glass major components (SiO2, Na2O, CaO, MgO, Al2O3, and K2O) in two samples of different thickness showed good agreement with expected results. Dexian, Litang and Shanwu used polarography for the determination of iron (127) and selenium (128) in flat glass. Glass treated on its surface with silver compounds and an aluminosilicate, such as ochre or clay, at higher temperatures (between 550 and 650C) accepts a wide variety of a yellow colour. Jembrih-Simbrger et al. investigate the parameters of the manufacturing process affecting the final colour of silver stained glass and to correlate them with the final colour and colour intensity. Energy dispersive X-ray fluorescence analysis (EDXRF), scanning electron microscopy (SEM/EDX), transmission electron microscopy (TEM), as well as ion beam analysis (IBA) with an external beam. Particle induced X-ray emission (PIXE), particle-induced gammaray emission (PIGE), and Rutherford backscattering spectrometry (RBS) were carried out in order to obtain the thickness of the Ag-rich surface layer and the depth distribution of Ag. Results obtained with SEM/EDX at cross-sections of the glass samples could be confirmed by PIXE, PIGE, RBS, and TEM. (129) Interpretation Thornton covers physical aspects of glass evidence (130). The significance of physical matches of fractured glass is discussed and the different kinds of fractures in flat glass, container glass and automobile glass are described. Furthermore the glass fractures caused by firearms and other issues such as glass in fires and the retention and persistence of glass fragments on clothing are described. Bennett et al. study the spatial variation of refractive index in a pane of float glass (1.2 m x 1,2 m x 4 mm) (131). It is found that, although there were no systematic differences in refractive index, there were observable differences across the pane. Curran et al. have published a book on the forensic interpretation of glass evidence (132). In six chapters a wide range of topics of glass investigation has been presented. Starting with the examination of glass, the conventional approach to evidence interpretation is presented. The Bayesian approach to evidence interpretation was presented for improvement. A discussion of frequency of occurrence studies and transfer and persistence studies is followed by a chapter on statistics. The book ends with a report on glass evidence with a focus on the verbalisation of a likelihood ratio. Bottrell and Webb have reviewed the book stating that rather than being a treatise on the forensic interpretation of glass evidence as the title indicates, this book clearly advocates the Bayesian method (133). They state, that neither the strengths of other methods nor the weaknesses of the Bayesian approach has been addressed. The value of this book is that it presents many of the considerations that must be made in the interpretation of glass evidence. These considerations are an integral part of both the traditional and Bayesian approaches to evidence interpretation. Therefore, the concepts presented in this book should be of interest to all trace evidence examiners, but an impartial critical review of the strengths and weaknesses of the various methods of interpretation would, ultimately, better serve the forensic science community.

108

Maxwell has also reviewed the book and declares it to be an outstanding text book for trace examiners who provide a statistical analysis of their data, or for those who wish to learn about the statistical treatment of evidence (134). NicDaid covers the statistical interpretation of glass evidence (135). She outlines the issues of grouping, coincidence probabilities and the Bayesian approach for glass investigations. According to Newton et al., in forensic cases the variance of the recovered glass refractive index (RI) has been observed to be larger than the variance of the control glass RI (136). This has consequences for subsequent interpretation. To investigate this phenomenon, a study is undertaken of the probable distributions of refractive indices of the recovered glass given a range of casework type scenarios involving breakage and backscatter. An investigation of the consequences of any distribution differences with regard to casework is also carried out. It is discovered that the inclusion of surface fragments from the float surface of the glass can have a profound effect on the comparison of recovered and control glass samples. The effect is largest when a breaker strikes the float surface of a window. In particular, it is found that with the inclusion of a few surface fragments even post grouping alone is sufficient to explain the observed difference in variance of RI between control and recovered groups. Surface fragments, if present, are very likely to be treated as outliers and to be deemed as non-matching. The findings of this paper challenge routine glass examination procedures and suggest that knowledge of which surface is facing the striker is valuable information in interpretation. Collins et al. describe a previously unreported type of GSR particle consisting of glass fused with other primer components (137). In many types of 0.22 caliber rimfire ammunition, the cartridge contains a primer sensitised with glass. Scanning electron microscopy with energy dispersive X-ray detection (SEM-EDX) and time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (TOF-SIMS) were evaluated for the characterisation of glass-containing GSR particles. The occurrence of glass-containing GSR particles was established in the residue from various brands of 0.22 caliber ammunition, and several sub-types were identified. Studies on float glass Ma et al. investigate the bloom on float glasses (138). Bloom is an interference pattern of optical wave caused by the wrinkling surface of the heat treated float glass. The ratio of transmittance of float glass after heat treatment to that before, =Tafter/Tbefore is used to describe the bloom and it is defined as the bloom parameter for the float glass. The following results were obtained for the bloom parameter by experiments and calculations: The bloom parameter is a good description the light or heavy level of the glass bloom. The smaller the parameter, the heavier the glass bloom. The parameter is approximately proportional to the total amount of tin in the glass; it decreases by exponential law as the treatment temperature increases; no definite relation exists between it and the tin concentration on the glass surface. Moseler, Heide and Frischat investigate the topography and nanostructure of several technical borofloat and soda-lime-silicate float glasses by a high-resolution atomic force microscope (AFM) (139). In analogy to thin film technology a simplified model was developed and a free buckling length of ~ 2,3 m was estimated for the bloom surface, which is in reasonable agreement with the experimental finding. It was further shown that a sol-gel derived SiO2 coating of the bloom surface could enhance the optical transmission of the glass considerably. The irregular ripple pattern of the as-received atmosphere an tin bath side surfaces were measured as well as also the topographies of fracture surfaces. Inhomogeneities like precipitates, crystals, phase separations or pores, caused by the in-diffusion of tin into float glass, could not be evidenced. After annealing the float glasses in air several of them showed bloom, which produces a greyish haze. The borofloat glasses and the silicate float glasses with a high Fe2O3 109

content (>0.5 wt.%) did not develop bloom, whereas the Fe2O3-poor glasses displayed depending on sample size and annealing conditions - a pronounced bloom effect. In depth analysis of the glasses showed that in the case of the Fe2O3-poor silicate float glasses a reversed Sn2+ diffusion from the interior to the surface occurs, forming there a very high and steep tin (Sn2+) hump. Hayashi, Matsumoto and Kudo discuss mechanisms and chemical effects resulting from the surface tin enrichment on float glass (140). Concentration depth profiles of tin, measured by XPS in the near surface region, have shown that the tin concentration in the first few manometer at the surface is extremely high compared to that deeper into the bulk. It has been shown through heat treatment of glass containing tin oxide as a bulk component, that the surface tin enrichment arises from the migration of Sn2+. towards the surface during the annealing lehr process. It was also found that the amount of tin enrichment at the surface had an inverse correlation to the surface iron concentration. The reason for dependence on surface iron concentration is explained in terms of a redox reaction between Fe3+ and Sn2+ and a relatively low diffusion coefficient of Sn4+ compared with Sn2+. Glser reports the influence of low-emissive coatings on the outer surface of window glazing (141). Low-emissive coatings on the base of SnO2 are on the market (K-glass and SolarE) which partly fulfil the requirements of such an application. The development of better coatings is a demand for the future. On the base on the reported benefits of low-emissive coatings on the outdoor surface a new generation of insulating glasses for window glazing can be created. The basic construction of the window with the low-emissive coating on the outdoor surfaces is reported. Holland et al. employ photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS ) in order to derive chemical state information from which the structure of oxide glasses can be determined (142). Photoelectron spectroscopy is proving to be a powerful tool for the study of the chemical state of species at or near the surface of a glass. For the first time it has been shown, that the technique itself can be used to modify a glass surface and in so doing, generate additional information about the various structural species in the glass. A specific example of the use of XPS to study chemically induced changes to a glass surface has been given. Nemilov deals with the physical ageing of silica glasses (143). The presented review has been devoted to the problem of volume-determined properties relaxation of silicate glasses at room temperature. A system of calculated parameters is proposed which characterises the completeness of ageing and its rate at any glass age. Optical and thermometric glasses have been ranked by their tendency to ageing. International networks: SWGMAT During the reporting period the glass subgroup of the Scientific Working Group of Materials Analysis (SWGMAT) met on an annual basis. Subgroup members originate from forensic laboratories around the U.S.A. and Canada. The main focus of the group was the production of Guidelines for forensic glass analysis. These guidelines are separated into the sections: Introduction to Forensic Glass Examination; Collection, Handling, and Identification of Glass; Initial Examinations of Glass; Fractures; Density Determination; Refractive Index Determination; and Elemental Analysis of Glass. Final drafts of these documents have been presented for voting in 2004 and in case of acceptance these documents will be presented online on Forensic Science Communications. 110

ENFSI - European Glass Group (EGG) The ENFSI glass group (EGG) associated with the ENFSI paint group (EPG) meets on an annual basis. Experts from most of the 51 ENFSI institutes attend these meetings. During the reporting period the main activities were the organisation of proficiency tests for refractive index measurements on an annual basis and two proficiency tests for the use of scanning electron microscope (SEM) for quantitative analysis of glass. Best practice guidelines for several areas of forensic glass analysis have either been completed or are still under preparation. These guidelines are separated into the sections: Introduction; Forensic aspects of glass; Technical methods (SEM, statistics, Microscopic techniques). Information on ENFSI can be found under www.enfsi.org. Books: Lee and Harris give an overview on the treatment of glass evidence including documentation and collection and laboratory analysis of glass evidence in easy terms (144). Hland and Beall have published a book on glass-ceramic technology (145). The book covers various aspects of glass-ceramics. Besides the principle of glass-ceramic formation and the microstructure of glass-ceramics, it focuses on the composition systems for glass-ceramics and the applications of glass-ceramic. Lohmeyer et al. have edited a book in which a variety of glass related topics are covered in 20 chapters (146). The topic range from special glasses for high tech applications, methods for the hardening of glasses, sol-gel and CVD coatings on glass surfaces, the use of foam glass for heat insulation, and other areas. In the Color Atlas and Manual of Microscopy Petraco and Kubic cover the area of specimen preparation and characterisation of glass (147). Brill reports the results of chemical analysis of 3300 samples of early glass and related materials im two volumes (148,149) Volume 1 describes the origin and the types of glasses including results of oxygen isotope analysis of early glasses, whereas volume 2 consists of tables of elemental analysis of the glasses. PART III: QUALITY MANAGEMENT AND INTERPRETING EVIDENCE

Robertson states that we must respond to new challenges and opportunities if we are to embrace the notion of forensic science being a truly integral component of the future law enforcement environment (150). This will require us to rethink what our success measures are. In this environment our aim should be to produce adequate solutions that are an integrated component of intelligence as well as the investigative process. Our challenge will be to maintain our standards. With this in mind, quality assurance and interpreting evidence become a central topic in forensic sciences. Reference materials (RM) Meyer and Matschat report on reference glasses for the glass industry. Selected reference materials for different types of glass are listed with their elemental composition (151).

111

Barwick et al. repot the use of reference materials including the use of certified reference materials (CRM) for instrument calibration, the assessment of the accuracy of analytical data, and the assessment of uncertainty (152). Buzoianu reports about reference materials and certified reference materials for spectrometry in Romania (153). Several reference materials (RMs) and certified reference materials (CRMs) are widely used in Romania as measurement standards in different spectrochemical measurements. A short review of the locally available elemental RMs and CRMs used in atomic spectrometry or in other analytical techniques, in which aqueous standard solutions are required, is given. The experience of the INM in preparation and certification of such materials is described. Some aspects regarding their use for ensuring the accuracy and for confirming of the traceability of analytical measurements, especially through calibration and metrological validation of main instrument performances, are discussed. Interpreting Evidence A general consideration of evidence evaluation is made by Aitken (154). He elucidates that the evaluation of evidence requires consideration of scientific evidence under two propositions, that of the prosecution and that of the defence, and is often concerned with the evaluation of so-called transfer evidence or trace evidence for identification purposes. Bayesian methodology does not lead to "true" probabilities: it is an effective method to analyse, criticise, check the "coherence" of peoples opinions and help people revise their opinions in a coherent ways. Garbolino and Taroni present the evaluation of scientific evidence using Bayesian networks (155). Bayesian networks provide a valuable aid for representing epistemic relationship in a body of uncertain evidence. The paper proposes some simple Bayesian networks for standard analysis of patterns of inference concerning scientific evidence, with a discussion of the rationale behind the nets, the corresponding probabilistic formats, and the required probability assessments. The same authors remark that it has been shown that Bayesian networks provide a valuable aid for representing relationships between characteristics in situation of uncertainty, unpredictability or imprecision. Their poster proposes a further development of graphical methodologies using probability trees which can help to explain the rationale behind the Bayesian networks and the relative formulas, to make clear the meaning of the variables and of the required probability assessments (156). Evidential Value of Paint Edmondstone et al. discuss the assessment of the evidential value of automotive paint comparisons (157). The study was undertaken to assess the probability of encountering automotive paints that cannot be distinguished from one another in randomly selected samples. A set of 260 automobile samples was collected at an impound yard from recently damaged vehicles. The samples were compared along each other using optical microscopy and when required, infrared spectroscopy. This represents a total of 33.670 samples per comparisons. Only one sample pair, originating from vehicles manufactured at the same assembly plant in the same year, could not be distinguished. These results provide the forensic paint examiner with information with which to assess the evidential value of automotive paint. Buzzini et al. present a survey of crowbar and household paints in burglary cases, especially population and transfer studies and a bayesian approach to paint transfer in such cases (158). 112

Concerning the population study, the most common combination of blue tool paint observed by a Swiss Police has been Blue and NCL+AlkOph+PB as the chemical composition (after visual comparison of IR spectra). The rarest combination was the Blue and AlkOph as the chemical Composition (after visual comparison of IR spectra). It was observed that the quantity of paint transferred depends on the type of paint, age of paint, type of material of surface receptor. It does not depend on the location of paint on blades, type of blade of tool (single or double bladed end) and the form of paint (fragments or abrasions). The authors propose a bayesian approach to the problem first at the source level and then at the activity level with consideration of the estimated parameters. They also consider cross transfer evaluation evidence found on the crowbar. They conclude that rarity of paints expressed by the relative frequencies is confirmed to be the most important parameter for paint interpretation. They also conclude that every simulation produced a transfer of paints following the Locards exchange principle and that a cross transfer framework could be supplied by a likelihood ratio, resulting from two conditional likelihood ratios for direct and respectively inverse transfer. Buzzini, Massonnet and Ferrari discuss the interpretation of household paint transfer in a burglary case with foreign paint traces found on the blade of a crowbar (159). The paint traces were blue, pink, and white in colour. The forced door at the burglary scene presents a two layer paint system with a blue external layer and a pink internal layer. These paints were analysed using infrared (FTIR) and Raman Spectroscopy (laser source: 514 nm). The infrared spectra of the blue and the pink traces were indistinguishable from the respective layers of the reference paints originating from the forced door. Raman spectra were also recorded for the blue paints and were indistinguishable from the trace and the control samples. Pink paint samples fluoresced and could not be recorded. Some of the pink paint particles found on the crowbar blade presented small blue inclusions: the Raman spectra of these blue micro-fragments were also undifferentiated from the blue control layer, supporting the hypothesis that the pink and the blue paint traces originate from the same source. Considering the non-differentiation observed between the trace and the control, what should the forensic scientist conclude? In this case, the scientific evidence was evaluated at the Source level based on the hypothesis that the paint traces originate from the forced door and the alternative hypothesis stating that the paint traced does not originate from the forced door. The likelihood ratio was estimated on the basis of the relative frequency of the encountered paints expressing their rarity. Frequency distributions were estimated on the basis of two different population studies: The first, based on colour distribution, concerned the foreign paint groups present on the blasted of 207 crowbars seized by Swiss police on suspects or abandoned on burglary scenes. The second concerning the combination of colour, layer sequence and chemical distribution of household paints taken from doors and/ or windows forced with a tool during burglaries. These paint samples were taken by the Swiss police during their scene of crime examination. Numerical likelihood ratios based on experimental data were calculated in order to help the scientist to set his conclusion. This example shows the impact of paint evidence in a case where it was the only element present in the investigation. PART IV: PAINT AND GLASS ON THE WORLD WIDE WEB

The World Wide Web has become one of the most important communication and information platforms of the 21st century. Almost every manufacturer represents and provides his products on an official website or can at least by contacted by an official email address. For the forensic scientist innumerable links, discussion forums and information panels exist in every imaginable field of research. But it is a difficult task to epitomise the actual state of Internet resources available as the web is continuously subject to change and updates.

113

Nevertheless we decided to briefly represent some interesting websites in this paint and glass review. General analytical links: General links on technical resources and tutorials concerning separation and spectroscopic analysis techniques can be visited at http://www.uni-wuerzburg.de/mineralogie/links/tools. At the same address you will also find links to glossaries, dictionaries and encyclopdias concerning microscopy and chemistry. On Reddys Forensic Page (http://www.forensicpage.com/new16 ) one can visit a link collection to mass spectrometry, X-ray fluorescence, FTIR, etc. A similar site for microscopy and imaging resources on the WWW is available at http://www.swehsc.pharmacy.arizona.edu/exxpath/micro/index.html with distinguished links on light microscopy, confocal microscopy and electron microscopy. The two sites http://webmineral.com and http://mineral.galleries.com/minerals cover the inorganic chemistry. At http://www.spectroscopynow.com the freely registered visitor can find an interesting source of information regarding spectroscopic fields such as Raman spectroscopy or IR spectroscopy with suitable tutorials. Paint: The excellent site http://www.coatings.de provides a comprehensive link collection, meeting and conference reviews and a lot of manufacturer links. The most exciting part of this website might be the archive keyword search modus of the two journals Farbe & Lack and European Coatings Journal, two periodicals including actual market information and paint innovations. Of course, a large number of manufacturers present their products on the WWW. At irregular intervals, the Journal Paint & Coatings Industry (PCI) publishes a website locator containing information on new interesting homepages with a short content description. The forensic examination of paint with various analytical techniques requires reliable background information concerning spectra. On the Motor Web (http://www.geocities.com/paranders/plus.html) a world-wide car manufacturer link collection can be found. www.autointell-news.com supplies recent global production information of the most important car manufacturers. http://www.ppg.com/MaxMeyer/CarColourRange provides the solid coating colour of diverse car manufacturers up to the year 2001. http://chem.ucl.ac.uk/resources/raman/speclib.html presents an online Raman spectra library of ancient pigments before 1850 AD. Another library that is accessible free of charge is the database for certified reference materials at http://www.comar.bam.de.

114

At http://www.fis.unipr.it/~bersani/raman.html a free database containing 197 Raman Spectra of minerals is available. For IR and Raman spectra standards and comparative spectral data of the study of works of art, architecture and archaeological materials, contact: http://www.irug.org, an online user group offering a spectra database which is searchable free of charge. A general overview of diverse spectroscopic databases available on the WWW is given by H. Lohninger at http://www.lohninger.com/spectroscopy/dbsurvey.html. At http://www.colour-index.org it is possible to subscribe to the Colour Index International. Glass: A must is the page http://www.glassonweb.com with an outstanding link collection including sites of every important glass manufacturer or other related suppliers as well as a glass manual and an extensive glass glossary. Visiting the websites of glass manufacturers allows to spot new technical inventions on the glass market as well as to download internal research publications. Every link is accompanied by a short description of the manufactures main activities. The elaborated manual includes all main glass types. Every type is specified both with a brief description and various web links. You are thus automatically forwarded to a8manufacturers website if this site encloses for instance images or technical descriptions with regard to the chosen subject. Even if it were superfluous to give detailed information about the numberless manufacturers sites, it is advisable to spend time to follow the links in order to find educational resources such as the nice and briefly commented flash animation of the float process on the Glaverbel homepage at http://www.glaverbel.com or the new trends in automotive glazing from SaintGobain Glass presented on their glass car on http://www.saint-gobainsekurit.com/anglais/metier/cptcar.asp. Another remarkable manufacturer website is http://www.schott.com of the Schott concern and the PPG website http://www.ppg.com with technical reports that can be downloaded. At http://www.netnz.com there is an interesting link collection treating glass art sites. Similar information on various glass museums such as the Corning Museum of Glass (NY, USA) www.cmog.org, or the Schott Glass Museum (Jena, Germany) www.schott.com/museum can be found. At http://www.xtek.net/catalogue/forensic/grim2.shtml a short presentation of Foster and Freemans GRIM 3 can be found including the GRIM3 brochure, the manual and the reference oil data, which can be downloaded. At http://www.fbi.gov/hq/lab/handbook one can consult the actual handbook of Forensic Services revised in 2003 by the FBI. With the link: http://www.stats.waikato.ac.nz/Staff/curran/index.html one reaches J. Currans homepage with the software STAG (Statistical Analysis of Glass), Transfer (program for exploring transfer probabilities) and his thesis concerning the applications of bayesian inference to glass evidence. All information can be downloaded.

115

Links for material analysis / Miscellaneous: At http://www.nitecrime.eu.com information concerning the European Union-funded network NITE CRIME (Natural Isotopes and Trace Elements in Criminalistics and Environmental Forensics) can be found. At http://www.forensic-isotopes.rdg.ac.uk the Network Developing Forensic Applications of Stable Isotope Mass Spectroscopy can be found. A Newsletter informs about recent abstracts. Following a link to the FIRMS (Forensic Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometry) Conference the according poster and presentation proceedings can be found. The two sites http://www.uspto.gov and www.dpma.de represent the two patent search databases (USA and Germany) are available. Acknowledgements We take the opportunity to thank Dr. Christa Dern for vigorous proof reading. We would also like to thank the colleagues of the unit KT13 of the Forensic Science Institute, especially Mrs. Katrin Prasch for the online literature search. REFERENCES: [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15] [16] [17] 2003 Additives Guide. Paint & Coatings Industry 2003;(April):12-86. Hare C, Beck R. Extenders. Paint & Coatings Industry 2001;(March):74-84. Becidyan N. The Chemistry and Physics of Special-Effect Pigments and Colorants for Inks and Coatings. Paint & Coatings Industry 2003;(June):66-76. Kiefer SL. Powder Coating Material Development. Opportunities to Fuel Growth. Paint & Coatings Industry 2003;(August):56-58. Kersten J. UV-powder coatings - state of the art - UV-Pulverlacke - Stand der Technik. Farbe & Lack 2002; 108(2):86-96. Knnecke E. Pulverbeschichtung von Automobilkarossen. JOT - Journal fr Oberflchentechnik 2002;(3):64-71. Xanthos M, Chouzouri G, Kim S, Patel SH, Young M-W. Reiz und Reaktion. Funktionelle Additive als Sensoren in "intelligenten Lacken". Farbe & Lack 2003; 109(8):18-23. Reinecke M. Automobilanwendungen von bermorgen. Kunststoffe 2003;(8):64-66. Cramer WR. Autokufer versilbern ihre Neuen. PKW werden immer unbunter. Farbe & Lack 2003; 109(8):93-94. Silver Continues its Reign in Vehicle Color Popularity as Global Trends Merge. Paint & Coatings Industry 2001;(May):58-62. Silver Takes the Gold. Paint & Coatings Industry 2003;(May):42-44. Kouleshova I. Russland: Kunststofflacke voll im Trend. Farbe & Lack 2002; 108(6):4147. Grefenstein A, Kaymak K. Folie statt Lackierung? Kunststoffe 2003;(8):84-87. Barth C. Lackierung berflssig? Kunststoffe 2001; 91(8):92-93. Hochglnzende Kunstoff-Folien - Alternative zur Fahrzeuglackierung. JOT - Journal fr Oberflchentechnik 2003;(2):30-31. Neue Dekor-Effekte fr den Smart. JOT - Journal fr Oberflchentechnik 2002;(3):7273. Edward HGM, Middleton PS, Villar SEJ, De Faria DLA. Romano-British wall paintings II: Raman spectroscopic analysis of two villa sites at Nether Heyford, Northants. Analytica Chimica Acta 2003; 484(2):211-221. 116

[18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23] [24] [25]

[26] [27] [28] [29] [30] [31] [32] [33] [34] [35]

Damiani D, Gliozzo E, Turbanti IM, Spangenberg JE. Pigment and Plasters discovered in the House of Dana (Cosa, Grosseto, Italy): An integrated study between art history, archaeology and scientific analyses. Archaeometry 2003; 45(2):341-354. Edward HGM, De Oliveira LFC, Middleton P, Frost RL. Romano-British wall-painting fragments: a spectroscopic analysis. The Analyst 2002; 127:277-281. De Oliveira LFC, Edwards HGM, Frost RL, Kloprogge JT, Middleton PS. Caput mortuum: spectroscopic and structural studies of an ancient pigment. Analyst 2002; 127(4):536-541. Wiedemann HG, Arpagaus E, Muller D, Marcolli C, Weigel S, Reller A. Pigments of the bust of Nefertete compared with those of the Karnak Talatats. Thermochimica Acta 2002; 382(1-2):239-247. Colomban P, Sagon G, Faurel X. Differentiation of antique ceramics from the Raman spectra of their coloured glazes and paintings. Journal of Raman Spectroscopy 2001; 32(5):351-360. Edward HGM, Quye A, De Oliveira LFC. Raman spectroscopy of coloured resins used in antiquity: dragons blood and related substances. Spectrochimica Acta Part A-Molecular and Biomolecular Spectroscopy 2001; 57:2831-2842. Edward HGM, Rull Perez F, Vandenabeele P, Newton EM, Moens L, Medina Garcia J et al. Mediaeval Pigments in the Monastery of San Baudelio, Spain: A Raman Spectroscopic Analysis. Applied Spectroscopy 2001; 55(1):71-76. Andal C, Bicchieri M, Bocchini P, Casu G, Galletti GC, Mand PA et al. The beautiful "Trionfo d'Amore" attributed to Botticelli: a chemical characterisation by proton-induced X-ray emission and micro-Raman spectroscopy. Analytica Chimica Acta 2001; 429:279286. Burgio L, Clark RJH, Theodoraki K. Raman microscopy of Greek icons: identification of unusual pigments. Spectrochimica Acta Part A-Molecular and Biomolecular Spectroscopy 2003; A59:2371-2389. Clark RJH. Pigment identification by spectroscopic means: an arts/science interface. Comptes Rendus Chimie 2002; 5(1):7-20. Zuo J, Zhao X, Wu R, Du G, Xu C, Wang C. Analysis of the pigments on painted pottery figurines from the Han Dynastys Yangling Tombs by Raman microscopy. Journal of Raman Spectroscopy 2003; 34:121-125. Burgio L, Melessanaki K, Doulgeridis M, Clark RJH, Anglos D. Pigment identification in paintings employing laser induced breakdown spectroscopy and Raman microscopy. Spectrochimica Acta Part B-Atomic Spectroscopy 2001; 56(6):905-913. Perardi A, Appolonia L, Mirti P. Non-destructive in situ determination of pigments in 15th century wall paintings by Raman microscopy. Analytica Chimica Acta 2003; 481:317-325. Chaplin TD, Clark RJH, Beech DR. Comparison of genuine (1851-1852AD) and forged or reproduction Hawaiian Missionary stamps using Raman microscopy. Journal of Raman Spectroscopy 2002; 33(6):424-428 Edwards HGM, Farwell DW, De Faria DLA, Monteiro AMF, Afonso MC, De Blasis P et al. Raman spectroscopic study of 3000-year-old human skeletal remains from a sambaqui, Santa Catarina, Brazil. Journal of Raman Spectroscopy 2001; 32:17-22. Edreira MC, Feliu MJ, Fernandez-Lorenzo C, Martin J. Spectroscopic analysis of roman wall paintings from Casa del Mitreo in Emerita Augusta, Mrida, Spain. Talanta 2003; 59:1117-1139. Burgio L, Clark RJH, Theodoraki K. Raman microscopy of Greek icons: identification of unusual pigments. Spectrochimica Acta Part A-Molecular and Biomolecular Spectroscopy 2003; A59:2371-2389. Dredge P, Wuhrer R, Phillips MR. Monets Painting under the Microscope. Microscopy and Microanalysis 2003; 9:139-143. 117

[36] [37] [38]

[39] [40] [41] [42]

[43] [44]

[45]

[46] [47] [48]

[49] [50]

[51]

Lang PL, Keefer CD, Juenemann JC, Tran KV, Peters SM, Huth NM et al. The infrared microspectroscopic and energy dispersive X-ray analysis of paint removed from a painted, medieval sculpture of Saint Wolfgang. Microchemical Journal 2003; 74:33-46. Ferrero JL, Roldn C, Juanes D, Rollano E, Morera C. Analysis of pigments from Spanish works of art using a portable EDXRF spectrometer. X-Ray Spectrometry 2002; 31:441-447. Salvado N, Pradell T, Pantos E, Papiz MZ, Molera J, Seco M et al. Identification of copper-based green pigments in Jaume Huguet's Gothic altarpieces by Fourier transform infrared microspectroscopy and synchrotron radiation X-ray diffraction. Journal of Synchrotron Radiation 2002; 9:215-222. Van der Weerd J, Brammer H, Boon JJ, Heeren RMA. Fourier transform infrared microscopic imaging of an embedded paint cross-section. Applied Spectroscopy 2002; 56(3):275-283. Mansfield JR, Attas M, Majzels C, Cloutis E, Collins C, Mantsch HH. Near infrared spectroscopic reflectance imaging: a new tool in art conservation. Vibrational Spectroscopy 2002; 28(1):59-66. Edwards HGM, Farwell DW, Rull Perez F, Medina Garcia J. Mediaeval cantorals in the Valladolid Bibliotheca: FT-Raman spectroscopic study. Analyst 2001; 126:383-388. Castro K, Rodriguez-Laso MD, Fernandez LA, Madariaga JM. Fourier transform Raman spectroscopic study of pigments present in decorative wallpapers of the middle nineteenth century from the Santa Isabel factory (Vitoria, Basque Country, Spain). Journal of Raman Spectroscopy 2002; 33(1):17-25. Burgio L, Clark RJH, Theodoraki K. Raman microscopy of Greek icons: identification of unusual pigments. Spectrochimica Acta Part A-Molecular and Biomolecular Spectroscopy 2003; A59:2371-2389. Bersani D, Antonioli G, Lottici PP, Casoli A. microspectrometric investigation of wall paintings in S. Giovanni Evangelista Abbey in Parma: a comparison between two artists of the 16th century. Spectrochimica Acta Part A-Molecular and Biomolecular Spectroscopy 2003; A59:2409-2417. Domenech-Carbo MT, Casas-Catalan MJ, Domenech-Carbo A, Mateo-Castro R, Gimeno-Adelantado JV, Bosch-Reig F. Analytical study of canvas painting collection from the Basilica de la Virgen de los Desamparados using SEM/EDX, FT-IR, GC and electrochemical techniques. Fresenius Journal of Analytical Chemistry 2001; 369:571575. Neelmeijer C, Mader M. The merits of particle induced X-ray emission in revealing painting techniques. Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research Section BBeam Interactions with Materials and Atoms 2002; 189:293-302. Scalarone D, Lazzari M, Chiantore O. Ageing behavior and analytical pyrolysis characterisation of diterpenic resins used as art materials: Manila copal and sandarac. Journal Of Analytical And Applied Pyrolysis 2003; 68-69:115-136. Languri GM, Van der Horst J, Boon JJ. Characterisation of a unique 'asphalt' sample from the early 19th century Hafkenscheid painting materials collection by analytical pyrolysis MS and GC/MS. Journal Of Analytical And Applied Pyrolysis 2002; 63(1):171-196. Grygar T, Hradilov J, Hradil D. Analysis of earthy pigments in grounds of Baroque paintings. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2003; 375:1154-1160. Cappitelli F, Learner T, Chiantore O. An initial assessment of thermally assisted hydrolysis and methylation-gas chromatography/mass spectrometry for the identification of oils from dried paint films. Journal Of Analytical And Applied Pyrolysis 2002; 63(2):339-348. Garca CM. Analytical study of works of art. In: VIIIth European Paint Group Meeting; September 2002; Madrid. 118

[52] [53] [54] [55] [56] [57] [58] [59] [60] [61] [62] [63] [64] [65] [66] [67] [68] [69] [70] [71]

Kotrly M, Turkova I. Pigment Analysis of Objects dart in Forensic Casework. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Suppl. 1:356. Keune K, Boon JJ. Imaging Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry of a Paint Cross Section Taken from an Early Netherlandish Painting by Rogier van der Weyden. Analytical Chemistry 2004; 76(5):1374-1385. Piotrowski G, Majewska K. Fibre and Automotive Paint Colour Determination. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Suppl. 1:351. Van der Weerd J, van Veen MK, Heeren RMA, Boon JJ. Identification of Pigments in Paint Cross Sections by Reflection Visible Light Imaging Microspectroscopy. Analytical Chemistry 2003; 75:716-722. Gilchrist A. Characterising special-effect colours. Surface Coatings International Part B: Coatings Transactions 2002; 85(B4):243-332. Sjastad K, Jacobsen NO, Wibetoe G. The Use of Scanning Electron Microscope as a Quantitative Tool in Paint Analysis. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Suppl. 1:356. Gtze J. Potential of cathodoluminescence (CL) microscopy and spectroscopy for the analysis of minerals and materials. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2002;703708. Hoffmann K. Colourimetry for printing inks - Farbmetrik bei Druckfarben - Die Messgeometrie ist entscheidend. Farbe & Lack 1999; 105(10):46-55. Challinor JM. Pyrolysis techniques for the characterisation and discrimination of paint. In: Caddy B, editor. Forensic Examination of Glass and Paint. London, New York: Taylor & Francis, 2001: 165-182. Armitage S, Saywell S, Roux C, Lennard C, Greenwood P. The analysis of forensic samples using laser micro-pyrolysis gas chromatography mass spectrometry. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46(5):1043-1052. Beveridge A, Fung T, MacDougall D. Use of infrared spectroscopy for the characterisation of paint fragments. In: Caddy B, editor. Forensic Examination of Glass and Paint. London, New York: Taylor & Francis, 2001: 183-241. Forensic Analysis of Automotive Paints and Pigments Using Line Focus Sampling Method (Part 1). Chromex 2003. Identification of Closely-Related Compounds by Raman Spectroscopy - Application Note 4. Chromex 2003. Fabbri M, Picollo M, Porcinai S, Bacci M. Mid-Infrared Fiber-Optics Reflectance Spectroscopy: A noninvasive Technique for Remote Analysis of Painted Layers. Part I: Technical Setup. Applied Spectroscopy 2001; 55(4):420-427. Govaert F, de Roy G, Decruyenaere B. Analysis of black spray paints by fourier transform infrared spectrometry, x-ray fluorescence and visible microscopy. Problems of Forensic Sciences 2001; XLVII:333-339. Govaert F, Bernard M. Discriminating red spray paints by optical microscopy, Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy and X-ray fluorescence. Forensic Science International 2004; 140:61-70. Zieba-Palus J. Application of FTIR in Examination of Spray Paints on the Wall. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Suppl. 1:358. Buzzini P, Massonnet G, Mizrahi S. Analysis of Green Spray Paints: Population Study and its Application in a Forensic Casework. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Suppl. 1:355-356. Harvey SD, Vucelick ME, Lee RN, Wright BW. Blind field test evaluation of Raman spectroscopy as a forensic tool. Forensic Science International 2002; 125:12-21. Bell IM, Fido LA, Speers JS, Armstrong J. Raman Spectroscopy for Rapid, One-Step Forensic Analysis of Paint. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Suppl. 1:354-355.

119

[72] [73] [74] [75] [76] [77] [78] [79] [80] [81] [82] [83] [84] [85]

[86] [87] [88] [89] [90] [91] [92] [93]

Muench M. RAMAN-spectroscopy - a powerful tool for forensic analysis. In: European Paint & Glass Group Meeting; 2001; Oslo Norway: National Criminal Investigation Service; 2001. p. 131-144. SWGMAT. Standard Guide for Using Scanning Electron Microscopy / x-ray Spectrometry in Forensic Paint Examinations. Forensic Science Communications 2002; 4(4):1-15. Mazurek A, Piotrowski G, Miron M. Determining Crystalline Automotive Paint Components by XRD Method. In: Tontarski RE, editor. 13th Interpol Forensic Science Symposium; Lyon, France: U.S. Department of Justice; 2001. p. A-30. Hobbs AL, Almirall JR. Trace elemental analysis of automotive paints by laser ablation inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry (LA-ICP-MS). Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2003; 376:1265-1271. Brettell TA, Inman K, Rudin NSR. Forensic Science. Analytical Chemistry 2001; 73(12):2735-2743 Brettell TA, Rudin N, Saferstein R. Forensic Science. Analytical Chemistry 2003; 75:2877-2890. Giang YS, Wang SM, Cho LL, Yang CK, Lu CC. Identification of tiny and thin smears of automotive paint following a traffic accident. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002; 47(3):625-629. Altinel E, Seven E. Comparison of Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy and Thin Layer Chromatography in Discriminating Various Paints in Forensic Cases. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Suppl. 1:350-351. Adamsons K. Chemical depth profiling of multi-layer automotive coating systems. Progress in Organic Coatings 2002; 45:69-81. Helstroffer S, Espanet B, Milet S. Class Identification of Rockets Types by Paint Analysis: A New Way? Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Suppl. 1:353-354. Kotrly M. Identification of Particles of Modern Plate-like Colour variable Pigments. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Suppl. 1:356-357. Stoecklein W. The Analysis of New Plate-Like Pigments in Automotive Coatings. Paint & Coatings Industry 2001;(September):48-65. Castro K, Prez M, Rodrguez-Laso MD, Madariaga JM. FTIR Spectra Database of Inorganic Art Materials. Analytical Chemistry 2003;(May 1):215A-221A. Burgio L, Clark RJH. Library of FT-Raman spectra of pigments, minerals, pigment media and varnishes, and supplement to existing library of Raman spectra of pigments with visible excitation. Spectrochimica Acta Part A-Molecular and Biomolecular Spectroscopy 2001; 57(7):1491-1521. Govaert F. Establishing a Database of Spray Paint Characteristics. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Suppl. 1:354. Geyer-Lippmann J. Low temperature pyrolysis of polymers. Problems of Forensic Sciences 2001; XLVII:93-109. Depriester J-P. FRench PLASTics Project - FRPLAST. In: VIIIth European Paint Group Meeting; September 2002; Madrid. Rott J. Comparison of Primers: What's that 950 cm-1 peak doing in my InfraredSpectrum. In: VIIIth European Paint Group Meeting; September 2002; Madrid. Caddy B. Forensic Examination of Glass and Paint: Analysis and Interpretation. London: Taylor & Francis; 2001. Houck MM. Mute Witnesses: Trace Evidence Analysis. Orlando: Harcourt Publishers Limited, London, 2001. Forensic Science Handbook. 2nd ed. London: Johnston, Jeff, 2002. Copley GJ. The composition and manufacture of glass and its domestic and industrial applications. In: Caddy B, editor. Forensic Examination of Glass and Paint. London, New York: Taylor & Francis, 2001: 27-46. 120

[94] [95] [96]

[97]

[98] [99] [100] [101] [102] [103] [104] [105] [106] [107] [108] [109] [110] [111]

[112]

Roux C, Kirk R, Benson S, Van Haren T, Petterd CI. Glass particles in footwear of members of the public in south-eastern Australia - a survey. Forensic Science International 2001; 116:149-156. Coulson SA, Buckleton JS, Gummer AB, Triggs CM. Glass on clothing and shoes of members of the general population and people suspected of breaking crimes. Science & Justice 2001; 41(1):39-48. Massonet G, Monard-Sermier F, Huguenot K, Biedermann A, Vayne F, and Fillon C. A survey of glass fragments in automotive cars: population study and secondary transfer from a contaminated person into cars. Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the International Association of Forensic Science, Montpellier, France. September 2002. Biedermann A, Taroni F, and Buloncelli F. Transfer and persistence of glass fragments: A study on the relation between fragments found on different parts of the breaker. Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the International Association of Forensic Science, Montpellier, France. September 2002. Koons RD, Buscaglia J. Distribution of Refractive Index Values in Sheet Glasses. Forensic Science Communications 2001; 3(1):1-5. Becker S, Becker W, Fritz N, Hirschfelder D, Holz K, Krieghof T et al. Design of a glass casework database inheriting quality assurance aspects. Problems of Forensic Sciences 2001; XLVII:73-79. Wachowicz MJ. Influence of production technology on variation of glass refractive index. Problemy Kryminalistyki; September 2004:in press. Hamer PS. Microscopic techniques for glass examination. In: Caddy B, editor. Forensic Examination of Glass and Paint. London, New York: Taylor & Francis, 2001: 47-64. Almirall JR. Elemental Analysis of Glass Fragments. In: Forensic Examination of Glass and Paint, edited by Brian Caddy, London, New York: Taylor & Francis, 2001, p. 65-83. Becker S, Gunaratnam L, Hicks T, Stoecklein W, Warman G. The differentiation of float glass using refractive index and elemental analysis: Comparisons of techniques. Problems in Forensic Science 2001; XLVII:80-92. Krsemann H. SEMs and Forensic Science. Problems in Forensic Science 2001; XLVII:110-121. Gaenzle K, Blackledge R. The characterization of "self-cleaning" window glass by scanning electron microscopy/energy-dispersive spectroscopy. Scanning 2003; 25(2):6667. Zadora G, Brozek-Mucha Z, Parczewski A. A differentiation of glass microtraces of the same qualitative composition. Problems of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46/47:144-146. Zadora G, Brozek-Mucha Z, Parczewski A. A classification of glass microtraces. Problems of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46/47:137-143. Hicks T, Monard Sermier F, Goldmann T, Brunelle A, Champod C, Margot P. The classification and discrimination of glass fragments using non destructive energy dispersive X-ray fluorescence. Forensic Science International 2003; 137:107-118. Roedel TC, Bronk H, Haschke M. Investigation of the influence of particle size on the quantitative analysis of glasses by energy-dispersive micro x-ray fluorescence spectrometry. X-Ray Spectrometry 2003; 31:16-26. Koons RD, Buscaglia J. Interpretation of Glass Composition Measurements: The Effects of Match Criteria on Discrimination Capability. Journal of the Forensic Science Society 2002; 47(3):305-512. Zachariadi GA, Anthemidis AN, Stratis JA. Evaluation of different calibration methods in inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometric analysis of certified glass materials and archaeological glass specimens. Journal of Analytical Atomic Spectrometry 2003; 18:358-366. Duckworth DC, Morton SJ, Bayne CK, Koons RD, Montero S, Almirall JR. Forensic glass analysis by ICP-MS: a multi-element assessment of discriminating power via 121

[113] [114] [115]

[116] [117]

[118] [119] [120] [121] [122]

[123] [124] [125] [126] [127] [128]

analysis of variance and pairwise comparisons. Journal of Analytical Atomic Spectrometry 2002; 17:662-668. Montero S, Hobbs AL, French T, Almirall JR. Elemental Analysis of Glass Fragments by ICP-MS as Evidence of Association: Analysis of a Case. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003; 48(5):1101-1107. Almirall JR, Trejos T, Hobbs AL, Furton GK. Trace elemental analysis of glass and paint samples of forensic interest by ICP-MS using laser ablation sample introduction. Proceedings of the SPIE, Ed. Carapezza EM, 2003; Vol. 5071:193-204. Aeschliman DB, Bajic SJ, Baldwin DP, Houk RS. Spatially-resolved analysis of solids by laser ablation-inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry: trace elemental quantification without matrix-matchted solid standards. Journal of Analytical Atomic Spectrometry 2003; 18:872-877. Trejos T, Montero S, Almirall JR. Analysis and comparison of glass fragments by laser ablation inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (LA-ICP-MS) and ICP-MS. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2003; 376:1255-1264. Aeschliman DB, Bajic SJ, Baldwin DP, Houk RS. Multivariative Pattern Matching of Trace Elements in Solids by Laser Ablation-Inductively Coupled Plasma - Mass Spectrometry: Source Attribution and Preliminary Diagnosis of Fractionation. Journal of Analytical Atomic Spectrometry 2004; in press. Baldwin DP, Houk RS, Bajic SJ, Aeschliman DB. Laser Ablation-Inductively Coupled Plasma - Mass Spectrommetry of Forensic Glass Samples. Proceedings of 56th Annual AAFS Meeting, Dallas, TX, Feb. 2004, p. 105. Trejos T, Almirall JR. Effect of Fractionation on the Forensic Elemental Analysis of Glass Using Laser Ablation Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry. Analytical Chemistry 2004; 76:1236-1242. Becker S, Watzke P, Dcking M, Stoecklein W. Laser Ablation in Forensic Glass Analysis: The Use of Matrix Matched Standards for Quantitative Float Glass Analysis. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 (Suppl. 1):361. Mason PRD, Mank AJG. Depth-resolved analysis in multi-layered glass and metal materials using laser ablation inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (LA-ICPMS). Journal of Analytical Atomic Spectrometry 2001; 16:1381-1388. Schultheis G, Prohaska T, Stingeder G, Dietrich K, Jembrih-Simbrger D, Schreiner M. Characterisation of ancient and art nouveau glass samples by Pb isotopic analysis using laser ablation coupled to a magnetic sector field inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer (LA-ICP-SF-MS). Journal of Analytical Atomic Spectrometry 2004; 19:838-843. Stoecklein W, Franke M, Goebel R. Cathodoluminescence in Forensic Science. Problems in Forensic Science 2001; XLVII:122-136. Anfone AB, Marcus KR. Radio frequency glow discharge optical emission spectrometry (rf-GD-OES) analysis of solid glass samples. Journal of Analytical Atomic Spectrometry 2001; 16:506-513. Tibi M, Heumann KG. Determination of trace elements in quartz glass by use of LINASpark-ICP-MS as a new method for bulk analysis of solid samples. Fresenius Journal of Analytical Chemistry 2001; 370:521-526. Fernndez B, Bordel N, Pereiro R, Sanz-Medel A. Radio Frequency Glow DischargeOptical Emission Spectrometry For Direct Quantitative Analysis of Glass. Analytical Chemistry 2004; 76:1039-1044. Dexian W, Litang W, Shanwu Z. Oscillopolarographic determination of iron in flat glass. Glass Technology 2001; 42(1):30-32. Dexian W, Litang W, Shanwu Z. Oscillopolarographic determination of very small amount of selenium in flat glass. Glass Technology 2002; 43(5):195-197.

122

[129] Jembrih-Simbrger D, Neelmeijer C, Schalm O, Fredrickx P, Schreiner M, De Vis K et al. The colour of silver stained glass - analytical investigations carried out with XRF, SEM/EDX, TEM, and IBA. Journal of Analytical Atomic Spectrometry 2002; 17:321328. [130] Thornton JI. Interpretation of physical aspects of glass evidence. In: Caddy B, editor. Forensic Examination of Glass and Paint. London, New York: Taylor & Francis, 2001: 97-121. [131] Bennett RL, Kim ND, Curran JM, Coulson SA, Newton AWN. Spatial variation of refractive index in a pane of float glass. Science & Justice 2003; 43(2):71-76. [132] Curran JM, Hicks T, Buckleton JS. Forensic Interpretation of Glass Evidence. Boca Raton: CRC Press; ISBN 0-8493-0069, 2000. [133] Bottrell MC, Blakely Webb J. Review of: Forensic Interpretation of Glass Evidence. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002; 47(4):926-927. [134] Maxwell VM. Forensic Interpretation of Glass Evidence. Journal of Forensic Identification 2001; 51(6):597-598. [135] Daid NN. Statistical interpretation of glass evidence. In: Caddy B, editor. Forensic Examination of Glass and Paint. London, New York: Taylor & Francis, 2001: 85-95. [136] Newton AWN, Curran JM, Triggs CM, Buckleton JS. The consequences of potentially differing distributions of the refractive indices of glass fragments form control and recovered sources. Forensic Science International 2004; 140:185-193. [137] Collins P, Coumbaros J, Horsley G, Lynch B, Kirkbride KP, Skinner W et al. Glasscontaining gunshot residue particles: a new type of highly characteristic particle? Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003; 48(3):538-553. [138] Ma C, Du J, Zhang Z, Wang T. Bloom on float glass. Glass Technology 2002; 43(6):245250. [139] Moseler D, Heide G, Frischat GH. Atomic force microscope study of the topography of float glasses and a model to explain the bloom effect. Glass Science and Technology 2002; 75:174-183. [140] Hayashi Y, Matsumoto K, Kudo M. Mechanisms and chemical effects of surface tin enrichment on float glass. Glass Technology 2001; 42(4/5):130-133. [141] Glser HJ. Low-emissive coatings on the outer surface of heat insulating glasses - a challenge to the flat glass industry. Glass Science and Technology 2002; 75:12-19. [142] Holland D, Gee IA, Mekki A, McConville CF. Role of surface science in the determination of glass structure. Physics and Chemistry of Glasses 2001; 42(3):247-254. [143] Nemilov SV. Physical ageing of silicate glasses. Glass Science and Technology 2003; 76(1):33-42. [144] Lee HC, Harris HA. Physical Evidence in Forensic Science. Tucson: Lawyers & Judges Publishing Co., Inc., 2000. [145] Hland W, Beall GH. Glass-Ceramic Technology. Westerville: The American Ceramic Society, 2002. [146] Lohmeyer S. Werkstoff Glas III. Renningen: expert-Verlag, 2001. [147] Petraco N, Kubic T. Color Atlas and Manual of Microscopy for Criminalists, Chemists, and Conservators. Boca Raton: CRC Press, 2004. [148] Brill RH. Chemical Analysis of Early Glasses Volume 1 The Catalogue. New York: The Corning Museum of Glass, 1999. [149] Brill RH. Chemical Analysis of Early Glasses Volume 2. The Tables. New York: The Corning Museum of Glass, 1999. [150] Robertson J. Will forensic science ever be the same? Being prepared for the 21st century. Australian Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003; 35:99-104. [151] Meyer, Klaus, Matschat R. Reference Materials in Materials Testing. In: Zschunke A, editor. Reference Materials in Analytical Chemistry. Berlin: Springer-Verlag, 2000: 57142. 123

[152] Barwick V, Burke S, Lawn R, Roper P, Walker R. Applications of Reference Materials in Analytical Chemistry. Teddengton, UK: Laboratory of the Government Chemist, 2001. [153] Buzoianu M. Reference materials and certified reference materials for spectrometry in Romania. Fresenius Journal of Analytical Chemistry 2001; 370:151-155. [154] Aitken CGG. Evaluation of Evidence. Australian Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003; 35:105-114. [155] Garbolino P, Taroni F. Evaluation of scientific evidence using Bayesian networks. Forensic Science International 2002; 125:149-155. [156] Taroni F. Bayesian networks, probability trees and the assessment of scientific evidence. In: Tontarski RE, editor. 13th Interpol Forensic Science Symposium; Lyon, France: U.S. Department of Justice; 2001. p. A-25. [157] Edmondstone GH, Legate J, Vardy GL, Lindsay E. An Assessment of the Evidential Value of Automotive Paint Comparisons. In: 48th Annual Meeting of the CSFS; 2001; Toronto, Ontario: CSFS; 2001. [158] Buzzini P, Massonnet G, Taroni F, Birrer S, Egli N, Mazzella W., et al. Survey of Crowbar and Household Paints in Burglary Cases : Population Study, Transfer and Interpretation. In: VIIth European Paint and Glass Meeting; September 2002; Madrid. [159] Buzzini P, Massonnet G, Mizrahi S. Interpretation of Household Paint Transfer: A Burglary Case with Foreign paint Traces Found on the Blade of a Crowbar. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Suppl. 1:355-356.

124

Forensic Geology A Review: 2001 to 2004

Ritusko Sugita, MSc 1) and Shinichi Suzuki, PhD 2) 1) Senior Scientist of Trace Evidence Section 2) Chief of Trace Evidence Section National Research Institute of Police Science, Japan Corresponding author: Ritusko Sugita National Research Institute of Police Science 6-3-1 Kashiwanoha, Kashiwa Chiba, 277-0882, Japan

125

INTRODUCTION: The Forensic geology has a long history as stated in the former review of forensic examinations of soil evidence (1) and Marumo (2). This review includes some older publications, which were not covered by them because the review topic has changed to geology from soil. Soil is known as complex of various organic and inorganic matters derived from natural and artificial origins. The history of soil is reflected in its property, for example colour, particle size distribution, minerals contained and invisible chemistry. The studies on useful property are surely the important matter of forensic geology. It is also expected to utilize new analytical methods and information of related sciences. Meetings The most significant event during the review period was the meeting Forensic Geoscience: Principles, Techniques and Applications held on 3-4 March 2003 at Burlington House of the Geological Society, London by the effort of Pye and Croft (3). It was probably the first international meeting focused on only forensic geoscience to share knowledge and experiences. Two full days meeting was filled with various topics, for example, basic techniques, researches, and applications to case works. Delegates were not only from forensic laboratories but also from academic fields and private companies. Their study fields consisted with wide fields: such as geology, microscopy, archaeology, botany, geography and others. There were twenty-five oral and sixteen poster presentations by the scientists from Canada, Italy, Japan, the Netherlands, UK, and the USA. The overview of forensic science was stated by Murray (4), importance of microscopy and a technique for microscopy was explained by Palenik (5), further new techniques and applications were reported by these delegates. Study group of trace evidence of natural origin has established in 2002 as a part of the Japanese Association of Science and Technology for Identification. The aim of the group is to share their knowledge and information required for examination of trace evidence of natural origin, for example soil, rocks, minerals, plants and so on. This meeting has been held annually( 6). Soil transfer Soil transfer is often recognized on many substances in many cases, and the recovered soil evidence is examined and compared to control samples. While performing examination, forensic geologists concern if the property of recovered soil from clothes or tools of the suspects are the same to the origin, and if not so how much difference there are. However, it had not been closely studied yet. Recently, soil transfer to footwear was studied by Chazzottes et al. (7) and Croft and Pye (8). They compared recovered soil from footwear to original soils in experimental cases. Chazzottes et al. (7) statistically discussed discrimination potential of particle size analysis. Croft and Pye (8) compared four different methods, namely color analysis, particle size analysis, stable isotope ratios and bulk chemistry. They are preliminary studies and it is expected it will be continued to clarify the property of recovered soil evidence. Bebris (9) approached this problem by the different way. Experiment of dust transfer from unpaved road to a car rear bumper and wheels was performed. Dust collected from the car was analyzed by powder X-ray diffraction method (XRD) and compared mineral assemblages to dust samples from roads. Relative intensities of dolomite and calcite to quartz (Hdol and Hcalc respectively) were calculated and dust samples were classified by Hdol and Hcalc values. Driving condition and other factors, which should be concerned on examination of such evidence, were also discussed in this paper.

126

Inorganic Analysis Although significant improvement of traditional methods was rather scarce in this period, some new analytical techniques were introduced into this fields. Small amount of minerals were analyzed using standardless synchrotron radiation X-ray fluorescence (SR-XRF) by DAngelo et al. (10) and thickness of the sample and the concentration of element was calculated. The method is on the way of improvement and seeking to use thin solid such as thin sections. SR-XRF has high potential to analyze small samples, and it has already applied to various trace evidence (11). This technique is also expected to apply in forensic mineral analysis. Gorunushkin et al. (12) conducted an experiment to identify particulate of geological materials using microscopic laser induced breakdown spectrometer by comparing with spectral libraries. Four iron ores supplied from National Institute of Standard Techniques (NIST, USA) and six iron ore samples were analyzed and identified very well and chemical speciation of iron was also successful. This method will be useful for the identification of contaminants in soil and sediments. Croft and Pye (13) examined the potential of stable isotopes in forensic soil analysis. Carbon and nitrogen isotopes in soil samples were analyzed and as the result of experiments, discrimination of soil types was successful and close agreement was found between source soil and onestage transferred soil to footwear. Potential of continuous flow isotope ratio mass spectrometry was also promoted by Fourel et al (14). Sandorani et al. (15) has developed microwave digestion technique to measure heavy metals in sediments and soils. Acid mixture of HNO3, HF and distilled H2O was used and condition of digestion was determined. The digests were analyzed by inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectrometry (ICP-OES). The results obtained showed good agreement to those of obtained by previous methods. Sutherland et al. (16) and Sutherland (17) have studied metal extraction from soil and road sediments using different strength reagents. Solubility of elements to different strength acids was determined. Stronger digestion resulted higher concentration of elements and for the screening of degree of pollution extraction with0.5M HCl was considered most suitable. As the results, this method will be applicable for the forensic differentiation the property of soil by chemical extraction. Terashima et al. (18) reported a new geochemical reference material for soil analysis. The suggested values and the results of evaluation values by several organizations were described Microscopy and Particle Analysis Microscopy is still the most important technique for forensic geological examination, even many sophisticated analytical equipments are introduced. The mounting method for small particles was described in detail by Teetsov (19). The technique is considered applicable to various kinds of particles. It also provided a lot of information in regard with the preparation of tools and equipments. Gunter and Twamley (20) has developed a new method to determine orientation of biaxial minerals using spindle polarized microscope. Bandli and Gunter (21) and Brown and Gunter (22) applied the method to determination of morphological and optical characterization of asbestos and amphiboles from Libby, Montana, USA.

127

Petraco and Kubic (23) shared large volume of pages to minerals and matters included in soil with clear and beautiful photographs by the microscopic observation of soils. The atlas shown in this paper provides very useful information to those who are not familiar to microscopy and gives a lot of suggestion to microscopists for the methods of description of the observed materials under microscopes. Blott et al. (24) has applied laser diffraction method to particle size analysis of forensic soil discrimination. This technique was considered suitable for particles in size from 0.04m to 2000m and was applicable to samples with quite small amount. Trace of Biological Substances and Organic matters There are various properties in organic matters of soil. They are as important as inorganic components but are not utilized very much in forensic examinations because of the chemical complexity and seasonal change of biological communities. Pollen analysis is one of the most applied botanical methods for the forensic investigations. Wiltshire explained the importance of palynological approach even to determine the season of the event (25). Plant phytolith is often found in soil and sometimes plays important role in forensic examinations. To provide much attentions for this purpose are derived from grass leaves, which have been well studied. Kondo et al. (26) and Kondo et al. (27) studied phytolith of Pinaceae leaves to differentiate three genera, but as there were little research has been accomplished. Series of studies by Ogura (28-31) have described morphology of microscopic charcoal, the original vegetation and the morphological change due to the different burning temperature. A study of the relationship between pollen and microscopic charcoal from a certain area was also carried out (32). Micro algae in soil were also studied in the period by Sugita et al (33). Classification according to morphological features of these materials for forensic examination was proposed. It was applied to cultured algae from soil samples, and the original soils could be discriminated by the classification method. Krstic et al. (34) have studied diatoms related to drowning cases. DNA technique was applied to soil samples by Horsewell et al. (35). DNA profiling of a microbial community in soil samples recovered from a sole of a shoe, collected from a shoe print and reference sites was analyzed and showed good discrimination potential. Application of Microbial Community Profiling and Characterization (MCPC) was introduced by van Haeringen (36). The technique will be able to handle many soil samples and comparison is possible. The acid fraction of humus extracted from soil samples was examined by UV-Vis spectrophotometry (37). Samples from five different areas were discriminated by 85% correct classification. Gerin et al. (38) has analyzed surface of soil material by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS). There were concentration of carbon up to 1000 times more than bulk concentration and some significant difference was found in Andosol from other types of soils. This approach may be applicable to determine the type of soil evidence with small amount. Branches of Eucalyptus camaldulensis grown at the same site from seeds of different origin were analyzed by pyrolysis-gas chromatography (Py-GC) (39). Discrimination among the samples was successful using syringyl propane unit and guaiacyl propane unit when principal component analysis (PCA) to the results of Py-GC was applied. 128

Several experiments were conducted to characterize organic components in soil from graves. Characteristics of microbial activities in soil from experimental graves were examined (40). Pigs were buried and total C, biomass C, Total N, amino acid, NH4+, and NO3- were analyzed after 430days of burial. Quantitative analysis of trace level of adipocere in grave soils by GC-MS method was successfully detected. Tuller (41) indicated the possibility of detection of human blood proteins and volatile fatty acids from soil of murder site after the body was removed. Forbes et al. (42) examined to detect adipocere from grave soils collected from exhumation conducted in cemeteries using gaschromatograpy-mass spectrometry. Trimethylsilyl ester derivatives of fatty acids (fatty acid TMS) were prepared using bis(trimethylsilyl)trifluoroacetamide (BSTFA) and the result of analysis was better than fatty acid methyl esters (FAME) because fatty acid TMS was easier to prepare and loss of intensities was smaller than FAME. Database, Geochemical Maps, and Urban Soil A practice by Russian railway police is undergoing using a database SOIL-RAILWAY (43) to search a point of illegal penetration of thieves onto a freight train. The system includes information of elements, magnetic properties, mineralogical compositions, and some others of samples collected from the path of railways. Geochemical maps have been used by geologists for ore exploration. Importance of the use of such maps were recognized to maintain environment and the project of creating global scale geochemical maps has started in 1988 (44, 45). Manuals of sampling and analysis were established (46). The use of such maps in forensic examination is discussed by Rawlins (47) and Saye (48). As global and national scale mapping is mainly focusing elemental analyses, McGrath et al. (49) examined soil organic carbon (SOC) in samples collected under permanent pasture with the depth of 0-10cm. SOC was determined by Walkley-Black method. As the result, SOC in Ireland show broad regional pattern in which generally consistent with the spatial distribution of precipitation materials and geographic elevation in the country. There are also many researches of distribution of substances in urban soil and sediments. The results of these studies are indicating the correlation of land use and concentration of certain substances. Romic and Romic (50) have examined heavy metal distribution in agricultural topsoil in the region of Zagreb, Croatia, which had been rapidly urbanized recently. Li et al. (51) has reported the result of heavy metal (Cd, Cu, Pb, and Zn) analysis in urban parks soils, street soils and soils from country parks in Hong Kong using ICP-OES. Bityukova et al. (52) has studied on elemental distribution of Tallinn, Estonia and resulted that major elements concentration was consistent with underlying rocks but the concentration of some trace elements was significantly over the average in urban soils. Tijhuis et al. (53) has surveyed geochemistry of topsoil in the city of Oslo, Norway and human activities were reflected to elemental composition of topsoil. Road sediments and park soil samples were analyzed using the energy dispersive X-ray fluorometory (EDXRF). As the result, samples near an ironworks contained Mg, Ca, Cr, V, Ti, Ni, Mn and Fe by Adachi and Tainosho (54) in Kobe, Japan. As the result of this survey, concentration of heavy metal elements was in good correlation with human activities. Mielke et al. (55) has compared chemical composition of soils and sediments three sites in New Orleans. They analyzed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) and metals. As the result, PAH and metal concentrations were associated in city soil but not clear in sediments and alluvium. 129

Platinum group metals (PGM) have been used in autocatalyst and deposition of PGM was analyzed in many cities. High concentration was detected from road sediments and concentration decreased as the distance was greater from roads (56-63). A study aimed its goal as establishing material scientific databases for supporting crime investigation is carried on (64, 65). As the basic study to accomplish its aim, analytical techniques and parameters to characterize soil samples were examined. To characterize urban soils and sediments from Tokyo and surrounding areas from the viewpoint of forensic science, gravity analysis, magnetometer, microscopic observation, multiple analytical techniques were applied, that is XRD, scanning electron microscopy with energy dispersive X-ray fluorometory (SEM-EDX) and SR-XRF. Case reports Brown (66) reported a case which combination of soil and pollen analysis revealed grave site of a murder. Soil analysis including colors, textures, minerals and inclusions as well as pollen were carried out to soil samples collected from a car related to the crime. Result of soil analysis provided information of area connected to the crime, and pollen spectra helped to narrowing the area. As the result, grave site was found with a good matching of both soil and pollen information. Horrock and Walsh (67) reported the result of examination of clippings of grass and soil recovered from suspects shoes and jeans in a sexual assault case. It was proved that there was a good correlation of pollen between retrieved from the scene of the crime and recovered one. Hopen (68) reviewed three effective cases of soil examination in crime scene investigation. Eijkel (69) reported case of murder, in which analysis of communities of diatom was effective. Comparison of diatom communities among samples from the burial site, suspects car and cloths, and shovels were carried out. As the result, the burial site had quite characteristic community and some of the samples from suspects car matched to it. Successful and unsuccessful cases utilizing Computational Fluid Dynamics were introduced by Hardisty (70). The system was used in murder cases to estimate the sites of dumping bodies into rivers from the places and the time they were found. Field Surveys Buck et al. (71) reported ground penetrating radar, magnetometry, and electrical resistivity were tested for forensic searching of graves. As the result, ground penetrating radar and electron resistivity could detect some burials including graves. The author concluded that farther experiments are required but the possibility of narrowing site has been proved. Davis et al. (72) reported GPR was applied to search for graves of victims killed by Spanish flu in 1918. It could detect burial sites of seven wooden coffins in the layer of disturbed soil on frozen soil. Several applications of geophysical techniques for searching graves were also reported by Cheetham (73), Donnelly and Fenning (74) and Scott (75). Bisbing (76) had stated the importance of field survey on forensic soil analysis. The importance of stratigraphic techniques was stated by Hanson (77) from his experience of excavating mass murder sites. The technique will serve to reconstruct the behavior of the criminal at the clandestine graves by searching trace of tools, steps and so on.

130

Miscellaneous Hot spring water related to a crime was required to examine its origin(78, 79). Reference water collected from 30 wells was analyzed using ion chromatography (IC) and atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS). Cl- and SO4- varied in wide range when plotted on Cl-SO4-F triangle diagram. Acknowledgment The authors would like to deeply appreciate kindly providing useful information from Dr. Robertson, Dr. Croft, Dr. Wolf, Dr. Brocard, and Dr. Cordiner. REFERENCES: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) http://www.interpol.int/Public/Forensic/IFSS/meeting13/Reviews/Soil.pdf Marumo Y. Forensic Examination of Soil Evidence. Japanese Journal of Association of Science and Technology for Identification 2003;7(2): 95-111. Proceeding of Forensic Geoscience: Principles, Techniques and Applications; 2003 March 3-4; London. U.K.: Geological Society 2004. Murray RC. Forensic Geology Yesterday Today Tomorrow. Programm and Abstracts, Forensic Geoscience: Principles, Techniques and Applications; 2003 Mach 3-4 London: The Geological Society. Palenik S. A Technique for Microscopical Soil Examinations. Programm and Abstracts, Forensic Geoscience: Principles, Techniques and Applications; 2003 Mach 3-4 London: The Geological Society. Sugita R. ( National Research Institute of Police Science) Private Information; 2001. Calottes V, Brocard C, Peyrot B. Particle Size Analysis of Soils under Simulated Scene of Crime Conditions: the Interest of Multivariate Analyses. Forensic Science International 2004; 140: 159-166. Croft DJ, Pye K. Multi-Technique Comparison of Source and Primary Transfer Soil Samples: An Experimental Investigation. Science & Justice 2004: 44(1); 21-28. Bebris G. Road Dust Mineral Composition Analysis with Powder X-Ray Diffraction of Unpaved Roads. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Supplement 1: 106-107. DAngelo J, Perino E, Marchevsky E, Riveros JA. Standardless Analysis of Small Amounts of Mineral Samples by SR-XRF and Conventional XRF Analyses X-Ray Spectrometry 2002; 31: 419-423. Suzuki S. (National Research Institute of Police Science) Private Information; 2003. Garnishing IB, Rutz-Medina A, Anzano JM, Smith BW, Winefordner JD. Identification of Particulate Materials by Correlation Analysis Using a Microscopic Laser Induced Breakdown Spectrometer. Journal of Analytical Atomic Spectrometry 2000; 15: 581-586. Croft DJ, Pye K. The Potential Use of Continuous-Flow Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometry as a Tool in Forensic Soil Analysis: A Preliminary Report. Rapid Communications in Mass Spectrometry 2003; 17(23): 2581-2584. Fourel F, Phillips A, Mounier L. Forensic Applications in Continuous Flow IRMS Using the IsoPrime. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Supplement 1: 113-114. Sandroni V, Smith CMM, Donovan A. Microwave Digestion of Sediment, Soils and Urban Particulate Matter for Trace Metal Analysis. Talanta 2003; 60: 715-723. Sutherland RA, Tack FM, Tolosa C A, Verloo MG. Metal Extraction from Road Sediment Using Different Strength Reagents: Impact on Anthrogenic Contaminant Signals. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment 2001; 71: 221-242. 131

(14) (15) (16)

(17)

(18) (19) (20) (21)

(22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32)

Sutherland RA. Comparison between Non-Residual Al, Co, Cu, Fe, Mn, Ni, Pb and Zn Released by a Three-Step Sequential Extraction Procedure and a Dilute Hydrochloric Acid Leach for Soil and Road Deposited Sediment. Applied Geochemistry 2002; 17: 353-365. Terashima S, Imai N, Tominaga M, Hirata S, Taniguchi M. Preparation of a New GSJ Geochemical Reference Material: JSO-2 Soil. BUNSEKI KAGAKU 2000: 49(5); 319324. Teetsov A. An Organized Approach to Isolating and Mounting Small Particles for Polarized Light Microscopy. The Microscope 2002; 50(4): 159-168. Gunter ME, Twamley B. A New Method to Determine the Optical Orientation of Biaxial Minerals: A Mathematical Approach. The Canadian Mineralogist 2001; 39: 1701-1711. Bandli BR, Gunter ME. Identification and Characterization of Mineral and Asbestos Particles Using the Spindle Stage and the Scanning Electron Microscope: The Libby, Montana, U.S.A. Amphibole-Asbestos as an Example. The Microscope 2001; 49(4): 191199. Brown BM. Gunter ME. Morphological and Optical Characterization of Amphiboles from Libby, Montana U.S.A. by Spindle Stage Assisted-Polarized Light Microscopy. The Microscope 2003; 51(3): 121-140. Petraco N. Kubic T. Color Atlas and Manual of Microscopy for Criminalists, Chemist, and Conservators. Boca Raton: CRC Press, 2003. Blott SJ, Croft DJ, Pye K, Saye SE, Wilson HE. Particle Size Determination of Soils for Forensic Purposes Using Laser Diffraction. Abstracts of Forensic Geoscience: principles, techniques and applications 2003: 14. Wiltshire P. Palynology and Related Botanical Evidence Its Recent Contribution to Forensic Investigations. Programm and Abstracts, Forensic Geoscience: Principles, Techniques and Applications; 2003 Mach 3-4 London: The Geological Society. Kondo R, Tsutsuki K, Tani M, Maruyama R. Differentiation of Genera Pinus, Picea, and Abies by the Transfusion Tracheid Phytolith of Pinaceae Leaves. Pedologist 2002; 46(1): 32-35. Kondo R, Oosawa S, Tsutsuki K, Tani M, Shibano S. Characteristics of the Opal Phytoliths Derived from Pinaceae Leaves. Pedologist 2003; 47(2): 90-103. Ogura J. The Relation between the Morphology of Microscopic Charcoal and the Original Vegetation (1). Journal of Kyoto Seika University 1999; 17: 53-69. Ogura J. The Relation between the Morphology of Microscopic Charcoal and the Original Vegetation (2). Journal of Kyoto Seika University 2000; 19: 2-21. Ogura J. The Relation between the Morphology of Microscopic Charcoal and the Original Vegetation (3). Journal of Kyoto Seika University 2001; 21: 32-50. Ogura J. The Changes of Forms of Microscopic Charcoal Particles due to the Difference of Burning Temperature. Journal of Kyoto Seika University 2003; 25: 247-266. Ogura J. A Study of Microscopic Charcoal Particles included in the Samples used for the Pollen Analysis of Midoroga-ike Pond. Journal of Kyoto Seika University 2002; 22: 267288. Sugita R, Suzuki S, Marumo Y. Validity of Micro Algae for Forensic Discrimination of Soil. Journal of Association of Science and Technology for Identification 2004; inprint. Krstic S, Duma A, Janevska B, Levkov Z, Nikolova K, Noveska M. Diatoms in Forensic Expertise of Drowning A Macedonian Experience. Forensic Science International 2002; 127: 198-203. Horswell J, Cordiner SJ, Maas EW, Martin TM, Sutherland KBW, Speir TW et al. Forensic Comparison of Soils by Bacterial Community DNA Profiling. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002; 47(2): 350-353.

(33) (34) (35)

132

(36) (37) (38) (39)

(40) (41)

(42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54)

van Haeringen WA, Panneman H, van Haeringen H. Microbial Community Profiling and Characterization (MCPC). Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Supplement 1: 108. Thanasoulias NC, Piliouris ET, Kotti MSE, Evmiridis NP. Application of Multivariate Chemometrics in Forensic Soil Discrimination Based on the UV-Vis Spectrum of the Acid Fraction of Humus. Forensic Science International 2002; 130: 73-82. Gerin PA. Genet MJ. Herbillon AJ. Delvaux B. Surface Analysis of Soil Material by XRay Photoelectron Spectroscopy. European Journal of Soil Science 2003; 54 September: 589-603. Yokoi H, Nakase T, Ishida Y, Ohtani H, Tsuge S, Sonoda T et al. Discriminative Analysis of Eucalyptus camaldulensis Grown from Seeds of Various Origins Based on Lignin Components Measured by Pyrolysis-Gas Chromatography. Journal of Analytical and Applied Pyrolysis 2001; 57: 145-152. Hopkins DW, Wiltshire PEJ, Turner BD. Microbial Characteristics of Soils from Graves: An Investigation at the Interface of Soil Microbiology and Forensic Science. Applied Soil Ecology 2000; 14: 283-288. Tuller HH. Dirty Secrets: Identification of Older Crime Scenes in the Former Yugoslavia through Blood Proteins and Volatile Fatty Acid Soil Analysis. Proceeding of the Annual Meeting of American Academy of Forensic Sciences; 2003 February 17-22; Chicago (Illinois): American Academy of Forensic Sciences. Forbes SL, Keegah J, Stuart BH, Dent BB. A Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry Method for the Detection of Adipocere in Grave Soils. European Journal of Lipid Science and Technology 2003; 105: 761-768. Omelyanyuk G, Alekseev A. Application of the Computer Searching System SOILRAILWAY in Practice of the Railway Police. Problems of Forensic Sciences (Z Zadnien Nauk Sadowych) 2001; 47: 17-19. http://www.iugs.org/iugs/science/sci-tgggb.htm Darnley AG. International Geochemical Mapping A Review. Journal of Geochemical Exploration 1995; 55: 5-10. http://www.gsf.fi/foregs/geochem/analyticalman.pdf Rawlins B, Cave M. Can Soil Geochemical Survey Data be Used in Forensic Studies? Programm and Abstracts, Forensic Geoscience: Principles, Techniques and Applications; 2003 Mach 3-4 London: The Geological Society. Saye SE, Pye K. Development of a Coastal Dune Sediment Database for England and Wales: Forensic Applications. Programm and Abstracts, Forensic Geoscience: Principles, Techniques and Applications; 2003 Mach 3-4 London: The Geological Society. McGrath D, Zhang C. Spatial Distribution of Soil Organic Carbon Concentrations in Grassland of Ireland. Applied Geochemistry 2003; 18: 1629-1639. Romic M, Romic D. Heavy Metals Distribution in Agricultural Topsoils in Urban Area. Environmental Geology 2003; 43: 795-805. Li X, Poon CS, Liu PS. Heavy Metal Contamination of Urban Soils and Street Dusts in Hong Kong. Applied Geochemistry 2001; 16: 1361-1368. Bityukova L, Shogenova A. Birke M. Urban Geochemistry: A Study of Element Distributions in the Soils of Tallinn (Estonia). Environmental Geochemistry and Health 2000; 22: 173-193. Tijhuis L, Brattli B. & Sther OM. A Geochemical Survey of Topsoil in the City of Oslo, Norway. Environmental Geochemistry and Health 2002; 24: 67-94. Adachi K, Tainosho Y. Heavy Metal Pollution of Surface Soil in Eastern Part of Kobe City. Bulletin of the Faculty of Human Development, Kobe University 2000; 8(1): 89102.

133

(55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70)

Mielke HW, Wang G, Gonzales CR, Le B, Quach VN. Mielke PW. PAH and Metal Mixtures in New Orleans Soils and Sediments. The Science of the Total Environment 2001; 281: 217-227. Rauch S, Morrison GM, Motelica-Heino M, Donard OFX, Muris M. Elemental Association and Fingerprinting of Traffic-Related Metals in Road Sediments. Environmental Science & Technology 2000; 34: 3119-3123. Ely JC, Neal CR, Kulpa CF, Schneegurt MA, Seidler JA, Jain JC. Implications of Platinum-Group Element Accumulation along U. S. Roads from Catalytic-Converter Attrition. Environmental Science and Technology 2001; 35: 3816-3822. Gmez B, Gmez M, Sanchez JL, Fernndez R, Palacios MA. Platinum and Rhodium Distribution in Airborne Particulate Matter and Road Dust. The Science of the Total Environment 2001; 269: 131-144. Higney E, Olive V, MacKenzie AB, Pulford ID. Isotope Dilution ICP-MS Analysis of Platinum in Road Dusts from West Central Scotland. Applied Geochemistry 2002; 17: 1123-1129. Morton O, Puchelt H, Hernandez E, Lounejeva E. Traffic-Related Platinum Group Elements (PGE) in Soils from Mexico City. Journal of Geochemical Exploration 2001; 72: 223-227. Sutherland RA. A First Look at Platinum in Road-Deposited Sediments and Roadside Soils, Honolulu, Oahu, Hawaii. Archives of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology 2003; 44: 430-436. Jarvis KE, Parry SJ. Piper JM. Temporal and Spatial Studies of Autocatalyst-Derived Platinum, Rhodium and Selected Vehicle-Derived Trace Elements in the Environment. Environmental Science and Technology 2001; 35: 1031-1036. Shfer J, Hannker D, Eckhardt JD, Stben D. Uptake of Traffic-Related Heavy Metals and Platinum Group Elements (PGE) by Plants. The Science of the Total Environment 1998; 215: 59-67. Aoki E, Hokura A, Nakai I, Terada Y. Fundamental research for Forensic Characterization of Soil Samples. Japanese Journal of Association of Science and Technology for Identification 2003 October; 8(Supplement): 62. Nakai I, Hokura T, Aoki E, Yonago T, Nose K. Basic Study on Discrimination of Soil. Journal of Association of Science and Technology for Identification 2002; 7(supplement) October: 11. Brown AG, Smith A, Elmhurst O. The Combined Use of Pollen and Soil Analyses in a Search and Subsequent Murder Investigation. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002; 47(3): 614-618. Horrock M, Walsh KAJ. Pollen on Grass Clipping: Putting the Suspect at the Scene of the Crime. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46(4): 947-949. Hopen TJ. The Value of Soil Evidence. In: Houck MM, editor. Trace Evidence Analysis More Cases in Mute Witnesses. Burlington: Elsevier Academic Press, 2004; 105-122. van den Eijkel AK. A Case for Environmental Traces. Forensic Science International 2003; 136 Supplement 1: 107-108. Hardisty J. Hydrodynamic Modelling as Investigative and Evidential Tools in Murder Enquiries: Examples from the Humber and the Thames. Programm and Abstracts, Forensic Geoscience: Principles, Techniques and Applications; 2003 Mach 3-4 London: The Geological Society. Buck SC. Searching for Graves Using Geophysical Technology: Field Tests with Ground Penetrating Radar, Magnetometry, and Electrical Resistivity. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003; 48(1): 5-11.

(71)

134

(72) (73)

(74) (75) (76) (77) (78) (79)

Davis JL, Heginbottom JA, Annan AP, Daniels RS, Berdal BP, Bergan T et al. Ground Penetrating Radar Surveys to Locate 1918 Spanish Flu Victims in Permafrost. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2000; 45(1): 68-76. Cheetham P. A Practical and Effective, High-Resolution, Symmetrical Response and Reduced Near-Surface Noise Multiple Potential Electrode Resistivity Array Configuration for the Detection of Clandestine Graves. Programm and Abstracts, Forensic Geoscience: Principles, Techniques and Applications; 2003 Mach 3-4 London: The Geological Society. Donnelly LJ, Fenning P. Geophysical Techniques for Forensic Investigations. Programm and Abstracts, Forensic Geoscience: Principles, Techniques and Applications; 2003 Mach 3-4 London: The Geological Society. Scott J. Environmental Influences on Resistivity Mapping for the Location of Clandestine Graves. Programm and Abstracts, Forensic Geoscience: Principles, Techniques and Applications; 2003 Mach 3-4 London: The Geological Society. Bisbing RE. Forensic Soil Analysis in the Field. Abstract and Commentary of Inter/Micro 2003. The Microscope 2003; 51: 167. Hanson I. The Importance of Stratigraphy in Forensic Investigations. Programm and Abstracts, Forensic Geoscience: Principles, Techniques and Applications; 2003 Mach 3-4 London: The Geological Society. Fushinuki Y, Hamasaki S, Nagahama K, Nanamegi K, Sakamoto H. Discrimination of Hot Spring Water from Southern Satsuma Peninsula, Japan. Abstracts of 50th Annual Meeting of the Japan Society for Analytical Chemistry 2001: 357. Nagahama K, Nanamegi K, Fushinuki Y, Sakamoto H. Study on Characterization of Original Area of Hot Spring Water. Abstracts of the 6th Annual Meeting of Association of Science and Technology for Identification 2000: 55.

135

INDIVIDUAL IDENTIFICATION EVIDENCE

136

Recent progress in Forensic DNA profiling A Review: 2001 to 2004

Dr. Peter Gill Forensic Science Service United Kingdom

137

INTRODUCTION: This review focuses upon the major advances in DNA profiling technology during the last three years. It is subdivided into several main sections: mixture interpretation using expert systems; mitochondrial DNA; low copy number STR DNA profiling and its relationship to contamination; population genetics and the relationship to correction factors of match probabilities; Ychromosome markers; autosomal SNPs and other new DNA methods. For a general review on the forensic application of STRs in relation to national DNA databases see the review by Gill [1]. Mixture interpretation using expert systems The original method of DNA mixture interpretation was proposed by Evett et al. [2]. Several years ago, a theory to interpret mixed DNA profiles that included a consideration of peak area using the method of least squares was proposed by Gill et al.[3]. This method of mixture interpretation was not widely adopted because of the complexity of the associated calculations. Currently, most reporting officers take account of peak area in an intuitive way based upon their experience and judgement based approach to interpretation. A formalised approach has been written into a computer program package called PENDULUM [4]. This program uses a least squares method to estimate the pre-amplification mixture proportion for two potential contributors. It then calculates the heterozygous balance for all of the potential sets of genotypes. A list of possible genotypes is generated using a set of heuristic rules. External to the program the candidate genotypes may then be used to formulate likelihood ratios that are based on alternative casework propositions. The system does not represent a black box approach; rather it has been integrated into the method currently used by the reporting officers at the Forensic Science Service (FSS). The time saved in automating routine calculations associated with mixtures analysis is significant. In addition, the computer program assists in unifying reporting processes, thereby improving the consistency of reporting. Parallel developments have also been undertaken by Perlin and Szabady [5] who also used the minimisation of the sum of squared deviations across loci in their Linear Mathematics Algorithm. This approach used an elegant mathematical procedure to search for possible genotypes, and in addition it removed stutter before proceeding. Mitochondrial DNA The main uses of mtDNA testing are to analyse hair shafts and degraded remains. The control region of human mtDNA, is the region most commonly analysed. The EDNAP group [6] recently carried out a collaborative exercise in order to evaluate the distribution of mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) heteroplasmy amongst the hairs of an individual originally shown by Linch et al. [7]. It has been demonstrated that mtDNA mutates at a substantially higher rate than autosomal DNA e.g. Parsons et al. [8]. Consequently it is not unusual for differences to be observed between different hairs and/or tissues within an individual. In the EDNAP study it was also demonstrated that heteroplasmy was not just observed between hair shafts, but also along the length of a single hair shaft. Linch et al. [7] highlighted that a significant proportion of the mitochondria in hair shaft were likely to have originated from a relatively small number of melanocytes, the remainder originating from keratinocytes. Melanocytes continue to produce mitochondria until later in life when grey hairs are produced and then keratinocytes take over production. This provides a mechanism that may explain a shift in heteroplasmic ratios within and between individual hair shafts. Nevertheless, despite high levels of heteroplasmy observed in the study, it was demonstrated by Tully et al. [6] that the maximum number of differences between any single hair and the reference sample was one. Heteroplasmy has been found at multiple positions within a single individual in previous studies [9-12]. In particular, Grzybowski 138

[12] claimed to have found excessive heteroplasmic events in mtDNA up to six positions in the HVI region. These results have been challenged by Tully and Lareu [13] and Budowle et al. [14] mainly on the basis of potential contamination or the amplification of nuclear pseudogenes. In addition, Brandstatter and Parson [15] demonstrated that misinterpretation of data can arise from the utilisation of nested PCR that gives substantially higher background noise compared to direct PCR. With regard to taking account of mtDNA contamination, the EDNAP group [6] has recommended that in the event of duplication failing or where insufficient sample is present, the report should clearly state the limitations of an unconfirmed result. To report mtDNA results, the aim of a mtDNA analysis is to provide evidence to support one or two alternative propositions: 1) The contention that the evidential sample (Q) originated from the suspect (the donor of K) or a maternally linked relative; or 2) The contention that the evidential sample (Q) originates from the suspects sample (K) originate from different individuals (of different maternal lineage). The sequence is reported as a haplotype. Currently most laboratories use the counting method to estimate evidential strength. This means that the result is compared to a database size (n) where the number of matching sequences is reported. If two samples (K and Q) do not match then this does not necessarily mean that they do not have the same origin. There are hotspots within the mtDNA genome where mutations are more common. For example a difference at position 73 which is relatively stable provides stronger evidence of exclusion than position 16,093, which is an apparent mutation hotspot where heteroplasmy has been commonly observed [11]. However, this is difficult to quantify in evidential statements. Tully et al. [16] suggest a likelihood ratio formulation to assess the evidence for apparent simple mismatches. However, more data on mutation and demography are needed before full LR approaches can be employed. There are a number of data collections are available on the internet. For example: EDNAP mtDNA Population Database (EMPOP) [17] www.EMPOP.org , and www.mitomap.org . The biggest problem with database collections is ensuring their integrity. The EDNAP study discovered submissions from laboratories contained a number of errors ranging from clerical, interpretation and sample transpositions. It has been shown in an excellent study [18] that many errors in databases that can be highlighted by phylogenetic analysis of closely related mtDNA within the framework of an established world-wide phylogeny that is supported by coding region. A series of general rules can be followed to detect potential errors. In particular, Bandelt et al. [18] recommends that checks are made to determine whether a haplogroup motif is fully represented in a sequence. For example, if numerous distinct transversions and indels appear in a sample that is not represented in a database then this may indicate misreading of the sequence. Sometimes new sequence variants are confirmed, however. Once highlighted, the sample may be reinvestigated. The implementation of suggested guidelines is expected to reduce error rates by at least an order of magnitude.

Low copy number STR DNA profiling and the relationship with contamination 139

The definition of low copy number analysis is analysis of less than c.100pg DNA [19]. At low levels, stochastic effects result in unequal amplification of allelic products. Consequently, alleles at a heterozygous locus appear to be unbalanced. At the extreme, this leads to the phenomenon known as allele drop-out where one allele at a heterozygous locus is missing altogether. The interpretation of DNA profiles, especially mixtures, is dependent upon a full understanding of the characteristics of the way heterozygous balance is related to the quantity of DNA template available [20]. In addition, we can generalise that PCRs that have lower levels of DNA template are more prone to contamination events. To minimise the impact, the LCN protocol requires duplicate PCR of an extract only those alleles that are duplicated are reported. A complex statistical theory underpins LCN and is preferable to use. The method has been programmed into a computer program called LoComatioN [21] This method factors in probabilities of allele drop-out p(D) and contamination p(C) into the calculation of the LR. These parameters are calculated from experimental observations where p(D) depends upon the size of the surviving heterozygotic allele, and p(C) can be estimated from collation of negative control results. It is important to note that just because a reference profile does not match the crime stain this does not result in exclusion, rather the probability of the evidence is lowered as a result. Increasing the number of PCR amplification cycles to 34 is sufficient to raise the sensitivity of the test sufficiently to detect the PCR products of a single cell. In practice it is very unlikely that a single cell would be successfully analysed from crime stain material rather, it more likely that several cells containing fragmented DNA would form the smaller samples analysed. The increased prevalence of contamination at low level has to be addressed by duplicate analysis of the result and also by careful conditioning. Experience with LCN has implications for standard DNA analysis companies that manufacture STR multiplexes validate their multiplex systems down to c.250pg (the equivalent of c.50 cells). However, it can be argued that conventional DNA profiling using 28 cycles is itself low copy number testing when low levels of target DNA are analysed. Remembering that the key features that distinguish LCN from conventional DNA profiling are the prevalence of contamination and drop-out it has been demonstrated that both of these features also exist with conventional 28 cycle DNA profiling as well. Recently, extensive investigations have demonstrated that a small proportion of plastic tubes have been contaminated at the manufacturing source. Consequently, DNA profiles that were originally attributed to case-work material were wrongly attributed and the crimes were undetected as a result. In order to minimise the impact of contamination, whilst recognising that it was impossible to prevent it completely, over a number of years, the following measures were introduced by the Forensic Science Service [22, 23]: 1) At crime scenes, investigating officers wear protective clothing and face masks. A study of the effectiveness has been made by Rutty et al. [24] 2) Processing of samples is separated into extraction areas and amplification areas 3) Positive pressure laboratory conditions are used in laboratories, entry is restricted only to personnel working in the unit

140

4) In the UK, a Police Elimination Database (PED) has been implemented. So far there are c.65,000 contributors to this database. Samples from the crime scene are checked against the database but only against those officers who were investigating a given crime scene 5) A staff elimination database comprising staff working in the DNA unit has been implemented. All samples are checked against the database. This database is extended to visitors, maintenance staff etc. 6) Any unexplained profiles e.g. profiles appearing in negative controls or quality control checks also go onto a searchable database. 7) As part of automation, which uses micro-titre plate format, software is used to highlight potential splash-over events where aerosol from one well may occasionally affect adjacent wells - identified by profiles that contain matching alleles (albeit in admixture). Nevertheless, no matter how many precautions are employed there is still a certain amount of background contamination that is inevitable. Low level contamination tends to be sporadic (i.e. tube specific) and partial. The logical consequence of this is that a negative control does not give confidence that the associated batch of extractions is contaminant free [23]. The only exception to this is when the contaminant is observed both in the negative control and in an associated extraction tube(s), in which case the contamination is considered gross i.e. multiple events that are possibly reagent based. Gill and Kirkham [22] suggest that negative controls cannot be used to assign confidence that an associated extraction batch is contamination free. However, because negatives controls are effectively a microcosm of casework samples (albeit supposedly DNAfree) then by careful monitoring, they can be useful to measure the amount of contamination that is pervasive in the process. Thompson et al. [25] suggest that any error rate must reduce the likelihood ratio reported in a case. However, contamination rates do not equate to error rates. Each case is effectively associated with a probability of error [22] that is dependent upon multiple factors such as the quantity of DNA analysed; whether there are multiple stains; the kind of stain analysed. To build an analysis based on multiple variables requires a different approach. This can be accomplished by the use of probabilistic frameworks which are used to simplify the data analysis, otherwise known as Bayes nets; see for example [26] for an explanation and [27] for a practical illustration of its use in a forensic case that incorporated multiple probabilistic variables. Lowe et al [28, 29] showed that there is a difference between individuals in their tendency to deposit DNA on an item when it is touched. A good DNA-shedder may leave behind a full DNA profile immediately after hand washing, whereas poor DNA-shedders may only do so after their hands have not been washed for c. 6h. Secondary transfer was also demonstrated this is where a good shedders-DNA (individual A) was transferred onto the hands of a poor shedder (individual B), by hand-holding for 1 minute, and thence onto an object held by individual B i.e. transfer follows sequentially: ABobject. On analysis, DNA from individual A could be demonstrated, but usually always in admixture with individual B. The persistence of As DNA was short-lived on Bs hand such that periods of time >1hour after initial contact with B were sufficient to greatly reduce the propensity of secondary transfer. In reality, secondary transfer is unlikely to be realistic unless the contact of A with B has been immediately before the crimeevent itself, although [30] recently claimed the persistence of DNA for at least 10 days after initial contact after simulated strangulation of a living victim. Alessandrini et al. [31] compared recovery of fingerprint DNA from glass, wood, metal demonstrating that the shedder status ie the ability of the donor to shed DNA was the most important contributing factor to success rates. New extraction methods have been developed to remove DNA from latent fingerprints on ordinary paper after chemical enhancement [32]. Elliott et al. [33] have adapted a 141

method known as laser micro-dissection (LMD) to analyse small numbers of cells by physically picking them from a microscope slide. With old cases, the original microscope-slides used to examine the presence of semen may often be the only evidence remaining in a case. The method has proven to be a particularly useful way to separate sperm from vaginal cells, and was demonstrably more efficient than the traditional method using preferential lysis. Interestingly, there was a significant association between the quality of the male profile recovered and the time since intercourse that was independent of the number of sperm analysed suggesting that the DNA was rapidly degrading in vivo. In addition, sperm were demonstrated to adsorb female DNA, rather like an affinity matrix, hence male/female mixtures were often observed. Again this was an in vivo reaction that was dependent upon time since intercourse. To summarise, low copy number is synonymous with contamination because DNA is all pervasive in the environment (in house dust for example). Evidence types most commonly associated with LCN typing include finger-marks. The discovery that plasticware may be contaminated at manufacturing source has led to a much greater awareness of the issues that surround the management of contamination in relation to the interpretation of DNA profiling evidence of all kinds. Population genetics and the relationship to correction factors When giving evidence in court, there is an onus on the forensic scientist to ensure that it is presented in a manner that does not unduly favour the prosecution. Consequently, any statistical analysis tends to err on the side of caution to favour the defence, rather than the prosecution scenario. The practice of conservative reporting is universal, but the question is how conservative should the assessment be in order to avoid undue bias towards the defence scenario? After all, the wrongful exoneration of a guilty individual because of over-cautious scientific evidence is also highly undesirable. There has been much debate in the past about the use of match probabilities in relation to reporting evidence. In particular, the use of the product rule was originally challenged many years ago by Lander [34]. The argument followed that because populations are sub-structured, then it does not follow that independence between alleles and loci could be assumed, hence the product rule was invalid. The second, albeit related, question pertained to whether cosmopolitan frequency databases used by forensic laboratories were representative of all possible subpopulations that it comprises. Consequently Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium could not be assumed and much debate revolved around the divergence of populations. Subsequently a large number of studies have now been undertaken to estimate the levels of substructuring in populations, estimated by , the inbreeding or co-ancestry coefficient. Balding and Nichols [35, 36] proposed formulae that could be applied to correct genotype frequency calculations for any given value of - these were adopted by recommendation 4.1 of the NRC II report [37]. In addition corrections can be used to adjust sample bias, such as 95% confidence interval. Recently, Curran et al. [38] studied the magnitude of the subpopulation effect in relation to the Balding and Nichols correction factor. In their review of values, almost all are less than 0.02 in Caucasian populations. Other studies support considerably lower values in Caucasian European and North American populations. In accordance with NRC recommendations [37], many laboratories use 0.01 for cosmopolitan (Caucasians) and an elevated 0.03 value for populations that may exhibit increased inbreeding, such as immigrant communities from the Indian sub-continent. Curran et al. [38] show by simulation, that application of the Balding and Nichols correction acts in a very conservative way i.e. it works strongly in the favour of the 142

defence, whereas the unbiased product rule estimator has a small bias in favour of the prosecution that may be more than a factor of 10. Gill et al. [39] compared 24 different European Caucasian populations collected by the European Network of Forensic Institutes (ENFSI) group of laboratories. They found that all values were less than 0.006. European laboratories use a variety of different methods to correct genotype frequencies including a size bias correction [40]; adjustment [35, 36]; a minimum allele proportion between 0.01 and 0.02, an upper bound of a 95% confidence interval [37]; and a lower bound on the genotype match probability of 1 in 1 billion. Many laboratories use a combinatorial approach, for example the FSS uses a size bias correction, a adjustment and a lower bound on the genotype probability of 1 in 1 billion. The approach taken by Gill et al. [39] was to test the effect of different correction factors against simulated populations. Essentially, all adjustment factors used are arbitrary; however their effectiveness can be tested against simulated populations. It was demonstrated that sample bias effects were exacerbated mainly by rare alleles. Consequently, the application of a minimum allele proportion was sufficient to negate this effect. The ENFSI STR databases can be accessed on www.str-base.org/index2.php . The user can apply a variety of adjustment methods, discussed above, to calculate genotype match probabilities. Y-chromosome markers Y-chromosome markers are useful to resolve cases that comprise mixtures where the major component is female and present in excessive amounts, rendering mixture analysis impossible. An elucidation of ethnicity is also possible. Recommendations on the forensic analysis of Ychromosome are published by Gill et al. [41]. This report considered nomenclature, use of allelic ladders, population genetics and reporting methods. The counting method is usually used to express the strength of evidence as described for mtDNA. Y-STR haplotype databases are available online for US populations (www.ystr.org/usa) and for European populations (www.ystr.charite.de ). A number of commercially available Y-chromosome STR multiplexes are now available. For example the kits from Reliagene Technologies [42, 43] allows simultaneous amplification of 11 Y-chromosome loci that incorporate the 9 loci recommended for the minimal haplotype identified by the International Y-STR user group [44]. In addition, SNP based methods are being developed [45, 46]. These loci are highly non-randomly distributed among populations and may contribute significantly to determining population of origin prediction analysis. Eighteen major haplogroups are recognised by the Y chromosome consortium [47]. Vallone and Butler [48] constructed multiplexes to examine 50 Y-SNP markers. A total of 42 markers were assayed with a commercial available system - Signet YSNP identification system (Marligen Biosciences, Inc, Ijamsville, MD) using the Luminex 100 flow cytometer Autosomal SNPs and other new DNA methods Recently there has been a lot of interest expressed in autosomal SNPs. Under the auspices of ENFSI and SWGDAM, Gill et al [49] recently addressed the issue of whether SNPs would replace STRs in national DNA databases. The consensus view is that this is unlikely to occur in the short to medium term. The advantages of SNPs are potential rapid throughput, but disadvantages include the difficulty of building large multiplexes required to give a discriminating power equivalent to STRs [50]. In addition, the interpretation of mixtures is problematical and much more difficult than for STRs. Consequently, to date, a fully validated protocol for the analysis of crime-stains using SNPs has not been appeared. Of crucial interest is the consideration of whether SNPs will out-perform STRs in terms of success rates. To discover this, the ENFSI group has recently started a collaborative exercise to answer this question. In 143

particular, it is intended to test whether SNPs are useful to analyse highly degraded DNA where template fragments sizes are significantly less than those that can be detected by conventional DNA analysis. However, alternative strategies exist. For example, Butler et al. [51] described a newly designed STR system where the amplicon sizes have been significantly reduced by moving the primers closer to the repeat region. Improved signals from degraded DNA samples were demonstrated. The utilisation of Y-SNPs and mtDNA SNPs has already been discussed but these do not impinge upon the current debate relating to autosomal SNPs. In a separate application, Frudakis et al. [52] screened 211 autosomal SNPs and demonstrated that a subset of 56 were dramatically different between 3 major race groups and could be used to classify individuals accordingly. This system could be used as an adjunct to Y-chromosome and mitochondrial markers. In conjunction with development of new biochemistry there is considerable research into the concept of a lab-on-a-chip. Such technology may offer the twin advantages of portability and low cost. To date, a validated solution for forensic analysis has not emerged. However, promising new areas of development include microfabricated capillary array electrophoresis for the rapid analysis of STRs [53, 54]; Paegel et al. [55] have made an integrated platform that extracts, PCRs and sequences in a single device. For further detailed information, the whole area of microfabrication is extensively reviewed by Heller [56]. Finally, it is easy to forget that one of the most pervasive problems facing the forensic biologist is the identification of body fluids. Jussola and Ballantyne [57] describe a promising new method to identify blood, semen and saliva stains using mRNA analysis, having established that RNA is surprisingly stable in body fluid stains. RNA is present in high copy number consequently the advantages of RNA based body-fluid markers are their specificity, stability and sensitivity. Summary There has been significant progress during the past 3 years in the field of forensic DNA typing. The interpretation of STR profiles can be automated using expert systems, furthermore, interpretation of complex mixtures and low copy number has been enhanced. The development of Y-chromosome technology has led to the introduction of new commercial kits. Promising advances have been made in the area of SNP-typing and associated lab-on-a-chip technologies, although clearly this has not yet come of age in forensic terms. REFERENCES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Gill, P., Role of short tandem repeat DNA in forensic casework in the Uk - past present and future perspectives. Biotechniques, 2002. 32: p. 366-385. Evett, I.W., et al., A guide to interpreting single locus profiles of DNA mixtures in forensic cases. J.For. Sci. Soc., 1991. 31: p. 41-47. Gill, P., et al., Interpreting simple STR mixtures using allelic peak areas. Forensic Sci Int, 1998. 91: p. 41-53. Bill, M., P. Gill, and J.L. Curran, PENDULUM - A guideline based approach to the interpretation of STR mixtures. Forensic Sci Int, 2004. (in press). Perlin, M.W. and B. Szabady, Linear mixture analysis: a mathematical approach to resolving mixed DNA samples. J. Forensic Sci., 2001. 46: p. 1372-1378. Tully, G., et al., Results of a collaborative study of the EDNAP group regarding mitochondrial DNA heteroplasmy and segregation in hair shafts. Forensic Sci Int, 2004. 140: p. 1-11. Linch, C., D. Whiting, and M. Holland, Human hair histogenisis for the mitochondrial DNA forensic scientist. J. Forensic Sci., 2001. 46: p. 844-853. 144

8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28.

Parsons, T.J. and e. al., A high observed substitution rate in the human mitochondrial DNA control region. Nat. Genet. 15, 1997: p. 363-368. Salas, A., M. Lareu, and A. Carracedo, Heteroplasmy in mtDNA and the weight of evidence in forensic mtDNA analysis: case report. Int. J. Legal Med, 2001. 114: p. 186190. Calloway, R.L. and e. al., The frequency of heteroplasmy in the HVII region of mtDNA differs across tissue types and increases with age. Am. J. Hum. Genet., 2000: p. 13841397. Tully, L., et al., A sensitive DGGE assay reveals a high frequency of heteroplasmy in hypervariable region one of the mitochondrial DNA control region. Forensic Sci Int, 2000. 67: p. 432-443. Grzybowski, T., Extremely high levels of heteroplasmy in single hair roots. Electrophoresis, 2000. 21: p. 180-182. Tully, G. and M. Lareu, Letters to the editor: controversies over heteroplasmy. Electrophoresis, 2001. 2001: p. 180-182. Budowle, B., M. Allard, and M. Wilson, Critique of interpretation of high levels of heteroplasmy in the human mitochondrial DNA hypervariable region I from hair roots. Forensic Sci Int, 2002. 126: p. 30-33. Brandstatter, A. and W. Parson, Mitochondrial DNA heteroplasmy or artefacts - a matter of the amplification strategy. Int. J. Leg. Med., 2003. 117: p. 180-184. Tully, G., et al., Considerations by the European DNA profiling (EDNAP) group on the working practices, nomenclature and interpreation of mitochondrial DNA profiles. Forensic Sci Int, 2001. 124: p. 83-91. Parson, W., A. Brandstatter, and e. al, The EDNAP mitochondrial DNA population database (EMPOP) collaborative exercises: organisation, results and perspectives. Forensic Sci Int, 2004. 139: p. 215-226. Bandelt, H.J., et al., Detecting errors in mtDNAby phylogenetic analysis. Int. J. Leg. Med., 2001. 115: p. 64-69. Gill, P., et al., An investigation of the rigor of interpretation rules for STRs derived from less than 100pg of DNA. Forensic Sci. Int., 2000. 112: p. 17-40. Whitaker, J.P., E.A. Cotton, and P. Gill, A comparison of the characteristics of profiles produced with the AMPFlSTR SGM Plus multiplex system for both standard and low copy number (LCN) STR DNA analysis. Forensic Sci Int, 2001. 123: p. 215-223. Curran, J.L., Interpretation of repeat measurement DNA evidence allowing for multiple contributors and population substructure. Forensic Sci Int, 2004. (in press). Gill, P. and A. Kirkham, Development of a Simulation Model to Assess the Impact of Contamination in Casework Using STRs. J. Forensic Sci., 2004. (in press). Gill, P., Application of low copy number DNA profiling. Croatian Medical Journal, 2001. 42: p. 229-232. Rutty, G.N., A. Hopwood, and V. Tucker, The effectiveness of protective clothing in the reduction of potential DNA contamination of the scene of crime. Int. J. Leg. Med., 2003. 117: p. 170-174. Thompson, W.C., F. Taroni, and G.G. Aitken, How the probability of a false positive affects the value of DNA evidence. J. Forensic Sci., 2003. 48: p. 48-54. Garbolino, P. and F. Taroni, Evaluation of scientific evidence using Bayesian networks. Forensic Sci Int, 2002. 125: p. 149-155. Evett, I.W., et al., Interpreting small quantities of DNA: the hierarchy of propositions and the use of Bayesian networks. J. Forensic Sci., 2002. 47: p. 520-30. Lowe, A., et al., The propensity of individuals to deposit DNA and secondary transfer of low level DNA fro individuals to inert surfaces. Forensic Sci Int, 2002. 129: p. 25-34.

145

29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36.

37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48.

Lowe, A., et al., Use of low copy number DNA in forensic inference. Progress in Forensic Genetics (Proceedings from the 19th International ISFG Congress held in Munster, Germany between 28 August and 1 September 2001, 2003. 9: p. 799-801. Rutty, G.N., An investigation intot he transference and survivability of human DNA following simulated manual strangulation wiht consideration of the problem of third party contamination. Int. J. Leg. Med., 2002. 116: p. 170-173. Alessandrini, F., et al., Fingerprints as evidence for a genetic profile: Morphological study on fingerprints and analysis of exogenous and individual factors affecting DNA typing. J. Forensic Sci., 2003. 48: p. 586-592. Balogh, M.K., et al., STR genotyping and mtDNA sequencing of latent fingerprint on paper. Forensic Sci Int, 2003. 137: p. 188-195. Elliott, K., et al., Use of microdissection greatly improves the recovery of DNA from sperm on microscope slides. Forensic Sci Int, 2003. 137: p. 28-36. Lander, E., DNA fingerprinting on trial. Nature, 1989. 339: p. 501-505. Balding, D.J. and R.A. Nichols, DNA profile match probability calculations: how to allow for population stratification, relatedness, database selection and single bands. Forensic Sci Int, 1994. 64: p. 125-140. Balding, D.J. and R.A. Nichols, A method for quantifying differentiation between populations at multi-allelic loci and its implications for investigating identity and paternity. In: Weir B, editor, Human identification: the use of DNA markers. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer Acad., 1995: p. 3-12. report, N., National Research Council - The evaluation of forensic DNA evidence. 1996, Washington DC: National Academy Press. Curran, J.L., J. Buckleton, and C.M. Triggs, What is the magnitude of the subpopulation effect? Forensic Sci Int, 2003. 135: p. 1-8. Gill, P., et al., A comparison of adjustment methods to test the robustness of an STR DNA database comprised of 24 European populations. Forensic Sci Int, 2003. 131: p. 184-196. Balding, D.J., Estimating products in forensic identification. J. Am. Stat. Assoc, 1995. 90: p. 839-844. Gill, P., et al., DNA commission of the International Society of Forensic Genetics: recommendations on forensic analysis using Y-chromosome STRs. Forensic Sci Int, 2001. 124: p. 5-10. Sinha, S.K., H. Nasir, and e. al., Development and validation of the Y-PLEX 5, a Ychromosome STR genotyping system for forensic casework. J. Forensic Sci., 2003. 48: p. 985-1000. Sinha, S.K., B. Budowle, and e. al., Development and validation of a multiplexed Ychromosome STR genotyping system, Y-PLEX 6, for Forensic Casework. J. Forensic Sci., 2003. 48: p. 93-103. Roewer, L., M. Krawczak, and e. al., On line reference database of European Ychromosomal short tandem repeat (STR) haplotypes. Forensic Sci Int, 2001. 118: p. 106113. Butler, J.M., et al., A novel multiplex for simultaneous amplification of 20 Y chromosome STR markers. Forensic Sci Int, 2002. 129: p. 10-24. Jobling, M.A., Y-chromosomal SNP haplotype diversity in forensic analysis. Forensic Sci Int, 2001. 118: p. 158-162. consortium, Y.c., A nomenclature system for the tree of human Y-chromosoal binary haplogroups. Genome Res, 2002. 12: p. 339-48. Vallone, P.M. and J.M. Butler, Y-SNP typing of U.S African American and Caucasian samples using allele-specific hybridization and primer extension. J. Forensic Sci., 2004. (in press).

146

49.

50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57.

Gill, P., et al., An assessment of whether SNPs will replace STRs in national DNA databases - Joint considerations of the DNA working group of the Europena Network of Forensic Science Institutes (ENFSI) and the Scientific Working Group on DNA Analysis Methods (SWGDAM). Sci. Justice, 2004. 44: p. 51-53. Gill, P., An assessment of the utility of single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) for forensic purposes. Int. J. Leg. Med., 2001. 114: p. 204-210. Butler, J.M., Y. Shen, and B.R. McCord, The development of reduced size STR amplicons as tools for analysis of degraded DNA. J. Forensic Sci., 2003. 48: p. 10541064. Frudakis, T., et al., A classifier for the SNP-based inference of ancestry. J. Forensic Sci., 2003. 48: p. 771-782. Goedecke, N., et al., A high-performance multiplane microdevice system designed for the DNA forensics laboratory. Electrophoresis, 2004. 25: p. (In press). Medintz, I.L., et al., High-performance genetic analysis using microfabricated capillary array electrophoresis microplates. Electrophoresis, 2001. 22: p. 3845-3856. Paegel, B.M., R.G. Blazej, and R.A. Mathies, Microfluidic devices for DNA sequencing: sample preparation and electrophoretic analysis. Current Opinion in Biotechnology, 2003. 14: p. 42-50. Heller, M.J., DNA microarray technology: devices, systems and applications. Annual review of biomedical engineering, 2002. 4: p. 129-153. Juusola, J. and J. Ballantyne, Messenger RNA profiling: a prototype method to supplant convetnional methods for body fluid identification. Forensic Sci Int, 2003. 135: p. 85-96.

147

Biological Evidence Hair A Review: 2001 to 2004

James Robertson BSc PhD National Manager Forensic and Technical Australian Federal Police

This review is dedicated to the memory of the late Barry Gaudette. Barry stimulated a renewed interest in the examination of hairs with his work in the late 1970s and into the 1980s in which he considered a statistical model for assessing the value of hair examinations. His scientific papers remain the key works which still fuel debate on this critical issue. Barry sadly passed away in 2003 from cancer. He is fondly remembered by his many friends and colleagues.

148

INTRODUCTION: Interest in the forensic examination of hairs during the last three year reporting period has been quite high although this has not yet been reflected in the number of published papers. Hair examination continues to come under the Daubert microscope (Taupin, 2004). For example, in the USA, hair evidence which is said to have contributed to the conviction of Jimmy Ray Bromgard for the 1987 rape of an 8 year old girl, has been challenged following DNA testing which proved Bromgard was not the offender. The hair examiner told the jury in the original trial that there was a 1 in 10,000 chance that hairs found at the crime scene came from someone other than Bromgard. His probability theory was derived from his conclusion that there was a 1 in 100 chance in each instance that head hairs and pubic hairs from a crime scene could match head and pubic hairs from someone who was not the perpetrator. Hence, the probability of a double match by chance would be 1 in 100 multiplied by 1 in 100, or 1 in 10,000! A panel of forensic experts who reviewed this work found that there was no scientific basis for this reasoning. The need to place hair examination on a sound foundation is certainly at the forefront of thinking in some key groups. West Virginia University (WVU) and the National Forensic Science Technology Centre (NFSTC), members of the National Institute of Justices Forensic Resource Network, have been developing resources for forensic hair examiners. These resources include multi-day workshops, reference materials, and guidelines for the examination of human and animal hairs. A panel of experts from the US and Australia has been convened to advise the project. Workshops have been held at WVU, NFSTC, and at various regional professional forensic science conferences in the US. For example, to date, over 50 forensic DNA analysts have attended a workshop on the evaluation and assessment of hair roots for nuclear and mitochondrial DNA analysis. Electronic reference materials are being prepared that will assist forensic scientists in their self-study and review of human and animal hair characteristics. (For more information, please contact either Max M. Houck at WVU, max.houck@mail.wvu.edu, or David Epstein at NFSTC, dme@nfstc.org.) As a member of the above panel of experts, and having run a number of introductory hair workshops, I would endorse the need for a standardised approach to hair examination, underpinned by reference materials and training, which the above program is aimed at providing. A personal observation is that it is surprising how many scientists, who are making decisions regarding the selection of hairs from nuclear DNA (nuDNA) testing, are not able to confidently differentiate hair roots in the anagen (growing) and telogen (resting) growth phases. There also appears to be considerable confusion regarding which hairs are suitable for nuclear DNA testing; suitable being defined as likely to yield a nuDNA result. The most useful publication, with excellent images, which details root types suitable for nuDNA typing remains Linch et al., (1998). These authors have also published work on post-mortem microscopic changes observed at the human head hair proximal end (Linch and Prahlow, 2001) and a review of human hair histogenesis for mitochondrial mtDNA (Linch et al., 2001). Other publications that assist in meeting the tenets of the Daubert decision include a hair bibliography for the forensic scientist (Houck, 2002) and a review on the microscopy of hair by

149

Deedrick and Koch from the FBI laboratory (2004). The latter is essentially an update of the early publication by Hicks, Microscopy of Hair: A Practical Guide and Manual, from 1977. Finally, Taupin (2004) has recently discussed the past, current and future role of forensic human hair analysis and comparison in the context of its admissibility and reliability as evidence. She discusses a number of cases in which hair evidence has been challenged and found wanting. Taupin concludes that rogue scientists and poor quality control should not be allowed to discredit an entire discipline that still has the ability to provide valuable evidence in criminal cases! DNA and hairs DNA analysis continues to play a valuable role in hair examination. Notwithstanding the earlier observation on the ability of forensic biologists to accurately select hairs suitable for nuDNA testing, it can be reasonably said that, for anagen hairs, there is a strong possibility of obtaining a nuDNA profile using any of the commercially available DNA analysis systems such as Profiler Plus. However, the reality is that in the order of 95% of hairs recovered in a forensic context will be telogen hairs for which there is a very low, to nil, rate of success for nuDNA testing with traditional approaches. There have been relatively few reports of successful STR (short tandem repeat) genotypes from telogen hairs. They generally have required modification of standard PCR processes like extended PCR cycles (Barbaro et al., 2000) or primers designed to isolate very short amplicons (Hellmann et al., 2001; Grubwieser et al., 2003; Butler et al., 2003). As yet unpublished work by my group (McNevin, 2004) has looked at this problem from another direction. Our work looks more closely at the processes of cleaning and subsequent extraction of DNA from hair on the basis that no amount of subsequent clean up or fine tuning or extra PCR cycles will deliver a DNA profile if undegraded genomic DNA is not initially present in the extract. The location of DNA in the hair shaft becomes significant if cleaning and extraction are to be balanced. The conclusions from a series of studies challenge conventional wisdom in that we believe that the nuDNA which is being detected is located in, or on, the cuticle of the hair. Hence, we do not recommend extensive pre-cleaning to remove exogenous materials. Our protocol calls for extended PCR cycles (34) but we did not find any significant improvement in reportable DNA profiles through the use of specifically designed primers aimed at producing shorter amplicons. It is our belief that the nuDNA detected on hairs is in, or on, the cuticle. We have limited evidence that success is donor dependent and further studies are underway to examine the factors which might influence donor dependence. There are probably no circumstances where nuDNA testing of human telogen hairs will be a routine or simple matter in the foreseeable future. However, the prize of nuDNA testing for such samples will warrant continued research. In the absence of a routine nuDNA test for telogen hairs, mtDNA testing remains of considerable interest to hair examiners around the world. It is beyond the scope of this review to look at the broad literature relating to mtDNA. Primarily, interest in the last three years for mtDNA in hairs has involved debate regarding the level of heteroplasmy in hairs (Grzybowski, 2000; Budowle et al., 2002; Grzybowski et al., 2003; Brandstatter and Parsa, 2003). 150

Although mtDNA testing is a well established technique, it is not universally successful. In an extensive survey, Prieto et al., (2003) reported on the results of the Spanish and Portuguese working group of the International Society of Forensic Genetics Collaborative Exercise (20012002) on mtDNA analysis. They found that only 3 out of 23 laboratories were able to obtain the consensus sequence for mtDNA analysis of hair shaft samples and 10 laboratories did not obtain or report any result. Houck and Budowle (2002) reported on the correlation of microscopic and mtDNA hair comparisons. Of 170 hair examinations conducted in the FBI laboratory between 1996 and 2000, there were 80 microscopic associations. Of these, only 9 were excluded by mtDNA. However, mtDNA results were obtained from a further 66 hairs which were considered unsuitable microscopic examinations or yielded inconclusive results. In contrast to the results of the collaborative Spanish and Portuguese study (Prieto et al., 2003), in only a very small number of cases did hairs not provide sufficient mtDNA for analysis or yield inconclusive results. Houck and Budowle conclude that microscopic examination can still play an important role, particularly in exclusions, and that mtDNA sequencing combined with microscopy is a very powerful tool. Finally, Takayangi et al., (2003) report on three methods for the extraction of mtDNA from hairs. They conclude that NaI and a silica-bead method are effective for old or degraded hairs, with the silica-bead method offering the advantages of simplicity and speed. Phenol chloroform extraction performed well with fresh hairs but not with old hairs. General and microscopy Bisbing (2002) has updated his review of the forensic identification and association of human hair in Safersteins Forensic Science Handbook series. Rees (2003) reviews the genetics of hair and skin colour. This excellent review provides an up to date and comprehensive background to hair and skin colour with a detailed consideration of the melanocortin 1 receptor (MCR1) which has been identified as explaining the variation in the normal population which results in red hair. The reviewer argues that the lack of a standardized phenotype assessment is a major limitation in advancing an understanding of genotypephenotype relationships. A number of abstracts relating to hairs appear in the Forensic Science International issue dedicated to the 3rd meeting of the European Academy of Forensic Sciences (Anon, 2003). (1) Verma et al., report on the development of a prototype automated system for forensic hair comparison and analysis using neural networks see also Verma et al., 2002). Bunyator and Yusiffi report on a study of differential thermic and thermo gravimetric methods for the analysis of human hair. Vits et al., report on the development of a simple method to make cross sections of hair using a cryo-microtome.

(2) (3)

Sato (2002, 2003) reports on the quantitative classification of hair form and its application to the forensic comparison of Japanese head hair. Using a scheme based on 8 basic characteristics 151

which describe and classify hair profile, along with cluster analysis of the data, it was possible to successfully discriminate between 8 individuals. Rowe (2002) reports on an unusual medulla morphology in Caucasian head hairs. He describes a medulla containing alternating light and dark regions, in some areas resembling the universal ladder medullas seen in some animal hairs. This feature did not appear to be related to severe cosmetic treatment or any diagnostic abnormalities associated with diseases of human hair. Brooks et al., (2004) have described their work on digital imaging and image analysis in forensic hair examination. One of the problems encountered in the microscopic examination of hairs is in and out of focus imagery especially at high magnification. This means it is only possible to focus on a very limited depth of field. In practice a mental image is formed by the examiner focusing through several layers of the hair. This virtual image is assessed for the microscopically observed features with pigment features being the most important for discrimination. It would be highly desirable to be able to describe pigment features numerically to reduce or eliminate the visual and subjective assessment. This work describes the use of syncroscopy automontage software which combines manually selected focal plans through the hair and vertically stacks them to produce a final single, and in focus, image. This image can then be analysed to obtain colour densities and pigment numbers and distributions. Although still in its early stages, this approach shows great promise. Dachs et al., (2003) report on the persistence of scalp hairs on clothing fabrics. The fibre composition and surface roughness were key factors affecting persistence. The exponential decay pattern generally associated with loss of trace evidence was seen with most fabrics. However, the rate of loss from woollen garments was found to be linear, indicating a different process is involved in the persistence of hairs on woollen garments from that on non woollen garments. Chemical and drugs Vincent et al., (2002), report on the optimization and validation of an analytical procedure for the determination of oxidative hair dyes. Goodpaster et al., (2003), report on preliminary research using on-line supercritical fluid extraction/gas chromatography mass spectrometry (SFE/GC-MS) to examine the natural and artificial surface components of human scalp hair. Results from this study, and other related studies (Benner et al., 2003), have shown that it is possible to differentiate between hairs from different individuals based on the analysis of lipids. It is possible to work with as little as 1 mg of a hair strand using the on-line approach described. The authors have also assessed how their approach can be seen as complementary to mtDNA analysis. It is beyond the scope of this review to examine in detail the use of hair as a biological matrix for drug analysis. There continues to be many papers published in this area, including a number of recent review papers. Kintz (2003) reviews testing for anabolic steroids and he also reviews the value of hair analysis in post mortem toxicology (2004). In both areas he concludes that hair analysis may be a useful adjunct to conventional drug testing whilst recognising that there remain concerns and unanswered questions which still limit its broader acceptance. Of particular relevance to the latter is the review by Ruth and Stout (2004) of mechanisms of drug deposition in hair and issues for hair testing. They conclude that melanin and various interactions with the hair pigment melanin, appear to dominate the scheme of interactions which influence deposition and retention 152

of drugs in hair. They argue that understanding these factors is central to distinguishing internal deposition from external contamination and hence the interpretation of endogenous levels. Conclusions and future directions Hairs, and in particular human hairs, will remain an important trace material for the future if for no other reason than it is a physical reality in routine case work. As humans lose 100 or more hairs each day, hairs will always be present as potential evidence. Microscopic examination will remain a core technique but debate will continue regarding its value and reliability. Initiatives reported here such as the NIJ funded work being carried out in the USA, and research aimed at capturing microscopic information in a more objective way, have the potential to go some way to answering critics of hair examination. DNA analysis will continue to be a very important adjunct to hair examination. It appears unlikely that nuDNA testing will become a routine technique for shed (resting) hairs. More work is required to gain a fuller understanding of nuDNA testing of resting hairs, in particular to determine whether or not the DNA extracted is endogenous. mtDNA testing will continue to play an important role but will still need to be carefully targeted and prioritised in case situations due to cost factors and, more fundamentally, availability of mtDNA testing (capacity). It is unlikely that this situation will greatly improve in the next three years. What should change through DNA testing, particularly mtDNA, is that, where this is available, the hair examiner should change thinking from exclusion to avoid a wrong inclusion, to acceptance of more hairs for testing using mtDNA as the ultimate exclusion/inclusion tool. This will require an understanding by users that the apparent fail rate for microscopic examination should increase. Research will no doubt continue on a range of novel approaches aimed at contributing to the pool of available techniques capable of discriminating hairs in either a general sense or for specific situations. REFERENCES: 1 2 3 Anon. Proceedings of 3rd European Academy of Forensic Sciences. Forensic Science International, 136 (Supplement 1), 2003. Barbaro, A., Falcone, G., Barbaro, A. DNA Typing From Hair Shaft. Progress. Forensic Genetics, 8, 523-525, 2000. Benner, B.A., Goodpaster, J.V., DeGrasse, J.A., Tully, L.A., and Levin, B.C. Characterization of Surface Organic Components of Human Hair by On-Line Supercritical Fluid Extraction Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry: A Feasibility Study and Comparison with Human Identification Using Mitochondrial DNA Sequences. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 48, 554-563, 2003. Bisbing, R.E. The Forensic Identification and Association of Human Hair, in, Forensic Science Handbook, 2nd Ed., Ed., Saferstein, R. Pub. Prentice Hall, New York. Volume 1, 389-428, 2002. Brandsttter, A., Parson, W. Mitochondrial DNA Heteroplasmy or Artefacts - A Matter of the Amplification Strategy? International Journal of Legal Medicine, 117(3), 180-184, 2003.

4 5

153

7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Brooks, E., McNaught, I., and Robertson, J. Digital Imaging and Image Analysis in Forensic Hair Examination. Presented at the 17th Australian and New Zealand Forensic Science Society (ANZFSS) International Symposium on the Forensic Sciences, Wellington, New Zealand, 2004. Budowle, B., Allard, M. W., Wilson, M. R. Critique of Interpretation of High Levels of Heteroplasmy in the Human Mitochondrial DNA Hypervariable Region I From Hair. Forensic Science International, 126(1), 30-33, 2002. Butler, J. M., Shen, Y., McCord, B. R. The Development of Reduced Size STR Amplicons as Tools for Analysis of Degraded DNA. Journal of Forensic Science, 48(5), 1054-1064, 2003. Dacks, J., McNaught, I. J., and Robertson, J. The Persistence of Human Scalp Hair on Clothing Fabrics. Forensic Science International, 138, 27-36, 2003. Deedrick, D.W, and Koch, S.L. Microscopy of Hair Part 1: A Practical Guide and Manual for Human Hairs. Forensic Science Communications, 6, 2004. Goodpaster, J.V., Drumheller, B.C., and Benner, B.A. Evaluation of Extraction Techniques for the Forensic Analysis of Human Scalp Hair Using Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS). Journal of Forensic Sciences, 48, 299306, 2003. Grubwieser, P., Mhlmann, R., Parson, W. New Sensitive Amplification Primers for the STR Locus D2S1338 for Degraded Casework DNA. International Journal of Legal Medicine, 117(3), 185-188, 2003. Grzybowski, T. Extremely High Levels of Human Mitochondrial DNA Heteroplasmy in Single Hair Roots. Electrophoresis, 21, 548-553, 2000. Grzybowski, T., Malyarchuk, B. A., Czarny, J., Miscicka-Sliwka, D., Kotzbach, R. High Levels of Mitochondrial DNA Heteroplasmy in Single Hair Roots: Reanalysis and Revision. Electrophoresis, 24, 1159-1165, 2003. Hellmann, A., Rohleder, V., Schmitter, H., and Wittig, M. STR Typing of Human Teloge Hairs A New Approach. Int J Legal Med, 114, 269-273, 2001. Houck, M.M. Hair Bibliography for the Forensic Scientist. Forensic Science Communications, 4, 2002. Houck, M.M., and Budowle, B. Correlation of Microscopic and Mitochondrial DNA Hair Comparisons. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 47, 1-4, 2002. Kintz, P. Testing for Anabolic Steroids in Hair: A Review. Legal Medicine, 5, 529-533, 2003. Kintz, P. Value of Hair Analysis in Postmortem Toxicology. Forensic Science International, 42, 127-134, 2004. Linch, C.A., and Prahlow, J.A. Postmortem Microscopic Changes Observed at the Human Head Hair Proximal End. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 46, 15-20, 2001. Linch, C.A., Smith, S.L., and Prahlow, J.A. Evaluation of the Human Hair Root for DNA Typing Subsequent to Microscopic Comparison. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 43, 305-314, 1998. Linch, C.A., Whiting, D.A., and Holland, M.M. Human Hair Histogenesis for the Mitochondrial DNA Forensic Scientist. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 46, 844-853, 2001. McNevin, D., Personal Communication papers to be published in Forensic Science International and Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2004. Prieto, L., Montesino, M., Salas, A., Alonso, A., Albarrn, C., lvarez, S., Crespillo, M., Di Lonardo, A., Doutremepuich, C., Fernndez-Fernndez, I., Gonzlez de la Vega, A., Gusmo, L., Lpez, C., Lpez-Soto, M., Lorente, J., Malaghini, M., Martnez, C., Modesti, N., Palacio, A., Paredes, M., Pena, S., Prez-Lezaun, A., Pestano, J., Puente, J., Sala, A., Vide, C., Whittle, M., Yunis, J. and Gmez, J. The 2000-2001 GEP-ISFG Collaborative Exercise on mtDNA: Assessing the Cause of Unsuccessful mtDNA PCR Amplification of Hair Shaft Samples. Forensic Science International, 134, 46-53, 2003. 154

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

Rees, J.L., Genetics of Hair and Skin Colour. Annual Review of Genetics, 37, 67-90, 2003. Rowe, W. F. Unusual Medulla Morphology in Human Hair. Microscope, 50, 155-157, 2002. Ruth, J.A., and Stout, P.R. Mechanisms of Drug Deposition in Hair and Issues for Hair Testing. Forensic Science Review, 16, 116-133, 2004. Sato, H. Statistical Evaluation of Morphological Data of Japanese Head Hair and the Screening of Evidential Hair Samples by Cluster Analysis. Legal Medicine, 4, 90-102, 2002. Sato, H. Preliminary Study of Hair Form of Japanese Head Hairs Using Image Analysis. Forensic Science International, 131, 202-208, 2003. Sato, H. The Quantitative Classification of Hair Form and its Application to the Forensic Comparison of Japanese Head Hair. 8(1), 59-73, 2003. Takayangi, K., Asamura, H., Tsukada, K., Ota, M., Saito, S., and Fukushima, H. Investigation of DNA Extraction from Hair Shafts. International Congress Series, 1239, 759-764, 2003. Taupin, J.M. Forensic Hair Morphology Comparison A Dying Art or Junk Science? Science and Justice, 44, 95-100, 2004. Verma, M., Pratt, L., Ganesh, C. and Medina, C. Hair-Map: A Prototype Automated System for Forensic Hair Comparison and Analysis. Forensic Science International, 129, 168-186, 2002. Vincent, U., Bordin, G. and Rodriguey, A. R. Optimization and Validation of an Analytical Procedure for the Determination of Oxidative Hair Dyes in Commercial Cosmetic Formulations. Journal of Cosmetic Science, 53, 101-119, 2002. Bisbing, R. E., and Houck, M.M. Examination, Analysis, and Application of Hair in Forensic Science Human Hair. Forensic Science Review, in press. Tridico, S. Examination, Analysis, and Application of Hair in Forensic Science Animal Hair. Forensic Science Review, in press.

155

QUESTIONED DOCUMENTS HANDWRITING

A Review: 2001 to 2004

Rolf Berzell Statens kriminaltekniska laboratorium/Swedish National Laboratory of Forensic Science Dokumentenheten/Document Department SE-581 94 Linkoping Sweden Phone: +46 13 241448 Fax +46 13 241822 Rolf.Berzell@skl.police.se

156

CONTENTS; Introduction References Handwriting Examination General Handwriting Examination Signature Examinations Examination of Numerals Writing Instruments Examination of foreign handwriting Computer assisted handwriting examinations Miscellaneous Quality Assurance Networking Actual Trends and a Look into the Future List of acronyms used References

157

INTRODUCTION: The first part of this review covers reported progress on forensic handwriting examination and the second part advances in other forensic document matters. Thus the contents of the first eight pages is strictly dealing with the forensic examination of handwriting and signatures with some related areas. The review is based on: 1. Articles published in the major forensic science journals as well as papers presented at international forensic QD meetings during the period 2001-2003. 2. Results of a survey among INTERPOL member forensic science services and leading forensic document laboratories, asking for relevant contributions as well as complementary information on the quality assurance policies within the reporting services. The following INTERPOL Member States provided information for this review: Colombia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Georgia, Hungary, Israel, Japan, Latvia, Lithuania, Mexico, the Netherlands, Norway, Northern Ireland, Poland, Scotland, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland (various services) and Turkey. REFERENCES: The most important sources of reference are to be found in some of the major international forensic science journals e.g. Australian Journals of Forensic Science, FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin, Forensic Science Review, Journal of Forensic Sciences, International Journal of Forensic Document Examiners, The Canadian Society of Forensic Science Journal, Journal of the American Society of Questioned Documents Examiners, International Criminal Police Review, Science and Justice etc. Articles published in other languages than English are mostly to be found in Mannheimer Hefte fr Schriftvergleichung. There are various national and international conferences and symposia on questioned document issues but those with a special interest in handwriting examinations are the following: The biennial meetings of ENFHEX (European Network of Forensic Handwriting Experts), the Biennial international congresses of the GFS (Gesellschaft fr Forensische Schriftuntersuchung), the Annual meeting of ASQDE (American Society of Questioned Document Examiners). The biennial international meeting of Scandinavian Handwriting Examiners (today enlarged with the Baltic States) also gives interesting information from the handwriting field (127). HANDWRITING EXAMINATION The debate on the interpretation and the presentation of evidence in handwriting cases has to some extent continued but the number of articles and essays dealing with these matters has decreased even if there are ongoing discussions in several countries how to change their reporting systems. The debate on different scales of conclusions continue and the future will show if there is a possibility to create one joint scale in the handwriting field. The Daubert challenge in USA doesnt seem to be very well known in European courts but, still, there is a readiness among European examiners to defend handwriting methodology, if and when it will be questioned (56). 158

Kelly (69) advocates that the positive impact of the Starzecpyzel case has been the handwriting studies and research conducted since 1995 and that courts can now point to these studies as a means by which the evidentiary reliability and validity of forensic document evidence is ensured. General Handwriting Examination The earlier so lively flow of articles on interpretation and presentation of handwriting evidence based on the Bayesian approach seems to have decreased quite substantially. Stockton and Day (109), however, have given their version on how Bayes Theorem can be applied to handwriting cases and Riess (94) has given an important contribution to the theoretical discussion of how the Bayesian approach could be of use in future statements. On the other hand opponents have also given voice to their opinion such as Bodziak (10) advocating that the statistical background is more or less confusing for many document examiners and he questions if it could ever be used in the U.S. legal system. The necessary research to avoid future mistakes in handwriting examination is outlined by Hecker (56). According to him it will be necessary to further develop the FISH-system and the main features will be the approximation of various questions such as the quantitative off-line evaluation of handwriting dynamics, the development of a coefficient expressing the identifying value of signatures and the implementation of quality assurance measures including among others - the harmonisation of expressing conclusions with respect to the Bayesian approach. Hanlen et al (53) discuss how forensic handwriting examinations can be established as a science rather than a technical skill by defining the properties of individuality, reliability, performance testing and validity. Srihari (105) discusses how to develop quantitative measures for handwriting comparison and to develop new computer algorithms for forensic document examination. Found and Rogers in Australia (28, 29,30) have made many contributions in the handwriting field of which e.g. their Forensic Expertise Profiling Laboratory (FEPL) is of great interest by providing research programs aiming at characterising the skill and expertise associated with forensic practitioners perceptual and cognitive processes. To date they have collated more than 50 000 blind trial opinions from nine countries on handwriting and signature trials. These investigations have among other things provided information on how document examiners assess original versus photocopied writings and the relative writing speed. A personal experience having taken part in one such validation trial as described above is given by Stuebe (112 ) who discusses the learning curve associated with taking the trials, how the trials are set up, the information presented on the certificate the examiner can opt to have after having one year of trials and the benefits of participation in the trials. One frequent theme over the years has been to study the influence of alcohol on handwriting and in a study performed by Chen and Leung (18) there is a report on how Chinese writing is disturbed. A group of 151 occasional to habitual drinkers took part and the results confirm earlier studies that there is an increase in size, spacing and pressure in the writing. Almost the same results are reported by Asicioglu and Turan (5) but they also found that even the lowest level of alcohol in the blood impairs the writing which havent been that clear in earlier studies. Several studies have been performed on persons with different diseases. Buch and ContrerasVidal (12) show that Parkinsons disease impairs the visuomotor adaptation and Rogers et al (95) show that Parkinson patients could at least for a certain time write better if using different means of assistance, such as supporting lines. The effect of Parkinsons disease has also been investigated by Stelmach, Ketcham and Dounskaja (107), Van Gemmert , Adler and Stelmach 159

(116) and Teulings (113). Several of the studies treat the correlation between time of writing and the size of the text (79, 91). Other diseases are rather seldom studied in connection with handwriting but Zywucka-Kozlowska (125) has performed research on how Graves-Basedov Disease influences on the appearance of handwriting. In a study performed at the Silesian University in Krakw Buczek (13) tried the hypothesis if there are statistically significant differences in the pace of tracing for persons from different groups according to sex, degree of writing proficiency and age. The result was that in most cases the criterion of sex doesnt have any influence on the rate of tracing of neither counterfeit signatures nor signatures made in their own handwriting whereas the degree of writing proficiency does. A support for the rule that a photo-copy never should be used in a handwriting examination is expressed by Ciocian (19). She warns that even if the modern office image printing machinery offers chances for almost perfect reproductions they can not reproduce the intricate features of an original signature or handwriting in a satisfactory way. On the other hand Found et al (32) have shown in a trial with 260 original signatures (and photocopies of them) that examiners are able to make comparison on a complex signature with almost the same accuracy and similar sensitivity when using either originals or photocopies. The effects of handwriting produced by a guided hand has been discussed by Widla and Swiderek (120) and the results show slower speed, irregularity, changes in the slant, higher pressure and tremor. Signature Examinations Kam et al (66) show in a study of signatures comparing the abilities of forensic handwriting examiners and laypersons in terms of signature examination that the error rates of the handwriting examiners were considerably lower than for the laypersons. Even if the laypersons were promised to earn some extra money producing a good result they did not improve their performance. The danger of giving opinions based on comparisons of small amount of signatures are discussed by Harris (54). He also gives the following advice: never emphasise on one particular feature in a signature small but persistent differences in slant, size, shading and letter forms must be seriously considered it is of vital importance to examine the handwriting of all parties involved in a case.

The decreasing quality of writing efficiency of signatures and what to do in the future to replace the old type of signature is discussed by Owoc (88). He proposes that the New Signature (which is his working name of it) should contain the following three elements: a stamp containing descriptive information about the bearer a traditional handwritten signature a print of the epidermal ridges pattern (the simplest would be that of a finger).

Found and Rogers (28) have continued their reporting on statistical modelling of experts perception of the ease of signature simulation which is a field within handwriting examination that can cause some problems. 160

The difficulty to examine self-counterfeited signatures of elderly people is discussed by Koziczak (73) who among other advice says that signatures whose graphism may change due to natural causes (e.g. the bearers old age or illness) should be examined especially carefully In some countries, as e.g. in the Argentine, it seems to be usual with short, illegible and strongly simplified signatures. The risk and difficulty to examine this kind of signature is discussed by Pena (89). Examination of Numerals Li Chi-Keung et al (77) found in a study where they collected specimens of the Arabic numerals 0-9 from 187 persons that no two individuals showed the same set of characteristic codes. They developed a classification system based on characteristic features such as slant, writing direction, relative position of strokes, angularity of turnings etc. The hypothesis of unique handwriting was thus supported. Seaman Kelly (68) made a study in which 200 persons took part writing a four-page exemplar where three pages consisted of naturally written numerals whilst the participants were asked to disguise their writing on the fourth page. The study showed that of the 200 persons 37% connected at least one set of numbers using a connecting stroke but also that a significant number of writers use more than one form of a numeral. Writing Instruments When examining signatures and handwriting produced with gel pens Oleksow and Matranga (86) advocate that it is very important to be cautious because the class characteristics of these pens are very special and it is easy to reach an erroneous opinion. In another report on gel pens Czermak (20) has found that as an examiner you have to take into consideration the interaction between paper surface and the writing instrument especially concerning the line quality. Examination of foreign handwriting Grube and Zscach (51) have made a thorough survey of the difficulties with examinations of foreign handwriting in Germany. They discuss especially the problems with examination of Cyrillic handwriting which has increased after the fall of the Iron Wall. To examine block letters in Cyrillic writing is, just as in the Latin writing, more difficult than to examine signatures. The most important factor is, however, that the examiner has access to copy-book writings from the countries concerned, which can be achieved through the constant growing collection of copybook models that has been created at the Dutch Laboratory (130). The plans are moreover to make this database available on the ENFSI/ENFHEX website provided that access to the system is well protected. Aloyoni (3) maintains the opinion that when it comes to examination of foreign writings such as Arabic handwriting and signatures you should do a thorough research and study of the characteristics and then treat the findings with extreme caution. A useful tool for examining foreign handwritings as efficiently as possible has been described by Purdy (92). The Write-On Software is a computer program which is an aid especially when it comes to large amounts of text where the program searches for comparable combinations of letters and numerals and also provides more objective data that supports handwriting conclusions. 161

Another computer based system for recognition of handwritten text has been presented by AlOhali-Y et al (2). Their paper considers work that has been done with regard to the establishment of Arabic cheque databases for research into the automated recognition of handwritten Arabic cheques. Kurgoniene (74) reports on the bilingual situation in Lithuania where within the last century Russian has influenced both the manner of writing and the spoken language. Her report, which is based on the study of 700 Lithuanian and 200 Russian texts, analyses the influence of the Lithuanian (or Russian) alphabet and mother tongue in Russian and Lithuanian texts written by bilingual writers. Abulafia and Gerber (1) have made a study in which 170 persons wrote in Hebrew, Arabic and English to try to see if it is possible at all to compare different alphabets and if the findings could give basis for any conclusions. The answer is that in the majority of the cases it was impossible to reach any conclusion but in a number of cases the examiners dared to use rather strong conclusions. Their research in this field will continue. Computer assisted handwriting examinations The renewal of the old FISH system for computer assisted handwriting examination has been reported by Philipp (130) and the general approach of the system is quoted in the following: The FISH-new is a modular programme library and graphical user interface for acquisition, annotation and storage of digitized handwriting. The overall design philosophy contains the following elements: User actions (e.g. measurements) are costly. Therefore, the system should aim at convenient entry and modification of data items The user should be guided in order to reduce subjective influence on the measurement process. Where possible, script features are computed automatically. The system must be standard and multi-platform, certainly at the user client side, preferably also at the server side. Results must be reproducible, on the basis of the original scan. The number of files representing intermediate processing stages is reduced. The system will be realized in such a way that new insights in the forensic writer identification technology can be added using plug-in software. The final demonstrator should be considered as a proof of concept, not as a finished product.

The above mentioned FISH-new system has been worked out by Franke et al (34) and an oral presentation of if was given at the 3rd EAFS Meeting in Istanbul. The system has also been presented in the ENFHEX bulletin under the name of WANDA (130). Other contributions to computer assisted experiments in the handwriting field have been reported by Franke and Kppen (38), Franke, Schomaker and Penk (39) and Franke and Grube (37). MISCELLANEOUS Sadorf (97) has reported on an unusual case concerning graffiti from Bayern where a suspect individual declared that the almost perfect match between questioned tags and specimens from him could be explained by his ability to almost perfectly copy tags that he had seen elsewhere in the town. To prove this he volunteered to try to imitate (from his memory) six different tags. The 162

result was, however, that the handwriting examiners could easily see the difference between the questioned tags and specimens produced by the suspect, Lines and Franck (78) presented a report on the writing of triplets compared to the writing of their non-multiple-birth sibling. This is the first time such a study has been reported in the literature and the findings support the concept of natural variation in handwriting and two of the premises of handwriting identification, namely that no two individuals write exactly alike and that nobody writes the same text exactly in the same way twice. Changes of copy book models in Poland have been reported by Widla and Garcarczyk (121) who assumes that the new pattern will give better legibility, ability to write and economy of movement The old question of graphology versus forensic handwriting examination has been discussed by Tomaszewski and Gruza(114) and the debate will certainly go on even if it seems difficult to claim any scientific value in graphology. The difficult task of teaching trainees to become handwriting examiners is discussed by Carlson (14) and she proposes the marriage of Art and Science. The training to become a forensic document examiner can also be formalised like Glass informs about the Master of Forensic Science Administration Degree Program at Oklahoma State University (46). In Australia Sita (101 ) has performed studies that has given many interesting and previously undocumented relationships between features of the writing and examiners opinions. Using these findings a model was constructed that can give a useful analytical tool for future training of handwriting examiners. QUALITY ASSURANCE Even if some answers to the questionnaires indicate that a couple of laboratories are on their way to start QA works according to ISO standards it seems as if the accreditation preparations have not advanced as fast as could be expected. The laboratories that belong to a quality-accredited service are still few. The laboratories that are working with QA are dependant on the national accreditation bodies and one of the problems for the handwriting field is to find auditors within their own countries. Apart from the English speaking countries this is almost impossible so there has to be an exchange of expert auditors between different countries (at least for the small nations). Moreover there is a language problem because all the QA documents are written in a native tongue and these documents have to be translated to give the auditor a solid background for his assessment. Most of the laboratories that have answered the questionnaire report, however, that they take part in some form of QA testing. The American Collaborate Testing Service (CTS) remains the most international system but there are also other systems, such as the Australian system (from La Trobe University) which now has participants world-wide. The difference between the Australian testing system and the other systems is that the aim of the former is to give a basis for a certificate for the experts taking part, a certificate where the error rate is mentioned. In Europe many countries take part in the proficiency tests or collaborative exercises organised by ENFHEX (129). The intention of these tests is to use writing from different countries so the examiners will have a chance to get used to other copy-book models.

163

NETWORKING The major regional associations such as ASQDE and AAFS in North America, GFS and ENFHEX in Europe and ANZFSS in Australiasia continue their work with different activities within the handwriting field. Minor groups exist also e.g. the Nordic Handwriting Examiners who have meetings every second year together with experts from the Baltic states. The German speaking countries have their regular meetings and repeated in-country conferences are held in the UK. An example of how the work can be done is shown in the strategic plan for 2003 given by ENFHEX (129): create databases of ongoing research projects, create a literature database organise exchanges of expertise between handwriting labs produce a survey of methods and procedures create a database of handwriting samples and copy-book models organise proficiency tests and collaborative exercises for the handwriting working group regularly publish the ENFHEX News Bulletin create a website for communication within ENFSI prepare new projects for EU funding hold handwriting and document sessions at EAFS meetings hold working group committee and business meetings

ACTUAL TRENDS AND A LOOK INTO THE FUTURE The reduction of the use of cheques for payment purposes has continued during this period and one of the main reasons is of course that electronic systems of payment and cash withdrawal have increased in number. In some countries there are almost no handwritten cheques submitted for handwriting examination while other countries have almost the same caseload or even have seen an increase of such cases (52). One could suspect that the number of credit card slips with signatures would increase instead of cheques but there has been no reports saying that either. The use of electronic signatures when paying e.g. bills via Internet has increased rapidly even if the security is not as high as could be desired. There has been discussions if e.g. the forensic laboratories in Europe could develop an allEuropean standard of competence for forensic scientists (126) and also if there is any possibility to agree on how to write a forensic handwriting report including the scale of conclusion used. According to Strach (110) the ideal would be a universally accepted scale for all the forensic sciences but that the day for reaching such an agreement seems to be a long way in the future. A good guess is that, in some years, we can expect more developed systems with computer assisted handwriting examinations such as the WANDA system. According to Franke (130) this system will give a huge potential for research and development in the field of forensic handwriting and signature analysis as well as writer identification. - Moreover, the distributed client/server architecture allows for joining and sharing collected handwriting data, domainspecific knowledge and implemented software routines. To raise the level of competence among the handwriting examiners in Europe ENFHEX have performed several efforts and one of these is the exchange of experts between European laboratories. It seems as if this is a way to continue as the reports from these exchanges (126, 127, 128) have shown that they can spread a great deal of knowledge both to guests and hosts.

164

LIST OF ACRONYMS USED ANZFSS ASQDE ENFHEX ENFSI GFS IGS ISU REFERENCES: 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20) 21) 22) Abalufia A, Y Gerber, Handwriting Comparison Three different Languages (Part 1); proceedings of ASQDE, 2002, San Diego Al-Ohali-Y, Cheriet M, Suen C, Databases for Recognition of Handwritten Arabic Cheques; Pattern Recognition, v 36, p 111-121, 2003 Aloyoni M M, Arabic Handwriting and Signatures; poster at ASQDE 2002, San Diego Antohie C, The Disguise The Intentionate Modification of the Handwriting; poster at the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003 Asicioglu F, Turan N, Handwriting Changes Under the Effect of Alcohol; Forensic Science International, v 132, p 201-210 Bafra J, Author Determination of Freehand Simulation in Signature; poster at the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul, 2003 Baier P E, Digital Image Processing in Forensic Handwriting Examination; proceedings of ASQDE, 2003, Baltimore Birincioglu I, Uzun M, Baskanligi A T K, Handwriting Changes Due to Alzheimer Disease: A Case Report; poster at the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003 Black D, Found B, Rogers D, The frequency of the occurrence of handwriting performance features used to predict whether questioned signatures are simulated; Journal of Forensic Document Examination, 2003, 15, p19-31 Bodziak W J, Some Additional Observations Regarding Usage of the Bayesian Method for the Assessment and Reporting of Questioned Document Examinations; proceedings of ASQDE, 2003, Baltimore Bradley J H, Parkinsons disease and Handwriting; proceedings of ASQDE, 2002, San Diego Buch E, Contreras-Vidal J, The Cognitive Value of the Pace of Tracing in the Signatures Counterfeited through Exact Imitation; Document Various Specifications, no 3/2002, p 37-48 Buczek A, The Cognitive Value of the Pace of Tracing in the Signatures Counterfeited through Exact Imitation; Document Various Specifications, no 3/2002, p 37-48 Carlson H M, Observations on the Brain, Perception and the Critical Examination of Questioned Documents; proceedings of ASQDE, 2003, Baltimore Carmona C L H, New Handwriting Instruments of Which We Must Be Alert; proceedings of ASQDE, 2003, Baltimore Carmona C L H, Not Having a defined Signature Can Cause Serious Problems; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Cheng Kun-Chi et al, A Study on the Influence of Light Social Drinking on Writing of Chinese in HongKong; proceedings of ASQDE, 2003, Baltimore 165 Australian and New Zealand Forensic Science Society American Society of Questioned Document Examiners European Network of Forensic Handwriting Experts European Network of Forensic Science Institutes Gesellschaft fr Forensische Schriftvergleichung International Graphonomics Society Institut fr Schrift- und Urkundenuntersuchung

23) 24) 25) 26) 27) 28) 29) 30) 31) 32) 33) 34) 35) 36) 37) 38) 39) 40) 41) 42) 43)

Cheng P Yau-Sang, Leung Amy Yee May, A Study on the Influence of Light Social Drinking on Writing of Chinese in HongKong; proceedings of ASQDE, 2003, Baltimore Ciocian I, Can Photo-static Copies appear as Questioned Documents in Handwriting Examination? Document Various Specifications, no 3/2002, p 53-56 Czermak M, Philipp M, Then and Now: Roots of the GFS and Its Evolution into the Society for Forensic Handwriting Investigation; proceedings of ASQDE, 2003, Baltimore Eggleston C L, A Critical Review Dr. Bryan Found on Handwriting Identification; proceedings of ASQDE, 2002, San Diego Ezcurra M, Handwriting Pressure Investigation; proceedings of ASQDE, 2003, Baltimore Fabianska E, Hladij H, A Forgery of a Painters Signature. A Case Study; proceedings of 5th International Congress of GFS, Bingen , 2001 Fagel W P F, Final Report on the ENFHEX project, 1 Nov 1998-31 Oct 2002, EU Thematic Network Contract No SMT4-CT98-7520A Fagel W P F, Bestebreur L, Quality Management at the Netherlands Forensic Institute and its Implications for Handwriting Examination; proceedings of the 5th International Congress of GFS, Bingen, 2001 Filby A G, Time and Quality in a Changing Environment; proceedings of the 5th International Congress of GFS, Bingen, 2001 Fisher J, Characterising the Nature of Individual and Collective Practitioner Skills in Forensic Handwriting Text and Signature Examinations; proceedings of ASQDE, 2002, San Diego and Baltimore 2003 Found B and Rogers D, Characterising the Nature of Individual and Collective Practitioner Skills in Forensic Handwriting Text and Signature Examinations; proceedings of ASQDE, 2002, San Diego and Baltimore 2003 Found B, Rogers D, The Impact of Forger Practice on the Validity of Forensic Document Practitioners Opinions; proceedings of the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003 Found B, Rogers D, Characterising Handwriting Identification Skill Using by Assessing the Probative Value of Grouped Examiner Opinions Across Handwriting Types; proceedings of the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003 Found B, Rogers D, The initial profiling trial of a program to characterise forensic handwriting examiners skill; Journal of the American Society of Questioned Document Examiners, 2003 Found B, Rogers D, Herkt A, Comparison of document examiners opinions on original and photocopied signatures; Journal of Forensic Document Examination, 2001,14, p 1-13 Found B, Rogers D, Herkt A, The skill of a group of forensic document examiners in expressing handwriting and signature authorship and production process opinions; Journal of Forensic Document Examination, 2001, 14, p 15-30 Franke K, FISH-New: A Common Ground for Computer-Based Forensic writer Identification; proceedings of the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003, Franke K, Computergesttzte Analyse von Schreibpastenablagerungen; Mannheimer Hefte 1/03, p 1-15 Franke K, Bnnemayer O, Sy T, Writer Identification Using Ink Texture Analysis; proceedings of 8th International Workshop on Frontiers in Handwriting Recognition (IWFHR), Niagara-on-the-Lake, 268-273 Franke K, Grube G, Computergesttzte Verfahren in der forensischen Handschriftenanalyse; Mannheimer Hefte fr Schriftvergleichung, 3+4/02, p 177 Franke K, Kppen M, On-line Pen Input and Procedures for Computer-assisted Forensic Handwriting Examination; proceedings o International Conference of the Graphonomic Society (IGS), Scottsdale, Arizona, 295-298 166

44) 45) 46) 47) 48) 49) 50) 51) 52) 53) 54) 55) 56) 57) 58) 59) 60) 61) 62) 63) 64) 65) 66)

Franke K, Schomaker L, Penk, On-line Pen Input and Procedures for Computer-assisted Forensic Handwriting Examination; proceedings o International Conference of the Graphonomic Society (IGS), Scottsdale, Arizona, 295-298 Furukawa T, Kobayashi K, Seki Y, The Reconstruction of Handwriting of Japanese Kana Characters using Velocity Profiles of Pen-tip; paper presented at the 11th Conference of IGS, Scottsdale 2003 Gencavage III J S, Line Quality The examiners map; proceedings of ASQDE 2003, Baltimore Gerber Y, Abulafia A, Handwriting Comparison Three Different Languages (Part 2); proceedings of ASQDE, 2002 San Diego Giles A, The Osborn Legacy; proceedings of ASQDE, 2002, San Diego Giles A, Giles S, Quality Management and Scientific Competence. A Perspective from the View of a UK Private Laboratory; proceedings of the 5th International Congress of GFS, Bingen, 2001 Girdwoyn P, Individual and Group Features in Handwriting and Conclusiveness of Opinion; Document Various Specifications no 3/2002, p 65-73, Wroclaw Glass R T, Anmerkungen zur Aussagekraft von Paraphen; proceedings of the 5th International Congress of GFS, Bingen, 2001 Goudreault P, Write-On: Introduction; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Goudreault P, Write-On Evening Workshop; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Grafl C, Anmerkungen zur Aussagekraft von Paraphen; proceedings of the 5th International Congress of GFS, Bingen, 2001 Green J A, Notary Journal and Voter Registration Information Resource Manual; proceedings of ASQDE 2003, Baltimore Grube G, Zschach R, Die Schriftvergleichende Untersuchung nichtlateinischer Schriften, dargestellt am Beispiel Kyrillischer Schreibleistungen; Mannheimer Hefte fr Schriftvergleichung 1/02. p 1-13 Gruza E, Kornec M, Some remarks on Forgeries of Bank Cheques; Document Various Specifications no 3/2002, p 57-63, Wroclaw Hanlen R C, Muehlberger R J, Manzolillo P A, Sperry G, Establishing Forensic Handwriting Examination as a Science, Individuality, Reliability, Performance and Validity; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Harris J J, How Much Do People Write Alike? A Study of Signatures; Journal of the American Society of Questioned Document Examiners volume 5, number 2, 2002, p 9195 Harrison D, Seiger D P, Meeting the Daubert Challenge: A Bibliography of Handwriting Articles for the Forensic Document Examiner; Forensic Science Communications, v 5, 2003 Hecker M R, Research 2002; Mannheimer Hefte fr Schriftvergleichung, 2/02, p 49-55 and also given at ASQDE 2002, San Diego Hecker M R, Bericht ber den Workshop beim Bundeskriminalamt; Mannheimer Hefte fr Schriftvergleichung, 1+2/012, p 51-53 Hecker M R, Forensische Gutachtenerstattung unter QM-Gesichtspunkten und KostenLeistungs-Rechnung; presentation given at GFS conference in Bingen 2001 and as abstract in Mannheimer Hefte fr Schriftvergleichung 1/02 p 19-20 Hecker M R, Handschrift und Geschlect; Osnabrcker Beitrge zur Sprachtheorie, 66 p 117-134 Herkt A, Documentation and Implementation of Forensic Handwriting Method Incorporating Examiner Skill Assessments and Opinion Uncertainty Rates in the Casework Environment; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Hilton O, Some Basic Rules for the Identification of Handwriting; Journal of the American Society of Questioned Document Examiners, no 2 2001, p 95-100 167

67) 68) 69) 70) 71) 72) 73) 74) 75) 76) 77) 78) 79) 80) 81) 82) 83) 84)

85) 86) 87) 88) 89) 90)

Hussong J, Falldarstellung: Graffiti; proceedings of the 5th International Congress of GFS, Bingen, 2001 Ionescu L, Analysis of Forged Signatures on Paintings and Drawings; proceedings of the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003 Kam M, Proficiency Testing 2002; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Kam M, A Decade of Writer Recognition Proficiency Tests for Forensic Document Examiners; proceedings of ASQDE 2003, Baltimore Kam M, Gummadidala K, Fielding G, Conn R, Signature Authentication by Forensic Document Examiners; Journal of Forensic Science, 2001,v 46, p 884-888 Kegel H C Z, Handwriting Features and the Possibilities of Identification of its Author; Document Various Specifications no 6/2003, p 7-11, Wroclaw Kelly J S, Habits Observed in Naturally Written Numbers; Journal of the American Society of Questioned Document Examiners, 2002, v 5. p 58-66 Kelly M, The Impact of U.S. v. Starzecpyzel: Then and Now; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Kim H Y, Kim J H, Hierarchical Random Graph Representation of Handwritten Characters and Its Application to Hangul Recognition; Pattern Recognition, 2001,v 34, p 187-201 Kobayashi K, Finger and Wrist Co-ordination During Handwriting Movements; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Kobayashi K, Estimate Kinematical Parameters of Finger and Wrist During Handwriting Movements by Means of Short Line Segments Drawing; paper presented at the 11th Conference of IGS, Scottsdale, 2003 Koziczak A, Self-counterfeiting of Signatures of Elderly People; Document Various Specifications no 5/2002, p 11-16, Wroclaw; Kurgoniene J, Some Peculiarities of Handwriting Identification of Documents in Russian and Lithuanian Alphabet Produced by the Bilingual Writers; proceedings of the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003 Kurtas O et al, Determination of the Origin of a Suicidal Note Written onto the Palm; proceedings of the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003 Larner J F, Development of a Graduate Level Course of Academic Study in the Forensic Examination of Questioned Documents; proceedings of ASQDE 2003, Baltimore Li Chi-Keung et al, A Preliminary Study of the Writing Habits on Arabic Numerals in Local Population; proceedings of ASQDE 2003, Baltimore Lines S R, Franck F E, Triplet & Sibling Handwriting Study to Determine Degree of Individuality & Natural Variation; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Longstaff M G, Mahant P R, Stacy M A, van Gemmert A W A, Leis B C, Stelmach G E, Continuously Scaling a Continuous Movement: Parkinsonian Patients Choose a Smaller Scaling Ration and Produce More Variable Movements Compared to Elderly Controls; proceedings of the 10th Biennial Conference of the International Graphonomics Society, 2001 Nijmegen Luber J H, Mordente M, True Handwriting; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Maus E P, Das Handschriftenerkennungssystem HESY Eine Schreibwaage mit Wegerfassung; Mannheimer Hefte fr Schriftvergleichung, no1+2/01, p 1-22 Moran T L, As Common As We Think? An Evaluation of Some Common Characteristics of 1000 Writers; poster at ASQDE 2002, San Diego Morin D, A Review of the Eighth International Workshop on Frontiers in Handwriting Recognition (IWFHR 8); proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Muehlberger R et al, Motion in Limine: Daubert Challenges to Expert Testimony in Forensic Document Examination; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Nissen K, Grundzge des Modells subjektiver Wahrscheinlichkeit; proceedings of the 5th International Congress of GFS, Bingen, 2001 168

91) 92)

93) 94) 95) 96) 97) 98) 99) 100) 101) 102) 103) 104) 105) 106) 107) 108) 109) 110) 111) 112)

Oleksow D L, Matranga A L, The Effects of Gel Pens on Handwriting Details; proceedings of ASQDE 2003, Baltimore Orienti G, Aristei A, Caligiore G, Garofano L, Analysis and Comparison Between an Old Mans Signature and a Questioned Signature. Simulation of the (Progressive) Unstructured Handwriting; poster at the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003 Owoc M, New Individual Signature; Document Various Specifications no 5/2002, p 710, Wroclaw Pena de la J, Forgery versus Self-Modification; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Perali P, How to Compare Disguised Handwritings?; Z-Zagadnien-Nauk-Sadowych, 2001,v 47, p 375-379 Pier M P B I, Hulstijn W, Sabbe B G C, Horstink M, Motor Slowing in Major Depression, Parkinsons Disease and Normal Ageing; proceedings of the 10th Biennial Conference of the International Graphonomics Society, 2001 Nijmegen Purdy D C, Write-On Software An aid for Examining Foreign Alphabet Writings; poster ASQDE 2002, San Diego Radley R, A Fluent Tracing A Contradiction in Terms; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Riess M, Modell der subjektiven Wahrscheinlichkeit bei schriftvergleichenden Gutachten; proceedings of the 5th International Congress of GFS, Bingen, 2001 Rogers D, Eddy M, Morris M, Found B, The Effects of Visual Cues on Micrographic Handwriting in Parkinsons Disease; proceedings of the 10th Biennial Conference of the International Graphonomics Society, 2001 Nijmegen Rogers D, Found B, Ganas J, An Objective Comparison of Spatial Characteristics Between Forged and Genuine Signatures Using Matrix Analysis Software; proceedings of the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003; Sadorf E, Nachahmungsresistenz und Grafische Ergiebigkeit von Mittelkomplexen Graffiti-Schriften; Mannheimer Hefte fr Schriftvergleichung, no 3+4/02, p 105-120 Seki Y, Kobayashi K, Akao Y, Sugawara S, Writer identification of Latin Alphabet Written by Japanese; paper presented at the 16th Meeting of IAFS, 2002, Montpellier Sevim M, Saygi S, Simple Forgeries in Signature Examination; poster of the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003 Shiver F, Daubert in the State Courts; proceedings of ASQDE 2003, Baltimore Sita J C, Empirical Approaches to the Investigation of Contemporary Forensic Handwriting Examination; PhD thesis, School of Human Biosciences, LaTrobe University, Australia Sita J C, Rogers D, Found, Spatial comparison of questioned to specimen signatures using matrix analysis software; proceedings of the 11th Biennial Conference of the International Graphonomics Society 2003, p 299-303 Sita J, Found B,, Rogers D, Forensic handwriting examiners expertise for signature comparison; Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002, 47, p 1117-1124 Sita J, Rogers D, Found B, A model using complexity classification, spatial score and line quality for forensic signature comparison; proceedings of the 11th Biennial Conference of the International Grapohonomics Society, 2003, 257-260 Srihari S N, Quantitative Assessment of Handwriting; proceedings of the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003 Srihari S, Cha S, Arora H, Lee S, Individuality of Handwriting; Journal of Forensic Science, May 2002 Stelmach G E, Ketcham C J, Dounskaia N V, The Influence of Biomechanical Properties in the Control of Multijoint Drawing Movements; proceedings of the 10th Biennial Conference of the International Graphonomics Society, 2001 Nijmegen

169

113) 114) 115) 116) 117) 118) 119) 120) 121) 122) 123) 124) 125) 126) 127) 128) 129) 130) 131) 132) 133) 134) 135)

Stewart L F, Unusual Document Examination Approaches and Their Relationship to Daubert Challenges; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Stockton A, Day S, Bayes, Handwriting and Science; proceedings of ASQDE 2001, Des Moines Strach S J, Conclusions in Forensic Science with Particular Reference to Handwriting Comparisons; poster at ASQDE 2002, San Diego Strach S J, Expressions of Conclusions of Handwriting Comparisons; proceedings of ASQDE 2001, Des Moines Stuebe K, Forensic Expertise Profiling Laboratory Validation Trials A Personal Experience; poster at ASQDE 2003, Baltimore Teulings H-L, Optimization of Movement Duration in Accurate Handwriting Strokes in Different Directions in Young, Elderly and Parkinsonian Subjects; proceedings of the 10th Biennial Conference of the International Graphonomics Society, 2001 Nijmegen Tomaszewski T, Gruza E, Graphology and Forensic Handwriting Examination in the Polish Experts Practice; proceedings of the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003; Ueda K, OCR-aided Preparation of Handwriting Comparison Charts for the Forensic Examination of Japanese Documents; poster at the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003 Van Gemmert A W A, Adler C H, Stelmach G E, The Isochronic Size Range is Reduced in Handwriting of Parkinsonian Patients; proceedings of the 10th Biennial Conference of the International Graphonomics Society, 2001 Nijmegen Vargas R, Do People Always Disguise Their Writing the Same?; proceedings of ASQDE 2003, Baltimore Vastrick T, Handwriting Identification: Back to Reality; proceedings of ASQDE 2002, San Diego Welch J R, A Survey of t-h Joins in the Definite Article and Other Wording; proceedings of ASQDE 2003, Baltimore Widla T, Swiderek B, Handwriting by a Guided Hand; Document Various Specifications no 4/2002, p 7-20, Wroclaw Widla T, Garcarczyk M, Forming of Writing Habits; Document Various Specifications no 3/2002, Wroclaw, p 7-12 Vydhyanathan A, Chennai, I N, Nadu T, Dynamic Signature Verification Using Biometrics; poster at the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting, Istanbul 2003; Zhang B, Fu M, Yan H, A Nonlinear Neural Network Model of Mixture of Local Principal Component Analysis: Application to Handwritten Digits Recognition; Pattern Recognition, 2001,v 34, p 203-214 Zlotnick J, Lin J R, Handwriting Evidence in Federal Courts From Frye to Kumho; Forensic Science Revue, 2001, v13, p 87-99 Zywucka-Kozlowska E, The Effect of Graves-Basedov Disease on the appearance of Handwriting; Document Various Specifications nr 4/2002, p 73-79, Wroclaw ENFHEX news no 1.01 ENFHEX news no 2.01 ENFHEX news no 1/2.02 ENFHEX news no 1.03 ENFHEX news no 1.04

170

FORENSIC SPEECH AND AUDIO ANALYSIS FORENSIC LINGUISTICS

A Review: 2001 to 2004

A.P.A. Broeders MA PhD Chief Scientist Netherlands Forensic Institute Ministry of Justice P.O. Box 24044 2490 AA THE HAGUE The Netherlands Phone: +31 70 888 61 26 Fax:+31 70 888 65 50 E-mail: t.broeders@nfi.minjus.nl

171

CONTENTS Abstract Introduction Speaker Identification Speaker identification by earwitnesses The present Speaker identification by experts Some history The present Expressing Conclusions in Speaker Identification Organisations Audio Analysis Intelligibility Enhancement Integrity and Authenticity Examinations of Audio Recordings Disputed Utterances Organisations and Conferences Linguistic Authorship Studies Organisation Conclusions Speaker Identification Integrity and Authenticity Examinations Linguistic Authorship Attribution Final Conclusion References The Survey Scope of the Survey Casework Research Databases Education and Training Quality Assurance Publications Forensic Speech and Audio Analysis - Publications Forensic Speech and Audio Analysis - Papers Forensic Linguistics - Publications

172

ABSTRACT: Although the development of state-of-the-art automatic speaker recognition systems continues to show considerable progress, performance levels of these systems do not as yet seem to warrant large-scale introduction in anything other than relatively low-risk, investigative applications. Conditions typical of the forensic context such as transmission channel mismatch, the presence of background noise and mismatch of linguistic or communicative context continue to pose a major challenge. Consequently, the impact of automatic speaker recognition technology on the forensic scene has been relatively modest and forensic speaker identification practice, certainly when applied for evidential purposes, remains heavily dominated by the use of a wide variety of largely subjective procedures. While substantial progress in forensic speaker identification performance remains relatively slow, recent developments in the interpretation of the evidential value of forensic evidence are now clearly beginning to make themselves felt. Conclusions in the form of a binary yes/nodecision or a qualified statement of the probability of the (prosecution) hypothesis rather than in the form of a statement of the probability of the speech evidence given a set of hypotheses are increasingly criticised for being logically flawed. Instead, conclusion formats that make it possible for results to be expressed in terms of a likelihood ratio are increasingly propagated and becoming more widely used. However, unlike automatic procedures, traditional methods in the field of speaker identification do not readily lend themselves to these formats. Against this background, the need to put alternative validation procedures in place for traditional types of forensic speaker identification is becoming more widely accepted. Although speaker identification by earwitnesses differs in some important respects from the much more widely studied field of eyewitness identification, there are sufficient parallels between the two for speaker identification by earwitnesses to benefit greatly from a close study of the guidelines that have been proposed for the administration of line-ups in the visual domain. Some of the central notions are briefly discussed. Rapid technical developments in the world of telecommunications in which speech and data are increasingly transmitted through the same communication channels pose new threats for the analysis of speech and audio interception as an investigative and evidential tool. The shift from analogue to digital recording media and the increasingly widespread availability of digital sound processing equipment as well as its ease of operation make certain types of manipulation of audio recordings comparatively easy to perform. If done competently, such manipulation may leave no traces and may therefore be impossible to detect. However, new methods for the authentication of audio recordings utilizing mains frequency fluctuation and the visualization of the magnetic patterns by exploiting the Faraday effect show considerable promise. Authorship attribution is another forensic area that has had a relatively chequered history. The rapid increase in the use of electronic writing media including e-mail, sms, and the use of ink jet printers at the expense of typewritten and to a lesser extent hand-written texts reduces the opportunities of authorship attribution by means of traditional document examination techniques and may create a greater demand for linguistic expertise in this area. A survey is provided of ongoing work in the area, based on reactions to a questionnaire sent out in June 2004.

173

INTRODUCTION: The field of forensic speech and audio analysis comprises a wide range of activities of which the most spectacular is no doubt speaker identification. Other activities in the field include intelligibility enhancement of recorded speech samples, the analysis of disputed utterances, and the examination of the authenticity of audio recordings. A related though in many ways very different activity is linguistic authorship identification, the linguistic analysis of a spoken or written text undertaken with a view to establishing the identity of the author of that text. SPEAKER IDENTIFICATION In spite of the regular appearance of high-tech speaker identification equipment in contemporary fiction and the film industry, forensic speaker identification at the beginning of the 21st century is an extremely challenging field, in which the promise held by technological advance remains largely unfulfilled. This applies most obviously to large-scale forensic applications, which are as yet virtually non-existent. Outside the forensic arena, the introduction of automatic speaker identification technology in real-world applications has also fallen far short of what might be expected on the basis of its popular appeal and the promise the technology initially seemed to hold. So far it has mainly been limited to relatively low-risk applications, frequently involving communication by telephone. According to Boves [1], one of the more successful applications appears to be home incarceration surveillance. Technically, a distinction is often made between speaker recognition - which is used as a cover term for the wide variety of situations in which people are identified, or strictly speaking individualised, on the basis of the sound of their voices - and the terms speaker identification and speaker verification. Identification systems are those which compare a test speaker against all the voices in a particular database to determine his or her identity; verification systems compare the test sample with a reference sample of the speaker who is claimed to have produced the test sample. In this sense, the forensic application typically amounts to a verification task, in that the question that needs to be answered tends to be whether the recorded voice is that of a particular speaker (i.e., the suspect). Occasionally, the term authentication is used for the process of establishing the identity of a speaker, but this term is generally more appropriately used to describe the examination of audio recordings with a view to establishing their authenticity (see 3.2 below). The first and oldest form of speaker identification is of course speaker identification by earwitnesses. The second major category comprises all forms of speaker identification by experts. At present, experts working in the field of forensic speaker identification use one of three approaches: (i) a phonetic-acoustic approach, (ii) a (semi-)automatic, analytical acoustic approach frequently combined with an auditory phonetic analysis, and (iii) a global automatic approach. Also methods are employed in which elements of the three types are combined in various ways. SPEAKER IDENTIFICATION BY EARWITNESSES The present Today, procedures in speaker identification by witnesses for evidential purposes typically involve the use of line-ups, following existing practice in the related domain of visual identification of persons by witnesses [2, 3, 4, 5]. It is worth stressing that the use of single person identification procedures, while producing positive identification scores in controlled experiments that are comparable to those obtained for (multi-person) line-ups, is generally 174

rejected except to confirm an earlier identification, or as an investigative rather than an evidential tool. The reason is that line-ups, unlike identification procedures involving a single speaker only (i.e., the suspect), make it possible to detect the vast majority of false identifications. Detection is possible because in a properly designed line-up all members should have an equal probability of false identification, which reduces the risk of a false identification going undetected to 1/N in an N-person line-up, where 1/N is the likelihood of a false identification involving an innocent suspect. By contrast, there is of course no way in which false-positive identifications can be distinguished from correct identifications if only a single speaker is presented to the witness: both correct and incorrect identifications amount to selection of the suspect. Compared with the rich literature on eyewitness identification, which has created sufficient consensus in the scientific community for a set of common guidelines to be formulated [6, 7, 8, 9], empirical studies of earwitness identification are few and far between, with the notable exception of the work of Yarmey [10, 11]. The last decades have seen various attempts to formulate guidelines for speaker identification by witnesses [2, 3, 4]. As in the visual domain, the main purpose of these guidelines is to control variables that might unduly affect the result of an identification test, rendering its meaning essentially null and void. In order to prevent such undesirable effects from occurring, procedures should be carefully thought out and strictly enforced. It is only when a positive identification cannot be argued to be due to other factors than an observed correspondence between the memory trace of the perpetrator's voice in the witness's memory and the sound of the suspect's voice that it can meaningfully contribute to the resolution of an identity question. A set of guidelines based on those developed by Broeders & Van Amelsvoort [3] was officially adopted by the ENFSI Expert Working Group for Forensic Speech and Audio Analysis during the European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting held in Istanbul, Turkey, in October 2003. In addition to the 'formalised type' of speaker identification by witnesses that is used as evidence for or against an individual's involvement in a crime, there is of course a very much greater volume of speaker identification work carried out by members of police forces and interpreters involved in the processing of the vast quantities of telephone interceptions undertaken within the legal framework of various countries. However, speaker attributions in these calls are rarely made on the basis of the speaker's voice quality and speech patterns alone. Frequently, information about the line or number being intercepted and prior knowledge about the whereabouts of callers as well as information from earlier calls will play a major role in attributing a certain call to a certain speaker. In view of the vast amounts of telephone calls that are intercepted in some countries it is remarkable that relatively few challenges of these attributions are made and that an even smaller number of these challenges is successful. A brief and concise review of the present state of the field of voice identification by witnesses is provided by Bull & Clifford [12]. There remains a great deal of research to be done to increase our insight in the effect of so-called estimator variables on speaker identification performance by earwitnesses. These estimator variables include the nature of the speech and of the voice quality of the speaker, the amount of speech heard by the witness, the delay between exposure to the voice of the unknown speaker and that of the suspect, the effect of telephone quality speech, of differences in age, gender and ethnicity between speaker and witness and of differences in communicative context. But also in the area of the so-called system variables, which are essentially under the experimenter's or forensic examiner's control, there is a need for additional empirical research. A more fundamental problem is that of the questionable relevance of laboratory experiments to actual forensic casework. Casual observers in a non-threatening environment may well behave very differently from witnesses or victims who are paying close attention to the person they are confronted with. However, it is clear that ethical considerations frequently stand in the way of attempts to accurately recreate real-world situations in a controlled 175

experiment. Meanwhile, we would do well to heed the repeated warnings by Bull & Clifford [12], Yarmey [10,11], Ormerod [66] and others to treat speaker identification based on earwitness evidence with considerable caution. Speaker identification by experts Some history The second and probably most frequently practised form in the forensic context is speaker identification by experts. One of the early approaches based on the use of the spectrograph initially showed considerable promise and came to be known as the voiceprint technique. This method was actually developed during the Second World War and essentially amounts to a visual comparison of spectrograms of linguistically identical utterances to determine whether they originate from a single speaker. In the second half of the last century the limitations of this approach were demonstrated to be so severe that its status soon became extremely controversial. While highly suggestive, the parallel with the fingerprint that the term voiceprint invokes, was shown to be utterly misleading. Unlike, fingerprints, or friction ridge patterns, spectrographic representations of speech are not invariant over time but highly variable within speakers, reflecting the inherent within-speaker variability that is characteristic of speech. Yet, in spite of the publication of a critical review of the use of the sound spectrograph for the purposes of forensic speaker identification carried out by a National Research Council committee of the American National Academy of Sciences [13], testimony based on modified forms of the voiceprint technique as practised by members of the VIAAS (Voice Identification and Acoustic Analysis Subcommittee) of the IAI (International Association for Identification) and others continues to be admitted as evidence in US courts of law. Saks [14] reports that by his last count it is admissible in six states, excluded in eight, admissible in four federal courts and excluded in one. Brief surveys of the history of forensic speaker identification can be found in Braun & Knzel [15], Meuwly [16], Hollien [17] and Rose [18] and, with special reference to the legal situation in the United States, in Solan & Tiersma [19]. Ormerod [20] discusses the legal position in England and Wales. He contrasts the preference expressed for a combination of auditory and acoustic analysis of voice samples by the Court of Appeal for Northern Ireland in ODoherty1 with the qualified approval given to an analysis largely based on auditory analysis only by the English Court of Appeal in Robb.1 The present There are probably few forensic disciplines that are characterised by such a diversity of methods and procedures as the field of forensic speaker identification by experts. Basically, practitioners can be divided in three groups. The first group consists of trained phoneticians. They rely primarily on a combination of auditory phonetic analysis and a variety of acoustic measurements, and will generally only consider themselves competent to analyse speech samples in their own native language. Experts working within this phonetic-acoustic tradition, which was pioneered by the German BKA in Wiesbaden, are found in several government forensic laboratories including those of Germany, Austria, Sweden, the Netherlands and Spain, and in private practice in countries like the United Kingdom and Germany. Perhaps the main criticism of this type of approach is that it has a strong subjective element and does not easily lend itself to validation [15]. The second group consists of those who use a set of semi-automatic measurements of a variety of acoustic speech parameters such as vowel formants, articulation rate and the like, sometimes combined with the results of a detailed, largely auditory phonetic analysis by a human expert. Examples of this type of approach are the methods used in Italy (RCIS), the Dialect system used 176

in Russia (FSC) and Belarus, the SIVE system used in Lithuania, and the type of method that is frequently referred to as phonoscopy and is used in several Eastern-European countries. The third, most recent approach differs form the first two in that it is both automatic and global. It is automatic in the sense that any subjective analysis or evaluation of the speech material is reduced to a minimum; it is global in the sense that it does not address specific acoustic speech parameters but treats the signal as a physical phenomenon, more specifically as a continuously varying complex vibration. Most automatic speaker identification systems today use a form of Gaussian mixture modelling to characterise or 'model' the speech of the known, target speaker (i.e., frequently the suspect in a forensic application) and that of the unknown speaker (i.e., the perpetrator). In addition to this, a relevant speaker population is defined and a probability-density function of the speech variance of this set is calculated. What the method essentially sets out to do is determine how likely a degree of similarity or difference as found between speech samples of the target speaker (say the suspect) and an unknown speaker (say the perpetrator) is to occur within the relevant population. There are two main problems with this approach. One is general and applies equally to other types of speaker identification; the other is specific to a forensic-type application. The first is the problem of within- and between-speaker variation. In the context of automatic speaker verification this means that speaker models may overlap because they may occupy similar spaces in the mode of representation utilised by the automatic technique. As a result, speakers may not always be reliably distinguished, and the system will produce a certain proportion of falsepositives. As this is precisely the type of error that the criminal justice system should always take great pains to avoid, the solution would seem to lie in adopting a more conservative decision criterion. However, as in all biometric identification techniques and in decision procedures in general, there is a trade-off between false-positives and false rejections, which means that a system that is biased towards reducing false-positives will tend to produce unacceptable levels of false rejections and/or report unrealistically low probability scores for matches. The second problem is related to the extreme sensitivity to transmission channel effects of automatic procedures, including the effects of different handsets, telephone lines, GSM-coding and perception-based compression techniques as used in Minidisk players and compression formats like MPEG. Research by Schmidt Nielsen & Crystal [21] suggests that, while human listeners showed considerable individual variability in performance, on average they tended to slightly outperform then current speaker verification systems. More importantly, they found that it is especially when conditions deteriorate as a result of differences in transmission channels, the presence of background noise and the like that human listeners are superior to automatic speaker verification algorithms, with EERs of about 15 % for humans versus 25 % for machines. It is precisely these conditions that tend to prevail in the forensic context. However, since the publication of this research in 1998 the performance of automatic speaker recognition systems has improved, if not spectacularly. Many observers of the scene, including Schmidt-Nielsen & Crystal [21], believe that in order for the performance of automatic speaker recognition techniques to improve significantly, a better understanding of the speaker-specific, linguistic element in the speech signal will be necessary [1, 22, 23]. However, such relatively long term high-level features are difficult to extract automatically. In a recent study [24] an attempt was made to analyze, characterize, extract, and apply high-level information and combine this with short term low-level information in the speaker recognition task. The goals were to develop new features and classifiers exploiting highlevel information, show performance improvements relative to baselines on an established evaluation data and task, and demonstrate that new features and classifiers provide complementary information. Results show that these novel features and classifiers indeed 177

provide complementary information reducing equal error rates of systems employing a purely acoustic approach from 0.7% to 0.2% when combined with high-level features. However, these improvements were obtained for non-forensic material, using considerably longer training material than is normally used in performance testing. Fully automatic systems are gradually being introduced in forensic casework albeit on a relatively small scale. They are currently used in France [25], Switzerland [16, 26] and Spain [27], and are being tested in the United States of America [28]. The Dutch NFI, in collaboration with TNO, recently finished a project which explored the possibilities of deploying state-of-theart automatic speaker identification procedures in police investigations, with a view to enabling detectives to make better inferences as to the identity of foreign language speakers on intercepted telephone lines. First results show that performance of state-of-the-art automatic identification systems on real-world forensic speech data is not far below that for non-forensic material, thereby making deployment for investigative purposes a realistic option [29]. It is worth noting that the results were obtained in a text (and thus language) independent mode, with systems performing equally well on test material in languages other than that used in the training session. Expressing Conclusions in Speaker Identification As in many other forensic identification disciplines, the formulation of the conclusions has been receiving considerable attention in the literature in the last few years [30,31]. Traditionally, forensic speech experts, like their colleagues in other forensic disciplines, have been expressing their conclusions in terms of the probability that the questioned (trace) material originated from a given source, usually the suspect. In recent years, partly accelerated by the advent of DNA evidence, this type of conclusion has been challenged as logically flawed [32, 33]. Rather than reporting the probability of the questioned (speech) material originating from the suspect, the expert should report the probability of the evidence under two rival assumptions. One is the prosecution hypothesis: the assumption that the material originates from the suspect. The other hypothesis will generally be that the trace material originates from some other member of a potential suspect population, like the adult male population of a town or a particular region. The ratio between these two probabilities is called the 'likelihood ratio' and takes the form of a number, which in the case of DNA evidence - where known distribution frequencies of what are taken to be independent characteristics are multiplied - frequently assumes astronomical proportions. Yet, even these high numbers do not indicate how likely the trace material is to have originated from the suspect. This question may only be answered by the decision-making judge or jury, who are in possession of all known facts of the case, and is an - ultimate - issue that is considered outside the province of the expert. What the likelihood ratio does express is the relative strength of the evidence, i.e., the extent to which it serves to make the prosecution case stronger or weaker. Because of the conceptual problems posed by the (large) numbers involved in the expression of the likelihood ratio, advocates of this approach, frequently known as Bayesians, have suggested the use of verbal scales [34]. It is worth stressing that these verbal terms express the relative strength of the evidence in favour of one proposition versus another and do not address the probability of the actual proposition. Interestingly, methods involving automatic speaker identification algorithms such as those pioneered by Marescal [25], GonzlezRodriguez [27], Meuwly & Drygajlo [35] and Boves & Koolwaaij [36] readily lend themselves to the Bayesian approach and typically employ the likelihood ratio format to express their conclusions. A good illustration of the Bayesian approach is found in Rose [37]. It has been argued that, in spite of the semblance of qualified opinion that the phrasing of their conclusions conveys, experts using traditional probability scales are effectively giving categorical judgements [38], without necessarily always being aware of this. However this may be, the claim provoked a prompt response by Champod & Evett [39], arguing the superiority of 178

the Bayesian approach to evidence interpretation. What is clear is that experts working in many forensic identification disciplines are generally unable to quantify their findings to the extent that the calculation of likelihood ratios becomes a realistic scenario. However, even if quantification of parameter values is not possible or possible only to a limited extent, the Bayesian framework may still serve as a useful conceptual framework, which separates the responsibilities of the expert and the trier of fact. As in many other forensic identification disciplines, validation of the methods and of the resulting opinions is often lacking in forensic speaker identification [14] and is generally difficult to undertake. Organisations In addition to VIAAS (the Voice Identification and Acoustic Analysis Subcommittee of the IAI), whose membership is predominantly American and is open only to those who are certified IAI members, there are currently two more international organisations whose members are in one way or another involved in forensic speaker identification. One is IAFPA, the International Association for Forensic Phonetics and Acoustics (www.iafpa.net), which was formally established in 1991 with the aim of providing a forum for those working in the field of forensic phonetics as well as ensuring professional standards and good practice in this area. Its membership is predominantly European. Until 2003 membership was open only to established phoneticians. It now welcomes as members all those working in forensic speech and audio analysis. The second is the Expert Working Group for Forensic Speech and Audio Analysis. It had its inaugural meeting in Voorburg, the Netherlands in July 1998 and has since met in Madrid, Cracow, Paris, Moscow, Istanbul and in Toledo, earlier this year. It forms part of ENFSI, the European Network of Forensic Science Institutes, which was set up in 1991, currently has 50 member laboratories in 32 countries and has been the driving force behind the establishment of Expert Working Groups for the various forensic disciplines. The Forensic Speech and Audio Analysis Working Groups membership includes experts from 17 European countries, as well as Turkey. One of the first priorities the Working Group has set itself is to collect information about the various procedures that are used in the member laboratories. In Spain, interest in forensic speaker identification and forensic acoustics is such that a national society, SEAF (Sociedad Espaola de Acstica Forense), was formally established in 2000. It brings together leading experts from such diverse fields as linguistics, electrical engineering, acoustics and forensic phonetics, with a view to improving methods and techniques in speaker identification and acoustic phonetics. In response to a highly publicised court case in France, the AFCP (Association Francophone de la Communication Parle) initiated by the GFCP (Groupe Francophone de la Communication Parle) of the Socit Franaise dAcoustique (SFA), a group of predominantly French acousticians who are active in the field of speech technology, circulated a petition on the internet demanding that voice expertise be no longer used by the legal system until such time as it is scientifically validated [40]. The group earlier suggested that it is unethical for anyone to be active in the field of forensic speaker identification without first demonstrating his or her competence in the field [41]. Both Braun & Knzel [15] and earlier Broeders [42] have argued that while there is a real concern that voice evidence is presented in an irresponsible and incompetent manner, the charge of unethical conduct is unfounded and the call for speech experts to dissociate themselves from forensic examinations will ultimately only result in an increased danger that phonetically uninformed testimony will go unchallenged. What is of the essence is that those who are 179

involved in deciding issues of guilt, i.e., judges and juries, are made aware of the limitations of the methodology employed. In a recent article by Bonastre, Bimbot and Bo, all members of the French AFCP and earlier signatories of the French petition, and Campbell, Reynolds and Magrin-Chagnolleau, members of the SpLC-SIG, the Speaker and Language Characterization special interest group of ISCA, the International Speech Communication Association, the authors conclude that at the present time, there is no scientific process that enables one to uniquely characterize a persons voice or to identify with absolute certainty an individual from his or her voice. [43, p. 33] While presumably wishing to emphasize that the discriminatory power and validity of forensic speaker identification methods must be rated very considerably below that of forensic DNA analysis or dactyloscopy, the authors seem unaware that, as it stands, their statement is valid for all forensic individualization procedures. After all, all evidence is probabilistic and DNA evidence is explicitly so. Absolute certainty, as traditionally delivered by fingerprint experts under the socalled positivity doctrine, is not scientifically attainable [40b]. Somewhat in the same vein, the authors argue that [c]aution and judgment must be exercised when applying speaker recognition techniques, whether human or automatic, to account for [] uncontrolled factors. Under more constrained or calibrated situations, or as an aid for investigative purposes, judicious application of these techniques may be suitable, provided they are not considered as infallible [43, p. 35]. Again, the problem is not that forensic speaker identification is not infallible but that there is insufficient information about its validity. In a recent, critical appraisal it is factors like these, i.e., the lack of validity and the non-scientific nature of many of the methods used, that Ormerod [20] sees as the most serious shortcomings of the discipline. However, his suggestion that instrumental phonetic analysis is inherently more valid and reliable for forensic purposes than auditory phonetic analysis is met with considerable scepticism by Byrne & Foulkes [44], who observe that [o]ur data serve to remind us that blind reliance on instrumental data is potentially dangerous. They found that [f]ormant measurements, just like auditory data, may present empirical difficulties, opportunities for different interpretations, and thus varying degrees of forensic value. AUDIO ANALYSIS Intelligibility Enhancement Although the use of dedicated filtering hard- and software is widespread in this type of work, the net effect of the use of this equipment in terms of getting additional words down on paper is not always impressive. In fact, a large proportion of the work carried out under this heading is probably primarily of a cosmetic nature; in judiciaries with a jury system in particular it is often necessary for all relevant speech recordings to be played in court. Removing unpleasant noises may facilitate listening for uninitiated listeners like members of the jury; it may also reduce fatigue and thereby increase productivity in those who have to transcribe large quantities of speech recorded under forensic real-world conditions. The enhancement of clandestine or covert recordings, other than those made by private citizens, is not a core activity for many forensic laboratories for the simple reason that covert recordings made by police or other investigative forces will not normally be ruled admissible by a criminal court of law. Information obtained from such recordings cannot therefore be used for evidential purposes. The extent to which information obtained from enhanced audio recordings may play a role as an investigative tool and the efficacy of covert recording is hard to assess because by definition these matters do not lend themselves to public scrutiny. The public image of this type of activity is strongly shaped by publications like Spycatcher [41] and the Francis Ford Coppola

180

film The Conversation (1974), in which Gene Hackman plays an audio surveillance expert who is slowly caving in under the psychological pressure of his job. To achieve the best results in transcribing questioned utterances in low to extremely low quality recordings the use of highly competent and educated native speakers of the language variety in question is strongly recommended. A thorough familiarity with the accent and dialect of the speakers in the recording, as well as familiarity with the details of the case and the voices of the speakers, will often enable the analyst to compensate for the loss of redundancy of linguistic cues that is characteristic of poor quality recordings. Integrity and Authenticity Examinations of Audio Recordings An interesting development in the field of authenticity and integrity examinations of audio recordings in the analogue domain is the use of Faraday crystals as pioneered by a number of Russian scientists. This has proved to be a valuable addition to the existing array of techniques in this field [42]. Traditionally, these include visual inspection of the tape and its housing, auditory analysis of the recording, magnetic development of the magnetisation patterns on the tape track, narrow band spectrum analysis of the recorded signal, and, last but not least, high resolution waveform analysis of the signal [43]. The analysis of replay transients, as Dean [44] calls them, plays a central role in these examinations. The new, non-destructive method to inspect the magnetic layer of a tape employs the Faraday effect. i.e., the ability of certain transparent materials to rotate the polarisation plane of the light passing through it in the presence of a magnetic field. The technique is rapidly gaining popularity among forensic experts working on tape authenticity investigations. More specifically, a technique that uses ferri-magnetic garnet films makes it possible to take pictures showing the magnetic flux distribution on a tape in such detail that it enables the investigator to answer questions that could not be addressed reliably before. The new method replaces the time-consuming and potentially destructive magnetic development of the tape using ferrofluids with a non-destructive procedure that takes only seconds to perform and makes it possible for multi-channel recordings to be easily discriminated from single-channel recordings, which was sometimes impossible using traditional techniques. More importantly, the new visualisation techniques are capable of revealing characteristics with the degree of detail that is required to improve the discriminatory power to the extent where it may be possible to trace a particular recording to a particular source recorder rather than merely to a particular brand and type. A second development which holds considerable promise was recently introduced by Grigoras [45]. His method seeks to resolve authenticity questions for longer - audio recordings by comparing the fluctuations of the 50Hz frequency of the electric power network observed in the questioned recording with the variations present in the reference registration of the fluctuations as they occurred at the time when the recording was alleged to have been made. In some European countries including Switzerland, records of these network fluctuations have been kept for years. Since large parts of Europe are essentially linked to a single power grid which shows the same fluctuations throughout its sphere of operation, these records are potentially relevant to recordings made in all countries within this grid. In spite of these new developments, there are serious limitations to the results of a tape authenticity investigation. The increasingly widespread availability of relatively inexpensive digital sound processing equipment and its ease of operation make certain types of manipulation comparatively easy to perform. If done competently, such manipulation may leave no traces and might therefore be impossible to detect from an engineering point of view. Failure to find positive evidence of copying and/or manipulation does not therefore imply that the recording under investigation must be a complete and uninterrupted magnetic registration of the acoustic 181

events it is supposed to represent. Faced with recordings of extremely incriminating telephone conversations which were only available as copies, defence experts have been known to turn this argument round: if the recording is a copy it cannot be authenticated and must therefore be viewed with a high degree of suspicion regarding its authenticity. Not unnaturally, defence lawyers will pick this up and argue that this means that any recording that is not claimed to be an original recording but a copy should be ruled inadmissible as evidence because there is no way in which its integrity can be established. However, the mere fact that a recording is a copy does not ipso facto make it likely to have been tampered with. The reservations made with respect to the authentication of analogue audio recordings apply even more strongly to digital audio recordings. A brief discussion of the problems can be found in Cain & Chial [46]. These are becoming more numerous as digital dictation machines are becoming more and more common. As part of the chain-of-custody process, audio recordings, like all digital data, are increasingly required to be authenticated by means of checksums, hash codes or other methods to ensure their integrity. Disputed Utterances There are relatively few reports of either casework or research undertaken in this area. French [47] provides an illustration of some of the procedures that may be helpful here. A related issue is the growing demand for speech recognition systems to meet the need to transcribe enormous quantities of forensic speech recordings. At present, the vast quantities of recorded speech generated by telephone interception systems are transcribed by relatively highly paid and trained human listeners. Most commercially available speech-to-text systems require extensive learning sessions, a (single) co-operative speaker and relatively high quality recordings to meet acceptable performance standards and are therefore unsuitable for forensic use. Interestingly, the Lithuanian Institute of Forensic Examination in Vilnius reports a system called Transcriber, produced by the Speech Technologies Centre, Russia, which it claims to be using for the automatic conversion of speech to text. Organisations and Conferences The Working Group on Forensic Audio (SC-03-12) of the Audio Engineering Society (AES) is currently revising its standard procedures for forensic audio. The first, AES27, was published in 1996 and provides recommended practice for managing recorded audio materials intended for examination [46]. The revised version should be available by 2007. AES43, which was first published in 2000 and lays down criteria for the authentication of analogue audio tape recordings, should be revised by 2005 [47]. Two new standards planned for release in 2004 have been downgraded to the status of Information Documents. They are AES-X10 (Guidelines for Forensic Audio Analysis: Study of Requirements for Identification and Enhancement of Recorded Audio Information) and AES-X135 (Forensic Audio Recorded Audio Evidence Collection FARAEC). AES is planning an International Conference on Forensic Audio in June 2005. More information can be found on its website www.aes.org. The FBI has developed its own standards for forensic audio as part of its FAVIAU (Forensic Audio, Video and Image Analysis Unit) standards. Both IAFP - renamed IAFPA in 2003 to reflect the change of membership eligibility introduced to include non-phoneticians - and the ENFSI Expert Working Group for Speech and Audio Analysis organise annual conferences, frequently held back-to-back in the same venue or partly as a joint event. A combined meeting took place in Moscow, Russia in 2002. In 2003 the ENFSI Expert Working Group met in Turkey, as part of the triennial EAFS meeting held in Istanbul. 182

IAFPA met at Vienna in 2003 and in Helsinki in 2004. A special session devoted to Forensic Speaker Recognition was held at Eurospeech 2003 in Geneva. A follow-up meeting to the Martigny (1994), Avignon (1998) and Crete (2001) Speaker Recognition Tutorial and Research Workshops was held in Toledo, Spain in 2004, back-to-back with the 7th Meeting of the ENFSI Expert Working Group for Speech and Audio Analysis. The Forensic Speech and Audio Departments of the German Bundeskriminalamt (BKA) and the Netherlands Forensic Institute (NFI) obtained funding from the European Commissions OISIN II program for a three day seminar for European Specialists in automatic speaker recognition/verification, which was held in 2003. The purpose of the seminar was to provide an opportunity for forensic experts who use non-automatic methodologies to gain an insight in the methods used, the limitations imposed by real-world conditions and the perspectives of development of state-of-the-art automatic speaker recognition/verification systems. The focus was on in-depth system demonstrations using forensically realistic data and on discussions of decision criteria pertaining to the selection of the audio material and conclusions. EESAG (the Electronic Evidence Specialist Advisory Group), Australia was successful in its application to have laboratory accreditation. EESAG represents specialists involved in speech enhancement, audio and video recording analysis, image and video enhancement, and the application of digital imaging to forensic science. Its aims include the preparation of guidelines for digital image processing and for the management of recordings for the purpose of forensic examination. Linguistic Authorship Studies As seems to be the case for works of art in general, the authorship of literary texts is an issue that has been known to generate prolonged and sometimes downright acrimonious debate. Heated arguments have arisen over the authorship of diverse Classical Greek and Latin texts, as well as over the attribution of seventeenth-century poems and plays to authors like Shakespeare, Marlowe and Bacon [50]. In some cases of course, handwriting analysis can go a long way towards answering these questions. An example from the non-forensic domain is the study of the diary of Anne Frank [51]. However, if machine or handwriting analysis is not possible, a linguistic analysis may be the sole type of evidence that may shed light on the authorship question, short of the presence of clues in the contents of the text itself. Perhaps the first and probably still one of the few truly scientific and quantitative approaches to the study of authorship, sometimes also known as stylometry, was undertaken by Mosteller & Wallace [52] in their authorship study of The Federalist Papers. In the last decade of the last century, a method developed by the classical scholars Morton and Michaelson called the Cusum technique enjoyed a short-lived popularity in Britain. Although the method was not officially published until 1997 [53], results of this type of analysis were readily accepted by courts in England and Australia. However, the method came in for scathing criticism in several reviews including [54,55,56,57] and now seems to have vanished from the forensic scene. Also in the last decade, the importance of the availability of large databases to quantify the frequency of potentially author distinctive linguistic features came to be recognised. Two very different examples are the KISTE-collection of forensic texts of the BKA [58] and the Habeas Corpus of the University of Birmingham [59]. A basic controversy that has long divided the authorship identification community is that about the distinctive character of common as opposed to less common words. While the Cusum method claimed to base its discriminatory power on differences in the frequency of very frequent phenomena like three- or four-letter words or the proportion of words starting with a vowel or a 183

consonant, others have worked on the assumption that it is rare words that are most characteristic of a person's style. More generally, the idea is to establish author distinctive features. Most recently, attempts have been undertaken to use neural networks to detect systematic differences between authors. One major drawback for the forensic context is that meaningful results tend to presuppose a fairly large amount of language. Unfortunately, in many cases, forensic texts tend to be extremely short [59]. A useful survey of the type of information that may be relevant in linguistic authorship identification is provided by McMenamin [60]. Woolls [61] describes the use of a series of computer programmes specially developed to deal with forensic material in questions of disputed authorship, including suspected plagiarism. An interesting development is the availability of a variety of plagiarism tests, developed not primarily for forensic purposes but in response to the need to determine the originality or otherwise of student essays. On the internet, a plagiarism list can be found at http://lists.leeds.ac.uk/mailman/listinfo/plagiarism. Chaski [62] describes the results of an attempt to provide empirical tests for author identification following recent court decisions in the US on the admissibility of language-based authorship identification. A thorough treatment of some of the theoretical problems in authorship identification is given in [63]. On the internet, a forensic linguistics list can be found at www.jiscmail.ac.uk/lists/forensic-linguistics.html. Organisations The International Association of Forensic Linguistics (IAFL) was founded in 1991. In addition to authorship attribution, forensic linguistics includes the study of courtroom discourse, courtroom interpreting and translation, comprehensibility of legal documents and texts, including the police caution issued to suspects, and the use of linguistic evidence in court. IAFL organises annual conferences, maintains a website (www.iafl.org) and publishes the journal The International Journal of Speech, Language and the Law: Forensic Linguistics with its sister organisation IAFPA. Conclusions Speaker Identification Although the performance levels obtained by state-of-the-art speaker recognition technology are now comparable to those of other major biometric identification methods [64], prevailing conditions in the forensic context have so far stood in the way of large-scale introduction of automatic methods [65]. Variations in recording and transmission conditions, the presence of background noise and of variation due to differences in communicative context are responsible for performance degradations of such severity that automatic methods either cannot be applied or their results are difficult to interpret. Meanwhile, forensic speaker identification practice continues to be heavily dominated by the use of a wide variety of largely subjective procedures of which many have a strong phonetic or acoustic basis. The need to validate these methods is increasingly acknowledged within organisations like IAFPA and the ENFSI Expert Working Group for Forensic Speech and Audio Analysis. Recent developments in the interpretation of the evidential value of forensic evidence are also beginning to make themselves felt in the forensic speaker identification community. Within the ENFSI Expert Working Group guidelines based on those by Broeders & Van Amelsvoort [3] have been accepted for the conduct of earwitness identification tests. They are similar in purpose and scope to those advocated for the more widely studied field of visual identification by witnesses.

184

Integrity and Authenticity Examinations A promising development in the field of authenticity and integrity examinations of audio recordings in the analogue domain is the use of Faraday crystals as pioneered by a number of Russian scientists. Comparison of mains network frequency fluctuations may help resolve authenticity questions for longer recordings. These potential gains are offset by the widespread availability of relatively inexpensive digital sound processing equipment. Its ease of operation makes certain types of manipulation comparatively easy to perform. If done competently, such manipulation may leave no traces. As part of the chain-of-custody process, audio recordings, like all digital data, are therefore increasingly required to be authenticated by means of checksums and hash codes or other methods to ensure their integrity. A first proficiency test on analogue tape authentication organised by NFI for the ENFSI Expert Working Group on forensic speech and audio analysis may help to improve standards for the field of forensic tape authenticity investigations. Linguistic Authorship Attribution Authorship attribution is probably the oldest application of forensic linguistics. Nevertheless, the discriminatory power of the methods used so far remains relatively weak, if it has not been shown to be totally lacking. In countries like the United States of America and Australia, other applications of forensic linguistics, not concerned with authorship identification, are becoming increasingly prominent, as witness publications in journals like The International Journal of Language and the Law: Forensic Linguistics. Final Conclusion On the basis of the findings of the survey, it would appear that the volume of work undertaken in forensic speech and audio analysis has clearly increased over the last years. There are signs that recent developments in the interpretation of the evidential value of forensic evidence are also beginning to make themselves felt in the forensic speaker identification community. More importantly, there are also clear indications of a growing awareness among those working in the field of forensic speech and audio analysis of the need to view validation of the methods used as an integral part of their discipline. In a field that was - and some would argue still is - somewhat controversial, these developments may be long overdue but that does not make them any less welcome. REFERENCES: [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] Boves L (1998) 'Commercial Applications of Speaker Verification: Overview and Critical Success Factors', Proceedings of RLA2C Workshop on Speaker Recognition and its Commercial and Forensic Applications, Avignon, 150-159. Broeders APA (1996) 'Earwitness Identification: Common Ground, Disputed Territory and Uncharted Areas', Forensic Linguistics 3(1), 3-13. Broeders APA & Van Amelsvoort AG (1999) 'Line-up Construction for Forensic Earwitness Identification: a Practical Approach', in: Proceedings of the XIVth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, San Francisco, 1373-1376. Nolan F (2003) 'A Recent Voice Parade, Speech, Language and the Law 10(2), 277291. Stuart Laubstein A (1997), Problems of Voice Line-ups, Forensic Linguistics 4(2), 262279. Van Amelsvoort AG (2003) Handleiding Confrontatie, Elsevier: Den Haag.

185

[7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15] [16] [17] [18] [19] [20] [21] [22] [23] [24]

[25] [26] [27]

[28] [29] [30]

Wells GL, Small M, Penrod S, Malpass RS, Fulero SM, & Brimacombe CAE (1998), 'Eyewitness Identification Procedures: Recommendations for Line-ups and Photospreads', Law and Human Behavior 22 (6), 603-647. Technical Working Group for Eyewitness Evidence (1999) Eyewitness Evidence: A Guide for Law Enforcement, Washington DC: US Dept. of Justice. Wells GL & EA Olson (2003) Eyewitness Testimony, Annual Review of Psychology 54, 277-295. Yarmey AD, Yarmey AL, Yarmey MJ & Parliament L (2001) Common Sense Beliefs and the Identification of Familiar Voices, Applied Cognitive Psychology 15(3), 283-299. Yarmey AD (2003) Earwitness Identification over the Telephone and in Field Settings, Speech, Language and the Law 10(1), 62-74. Bull R & Clifford BR (1999) Earwitness Testimony, Medicine, Science and Law 39 (2), 120-127. Bolt RH et al., (1979) On the Theory and Practice of Voice Identification, National Academy of Sciences: Washington DC. Saks MJ (1998) Merlin and Solomon: Lessons from the Laws Formative Encounters with Forensic Identification Science, Hastings Law Journal 49(4), 1069-1141. Braun A & Knzel HJ (1998) Is Forensic Speaker Identification Unethical - or Can it be Unethical not to Do it?, Forensic Linguistics 5(1), 10-21. Meuwly D (2001) Reconnaissance de Locuteurs: l'Apport d'une Approche Automatique, PhD Thesis, University of Lausanne. Hollien H (2002) Forensic Voice Identification, Academic Press: San Diego. Rose P (2002) Forensic Speaker Identification, Taylor and Francis: London & New York. Solan LM & Tiersma PM (2003) Hearing Voices: Speaker Identification in Court, Hastings Law Journal 54(2), 373-435. Ormerod D (2002) Sounding Out Expert Voice Identification, Criminal Law Review, 771-790. Schmidt-Nielsen A & Crystal TH (1998) 'Human vs. Machine Speaker Identification with Telephone Speech', Proceedings ICSLP '98. Andrews WA, Kohler MA & Campbell JP (2001) 'Phonetic, Idiolectal and Acoustic Speaker Recognition', paper presented at 2001 - A Speaker Odyssey, Crete, Greece. Doddington G (2001) Speaker Recognition Based on Idiolectal Differences between Speakers, Eurospeech, 4, 2517-2520. Reynolds D, Andrews W, Campbell J, Navratil J, Peskin B, Adami A, Jin Q, Klusacek D, Abramson J, Mihaescu R, Godfrey J, Jones D, Xiang B (2003) The SuperSID Project: Exploiting High-level Information for High-accuracy Speaker Recognition, ICASSP03; available at www.ll.mit.edu/IST/pubs/ICASSP03_Reynolds.pdf. Marescal F (1999) 'The Forensic Speaker Recognition Method Used by the French Gendarmerie', internal publication, IRCGN: Paris. Pfister B (2001) Personenidentifikation anhand der Stimme, Kriminalistik 55(4), 287-292. Gonzlez-Rodriguez J, Ortega-Garca J & J Lucena-Molina (2001) Identivox: A PCWindows Tool for Text-Independent Speaker Recognition in Forensic Environments, in J. Wjcikiewicz (ed.) Problems of Forensic Sciences: Proceedings of EAFS Meeting, Cracow, Poland, Vol. XLVII, 246-253. Nakasone H (2003) Automated Speaker recognition in Real World Conditions: Controlling the Uncontrollable, Proceedings of Eurospeech 2003, 697-700. Van Leeuwen D & JS Bouten JS (2004) Results of the 2003 NFI-TNO Forensic Speaker Recognition Evaluation, Proceedings of Odyssey04, The Speaker and Language Recognition Workshop, 7582. Evett IW (1991) Interpretation: A Personal Odyssey, in: Aitken CGG & DA Stoney, The Use of Statistics in Forensic Science, Ellis Horwood: New York, 9-22. 186

[31] [32] [33] [34] [35] [36] [37] [38] [39] [40] [41] [42] [43]

[41] [42] [43] [44] [45] [45] [46] [47]

[56]

Evett IW (1998) 'Toward a Uniform Framework for Reporting Opinions on Forensic Science Casework', Science and Justice 38(3), 198-202. Evett IW (1995) Avoiding the Transposed Conditional, Science & Justice 35(2), 127131. Champod C & Meuwly D (2000) The Inference of Identity in Forensic Speaker Recognition, Speech Communication 31, 193-203. Aitken CGG & Taroni F (1998) A Verbal Scale for the Interpretation of Evidence, Science and Justice 38(4), 279-281. Meuwly D & Drygajlo A (2001) Forensic Speaker Recognition Based on a Bayesian Framework and Gaussian Mixture Modelling, paper presented at 2001 - A Speaker Odyssey, Crete, Greece. Boves L & Koolwaaij J (1999) On Decision Making in Forensic Casework, Forensic Linguistics 6(2), 242-264. Rose P (2004) Technical Forensic Speaker Identification from a Bayesian Linguist's Perspective, Proceedings of Odyssey04, The Speaker and Language Recognition Workshop, 3-10. Broeders APA (1999) Some Observations on the Use of Probability Scales in Forensic Identification, Forensic Linguistics 6(2), 228-241. Champod C & I Evett (2000) Commentary on Broeders (1999), Forensic Linguistics 7(2), 238-243. Bo L-J (2000) Forensic Voice Identification in France, Speech Communication 31, 205-224. GFCP (1991) About the Ethics of Speaker Identification, Proceedings of the XIIth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, Aix-en-Provence, Vol. 1, 397. Broeders APA (1991) Great Debate on., Nesca The ESCA Newsletter, No. 4, 50-51. Bonastre J-F, Bimbot F, Bo L-J, Campbell JP, Reynolds DA & Magrin-Chagnolleau I (2003) Person Authentication by Voice: A Need for Caution, Proceedings of Eurospeech 2003, 33-36.Grieve DL (1996) Possession of Truth, Journal of Forensic Identification 46(5), 521-528. Wright P (1988) Spycatcher: the Candid Autobiography of a Senior Intelligence Officer, Boston, Mass.: GK Hall. Boss D, Gfroerer S & Neoustroev N (2003), A New Tool for the Visualization of Magnetic Features on Audiotapes, Speech, Language and the Law 10(2), 255-276. Koenig BE (1990) 'Authentication of Forensic Audio Recordings', Journal of the Audio Engineering Society 38, 1/2, 3-33. Byrne C & Foulkes P (2004) The mobile phone effect on vowel formants, Speech, Language and the Law 11(1), 83-102. Dean DJ (1991) The Relevance of Replay Transients in the Forensic Examination of Analogue Magnetic Tape Recorders, internal publication, Home Office, PSDB, St. Albans. Grigoras C (2003) Forensic Analysis of Digital Audio Recordings - The Electric Network Frequency Criterion, Forensic Science International, 136, Supp. [1], pp. 368369. Cain, S. & M.R. Chial (1994) Authentication of Sound Recordings for Evidentiary Purposes, paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences. French JP (1990) Analytic Procedures for the Determination of Disputed Utterances, in: Kniffka H ([55] De Haan P & Schils E (1994), 'The Cusum Plot Exposed', in: Frier U et al. (eds.), Creating and Using English Language Corpora, Rodopi: Amsterdam, 93105. Hardcastle RA (1997), CUSUM: a credible method for the determination of authorship?, Science & Justice 37(2), 129-138. 187

[57] [58] [59] [60] [61] [62] [63] [64] [65] [48] [49] [50] [51]

[52] [53] [54] [55] [56]

Barr GK (1998) 'The Cusum Mechanism A Review of Analyzing for Authorship by Jill M Farringdon', Expert Evidence 6, 43-55. Schall S & Hehn W (1996) Das System KISTE im BKA, in: Kniffka H (ed.) Recent Developments in Forensic Linguistics, Frankfurt. Coulthard M (1994) 'On the Use of Corpora in the Study of Forensic Texts', Forensic Linguistics, 1(1), 27-43. McMenamin GR (2003) Forensic Linguistics: Advances in Forensic Stylistics, CRC Press: Boca Raton and London. Woolls D (2003) Better Tools for the Trade and How to Use them, International Journal of Speech, Language and the Law 10(1), 102-112. Chaski CE (2001) Empirical Evaluations of Language-Based Author Identification Techniques, Forensic Linguistics 8(1), 1-65. Grant T & Baker K (2001) Identifying Reliable, Valid Markers of Authorship: A Response to Chaski, Forensic Linguistics 8(1), 66-79. Wayman JL (2001) Theory, Characterization and Testing of General Biometric Technologies, paper presented at 2001 - A Speaker Odyssey, Crete, Greece. Broeders APA (2000) Speech as a Biometric: Separating the Goats from the Sheep? in: ed.) Texte zu Theorie und Praxis forensischer Linguistik, Niemeyer, Tbingen, 201-213. AES (1996) AES27-1996: AES Recommended Practice for Forensic Purposes Managing Recorded Audio Materials Intended for Examination, Journal of the Audio Engineering Society 44(4), 274-283. AES (2000) AES43-2000: AES Standard for Forensic Purposes - Criteria for the Authentication of Analog Audio Tape Recordings, Journal of the Audio Engineering Society 48(3), 204-214. Holmes DI (1998) The Evolution of Stylometry in Humanities Scholarship, Literary and Linguistic Computing 13(3), 111-117. Hardy HJJ (1989) Document Examination and Handwriting Identification of the Text Known as the Diary of Anne Frank: Summary of Findings, in: Barnouw D and Van der Stroom G (eds.) The Diary of Anne Frank: the Critical Edition, New York: Bantam, Doubleday, Dell Publishing Group, 102-165. Mosteller F & Wallace DL (1984), Applied Bayesian and Classical Inference in the Case of the Federalist Papers, 2nd edition, New York: Springer Verlag. Farringdon JM (1996) Analysing for Authorship: A Guide to the Cusum Technique, Cardiff: University of Wales Press. Canter D (1992) An Evaluation of the "Cusum" Stylistic Analysis of Confessions, Expert Evidence 1(2), 93-99. Breur CM, Kommer MM, Nijboer JF & Reijntjes JM (eds.) New Trends in Criminal Investigation and Evidence II, Intersentia: Antwerp, 83-94. Ormerod D (2001) Sounds Familiar? Voice Identification Evidence, Criminal Law Review 595-622.

188

Forensic Imaging A Review: 2001 to 2004

Jurrien Bijhold(1), Zeno Geradts(1), Lena Klasen(2) 1 Netherlands Forensic Institute (NFI) 2 Swedish Defense Research Agency (FOI)

189

ABSTRACT The rapid development of digital imaging technology and widespread use of camera's and video re-cording systems for private and public applications has had a big impact on the development of forensic image analysis. Four mainstreams of activities can now be distinguished in forensic image analysis: Imaging technology. Capturing images and video from analog and digital media, filtering and sorting large amounts of images and video, coding and decoding data, detection of manipulation, image authentication, identification of camera's and systems as tools used for production of e.g. child porn movies. In this field of expertise a lot of cooperation is needed with experts in audio technology, digital evidence and information technology in order to keep up with all new developments. Crime scene photography, laser scanning, photogrammetry and 3d-modeling. Crime scene recording using combinations of wide view and close up photography and laser scanning, panorama views, 3d-modeling of crime scenes, 3d-models as tools for interpretation of questioned video recordings of e.g. shooting incidents, car accidents or explosions, scenario testing using 3d-models of the crime scene, human bodies with wound channels, virtual stringing of bloodstain pat-terns, etc. In this field of expertise many new forensic applications are being explored. Biometric identification . The international concern for terrorist attacks has led to large investments in projects for testing and introducing biometric systems based on finger scans, facial photographs and iris scans. The demand for extremely large databases of finger scans and new insights from the development of DNA evidence has led to a new interest for the process of fingerprint capturing and identification. While guidelines and procedures have been developed for forensic comparison of facial photographs and estimation of body heights from surveillance video, it also has become apparent that these methods for identification have to be used extremely carefully. New developments can be expected from facial 3d-scans and 3d-data extraction from video. Pattern recognition and forensic image databases. A number of systems have been developed and demonstrated for storage and retrieval of images captured from evidence such as shoeprints, cartridges, tablets and tool marks. Improvements of automated retrieval are expected from more strict standards for the capturing procedures and using 3d-scans instead of images. New developments are not pushed strongly now, because investments in DNA-technology get higher priorities. The development of forensic image analysis has also been pushed by the consolidation of a number of relatively new international working groups: the European group ENFSIDIWG (methods and techniques), the US groups SWGIT (guidelines and best practice manuals) and LEVA (training on video processing), and the Australian group EESAG (proficiency tests for video and audio processing). A survey is provided of ongoing work in the area, based on information from direct communications with these working groups and an extensive literature search.

190

INTRODUCTION The rapid development of digital imaging technology and widespread use of cameras and video recording systems for private and public applications has had a big impact on the development of forensic image analysis. In 2000 and before, there was still debate going on about the admittance and quality of digital photography and the main applications of digital image processing were in the fields of document analysis and enhancement of fingerprint images and surveillance video images. Nowadays, quality and admittance seems to be not so much disputed anymore, and digital photography and video have been introduced in almost every forensic discipline. The aim of digital image processing is gradually shifting from image enhancement to image interpretation. The availability of large amounts of digital images has led to the development of image databases that can be searched using pattern recognition technology. The latest developments concern the introduction of scanning technologies that give 3-dimensional information about a crime scene or the surface of e.g. a tool mark. This review is based on information from an extensive search in literature databases (Inspec, Compendex and several others), participation in meetings organized by the AAFS, ENFSI and SPIE, and contacts with the working groups SWGIT, LEVA, EESAG and ENFSIDIWG. This review is certainly not complete for two reasons: most of the information used is obtained from American and European sources and the scope of the review is limited to the fields of expertise that the authors have been working in or with. A questionnaire with the abstract of this paper was sent by email to members of these working groups and contacts of the authors in some institutes in Japan and China. However, the number of responses was so low that it appeared to be not possible to base any general statement about the state of forensic image analysis from them In this review, we describe the most important developments in separate chapters for each of the following fields of expertise: (1) imaging and video technology, (2) photogrammetry and computer modeling, (3) biometric identification and (4) pattern recognition in forensic image databases. Then, we focus briefly on a number of forensic activities that do no fit well in the previous chapters like medical imaging, document analysis and face reconstruction. The last chapter deals with relevant organizations and their work in forensic image analysis. Each chapter starts with a list of keywords to help the reader finding topics of interest. Literature references are given at the end of each chapter. IMAGING AND VIDEO TECHNOLOGY Keywords: Capturing images and video from analog and digital media, image processing, filtering and sorting large amounts of images and video, coding and decoding data, detection of manipulation, image authentication, identification of cameras and systems as tools used for production of e.g. child porn movies, damaged media, Multimedia analysis Video surveillance systems are still the most important source of questioned images for forensic investigation. Numerous companies have developed systems for capturing and analyzing analogue video in ways that minimize the damage to the tape by replaying and result in almost perfect digital copies without loss of quality due to e.g. data compression. Applications of real time video processing that help dealing with analogue video are: de-multiplexing (sorting images from different cameras) and automated detection of changes in a scene. Many surveillance systems are now being replaced by digital systems. Although degradation of image quality due to wear of the magnetic tape is no longer a problem, the image quality of digital systems is now often worse than of analogue systems due to the data compression applied. The acquisition of images from these systems often gives problems that can only be solved with help of computer

191

technicians that are trained in the field of digital evidence (11). At the moment, the quality of surveillance video images almost never allows for identification of depicted people. In many countries, the widespread use of private and public surveillance systems with 32 or more cameras allow for new applications such as tracking cars and people (12,13) by focusing on features like color, shape and size. Errors in the process of tracking people in a typical multiplex time lapse recording (recording of 4 images per second and switching between different cameras) are easily introduced by wrong interpretation. During the time that no images are recorded, or the recording switches between cameras, different look-alike people or cars can move in or out the scene. In a digital capture of analogue video (10), images can be easily missed due to bad quality of the video signal. Timing of surveillance video also deserves some attention. The frame rate of analogue timelapse video varies for short time intervals, and the time and date that is printed in the images is not equal to the correct time and date. Surveillance cameras are usually mounted at a fixed position and orientation. This is an advantage for forensic applications such as photogrammetry and image comparison, because the results of an analysis can be rather easily verified or validated. Video-overlay techniques can be used now to detect changes in the camera mounting and zoom and can also help to restore them for the purpose of recording reference images. Private, TV or police observation video recordings made with a camera that is held in a hand or on a shoulder are being offered now for forensic analysis in large numbers. If something happens that attracts the attention of the public (2,3), like an accident (7), a disaster, a shooting incident, a riot or a demonstration, it is almost certain that video recordings have been made by witnesses. Taps of emergency phone calls can give extra audio information for the reconstruction of what happened actually. Image quality is generally better that surveillance video. Typical problems are shaking and fast unpredictable movement of the camera, and uncertainties in the camera position, direction and zoom of the lens. Numerous methods have been developed to compensate for small camera movements and rotations, simulating a more stabile viewpoint in the video images. Some of these methods go further and try to take advantage of small camera movements. The idea, referred to as superresolution, is to combine a sequence of video images into a high resolution image by estimation the displacements of an object in each image of the sequence with a precision that is better than one pixel size. A license plate might be unreadable in each images of a sequence. The information content in each image needed for the reconstruction of the license plate can be different if the car or the camera had moved between two image recordings. Super-resolution (4,8) aims at a smart combination of images in a sequence of images to get a new image with more information content. So far, the authors have not been presented examples of successful application in actual case investigations. Multimedia analysis might be a new keyword for referring to reconstructions of accidents, shooting incidents or disasters, based on multiple video-recordings, audio-taps, photographs, infrared-photography, satellite images, seismic sensors etc. In order to get more information from the combination of these sources, all these recordings have to be synchronized and corresponding objects and persons have to be identified in all images. Methods are needed now for smart storage and retrieval of large amounts of unstructured multimedia data. A special application has been identified in the forensic analysis of child pornography. The idea is to compare every image or video-stream that is found on a suspects computer with a multimedia database in order to find images that show corresponding children or backgrounds. This 192

information is used to detect new, unknown children that are victims, and relations between different cases. So far, only results have been reported in automated detection of copies of known images. Formats and Codecs are standard methods and/or pieces of software for coding images, video and audio into digital data-files or streams. Especially, the choice of a codec and the software that codes or decodes can have a big influence on the quality of images and audio signals. Codecs are used for data compression. Most of them work by analyzing the information content in the data and removing data that is considered less important. The authors expect that this loss of information might be a cause of debate in forensic investigations of the near future. Knowledge of the implementation of the JPEG-codec has proven to be useful for the restoration of digital images. For presentation in court of video files with different software and hardware, the quality of the video might differ from the quality that has been seen in the laboratory Image integrity and authenticity are often questioned in cases of child pornography, snuffmovies, and TV-documentaries or news programs that show video footage as evidence. Many methods have been reported for detection of manipulation by checking file header information, transitions in the images that cannot be explained for, and changes in the background noise pattern. However, it is generally accepted that it can not be proven that an image has not been manipulated, unless the original image is known and recognized. For the purpose of crime scene photography cameras are being used that can encode the image in such a way that any alterations of the image can be detected by the viewing software that comes with the camera. It is also possible to encode identification numbers for the camera and the photographer. A study is being done by the Bundeskriminalamt in Germany for further improvement of these methods. Also the number of steganography software packages for hiding information in images is expanding. The software is available for free from the Internet. There have been several test methods reported (1). Camera identification is an investigation that aims at proof that a questioned digital image or a video-stream has been recorded by a camera that was found in the neighborhood of a suspect. One of the best methods available at the moment is the analysis of image defects (5,9) that are caused by defects in the CCD-chip of the camera. Other indications such as cameraidentification numbers in the data, defects or pollution in the lens system that affect the images visibly have not been seen in actual case work yet. It is expected that camera identification might be virtually impossible in the near future due to data processing in the camera or the computer on which the data is stored and viewed. CRIME SCENE PHOTOGRAPHY, LASER SCANNING, PHOTOGRAMMETRY AND 3D-MODELING Keywords: wide view and close up photography, photogrammetry, laser scanning, panoramic views, 3d-modeling of crime scenes, 3d-models as tools for interpretation of questioned video recordings, shooting incidents, car accidents or explosions, scenario testing, visualization of wound patterns and channels, virtual stringing of bloodstain patterns, etc. , 3d-from video Crime scene photography and computer modeling. The introduction of computer modeling techniques has led to new interest in approaches to crime scene registration. One of the first and most simple applications of computer modeling has been introduced in a number of software packages for the reconstruction of car traffic accidents. A 2-dimensional model of the road with traces like tire marks can be constructed from photographs, if sufficient reference points are available at the scene. Firstly, distances between these points are measured with measure tape or a geodimeter. Then, points and lines have to be marked in the photographs that will be used as 193

input for calculations and simulations of the accident. Finally, top view images and graphs of the road with all the marks are computed using these distances as reference information. The top view images are actually warped copies of the photographs. The result is a 2-dimensional model that exists of lines and points and top view images that than can be pasted into this model. Many organizations (16,17,18,19,20,21,22) are now using or testing general application modeling software packages for constructing 3-dimensional line models of crime scenes from photographs. These packages can also be used for computing top view images of walls, floors and traces on e.g. a table. This kind of work requires a good organization of crime scene photography. Sufficient markers have to be placed at the scene in order to get a geometrically accurate model of all the walls, objects and traces that are marked in the overview and close up photographs. Panorama photographs and interactive visualization of a crime scene. A 3-dimensional computer model of the scene can be used for numerous applications, but the construction requires a lot of skills and a substantial amount of time. However, for the purpose of giving an overview of the situation at the crime scene to colleagues, other investigators and the court, new methods of photography are available that do not require a lot of extra skills and time and that yield an interactive view from one viewpoint in the crime scene in a webpage. The viewer can look around in the scene by intuitively moving the mouse. Other viewpoints or other crime scene documentation can be found by clicking hotspots in the view. Laser scanning. Recently, scanners are available that produce images with range data. These scanners are usually mounted on a tripod and have a rotating head and a laser beam. If this light is reflected from an object, the scanner registers the distance to this reflecting point, the rotation angles of the scanner head and finally the color of the reflecting point. The result is a point cloud that can be interactively viewed. Since the result is a cloud of unconnected points, interpretation can be difficult, especially if no reference points can be recognized in the cloud. An advantage is that accurate measurements can be done directly in this data. Constructing a computer model of the crime scene from this point cloud is not a straight forward process and requires a lot of skill and time. Video recording of a scene and computer modeling. Another simple method for getting and presenting an overview of the situation at a crime, or an accident, scene is a video recording. Future developments concern the storage and retrieval of this kind of recordings in crime scene knowledge databases and the construction of 3-dimensional computer models of the scene, or parts of it. Testing and animations of scenarios. Once a computer model of a scene is available it is possible to put models of people and objects in the virtual scene. The model (22) can be viewed from the viewpoint of an eyewitness to test a number of possible configurations of the people and the objects in the scene. In software packages for producing animations it is possible to visualize different scenarios for movements of people and objects in the scene. This activity has been referred to as scenario testing. So far, not many results have been reported yet. However, animations of scenarios for crimes and accidents are often shown on TV and in court. Since an animation gives a very strong suggestion of truth, that is certainly not desirable in investigative court systems, new methods for visualizing scenarios have to be developed. These visualizations should give information about accuracy of the geometry and the time intervals, the completeness of the model (can it show all traces?) and the distinction between facts and assumptions. So far, visualizations of bullet trajectories in models of a scene have been reported (19), as well as wound channels in models of humans and the results from bloodstain analysis. The last activity is referred to as virtual stringing. 194

Projection of 3d-models on photographs and video has proven to be very useful as a tool for image interpretation. The idea is to place a virtual camera in the computer model (12, 14), that corresponds to the position, orientation and zoom of the camera that was used for the acquisition of the questioned image. If a corresponding virtual camera is placed in the model, its view of the points and lines in the model can be fit as an overlay onto the image. Most software packages can place this virtual camera automatically after the user has marked reference points in the model and in the image. This process is referred to as camera matching. Projection of a model on an image can help to identify objects in an image or to find points that correspond in images from different cameras. Measurements can be done by placing virtual rulers in the model. However, the accuracy of the camera match will have a big impact on the accuracy of the measurement and it is strongly recommended to do appropriate validation (20,21,22,26). BIOMETRIC IDENTIFICATION Keywords: Facial image comparison, height estimation, biometric systems, fingerprint processing, Bayesian approach, likelihood ratios, ear prints, gait Height estimation and gait. Because surveillance video images almost never show clear details of a face, one of the most frequently asked questions is if it is possible to measure the body length of a person depicted in the video. Since most video images show a person walking, wearing shoes and hats or caps, most investigators prefer to do an estimation of the height. The height is defined as the distance between a point on the floor between the feet and the top of the head including hair, a hat or a cap. The marking of these points in a video image is not accurate, and prone to errors in the interpretation of the image, especially in views from cameras that are mounted at a ceiling. Further, one study (30) has shown that the top the head goes up and down in a walking cycle over distances up to 8 cm. In a video image it is not always clear at which point in a walking cycle a person is depicted. Because of these uncertainties, height estimations can only be used as very weak indications for identifying a suspect. Cases have been reported that suspects could be excluded by height estimation. A number of methods and guidelines have been published (24,30) for doing height estimations. In all cases, it is strongly recommended to make reference recordings with known persons, and preferably also the suspect, with the same video surveillance system at the same location under similar lighting conditions. In this approach, systematic errors in the photogrammetry applied and the interpretation of the video images can be more easily detected. Another frequently asked question is if persons can be recognized in video by analyzing their gate. One study has been reported that shows that parameters of the gait (42) are not very distinctive and can not be measured accurately in time-lapse video. Facial image comparison. People doing facial image comparison can be found in three different kinds of professions: forensic photographers , forensic anthropologists (33) and video investigators. A lot of literature (31,32,35,38,41) exists on comparison of good quality conventional chemical photographs in which many facial details can be seen. A number of methods have been published in the past for the acquisition of reference photographs that show the face of a suspect in a comparable pose and from a comparable distance. Knowledge of anatomy and physiology of the face is needed to get a better interpretation of differences and similarities in facial features. In the comparison of facial video images, or the low quality digital photographs in passports conform to ICAO (International Civil Aviation Organization) standards, it appears that small details are almost never visible. Obvious similarities or differences in such images can often be explained by differences in the imaging conditions. Therefore, it is strongly recommended to acquire reference images of the suspect and a number 195

of other people with the same video camera in the same situation under similar lighting conditions. A small facial detail is mostly depicted as distorted due to noise, pixel sampling and compression. In a sequence of reference images, it can be checked if this distortion does not change for small changes in pose and position of the suspect. Statistical data that can be used to estimate the uniqueness of a facial feature are hard to find. A number of studies are being carried out now in which data is collected from 3-dimensional facial scans. Biometric systems. The international concern for terrorist attacks has led to large investments in projects for testing and introducing biometric systems based on finger scans, facial photographs and iris scans. Future forensic investigations might be assessing the evidential value of recognition by such a system or, finding out how a system could have been misled (43). Automatic face recognition. In the forensic community is a widespread concern about the public expectations from face recognition. The quantities of questioned images from surveillance systems, web-cams, phone-cams, biometric systems are growing while the quality of the images is getting worse. The quality of digital photographs in passports is already far worse than from conventional chemical photography. Fingerprint capturing and processing. The demand for extremely large databases with finger scans for border control has led to a new interest for the process of fingerprint capturing, processing and identification. Debate is still going on if digital image processing (28) of fingerprint images is admissible in court. The reproducibility of a finger scan or a fingerprint and the feature extraction are being studied now. One study is being carried out, that aims at estimation of likelihood ratios for fingerprint identification using data from conventional AFISsystems and estimations of variations in the process of fingerprint capture, processing and feature extraction. The idea of estimating likelihood ratios is generally referred to as the Bayesian approach. Earprints. The European ECG funded project FearID (45) is an in-depth study of the evidential value of latent ear-prints that can be found at a scene of crime. Methods are being developed for capturing the prints, processing and feature extraction, for database storage and retrieval. The development of ears and their anatomical changes in a life time are studied. The project aims at an assessment of the uniqueness of ear-prints. Publication of results is expected in 2005. PATTERN RECOGNITION AND FORENSIC IMAGE DATABASES Keywords: Cartridges, shoeprints, toolmarks, tablets, surface scanning A number of systems have been developed and demonstrated for storage, comparison and retrieval of images captured from evidence such as shoeprints (61, 62), cartridges (46,47,48,49,50,51,52), tablets (60, 59) and tool marks ( 53,54,55,56,57,58,59). Improvements of automated retrieval are expected from more strict standards for the capturing procedures and using 3d-scans instead of images. New developments are not pushed strongly now, because investments in DNA-technology get higher priorities. One paper describes the use of 3d-surface scanning for the investigation of plastic bags (63), Since the authors have stopped working in this field and activity in the field of databases is very low in the forensic community, this review is limited to a list of publications.

196

RELATED FIELDS OF EXPERTISE Keywords: document analysis, face reconstruction, medical imaging Document analysis, including handwriting has always been posing interesting problems for forensic image analysis. Some problems like the judgment of crossing ink lines (65), enhancement and analysis of latent images of handwriting, classification of the paper, and the printer or the copier used, might be solved by a multidisciplinary approach that includes forensic image analysis and pattern recognition. Handwriting analysis is a forensic discipline in itself and new methods for image analysis and pattern recognition are still being implemented. One special application of pattern recognition that should be mentioned in this review is the reconstruction of ripped-up documents (66,67). Face reconstruction from skulls or dead bodies is done by forensic anthropologists for the purpose of finding people that might be able to able to help identifying a dead person. The first international meeting on the reconstruction of soft tissues in Potsdam 2003 aimed at forming a network of anthropologists, artists, computer imaging scientists and specialists in forensic facial identification. Many techniques appeared to be based on the availability of statistical data for the thickness of tissues. Statistical data of facial features, and their change in a life time, are also important for the discipline of facial image comparison. Apart form the proceedings of this conference, the following publications have been found: (69,70,71,72). Medical imaging for forensic applications is a discipline with a very small number of active institutes. The ideas that were found in the publications give a hint of how the future might change for forensic pathologists and anthropologists (73,74,75,76,77,78,). WORKING GROUPS AND ORGANIZATIONS Keywords: guidelines, proficiency tests, collaborative exercises, quality assurance The development of forensic image analysis has strongly been pushed by the consolidation of a number of relatively new international working groups: ENFSIDIWG : a European group that is primary focused on methods and techniques. (http://www.forensic.to/webhome/enfsidiwg) SWGIT: an American group that has produces a lot of guidelines and best practice manuals. (http://www.theiai.org/swgit/) LEVA : an American group focused on video processing and training (http://www.leva.org) EESAG: an Australian-New Zealand group that proficiency tests for video and audio processing) SPIE working group for Investigative Image Processing has contributed to several publications in this field. (http://spie.org/Membership/index.cfm?fuseaction=TG_InvestigativeImage) A working group that is especially focused on facial image comparison was found in Germany: http://www.foto-identifikation.de/ . An active web-based working group working on forensic applications of computer modeling can be found on: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/forensic3d/ The following SWGIT-documents can be found on: http://www.fbi.gov/hq/lab/fsc/current/backissu.htm (86) ENFSIDIWG documents and presentations have been published on two CD-roms: the ENFSIDIWG meeting in Zurich 2002 and the ENFSIDIWG meeting in Prague 2004. that 197

have been made available to all members of ENFSIDIWG, SWGIT and EESAG. REFERENCES 1. Steganalysis based on JPEG compatibility, Multimedia systems and applications IV : Denver CO, 21-22 August 2001, Fridrich Jessica; Goljan Miroslav; SPIE proceedings series, (2001), 4518, 275-280, Conference: 4 Multimedia systems and applications. Conference, Denver CO (United States), 21 Aug 2001 Muzzle flash issues related to the waco FLIR analysis, Targets and backgrounds VII : characterization and representation : Orlando FL, 16-17 April 2001, GRANT Barbara G.; HARDY David T., SPIE proceedings series, (2001), 4370, 314-323, Conference: 7 Targets and backgrounds. Conference, Orlando FL (United States), 16 Apr 2001 Assessment of Waco, Texas FLIR videotape, Targets and backgrounds VII : characterization and representation : Orlando FL, 16-17 April 2001, Frankel Donald, SPIE proceedings series, (2001), 4370, 286-300, Conference: 7 Targets and backgrounds. Conference, Orlando FL (United States), 16 Apr 2001 Multi-resolution image fusion technique and its application to forensic science, Wen, C. Y.; Chen, J. K., Forensic Science International (2004), 140(2-3), 217-232 Fundamental study on identification of CMOS cameras, Kurosawa, K.; Saitoh, N. (Nat. Res. Inst. of Police Sci., Chiba, Japan), Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2003) vol.5108, p.202-9. Published by: SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng. Conference: Visual Information Processing XII. Orlando, FL, USA, 21 April 2003 Novel Techniques for Image enhancement of Faces and License Plates with 3Daccurate Registration, Lenny Rudin, Pascal Monase and Ping Yu, presented at the EAFS, Istanbul, 2004 The fireworks disaster in Enschede part 1: overview and reconstruction, Weerheijm, J.; van Wees, R. M. M.; de Bruyn, P. C. A. M.; Karelse, J. W., Kayaku Gakkaishi (2002), 63(6), 330-337 Multiframe combination and blur deconvolution of video data. Gee, T.F.; Karnowski, T.P.; Tobin, K.W. (Image Sci. & Machine Vision Group, Oak Ridge Nat. Lab., TN, USA) Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2000) vol.3974, p.788-95. Published by: SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng, Conference: Image and Video Communications and Processing 2000. San Jose, CA, USA, 25-28 Jan 2000 An approach to individual video camera identification, Kurosawa K (Reprint); Kuroki K; Saitoh N, JOURNAL OF FORENSIC SCIENCES, (JAN 2002) Vol. 47, No. 1, pp. 97-102. Sampling theory for digital video acquisition : the guide for the perplexed user, Rudin L; Yu P, Morel JM, Proceedings SPIE, Investigative Image Processing II, Zeno Geradts, Lenny Rudin, Eds. Vol. 4708, p. 4-15, July 2002. Forensic aspects of digital evidence: contributions and initiatives by the National Center for Forensic Science. Whitcomb, C.M. (Nat. Center for Forensic Sci., Orlando, 198

2.

3.

4. 5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

FL, USA) Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2002) vol.4708, p.23-32 Conference: Sensors, and Command, Control, Communications, and Intelligence (C3I) Technologies for Homeland Defense and Law Enforcement. Orlando, FL, USA, 1-5 April 2002 12. Evaluation of a method for invariant and automated detection and tracking of objects from video. Klasen, L.M.; Haibo Li; Forchheimer, R. Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2001) vol.4232, p.455-63. Published by: SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng, Conference: Enabling Technologies for Law Enforcement and Security. Boston, MA, USA, 5-8 Nov 2000 Automatic video analysis and compilation system AVACS; Kemp R, Proc. SPIE Investigative Image Processing II; Zeno J. Geradts, Lenny I. Rudin; Eds, Vol. 4709, p. 1-3,, July 2002. Single-view metrology: algorithms and applications, Criminisi, A. (Microsoft Res., Redmond, WA, USA), Pattern Recognition. 24th DAGM Symposium. Proceedings (Lecture Notes in Computr Science Vol.2449), Editor(s): Van Gool, L., Berlin, Germany: Springer-Verlag, 2002. p.224-39 of xvi+628 pp. 35,Conference: Zurich, Switzerland, 16-18 Sept 2002 From images to 3D models., Pollefeys, M. (Dept. of Comput. Sci., North Carolina Univ., Chapel Hill, NC, USA); Van Gool, L. Communications of the ACM (July 2002) vol.45, no.7, p.51-5. Forensic 3D scene reconstruction., Little, C.Q.; Small, D.E.; Peters, R.R.; Rigdon, J.B. Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2000) vol.3905, p.67-73. Published by: SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng, Conference: 28th AIPR Workshop: 3D Visualization for Data Exploration and Decision Making. Washington, DC, USA, 13-15 Oct 1999 The use of 3D computer models in forensic investigations, Hoogeboom B (Reprint); Bijhold J; Vrijdag D; Goos M, FORENSIC SCIENCE INTERNATIONAL, (SEP 2003) Vol. 136, Supp. [1], pp. 27-27. Forensic 3D in forensic institute, Mastruko V, FORENSIC SCIENCE INTERNATIONAL, (SEP 2003) Vol. 136, Supp. [1], pp. 163-163. Forensic 3D: Ballistic computer simulation in homicide cases, Mastruko V (Reprint); Bijhold J, FORENSIC SCIENCE INTERNATIONAL, (SEP 2003) Vol. 136, Supp. [1], pp. 2-2. Visualising the Scene: Computer Graphics and Evidence Presentation, 2002, University of Nottingham and Forensic and Biological Anthropology, Department of Forensic Pathology. Science & Justice 2002 Virtual Environments for Scene of Crime Reconstruction and Analysis ,2000. Advanced Interfaces Group, Dep. Of Computer Science, University of Manchester. From Crime Scene to Computer Screen: The Use of Virtual Reality in Crime Scene Investigation 2000. Dept of Electronic Imaging and Media Communications, University of Bradford and The Forensic Science Service, London Laboratory. 199

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18. 19.

20.

21. 22.

23.

Web-based Technology for scenario authoring and visualization: The SAVAGE project , Blais, C., Brutzman, D. , Doug Horner and Major Shane Nicklaus, USMC Naval Postgraduate School, Monterey, California, US. SAVAGE; 2001, Proceedings. Virtual Environments for Scene of Crime Reconstruction and Analysis, Howard, T.L.J., Murta A.D. and Gibson, S,Advanced Interfaces Group, Dep. Of Computer Science, University of Manchester. 2000. Visualising the Scene; Computer Graphics and Evidence Presentation Noond, J., Schofield, D., March, J., Evison, M., University of Nottingham, UK.Forensic and Biological Anthropology, Department of Forensic Pathology, Sheffield, UK. From Science & Justice, Volume 42 No 2. (2002) page 89-95 Use of Software Poser 4 in Reconstruction of Accident and crime scenes, Neis, P., Fink, T., Dilger, M., Rittner, Ch., Institutre of Legal Medicine, Johannes GutenbergUniversity, Mainz Germany. In Forensic Science International, Volume 113 (2000) page 277-280. Heuristic Evaluation of Virtual Reality Applications, Sutcliffe, A. and Gault, B.Centre for HCI Design, Dep. Of Computation, University of Manchester Institute of Science and Technology (UMIST), 2003. Fingerprint pattern restoration by digital image processing techniques, Wen C Y (Reprint); Yu C C, JOURNAL OF FORENSIC SCIENCES, (SEP 2003) Vol. 48, No. 5, pp. 973-984. A Japanese computer-assisted facial identification system successfully identifies nonJapanese faces, Fraser N L; Yoshino M (Reprint); Imaizumi K; Blackwell S A; Thomas C D L; FORENSIC SCIENCE INTERNATIONAL, (12 AUG 2003) Vol. 135, No. 2, pp. 122-128. Systematic approach to height interpretation from images. Compton, D.; Prance, C.; Shears, M.; Champod, C. (Forensic Sci. Service, London, UK), Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2001) vol.4232, p.521-32. Published by: SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng, Conference: Enabling Technologies for Law Enforcement and Security. Boston, MA, USA, 5-8 Nov 2000 Automatic Adjustment of Facial Orientation in 3D Face Image Database, YOSHINO M; IMAIZUMI K, TANIJIRI T, CLEMENT J G, Nihon Kanshiki Kagaku Gijutsu Gakkaishi (Japanese Journal of Science and Technology for Identification), (2003) vol. 8, no. 1, pp. 41-47. Facial Image Identification in Forensic Science, YOSHINO MINEO, Joho Shori Gakkai Kenkyu Hokoku, (2003) vol. 2003, no. 66(CVIM-139), pp. 123-128.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

200

33.

Practice of personal identification in the field of forensic medicine. OGATA MAMORU, Denshi Joho Tsushin Gakkai Gijutsu Kenkyu Hokoku (IEIC Technical Report (Institute of Electronics, Information and Communication Enginners)), (2001) vol. 101, no. 524(PRMU2001 153-175), pp. 27-32. The effect of familiarity on eyewitness identification testimony: The relationship between accuracy and confidence., Asai Chie, Shinrigaku Kenkyu (Japanese Journal of Psychology), (2001) vol. 72, no. 4, pp. 283-289. System Development of Cranio-Facial Superimposition System using a Macintosh personal Computer. Aoyama Iwao; Harada Akra, Tamaya Masahiro, Osawa Motoki, Hoigaku no Jissai to Kenkyu (Research and Practice in Forensic Medicine), (2000) vol. 43, pp. 49-52. 3D surface and body documentation in forensic medicine: 3-D/CAD Photogrammetry merged with 3D radiological scanning, Thali M J (Reprint); Braun M; Wirth J; Vock P; Dirnhofer R, JOURNAL OF FORENSIC SCIENCES, (NOV 2003) Vol. 48, No. 6, pp. 1356-1365. Forensic microradiology: Micro-computed tomography (micro-CT) and analysis of patterned injuries inside of bone, Thali M J (Reprint); Taubenreuther U; Karolczak M; Braun M; Brueschweiler W; Kalender W A; Dirnhofer R, JOURNAL OF FORENSIC SCIENCES, (NOV 2003) Vol. 48, No. 6, pp. 1336-1342. Grundlagen, Kriterien und Verfahrensregeln fr Gutachten. Anthropologischer Anzeiger 57/2: 185-191, Deutsches Autorecht 4/99: 188-189, Kriminalistik 4/99: 246248, Neue Zeitschrift fr Strafrecht NStZ 1999/5: 230-232, Rechtsmedizin 9: 152-154. (Neue Fassungen verffentlicht in der Netzseite foto-identifikation.de) (English summary: Rsing Fw (2000) Quality standards for forensic opinions on the identity of living offenders in pictures. Presentations at the 9th biennial scientific meeting of the International Association for Craniofacial Identification. Forensic Science Communications 2/4, part 3, 1-2. http://www.fbi.gov/hq/lab/fsc/backissu/oct2000/cranio4.htm#Rosing Identifizierung durch Vergleich von Krpermerkmalen, insbesondere anhand von Lichtbildern, Schwarzfischer F , 1992. In: Kube E. Strtzer O, Timm J (Hrg) Kriminalistik. Handbuch fr Praxis und Wissenschaft. Bd l. 735-761. Morphological Classification of Facial Features in Adult Caucasian Males Based on an Assessment of Photographs of 50 Subjects., P Vanezis, D Lu, J Cockburn, A Gonzalez, G McCombe, O Trujillo and M Vanezis, J. Forensic Sci 1996; 41(5): 786791 Use of gait parameters of persons in video surveillance systems , Geradts Z, Merlijn M, de Groot G, Bijhold J., Proc. SPIE , Investigative Image Processing II; Zeno J. Geradts, Lenny I. Rudin; Eds. Vol. 4709, p. 16-24, Jul 2002 Extracting forensic evidence from biometric devices, Geradts Z, Ruifrok A. Proc. SPIE Vol. 5108, p. 181-188, Visual Information Processing XII; Zia-ur Rahman, Robert A. Schowengerdt, Stephen E. Reichenbach; Eds. Aug 2003

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39. 40.

41.

42.

43.

201

44.

Facial image comparison using a 3D laser scanning system Arnout C. Ruifrok, Mirelle Goos, Bart Hoogeboom, Derk Vrijdag, Jurrien Bijhold, Proc. SPIE Vol. 5108, p. 198-201, Visual Information Processing XII; Zia-ur Rahman, Robert A. Schowengerdt, Stephen E. Reichenbach; Eds. Publication Date: Aug 2003 http://www.Fearid.com Line-scan imaging for the positive identification of ballistics specimens., Smith, C.L. (SATR Group, Edith Cowan Univ., Perth, WA, Australia); Robinson, M.; Evans, P.Proceedings IEEE 34th Annual 2000 International Carnahan Conference on Security Technology (Cat. No.00CH37083), Editor(s): Sanson, L.D.Piscataway, NJ, USA: IEEE, 2000. p.269-75 of 283 pp. Conference: Ottawa, Ont., Canada, 23-25 Oct 2000 Development of a 3D-based automated firearms evidence comparison systern, Bachrach B (Reprint), JOURNAL OF FORENSIC SCIENCES, (NOV 2002) Vol. 47, No. 6, pp. 1253-1264. An intelligent imaging approach to the identification of forensic ballistics specimens. Smith, C.L. (Sch. of Eng. & Math., Edith Cowan Univ., Perth, WA, Australia), 2001 International Conferences on Info-Tech and Info-Net. Proceedings (Cat. No.01EX479), Editor(s): Zhong, Y.X.; Cui, S.; Wang, Y. Piscataway, NJ, IEEE, 2001. p.390-6 vol.3 of 6 vol.(391+853+567+410+350+178) pp. Conference: Beijing, China, 29 Oct-1 Nov 2001 Image matching algorithms for breech face marks and firing pins in a database of spent cartridge cases of firearms, Geradts Zeno J.; Bijhold Jurrien; Hermsen Rob; Murtagh Fionn, Forensic science international, (2001), 119(1), 97-106, 23 refs. Reference ballistic imaging database performance, J de Kinder, F Tullener and H Thiebaut, Forensic Science International. (in Press) Three dimensional visualization and comparison of impressions on fired bullets, Banno A (Reprint); Masuda T; Ikeuchi K, FORENSIC SCIENCE INTERNATIONAL, (10 MAR 2004) Vol. 140, No. 2-3, pp. 233-240. Multi-dimensional cluster analysis of class characteristics for ballistics specimen identification. Smith, C.L. (Sch. of Eng. & Math., Edith Cowan Univ., Perth, WA, Australia) Proceedings IEEE 35th Annual 2001 International Carnahan Conference on Security Technology (Cat. No.01CH37186), Editor(s): Sanson, L.D. Piscataway, NJ, USA: IEEE, 2001. p.115-21 of 311 pp. 7, Conference: London, UK, 16-19 Oct 2001 Model-based analysis of striation patterns in forensic science. Heizmann, M.; Puente Leon, F. Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2001) vol.4232, p.533-44. Published by: SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng, Conference: Enabling Technologies for Law Enforcement and Security. Boston, MA, USA, 5-8 Nov 2000 Pilot investigation of automatic comparison of striation marks with structured light., Geradts, Z.J.; Zaal, D.; Hardy, H.; Lelieveld, J.; Keereweer, I.; Bijhold, J. (Netherlands Forensic Inst., Rijswijk, Netherlands), Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2001) vol.4232, p.49-56., Published by:

45. 46.

47.

48.

49.

50. 51.

52.

53.

54.

202

SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng, Conference: Enabling Technologies for Law Enforcement and Security. Boston, MA, USA, 5-8 Nov 2000 55. Imaging and analysis of forensic striation marks., Heizmann, M. (Inst. fur Mess und Regelungstechnik, Univ. Karlsruhe, Germany); Leon, F.P., Optical Engineering (Dec. 2003) vol.42, no.12, p.3423-32 Published by: SPIE Pattern recognition for optical PSI images of surface topography using wavelets. Xiangqian Jiang (Sch. of Eng., Univ. of Huddersfield, UK); Shaojun Xiao; Blunt, L., Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2003) vol.4929, p.149-57. Published by: SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng, Conference: Optical Information Processing Technology. Shanghai, China, 16-18 Oct 2002 Automated comparison of striation marks with the system GE/2., Heizmann, M. (Inst. ffir Mess- und Regelungstechnik, Karlsruhe Univ., Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2002) vol.4709, p.80-91. Published by: SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng Conference: Investigative Image Processing II. Orlando, FL, USA, 4 April 2002 Strategies for the automated recognition of marks in forensic science, Investigative image processing II : Orlando FL, 4 April 2002, HEIZMANN M., SPIE proceedings series, (2002), 4709, 68-79, Conference: 2 Investigative image processing. Conference, Orlando FL (United States), 4 Apr 2002 Evaluation of contents based image retrieval methods for a database of logos on drug tablets., Geradts, Z.J.; Hardy, H.; Poortman, A.; Bijhold, J. (Netherlands Forensic Inst., Rijswijk, Netherlands), Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2001) vol.4232, p.553-62. Published by: SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng, Conference: Enabling Technologies for Law Enforcement and Security. Boston, MA, USA, 5-8 Nov 2000 3D capture, representation and manipulation of cuneiform tablets., Woolley, S.I.; Flowers, N.J.; Arvanitis, T.N.; Livingstone, A.; Davis, T.R. (Birmingham Univ., UK); Ellison, J., Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2001) vol.4298, p.103-10.,Published by: SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng, Conference: Three-Dimensional Image Capture and Applications IV. San Jose, CA, USA, 24-25 Jan 2001 New Developments in Forensic Image Processing and Pattern Recognition. (Proceedings of the Forensic Science Society Meeting 'European Connections", April 2001.) [In: Sci. Justice, 2001; 41(3)], Geradts, Z.; Bijhold, J., (2001) Publisher: (Forensic Science Soc., Harrogate, UK), 8 pp. Data mining in Forensic Image Databases, Investigative image processing II : Orlando FL, 4 April 2002, Geradts Zeno; Bijhold Jurrien , SPIE proceedings series, (2002), 4709, 92-101, Conference: 2 Investigative image processing. Conference, Orlando FL (United States), 4 Apr 2002 3D measurements on extrusion marks in plastic bags, Berx V (Reprint); De Kinder J, JOURNAL OF FORENSIC SCIENCES, (SEP 2002) Vol. 47, No. 5, pp. 976-985.

56.

57.

58.

59.

60.

61.

62.

63.

203

64.

FISH-new: A common ground for computer-based forensic writer identification, Franke K (Reprint); Schomaker L; Vuurpijl L, FORENSIC SCIENCE INTERNATIONAL, (SEP 2003) Vol. 136, Supp. [1], pp. 84-84. A 3D view on the 'crossing lines' problem in document investigation, Investigative image processing II : Orlando FL, 4 April 2002, BERX Veerle; De Kinder Jan, SPIE proceedings series, (2002), 4709, 102-110, Conference: 2 Investigative image processing. Conference, Orlando FL (United States), 4 Apr 2002 Tracing the source of a shredded document., Brassil, J. (Hewlett Packard Labs., Palo Alto, CA, USA), Information Hiding. 5th International Workshop, IH 2002. Revised Papers (Lecture Notes in Computer Science Vol.2578), Editor(s): Petitcolas, F.A.P., Berlin, Germany: Springer Verlag, 2002. p.387-99 of vi+426 pp. Conference: Noordwijkerhout, Netherlands, 7-9 Oct 2002 Computer vision techniques for semi-automatic reconstruction of ripped-up documents, De Smet, P.; Johan De Bock; Corluy, E. (Dep. TELIN/TWO7, Ghent Univ., Belgium), Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2003) vol.5108, p.189-97. Published by: SPIE-Int. Soc. Opt. Eng, Conference: Visual Information Processing XII. Orlando, FL, USA, 21 April 2003 A computer-based system to support forensic studies on handwritten documents., Franke, K.; Koppen, P. (Dept. of Pattern Recognition, Fraunhofer Inst. for Production Syst. & Design Technol., Berlin, Germany), International Journal on Document Analysis and Recognition (May 2001) vol.3, no.4, p.218-31. Published by: SpringerVerlag Proceedings of the first international meeting on the Reconstruction of soft tissues in Potsdam, 2003 Facial 3d reconstruction, Eliasova H (Reprint); Dvooak D; Prochazka O, FORENSIC SCIENCE INTERNATIONAL, (SEP 2003) Vol. 136, Supp. [1], pp. 177-178. The application of anthropometric indices in forensic photography: Three case studies. Halberstein R A (Reprint), JOURNAL OF FORENSIC SCIENCES, (NOV 2001) Vol. 46, No. 6, pp. 1438-1441. From the skull to the face: inverse 3D-simulation in archaeology and forensic medicine. Godehardt, E.; Koch, J.-A.; Pieper, P. (Dusseldorf Univ., Germany); Bergstedt, S.; Kesper, B.; Moller, D.P.F., Simulation in Industry'2000. 12th European Simulation Symposium 2000. ESS'2000, Editor(s): Moller, D.P.F. San Diego, CA, USA: SCS, 2000. p.377-81 of xxii+696 pp. Conference: Hamburg, Germany, 28-30 Sept 2000 Improved vision in forensic documentation: forensic, 3D/CAD-supported photogrammetry of bodily injury external surfaces, combined with volumetric radiologic scanning of bodily injury internal structures, provides more investigative leads and stronger forensic evidence., Thali, M.J; Braun, M.; Kneubuehl, B.P.; Brueschweiler, W.; Vock, P.; Dirnhofer, R., Proceedings of the SPIE - The International Society for Optical Engineering (2000) vol.3905, p.213-21. Conference: 28th AIPR Workshop: 3D Visualization for Data Exploration and Decision Making. Washington, DC, USA, 13-15 Oct 1999 204

65.

66.

67.

68.

69. 70. 71.

72.

73.

74.

Bite mark documentation and analysis: the forensic 3D/CAD supported photogrammetry approach, Thali M. J.; Braun M.; Markwalder Th. H.; Brueschweiler W.; Zollinger U.; Malik Naseem J.; Yen K.; Dirnhofer R., Forensic science international, (2003), 135(2), 115-121 Estimation of age from human renal tissues by image processing. Furutani A; Tatsumi S; Sugiyama S, Acta Med Kinki Univ, (2001) vol. 26, no. 1, pp. 7-17. Optical 3D surface digitizing in forensic medicine: 3D documentation of skin and bone injuries, Thali Michael J.; Braun Marcel; Dirnhofer Richard, Forensic science international, (2003), 137(2-3), 203-208 Development of a prototype automated system for forensic hair comparison and analysis using neural networks, Verma M S (Reprint); Pratt L; Ganesh C; Medina C, FORENSIC SCIENCE INTERNATIONAL, (SEP 2003) Vol. 136, Supp. [1], pp. 116117. Background correction in forensic photography I. Photography of blood under conditions of non-uniform illumination or variable substrate color - Theoretical aspects and proof of concept, Wagner J H; Miskelly G M (Reprint), JOURNAL OF FORENSIC SCIENCES, (MAY 2003) Vol. 48, No. 3, pp. 593-603. Definitions and Guidelines for the Use of Imaging Technologies in the Criminal Justice System" (General Overview of Imaging in Law Enforcement) or revised draft at "Guidelines for Field Applications of Imaging Technologies" (includes info on Film vs. Digital Cameras) "Recommendations and Guidelines for the Use of Digital Image Processing in the Criminal Justice System" "Considerations for Managers" (High level advice for labs considering moving to digital imaging systems) "General Guidelines for Capturing Latent Impressions Using a Digital Camera" "Guidelines and Recommendations for Training in Imaging Technologies in the Criminal Justice System" "Definitions, Recommendations, and Guidelines for the Use of Forensic Video Processing in the Criminal Justice System" "General Guidelines for Photographing Footwear Impressions" "General Guidelines for Photographing Tire Impressions"

75. 76.

77.

78.

79.

80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86.

205

CHEMICAL and MATERIAL ANALYSIS

206

Research On Drug Evidence A Review: 2001 to 2004

Presented by: Robert F.X. Klein Prepared by: Melanie E. Domagala, Robert F.X. Klein, and Patrick A. Hays U.S. Department of Justice Drug Enforcement Administration Office of Forensic Sciences 2401 Jefferson Davis Highway Alexandria, Virginia 22301 USA (Coordinating Office) and Special Testing and Research Laboratory 22624 Dulles Summit Court Dulles, Virginia 20151 USA (Coordinating Laboratory)

207

CONTENTS General Overview (Talking Paper) Routine and Improved Analyses of Abused Substances Synthesis and/or Cultivation of Controlled Substances, their Precursors, and Essential Chemicals Clandestine Laboratories - Appraisals and Safety Issues Reference Drug Standards and Total Syntheses Source Determination of Drugs (Impurity Profiling), and Comparative Analyses Analysis of Non-Controlled Pharmaceuticals, Pseudo-Drugs, Adulterants, Diluents, and Precursors New and/or Improved Analytical Techniques Portable Detection and Analytical Instrumentation Surveys and Miscellaneous Topics Notes: 1. All categories are subdivided by topic or category, then alphabetically by the first authors name. 2. Where appropriate, a short explanatory note is added to the citation to provide additional detail concerning the reference. 3. Note that the following references are law enforcement restricted, and not available to the general public: Microgram and Microgram Bulletin prior to 2003, and the Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association (all years).

208

GENERAL OVERVIEW: As the Symposium Delegates are well aware, production, trafficking, and use of illicit drugs are not static situations, but rather are undergoing continuous change. Indeed, the worldwide situation is significantly different since the last Symposium. The most noteworthy changes have occurred with hallucinogenic compounds, the methylenedioxyamphetamines, methamphetamine and related amphetamine type stimulants, heroin, cocaine, and the Internet. The most dramatic changes have occurred with hallucinogenic compounds. Until recently, LSD was the principal hallucinogen being used throughout the world. However, the arrests in the United States of a number of individuals who were involved in the large-scale manufacture of LSD, have apparently had a significant, negative impact on the production, availability, and use of LSD, worldwide. Of all the reporting nations, only the United Kingdom reports significant continuing use of LSD. In the United States and elsewhere, the seizures and reported use of LSD have been in dramatic decline. The lack of supply has had several consequences in North America and Europe: First, there have been increased seizures of small-scale, amateur LSD laboratories, some of which included attempts to cultivate ergot fungi. More importantly, there have been significant increases in the production, trafficking, and use of alternative hallucinogens, including "designer" tryptamines, "designer" dimethoxylated phenethylamines, psilocybin mushrooms, and unusual plants such as salvia divinorum, ayahuasca, and various species of mescaline-containing cacti. Over the past five years, more than two dozen designer tryptamines and dimethoxylated phenethylamines have appeared in the drug markets. In addition, many of the tryptamines and dimethoxylated phenethylamines that are not specifically controlled have been openly produced and marketed by various commercial chemical firms. Most of these compounds are featured in Alexander Shulgins textbooks, PIHKAL and TIHKAL. Although recent enforcement efforts in the United States have closed down some of the commercial operations producing these compounds, a number of firms outside the United States are still marketing these compounds, and clandestine production of some of the more popular drugs is being encountered in the United States and Europe. Mushroom spore kits and cultivation instructions are available from multiple sources, both on the Internet and in publications catering to drug users. As a result, psilocybin mushroom cultivation, trafficking, and use have dramatically increased. Preparations of finely chopped or powdered psilocybin mushrooms in chocolate have become popular in North America. Salvia divinorum, a hallucinogenic plant native to Mexico and nearby areas that was relatively unknown just three years ago, has become a significant abuse problem in the United States - but remains uncontrolled. Preparations of marijuana and marijuana extracts in various candy-like and other commercial products have greatly increased. Law enforcement and forensic laboratories are still reacting to the rapid rise of these alternative hallucinogens, and these challenges are expected to continue to increase in the near future. Another drug category that has seen significant changes since the last Symposium is the methylenedioxyamphetamines, generically known as Ecstasy. First, there has been a diaspora of production laboratories worldwide. Although it is felt that most manufacture continues to be based in northern Europe, major laboratories are now being seized in North America (United States and Canada), and there have been reports of seizures of large laboratories elsewhere, including Southeast Asia, South America, and South Africa. Second, there have been dramatic increases in adulterated Ecstasy tablets and in Ecstasy tablet mimics over the past three years. Primary adulterants/substitutes include methamphetamine, ketamine and phencyclidine, amphetamine, various hallucinogenic dimethoxylated phenethylamines (2-CT-7, 2C-I, etc.), piperazines (BZP and TFMPP), substituted amphetamines (PMA, PMMA, and 4methylthioamphetamine), GHB salts, etc. Reports of Ecstasy tablets that do not contain either MDA or MDMA are now routine. Many of these tablets contain mixtures of two, three, or more 209

drugs. As an unexpected consequence of these adulterations and/or substitutions, law enforcement agencies in North America reports sharp changes in behavior of arrestees at Rave parties and similar events. Whereas previously the arrestees were often friendly and cooperative under the influence of MDA or MDMA, they are now often paranoid and combative. Similarly, emergency room personnel often have difficulty treating drug overdose victims because they are under the influence of multiple, unknown drugs, and/or are psychotic and violent. There has been a concurrent increase in Ecstasy overdose deaths (notably from PMA/PMMA, but also others). This problem continues to worsen. Another drug area in flux is methamphetamine and related amphetamine type stimulants (ATSs). In the United States, the synthesis of methamphetamine via active metal reductions (lithium in anhydrous ammonia) has become a major method, but remains a cottage industry at this time. The theft of anhydrous ammonia from farming and refrigeration supplies has become epidemic in North America. Of serious concern, there have been a number of major spills of anhydrous ammonia resulting from thefts or attempted thefts, but to date there have been no Bhopal-like disasters. Efforts to adulterate anhydrous ammonia to make it unusable for production of methamphetamine are ongoing. Iodine/phosphorous type laboratories are somewhat in decline, but are still the primary method used by the so-called methamphetamine Superlabs. Efforts to restrict the sale of over-the-counter ephedrine and pseudoephedrine containing products are having some effect on both large-scale and small-scale laboratory production within the U.S., and there are recent indications that the "Superlabs" in the American Southwest are shifting back into Mexico/Central America. Production and use of "Ice" methamphetamine (high purity d-methamphetamine hydrochloride in large crystal form) is slowly increasing in the United States and around the Pacific Rim, including Australia. Unusually, production of l-methamphetamine (the much less potent isomer of methamphetamine) has appeared and is growing, both along the Pacific Rim and in the American West. l-Methamphetamine has appeared both in large crystal form resembling "Ice" methamphetamine, and also in methamphetamine and Ecstasy tablets. It is unclear if this production is intentional or the result of chemically unsophisticated clandestine chemists unknowingly purchasing and using d-ephedrine and l-pseudoephedrine. Production of so-called "Thai Tabs" (small methamphetamine tablets that are produced primarily in Myanmar) continues to increase in Southeast Asia, and increasing numbers of Thai Tabs are now being encountered in the United States. Despite the fact that Thai Tabs are significantly smaller than typical Ecstasy tablets and are intended for smoking purposes, unsophisticated users in North America often ingest Thai Tabs as Ecstasy. Smuggling of freshly harvested khat from the eastern Horn of Africa into Europe and North America continues to increase, and dried khat has been encountered in the United States (drying apparently prevents decomposition of cathinone, the active component). Finally, and very unusually, illicit production and use of methcathinone has become a significant problem in South Africa. The worldwide production, trafficking, and use of opium and heroin continues to increase. After a brief hiatus, illicit opium production in Southwest Asia and South America are now at all-time record levels. Most Southwest Asian heroin is sent to Europe, while most South American heroin is sent to the United States. Southeast Asian opium is being increasingly encountered in North America, where it is being consumed primarily in expatriate Asian communities. However, Southeast Asian heroin is now mainly consumed in the Far East, Australia, and Russia, and is not commonly encountered in North America. Of possible concern, in 2003 the Australian authorities made a seizure of 75 kilograms of heroin from a cargo vessel that signature analysis indicated to be of unknown origin. This suggests the possibility of a new heroin production technique.

210

The production, trafficking, and use of cocaine are in flux. After nearly a decade of significant declines, coca cultivation in Bolivia and Peru is slightly increasing. Colombia remains the world's top producer of coca, with dramatic expansions of coca production throughout the country over the past five years. Illicit production of cocaine continues to be continuously modified in response to law enforcement initiatives to restrict essential production chemicals. Use of pharmaceuticals to adulterate cocaine at the production stage is increasing. Production of crack cocaine in South America for export is also increasing. Use of cocaine in the United States has somewhat declined; however, cocaine use is increasing elsewhere, especially in Europe. Use of "crack" cocaine is increasing in England and South Africa. Although the discussed variations in drug production, trafficking and use have been significant, the most important change is the involvement of the Internet in virtually all aspects of illicit drugs. The Internet is now firmly entrenched as THE source for information on all aspects of illicit drugs - production, use, concealment, smuggling techniques, methods to evade law enforcement, methods to evade drug testing, and more. Several well established websites, notably erowid, rhodium, and lycaeum, act as historical repositories and archives for a large volume of drug related information, while a large number of "chat-rooms" and bulletin boards provide constant updates and feedback from active users on current trends, new drugs, problems, etc. As a result, previously sensitive information is now easily accessed, common knowledge. Of particular concern is the issue of so-called "rogue pharmacies", which sell huge volumes of subscription medications over the Internet with minimal or no medical evaluations of the subscribers. The products include a wide variety of controlled substances such as Oxycontin, Vicodin, Xanax, etc. Rogue pharmacies are also the source of a large percentage of so-called "spam" email messages, where unsolicited advertisements are sent to tens of millions of email accounts every day. Pharmaceutical abuse is the fastest growing drug problem in the world. In addition, precursors, essential chemicals, and laboratory equipment are often sold on Internet auction sites such as ebay and ubid, or on industrial surplus auction sites. It is unclear how the free exchange of information via the Internet can be reconciled with legitimate social concerns such as drug use. At present, it appears that imposed restrictions are ineffective, and this problem will likely continue to grow as an increasing percentage of the Worlds population becomes conversant with the Internet. From a forensic point of view, there are two fields that have experienced significant advances over the past three years: Instrumentation and Signature Profiling. Over the past ten years, Capillary Electrophoresis (CE) has evolved from a research instrument to a mainstream technique. Over the past three years, benchtop CE instruments have started replacing High Performance Liquid Chromatographs (HPLCs) in many forensic laboratories. Tandem technique instruments - notably CE-Mass Spectrometers - have also become available. An older technique that is slowly evolving into a potentially useful field tool is Raman Spectroscopy. Raman has the potential to identify compounds through many types of plastic and glass containers, thereby allowing rapid identifications of contents, without exposure. Other "Field Instruments" include improved Ion Mobility Spectrometers (including IMS-Mass Spectrometers), and miniaturized Gas Chromatograph-Mass Spectrometers. Improvements in trace analysis, notably Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometry (IRMS) and Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry (ICP/MS) have greatly enhanced drug profiling, especially for geographical sourcing of cocaine and to a lesser extent heroin, and for synthetic route determination of the amphetamine type stimulants and the methylenedioxyamphetamines. These efforts have significantly enhanced the abilities of law enforcement to monitor and track developing trends in production and trafficking of controlled substances. Finally, DNA analysis has been applied for profiling of cannabis; however, it is unclear what impact these analyses will have on geo-sourcing of cannabis.

211

ROUTINE AND IMPROVED ANALYSIS OF ABUSED SUBSTANCES Issue: Improved methods of analysis, i.e., faster, more discriminatory, more sensitive, less costly, etc., are needed for all abused substances. Additionally, standard analytical data are required for previously unknown or rarely encountered substances and/or new homolog or analog (i.e., "designer"-type) drugs. Solution: Drug seizures and clandestine laboratory operations are continuously monitored to provide a comprehensive overview of new developments. Ongoing research in the forensic community, as well as in the general field of analytical chemistry, provide new and/or improved methods of analysis for both routine and specialized analyses of seized drugs. Reports providing standard analytical data for new drugs of abuse and/or improved analytical protocols for known drugs of abuse are generated for the forensic and enforcement communities. SYNTHESIS AND/OR CULTIVATION OF ABUSED PRECURSORS, AND ESSENTIAL CHEMICALS Issue: Forensic chemists must maintain familiarity with existing and new clandestine syntheses of abused substances, their precursors, and essential chemicals, and with the cultivation of abused natural products, in order to assist enforcement activities, to ensure safety and effectiveness during enforcement operations, and to provide expert testimony in legal proceedings. Solution: Illicit drug seizures, clandestine laboratory operations, and illicit grow operations, are continuously monitored to maintain a comprehensive overview of the field. In cases where new drugs are synthesized, or new methodologies are utilized, case reports are generated for the forensic and enforcement communities. CLANDESTINE LABORATORIES - APPRAISALS AND SAFETY Issue: Forensic chemists must maintain familiarity with clandestine laboratory procedures, setups, and techniques in order to assist enforcement activities, to ensure safety and effectiveness during enforcement operations, and in order to provide expert testimony in court proceedings. Solution: Clandestine laboratory operations are continuously reviewed to provide a comprehensive overview of the field. In cases where new methodologies are noted, or unusual safety concerns are salient, reports are generated for the forensic and enforcement communities. SUBSTANCES, THEIR

212

REFERENCE DRUG STANDARDS AND TOTAL SYNTHESES Issue: Many reference drug standards or structurally related internal standards are either commercially unavailable, or if available are extremely expensive. Solution: Controlled substances and their structural or isotopically labelled analogs are synthesized as needed. Internal standards are also prepared as needed. Case reports are published for new or unusual standards or improved synthetic approaches. SOURCE DETERMINATION COMPARATIVE ANALYSES Issues: Impurity profiling of drugs is important for comparative analysis protocols, geo-sourcing, and synthetic route determinations. However, although certain drugs have been well characterized with respect to their impurity profiles, most have not been properly investigated. Comparative analysis (i.e., the systematic application of impurity profiling for determination of commonality of origin) is complicated due to both the high complexity of the data and the large numbers of exhibits. Improved analytical and data handling techniques are needed. Solution: High sensitivity analytical techniques (primarily chromatographic) provide detailed profiles of trace-level impurities, ions, trace metals, and stable isotopes. Identification of individual impurities enhance origin identification and comparative analyses and also aid in development of internal standards for improved accuracy and precision of analysis. In-depth analysis via improved instrumental methodologies help identify discriminatory components in impurity profiles. Computer databases, sorting programs, and pattern recognition/neural networks provide enhanced data handling and analysis, enabling and improving comparative analyses. Case reports are generated for the forensic and enforcement communities. ANALYSIS OF NON-CONTROLLED PHARMACEUTICALS, PSEUDO-DRUGS, ADULTERANTS, DILUENTS, AND PRECURSORS Issue: Most "street-level" drugs are "cut" with various adulterants and diluents. Many of these cutting agents are pharmaceutical products or precursors. Others are carry-through compounds present in precursors (especially in cold remedy products). Separation and identification of these extraneous materials can be tedious, especially in exhibits which contain many components. In addition, new or unusual adulterants and/or diluents are occasionally identified in drug exhibits, and standard analytical data are required for these substances. Finally, 213 OF DRUGS (IMPURITY PROFILING) AND

improved methods of analysis, i.e., faster, more discriminatory, less costly, etc., are needed for all cutting agents. NEW AND/OR IMPROVED INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUES Issue: Forensic Chemists must maintain familiarity with updates in current instrumental techniques and become versant in new, improved methods of analysis. Solution: Improved/existing and new technologies are reviewed and applied to both routine and specialized analyses of drugs. In cases where improved performance is observed, case reports are generated for the forensic community. PORTABLE DETECTION AND ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTATION Issue: Free Trade agreements and the easing of formally restrictive national and international borders have resulted in dramatic increases in cargo transshipments and personal travel, thereby complicating drug inspection and interdiction efforts at POEs. Discovery and confirmational analysis of suspected drugs in cargo or on individuals is severely hampered by the lack of onsite detection and/or analytical equipment. Solution: Development of portable and highly sensitive detectors for drug detection and analyses allows law enforcement personnel and/or forensic chemists to perform screening type analyses on-site. In those cases where new methodologies have proven effective, case reports are generated for the forensic and enforcement communities. REFERENCES Routine and improved analysis of abused substances Reviews: 1) 2) 3) Brettell TA, Rudin N, Saferstein R. Forensic science. Analytical Chemistry 2003;75(12):2877. [A two year review of the forensic science literature.] Christian DR Jr. Analysis of controlled substances. Forensic Science 2003:375. [A review of the title topic (forensic emphasis). This is a CRC Press publication.] Cole MD, Linacre AMT. The identification of controlled plant drugs using phytochemistry and DNA. Current Topics in Phytochemistry 2002;5:129. [A minor review of the title topic, focusing on marijuana, catha edulis, papaver somniferum, and erythroxylum.] Dal Cason TA, Franzosa ES. Occurrences and forms of the hallucinogens. Hallucinoge

4)

214

5) 6) 7)

ns 2003:37. [A review, including LSD and its analogs, indoalkylamines, hallucinogenic phenethylamines, PCP and its analogs, ketamine, and beta-carbolines.] Hugel J, Meyers J, Lankin D. Analysis of the hallucinogens. Hallucinogens 2003:191. [A review of the forensic analysis of hallucinogens.] Klein RFX, Hays PA. Detection and analysis of drugs of forensic interest, 1992 - 2001; A literature review. Microgram Journal 2003;1(1-2):55. [A ten year review of the forensic science literature.]

Scientific Working Group for Forensic Analysis of Illicit Drugs: 8) Bono JP. Report of the Scientific Working Group for the Analysis of Seized Drugs (SWGDRUG) Conference. Microgram Journal 2003;1(3-4):208. [A summary of the Conferences findings and recommendations.] Bono JP, Janovsky TJ. Scientific Working Group for the Analysis of Seized Drugs (SWGDRUG) Update. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2004;10:67. [An update of the accomplishments and objectives of the SWGDRUG.] Janovsky TJ, Bono JP. Scientific Working Group for the Analysis of Forensic Drug Samples (SWGDRUG) Update 2002. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2002;8:30. [An update of the accomplishments and objectives of the SWGDRUG.] also Substituted

9)

10)

Amphetamine, Methamphetamine, and Dimethylamphetamine (see Amphetamines, Phenethylamines, and Methylenedioxyamphetamines): 11)

Brown H, Kirkbride KP, Pigou PE, Walker GS. New developments in SPME, Part 1: The use of vapor-phase deprotonation and on-fiber derivatization with alkylchloroformates in the analysis of preparations containing amphetamines. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003;48(6):1231. [Presents a method for conversion of solid drug salts to their free bases, capture via SPME, and analysis by GC/MS. The technique can be used for noninvasive recovery from consumer items such as banknotes and garments. Use of on-fiber derivatization with alkylchloroformates improves chromatography and also allows for enantiomer determinations.] Chan KB, Chong YK, Nazarudin M. The identification of N,N-dimethyl-amphetamine (DMA) in an exhibit in Malaysia. Microgram Journal 2003;1(3-4):162. [Presents the title analysis, using color tests, GC/MS, FTIR, HPLC, melting point, and optical rotation.] Faulds K, Smith WE, Graham D, Lacey RJ. Assessment of silver and gold substrates for the detection of amphetamine sulfate by surface enhanced Raman Scattering (SERS). Analyst 2002;127(2):282. Herraez-Hernandez R, Campins-Falco P, Verdu-Andres J. Strategies for the enantiomeric determination of amphetamine and related compounds by liquid chromatography. Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods 2002;54(1-3):147. [Presents a review of recent advances in the title field, with an emphasis on biological samples.]

12)

13)

14)

215

15)

Liau AS, Liu JT, Lin LC, Chiu YC, Shu YR, Tsai CC, Lin CH. Optimisation [sic] of a simple method for the chiral separation of methylamphetamine and related compounds in clandestine tablets and urine samples by beta-cyclodextrin modified capillary electrophoresis: A complementary method to GC-MS. Forensic Science International 2003;134(1):17. [Compounds include methamphetamine, methcathinone, ephedrine, and pseudoephedrine. The focus is toxicological.] Lua AC, Chou TY. Preparation of immunoaffinity columns for direct enantiomeric separation of amphetamine and/or methamphetamine. Journal of Chromatography A 2002;967(2):191. [For direct enantiomeric determination of amphetamine and methamphetamine in urine.] Matsushima K, Nagai T, Nihei H, Kikuchi F, Tokudome S. Analysis of a new type of tablet containing l-(-)-methylamphetamine. Japanese Journal of Science and Technology for Identification. 2003;8(1):99. [Presents the analysis of the referenced tablet (which also included ketamine and caffeine).] Wang S-M, Liu RH. Solid-phase microextraction based approach for enantiomeric analysis of amphetamines. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2004;10:72. [Diastereomers were created via derivatization with S-(-)-N-trifluoroacetylprolyl chloride, followed by isolation with SPME, followed by analysis.]

16)

17)

18)

para-Substituted Amphetamines: 19) Dal Cason TA. A re-examination of the mono-methoxy positional ring isomers of amphetamine, methamphetamine, and phenyl-2-propanone. Forensic Science International 2001;119(2):168. Mortier KA, Dams R, Lambert WE, De Letter EA, Van Calenbergh S, De Leenheer AP. Determination of para-methoxyamphetamine and other amphetamine-related designer drugs by liquid chromatography/sonic spray ionization mass spectrometry. Rapid Communications in Mass Spectrometry 2002 16(9):865. [For analysis of tablets, powders, or aqueous solutions.]

20)

Barbiturates: 21) Bartzatt R. Determination of barbituric acid, utilizing a rapid and simple colorimetric assay. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2002;29(5):909. [Presents three assay methods, which can be utilized on either aqueous or solid samples.] Chang W-T, Smith J, Liu RH. Isotopic analogs as internal standards for quantitative GC/MS analysis - Molecular abundance and retention time differences as interference factors. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002;47(4):873. [Isotopic analogues of five barbiturates were evaluated as internal standards for GC/MS analyses.] Forgacs E, Cserhati T, Miksik I, Echardt A, Deyl Z. Simultaneous effect of organic modifier and physicochemical parameters of barbiturates on their retention on a narrowbore PGC column. Journal of Chromatography B - Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2004;800(1-2):259. [Presents the analysis of 22 barbiturates on a narrow-bore porous graphitized carbon column using water-dioxane mobile phases.]

22)

23)

216

24)

Jones, JJ, Kidwell H, Games DE. Application of atmospheric pressure chemical ionisation [sic] mass spectrometry in the analysis of barbiturates by high speed analytical countercurrent chromatography. Rapid Communications in Mass Spectrometry 2003;17(14):1565. [Presents the analysis of four barbiturates (barbital, allobarbital, phenobarbital, and butalbital) using the title technique.] Kepczynska E, Bojarski J, Pyka A. Lipophilicity of barbiturates determined by TLC. Journal of Liquid Chromatography and Related Technologies 2003;26(19):3277. [Thirteen 5,5-disubstituted derivatives of barbituric acid were analyzed by RP-TLC.]

25)

Benzodiazepines: 26) Aebi B, Sturny-Jungo R, Bernhard W, Blanke R, Hirsch R. Quantitation using GC-TOFMS: Example of bromazepam. Forensic Science International 2002;128(1-2):84. [Various methods are used to validate the use of GC-TOF-MS for analysis of bromazepam; diazepam and nordazepam were also studied, but to a lesser extent.] Bakavoli M, Kaykhaii M. Quantitative determination of diazepam, nitrazepam and flunitrazepam in tablets using thin-layer chromatography - densitometry technique. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2003;31(6):1185. [Also includes and contrasts HPLC analyses; UV (254 nm) detection was used for both techniques.] Benson A, Rose S, Hsu Y, Furton KG, Sabucedo A. LC/MS analysis of flunitrazepam (Rohypnol) solid dosage tablets. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2004;10:78. Cahours X, Cherkaoui S, Rozing G, Veuthey JL. Microemulsion electrokinetic chromatography versus capillary electrochromatography-UV-mass spectrometry for the analysis of flunitrazepam and its major metabolites. Electrophoresis 2002;23(14):2320. [Flunitrazepam and its three major metabolites (in biological fluids) were separated by the title technique.] Ferreyra CF, Ortiz CS. Simultaneous spectrophotometric determination of phenylpropanolamine HCl, caffeine and diazepam in tablets. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2002;29(5):811. [UV spectrophotometry and LC methods were used.] Kamande MW, Kapnissi CP, Zhu XF, Akbay C, Warner IM. Open-tubular capillary electrochromatography using a polymeric surfactant coating. Electrophoresis 2003;24(6):945. [The title technique was applied to the analysis of benzodiazepines (not specified in the abstract).] Pirnay S, Ricordel I, Libong D, Bouchonnet S. Sensitive method for the detection of 22 benzodiazepines by gas chromatography - ion trap tandem mass spectrometry. Journal of ChromatographyA 2002;954:235. [The title technique method was applied to biological samples.] Saelzer R, Gody G, Vega M, De Diego M, Godoy R, Rios G. Instrumental planar chromatographic determination of benzodiazepines: Comparison with liquid chromatography and gas chromatography. JAOAC International 2001;84(4):1287.

27)

28)

29)

30)

31)

32)

33)

217

34)

Suzuki Y, Arakawa H, Maeda M. The capillary electrophoresis separation of benzodiazepine drugs using dextran sulfate and SDS as running buffer. Biomedical Chromatography 2004;18(3):150. [Presents the EKC analysis of 10 benzodiazepines (not specified in abstract). The authors claim that the presented method may also be used for many other pharmaceuticals.]

Dimethoxyphenethylamines: 35) Cole MD, Lea C, Oxley N. 4-Bromo-2,5-dimethoxyphenethylamine (2C-B): A review of the public domain literature. Science Justice 2002;42(4):223. [An overview of the title compound, including a minor review of the available literature.] Curtis B, Kemp P, Harty L, Choi C, Christensen D. Postmortem identification and quantitation of 2,5-dimethoxy-4-n-propylthiophenethylamine using GC-MSD and GCNPD. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003;27(7):493. [Primary focus is analysis of biological fluids and tissue samples; however, includes a small scale mass spectra (from GC/MS) of the title compound (i.e., 2C-T-7).]

36)

Chlordiazepoxide: 37) EHefnawey GB, ElHallag IS, Ghoneim EM, Ghoneim MM. Voltammetric behavior and quantification of the sedative-hypnotic drug chlordiazepoxide in bulk form, pharmaceutical formulation, and human serum at a mercury electrode. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2004;34(1):75. [Includes comparisons against existing methods.]

Clenbuterol: 38) Chankvetadze B, Lomsadze K, Bergenthal D, Breitkreutz J, Bergander K, Blaschke G. Mechanistic study on the opposite migration order of clenbuterol enantiomers in capillary electrophoresis with beta-cyclodextrin and single isomer heptakis(2,3-diacetyl-6-sulfo)beta-cyclodextrin. Electrophoresis 2001;22(15):3178. Garcia-Ruiz C, Marina ML. Fast enantiomeric separation of basic drugs by electrokinetic chromatography. Application to the quantitation of terbutaline in a pharmaceutical preparation. Electrophoresis 2001;22(15):3191. [Includes clenbuterol.] Ozkan Y, Ozkan SA, AboulEnein HY. Determination of clenbuterol HCl in human serum, pharmaceuticals, and in drug dissolution studies by RP-HPLC. Journal of Liquid Chromatography and Related Technologies 2001;24(5):679.

39)

40)

Cocaine: 41) Cabovska B, Norman AB, Stalcup AM. Separation of cocaine stereoisomers by capillary electrophoresis using sulfated cyclodextrins. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2003;376(1):134. Koulis CV, Reffner JA, Bibby AM. Comparison of transmission and internal reflection spectra of cocaine. Journal of Forensic Science 2001;46(4):822. [Study is on cocaine hydrochloride; includes cautionary notes on the use of ATR.]

42)

218

43)

Rofael HZ, AbdelRahman MS. Development and validation of a high-performance liquid chromatography method for the determination of cocaine, its metabolites and ketamine. Journal of Applied Toxicology 2002;22(2):123. Swiatko J, De Forest PR, Zedeck MS. Further studies on spot tests and microcrystal tests for identification of cocaine. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003;48(3):581. [Presents a study of the Wagner, Marquis, and cobalt thiocyanate spot tests, and the gold chloride and platinic chloride microcrystal tests, for the identification of cocaine.]

44)

Ergot Alkaloids (see also LSD): 45) Stahl M, Jakob A, von Brocke A, Nicholson G, Bayer R. Comparison of different setups for one- and two-dimensional capillary high-performance liquid chromatography and pressurized capillary electrochromatography coupled on-line with mass spectrometry. Electrophoresis 2002;23(17):2949. [Presents a comparison of different separation methods (HPLC, capillary HPLC, and pressurized capillary electrochromatography (pCEC)) coupled on-line with mass spectrometry (MS)) for the separation of a crude extract of ergot fungus (secalis cornuti).]

Fentanyl(s): 46) DeBoer D, Goemans WPJ, Ghezavat VR, vanOoijen RD, Maes RAA. Seizure of illicitly produced para-fluorofentanyl: Quantitative analysis of the content of capsules and tablets. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2003;31(3):557. [Presents a GC/MS methodology for the title analysis; HPLC/UV was also used to quantify caffeine being used as an adulterant. The samples derived from an illicit laboratory in the Netherlands.] Jimeno ML, Alkorta I, Cano C, Jagerovic N, Goya P, Elguero J, FocesFoces C. Fentanyl and its analogue N-(1-phenylpyrazol-3-yl)-N-[2-phenylethyl-4-piperidyl]propanamide: H-1 and C-13 NMR spectroscopy, X-ray crystallography, and theoretical calculations. Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin 2003;51(8):929. [The oxalate salts and free bases of the title compounds were analyzed by the title techniques.] Van Nimmen NFJ, Veulemans HAF. Development and validation of a highly sensitive gas chromatographic - mass spectrometric screening method for the simultaneous determination of nanogram levels of fentanyl, sufentanil, and alfentanil in air and surface contamination wipes. Journal of Chromatography A 2004;1035(2):249. [Focus is on sampling for industrial occupational exposure. The technique uses SIM.]

47)

48)

Flos Daturae: 49) Ye NS, Zhu RH, Gu XX, Zou H. Determination of scopolamine, atropine and anisodamine in Flos daturae by capillary electrophoresis. Biomedical Chromatography 2001;15(8):509.

Fluoxetine (Prozac): 50) Olsen BA, Borer MW, Perry FM, Forbes RA. Screening for counterfeit drugs using nearinfrared spectroscopy. Pharmaceutical Technology North America 2002;26(6):62. [Uses NIR to screen and differentiate Prozac vs. many generic formulations.] 219

Heroin: 51) Dongre VG, Kamble VW. HPTLC detection and identification of heroin (diacetylmorphine) in forensic samples. Part III. Journal of Planar Chromatography Modern TLC 2003;16(6):458. [Presents a new spray reagent for detection of heroin and similar opium alkaloids after TLC elution.] Fitsev IM, Budnikov GK, Blokhin VK, Teslenko PG. Gas chromatographic determination of diacetylmorphine with mass spectrometric detection. Journal of Analytical Chemistry (English translation of Zhurnal Analiticheskoi Khimii) 2003;47(912):423. [Appears to be a GC/MS method for analysis of heroin in fluids (not clear in abstract).] Kulikowska J, Celinski R, Soja A, Sybirska H. Investigations on the quality of homemade poppy straw products (Compote) at the forensic medicine department in Katowice. Proceedings, 39th Annual TIAFT Meeting, Prague, 2001. [Illicit production of morphine and heroin in Poland (from poppy straw) is reviewed, and the techniques used for analysis of these products are discussed.] Lurie IS, Hays PA, Garcia AE, Panicker S. Use of dynamically coated capillaries for the determination of heroin, basic impurities, and adulterants with capillary electrophoresis. Journal of Chromatography A 2004;1034(1-2):227. Macchia M, Manetto G, Mori C, Papi C, Di Pietro N, Salotti V, Bortolotti F, Tagliarro F. Use of beta-cyclodextrin in the capillary zone electrophoretic separation of the components of clandestine heroin preparations. Journal of Chromatography A 2001;924(1):499.

52)

53)

54)

55)

gamma-Hydroxybutyric Acid (GHB), gamma-butyrolactone (GBL) and 1,4-butanediol (BD): 56) Alston WC, Ng K. Rapid colorimetric screening test for gamma-hydroxybutyric acid (Liquid X) in human urine. Forensic Science International 2002;126(2):114. [Based on the ferric hydroxamate test for ester detection; takes 5 minutes and has a detection limit 0.1 mg/mL for 1 mL samples.] Bishop SC, McCord BR, Svec F. Analysis of GHB and its analogs by capillary electrochromatography. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2002;8:268. [Includes analysis of GHB, GBL. BD, and gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA).] Bravo DT, Harris DO, Parsons SM. Reliable, sensitive, rapid, and quantitative enzymebased assay for gamma-hydroxybutyric acid (GHB). Journal of Forensic Sciences 2004;49(2):379. [Several assays are presented for detection of GHB in beverages and urine.] Chappell JS. The non-equilibrium aqueous solution chemistry of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association 2002;12(4):20. [Presents a study of the chemistry of GHB in aqueous solutions.]

57)

58)

59)

220

60)

Chappell JS, Meyn AW, Ngim KK. The extraction and infrared identification of gammahydroxybutyric acid (GHB) from aqueous solutions. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2004;49(1):52. [Presents a liquid-liquid extraction technique for isolating GHB free acid, with analysis by IR.] Chew SL, Meyers JA. Identification and quantitation of gamma-hydroxybutyrate (NaGHB) by nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003;48(2):292. [Presents an NMR technique for identification and quantitation of GHB; the identification of GBL by NMR is also presented.] Ciolino LA, Mesmer MZ, Satzger RD, Machal AC, McCauley HA, Mohrhaus AS. The chemical interconversion of GHB and GBL: Forensic issues and implications. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001;46(6):1315. Dahlen J, Vriesman T. Simultaneous analysis of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid, gammabutyrolactone, and 1,4-butanediol by micellar electrokinetic chromatography. Forensic Science International 2002;125(2-3):113. DeFrancesco JV. An NMR study of the stability of gamma-butyrolactone (GBL) in water. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2003;9:32. [Presents a study of the conversion of GBL to GHB over time, starting with different concentrations of GBL.] Duer WC, Byers KL, Martin JV. Application of a convenient extraction procedure to analyze gamma-hydroxybutyric acid in fatalities involving gamma-hydroxybutyric acid, gamma-butyrolactone, and 1,4-butanediol. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001;25(7):576. Garcia AD, Catterton AJ. 1,4-Butanediol (BD) - Forensic profile. Microgram Journal 2003;1(1-2):44. Meyers JE, Garcia AD, Almirall JR. The analysis of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid (GHB) and gamma-butyrolactone (GBL) in forensic samples using GC/MS and H1-NMR. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2003;9:30. [Presents the referenced analyses, and also discusses the interconversion between the two substrates. SPME was utilized to recover the substrates for analysis.] Meyers JE, Almirall JR. The analysis of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid (GHB) and gamma-butyrolactone (GBL) in forensic samples using gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS) and proton nuclear magnetic resonance (H1-NMR). Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2004;10:57. [Further investigates the interconversion between GHB and GBL, and presents a procedure for avoiding interconversion prior to analysis.] Negrusz A, Cooper FJ, LeBeau MA, Marinetti LJ, Borgen LA, Zvosek DL, Smith SW. GHB: Old substance, new problem. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2002;8:10. [A workshop presenting a comprehensive overview of the title compound.]

61)

62)

63)

64)

65)

66) 67)

68)

69)

221

70)

Parsons SM, Harris DO, Bravo DT. Methods, compositions and apparatuses for detection of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid (GHB). U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. US 2003 175,846 (Cl. 43525; C12Q1/26), 18 Sep 2003, Appl. 98,811, 14 Mar 2002. [Presents a method for detecting GHB using a biochemical reaction.] Smith JV. Method for detection of 4-hydroxybutyric acid and its precursor(s) in fluids. U.S. US 6,617,123 (Cl. 435-19; C12Q1/44), 9 Sep 2003, Appl 607,026, 29 Jun 2000. [Appears to be a detection method for adulterated beverages (not biological fluids).] Sabucedo AJ, Furton KG. Extractionless GC/MS analysis of gamma-hydroxybutyrate and gamma-butyrolactone with trifluoroacetic anhydride and heptafluoro-1-butanol from aqueous samples. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2004;10:109. [GHB can be derivatized directly in water solutions, without organic solvent extraction needed. GABA, diethylene glycol, BD, and GBL were analyzed under the same conditions (GBL gave a small response from conversion to GHB).] Tanaka E, Terada M, Shinozuka T, Honda K. gamma-Hydroxybutyric acid (GHB); its pharmacology and toxicology. Japanese Journal of Forensic Toxicology 2003;21(3):210. [An overview and brief review.] Vose J, Tighe T, Schwartz M, Buel E. Detection of gamma-butyrolactone (GBL) as a natural component in wine. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001;46(5):1164. Witkowski MR, Ciolino LA, DeFrancesco JV. GHB free acid: More on issues of interconversion with isolation and spectroscopic characterization of forensic analysis. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2003;9:30. [A forensic profile of the free acid (versus the more commonly encountered base form) is presented and discussed.] Witkowski MR, Ciolino LA. Infrared (IR) spectroscopic identification of GHB free acid, GHB salts, and GBL. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2003;9:31. [Includes an in-depth discussion.]

71)

72)

73)

74) 75)

76)

Ketamine: 77) Khat: 78) Kite GC, Ismail M, Simmonds MSJ, Houghton PJ. Use of doubly protonated molecules in the analysis of cathedulins in crude extracts of khat (Catha edulis) by liquid chromatography/serial mass spectrometry. Rapid Communications in Mass Spectrometry 2003;17(14):1553. [Analysis of fresh khat by LC/MS revealed 62 cathedulins.] Standifer SR, Kercheval JC. Special K and the K-hole. Analysis of ketamine. MidAtlantic Association of Forensic Scientists Newsletter 2001;29(2):6.

LSD: 79) Fang C, Liu JT, Lin CH. Optimization of the separation of lysergic acid diethylamide in urine by a sweeping technique using micellar electrokinetic chromatography. Journal of Chromatography B - Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2002;775(1):37. [Presents the separation and analysis of LSD, iso-LSD, and LAMPA by capillary electrophoresis - fluorescence spectroscopy using sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) as an anionic surfactant.] 222

80)

Fang C, Liu JT, Lin CH. On-line identification of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) in tablets using a combination of a sweeping technique and micellar electrokinetic chromatography/77 K fluorescence spectroscopy. Electrophoresis 2003;24(6):1025. [Presents and contrasts the title analysis with standard GC/MS methods.] Libong D, Bouchonnet S. Collision-induced dissociations of trimethylsilylated lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) in ion trap multiple stage mass spectrometry. International Journal of Mass Spectrometry 2002;219(3):615. [Presents a highly sensitive GC/MS-MS method for detection of LSD.]

81)

Marijuana and Related Cannabinoids: 82) Alghanim HJ, Almirall JR. Development of microsatellite markers in Cannabis sativa for DNA typing and genetic relatedness analyses. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2003;376(8):1225. Coyle HM, Palmbach T, Juliano N, Ladd C, Lee HC. An overview of DNA methods for the identification and individualization of marijuana. Microgram Journal 2003;1(34):196. [Presents the title overview and review. Note that this article is a reprint from the Croatian Medical Journal 2003;44(3):315.] Fucci N. Growing cannabis with naphthalene in Rome. Forensic Science International 2003;138(1-3):91. [Presents the analysis of marijuana that was treated with naphthalene as a pesticide in a moderate sized home grow operation (80 plants); naphthalene was found in high concentration in the marijuana.] Galand N, Emouf D, Montigny F, Dollet J, Pothier J. Separation and identification of cannabis components by different planar chromatography techniques (TLC, AMD, OPLC). Journal of Chromatographic Science 2004;42(3):130. Gambaro V, DellAcqua L, Fare F, Froldi R, Saligari E, Tassoni G. Determination of primary active constituents in cannabis preparations by high-resolution gas chromatography/flame ionization detection and high-performance liquid chromatography/UV detection. Analytica Chimica Acta 2002;468(2):245. [Presents a comparative study between the two title techniques for the complete, quantitative analysis of all the active constituents in cannabis. Validation studies were carried out on hashish.] Gilmore S, Peakall R. Isolation of microsatellite markers in Cannabis sativa L. (marijuana). Molecular Ecology Notes 2003;3(1):105. [Fifteen markers were identified that can characterize genetic diversity in cultivated and natural marijuana populations.] Gilmore S, Peakall R, Robertson J. Short tandem repeat (STR) DNA markers are hypervariable and informative in Cannabis sativa: Implications for forensic investigations. Forensic Science International 2003;131(1):65. [Presents a profiling study of 93 individual cannabis plants of widespread origin, using 5 STR markers. The authors claim that source determination is possible using the presented methods.] Hsieh, H-M, Hou R-J, Tsai L-C, Wei C-S, Liu S-W, Huang L-H, Kuo Y-C, Linacre A, Lee JC-I. A highly polymorphic STR locus in Cannabis sativa. Forensic Science International 2003;131(1):53. [Reports the isolation of a short tandem repeat locus from Cannabis sativa.] 223

83)

84)

85)

86)

87)

88)

89)

90)

Miller Coyle H, Shutler G, Abrams S, Hanniman J, Neylon S, Ladd C, Palmbach T, Lee HC. A simple DNA extraction method for marijuana samples used in amplified fragment length polymorphism (AFLP) analysis. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002;48(2):343. [Presents an AFLP technique for creating a DNA profile for different plant varieties.] Szabady B, Hidvegi E, Nyiredy S. Determination of neutral cannabinoids in hemp samples by overpressured-layer chromatography. Chromatographia 2002;56(Suppl. S):S165. [The overpressured-layer chromatographic separation of neutral cannabinoids (delta(9)-tetrahydrocannabinol, cannabidiol, cannabinol, cannabigerol and cannabichromene) was achieved on amino HPTLC plates, using dichloromethane as the mobile phase.] Wojtasik E, Anyzewska M, Arent I. The optimization of the separation conditions for cannabinoids from Cannabis sativa L. var. Indica and application of the method to determine the content of delta(9)-tetrahydrocannabinol in plant material. Journal of Liquid Chromatography and Related Technologies 2002;25(6):949.

91)

92)

Mescaline/Peyote: 93) Maloney DC. Extraction of mescaline from peyote. Microgram 2001;34(8):205.

Methadone: 94) Kelly T, Doble P, Dawson M. Chiral separation of methadone, 2-ethylidene-1,5dimethyl-3,3-diphenylpyrrolidine (EDDP) and 2-ethyl-5-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-1-pyrroline (EMDP) by capillary electrophoresis using cyclodextrin derivatives. Electrophoresis 2003;24(12-13):2106. [Presents a stereoselective method for the simultaneous determination of methadone and its two principal metabolites.]

Methylenedioxyamphetamines and Related Compounds: 95) Aalberg L, DeRuiter J, Noggle FT, Sippola E, Clark CR. Chromatographic and spectroscopic methods of identification for the side-chain regioisomers of 3,4-methylenedioxyphenethylamines related to MDEA, MDMMA, and MBDB. Journal of Chromatographic Science 2003;41(5):227. [Presents the synthesis and GC and GC/MS analyses of ten closely related 3,4-methylenedioxyphenethyl-amines all having a molecular weight of 207.] Chan KB. A normal phase HPLC method for the quantitation of MDMA in illicit ecstasy tablets. Microgram 2001;34(9):237. Fang C, Chung Y-L, Liu J-T, Lin C-H. Rapid analysis of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine: A comparison of non-aqueous capillary electrophoresis/ fluorescence detection with GC/MS. Forensic Science International 2002;125(2-3):142. Huang YS, Liu JT, Lin LC, Lin CH. Chiral separation of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine and related compounds in clandestine tablets and urine by capillary electrophoresis/fluorescence spectroscopy. Electrophoresis 2003;24(6):1097. [MDA was also analyzed. Contrasts the title analysis with standard GC/MS methods.]

96) 97)

98)

224

99)

Kulikowska J, Celinski R, Soja A, Sybirska H. Identification study of tablets of unknown composition originating from illicit drug sale. Z-Zagadnien-Nauk-Sadowych 2002;49:99. [A study of Ecstasy tablets by TLC, UV, HPLC-DAD, and MS.]

100) Piette V, Parmentier F. Analysis of illicit amphetamine seizures by capillary zone electrophoresis. Journal of Chromatography A 2002;979:345. [Presents a CZE methodology for analysis of typical drugs found in Ecstasy tablets] 101) Pizarro N, Liebaria A, Cano S, Joglar J, Farre M, Segura J, de la Torre R. Stereochemical analysis of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine and its main metabolites by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry. Rapid Communications in Mass Spectrometry 2003;17:330. [Presents a derivatization procedure, followed by GC/MS analysis. The focus is for analysis of biological fluids]. 102) Sagmuller B, Schwarze B, Brehm G, Schneider S. Application of SERS spectroscopy to the identification of (3,4-methylenedioxy)amphetamine in forensic samples utilizing matrix stabilized silver halides. Analyst 2001;126(11):2066. 103) Schneider RC, Kovar KA. Analysis of ecstasy with a monolithic reverse-phase column. Chromatographia 2003;57(5-6):287. [Presents an HPLC method that analyzes for amphetamine, MDMA, MDEA, and N-methyl-1-(3,4-methylene-dioxyphenyl)-2butanamine in suspected ecstasy tablets.] 104) Schneider RC, Kovar K-A. Analysis of ecstasy tablets: Comparison of reflectance and transmittance near infrared spectroscopy. Forensic Science International 2003;134(23):187. [Presents analyses of mixed composition tablets by the title techniques; transmittance mode was found to be better than reflectance mode.] Methylphenidate: 105) Denk OA, Watson DG, Skellern GG. Chiral analysis of methylphenidate and dextromoramide by capillary electrophoresis. Journal of Chromatography B - Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2001;761(1):61. 106) Schneiderman E, Gratz SR, Stalcup AM. Optimization of preparative electrophoretic chiral separation of Ritalin enantiomers. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2002;27(3-4):639. Morphine, Codeine, and Related Opium Alkaloids: 107) Baeyens WRG, VanderWeken G, Smet E, GarciaCampana AM, Remon JP. Comparison of morphine and hydromorphone analysis on reversed phase columns with different diameters. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2003;32(4-5):913. [Presents the analysis of the title compounds by HPLC on 2, 3, and 4 mm i.d. RP columns with UV detection.] 108) Barnett NW, Hindson BJ, Lewis SW, Jones P, Worsfold PJ. Soluble manganese(IV); A new chemiluminescence reagent. Analyst 2001;126(10):1636. [Includes application for trace detection of morphine and codeine.]

225

109) Dams R, Benijts T, Lambert WE, DeLeenheer AP. Simultaneous determination of in total 17 opium alkaloids and opioids in blood and urine by fast liquid chromatography diode-array detection - fluorescence detection, after solid-phase extraction. Journal of Chromatography B - Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2002;773(1):53. 110) Degim T, Akay C, Buyukafsar K, Cevheroglu S. Simultaneous determination of codeine and ethyl morphine HCl in tablet formulations using LC. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2001;26(1):15. 111) Dinc E, Baleanu D, Onur F. Simultaneous spectrophotometric analysis of codeine phosphate, acetylsalicylic acid, and caffeine in tablets by inverse least-squares and principal component regression techniques. Analytical Letters 2002;35(3):545. 112) Garrido JMPJ, Delerue-Matos C, Borges F, Macedo TRA, Olivera-Brett AM. Electroanalytical determination of codeine in pharmaceutical preparations. Analytical Letters 2002;35(15):2487. [Presents a square wave voltametric (SWV) method and a flow injection analysis system with electrochemical detection (FIA-EC) for determination of codeine in various pharmaceutical preparations. Limitations with certain coingredients (e.g., acetaminophen) are discussed.] 113) Hosztafi S, Noszal B. Determination of morphine and its derivatives, by means of luminescence analysis. Acta Pharmaceutica Hungarica 2002;72(3):191. [A minor review of the title topic.] 114) Hood DJ, Cheung HY. A chromatographic method for rapid and simultaneous analysis of codeine phosphate, ephedrine HCl, and chlorpheniramine maleate in cough-cold syrup formulation. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2003;30(5):1595. [Presents a reversed phase HPLC with UV detection method for analysis of a cough-cold syrup product.] 115) Kartal M. LC method for the analysis of paracetamol, caffeine and codeine phosphate in pharmaceutical preparations. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2001;26(5-6):857. 116) Martos NR, Diaz AM, Navalon A, Capitan-Vallvey LF. Spectrofluororimetric determination of acetylsalicylic acid and codeine mixtures in pharmaceuticals. Analytical Letters 2001;34(4):579. 117) Molina-Diaz A, Ramos-Martos N, Navalon A, Capitan-Vallvey LF. Simultaneous determination of codeine and pyridoxine in pharmaceutical preparations by first derivative spectrofluorimetry. JAOAC International 2002;85(4):861. 118) Ramos-Martos N, Aguirre-Gomez F, Molina-Diaz A, Capitan-Vallvey LF. Application of liquid chromatography to the simultaneous determination of acetylsalicylic acid, caffeine, codeine, paracetamol, pyridoxine, and thiamine in pharmaceutical preparations. JAOAC International 2001;84(3):676. 119) Stubberud K, Forsberg A, Callmer K, Westerlund D. Partial filling micellar electrokinetic chromatography optimization studies of ibuprofen, codeine and degradation products, and coupling to mass spectrometry. Electrophoresis 2002;23(4):572. 226

120) Stubberud K, Callmer K, Westerlund D. Partial filling - micellar electrokinetic chromatography optimization studies of ibuprofen, codeine and degradation products, and coupling to mass spectrometry: Part II. Electrophoresis 2003;24(6):1008. [For analysis of pharmaceutical preparations.] 121) Sun GX, Wang Y, Sun YQ. The quantitative determinations of glycyrrhizic acid, glycyrrhetinic acid, morphine, and sodium benzoate in compound liquorice tablets by HPCE. Journal of Liquid Chromatography and Related Technologies 2003;26(1):43. [Presents a CZE/UV method to perform the title analysis.] 122) Zakaria P, Macka M, Haddad PR. Separation of opiate alkaloids by electrokinetic chromatography with sulfated cyclodextrin as a pseudo-stationary phase. Journal of Chromatography A 2003;985(1-2):493. [Presents an EKC method for separation of morphine, thebaine, 10-hydroxythebaine, codeine, oripavine, and laudanine.] Opiate Alkaloids: 123) Kuznetsov PE, Aparkin AM, Zlobin VA, Nazarov GV, Kosterin PV, Lyubun EV, Shcherbakov AA. Analysis of opiates by spin-lattice relaxation techniques. Pharmaceutical Chemistry Journal (English translation of Khimiko-Farmatsevticheskii Zhurnal) 2002;36(6):331. [Presents the use of the title technique to detect opiates in plasma.] 124) Pennanen K, Kotiaho T, Huikko K, Kostiainen R. Identification of ozone-oxidation products of oxycodone by electrospray ion trap spectrometry. Journal of Mass Spectrometry 2001;36(7):791. Opium (and Opium Poppies): 125) Lurie IS, Panicker S, Hays PA, Garcia AD, Geer BL. Use of dynamically coated capillaries with added cyclodextrins for the analysis of opium using capillary electrophoresis. Journal of Chromatography A 2003;984(1):109. [Presents a rapid, precise, accurate, and robust method for analysis of the major opium alkaloids in either opium gum or latex. The same conditions may be utilized to analyze LSD exhibits.] 126) Reddy MM, Suresh V, Jayashanker G, Rao BS, Sarin RK. Application of capillary zone electrophoresis in the separation and determination of the principal gum opium alkaloids. Electrophoresis 2003;24(9):1437. [The presented method does not require sample purification or derivatization.] 127) Szucs Z, Szabady B, Szatmary M, Cimpan G, Nyiredy S. High-throughput analytical strategy with combined planar and column liquid chromatography for improvement of the poppy (Papaver somniferum L.) with a high alkaloid content. Chromatographia 2002;56(Suppl. S):S49. [Four different liquid chromatographic methods (multi-layer overpressured-layer chromatography (MLOPLC), normal-phase high-performance thinlayer chromatography (NPHPTLC), rapid reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography (RPHPLC), and a second, different RPHPLC method, were used for determination of alkaloid content of over 15,000 poppy capsule samples.]

227

Overview/Polydrug: 128) Peinhardt G. Identification of illegal drugs in pharmacy laboratories: Combination of thin layer chromatography and immunochemical quick tests. PZ Prisma 2002;9(2):99. [A combination of isolation and analytical methods are presented for detection and determination of cannabis, opiates, heroin, cocaine, amphetamines, designer drugs, and LSD.] Pethidine: 129) Quaglia MG, Farina A, Donati E, Cotechini V, Bossu E. Determination of MPTP, a toxic impurity of pethidine. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2003;33(1):1. [Presents the use of CE, MECK, and RP-HPLC to analyze for pethidine and MPTP.] Phenethylamines (including mixtures of Amphetamines, Methylenedioxy-amphetamines, and Related Compounds): 130) CampinsFalco P, VerduAndres J, HerraezHernandez R. Separation of the enantiomers of primary and secondary amphetamines by liquid chromatography after derivatization with (-)-1-(9-fluorenyl)ethyl chloroformate. Chromatographia 2003;57(5-6):309. [Analysis of amphetamine, methamphetamine, ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, MDA, MDMA, and MDE are reported. A variety of sample types (not specified in the abstract) were analyzed.] 131) Cheng W-C, Lee W-M, Chan F, Phil M, Tsui P, Dao K-L. Enantiomeric separation of methamphetamine and related analogs by capillary zone electrophoresis: Intelligence study in routine methamphetamine seizures. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002;47(6):1248. [The simultaneous separation of ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and methamphetamine using CZE with beta-cyclodextrin as a chiral selector is presented. Application to the analysis of seized drugs is discussed.] 132) Iwata YT, Garcia A, Kanamori T, Inoue H, Kishi T, Lurie IS. The use of a highly sulfated cyclodextrin for the simultaneous chiral separation of amphetamine-type stimulants by capillary electrophoresis. Electrophoresis 2002;23(9):1328. 133) Iwata YT, Kanamori T, Ohmae Y, Tsujikawa K, Inoue H, Kishi T. Chiral analysis of amphetamine-type stimulants using reversed-polarity capillary electrophoresis/positive ion electrospray ionization tandem mass spectrometry. Electrophoresis 2003;24(11):1770. [Presents the specialized CE/MS-MS analyses of a variety of ATSs, ranging from precursor ephedrines to methylenedioxy- substituted drugs.] 134) Kato N, Ogamo A. A TLC visualization reagent for dimethylamphetamine and other abused tertiary amines. Science Justice 2001;41(4):239. 135) Lurie IS Bethea MJ, McKibben TD, Hays PA, Pellegrini P, Sahai R, Garcia AD, Weinberger R. Use of dynamically coated capillaries for the routine analysis of methamphetamine, amphetamine, MDA, MDMA, MDEA, and cocaine using capillary electrophoresis. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001;46(5):1025.

228

Piperazines: 136) de Boer D, Bosman IJ, Hidvegi E, Manzoni C, Benko AA, dos Reys LJAL, Maes RAA. Piperazine-like compounds: A new group of designer drugs-of-abuse on the European market. Forensic Science International 2001;121(1-2):47. 137) Kercheval JC. GC/MS analysis of BZP and TFMPP. Mid-Atlantic Association of Forensic Sciences Newsletter 2004;32(2) (no page numbers). [Presents the GC/MS analyses of 1-benzylpiperazine and 1-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-piperazine.] 138) Wikstroem M, Holmgren P, Ahlner J. N+Benzylpiperazine - A new drug of abuse in Sweden. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2004;28(1):67. [A brief overview reporting the occurrence of BZP in Sweden, also reporting a law enforcement network which enabled rapid identification of BZP cases.] Polydrug: 139) Bazylak G, Nagels LJ. Simultaneous high-throughput determination of clenbuterol, ambroxol and bromhexine in pharmaceutical formulations by HPLC with potentiometric detection. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2003;32(4-5):887. [The title analysis was performed using six different isocratic systems.] 140) Benson AJ, Sabucedo A, Furton KG. Detection and identification of date rape drugs gamma-hydroxybutyrate (GHB), flunitrazepam (Rohypnol), lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), scopolamine, diphenhydramine, and ketamine by refocused solid phase microextraction high performance liquid chromatography (SPME/HPLC) and solid phase microextraction high performance liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (SPME/HPLC/MS). Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2003;9:29. [Presents a study of the SPME followed by HPLC and HPLC/MS for analysis of the referenced drugs.] 141) Bishop SC, Lerch MA, McCord BR. A micellar electrokinetic screening for common sexual assault drugs. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2004;10:70. [For detection of eight (unspecified) benzodiazepines, GHB, and GBL.] 142) Bishop SC, Lerch M, McCord BR. Micellar electrokinetic chromatographic screening method for common sexual assault drugs administered in beverages. Forensic Science International 2004;141 (1):7. [The title analysis was applied for detection of GHB, GBL, and eight benzodiazepines (unspecified in abstract) in spiked beverages.] 143) Blanco M, Valverde I. Application of micellar electrokinetic chromatography to the quality control of a pharmaceutical preparation containing three bronchodilators. Electrophoresis 2002;23(4):578. 144) Cherkaoui S, Rudaz S, Varesio E, Veuthey JL. On-line capillary electrophoresiselectrospray mass spectrometry for the stereoselective analysis of drugs and metabolites. Electrophoresis 2001;22(15):3308. [Includes analyses of amphetamines, methadone, and tropane alkaloids.]

229

145) Cherkaoui S, Veuthey JL. Use of negatively charged cyclodextrins for the simultaneous enantioseparation of selected anesthetic drugs by capillary electrophoresis-mass spectrometry. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2002; 27(3-4):615. [Presents the enantioseparation of bupivacaine, mepivacaine, ketamine, and prilocaine.] 146) Geraghty E, Wu C, McGann W. Effective screening for Club Drugs with dual mode ion trap mobility spectrometry. International Journal for Ion Mobility Spectrometry 2002;5(3):41. [Presents a study on the analysis of various Rave drugs by dual mode ITMS, including: Ketamine, GHB, ephedrine, flunitrazepam, methamphetamine, MDA, amphetamine, and MDMA.] 147) Ishii A, Watanabe-Suzuki K, Seno H, Suzuki O, Katsumata Y. Application of gas chromatography-surface ionization organic mass spectrometry to forensic toxicology. Journal of Chromatography B - Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2002;776(1):3. [The title technique detects phencyclidine (PCP), pethidine, pentazocine, and MPTP and its derivatives in human body fluids, with high sensitivity and selectivity.] 148) Katagi M, Tsutsumi H, Miki A, Nakajima K, Tsuchihashi H. Analyses of clandestine tablets of amphetamines and their designer drugs encountered in recent Japan [sic]. Japanese Journal of Forensic Toxicology 2002;20(3):303. [Presents analyses of various tablets recently seized in Osaka (including tablets containing MDMA, PMA, 2C-T-7, and various tryptamines).] 149) Klingmann A, Skopp G, Aderjan R. Analysis of cocaine, benzoylecgonine, ecgonine methyl ester, and ecgonine by high pressure liquid chromatography-API mass spectrometry and application to a short-term degradation study of cocaine in plasma. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001;25(6):425. 150) Lurie IS. Capillary electrophoresis analysis of a wide variety of seized drugs on the same dynamically coated capillary. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2004;10:107. [Drug types include phenethylamines, cocaine, heroin, oxycodone, morphine, LSD, psilocybin, opium, and GHB/GBL; both qualitative and quantitative results are achieved.] 151) Madej K, Wozniakiewicz M. Application of capillary electrophoresis to analysis of tricyclic psychotropic drugs. Z Zagadnien Nauk Sadowych 2002;52:52. [Presents the use of CZE and MECC for analysis of both blood and pharmaceutical preparations of phenothiazines and tricyclic psychotropic drugs.] 152) Morehead RA. Optimizing HPLC separation of antidepressant drugs through stationary phase selection. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2003;9:304. [Includes a discussion of the primary separation mechanisms for 14 drugs; the referenced drugs were not identified.] 153) Pihlainen K, Kostiainen R. Effect of the eluant on enantiomer separation of controlled drugs by liquid chromatography - ultraviolet absorbance detection - electrospray ionisation tandem mass spectrometry using vancomycin and native beta-cyclodextrin chiral stationary phases. Journal of Chromatography A 2004;1033(1):91. [Presents the title study on nine amphetamine derivatives (not specified in abstract), methorphan, and propoxyphene. 14 seized drug samples (not specified in abstract) were analyzed using the optimized methodologies.] 230

Propoxyphene: 154) Magoon T, Ota K, Jakubowski J, Nerozzi M, Werner TC. The use of neutral cyclodextrins as additives in capillary electrophoresis for the separation and identification of propoxyphene enantiomers. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2002;373(7):628. [Baseline separation was achieved in approximately 6 minutes.] Psilocybin Mushrooms, Psilocybin, and Psilocin: 155) Linacre A, Cole M, Chun-I Lee J. Identifying the presence of magic mushrooms by DNA profiling. Science and Justice 2002;42(1):50. [Presents a minor review of DNAbased analyses of psilocybe and panaeolus mushrooms. The techniques are especially valuable for cases of dry, powdered material where microscopic characterization is impossible.] 156) Mahler, H, Daldrup T. Quick detection of psilocin in mushroom culture substrates. GTFCh-Symposium: Toxikologische Aspekte der Sterbehilfe - Neue Drogen: Chemische, Analytische und Toxikologische Aspekte, Beitraege zum Symposium der Gesellschaft fuer Toxikologische und Forensische Chemie, 12th, Mosbach, Germany, Apr. 26 - 28, 2001 2001;(Pub 2001):242. [Psilocin was isolated and identified from mushroom culture substrates with HPLC/UV and GC/MS.] 157) Nugent KG, Saville BJ. Forensic analysis of hallucinogenic fungi: A DNA-based approach. Forensic Science International 2004;140(2-3):147. [Presents the title study.] 158) Sarwar M, McDonald JL. A rapid extraction and GC/MS methodology for the identification of psilocyn in mushroom/chocolate concoctions. Microgram Journal 2003;1(3-4):177. 159) Tsujikawa K, Kanamori T, Iwata Y, Ohmae Y, Sugita R, Inoue H, Kishi T. Morphological and chemical analysis of magic mushrooms in Japan. Forensic Science International 2003;138(1-3):85. [Analyses included the complementary use of a scanning electron microscope (SEM), along with standard microscopy and HPLC/UV. Listed substrates included Psilocybe cubensis and Copelandia.] Psychotria Viridis: 160) Blackledge RD, Taylor CM. Psychotria viridis A botanical source of dimethyltryptamine (DMT). Microgram Journal 2003;1(1-2):18. [Presents both forensic and botanical profiles for the title substance.] Salvia Divinorum 161) Blaszczyk P, Hernik H, Ehrmann R. Salvinorin A (Salvinoryna A). Problemy Kryminalistyk 2002;237:48. [Presents a GC/MS method for analysis of Salvia divinorum.]

231

Steroids: 162) Catlin DH, Ahrens BD, Kucherova Y. Detection of norbolethone, an anabolic steroid never marketed, in athletes urine. Rapid Communications in Mass Spectrometry 2002;16(13):1273. [Presents analysis by GC/MS. The authors note that the title compound has never been commercially marketed, and suggest that a clandestine source may therefore be in operation.] 163) Hussain AA, Al-Bayatti AA, Dakkuri A, Okochi K, Hussain MA. Testosterone-17(beta)N,N-dimethylglycinate hydrochloride: A prodrug with a potential for nasal delivery of testosterone. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences 2002;91(3):785. 164) Leinonen A, Kuuranne T, Kostiainen R. Liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry in anabolic steroid analysis-optimization and comparison of three ionization techniques: Electrospray ionization, atmospheric pressure chemical ionization and atmospheric pressure photoionization. Journal of Mass Spectrometry 2002;37(7):693. [The presented LC/MS/MS technique exhibited high sensitivity and specificity for the detection of various steroids, and may be a suitable technique for screening for the abuse of anabolic steroids.] 165) Lommen A, Schilt R, Weseman J, Roos AH, vanVelde JW, Nielen MWF. Application of 1D H-1 NMR for fast non-targeted screening and compositional analysis of steroid cocktails and veterinary drug formulations administered to livestock. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2002;28(1):87. 166) Nozaki O. Steroid Analysis for medical diagnosis. Journal of Chromatography A 2001;935(1-2):267. [Includes analysis of anabolic steroids; focus is on analysis of biological matrices.] (Designer) Tryptamines (see also Psilocybin): 167) Ausili PT, Negrusz A, Dal Cason TA, Larsen AK, Schlemmer RF, Tella SR. Tryptamines and other psychotropic (mind altering) substances: Analysis, toxicology, and pharmacology. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2004;10:13. [A comprehensive overview of the recent increase in psychotropics, including evaluation and control issues.] 168) Meatherall R, Sharma P. Foxy, a designer tryptamine hallucinogen. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003;27(5):313. [Primary focus is analysis of biological fluids; however, includes a small scale mass spectra (from GC/MS) of Foxy (5-methoxy-N,Ndiisopropyltryptamine).] 169) Zimmerman MM. The identification of 5-methoxy-alpha-methyltryptamine. Microgram Journal 2003;1(3-4):158. [Uses color tests and GC/MS).] Zaleplon: 170) Tang B, Wang X, Jia BX, Niu JY, Wei Y, Chen ZZ, Wang Y. Simple, rapid, and sensitive spectrofluorimetric determination of Zaleplon in micellar medium. Analytical Letters 2003;36(14):2985.

232

Zolpidem 171) ElZeany BA, Moustafa AA, Farid NF. Determination of zolpidem hemitartrate by quantitative HPTLC and LC. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2003;33(3):393. [Presents the analyses of zolpidem in the presence of its degradation product by TLC-UV densitometry and by HPLC with UV detection.] Zopiclone: 172) Meng Z-Y. Properties of a newly produced hypnotic Imovane and its determination. Guangpu Shiyanshi 2003;20(3):471. [Presents HPLC and GC-MS data for the title compound (principal component is Zopiclone).] Miscellaneous: 173) Bartlett V. HPLC analysis of narcotic/acetaminophen admixtures. What to do if a compendium method doesnt work. The Restek Advantage 2002;3:6. [Discusses modifications to established methods for separating admixtures of compounds with similar structures.] Synthesis and/or cultivation of abused substances, their precursors, and essential chemicals Production of Abused Substances and/or their Precursors and Essential Chemicals: 174) Courtney M, Ekis TR. O, dem bones. Systematic analysis of remnants from Nazi methamphetamine laboratories. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association 2003;13(1):17. [Presents a systematic approach to analyzing the reaction dregs recovered from Birch reduction laboratories, for the purpose of identifying the original reactants, extraction solvents, and products.] 175) Crow BM. Production of anhydrous ammonia used to produce methamphetamine via the Birch reduction method. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association 2004;14(1):18. 176) Dimitroff D. Psilocybin mushroom cultivation. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association. 2004;14(2):11. [An overview of the title topic.] 177) Hough M, Warburton H, Few B, May T, Man LH, Witton J, Turnbull PJ. A growing market. The domestic cultivation of cannabis. Report Joseph Rowntree Foundation 2003; pp. 1 - 45. [Presents an overview of domestic cultivation of cannabis in England and Wales.] 178) Laing R, Hugel J. Methods of illicit manufacture. Hallucinogens 2003:139. [A review of the common illicit syntheses of a variety of hallucinogens.] 179) Person EC, Knops LA. Clandestine Ammonia Generation. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association 2004;14(1):20. 180) Person EC, Knops LA, Northrop DM, Sheridan SP. One-pot methamphetamine manufacture. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association. 2004;14(2):14. [Editors Notes: Presents an evaluation of an Internet recipe.] 233

181) Potter GR. The growth of Cannabis growing: A study of urban Cannabis growers in the north of England. Report Sheffield University 2002; No. 00189486; pp. 1 - 20. [Presents an overview of the title topic.] Clandestine Laboratory Appraisals and Safety: 182) Bakouri E, Van Rijn A. Dismantling of [a] clandestine laboratory in Greece. Science Justice 2001;41(3):213. 183) Borngasser J. Lab supplies go to the highest bidder: A brief analysis of clandestine methamphetamine laboratory supplies and methamphetamine precursors being sold on ebay. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association 2004;14(2):8. 184) De Haan JD, Angelos SA. Bubble, bubble, boom! Fires and explosions in clandestine drug laboratories. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2004;10:18. [A comprehensive overview of the title subject, for both arson investigators and forensic chemists.] 185) Hugel J, Pearson M, Evoy T. Drug Yield Calculator Version 3.2 Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association 2002;12(4):28. [Presents a computer program that calculates potential yield of common scheduled drugs when given a known amount of precursor and the synthetic route.] 186) Janusz A, Kirkbride KP, Scott TL, Naidu R, Perkins MV, Megharaj M. Microbial degradation of illicit drugs, their precursors, and manufacturing by-products: Implications for clandestine laboratory investigation and environmental assessment. Forensic Science International 2003;134(1):62. [Presents a study of the enviromental degradation of phenylacetone and methamphetamine sulfate at clandestine laboratory dumpsites in Australia.] 187) Kubicz-Loring EJ, Downs AA, Miller SJ, Jolley JM, Allen PC. The clandestine laboratory A recipe for disaster. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2002;8:17. [A workshop providing overviews of the investigation, chemistry, toxicology, and pathology of clandestine laboratories, especially methamphetamine laboratories.] 188) White MJ. National initiatives and issues related to clandestine laboratory investigations in Australia. Proceedings, 16th International Symposium on the Forensic Sciences, Canberra 2002(16):(No pps given). [An overview of major counter-drug laboratory initiatives in Australia during the time frame 1992-2002.] Safety Issues - Case Reports: 189) Cameron M. Iodine: Inhalation Hazards, Detection, and Protection. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association 2002;12(4):18. [Presents a safety overview of iodine, focusing on exposure as a result of clandestine laboratory raids.]

234

190) Willers LJ. The detection of phosphine gas produced from hydriodic acid and the evaluation of detection instruments for use in clandestine laboratory environments. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association 2003;13(2):14. [Presents a comprehensive overview of the problem and a detailed evaluation of a number of electronic detection devices.] Miscellaneous: 191) Kelly CA, Lawrence DS, Murray GM, Uy OM. Methamphetamine Synthesis Inhibition: Dissolving Metal Reductions. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association 2002;12(3):10. [Presents the preliminary results of research investigating the development of inhibition reagents that would render anhydrous ammonia unusable for illicit manufacture of methamphetamine from ephedrine/pseudoephedrine via the lithium/ammonia (Nazi) reduction.] 192) Lewis LD. Method of disposing of hazardous wastes connected with criminal activity. US 20030176756 A1 18 Sep 2003, U.S. Pat Appl. Publ. CLASS: ICM: A62D003-00. NCL: 588213000. APLICATION: US 2002-100325 18 Mar 2002. [Presents the use of a portable incinerator (however, only selected waste materials are suitable for destruction).] 193) Worley D. Evaluation of ammonium test paper. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association 2002;12(2):17. Reference Drug Standards and Total Syntheses 194) Brunner H. Narcotic drug methohexital: Chirality 2001;13(8):420. Synthesis by enantioselective catalysis.

195) Chan KB. The identification, purification, and authentication of some reference drug standards. Microgram 2001;34(8):214. 196) Jarikote DV, Siddiqui SA, Rajagopal R, Daniel T, Lahoti RJ, Srinivasan KV. Room temperature ionic liquid promoted synthesis of 1,5-benzodiazepine derivatives under ambient conditions. Tetrahedron Letters 2003;44(9):1835. [Presents a novel synthetic approach to the title compounds.] 197) Khedkar V, Tillack A, Michalik M, Beller M. Efficient on-pot synthesis of tryptamines and tryptamine homologues by amination of chloroalkynes. Tetrahedron Letters 2004;45(15):3123. 198) Klemenc S. 4-Dimethylaminopyridine as a catalyst in heroin synthesis. Forensic Science International 2002;129(3):194. [Presents a study on the acetylation of morphine using 4dimethylaminopyridine (4-DMAP) as a catalyst.] 199) Kozma D, Fogassy E. Solvent-free optical resolution of N-methylamphetamine by distillation after partial diastereoisomeric salt formation. Chirality 2001;13(8):428. 200) Pizarro N, delaTorre R, Farre M, Segura J, Liebaria A, Joglar J. Synthesis and capillary electrophoretic analysis of enantiomerically enriched reference standards of MDMA and its main metabolites. Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry 2002;10(4):1085. [Includes the synthesis of enantiomerically enriched (S)-3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine.] 235

201) Pozarentzi M, Stephanidou-Stephantou J, Tsoleridis CA. An efficient method for the synthesis of 1,5-benzodiazepine derivatives under microwave irradiation without solvent. Tetrahedron Letters 2002;43(9):1755. 202) Shirota O, Hakamata W, Goda Y. Concise large-scale synthesis of psilocin and psilocybin, principal hallucinogenic constituents of Magic Mushroom [sic]. Journal of Natural Products 2003;66(6):885. 203) Trost BM, Tang WP. Enantioselective synthesis of (-)-codeine and (-)-morphine. Journal of the American Chemical Society 2002;124(49):14542. 204) Van Zyl EF. A survey of reported synthesis of methaqualone and some positional and structural isomers. Forensic Science International 2001;122(2-3):142. 205) William AD, Kobayashi Y. Synthesis of tetrahydrocannabinols based on an indirect 1,4addition strategy. Journal of Organic Chemistry 2002;67(25):8771. [Presents a novel synthesis route to optically active THC and related compounds.] 206) Yoshida H, Shirakawa E, Honda Y, Hiyama T. Addition of ureas to arynes: Straightforward synthesis of benzodiazepine and benzodiazocine derivatives. Angewandte Chemie - International Edition 2002;41(17):3247. Source Determination of Drugs (Impurity Profiling) and Comparative Analyses Amphetamine(s): 207) Ballany J, Caddy B, Cole M, Finnon Y, Aalberg L, Janhunen K, Sippola E, Andersson K, Bertler C, Dahlen J, Kopp I, Dujourdy L, Lock E, Margot P, Huizer H, Poortman A, Kaa E, Lopes A. Development of a harmonised pan-European method for the profiling of amphetamines. Science Justice 2001;41(3):193. 208) Blachut D, Czarnocki Z, Wojtasiewicz K. alpha-Phenylethylamine in illegally produced amphetamine. Forensic Science International 2001;123(2-3):182. 209) Carter JF, Titterton EL, Grant H, Sleeman R. Isotopic changes during the synthesis of amphetamines. Chemical Communications 2002;21:2590. [Presents a study of the variations in C-13 and N-15 during various syntheses of amphetamine. The authors also claim that isotopic characterization can assist in identifying the synthetic origins of illicit MDMA and other amphetamines.] 210) Krawczyk W, Parczewski A. Application of chemometric methods in searching for illicit Leuckart amphetamine sources. Analytica Chimica Acta 2001;446:107. [Presents an impurity profiling methodology for linking amphetamine samples.] 211) Ottaviano V, Furnari C, Rosati F. Identification of di(beta-phenylisopropyl)amine as the main ingredient in illicit amphetamine tablets. Annali dellInstituto Superiore di Sanita 2002;38(3):331. [Presents the identification of the title compound as the primary ingredient in several sets of amphetamine tablets sold in Rome during 1999-2000.]

236

Cocaine: 212) Chiarotti M, Marsili R, Moreda-Pineiro A. Gas chromatographic - mass spectrometric analysis of residual solvent trapped into illicit cocaine exhibits using head-space solidphase microextraction. Journal of Chromatography B - Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2002;772(2):249. Cocaine and Heroin: 213) Galimov EM, Sevastyanov VS, Kulbachevskaya EV, Golyavin AA. Determination of isotopic compositions of carbon and nitrogen by the IRMS method: Implication for the source of narcotic substance origin. Doklady Earth Sciences 2003;393(8):1109. [Presents the title study on cocaine and heroin from different regions.] Dimethylamphetamine: 214) Sato M, Hida M, Nagase H. Analysis of pyrolysis products of dimethyl-amphetamine. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001;25(5):304. Heroin: 215) Bora T, Merdivan M, Hamamci C. Levels of trace and major elements in illicit heroin. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002;47(5):959. [Ten elements in 44 illicit heroin samples were determined using electrothermal atomic absorption spectrometry or inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry.] 216) Dams R, Benjits T, Lambert WE, Massart DL, De Leenheer AP. Heroin impurity profiling: Trends throughout a decade of experimenting. Forensic Science International 2001;123(2-3):81. 217) Dams R, Benjits T, Guenther W, Lambert W. Sonic spray ionization technology: Performance study and application to an LC/MS analysis on a monolithic silica column for heroin impurity profiling. Analytical Chemistry 2002;74(13):3206. [Enables analysis for 7 primary opium alkaloids in illicit heroin in 5 minutes.] 218) Dujourdy L, Barbati G, Taroni F, Gueniat O, Esseiva P, Anglada F, Margot P. Evaluation of links in heroin seizures. Forensic Science International 2003;131(23):171. [Presents a mathematical means for comparing chromatograms for degree of similarity, without using decision thresholds.] 219) Esseiva P, Dujourdy L, Anglada F, Taroni F, Margot P. A methodology for illicit heroin seizures comparison in a drug intelligence perspective using large databases. Forensic Science International 2003;132(2):139. [Presents a methodology for comparing heroin profiles. The authors claim that the methodology is solid, reliable, and simple.] 220) Hajdar M, Ruzdic E. Characterisation [sic] of heroin samples obtained in the area of the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina. Journal of Environmental Protection and Ecology 2003;4(4):873. [Presents the title survey, using GC/FID analysis to detect 8 opium alkaloids and 3 typical adulterants. The number of samples and the date range were not specified in the abstract.]

237

221) Lurie IS, Anex DS, Fintchenko Y, Choi W-Y. Profiling of impurities in heroin by capillary electrochromatography and laser induced fluorescence detection. Journal of Chromatography A 2001;924(1):421. 222) Zhang D, Shi X, Yuan Z, Ju H. Component analysis of illicit heroin samples with GC/MS and its application in source determination. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2004;49(1):81. [Presents a profiling analysis based on both GC and GC/MS. 500 samples were subclassified into nine groups using the presented techniques.] Marijuana : 223) Carita EJ, Coyle HM, Ladd C, Palmbach TM, Lee HC. Expansion of an AFLP DNA marijuana (Cannabis sativa) state, national, and international database. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2004;10:79. [An overview of the use of AFLP to characterize marijuana.] 224) Germane-Presby J, Coyle HM, Palmbach TM, Pagliaro EM, Ladd C, Harper A, Lee HC. Development of a nationwide AFLP DNA database for marijuana (Cannabis sativa). Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2003;9:32. [A status report of an ongoing project by the Connecticut State Forensic Science Laboratory.] Methamphetamine: 225) Inoue H, Kanamori T, Iwata YT, Ohmae Y, Tsujikawa K, Saitoh S, Kishi T. Methamphetamine impurity profiling using a 0.32 mm i.d. nonpolar capillary column. Forensic Science International 2003;135(1):42. [The presented method allows for determination of 24 different characteristic starting materials and manufacturing byproducts.] 226) Jacobs JL, Martinez FS, Skinner HF. Extraction of reaction by-products of common cold tablet ingredients via hydriodic acid reduction. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association 2003;13(1):13. [Presents a study of the HI/red P reduction of a variety of co-ingredients found in ephedrine or pseudoephedrine based cold tablets.] 227) Koester CJ, Andresen BD, Grant PM. Optimum methamphetamine profiling with sample preparation by solid-phase microextraction. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002;47(5):1002. [Volatile and semi-volatile components are recovered from illicit methamphetamine by SPME and analyzed by GC/MS. The method is claimed to be superior for profiling illicit methamphetamine.] 228) Kubicz-Loring E. Illicit methamphetamine profiling. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2003;9:30. [The impurity profiles of methamphetamine produced via the HI/red P reduction and Li/NH3 reductions are discussed and contrasted.] 229) Makino Y, Urano Y, Nagano T. Impurity profiling of ephedrines in methamphetamine by high-performance liquid chromatography. Journal of Chromatography A 2002;947(1):151. 230) Puthaviriyakorn V, Siriviriyasomboon N, Phorachata J, Pan-ox W, Sasaki T, Tanaka K. Identification of impurities and statistical classification of methamphetamine tablets (YaBa) seized in Thailand. Forensic Science International 2002;126(2):105. 238

231) Vu D-TT. SPME/GC-MS characterization of volatiles associated with methamphetamine: Toward the development of a pseudomethamphetamine training material. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001;46(5):1014. 4-Methoxyamphetamine and 4-Methoxymethamphetamine: 232) Blachut D, Maurin JK, Starosta W, Wojtasiewicz K, Czarnocki Z. (2S)-1-(4Methoxyphenyl)-N-[(1R)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl]-2-propanamine in crude p-methoxyamphetamine (PMA) produced by the Leuckart method. Zeitschrift fuer Naturforschung B: Chemical Sciences 2002;57(5):593. [The title compound is established as a synthetic marker for Leuckart produced PMA.] 233) Blachut D, Wojtasiewicz K, Czarnocki Z. Identification and synthesis of some contaminants present in 4-methoxyamphetamine (PMA) prepared by the Leuckart method. Forensic Science International 2002;127(1-2):45. 234) Kochana J, Wilamowski J, Parczewski A, Surma M. Synthesis of standards of the most important markers of Leuckart p-methoxymethamphetamine (PMMA). Examination of the influence of experimental conditions and a drug diluent on SPE/TLC profiling. Forensic Science International 2003;134(2-3):207. 235) Waumans D, Bruneel N, Tytgat J. Anise oil as para-methoxyamphetamine (PMA) precursor. Forensic Science International 2003;133(1-2):159. [Presents a study of a large-scale PMA laboratory using anise oil as a precursor source. Includes impurity profiling studies that identified marker compounds for this synthesis.] 236) Waumans D, Bruneel N, Hermans B, Tytgat J. A rapid and simple GC/MS screening method for 4-methoxyphenol in illicitly prepared 4-methoxy-amphetamine (PMA). Microgram Journal 2003;1(3-4):184. [Confirms that 4-methoxyphenol is a marker compound for syntheses of PMA starting from anethole.] Methylenedioxyamphetamines: 237) Armellin S, Brenna E, Fronza G, Fuganti C, Pinciroli M, Serra S. Establishing the synthetic origin of amphetamines by H-2 NMR spectroscopy. Analyst 2004;129(2):130. [The title study was applied to nine samples of N+acetyl-MDA.] 238) Bell SEJ, Barrett LJ, Burns DT, Dennis AC, Speers SJ. Tracking the distribution of ecstasy tablets by Raman composition profiling: A large scale feasibility study. Analyst 2003;128(11):1331. [Approximately 1500 tablets (all primarily MDMA) from different seizures in Northern Ireland were analyzed and found to have significant differences in their Raman spectra due to the presence of impurities and the degree of hydration of the MDMA. The results indicated that sample-sample comparisons could be accomplished using Raman spectroscopy.] 239) Carter JF, Titterton EL, Murray M, Sleeman R. Isotopic characterization of 3,4-methylenedioxyamphetamine and 3,4-methylenedioxymethylamphetamine (Ecstasy). Analyst 2002;127(6):830. [Via analysis by IRMS and Deuterium NMR.]

239

240) Cheng W-C, Poon N-L, Chan M-F. Chemical profiling of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA) tablets seized in Hong Kong. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003;48(6):1249. [Presents an overview of the results of analysis for 600,000 ecstasy tablets (2,600 cases) seized in Hong Kong during 2000 - 2001.] 241) Gimeno, P, Besacier F, Chaudron-Thozet H, Girard J, Lamotte A. A contribution to the chemical profiling of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA) tablets. Forensic Science International 2002;127(1-2):1. [An extensive study of profiling illicit MDMA tablets via a variety of chromatographic/mass spectrometric techniques.] 242) Gimeno P, Besacier F, Chaudron-Thozet H. Optimization of extraction parameters for the chemical profiling of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA) tablets. Forensic Science International 2003;132(3):182. [Presents an optimized extraction procedure for recovery of impurities from MDMA tablets using diethyl ether extraction from a pH 11.5 buffered solution, followed by GC/MS analysis.] 243) Makino Y, Kurobane S, Miyasaka K, Nagano K. Profiling of ecstasy tablets seized in Japan. Microgram Journal 2003;1(3-4):169. [Presents the title study, focusing on tablets seized during the first half of CY-2002. Several trends are reported. ] 244) Palhol F, Boyer S, Naulet N, Chabrillat M. Impurity profiling of seized MDMA tablets by capillary gas chromatography. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2002;374(2):274. [Presents a study of MDMA tablets seized in France (total number not specified in the abstract). The authors claim that the results suggest that MDP2P is the most commonly used precursor, and that reductive amination is the most common synthetic route used to prepare the MDMA found in the tablets.] 245) Palhol F, Lamoureux C, Naulet N. N-15 Isotopic analyses: A powerful tool to establish links between seized 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA) tablets. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2003;376(4):486. [Forty-three samples were analyzed by GC-Combustion-IRMS; the authors indicate that the technique can help establish common origins between samples.] 246) van der Peijl GJQ, van den Boom CPH, Bolck A, Dobney AM. XTC characterisation [sic] using ICPMS. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2004;10:53. [Presents the results of an ICPMS study of about 100 ecstasy samples.] 247) Titterton E, Carter J, Murray M, Sleeman R. Characterisation [sic] of ecstasy tablets by isotope ratio mass spectrometry. Proceedings of the 16th Meeting of the International Association of Forensic Sciences, Montpellier, France, September 2-7, 2002, pps 111115. [MDA- and MDMA-based Ecstasy tablets were analyzed for deuterium, carbon-13, and nitrogen-15 to derive a isotopic fingerprint. Deuterium substitution was also determined via deuterium NMR.] 248) Vohlken BA, Layton SM. Instrumental separation of 3,4-methylenedioxy-amphetamine (MDA) from 1-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-propanol, a co-eluting compound. Microgram Journal 2003;1(1-2):32. [Presents a study of the referenced co-elution problem; includes the mass spectra for the title alcohol.] 249) Vu D-TT. Logo and headspace comparison for source determination of ecstasy seizures. Microgram 2001;34(9):244.

240

250) Waddell RJH, NicDaeid N, Littlejohn D. Classification of ecstasy tablets using trace metal analysis with the application of chemometric procedures and artificial neural network algorithms. Analyst 2004;129(3):235. [Presents a study of the practicality of ICP-MS for sample-sample comparisons. Several statistical analyses are evaluated.] Opium and Opium Alkaoids : 251) Al-Amri AM, Smith RM, El-Haj BM, Jumaa MH. The GC-MS detection and characterization of reticuline as a marker of opium use. Forensic Science International 2004;140(2-3):175. [Reticuline was detected as its trimethylsilyl ethers, acetyl esters, and methyl ethers, in opium and in the urine of opium users. The results can be used to differentiate between opium and heroin users.] 252) Hosokawa K, Shibata T, Nakamura I, Hishida A. Discrimination among species of Papaver based on the plastid rp116 gene and the rp116-rp114 spacer sequence. Forensic Science International 2004;139(2-3):195. [Five of six species of papaver were distinguishable using the title technique.] 253) Kelly SA, Glynn PM, Madden SJ, Grayson DH. Impurities in a morphine sulfate drug product identified as 5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-furfural, 10-hydroxymorphine and 10oxomorphine. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences 2003;92(3):485. [The referenced impurities were isolated by semi-prep HPLC and identified via MS and NMR. The presence of sugars in the drug formulation was implicated in the formation of the impurities.] Occluded Solvent Analyses: 254) Camarasu CC. Unknown residual solvents identification in drug products by headspace solid phase microextraction gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Chromatographia 2002;56(Suppl. S):S131. [Presents a sensitive headspace SPME method for the extraction of residual solvents from pharmaceutical products (the specific products were not detailed in the abstract). The SPME method appears to be more sensitive than static headspace techniques.] Multi-Drug and Miscellaneous: 255) Binder R, Machata G, Stead H. Analysis of potassium permanganate as a narcotic drug precursor. Archiv fur Kriminologie 2003;211:160. [Thirty-one samples were analyzed for 9 metallic elements using emission spectroscopy and ICP-OES. The results did not allow classification of the samples according to origin.] 256) Lachance PA. Nutraceutical/drug/anti-terrorism safety assurance through traceability. Toxicology Letters 2004;150(1):25. [Presents an overview of techniques used to ensure traceability of nutraceutical products.] 257) Muratsu S, Ninomiya T, Kagoshima Y, Matsui J. Trace elemental analysis of drugs of abuse using synchrotron radiation total reflection X-ray fluorescence analysis (SRTXRF). Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002;47(5):944. [Trace elements in amphetamine, cocaine, heroin, marijuana, methamphetamine, 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine, and opium were determined using the title technique.]

241

258) Palhol F. Contribution of isotopic analyses to the fight against drug trafficking. Actualite Chimique 2003;(8-9):27. [Appears to be an overview of the topic (not clear from the abstract).] 259) Shearer GL. Contaminant identification in pharmaceutical products. 2003;51(1):3. [A review of the title topic.] Microscope

260) Watanabe S, Shibata M, Kataoka K. Comparison of data obtained by various GC methods for impurity profiling of stimulant drugs. Kanzei Chuo Bunsekishoho 2002;42:73. [Three different GC methods were used for impurity profiling of 10 typical impurities in 12 samples of stimulant drugs (not specified in abstract).] 261) Xu Q, Du L, Cao X. Simultaneous determination of 8 kinds of components in cannabis, opium, and heroin by gas chromatography. Fenxi Huaxue 2003;31(8):961. [Presents the title study using wide-bore GC.] Analysis of Non-Controlled Pharmaceuticals, Pseudo-Drugs, Adulterants, Diluents, and Precursors 262) Dash AK, Mo Y, Pyne A. Solid state properties of creatine monohydrate. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences 2002;91(3):708. 263) Dash AK, Sawhney A. A simple LC method with UV detection for the analysis of creatine and creatinine and its application to several creatine formulations. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2002;29(5):939. [Presents a simple and sensitive LC method for the determination of creatine and creatinine in various creatine supplement formulations.] 264) Persky AM, Hochhaus G, Brazeau GA. Validation of a simple liquid chromatography assay for creatine suitable for pharmacokinetic applications, determination of plasma protein binding, and verification of percent labeled claim of various creatine products. Journal of Chromatography B - Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2003;794(1):157. [Includes the analysis of OTC creatine containing products.] 265) Wagner SD, Kaufer SW, Sherma J. Quantification of creatine in nutrition supplements by thin layer chromatography-densitometry with thermochemical activation of fluorescence quenching. Journal of Liquid Chromatography and Related Technologies 2001;24(16):2525. Ephedra, Ephedrine, and/or Pseudoephedrine and Related Compounds : 266) Abourashed EA, El-Alfy AT, Khan IA, Walker L. Ephedra in perspective A current review. Phytotherapy Research 2003;17:703. [A comprehensive review.] 267) Bicker W, Hebenstreit D, Lammerhofer M, Lindner W. Enantiomeric profiling in ephedrine samples by enantioselective capillary electrochromatography. Electrophoresis 2003;24(15):2532. [Presents a non-aqueous CEC method for the analysis of ephedrine.] 268) Chen HL, Chen XG, Pu QS, Hu ZD, Zhao ZF, Hooper M. Separation and determination of ephedrine and pseudoephedrine by combination of flow injection with capillary electrophoresis. Journal of Chromatographic Science 2003;41(1):1.

242

269) Jacob P, Haller CA, Duan MJ, Yu L, Peng M, Benowitz NL. Determination of ephedra alkaloid and caffeine concentrations in dietary supplements and biological fluids. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2004;28(3):152. 270) Kim HK, Choi YH, Chang WT, Verpoorte R. Quantitative analysis of ephedrine analogues from ephedra species using H1-NMR. Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin 2003;51(12):1382. 271) Li HX, Ding MY, Lv K, Yu JY. Separation and determination of ephedrine alkaloids and tetramethylpyrazine in ephedra sinica Stapf by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatographic Science 2001;39(9):370. 272) Niemann RA, Gay ML. Determination of ephedrine alkaloids and synephrine in dietary supplements by column-switching cation exchange high-performance liquid chromatography with scanning-wavelength ultraviolet and fluorescence detection. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 2003;51(19):5630. 273) Palabiyik IM, Dinc E, Onur. Simultaneous spectrophotometric determination of pseudoephedrine hydrochloride and ibuprofen in a pharmaceutical preparation using ratio spectra derivative spectrophotometry and multivariate calibration techniques. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2004;34(3):473. [Presents a comparison of five different statistical evaluation methods for the title drug combination.] 274) Sullivan D, Wehrmann J, Schmitz J, Crowley R, Eberhard J. Determination of ephedra alkaloids by liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry. JAOAC International 2003;86(3):471. [Presents an LC-MS/MS methodology for determination of six major ephedra alkaloids in various substrates, ranging from raw ephedra to a high-protein drink mix containing ephedra.] 275) Tseng YL, Hsu H-R, Kuo F-H, Shieh M-H, Chang C-F. Ephedrines in over-the-counter cold medicines and urine specimens collected during sport competitions. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003;27(6):359. [Presents an analytical protocol using GC/NPD and GC/MS. Compounds include ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, phenylpropanolamine, and methylephedrine. 91 OTC medications were analyzed.] 276) Verdu-Andres J, Herraez-Hernandez R, Campins-Falco P. Analysis of enantiomers giving partially overlapped peaks by using different treatments of the chromatographic ultraviolet signals: Quantification of pseudoephedrine enantiomers. Journal of Chromatography A 2001;930(1-2):95. 277) Wallace K. Separation of ephedra alkaloids by GC-MS. Journal of the Clandestine Laboratory Investigating Chemists Association 2002;12(2):14. 278) Wedig M, Laug S, Christians T, Thunhorst M, Hozgrabe U. Do we know the mechanism of chiral recognition between cyclodextrins and analytes? Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2002;27(3-4):531. [Chiral separation of ephedrine-type phenethylamines using various cyclodextrins is examined by CE and NMR.] 279) Ye NS, Gu XX, Zou H, Zhu RH. Separation and determination of ephedrine enantiomers by capillary electrophoresis using l-leucine as chiral selector. Chromatographia 2002;56(9-10):637. [The technique was applied to the analysis of ephedra plant extracts.]

243

280) Zhang XH, Ouyang J, Yang YP. A simple method for chiral separation of ephedrines using (R)-1-naphthylglycine and 3,5-dinitrobenzoic acid as stationary phase. Analytical Letters 2001;34(11):1851. 281) Zhang JY, Xie JP, Chen XG, Hu ZD. Sensitive determination of ephedrine and pseudoephedrine by capillary electrophoresis with laser-induced fluorescence detection. Analyst 2003;128(4):369. [The title technique was applied to the analysis of ephedra and ephedra preparations.] 282) Zhang JY, Xie JP, Liu JQ, Tian JN, Chen XG, Hu ZD. Microemulsion electrokinetic chromatography with laser-induced fluorescence detection for sensitive determination of ephedrine and pseudoephedrine. Electrophoresis 2004;25(1):74. [The two substrates were derivatized with 4-chloro-7-nitrobenzo-2-oxa-1,3-diazol prior to analysis. The technique was applied to Chinese traditional herbal preparations.] Phenylpropanolamine: 283) Rind FMA, Khuhawar MY, Rajper AD. HPLC determination of phenylpropanol-amine in pharmaceutical preparations using 4-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde as a derivatizing reagent. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2001;26(2):331. Other Adulterants/Diluents Pseudoephedrine): (including mixtures containing Ephedrine and/or

284) Chen W, Liu F, Zhang X, Li KA, Tong S. The specificity of a chlorphenamine-imprinted polymer and its application. Talanta 2001;55(1):29 [Note: chlorphenamine = chlorpheniramine]. 285) Garcia A, Ruperez FJ, Marin A, delaMaza A, Barbas C. Poly(ethyleneglycol) column for the determination of acetaminophen, phenylephrine and chlorpheniramine in pharmaceutical formulations. Journal of Chromatography B - Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2003;785(2):237. [Presents a rapid, isocratic HPLC method for determination of the three title compounds in cold medications. UV detection at 215 nm and 310 nm was used.] 286) Geer LC, Hays PA. Letrozole (Femara) Microgram Journal 2003;1(3-4):190. [Presents analytical data (GC/MS, FTIR, and NMR) for the title compound.] 287) Laasonen M, Harmia-Pulkkinen T, Simard C, Rasanen M, Vuorela H. Development and validation of a near-infrared method for the quantitation of caffeine in intact single tablets. Analytical Chemistry 2003;75(4):754. [Presents a technique for analyzing pharmaceutical products containing primarily caffeine.] 288) Mabrouck MM, ElFatatry HM, Hammad S, Wahbi AAM. Simultaneous determination of loratadine and pseudoephedrine sulfate in pharmaceutical formulation by RPLC and derivative spectrophotometry. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2003;33(4):597. [Presents an HPLC method (using first derivative spectrophotometric detection) for analysis of the title compounds in pharmaceuticals. Note that loratadine is the active ingredient in prescription Claritin.]

244

289) Marin A, Garcia E, Garcia A, Barbas C. Validation of a HPLC quantification of acetaminophen, phenylephrine and chlorpheniramine in pharmaceutical formulations: Capsules and sachets. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2002;29(4):701. [Presents the simultaneous determination and quantitation of the title compounds (and also phenylpropanolamine) in various pharmaceutical formulations.] 290) Metwally FH. Kinetic spectrophotometric methods for the quantitation of triprolidine in bulk and in drug formulations. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2001;26(2):265. 291) Qi ML, Wang P, Zhou L, Sun Y. Simultaneous determination of four active components in a compound formulation by liquid chromatography. Chromatographia 2003;58(34):183. [Describes a rapid and accurate LC method for determination of pseudoephedrine, acetaminophen, dextromethorphan, and diphenhydramine, in a compound formulation.] 292) Qi ML, Wang P, Zhou L, Gu JL, Fu RN. Simultaneous determination of acetaminophen, detromethorphen [sic] and pseudoephedrine hydrochloride in a new drug formulation for cold treatment by HPLC. Chromatographia 2003;57(3-4):139. [Presents a validated method for the referenced analysis, which is completed in less than 10 minutes per run.] 293) Rothchild R. Identification of a heroin diluent: One- and two-dimensional proton and carbon-13 NMR studies of procaine hydrochloride: Computational studies of procaine and its conjugate acid. Spectroscopy Letters 2003;36(1&2):35. [Presents the isolation (from a street sample of heroin) and identification of the title compound, and also presents ab initio molecular modeling calculations.] 294) Suntornsuk L, Pipitharome O, Wilairat P. Simultaneous determination of paracetamol and chlorpheniramine maleate by micellar electrokinetic chromatography. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2003;33(3):441. [For analysis of cold tablets.] 295) Zhang S, Zhuang YF, Ju HX. Flow-injection chemiluminescence determination of papaverine using cerium(IV)-sulfite system. Analytical Letters 2004;37(1):143. [The method is adequate for determination of papaverine in both pharmaceuticals and biological fluids.] Theophylline: 296) Huan L, Kan Q, Wang X, Lui X, Bi K. Simultaneous determination of the contents of five components in compound theophyllini [sic] tablets by statistical-simulation spectrometry. Huaxue Fenxi Jiliang 2002;11(4):11. [Compounds determined included amidopyrine [sic], phenacetine [sic], theophylline, theobromine, and caffeine.] 297) Senturk Z, Erk N, Ozkan SA, Akay C, Cevheroglu S. Determination of theophylline and ephedrine HCl in tablets by ratio-spectra derivative spectrophotometry and LC. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2002;29(1-2):291.

245

New and/or Improved Instrumental Techniques Capillary Electrophoresis (and Related Techniques, including Tandem Techniques): 298) Altria KD, Elder D. Overview of the status and applications of capillary electrophoresis to the analysis of small molecules. Journal of Chromatography A 2003;1023(1):1. [A review of the literature, 1999 - 2002, including forensic applications (not specified in abstract).] 299) Descroix S, Varenne A, Geiser L, Cherkaoui S, Veuthey J-L, Gareil P. Influence of electrolyte nature on the separation selectivity of amphetamines in nonaqueous capillary electrophoresis: Protonation degree versus ion pairing effects. Electrophoresis 2003;24(10):1577. [Presents the title analysis as applied to ecstasy and (unspecified) derivatives.] 300) Hilhorst MJ, Somsen GW, deJong GJ. Capillary electrokinetic separation techniques for profiling of drugs and related products. Electrophoresis 2001;22(12):2542. 301) Issaq HJ. Thirty-five years of capillary electrophoresis: Advances and perspectives. Journal of Liquid Chromatography and Related Technologies. 2002;25(8):1153. [An overview of the development of CE, including forensic applications for analysis of illicit drugs.] 302) Javerfalk-Hoyes E. Development of methods in CE, CE-MS, and MS/MS: Applications in pharmaceutical, biomedical, and forensic sciences. Diss. Abstr. Int., C 2002;63(1):77. 303) Lemos NP, Bortolotti F, Manetto G, Anderson RA, Cittadini F, Tagliaro F. Capillary electrophoresis: A new tool in forensic medicine and science. Science Justice 2001;41(3):203. 304) Schmitt-Kopplin P, Frommberger M. Capillary electrophoresis - mass spectrometry; 15 years of developments and applications. Electrophoresis 2003;24(22-23):3837. [An overview and review.] 305) Sherma J. A field guide to instrumentation: Capillary electrophoresis. Inside Laboratory Management (AOAC International) 2003;7(1):19. [Presents an overview of the technique, and a brief review of recent advances in commercial CE instrumentation.] 306) Tavares MFM, Jager AV, da Silva CL, Moraes EP, Pereira EA, de Lima EC, Fonseca FN, Tonin FG, Micke GA, Santos MR, de Oliveira MAL, de Moraes MdLL, van Kampen MH, Fujiya NM. Applications of capillary electrophoresis to the analysis of compounds of clinical, forensic, cosmetological, environmental, nutritional and pharmaceutical importance. Journal of the Brazilian Chemical Society 2003;14(2):281. 307) Thormann W, Lurie IS, McCord B, Marti U, Cenni B, Malik N. Advances of capillary electrophoresis in clinical and forensic analysis (1999-2000). Electrophoresis 2001;22(19):4216. [A general review article, covering the CE analyses of a wide variety of substrates of forensic interest.] 308) Weinberger R. The evolution of capillary electrophoresis. 2002;34(10):32. [A general overview and review.] American Laboratory

246

Gas Chromatography (and Tandem GC Techniques): 309) Chang W-T, Lin DL, Liu RH. Isotopic analogs as internal standards for quantitative analyses by GC/MS Evaluation of cross-contribution to ions designated for the analyte and the isotopic internal standard. Forensic Science International 2001;121(3):174. [Focus is on drugs and metabolites in biological matrices.] 310) Dallabetta-Keller T. Trace analysis by GC/MS using pulsed splitless injections. Proceedings - NOBCChE 2001;28:4. [A pressure pulsed injection technique for GC/MS allows for enhanced detection of trace level controlled substances.] 311) Gorecki T, Harynuk J, Panic O. Comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC x GC). New Horizons and Challenges in Environmental Analysis and Monitoring [Workshop], Gdansk, Poland, Aug. 18-29, 2003, pps 61-83. [Presented examples include (unspecified) forensic samples.] 312) Matsuda K, Nakatoh S, Minatogawa Y, Suzuki K, Kimura H, Yamamoto S, Kohama A, Tohyama K. Development of a GC/MS library for analyzing pesticides and drugs. Rinsho Byori 2003;51(10):63871009-B963. [Presents the development of a library with 20 pesticides and herbicides, and 57 drugs (not specified in the abstract).] High-Performance Liquid Chromatography (and tandem HPLC techniques): 313) Conemans JMH, Van Der Burgt AAM, Van Rooij JML, Pijnenburg CC. The simultaneous determination of illicit drugs with HPLC-DAD. Bull TIAFT 2004;34(1):11. [The presented method is applied to drug powders, various dosage forms, and various biological matrices, in a clinical setting.] 314) De Boeck G, Wood M, Samyn N. Recent applications of LC-MS in forensic science. LC-GC 2002;15(11):19. [An overview of the use of LC/MS in forensic science (illicit drugs are not specifically covered).] 315) Flanagan RJ, Harvey EJ, Spencer EP. HPLC of basic drugs on microparticulate strong cation-exchange materials A review. Forensic Science International 2001;121(1-2):97. 316) Nakashima K. Determination of stimulants by HPLC. Japanese Journal of Forensic Toxicology 2003;21(3):197. [A review of the use of HPLC and common detection systems.] 317) Perrin C, Matthijs N, Mangelings D, GranierLoyaux C, Maftouh M, Massart DL, VanderHeyden Y. Screening approach for chiral separation of pharmaceuticals; Part II. Reversed-phase liquid chromatography. Journal of Chromatography A 2002;966(12):119. [A screening strategy for the rapid separation of drug enantiomers by reversedphase liquid chromatography is presented. Results for 37 diverse chiral pharmaceuticals are presented (the specific products were not detailed in the abstract).] 318) Perrin C, Vu VA, Matthijs N, Maftouh M, MassartDL, VanderHeyden Y. Screening approach for chiral separation of pharmaceuticals. Part 1. Normal-phase liquid chromatography. Journal of Chromatography A 2002;947(1):69.

247

319) Sagmuller B, Schwarze B, Brehm G, Trachta G, Schneider S. Identification of illicit drugs by a combination of liquid chromatography and surface-enhanced Raman scattering spectroscopy. Journal of Molecular Structure 2003;661-662:279. [Presents a novel HPLC-SERS technique for analysis of illicit drugs (not specified in abstract).] 320) Sherma J. High-performance liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry analysis of botanical medicines and dietary supplements: A review. J Assoc Off Anal Chem 2003;86(5):873. [Includes discussion of related techniques.] 321) Sychev KS, Sychev SN. Application of universal mobile phases in high-effective liquid chromatography for analysis of the objects of food industry, criminology and pharmaceutical chemistry. Zavodskaya Laboratoriya, Diagnostika Materialov 2003;69(9):8. [Various diethylammonium based run buffers are examined for RPHPLC.] 322) Xiang Y, Wu N, Lippert JA, Lee ML. Separation of chiral pharmaceuticals using ultrahigh pressure liquid chromatography. Chromatographia 2002;55(7-8):399. Inductive Coupled Plasma- Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS): 323) Almirall JR, Furton KG. New approaches to forensic chemical analysis. Proceedings, 16th International Symposium on the Forensic Sciences, Canberra 2002(16):(No pps given). [An overview of SPME and ICP/MS methodologies.] 324) Cottingham K. ICPMS: Its elemental. Analytical Chemistry 2004;76(1):35A. [An overview of the title topic.] 325) Smith WD. Controversy over forensic ICPMS method. 2002;74(15):411A. Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy: 326) Bartick E. Forensic analysis by Raman spectroscopy: An emerging technology. Proceedings of the 16th Meeting of the International Association of Forensic Sciences, Montpellier, France, September 2-7, 2002, pps 45-50. [A general introduction and review of Raman for forensic analysis.] 327) Enculescu AL, Steiginga JR. Raman spectroscopy - A powerful tool for non-routine analysis of pharmaceuticals. American Pharmaceutical Review 2002;5(1):81. [A minor review of the title technique, with an emphasis on non-routine pharmaceutical samples.] 328) Ishihara A, Nakamura H. Qualitative and quantitative analysis of principal ingredients in tablets by near-infrared spectroscopy. Bunseki Kagaku 2002;51(10):899. [Presents a study of NIRS for qualitative and quantitative analyses of the principal ingredients in tablets (for forensic purposes).] 329) Jarman JL, Seerley SI, Todebush RA, de Haseth JA. Semiautomated depositor for infrared microspectrometry. Applied Spectroscopy 2003;57(9):1078. [Presents a novel method for depositing minute samples for IR microspectrometry (the authors suggest applicability to forensic analyses).] 330) Ryder AG. Classification of narcotics in solid mixtures using principal component analysis and Raman spectroscopy. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002;47(2):275. 248 Analytical Chemistry

Ion Spectroscopy: 331) Aristarkhova AA, Volkov SS, Dmitrevskii YE, Kitaeva TI, Ognev VI, Plotkin DM, Timashev MY. Characteristics of ion spectroscopy use in forensic science [sic]. Vzaimodeistvie Ionov s Poverkhnostyu Materialy Mezhdunarodnoi Konferentsii, 15th, Zvenigorod, Russian Federation, Aug. 27-31, 2001 2001;1:335. [A review on the use of ion spectroscopic methods in forensic science.] 332) Derringer B, Leigh T. Solving problems in ion mobility measurements of forensic samples with thermal desorption and dynamic modeling. Dissertations Abstracts International B 2003;64(4):1715. Mass Spectrometry: 333) Aebi B, Bernhard W. Advances in the use of mass spectral libraries for forensic toxicology. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002;26(3):149. 334) Libong D, Pirnay S, Bruneau C, Rogalewicz F, Ricordel I, Bouchonnet S. Adsorptiondesorption effects in ion trap mass spectrometry using in situ ionization. Journal of Chromatography A 2003;1010(1):123. [Quadrupole mass spectrometers were compared for the GC/MS analyses of diazepam, alprazolam, triazolam, LSD, trimethylsilylated LSD, and trimethylsilylated buprenorphine.] 335) Yinon J. Advances in forensic applications of mass spectrometry. CRC Press LLC:Boca Raton, FL, 2004. Microchip Technology: 336) Anonymous. Forensic sample analysis on a microchip. 2004;76(7):117A. Analytical Chemistry

337) Belder D, Deege A, Maass M, Ludwig M. Design and performance of a microchip electrophoresis instrument with sensitive variable-wavelength fluorescence detection. Electrophoresis 2002;23(14):2355. [A modular instrument for high-speed microchip electrophoresis equipped with a sensitive variable-wavelength fluorescence detection system was developed and evaluated using fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC)-labelled amines, including amphetamine.] 338) Felton MJ. Lab on a chip: Poised on the brink. Analytical Chemistry 2003;75(23):505A. [A review of the topic, and an overview of the available instrumentation in the field.] 339) Harris CM. Shrinking the LC landscape. Analytical Chemistry 2003;75(3):65A. [A conversational overview of recent developments in chip-based technologies.] 340) Schwarz MA, Hauser PC. Rapid chiral on-chip separation with simplified amperometric detection. Journal of Chromatography A 2001;928(2):225. 341) Verpoorte E. Microfluidic chips for clinical and forensic analysis. 2002;23(5):677. Electrophoresis

249

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: 342) Tishmack PA, Bugay DE, Byrn SR. Solid-state nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy - pharmaceutical applications. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences 2003;92(3):441. [A minor review of the title topic, focusing on solid pharmaceutical drug formulations.] Osmolality: 343) Wesley JF. Osmolality - A novel and sensitive tool for detection of tampering of adulterated with ethanol, gamma-butyrolactone, and 1,4-butanediol, and for detection of dilution-tampered demerol syringes. Microgram Journal 2003;1(1-2):8. [Presents the title technique and various real-world applications.] Solid Phase Micro-Extraction: 344) Liu B, Chang Y. Solid-phase microextraction and its application in the analysis of drugs of abuse. Zhongguo Yaowu Yilaixing Zazhi 2002;11(4):313. [A review of the title topic.] 345) Vas G, Vekey K. Solid-phase microextraction: A poweful sample preparation tool prior to mass spectrometric analysis. Journal of Mass Spectrometry 2004;39(3):233. [An overview and review of SPME.] Thin Layer Chromatography : 346) Azoury M, Zelkowicz A, Goren Z, Almog J. Evaluation of ninhydrin analogues and other electron-deficient compounds as spray reagents for drugs on thin layer chromatograms. Microgram Journal 2003;1(1-2):23. 347) Spangenberg B, Ahrens B, Klein KF. TLC analysis in forensic sciences using a diode array detector. Chromatographia 2001;53(Part 2, Suppl S):S438. 348) Spangenberg B, Ahrens B, Klein K-F. Diode-array HPTLC in forensic sciences. GTFCh Symposium: Toxikologische Aspekte der Sterbehilfe - Neue Drogen: Chemische, Analytische und Toxikologische Aspekte, Beitraege zum Symposium der Gesellschaft fuer Toxikologische und Forensische Chemie, 12th, Mosbach, Germany, April 26-28, 2001, pps 356-61, 2001. [The primary focus is forensic analysis of biological matrices.] X-Ray based Techniques: 349) Muratsu S. An application of synchrotron radiation to the analysis of forensic samples, mainly drugs of abuse. Bunseki Kagaku 2003;52(11):1061. 350) Rendle DF. Use of X-rays in the United Kingdom Forensic Science Service. Advances in X-ray Analysis 2003;46:17. [Presents four case studies, including the use of XRD in the analysis of street drug seizures (not specified in the abstract)]

250

Portable Detection and Analytical Instrumentation 351) Allen WC. Method of analyzing the constituents of air extracted from the interior of a piece of luggage. U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. US 20040035185 A1 26 Feb 2004, 17 pp. CLASS: ICM: G01N033-22. NCL: 073031020; 073863810. APPLICATION: US 2002-224688 21 Aug 2002. [The primary application is for explosives, but the technique can be applied to drugs.] 352) Bannister WW, Chen C-C, Curby WA, Chen EB, Damour PL, Morales A. Thermal analysis for detection and identification of explosives and other controlled substances. U.S. US 6406918 B1 18 June 2002. [Includes identification of illicit drugs (i.e., in addition to explosives).] 353) Barzilov AP, Womble PC, Vourvopoulos G. NELIS - A neutron inspection system for detection of illicit drugs. AIP Conference Proceedings 2003;680:939. [For inspection of cargo pallets.] 354) Brestel M, Gft M, Sharon U. Controlled substance detection and identification system. U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. US 20040051867 A1 18 Mar 2004. CLASS: ICM: G01J003-44. ICS: G01J003-30. NCL: 356318000; 356301000. APPLICATION: US 2003-428398 2 May 2003. PRIORITY: IL 2002-151745 12 Sep 2002. [The controlled substances not specified in abstract.] 355) Buryakov IA, Kolomiets YN. Rapid determination of explosives and narcotics using a multicapillary-column gas chromatograph and an ion-mobility spectrometer. Journal of Analytical Chemistry - Russia (translation of Zhurnal Analiticheskoi Khimii) 2003;58(10):944. [The title technique was applied to detection of heroin, cocaine HCl and cocaine base (crack).] 356) Buryakov IA. Express analysis of explosives, chemical warfare agents, and drugs with multicapillary column gas chromatography and ion mobility increment spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography B - Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2004;800(1-2):75. [The title technique was applied to analysis of heroin, cocaine hydrochloride, and cocaine base.] 357) Cottingham K. Ion mobility spectrometry rediscovered. Analytical Chemistry 2003;75(19):435A. [A mini-review of IMS, focusing on potential applications in proteomics. Includes an overview of current instrumentation.] 358) Halamek J, Makower A, Skladal P, Scheller FW. Highly sensitive detection of cocaine using a piezoelectric immunosensor. Biosensors and Bioelectronics 2002;17(1112):1045. [Presents a rugged, highly sensitive competitive immunoassay-based piezoelectric sensor for cocaine.] 359) Hallowell SF. Screening people for illicit substances: technology. Talanta 2001;54(3):447. A survey of current portal

360) Harris CM. GC to Go. Analytical Chemistry 2002;74(21):585A. [A minor review of the current status of portable GC and GC/MS instrumentation.]

251

361) Harris CM. Raman on the run. Analytical Chemistry 2003;75(3):75A. [A conversational overview of recent developments in portable Raman, including a comparative listing of five commercially available instruments.] 362) Kiraly B, Sanami T, Doczi R, Csikai J. Detection of explosives and illicit drugs using neutrons. Nuclear Instruments & Methods in Physics Research, Section B: Beam Interactions with Materials and Atoms 2003;213:452. [Presents a Thermal Neutron Activation technique for the title analyses. The illicit drugs were not specified in the abstract.] 363) Kuo C, Nagarajan R, Bannister WW, Loder RA, Furry JW, Chen C-C. Detection of concealed explosives and drugs by thermal analysis and thermal profiles of samples with microsensors. PCT Int. Appl. WO 2004027386 A2 1 Apr 2004. CLASS: ICM: G01N. APPLICATION: WO 2003-US29741 22 Sep 2003. PRIORITY: US 2002-PV412619 20 Sep 2002. [Presents the title patent (the explosives and drugs were not specified in the abstract).] 364) Litman MA. Rapid-acting drug analysis system. U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. US 2003 224,474 (Cl. 435-28; C12Q1/28), 4 Dec US Appl. PV 383,840, 30 May 2002. [Appears to be a methodology for detecting date-rape type drugs in liquids.] 365) Nguyen DH, Berry S, Geblewicz JP, Couture G, Huynh P. Chemiluminescent detection of explosives, narcotics, and other chemical substances. U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. US 20040053421 A1 18 Mar 2004. CLASS: ICM: G01N021-76. NCL: 436172000;436164000; 436117000; 436155000; 436159000; 422052000; 422078000; 422080000;422082050; 422082080. APPLICATION: US 2002-241407 12 Sep 2002. [The narcotics not specified in abstract.] 366) Ochoa ML, Harrington PB. Detection of methamphetamine in the presence of nicotine using in situ chemical derivatization and ion mobility spectrometry. Analytical Chemistry 2004;76(4):985. 367) Smith WD. SAW chip sniffs out cocaine. Analytical Chemistry 2003;75(23):492A. [Presents an overview of the use of surface acoustic wave based devices for detecting cocaine vapor or particulates.] 368) Stojanovic MN, Landry DW. Aptamer-based colorimetric probe for cocaine. Journal of the American Chemical Society 2002;124(33):9678. 369) Stubbs DD, Lee S-H, Hunt WD. Cocaine detection using surface acoustic wave immunoassay sensors. Proceedings of the IEEE International Frequency Control Symposium & PDA Exhibition, New Orleans, LA, United States, May 29-31, 2002, 289298. [Presents a study of real-time, vapor-phase detection of cocaine using a specialized SAW device.] 370) Stubbs DD, Lee SH, Hunt WD. Investigation of cocaine plumes using surface acoustic wave immunoassay sensors. Analytical Chemistry 2003;75(22):6231. [Presents the results of a series of experiments demonstrating real-time vapor phase detection of cocaine in the gas phase with SAW-based instruments.]

252

Miscellaneous Analytical Artifacts: 371) Varshney K-M. HPTLC study of the stability of heroin in methanol. Journal of Planar Chromatography 2002;15(1):46. [Presents the results of a degradation study of heroin in methanol (at room temperature). The results indicate degradation is measurable on Day 2, and is complete in around 38 weeks.] Chemometrics: 372) Praisler M, Van Bocxlaer J, De Leenheer A, Massart DL. Chemometric detection of thermally degraded samples in the analysis of drugs of abuse with gas chromatographyFourier-transform infrared spectroscopy. Journal of Chromatography A 2002;962(12):161. [For the identification of the reference standard peak in cases where the GCFTIR analysis gives multiple peaks.] Cocaine: 373) Brachet A, Rudaz S, Mateus L, Christen P, Veuthey J-L. Optimisation [sic] of accelerated solvent extraction of cocaine and benzoylecgonine from coca leaves. Journal of Separation Science 2001;24(10-11):865. [A variety of extraction parameters were varied to achieve the optimal results. Analysis was conducted by GC/FID and CE with UV detection.] 374) Tanaka S, Lio R, Chinaka S, Takayama N, Hayakawa K. Analysis of reaction products of cocaine and hydrogen peroxide by high performance liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry. Biomedical Chromatography 2002;16(6):390. [Various hydroxy and dihydroxy cocaines were identified.] Counterfeit Drugs: 375) Rudolf PM, Bernstein IBG. Counterfeit drugs. New England Journal of Medicine 2004;350:1384. 376) Scafi SHF, Pasquini C. Identification of counterfeit drugs using near-infrared spectroscopy. Analyst 2001;126(12):2218. Dragons Blood: 377) Edwards HGM, de Oliveira LFC, Prendergast HDV. Raman spectroscopic analysis of Dragons Blood resins - Basis for distinguishing between Dracaena (Convallariaceae), Daemonorops (Palmae), and Croton (Euphorbiaceae). Analyst 2004;129(2):134. 378) Hu Y, Ning Z, Liu D. Determination of pterostilbene in Dragons Blood by RP-HPLC. Yaowu Fenxi Zazhi 2002;22(6):428. 379) Hu Y, Zhang J, Liu C-h, Deng C. Difference of Dragons Blood from different extract processing. Zhongcaoyao 2002;33(8):697. [Analysis by TLC, UV, and HPLC.]

253

380) Hu Y, Li L, Han H. HPLC determination of loureirin A and B in Dragons Blood. Yaowu Fenxi Zazhi 2003;23(1):7. [Presents an HPLC/UV method for detection of the title compounds.] Drugs on Currency: 381) Jenkins AJ. Drug contamination of US paper currency. Forensic Science International 2001;121(3):189. [Includes cocaine, heroin, 6-monoacetylmorphine, morphine, codeine, methamphetamine, amphetamine, and phencyclidine, by GC/MS.] 382) Jourdan TH, Malak K, Cavett V, Eckenrode BA. Continuing exploration of cocaine contamination of U.S. currency. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2003;9:33. [An overview of this issue.] Heroin: 383) Brazier JS, Morris TE, Duerden BI. Heat and acid tolerance of Clostridium novyi Type A spores and their survival prior to preparation of heroin for injection. Anaerobe 2003;9(3):141. [Presents the title study. This study was in followup to the outbreak of clostridium illnesses and deaths in the United Kingdom as a result of the use of contaminated heroin. The results indicate that typical heroin preparation procedures (by abusers) are not adequate to kill the spores.] Khat: 384) Al-Motarreb A, Baker K, Broadley KJ. Khat: Pharmaceutical and medical aspects and its social use in Yemen. Phytotherapy Research 2002;16:403. [An overview of the history, cultivation, and constituents of khat; however, the primary focus is pharmacological.] Methamphetamine: 385) Yudko E, Hall HV, McPherson SB, Eds. Methamphetamine use: Clinical and forensic aspects. CRC Press LLC: Boca Raton, Fla.) 2003. Qualitative Tests: 386) Deakin AL. A study of acids used for the acidified cobalt thiocyanate test for cocaine base. Microgram Journal 2003;1(1-2):40. [A study of the use of substitute acids for concentrated hydrochloric acid in the referenced test, with recommendations.] 387) Friedman AJ. Method for identification of flunitrazepam. U.S. US 6713306 B1 30 Mar 2004. CLASS: ICM: G01N033-00. NCL: 436096000; 436106000;436164000; 436150000; 436901000. APPLICATION: US 2001-946225 5 Sep 2001. [Presents a field method for detection of flunitrazepam in a sample (few details provided in the abstract).] 388) Glattstein O, Glattstein B. A method for the detection of compounds comprising methylenedioxyphenyl and testing kit for the same. PCT Int. Appl. WO 2003052426 A1 26 Jun 2003, 22 pp. CLASS: ICM: G01N033-94. APPLICATION: WO 2002-IL1024 19 Dec 2002. PRIORITY: IL 2001-147185 19 Dec 2001.

254

389) Makarov SA, Simonov EA, Makarov VG, Kozlov AS. Method for determination of narcotic, psychotropic and offensive substances of plant and synthetic origin. Russ. RU 2,205,385 (Cl. G01N21/78) 27 May 2003, Appl. 2,002,103,845, 18 Feb 2002. [Appears to present a narcotics test kit (abstract is not clear).] 390) Murray RA, Doering PL, Merves ML, McCusker RR, Chronister CW, Goldberger BA. Putting an ecstasy test kit to the test. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2003;9:307. [Presents a study of the DanceSafe ecstasy testing kit.] 391) Murray RA, Doering PL, Boothby LA, Merves ML, McCuster RR, Chronister CW, Goldberger BA. Putting an Ecstasy test kit to the test: Harm reduction or harm induction? Pharmacotherapy 2003;23(10). [Presents a critical analysis and evaluation of the DanceSafe Complete Adulterant Screening Kit for Ecstasy. 392) Zhang H, Tang J, Liu Y, Shao W, Fan X, Qin Y. Method and test paper for semiquantitative detection of drugs/medicine by color band-degressive immunological chromatography. Faming Zhuanli Shenqing Gongkai Shuomingshu CN 1,381,729 (Cl. G01N33/558), 27 Nov 2002, Appl. 2,002,114,110, 30 Apr 2002. [The title methodology was applied to over 24 drugs.] Quality Assurance: 393) Chang W-T, Chiu J, Liang Y-H, Liu RH. Characteristics of calibration curve resulting from the use of an H2-analog of the analyte as the internal standard Methamphetamine example. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2002;8:275. [Presents a discussion of the causes of deviations in the referenced calibration curve.] 394) Chang W-T, Smith J, Liu RH. Isotopic analogs as internal standards for quantitative GC/MS analysis - Molecular abundance and retention time differences as interference factors. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002;47(4):873. [Isotopic analogues of five barbiturates were evaluated as internal standards.] 395) Coyle HM, Neylon S, Ladd C, Palmbach T, Lee HC. Validation of the AFLP technique for the individualization of marijuana (C. sativa L.) samples. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2002;8:68. [Presents the results of the referenced validation study.] 396) Epstein DM, Tebbett IR, Boyd SE. Eliminating sources of pipetting error in the forensic laboratory. Forensic Science Communications 2003;5(4):No Page Number (Internet Reference: www.fbi.gov/hq/lab/fsc/current/index.htm) [Presents an overview of the potential sources of error when utilizing air-displacement pipettes.] 397) Hibbert DB. Scientist vs the law. Accreditation and quality assurance 2003;8(5):179. [Presents an analysis of an Australian court case where convicted clandestine laboratory operators were acquitted on appeal due to alleged shortcomings in the laboratorys standard operating procedures.] 398) Liu RH, Lin D-L, Chang W-T, Liu C, Tsay W-i, Li J-H, Kuo T-L. Isotopically labeled analogues for drug quantitation. Analytical Chemistry 2002;74(23):618A.

255

399) Moeller MR. Forensic conclusiveness and quality assurance of toxicological results. Research in Legal Medicine 2003;30:55. [An overview of the legal consequences of toxiciological analyses.] 400) Poortman Van Der Meer AJ, Van Egmond HE. Quantitation of amphetamine-type compounds for which no reference compound is available: The validation of a theoretical model. Science Justice 2001;41(3):185. Sampling Plans: 401) Coulson SA, Coxon A, Buckleton JS. How many samples from a drug seizure need to be analyzed? Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001;46(6):1456. Surveys and Overviews: 402) Anonymous. Poppers, ketamine, and GHB. Drugscope Drug Notes 2002(9):1 [A generic overview of the title compounds.] 403) Baylor MR, Wong L, Sapienza FL, Strom KJ, Rachal V. National Forensic Laboratory Information System: 2003 data analysis. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2004;10:75. [An overview of NFLIS.] 404) Briellmann TA, Dussy FE, Bovens MG. Forensic analysis of heroin and cocaine seizures. Chimia 2002;56:74. [Presents a survey and overview of seizures in Switzerland (date range not specified in abstract).] 405) Chuang S-F, Tsay W-I, Li J-H, Sun M-P, Hsieh S-S, Yang Y-T, Hsu J-F, Wun J-H, Lee T-C, Lin D-L, Liu J-T, Liu RH.. Characteristics and trends of MDMA and MDMAalleged samples seized in Taiwan during the period of January 2000 May 2001. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2002;8:57. [A survey of MDMA/ketamine abuse and seizures for the referenced time frame.] 406) Corkery JM, Airs J. Seizures of drugs in the UK 2001. Home Office Findings 2003;202:1. [Presents a survey of Class A, B, and C drug seizures made in the U.K. during 2001.] 407) Freeman S, Alder JF. Arylethylamine psychotropic recreational drugs: A chemical perspective. European Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 2002;37(7):527. [A review of drug web sites and literature, and review, with a comparison versus the scientific and regulatory literature.] 408) King LA. New synthetic drugs in the European Union. Science Justice 2001;41(3):200. 409) King L. Whats in a drug? Druglink 2003;18(4):21. [A minor survey of the typical contents of illicit drugs in the United Kingdom.] 410) Laing RR. Hallucinogens: A forensic drug handbook. Elsevier Science Ltd.: London, UK, 290 pp. 411) Logan BK. Amphetamines: Toxicology 2001;25(5):400. An update on forensic issues. Journal of Analytical

256

412) Lora-Tamayo C, Tena T, Rodriguez A, Moreno D, Sancho JR, Ensenat P, Muela F. The designer drug situation in Ibiza. Forensic Science International 2004;140(2-3):195. [Presents a survey of designer drugs used on Ibiza Island, based on analyses of urine and serum samples.] 413) Liu J-T, Liu RH. Enantiomeric composition of abused amine drugs: Chromatographic methods of analysis and data interpretation. Journal of Biochemical and Biophysical Methods 2002;54(1-3):115. [A review describing various chromatographic methods for the enantiomeric analyses of various amine drugs, concentrating on amphetamine and methamphetamine.] 414) Lua AC, Lin B-F, Tseng Y-T, Chen T-H, Chen T-C, Chiang C-K. Drugs of abuse pattern in Taiwan. Yaowu Shipin Fenxi 2002;10(1):69. [Presents a survey of drugs of abuse in Taiwan based on samples collected from February 1997 to January 1998.] 415) Mostad A. Marijuana: The Devils little finger? Kjemi 2002;62(4):14. [A historical overview of marijuana, plus a survey of the chemistry of cannabinoids.] 416) Myers S. Forensic science. Nature 2003;421(6925):872. [A minor overview of the development of forensic DNA laboratories; includes some general comments of interest on the real-life value of forensic laboratories.] 417) Nasiadka K, Rutkowska A, Brandys J. Hallucinogenic amphetamines. Z-Zagadnien-Nauk-Sadowych 2002;52:64. [A (primarily) pharmacological overview.] 418) Newell CJ. Potency of cannabis seized in central Florida during June 2002. Microgram Journal 2003;1(1-2):37. [A minor review of the title topic, that compares the results versus the national statistics for 2002.] 419) Poon NL, Chong WC. Ecstasy in Hong Kong. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2002;8:60. [An overview of the trends in ecstasy seizures in Hong Kong, including a review of tablet characteristics that might be valuable in source determinations.] 420) Porrata T. The Rave and Club Drug phenomenon: Dancing with darkness and danger. Medical Legal Aspects of Drugs. Burns M, Ed. Lawyers and Judges Publishing Co.:2003, Chapter 10 (pps. 253-278). [Presents an overview of the title topic, and discusses its associated health and social problems.] 421) Salimov AA, Hajiyev SF. Contemporary state of narcotics expertise. Azerbaycan Eczaciliq Jurnali 2002;2(1):23. [Appears to be a mini-review of the state of forensic analysis of drugs in Azerbaijan (not clear in abstract).] 422) Schaefer T. Chemists in criminal technology. Nachrichten aus der Chemie 2004;52(2):223. [A mini-review covering criminalists and forensic chemists.] 423) Simonsen KW, Kaa E, Nielsen E, Rollman D. Narcotics at street level in Denmark. A prospective investigation from 1995 to 2000. Forensic Science International 2003;131(2-3):162. [A survey of illicit drug seizures made in six selected police districts in Denmark during the referenced time frame.]

257

424) van Zundert M. Travel-pills, ecstasy pills, or Grandmas heart-rhythm pills? Pharmaceutisch Weekblad 2002;137(51/52):1825. [Appears to be a conversational overview presenting the use of TLC and GC for the identification of unknowns at a Dutch emergency pill identification lab.] 425) Wadler GI. Future and designer drugs: Emerging science and technologies. Performance-Enhancing Substances in Sport and Exercise 2002:305. [A review of performance enhancing drugs, with a discussion of new developments.] Other: 426) Altun A, Golcuk, Kumru M, Jalbout AF. Electron-conformational study for the structurehallucinogenic activity relationships of phenylalkylamines. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 2003;11(18):3861. [A theoretical study of the topic.] 427) Ballou S, Goodpaster J, MacCrehan W, Reeder, D. Forensic Analysis. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2003;376(8):1149. 428) Bilia AR, Bergonzi MC, Lazari D, Vincieri FF. Characterization of commercial kavakava herbal drug and herbal drug preparations by means of nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 2002;50(18):5016. [NMR was used to determine the kavalactones in both a finely powdered herbal drug and a commercial extract.] 429) Day JS, Edwards HGM, Dobrowski SA, Voice AM. The detection of drugs of abuse in fingerprints using Raman spectroscopy I: Latent fingerprints. Spectrochimica Acta, Part A: Molecular and Biomolecular Spectroscopy 2004:60(3):563. [Codeine phosphate, cocaine hydrochloride, amphetamine sulfate, barbital, nitrazepam, caffeine, aspirin, paracetamol, starch, and talc were successfully identified in fingerprints using the title technique.] 430) Dirbashi OY, Ikeda K, Takahashi M, Kuroda N, Ikeda S, Nakashima K. Drugs of abuse in a non-conventional sample; detection of methamphetamine and its main metabolite, amphetamine in abusers clothes by HPLC with UV and fluorescence detection. Biomedical Chromatography 2001;15(7):457. 431) Garkani-Nejad Z, Karlovits M, Demuth W, Stimpfl T, Vycudilik W, Jalali-Heravi M, Varmuza K. Prediction of gas chromatographic retention indices of a diverse set of toxicologically relevant compounds. Journal of Chromatography A 2004;1028(2):287. [Kovats retention indices for 846 compounds are presented.] 432) Harris HA, Newman MS, Montreuil RS, Goodrich JT. Comparison of extraction in a drop and solid phase microextraction. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences 2003;9:33. [Explains and compares the two referenced extraction techniques. Drugs utilized include cocaine, phenylpropanolamine, brompheniramine, and dextromethorphan.] 433) James SH, Nordby JJ, Eds. Forensic science: An introduction to scientific and investigative techniques. CRC Press LLC: Boca Raton, FL. 434) Mausolf N. The name of the test. Microgram 2001;34(9):235. [On the Duquenois and related tests for cannabis.] 258

435) Negrusz A, Gaensslen RE. Analytical developments in toxicological investigation of drug-facilitated sexual assault. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2003;376(8):1192. [A general overview of the drug-facilitated sexual assault phenomenon, that discusses recent analytical/toxicological developments.] 436) Pitts SJ, Thomson CI. Analysis and classification of common vegetable oils. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003;48(6):1293. [Presents methods of analysis for canola, corn, olive, peanut, safflower, soybean, and sunflower oils. (Although not stated, this study may also have value in the analysis of preparations of steroids in oils.)] 437) Puschel K, Stein S, Stobbe S, Heinemann A. Analysis of 683 drug packages seized from body stuffers. Forensic Science International 2004;140(1):109. [Presents a short overview of the practice of internal carrying of controlled substances, with a discussion of packaging and drug types, as observed in Hamburg, Germany.] 438) Sun Q. Novel method for identifying Chinese herbal medicine. Faming Zhuanli Shenqing Gongkai Shuomingshu CN 1370839 A 25 Sept 2002, 6 pp. CLASS: ICM: C12Q001-25. APPLICATION: CN 2001-104457 27 Feb 2001. [Presents an application of PCR with Taq enzyme to identify Chinese herbal medications.] 439) Wong SK, Tsui SK, Kwan SY. Analysis of proprietary Chinese medicines for the presence of toxic ingredients by LC/MS/MS. Journal of Pharmacology and Biomedical Analysis 2002;30:161. [Presents the title analysis of 12 products.]

259

Forensic Toxicology A Review: 2001 to 2004

Laboratoires de Police Scientifique (LPS) in FRANCE Marie Hlne GHYSEL, Ph D; Florence DESCAMPS (Master in Science), Emilie BESTEL(pharmacist) LPS de Lille Marie-Thrse THEVENOT(pharmacist-biologist), Catherine COQUEL(pharmacist) , Stphanie COURCELLES (engineer) LPS d'Ecully (Lyon) Pascale VISINONI (engineer), Carine DUPUIS (pharmacist) LPS de Toulous Name and adress of author responsible for correspondence about manuscript : Marie Hlne GHYSEL, Ph D Laboratoire de Police Scientifique 7 boulevard Vauban F- 59000 Lille France

260

CONTENTS Introduction Products Alcohol & Volatils Drugs of abuse : new drugs, cannabis, opiates, cocaine, amphetamines, LSD, Phencyclidine, GHB. Miscellaneous ( carbon monoxide, cyanides, pesticides, metals) Samples and specificity Conventional : blood Alternatives : hair, saliva, sweat, nails, vitreous humor Adulterant Analysis & apparatus Colorimetric method Immunoanalyse Extraction Progress in GC, LC, CE, RMN, ICP Interpretation Post-mortem redistribution Quality of the conservation, degradation in vitro Pharmacogenomic Data on blood levels Important items in forensic toxicology. Alcohol, drugs & driving Drug facilitate sexual assault Doping Legal medicine Quality Information Sources Scientific literature Web sources Forensic toxicology societies References Abreviations.

261

INTRODUCTION Toxicology is a science always in movement. Toxicologists are charged with the responsibility for detecting and identifying different kinds of drugs and poisons in the body. This challenge is difficult and depends on the means in time, materials, and money. Advanced analytical techniques have opened new frontiers to forensic toxicologists. It is now possible to examine biological specimens with great resolution and selectivity to reveal substances at trace levels, using increasingly sophisticated ways. Here are reported novelties in toxicology. We have chosen to present the latest progresses and recent papers concerning different categories: alcohol, drugs and miscellaneous poisons; biological samples and specificities, analyses and apparatuses, questions of interpretation, varied preoccupations regarding alcohol, drugs & driving, drug-facilitated sexual assaults, doping, legal medicine, quality assurance and at last, information sources and toxicological societies. PRODUCTS Alcohol and volatils A major branch of forensic toxicology deals with the measurement of alcohol in the body (1). First of all, breath test devices. Many different types are available, with the choice depending on the standard of proof required in each case, the support services available, and the associated costs. A review of breath testing technology that outlines the history of this technique before considering the various breath test devices available today have been published (2-4). These devices include those based on wet chemistry, infrared detection, electrochemical techniques, semiconductor sensors, and passive alcohol sensors (5) or new technologies as stick-type enzyme electrode or Sol-gel MoO3-WO3 thin films for ethanol vapor sensing (6-10). These apparatuses are evaluated (11-14). At the time of the evaluation of the alcoholic impregnation in the expired air, some substances can interfere with the taken measures. Studies have been presented on the influence of methyl tert-butyl ether, acetone, oral hygiene liquids, citric acid and fructose (15-18) and the problem of some pathologies as gastroesophageal reflux disease (19). Ethanol concentration in the expired air is correlated with the blood concentration, however it is necessary to hold account of the hours when the samples has been taken and of pharmacokinetic of ethanol. Although it was the subject of Widmark's work at the beginning of the XX century, it's still the subject of many studies (20-28). Ethanol concentrations in blood are generally carried out by head space extraction and gas chromatography coupled with flame ionization detector (HS-GC-FID), nevertheless other technologies can be used, for example solid phase microextraction (SPME) and GC coupled with mass detector (29-31) or the kit of detection of ethanol QED applicable to other biological specimens (32-33). In forensic medicine the ratios of ethanol concentration between various biological specimens such as blood, saliva, urine, vitreous humour can help the forensic toxicologist in his interpretations during the investigations into the death circumstances (34-39) and especially in the case of postmortem ethanol formation (40). Approximately 95% of ethanol undergoes oxidative metabolism, with a small percentage undergoing non-oxidative one to generate products including fatty acid ethyl esters, 262

phosphatidylethanol and ethyl glucuronide (EG). Ethanol also influences the metabolic pathway of serotonin (5 hydroxytryptofol) and transferrin. Features such as long biological half-life and accumulation in tissues allow non oxidative metabolites of ethanol, serotonin and carbohydrate deficient transferrin to serve as markers for ethanol consumption. Cocaethylene, dolichol, ketone bodies, acetaldehyde protein adducts and salsolinol are also markers of alcohol consumption (4150). EG is a promising biologic state marker of recent alcohol consumption that detects alcohol use reliably over a definite time period (51). It's also a suitable marker of excessive alcohol consumption in serum, urine and hair (52-54), but it is recommended that urinary EG be expressed as a ratio to creatinine in order to balance urinary dilution (55-57). Other volatils Some works have been published on other volatils, for example, tissue distribution of trichloroethylene in a case of accidental acute intoxication by inhalation (58) and sensitive analysis of alkyl alcohols as decomposition products of alkyl nitrites in human whole blood and urine (59). DRUGS OF ABUSE Some new drugs of abuse have been described: Benzylpiprazines (60-63); 4'-methyl-r-pyrrolidinopropiophenone(64), in Canada, Foxy, a designer tryptamine hallucinogen (65) and in England, arylethylamine psychotropic recreational drug (66). Cannabis Some studies about recent pratices of analysis have been published: new studies about immunoanalysis, gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS) analysis (67-68). Cannabinods have been determined in hair using electrochemical detection (69). Cannabinods in plasma or serum to whole blood concentrations distribution ratios in blood samples taken from living and dead people are presented (70). Studies realized on cannabis given to pigs, show that even if there is no more tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) left in blood and that there is still inactive metabolite as THCCOOH, THC can be present in brain (71). THC blood levels decrease in vitro, even at 20C, if sample is stored on sodium fluoride, and levels increase if they are kept on lithium heparinate (72). Opiates Reticuline, a marker of opium use, can differentiate use of it because it can't be detected in heroin and poppy seeds (73). Interpretation of opiate results in the presence of pholcodine is presented (74). In some countries, as Switzerland, heroin is given to addicts, presence of acetylcodeine in hair can prove illicit heroin consumption (75). Effects on human performance and behavior of opioids are published (76) Cocane It is more and more important, even in Europe, where before heroin was predominant. Different studies have been published: on in vitro degradation of anhydroecgonine methyl ester (AEME or 263

methylecgonidine) in human plasma (77); on metabolism following different routes of administration (78); on urinary elimination of cocaine metabolites in chronic cocaine users during cessation (79). The detection of the pyrolysis product, AEME, after cocaine smoking using GC-MS is hampered by the artifactual production. Authentic AEME in serum can be differentiated from the artifact (80). Amphetamine Plasma, oral fluid and sweat wipe ecstasy concentrations in controlled and real life conditions has been studied (81). Informations on chemical syntheses is widely available on the Internet as well as in publications and some people, followers of Shulgin, have synthetised and consummed 2,5-dimthoxy-4chloroamphetamine (DOC), 2,4,5-trimethoxyamphtamine (TMA-2); 5-dimthoxy-4ethylthiophenylethylamine (2-CT-2) and 2,5-dimthoxy-4-(n)-propyl-thiophenylmethylamine (2CT-7). Metabolism and toxicological detection of 2C-T-2 by GC-MS is presented (82). Metabolism, including cytochrome P 450 isoenzyme dependency and mass spectral screening procedures of amphetamine-derived designer drugs have been studied (83). A review of the public domain literature regarding 2C-B ( 4-Bromo-2,5-dimethoxyphenethylamine) is published (84). Few deaths have been reported with para-methoxyamphetamine (85-87) and 2 CT-7 (88). Effects on human performance and behavior of MDMA are published (89) Lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) New studies have been published: Performed LSD detection with ion trap GC-MS: trimethylsilylation of LSD decreases the detection threshold by a factor 10, although, chemical ionization provides a seven times more sensitive method than electron ionization (90); Short-term stability of LSD, N-Desmethyl-LSD, and 2-Oxo-3-hydroxy-LSD in urine (91); Comparison of EMIT II, CEDIA, and DPC RIA assays for the detection of LSD in forensic urine samples (92). LSD has been determined in phaneres (93).

Phencyclidine Effects on human performance and behavior of phencyclidine are published (94). Gamma-hydroxybutyric acid (GHB) Some techniques for research and identification are presented. About interpretation, difficulties come from the fact than GHB can be endogenous, and can increase after death. Endogenous GHB levels in ante-mortem urine or blood and factors affecting endogenous production are determined (95-98) as well as in vitro production of GHB in antemortem urine samples (99). In 71 autopsies where the cause of death can exclude GHB exposure, GHB was tested positive in all cardiac bloods with concentrations in the range 0.4 to 409 mg/L, femoral blood or vitreous humor are the best specimens to support drug exposure (100). In the cases in which the postmortem intervals were 24 h or less, GHB concentrations in fire victims were lower (3.80 g/L), than those in non-fire victims (7.50 g/L). The heat inactivation of the enzymes involved in 264

the formation of GHB should be responsible for these lower levels (101). Some forensic cases, involving the use of GHB, have been described (102-103). MISCELLANEOUS A lot of fatal intoxications have been reported. Among them, a multiple drug fatality involving MK-801 (dizocilpine), a mimic of phencyclidine (104); pholedrine (105); fenarimol (Rubigan), a pyrimidine ergosterol biosynthesis inhibitor used as a systemic fungicide (106)... Carbon monoxide About carbon monoxide, different methods are described, for example one rapid determination of carboxyhemoglobin in blood by Oximeter is compared with other methods (107). Interpretation of the results is sometimes difficult, an experimental study on changes in COHb level in blood due to changes in carbon monoxide level in the air is presented (108). Cyanide Cyanide in blood was determined by HPLC (109), headspace GC/MS (110) and capillary electrophoresis with fluorescence detection (111). Chemical factors affecting the interpretation of blood cyanide concentrations in fire victims are presented (112). Pesticides In case of organophosphate intoxication a method was developed for the detection of alkylphosphates in urine (113). Organophosphorus compounds adducts of serine proteases are analysed by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS-MS) (114). Human serum paraoxonase (PON1) activity is determined in acute organophosphorous insecticide poisoning (115) Metals Different studies are presented: a review about speciation of arsenic compounds in biological samples by high performance liquid chromatography inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry system (116); a technique, coupling solid phase microextraction (SPME) with GC-MS, for the determination of trimethylarsine oxide and other arsenic metabolites (117); post-mortem toxicological findings in sub-acute fatal aluminium poisoning in dialyzed patients (118); a review on the toxicity of Thallium in humans after acute and chronic exposure, its mechanism of action, and treatment (119); a fatal overdosage of an anticancer agent of Platinum, Cisplatin, (120). SAMPLES AND SPECIFICITY Blood, urine, gastric content are always useful for toxicological analysis, but also unconventional samples as hair, nails, saliva, sweat and other biological matrices or even clothes (121) or larvae (122), as either alternatives or complements to other samples.

265

Hair analysis Advanced technology such as GC/MS and LC/MS are generally used. Tandem spectrometry for the two types of chromatography is being developed (93, 123-124). New techniques have been found in order to improve extraction and detection. For example: off-line supercritical fluid extraction (SFE) using large volume injection (125), HPLC using a restricted access extraction column (126), automated column switching LC/MS (127), high pH non aqueous electrolytes and electrochemical detection (69), GC/NCI and high volume injection (128), HS-SPE-GC/MS (129130), ToF-SIMS (131). In an other way, simple pre-tests for the examination of drugs in hair become more and more sensitive too (132-134). A great concern about hair analysis is external contamination. The risk of false positives exists (135-136). A part of external contamination could penetrate inside the hair-shaft. Results have to be interpreted cautiously depending on the wash procedures (137-138). Another concern is drug melanin interactions. These have been studied (139-144). Basic drugs have a greater affinity for melanin than their neutral analogues (145-146). Nowadays, a single exposure can be detectable in hair. This has been demonstrated with betamethasone (147), flunitrazepam and its metabolites (148), clonazepam and its metabolites (149), selegiline metabolites (150) and GHB (151). The detection methods need to be very sensitive to detect pg/mg of hair. Particular compounds are of great interest in hair analysis, not only for the forensic science (with the ethanol dosage, the chemical submission..) but also for the sport (with doping agents): For ethanol, the determination of ethylglucuronide (EG) which is not found amongst social drinkers, (54,152); fatty acid ethyl esters which can be used to determine heavy alcohol consumption (45, 153-155), however, hair cosmetics and hair care may interfere (156).

For drugs facilitate sexual assault, GHB can be detected after a single exposure when hair is collected about one month after the crime (151, 157-158). Other drugs, such as zolpidem (159), thiopental (160), LSD, clonazepam, zopiclone, niaprazine (161), buprenorphine (162), have been linked to cases of drug facilitated sexual assaults. For doping agents, control in sport is more and more important. In human hair, methenolone (163), prednisone (164), other general anabolics compounds, ephedrine and clenbuterol (165) have been studied. Controls may exist in hair cattle or hair horse too (ethinylestradiol (166), clenbuterol (167)). Literature is very rich of various analyses: sildenafil (168), cathine (169), propofol (170), amphetamines (171), arsenic (172), furosemide (173), LSD (93), search of explosives on the hair surface (174). Suitable quality controls are recommended (175-176). Saliva , Saliva is a very interesting sample to investigate research of drugs of abuse. So a lot of work have been published (177-178). Saliva can be analysed directly on site or in a laboratory (179). HS-SPME and direct immersion-solid phase microextraction (DI-SPME), followed by GC/MS analyses are used for simultaneous detection of some drugs of abuse in saliva samples (180). Detection of Flunitrazepam and 7-aminoflunitrazepam in oral fluid after controlled 266

administration of Rohypnol has been presented (181). A study about high prevalence of 6acetylmorphine in morphine-positive oral fluid specimens, based on controlled dose studies of heroin administration, shows that ratios >1 of 6-acetylmorphine/morphine in oral fluid are consistent with heroin use within the last hour before specimen collection, concentrations of 6acetylmorphine in oral fluid are ranged from 3 to 4095 ng/mL (182). Sweat Fastpatches have been used for example for crack and cocane (183), or for the detection of MDMA after a single-dose administration. MDMA was detected as early as 1.5 h after consumption and peaked at 24 h (184) Nails Recent work on detection of morphine, 6-acetylmorphine and cocane in toenails has been published and compared with hair (185) Vitreous humor The use of vitreous humor (VH) to detect or confirm the presence of medical substances has been studied (186). A study about postmortem production of GHB shows that levels increase after death in cardiac blood but they remain low in VH (100) Adulterants A review and discussion about adulteration of urine samples and its effects on drugs of abuse testing using on-site testing devices is presented (187-189). The determination of chromate adulteration by automated colorimetric and capillary ion electrophoretic analyses, or oxidizing adulterants by automated spectrophotometric analysers, or bromine using liquid chemistry or rapid spot tests are presented (190-194), in particular effects of oxidizing adulterants on detection of 11-nor-delta 9-THC-carboxylic acid in urine (195). A combination of drug test and adulterant test device comprises a container having an adulterant test strip and a drug test strip is proposed (196) ANALYSIS Simple colorimetric method Authentication of artemether, artesunate and dihydroartemisinin, antimalarial tablets using a simple colorimetric method (197) and rapid ferric hydroxamate screening test for GHB in human urine are described (198). Immunoanalyse Immunological techniques, instrumented or non-instrumented, are generally the first step in modern forensic toxicological analysis because the methods are simple and sensitive, take short time and are reasonably cost-effective. Comparisons of several commercial on-site testing devices have been reported in order to assess their relative performance and their reliability and to determine their accuracy when used by non-scientists versus trained laboratory analysts (199-203). The efficiency of a one-site urine 267

drug-testing device, the ONTRAK Testcup-er, was discussed toward an instrumented technique, the EMIT II monoclonal immunoassay (204). The effectiveness and usefulness of various immunoassays were evaluated: Kinetic Interaction of Microparticles in Solution (KIMS) assay for determination of cannabinoid metabolites (205) and of amphetamine analogues: 3,4methylenedioxyamphetamine (MDA), 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA), 3,4-methylenedioxyethylamphetamine (MDEA) (206). Cloned Enzyme Donor Immunoassay (CEDIA) to screen broader for amphetamine and its derivatives with Multiplex CEDIA Amphetamine/Ecstasy assay (207) and to screen specifically for 6-monoacetylmorphine with CEDIA 6-MAM (208-209). Enzyme Linked ImmunoSorbent Assay (ELISA), a new validated test for buprenorphine determination (210) and the description of a new test for determination of methylphenidate in urine (211). Semi quantitative analysis of opiates in oral fluid can be done on microplate EIA (212).

Some of these immunoassays have been applied for the screening of whole and/or post-mortem blood samples (213-215); a modified EMIT method was proposed in post-mortem blood (216). The suitability of different immunological techniques have been compared in order to choose the more appropriate one to detect LSD (92,217), flunitrazepam (218-219), 4-methylaminorex (220), piperazine-like compounds (63), amphetamine analogues (221), and clonazepam and 7-aminoclonazepam (222). Cross reactivity have been studied on ELISA Kit for the determination of amanitins (223). Interferences of 13 quinolones with 5 immunoassays for opiates (224) and of apomorphine and its derivatives with CEDIA and FPIA (225) were determined. The possibility of false-positive results were recognised especially with amphetamine assays (226-230). The ability of EMIT to successfully discriminate methylamphetamine enantiomers has been reported (231). Various immunological techniques were used to analyse unconventional matrices such as vitreous humour (232), bone and bone marrow (233-234), oral fluid, sweat (235-236), brain tissues and pituitary gland (237). Some processes by which immunoassay tests are made (test card, preparation of antigens or antibodies,...) have been developed (238-240). The construction of mathematic model from calibration data of the TdxFLx is used for a better understanding of the abused drug-protein binding phenomena and to try to explain why this methodology is only semi-quantitative (241). A preliminary work was made in order to find out the potentiality of a genetically modified bacterial biosensor and its applications in forensic toxicology analysis (242). Todays immunological techniques, instrumented or not, are efficient and very popular, but nevertheless all positive immunoassay results must be confirmed by another specific procedure.

268

Extractions Prior to analysis, sample preparation techniques are often required. Acid hydrolysis is necessary for xenobiotics in urine and improved when the sample is heated by microwave (243-244). Extraction is one of the most important step to clean up the matrix, to concentrate the analytes and finally to bring out the best conditions for instrumental analysis. Liquide/liquide extraction is still used today for post-mortem material (245). Solid phase extraction (SPE) is becoming a commonly used extraction technique. The SPE mechanism is based on interactions between sample compounds and the column sorbents. Polar and apolar silica sorbents are used for one or a group of drugs in a relatively clean biological matrix as plasma, serum, or urine (246). Mixed mode bonded silica sorbents have been created to extract acidic, basic and neutral compounds on the same column in two fractions by a proper ajustement of pH and choice of solvent. These methods have been optimized for screening whole blood or forensic samples (247-253). Now, the polymer-based sorbents are developed to overcome the limitation of silica sorbents in combination or not with a cation exchange sorbents. Whole blood and tissues can be extracted successfully for a screening (254-263). Some techniques have been tested with these columns to extract one or a group of substances (264-267). SPE can be improved by membranes with chemically bonded chromatographic particles emmershed in polytetrafluoroethylen (PTFE) microfibrils (268). The SPE extraction procedures can be automated (269). Solid phase micro extraction (SPME) is under investigation for its usefulness in the determination of some analytes such as local anesthetics (270), amphetamines (271) and cannabinoids (129). In tube solid phase micro extraction (in tube SPME) is a new sample preparation technique. Organic compounds in aqueous samples, blood or urine, are directly extracted and concentrated into stationary phase (polymer fibrous) of a capillary column (272-273). This procedure can be used in combination with GC-MS (274-275), microcolumn liquid chromatography (276), HSGC-MS (30,277), high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and capillary electrophoresis (278). In tube SPME can be automated (279). To increase the detectability, it is possible to practise a direct derivatization on fiber (280-281). Liquid phase micro extraction (LPME) is a new concept for drug preparation. A small piece of a porous hollow fiber, containing an organic solvent, is immersed in a simple vial. This allows coupling LPME with gas chromatography, high performance liquid chromatography (282). This procedure can be applied to the detection of drugs of abuse (283). Headspace solid-phase dynamic extraction (HS-SPDE) has been described for cannabinods in hair (284). Supercritical fluid extraction (SFE) and chromatography procedures are usually developed to analyse the lipids on hair which are different according to gender, age and race (125, 285). This technique is also performed to isolate drugs from hair (286).

269

Analytical techniques Apart from the first-line automated immunoassays available for the most common drugs, the general unknown screening (GUS) procedures currently used in clinical and forensic toxicology involve chromatographic techniques, ideally coupled to specific detectors (GC-MS or HPLC coupled to UV-diode-array detection, (DAD)). Nevertheless, none of these is sufficient on its own to identify all possible toxic compounds. For instance, some polar compounds with no or little UV absorbency will not be detected neither by GC-MS nor HPLC-DAD. With MS being more specific and reliable than DAD and GC being limited to volatile and thermally stable compounds, the coupling of MS to HPLC seems to be a possible way of increasing the range of compounds amenable to MS The development of benchtop mass selective detectors in liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry (LC/MS) made these techniques very useful for toxicologists(287-288). Concerning GC, recent developments are: techniques for saving time, as fast-GC (289) for GC/MS, advances in the use of mass spectral libraries for forensic toxicology (290), pesticides and drugs (291) or, in the web: library of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences: http://www.ualberta.ca/~gjones/mslib.htm; the collections of more than 200 mass spectra home-made reference electron impact mass spectra of derivatives produced by TIAFT members for TIAFT members: (http://www.tiaft.org/main/mslib.html)

For liquid chromatography, the main development comes from improvements of LC-MS. Applications to forensic or clinical toxicology have greatly increased due to technical improvements and to the advent of atmospheric pressure ionization (API). Most of these applications use electrospray ionization (ESI) and atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI) because of their simplicity, quickness and compatibility with biological samples and mobile phases containing buffers. Moreover, ESI and APCI, which can be achieved on the same instrument, allow the detection of polar and non polar compounds. The use of different types of analysers (quadrupole, ion-trap, time of flight) and tandem mass spectrometry (MS-MS) increases the range of drug detection (292). In comparison with single quadrupole, MS-MS offers superior sensitivity and selectivity (293). These instruments enable the quantification of low levels of compounds in biological matrices often with much reduced sample preparation and analysis time (294). Libraries are developed (295-298). They allow to detect a lot of drugs in systematic toxicological analysis (287,292, 299-303) and for peptides, proteins, alkaloids, drugs of abuse (304-306), LSD (307), dimethylamphetamine (308), methamphetamine in hair (127), methadone and metabolites (309), anabolic steroids (300,310311), several synthetic opioids, benzodiazepines or hypnotic agents (312-316), neuroleptics (317-318), coumarin-based anti-coagulants, drug-facilitated sexual assaults (161), plant intoxication (319), pesticides as organophosphate insecticide oxydemeton-Me and its metabolite demeton-S-methylsulfon (320), quaternary nitrogen muscle relaxants (321), tetrodoxine and aconitum alcalods (322)... LC-MS and even LC-MS-MS are now applied in toxicology to compounds previously analyzed by less specific high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) techniques or even by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) due to the simpler sample preparation generally needed (293). Nevertheless, LC-MS is not always convenient for very lipophilic or very hydrophilic compounds. Moreover, the lack of inter-instrument robustness of LC-MS as a GUS technique still limits its widespread use (287,293,323-325).

270

Ultra Performance LC (UPLC) is a new category of separation science that will be the catalyst for great advancements in analytical separation sciences. It won the first price in innovation Pitsburg conference 2004. This new category of analytical separation science retains the practicality and principles of HPLC while increasing the overall interlaced attributes of speed, sensitivity, and resolution (326). Capillary electrophoresis (CE) A recent book and articles report clinical and forensic applications of CE and development in CE, CE-MS and MS-MS (327-330) Particularly the determination of LSD in blood by capillary electrophoresis/fluorescence spectroscopy with sweeping techniques in micellar electrokinetic chromatography (331), determination of GHB in human urine by capillary electrophoresis with indirect UV detection and confirmation with electrospray ionization ion-trap mass spectrometry(332-333), detection of mushroom peptide toxins in body fluids by capillary electrophoresis (334), analysis of antibiotics (335), rapid analysis of 3,4-MDMA by comparison between non-aqueous capillary electrophoresis/fluorescence detection and GC/MS (336). The techniques of Raman and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy are in progress for the analysis of xenobiotics (337-338), herbicides (339), GHB (340), ecstasy derivatives (341) or rodenticides (342). Some multi-elementary method using inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) are developed to allow determination of numerous metals in biological fluids (343-344). The choice of instruments depends on the work to do and on the financial means, a practical tool for making decisions when purchasing analytical instruments and reagents is given in The Journal of Analytical Toxicology (www.jatox.com) by the link to the Journal of Chromatographic Sciences International Chromatography Guide. INTERPRETATION Sometimes after a long and difficult analytical work, interpretation can be delicate or critical. We must take care of several points. Post-mortem drug levels in biological matrices may fluctuate according to the sampling site and the interval time between death and sampling. The knowledge of these variations, called postmortem redistribution, is crucial as it influences the results interpretation in forensic toxicology. The underlying mechanisms are complex and of different types. Cell autolysis, putrefaction process, pharmacokinetic characteristics of the drugs and passive drugs released from organs called reservoirs (myocardium, lungs) are involved in the redistribution phenomenon (345). Two diffusion mecanisms are implied: cellular and/or vascular pathway. For example MDMA cellular diffusion is more important than vascular pathway in rabbits models after intravenous administration and this drug is metabolized to MDA after death (346-347). Some physico-chemical properties such as lipophily (Kp) are investigated. A rabbits model and three betablockers with different Kp and similar pKa were used in a study in order to determine the influence of the lipophilicity on the drugs post-mortem redistribution (348). Because of the concentration variation in post-mortem matrix, some data as the drugs postmortem stability and potential redistribution must be incorporated into results interpretation (349). Unfortunately, published data are often reported without mention of sampling sites, postmortem delay, or autopsy conditions. Results of drugs distribution are variable (350). Further 271

investigations in this field should include establishment of reference concentration ranges of both parent drugs and metabolites also in tissues other than blood; for example distribution of nitrazepam and 7aminonitrazepam in a case of nitrazepam intoxication (351). Different studies have been conducted: distribution of butalbital in post-mortem tissues and fluids suggests that tissue could be used to estimate drug levels in blood (352); carbamazepines redistribution on 16 cases (353); post-mortem blood ketamine distribution in two fatalities showed the importance of considering both heart and peripheral blood samples in the investigation (354), post-mortem redistribution of xylazine (355), or oxycondin (356); elimination of 7-aminoclonazepam in urine after a single dose of clonazepam in urine collected from 10 healthy volunteers who received a single 3-mg dose of clonazepam. The urine from every subject was still positive for 7-aminoclonazepam 14 days after administration of the drug. One volunteer was still positive 28 days after administration. Clonazepam was not detected in any of the samples (357). The condition of conservation of the body, drug characteristics, matrix, and site analyse are factors which need to be considered in the proper interpretation of an autopsy specimen results (349). Quality of the conservation is very important, the influence of temperature and time of storage on the stability of some medications has been studied: fluoxetine in biological material showed consistent stability in samples which were stored at -20C, it was stable in biological material stored at +4C and +25C for a period of only one month(358); 37 antidepressants and neuroleptics in whole blood shows that olanzapine, fluvoxamine, levopromazine, haloperidol, alimemazine, chlorpromazine, mianserine ... are unstable in blood even at 20C and 21others (cyamemazine, tiapride, fluoxetine, amisulpride, sertraline, citalopram, paroxetine, venlafaxine, loxapine...) are stable (359-360); suxamethonium and its major hydrolysis product (361). Pharmacogenomic Defects in the genes encoding drug metabolising enzymes (DMEs) may lead to adverse drug effects, even to death. To help interpretation of the forensic toxicological results studies are done for example on the genetic variation of the cytochrome CYP2D6 gene and its implication in tramadol metabolite ratios found in post-mortem samples (362); to interprete methadone toxicity of poor and intermediate metabolizers (363); on the relationship between genetic polymorphism of CYP2C19 and metabolism of omeprazole in order to assess the severity and to predict the outcome of poisoning for forensic and clinical toxicology (364); on the influence of cytochrome P450 2D6 on the metabolism of TFMPP (1-(3-trifluoro-methyl-phenyl)piperazine) and studies using in vitro and in vivo techniques (365) Data on blood levels In order to assess the significance of drug levels measured in clinical and forensic toxicology as well as for Therapeutic Drug Monitoring (TDM) it is essential that good collections of data are readily available. For more than 800 substances, therapeutic ("normal") and, if data is available, toxic, and fatal plasma concentrations as well as elimination half-lives were compiled in a table (366-367). Two compilations can also be consulted on the Internet, one has been prepared by R.J. Flanagan of London UK(www.leeds.ac.uk/acb/annals) and contains data on about 700 compounds of toxicological interest, the second site is one prepared by Donald Uges (Groningen, The Netherlands), this compilation of data on over 500 compounds can be viewed at the TIAFT web272

site (www.tiaft.org). However difficulties remain when several toxics are present, an example is given with coexistence of ethanol and diazepam in 234 cases of forensic autopsy (368) IMPORTANT ITEMS IN FORENSIC TOXICOLOGY Alcohol, drugs and driving More and more, governments are struggling against road insecurity and engage national mobilization. Specific meeting are organised on this subject. For example, the 16th International Conference on Alcohol, Drugs and Traffic Safety (ICADTS 2002) organised in Montreal, Canada. Session topics were covered: driver characteristics, pharmacology and toxicology, epidemiology, rehabilitation, prevention, driving performance and new issues (369). Prevalence of alcohol, cannabinoids, opiates, cocaine metabolites, amphetamines and therapeutic psychoactive drugs in blood samples from drivers injured in road accidents in France has been evaluated(370). Strategy differs according to the country. Some countries have drug recognition experts. Evaluations using limited data are presented (371). A forensic science review's publications (2003; 15(1)) on alcohol, drug and human performance and behavior has been published, and effects on human performance and assessment of driving impairment are discussed for marijuana (372); benzodiazepines (373-374), MDMA (375). A new technology is being marketed to rapidly test oral fluids for drugs of abuse at the roadside or in a police station. Most devices performed well for the detection of amphetamines and opiates, but all performed poorly for the detection of cannabinods (376-377). Some analytical strategies are presented (378-379). A recent review about drugs of abuse monitoring in blood for control of driving under the influence of drugs is presented. Basic data about the biosample assayed, internal standard, workup, GC or LC column and mobile phase, detection mode, references data, and validation data of each procedure are summarized (380). The question of threshold values for absolute driving inability is discussed (381). The project Rosita-2, funded by the European Commission, NHTSA (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration), NIDA (National Institute on Drug Abuse) and ONDCP, (Office of National Drug Control Policy) is a 3-year project for the evaluation of roadside oral fluid drug tests, carried out in six countries in Europe and five states in the USA. Scientists not directly involved in the work of Rosita-2, have the possibility of register for the Rosita-2 meetings. Their final results are expected at the end of 2005. On the rosita.org website, several documents, the results of the first (1999-2000) Rosite project, are available. They cover drugs and medicines suspected to have a detrimental impact on road user performances; inventory of state-of-the-art road side testing equipment; operational, user and legal requirements across EU member states for roadside drug testing equipment; evaluation of different roadside drug tests. Drug-facilitated sexual assaults This phenomenon is more and more studied. The list of drugs reportedly associated with sexual assault is long and includes among others flunitrazepam with other benzodiazepines such as 273

diazepam, temazepam, clonazepam, oxazepam as well as gamma-hydroxybutyrate acid (GHB), ketamine, and scopolamine. Medicolegal approach is presented (382) and analytical developments in toxicological investigation too (383). Test devices are provided to detect drugs in drinks, in particular drugs which are used in rape. Benzodiazepines including Rohypnol and GHB or ecstasy can be detected (384-385). Screening method by micellar electrokinetic chromatography for common sexual assault drugs administred in beverages is presented (386) A method for detection of 4-hydroxybutyric acid and its precursor(s) in fluids is described (387). Ultra-rapid procedure to test it in blood and urine by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry is presented (388). A single exposure to GHB or benzodiazepine in a case of sexual assault can be documented by hair collection one month after the crime (151,161). Doping New and emerging technologies including gene transfer therapy, stem cell transplantation and bio-regenerative medicine, growth factors, muscle fiber phenotype transformation, red blood cell substitutes including modified hemoglobines and perfluorochemicals, and new drug delivery systems are published (389) The development of techniques and detectors allow to detect very small traces, and make easier the research of some types of products(310,311). Few developments and studies have been published: urinary testosterone can increase as a result of microbial action, however, the increases observed were small, and hence, the changes in the Testosterone/Epitestosterone ratio were minor (390); evaluation of human hepatocyte incubation as a new tool for metabolism study of androstenedione and norandrostenedione in a doping control perspective (391) Oxygen carriers or blood substitutes might represent the next step of fraudulent improvement of the physical performance (392). Legal Medicine Forensic medicine is progressing towards the use of high-tech methods, particularly 3D photogrammetry with the possibility to document the internal body morphologicaly using modern computed tomography (CT) and magnetic resonance techniques (393-394). For sudden unexpected death in infancy, postmortem screening for fatty acid oxidation disorders by analysis of Guthrie cards with tandem mass spectrometry is presented (395). For autopsy investigations, a reliable coagulation test, the PIVKA (Proteins Induced by Vitamine K Absence) II test can be used during the post-mortem period (396). Less than 48 h after death, the Creactive post-mortem protein (CRP) can differentiate acute of non acute death (397). A book Time since death has been published (398). Quality More and more quality assurance takes place in laboratories. Approach in USA (399) and special approach for alcohol (400), and hair (175-176, 401) are presented. Forensic analysts need to be trained (402). Several articles deal with strategy guidelines and recommendations for forensic toxicology practice as those used in Japan (319)

274

INFORMATION SOURCES Scientific Literature Some important books for toxicologists are presented: The clarkes: Isolation and identification of drugs (403); The 4th volume of Mass spectral and GC data of drugs, poisons, pesticides, pollutants and their metabolites (404); Criminal Poisoning: an investigational guide for law enforcement, toxicologists, forensic scientists, and attorneys (405); Handbook of analytical separations vol 2 : Forensic Sciences (406). Molecules of death present aflatoxin, botulinus toxin, domoic acid, ecstasy, heroin hydrogen sulphide, mercury, nerve gases, nicotine and the tobacco alkaloids, phosphorus, radon, ricin, snake toxins, spider toxins, strychnine, tetrodotoxin, thallium (119). Some papers summarized a lot of data: an overview of current resources in the field of toxicology (407); a concise survey of Forensic sciences's articles appearing in publications (68) or a recent presentation of toxicological expertise (408). A Lot of book of forensic or pharmacologic interest are reported on medlina .com Web sources The internet provides abundant web-sites and resources for practicing forensic toxicologists and people interested in this field. All the relevant journals related to the field of analytical and forensic toxicology are present on the web and provide on-line access to the tables of contents of their current and past issues. For example: the Journal of Analytical Toxicology (JAT,www.jatox.com), with a link to PubMed; Forensic Science International (www.elsevier.nl/locate/issn/03790738) offers free access to tables of contents, authors, and keywords indexes. Abstracts and full text of articles are available to subscribers through ScienceDirect (www.sciencedirect.com); Journal of Forensic Sciences (www.aafs.org); International Journal of Legal Medicine (link.springer.de/link/service/journals/00414/index.htm); Journal of Clinical Forensic Medicine (www.harcourt-international.com/ journals/jcfm); Journal of the Canadian Society of Forensic Science (www.csfs.ca/journal/journal.htm); Annales de Toxicologie Analytique (www.sfta.org/ATA/ATAintro.html). The catalogue of the available issues of The Journal of Psychoactive Drugs can be viewed at (www.hafci.org/journal), although, with no on-line access to the table of contents. Two on-line peer-reviewed scientific journals currently exist on the Internet, the International Journal of Drug Testing (www.criminology.fsu.edu/journal) and Forensic Science Communications (www.fbi.gov/search.htm) Certain organization as The Centre for Substance Abuse Prevention (CSAP) maintains a workplace resource centre (www.drugfreeworkplace.gov) which includes access to information regarding the drug-free federal and commercial workplace programs, substance abuse, drug testing, and workplace drug prevention research, or rosita (www.rosita.org) for roadside problems, or the National Institute for drug abuse (www.nida.nih.gov) ; A review includes a description of web-sites, databases of toxicological and analytical data, and web-based journals, forums and mailing lists (409).

275

Forensic Toxicology Societies A lot of countries have forensic toxicology societies and some organisations are international, as The International Association of Forensic Toxicology (TIAFT), The International Council on Alcohol, Drugs and Traffic Safety (ICADTS). They usually organise meeting, and use a forum for discussion and exchange of ideas on the web. Organizations such as The International Association for Chemical Testing (IACT), Society of Forensic Toxicologists (SOFT), American Academy of Forensic Science (AAFS), California Association of Toxicologists (CAT), the American Board of Forensic Toxicologists (ABFT), Forensic toxicologists, Canadian Society of forensic science (CSFS) La Societe Francaise de Toxicologie Analytique (SFTA)... have also web sites, forum and mailing lists so that, forensic toxicologists could exchange ideas, opinions, and news. Remarque We do our best to collect a maximun of development in toxicology until beginning of 2004. It's possible than we forget some, if we forgot our work, please accept our apologies. REFERENCES 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 Goulle JP. Mise au point alcoolmie: aspects analytiques et mdico-lgaux. Annales pharmaceutiques franaises 2001; 59:278-283. Maatz KR. Breath alcohol measuring: forensic usability and consequences from breath alcohol concentration decision made by the BGH. Blutalkohol 2002; 39(1):21-35. Schoknecht G. Comparison of quality of both breath and blood alcohol analysis with of the law infringement and criminal offence legislation. Blutalkohol 2002; 39(1):8-20. Krause D, Wittig H, Romhild W, Jachau K. Scientific bases of a breath alcohol threshold for criminal law. Blutalkohol 2002; 39(1):2-7. Rockerbie RA. Breath test technology (Chapter 6) In: Alcohol and drug intoxication, 2nd ed. Victoria BC, Canada: Alco trace publications, 2001; 106-155. Matsunaga H, Toda S, Mitsubayashi K. A stick-type enzyme electrode for a breath alcohol analysis. Journal of advanced science 2002; 14(1-2):19-20 . Franke M. Portable device for determining alcohol in respiratory air. Patent: DE20,109,866 (Cl. G01N33/48), 24 Jan 2002, Appl.20,109,866, 13 Jun 2001. Takeda N. Portable telephone for breath analysis. Patent: Kokai Tokkyo KohoJP 2002 44,007 (Cl. H04B7/26), 8 Feb 2002, Appl. 2000/224,823, 26 Jul 2000. Galatsis K, Li YX, Wlodarski W, Kalantar-Zadeh K, Comini E, Sberveglieri G. Solgel MoO3-WO3 thin films for ethanol vapor sensing. In: Di Natale, Sensors and Microsystems, Proceedings of the Italian Conference, 7th, Bologna, Italy, Feb. 4-6, 2002, Singapore: Singapore, World Scientific Publishing, 2002, ISBN: 981- 238-1813, 168-172. Fikus A, Lindner B. Device and method for measuring alcohol vapor concentration. Patent: U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. US 2003 121,309 (Cl. 73-23.3; G01N31/00), 3 Jul 2003, Appl. 34,125, 3 Jan 2002. Hodgson BT, Taylor M. Evaluation of the Drager Alcotest 7110 MKIII Dual C evidential breath alcohol analyzer. Journal of the Canadian Society of Forensic Science 2001; 34(3): 103-107. Gullberg RG. Breath alcohol measurement variability associated with different instrumentation and protocols. Forensic Science International 2003; 131:30-35.

010 011 012

276

013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021 022 023

024 025 026 027 028 029 030

Evers C. Feasibility of an introduction of breath alcohol sensitive ignition interlock devices for DUI Offenders in Europe - Results of the EU Project ALCOLOCKS. Blutalkohol 2003; 40: 20-36. Lord H, Yu Y, Segal A, Pawliszyn J. Breath analysis and monitoring by membrane extraction with sorbent interface. Analytical Chemistry 2002; 74(21): 5650-5657. Buckley TJ, Pleil JD, Bowyer JR, Davis JM. Evaluation of methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) as an interference on commercial breath-alcohol analyzers. Forensic Science International 2001; 123(2-3):111-118. Krishnan S, Lui SMWJ. A Study of acetone interference in Intoxilyzer 5000C. Journal of Canadian Society of Forensic Science 2002; 35(3):159-164. Dettling A, Schuff A, Skopp G, Strohbeck K, Peter L, Rainer H, Hans T. Falsification of breath alcohol testing by inhalation sprays, oral hygiene liquids and oral gels containing alcohol. Blutalkohol 2003; 40(5):343-353. Ernouf D, Lejeune B. Modification of breath sample alcohol level kinetics resulting from the association of citric acid and fructose. Annales de Biologie Clinique 2002; 60(3):299-306. Gullberg RG. Breath alcohol analysis in one subject with gastroesophageal reflux disease. Journal of Forensic Science 2001; 46 (6):1498-1503. Schoknecht G. Influence of the time lag between sampling when comparing breath and blood alcohol concentration. Blutalkohol 2002; 39:308-317 Schuff A, Riepert T, Erkens M, Weirich V, Grass H, Iffland R. Investigations of the BAC/BrAC quotient during the absorption phase and its significance for the waiting time until the start of breath alcohol measurement. Blutalkohol 2002; 39:145-153. Rockerbie RA. Breath Test Physiology (Chapter 5). In: Alcohol and drug intoxication, 2nd ed. Victoria BC, Canada: Alco trace publications 2001; 80-105. Haffner HT, Graw M, Jeske A, Schmitt G, Goll M, Dietz K. Precision of breath alcohol concentrations (BrAC) measured with the Draeger Alcotest 7110 Evidential in comparison with the precision of blood alcohol concentrations (BAC) obtained by forensic means. Blutalkohol 2002; 39(6):397-406. Rockerbie RA. Empirical blood alcohol estimation (Chapter 7) In: Alcohol and drug intoxication, 2nd ed. Victoria BC, Canada: Alco trace publications 2001; 156-179 Wilson PF, Freeman CG, Mc Ewan MJ, Milligan DB, Allardyce RA, Shaw GM. Alcohol in breath and blood: A selected ion flow tube mass spectrometric study. Rapid communications in mass spectrometry 2001; 15:413-417. Norberg A, Jones WA, Hahn RG, Gabrielsson JL. Role of variability in explaining ethanol pharmacokinetics: Research and forensic applications. Clinical Pharmacokinetics 2003; 42:1-31. Czekajska LH, Madro R. Percentage slope of maximal ethanol concentration in blood as a measure of ethanol elimination in controlled alcoholaemia. Z Zagadnien Nauk Sadowych 2001; 46:319-325. Gubala W, Piekoszewski W. Widmark's equation versus pharmacokinetic modelling in back calculation of alcohol concentration. Z Zagadnien Nauk Sadowych 2002; 50:3543. De Martinis BS, Martin CC. Automated headspace solid phase microextraction and capillary gas chromatography analysis of ethanol in postmortem specimens. Forensic Science International 2002; 128(3):115-119. Zuba D, Parczewski A, Reichenbacher M. Optimisation of solid-phase microextraction conditions for gas chromatographic determination of ethanol and other volatile compounds in blood. Journal of Chromatography. Biomedical Applications 2002; 773:75-82.

277

031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 039 040 041 042 043 044

045 046 047 048

Hook GL, Kimm GL, Hall T, Smith PA. Solid-phase microextraction (SPME) for rapid field sampling and analysis by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GCMS). Trends in Analytical Chemistry 2002; 21(8):534-543. Biwasaka H, Tokuta T, Sasaki Y, Niitsu H, Kumagai R, Aoki Y. Application of quantitative ethanol detector (QED) test kit to measure ethanol concentration in blood samples. Forensic Science International 2001; 124(2-3):124-129. Engelhart DA, Jenkins AJ. Evaluation of an onsite alcohol testing device for use in postmortem forensic toxicology. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25: 612-615. Jones AW, Holmgren P. Urine/blood ratios of ethanol in deaths attributed to acute alcohol poisoning and chronic alcoholism. Forensic Science International 2003; 135(3):206-212. Jones AW., Holmgren P. Comparison of blood-ethanol concentration in deaths attributed to acute alcohol poisoning and chronic alcoholism. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003; 48(4):874-879. Hardin GG. Postmortem blood and vitreous humour ethanol concentrations in a victim of a fatal motor vehicle crash. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002; 47(2):402-403. Gubala W, Zuba D. Inter and intra individual variations of blood/breath and saliva/breath ratios of alcohol. Z Zagadnien Nauk Sadowychs 2001; 46:326-332. Gubala W, Zuba D. Comparison of ethanol concentrations in saliva and blood. Journal of Canadian Society of Forensic Science 2002; 35(4):229-235 . Dubowski KM. Analysis of ethanol in saliva. In: On-Site Drug Testing, Edited by: Jenkins AJ, Goldberger BA. Humana Press: Totowa, N. J, 2002, ISBN : 0-89603-870X, 77-93. Madrid AM, Hurtado C, Gatica S, Chacon I, Toyos A, Defilippi C. Endogenous ethanol production, alterations in gastrointestinal motility and bacterial overgrowth and cirrhosis. Revista Medica de Chile 2002; 130(12):1329-1334. Lhermitte M, Klein A, Danel T. Biological markers of alcohol consumption. Annales de Toxicologie Analytique 2002; 14(1):58-63. Musshoff F. Chromatographic methods for the determination of markers of chronic and acute alcohol consumption. Journal of Chromatography B 2002; 781(1-2):457480. Czech E, Hartleb M. Non oxidative metabolism of ethanol and its influence on the metabolic pathway of serotonin and transferrin. Z Zagadnien Nauk Sadowychs 2002; 52:37-51 Bortolotti F, Tagliaro F, Cittadini F, Gottardo R, Trettene M, Marigo M. Determination of CDT, a marker of chronic alcohol abuse, for driving licence issuing: Immunoassay versus capillary electrophoresis. Forensic Science International 2002; 128(1-2):53-58. Hartwig S, Auwaerter V, Pragst F. Fatty acid ethyl esters in scalp, pubic, axillary, beard and body hair as markers for alcohol misuse. Alcohol and Alcoholism 2003; 38(2):163-167. Refaai MA, Nguyen PN, Cluette BJE, Laposata M. Ethyl arachidonate is the predominant fatty acid ethyl ester in the brains of alcohol-intoxicated subjects at autopsy. Lipids 2003; 38(3):269-273. Refaai MA, Nguyen PN, Steffensen TS, Evans RJ, Cluette BJE, Laposata M. Liver and adipose tissue fatty acid ethyl esters obtained at autopsy are postmortem markers for premortem ethanol intake. Clinical chemistry 2002; 48(1):77-83. Berkowicz A, Wallerstedt S, Wall K, Denison H. Analysis of carbohydrate-deficient transferrin (CDT) in vitreous humour as a forensic tool for detection of alcohol misuse. Forensic Science International 2003; 137(2-3):119-124.

278

049 050 051 052 053

054 055

056 057 058 059

060

061 062 063 064

065

Hansson P, Varga A, Krantz P, Alling C. Phosphatidylethanol in postmortem blood as a marker of previous heavy drinking. International Journal of Legal Medicine 2001; 115:158-161. Frey U, Rosler M. About the contribution of medicinal examinations in the evaluation of alcohol noticeable drivers medicinal markers in alcohol dependence and alcohol use. Blutalkohol 2003; 40(2):123-129. Wurst FM, Seidl S, Ladewig D, Mueller, Spahn F, Alt A. Ethyl glucuronide: on the time course of excretion in urine during detoxification. Addiction Biology 2002; 7(4):427-434. Droenner P, Schmitt G, Aderjan R, Zimmer H. A kinetic model describing the pharmacokinetics of ethyl glucuronide in humans. Forensic Science International 2002; 126(1):24-29. Zimmer H, Schmitt G, Aderjan R. Preliminary immunochemical test for the determination of ethyl glucuronide in serum and urine: Comparison of screening method results with gas chromatography mass spectrometry. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26:11-16. Janda I, Weinmann W, Kuehnle T, Lahode M, Alt A. Determination of ethyl glucuronide in human hair by SPE and LC-MS/MS. Forensic Science International 2002; 128(1-2):59-65. Bergstrom J, Helander A, Jones AW. Ethyl glucuronide concentrations in two successive urinary voids from drinking drivers: Relationship to creatinine content and blood and urine ethanol concentrations. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2): 86-94. Dahl H, Stephanson N, Beck O, Helander A. Comparison of urinary excretion characteristics of ethanol and ethyl glucuronide. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26:201-204. Goll M, Schmitt G, Ganssmann B, Aderjan R. Excretion profiles of ethyl glucuronide in human urine after internal dilution. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26: 262266. Coopman V, Cordonnier J, De Letter E, Piette M. Tissue distribution of trichloroethylene in a case of accidental acute intoxication by inhalation. Forensic Science International 2003; 134(2-3): 115-119 Watanabe-Suzuki K, Nozawa H, Suzuki O, Ishii A. Sensitive Analysis of Alkyl Alcohols as Decomposition Products of Alkyl Nitrites in Human Whole Blood and Urine by Headspace Capillary GC with Cryogenic Oven Trapping. Journal of Chromatographic Science 2003; 41(2):63-66 Wikstrm M, Holmgren P, Ahlner J. A2 (n-Benzylpiperazine) a new drug of abuse in sweden. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2004 january; 28:67-69 Staack RF, Fritschi G, Maurer HH. Studies on the metabolism and toxicological detection of the new designer drug N-benzylpiperazine in urine using gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2002; 773(1): 35-46 Anonyme, Benzylpiperazines, Microgram 2004, april:76 De-Boer D, Bosman IJ, Hidvegi E, Manzoni C, Benko AA, Dos-Reys LJAL et al. Piperazine-like compounds: a new group of designer drugs-of-abuse on the european market. Forensic Science International 2001; 121(1-2):47-56. Springer D, Peters FT, Fritschi G, Maurer HH. Studies on the metabolism and toxicological detection of the new designer drug 4'-methyl-r-pyrrolidinopropiophenone in urine using gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2002; 773(1):25-33 Meatherall R, Sharma P. Foxy, a designer tryptamine hallucinogen. Journal of analytical toxicology 2003 July/august:313-317 279

066 067

068 069 070

071 072 073 074 075 076 077 078

079 080

081 082

Freeman S, Alder JF. Arylethylamine psychotropic recreational drugs: a chemical perspective. European Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 2002, 37(7): 527-539 Baptista MJ, Monsanto PV, Pinho Marques EG, Bermejo A, Avila S, Castanheira AM, et al. Hair analysis for delta9-THC, delta9-THC-COOH, CBN, and CBD, by GC/MSEI comparison with GC/MS-NCI for delta9-THC-COOH. Forensic Science International. 2002; 128 (1-2):66-78 Brettell TA, Rudin N, Saferstein R. Forensic Science. Analytical Chemistry 2003; 75:2877-2890. Backofen U, Matysik FM, Lunte CE. Determination of cannabinoids in hair using high-pH non aqueous electrolytes and electrochemical detection. Some aspects of sensitivity and selectivity. Journal of Chromatography A 2002; 942(1-2):259-269. Giroud C, Menetrey A, Augsburger M, Buclin T, Sanchez-Mazas P, Mangin P. Delta9-THC, 11-OH-delta9-THC and delta9-THCCOOH plasma or serum to whole blood concentrations distribution ratios in blood samples taken from living and dead people. Forensic Science International. 2001; 123(2-3):159-164 Brunet B, Hauet T, Hebrard W, Papet Y, Mauco G, Mura P. Intrt d'un nouveau modle animal pour l'tude toxicocintique des drogues : application aux cannabinodes. Annales de toxicologie analytique 2004, in press Mura P, Cailleux A, Dumestre V, Kergueris MF, Kintz P, Morel I, et al. Conservation des cannabinodes dans le sang total. Rsultats d'une tude multicentrique. Meeting SFTA, Porticio, France 2004. Annales de toxicologie analytique; 2004, In press. Al Amri AM, Smith RM, El Haj BM, Juma'a MH. The GC-MS detection and characterization of reticuline as a marker of opium use. Forensic Science International 2004 may; 142(1):59-69 Meadway C, George S, Braithwaite R. Interpretation of GC-MS opiate results in the presence of pholcodine. Forensic Science International 2002 june; 127(1-2):131-135. Girod C, Staub C. Acetylcodeine as a marker of illicit heroin in human hair : method validation and results of a pilot study. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25(3):106-111 Stout PR, Farrell LJ. Opioids-Effects on human performance and behavior. Forensic Science Review 2003; 15(1):22-59. Fandino AS, Toennes SW, Kauert GF. Studies on in vitro degradation of anhydroecgonine methyl ester (methylecgonidine) in human plasma. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(8):567-570 Cone EJ, Sampson-Cone AH, Darwin WD, Huestis MA, Oyler JM. Urine testing for cocaine abuse: metabolic and excretion patterns following different routes of administration and methods for detection of false-negative results. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003 october; 27(7): 386-401. Preston KL, Epstein DH, Cone EJ, Wtsadik AT, Huestis MA, Moolchan ET. Urinary elimination of cocaine metabolites in chronic cocaine users during cessation. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(7):393-400 Toennes SW, Fandino AS, Hesse FJ, Kauert GF. Artifact production in the assay of anhydroecgonine methyl ester in serum using gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2003; 792(2): 345-351 Samyn N, De Boeck G, Wood M, Lamers CTJ, De Waard D, Brookhuis KA and al. Plasma, oral fluid and sweat wipe ecstasy concentrations in controlled and real life conditions. Forensic Science International 2002; 128 : 90-97 Theobald DS, Staack RF, Maurer HH. New designer drug 2C-T-2 on its metabolism and toxicological detection in rat urine using gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Annales de toxicologie analytique 2004, in press.

280

083 084 085 086

087 088 089 090 091

092 093

094 095 096 097 098 099 100 101

Maurer HH, Kraemer T. Amphetamine-derived designer drugs: metabolism and screening procedures. Laboratoriumsmedizin 2002; 26(1-2):37-42 Cole MD, Lea C, Oxley N. 4-Bromo-2,5-dimethoxyphenethylamine (2CB):A review of the public domain literature. Science & Justice 2002; 42(4): 223-224 Caldicott DGE, Edwards NA, Kruys A, Kirkbride KP, Sims DN, Byard RW et al. Dancing with death: Para-methoxyamphetamine overdose and its acute management. Journal of Toxicology, Clinical Toxicology 2003; 41(2):143-154 Jacobs W, Tote K, De Meyere C, Schepens P. Paramethoxyamphetamine (PMA) related fatalities in Antwerp, Belgium. Meeting of the International Association of Forensic Sciences, 16th, Montpellier, France, Sept. 2-7, 2002, 81-84. Edited by: Baccino, Eric. Monduzzi Editore: Bologna, Italy ISBN: 88-323-2902-6 Johansen SS, Hansen AC, Mueller IB, Lundemose JB, Franzmann MB CASE REPORT: Three Fatal Cases of PMA and PMMA Poisoning in Denmark. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(4):253-256 Curtis B, Kemp P, Harty L, Choi C, Christensen D. Postmortem identification and quantitation of 2,5-Dimethoxy-4-n-propylthiophenethylamine using GCMSD and GCNPD. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003 October; 27( 7):493-498 Logan BK, Couper FJ. 3,4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine effects on human performance and behavior. Forensic Science Review 2003; 15(1):11-28 Libong D, Bouchonnet S. Collision-induced dissociations of trimethylsilylated lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) in ion trap multiple stage mass spectrometry. International Journal of Mass Spectrometry 2002; 219(3): 615-624 Skopp G, Potsch L, Mattern R, Aderjan R. Short-term stability of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD), N-Desmethyl-LSD, and 2-Oxo-3-hydroxy-LSD in urine, assessed by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry. Clinical Chemistry 2002; 48(9):1615-1618 Wiegand RF, Klette KL, Stout PR, Gehlhausen JM. Comparison of EMIT II, CEDIA, and DPC RIA assays for the detection of lysergic acid diethylamide in forensic urine samples. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(7):519-523. Cheze M, Vayssette F, Pepin G. Dosage du LSD dans les phanres par chromatographie liquide couple la spectromtrie de masse ou par chromatographie gazeuse couple la spectromtrie de masse tandem. Annales de Toxicologie Analytique 2001; 13(2):63-68. Mozayani A. Phencyclidine-Effects on human performance and behavior. Forensic Science Review 2003; 15(1):61-74 Elian AA. Determination of endogenous gamma-hydroxybutyric acid (GHB) levels in antemortem urine and blood. Forensic Science International 2002; 128(3):120-122 Elliott S. Gamma hydroxybutyric acid (GHB) concentrations in humans and factors affecting endogenous production. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2):9-16 Elliott S, Lowe P, Symonds A. The possible influence of micro-organisms and putrefaction in the production of GHB in post-mortem biological fluid. Forensic Science International 2004 January; 139(2-3):183-190. Yeatman DT, Reid K. A study of urinary endogenous gamma-hydroxybutyrate (GHB) levels. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(1):40-42 Kerrigan S. In vitro production of gamma-hydroxybutyrate in antemortem urine samples. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(8): 571-574 Kintz M, Villain M, Cirimele V, Jamey C, Ludes B. Testing for a nightmare...or GHB in post-mortem blood. TIAFT meeting in Melbourne 2003, in press Moriya F, Hashimoto Y. Postmortem formation of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid in blood. Japanese Journal of Forensic Toxicology 2003; 21(3): 262-269

281

102 103 104 105 106 107 108

109 110 111 112 113

114 115 116 117 118

Miro O, Nogue S, Espinosa G, To-Figueras J, Sanchez M. Trends in illicit drug emergencies: the emerging role of gamma-hydroxybutyrate. Journal of Toxicology, Clinical Toxicology 2002; 40(2):129-135 Bosman IJ, Lusthof KJ. Forensic cases involving the use of GHB in The Netherlands. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2):17-21 Mozayani A, Schrode P, Carter J, Danielson TJ. A multiple drug fatality involving MK-801 (dizocilpine), a mimic of phencyclidine. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2):113-117 Romhild W, Krause D, Bartels H, Ghanem A, Schoning R, Wittig H. LC-MS/MS analysis of pholedrine in a fatal intoxication case. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2):101-106 Proenca P, Marques EP, Teixeira H, Castanheira F, Barroso M, Avila S, Vieira DN. A fatal forensic intoxication with fenarimol: analysis by HPLC/DAD/MSD. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2):95-100 Brehmer C, Iten PX. Rapid determination of carboxyhemoglobin in blood by Oximeter. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2): 179-181 Hasegawa M, Kimura K, Hieda Y, Yakabe T, Maseda C, Kagawa M, et al. Fatal and non-fatal levels of carboxyhemoglobin (COHb) in blood: an experimental study on changes in COHb level in blood due to changes in carbon monoxide level in the air. Japanese Journal of Forensic Toxicology 2002; 20(3): 320-327. Tracqui A, Raoul JS, Geraut A, Berthelon L, Ludes B. Determination of Blood Cyanide by HPLCMS. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(3):144-148. Calafat AM, Stanfill SBR. Rapid quantitation of cyanide in whole blood by automated headspace gas chromatography. Journal of Chromatography B, Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences, May 2002; 772(1):131 Chinaka S, Tanaka S, Takayama N, Tsuji N, Takou S, Ueda K. High sensitivity analysis of cyanide by capillary electrophoresis with fluorescence detection. Analytical Sciences 2001 May; 17(5):649-652 Moriya F, Hashimoto Y. Chemical factors affecting the interpretation of blood cyanide concentrations in fire victims. Legal Medicine 2003; 5(Suppl. 1): S113-S117 Kupfermann N, Schmoldt A. Detection of alkylphosphates in urine after organophosphate intoxication. GTFCh-Symposium: Toxikologische Aspekte der SterbehilfeNeue Drogen: Chemische, Analytische und Toxikologische Aspekte, Beitraege zum Symposium der Gesellschaft fuer Toxikologische und Forensische Chemie, 12th, Mosbach, Germany, 2001 Apr; 26-28(Pub. 2001), 247-253 Tsuge K, Seto Y. Analysis of organophosphorus compound adducts of serine proteases by liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2002; 776(1):79-88 Akgur SA, Ozturk P, Solak I, Moral AR, Ege B. Human serum paraoxonase (PON1) activity in acute organophosphorous insecticide poisoning. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2):136-140 Kaise T. Speciation of arsenic compounds in biological samples by high performance liquid chromatography inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry system. Purazuma, Kaku Yugo Gakkaishi 2002; 78(7):646-652 Sur R, Hajimiragha H, Begerow J, Dunemann L. Coupling of solid phase microextraction and GC-MS. Arsenic metabolism in humans. Chemie in Unserer Zeit 2003; 37(4): 248-256 De Wolff FA, Berend K, Van der Voet GB. Subacute fatal aluminum poisoning in dialyzed patients: post-mortem toxicological findings. Forensic Science International 2002; 128(1-2): 41-43

282

119 120 121

122

123

124 125 126 127 128

129

130

131 132

Ramsden D. Thallium. in Molecules of Death, 2002, 304-311 Edited by Waring RH, Steventon GB, Mitchell SC. Imperial College Press: London, UK - ISBN: 1-86094127-3. Charlier C, Kintz P, Dubois N, Plompeux G. Fatal overdosage with cisplatin. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2004 march; 28:138-140. Al-Dirbashi OY, Ikeda K, Takahashi M, Kuroda N, Ikeda S, Nakashima K. Drugs of abuse in a non-conventional sample, detection of methamphetamine and its main metabolite amphetamine in abusers' clothes by HPLC with UV and fluorescence detection. Biomedical Chromatography. 2001; 15(7):457-463 Wood M, Laloup M, Pien K, Samyn N, Morris M, Maes RAA, et al. Development of a rapid and sensitive method for the quantitation of benzodiazepines in Calliphora vicina larvae and puparia by LC-MS-MS. Journal of analytical toxicology 2003; 27 (2):78-87. Weinmann W, Muller C, Vogt S, Frei A. LC-MS-MS analysis of the neuroleptics clozapine, flupentixol, haloperidol, penfluridol, thioridazine, and zuclopentixol in hair obtained from psychatric patients. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26 (7):303307. Kronstrand R, Nystrom I, Josefsson M, Hodgins S. Segmental ion spray LC-MS-MS analysis of benzodiazepines in hair of psychatric patients. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26 (10):479-484. Goodpaster JV, Bishop JJ, Brenner BA. Forensic analysis of hair surface components using off-line supercritical fluid extraction and large volume injection. Journal of Separation Science 2003; 26 (1/2):137-141. El-Mahjoub A, Staub C. Determination of benzodiazepines in human hair by on-line high-performance liquid chromatography using a restricted access extraction column. Forensic Science International 2001; 123(1): 17-25. Miki A, Katagi M, Tsuchihashi H. Determination of methamphetamine and its metabolites incorporated in hair by column-switching liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003 march; 27:95-102. Moor C, Guzaldo F, Donahue T. The determination of 11-nor-delta-9tetrahydrocannabinol-9-carboxylic acid (THC-COOH) in hair using negative ion gas chromatography-mass spectrometry and high volume injection. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25(10):555-558. Musshoff F, Junker HP, Lachenmeier DW, Kroener L, Madea B. Fully automated determination of cannabinoids in hair samples using head-space solid-phase microextraction and gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(11):554-560. Junker H, Lachenmeier D, Kroner L, Musshoff F, Madea B. Fully automated determination of drugs in hair samples by alkaline hydrolysis as well as headspacesolid-phase microextraction (HS-SPME) with derivatization on fiber and gas chromatography mass spectrometry (GC-MS). GT-FCh-Symposium : Toxikologische Aspekte der Sterbehilfe- Neue Drogen : Chemische, Analytische und Toxikologische Aspekte, Beitrage zum symposium der gesemmschaft fur Toxikologische und Forensische Chemie, 12th, Mosbach, Germany, 2001, Apr- 26-28. Audinot JN, Yegles M, Labarthe A, Ruch D, Wennig R, Migeon HN. Detection and quantification of benzodiazepines in hair by Tof-SIMS. Applied Surface Science 2003; 718-721. Miki A, Katagi M, Tsuchihaschi H. Application of EMIT d.a.u. for the semiquantitative screening of metamphetamine incorporated in hair. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(5):274-279.

283

133 134

135 136 137

138 139

140 141

142 143 144 145 146 147

Cooper G, Wilson L, Reid C, Baldwin D, Hand C, Spiehler V. Validation of the Cozart Microplate ELISA for detection of opiates in hair. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(8):581-586. Sachs H, Gutjahr-Ruhland C, Schwarz G. Diagnostix Single step as a pre-test for the examination of cocaine in hair. GTGCh-Symposium: toxikologische aspekte des sterbehilfe. Neue frogen: chemische, analytische and toxikologische aspekte, beitrage zum symposium des gesellschaft fuer tjocilologische und forensische chemie, 12 th, Mosbach, Germany, 2001 apr; 26-28. Romano G, Barbera N, Spadaro G, Valenti V. Determination of drugs of abuse in hair: Evaluation of external heroin contamination and risk of false positives. Forensic Science International 2003; 131(1):98-102. Romano G, Barbera N, Lombardo I. Hair testing for drugs of abuse: evaluation of external cocaine contamination and risk of false positives. Forensic Science International 2001; 123(2-3):119-129. Paulsen RB, Wilkins DG, Slawson MH, Shaw K, Rollins DE. Effect of four laboratory decontamination procedures on the quantitative determination of cocaine and metabolites in hair by HPLC-MS. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25(10):490496. Shaffer MI, Wang WL, Irving J. An evaluation of two wash procedures for the differentiation of external contamination versus ingestion in the analysis of human hair samples for cocaine. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(10):485-488. Potsch L, Emmerich P, Skopp G. Preliminary approach to elucidate the role of pigment as a binding site for drugs and chemicals in anagen hair: pigments as carriers for 3H-haloperidol in HaCaT/Sk-Mel-1 co-cultures. International Journal of Legal Medicine 2002; 116:12-16. Claffey DJ, Stout PR, Ruth JA. 3H-nicotine, 3H-flunitrazepam, and 3H-cocaine incorporation into melanin: a model for the examination of drug-melanin interactions. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25(10):607-611. Kronstrand R, Ahlner J, Dizdar N, Larson G. Quantitative analysis of desmethylselegiline, methamphetamine and amphetamine in hair and plasma from parkinson patients of long-term selegiline medication. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27 (3):135-141. Rollins DE, Wilkins DG, Krueger GG, Ausburger MP, Atsuhiro M, O'Neal C, et al. The effect of hair color on the incorporation of codeine into human hair. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(8):545-551. Wilkins DG, Atsuhiro M, Borges CR, Slawson MH, Rollins DE. Ofloxacin as a reference marker in hair of various colors. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(3):149-155. Mieczkowski T. Assessing the potential of a "color effect" for hair analysis of 11-nor9-carboxy-delta9-tetrahydrocannabinol: analysis of a large sample of specimens. Life Science 2003; 74(4):463-469. Borges CR, Roberts JC, Wilkins DG, Rollins DE. Cocaine, benzoylecgonine, amphetamine, and N-acetylamphetamine binding to melanin subtypes. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(4):125-134. Borges CR, Wilkins DG, Rollins DE. Amphetamine and N-acetyl amphetamine incorporation into hair: an investigation of the potential role of drug basicity in hair colour bias. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25(5):221-227. Raul JS, Cirimele V, Ludes B, Kintz P. A single therapeutic treatment with betamethasone is detectable in hair. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(11):582-583.

284

148 149 150 151 152

153

154

155

156 157 158

159 160 161 162

Negrusz A, Moore CM, Hinkel KB, Stockham TL, Verma M, Strong MJ. Deposition of 7-aminoflunitrazepam and flunitrazepam in hair after a single dose of rohypnol. Journal of Forensic Science 2001; 46(5):1143-1151. Negrusz A, Bowen AM, Moore CM, Dowd SM, Strong MJ, Janicak PG. Deposition of 7-aminoclonazepam and clonazepam in hair following a single dose of Klonopin. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(10): 471-478. Kronstrand R, Andersson MC, Ahlner J, Larson G. Incorporation of selegiline metabolites into hair after oral selegiline intake. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25 (10):594-601. Kintz P, Cirimele V, Jamey C, Ludes B. Testing for GHB in hair by GC/MS/MS after a single exposure. Application to document sexual assault. Journal of Forensic Science 2003; 48(1):195-200. Yegles M, Labarthe A, Wennig R. Mise en vidence de l'thylglucuronide (EtG) par GC/MS-NCI dans les cheveux. Interet de l'EtG par rapport aux marqueurs sanguins de l'alcoolisme chronique? GTGCh-Symposium : toxikologische aspekte des sterbehilfe. Neue frogen : chemische, analytische and toxikologische aspekte, beitrage zum symposium des gesellschaft fuer tjocilologische und forensische chemie, 12 th, Mosbach, Germany, 2001 apr :26-28. Pragst F, Auwarter V, Sporkert F, Spiegel K. Analysis of fatty acid ethyl esters in hair as possible markers of chronically elevated alcohol consumption by head-space solid phase microextraction (HS-SPME) and gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Forensic Science International 2001; 121 (1-2):76-88. Auwarter V, Sporkert F, Hartwig S, Pragst F, Hannelore V, Diefenbacher A. Fatty acid ethyl esters in hair as markers of alcohol consumption. Segmental hair analysis of alcoholics, social drinkers, and teetotalers. Clinical Chermistry 2001; 47(12):21142123. Wurst FM, Alexson S, Wolfersdorf M, Bechtel G, Forster S, Alling C, et al. Concentration of fatty acid ethyl esters in hair of alcoholics: comparison to other biological state markers and self reported ethanol intake. Alcohol and alcoholism 2004; 39(1):33-38. Hartwig S, Auwarter V, Pragst F. Effect of hair care and hair cosmetics on the concentrations of fatty acid ethyl esters in hair as markers of chronically elevated alcohol consumption. Forensic Science International 2003; 131(2-3):90-97. Pepin G, Gaillard Y, Cheze M, Goulle JP. Le GHB dans les phanres : rsultats et interprtation. Journal de Medecine Lgale Droit Mdical 2003; 46(2):93-100. Goulle JP, Chze M, Pepin G. Determination of endogenous levels of GHB in human hair. Are there possibilities for the identification of GHB administration through hair analysis in cases of drug-facilitated sexual assault? Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(8):574-580. Kintz P, Villain M, Ludes B. Testing for zolpidem in hair. Application to document sexual assault. Bulletin TIAFT 2003; 23(1):6-7. Frison G, Favretto D, Tedeschi L, Ferrara SD. Detection of thiopental and pentobarbital in head and in pubic hair in a case of drug-facilitated sexual assault. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2):171-174. Pepin G, Cheze M, Duffort G, Vayssette F. De l'intrt des cheveux et de la spectromtrie de masse en tandem pour la soumission chimique : propos de neuf cas. Annales de Toxicologie Analytique 2002; 14 (4):395-406. Kintz P, Villain M, Tracqui A, Cirimele V, Ludes B. Buprenorphine in drug-facilitated sexual abuse: a fatal case involving a 14-year-old boy. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(7):527-529.

285

163 164 165 166

167 168

169 170 171

172 173

174 175 176 177 178

Kintz P, Cirimele V, Dumestre-Toulet V, Villain M, Ludes B. Doping control for methenolone using hair analysis by gas chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography Biomed. Appl. 2002; 766:161-167. Cirimele V, Kintz P, Goulle JP, Ludes B. Prednisone concentrations in human hair. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(3):110-112. Dumestre-Toulet V, Cirimele V, Ludes B, Gromb S, Kintz P. Hair analysis of seven bodybuilders for anabolic steroids, ephedrine, and clenbuterol. Journal of Forensic Science 2002; 47(1):211-214. Durant A, Fente CA, Franco CM, Vazquez BI, Mayo S, Cepeda A. Development of a diphasic dialysis method for the extraction /purification of residues of ethinylestradiol in hair of cattle, and determination by gas chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography B : Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Science 2002; 766(2):251-256. Popot Ma, Boyer S, Maciejewski P, Garcia P, Bonnaire Y, Beyet L, et al. Determination of clenbuterol in horse hair by gas chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry. Chromatographia 2001; 53:375-379. Dumestre-Toulet V, Cirimele V, Gromb S, Belooussof T, Lavault D, Ludes B, Kintz P. Last performance with VIAGRA: post-mortem identification of sildenafil and its metabolites in biological specimens including hair samples. Forensic Science International 2002; 126(1):71-76. Spokert F, Pragst F, Bacchus R, Masuhr F, Harms L. Determination of cathinone, cathine, and norephedrine in hair of yemenite khat chewers. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2):39-46. Cirimele V, Kintz P, Doray S, Ludes B. Determination of chronic abuse of the anaesthetic agents midazolam and propofol as demonstrated by hair analysis. International Journal of Legal Medicin 2002; 116:54-57. Stanaszek R, Piekoszewski W. Simultaneous determination of eight underivatized amphetamines in hair by high-performance liquid chromatography-atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectrometry (HPLC-APCI-MS) Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2004 march; 28(2):77-85. Kintz P, Goulle JP, Fornes P, Ludes B. A new series of hair analysis from Napoleon confirms chronic exposure to arsenic (letter). Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(11):584-585. Cirimele V, Palloch P, Pelzing M, Hebert Y, Pelissier-Alicot, Ludes B, Kintz P. Caracterisation du furosemide dans les cheveux par LC-MS-MS. Xe congrs annuel de la Socit Franaise de Toxicologie Analytique - Martigny (Suisse), 2002 , 19-21 Juin. Annales de Toxicologie analytique 2002:2 Sanders KP, Marshall M, Oxley JC, Smith JL, Egee L. Preliminary investigation into the recovery of explosives from hair. Science & Justice 2002; 42 (3):137-142. Montagna M, Polettini A, Stramesi C, Groppi A, Vignali C. Hair analysis for opiates, cocaine and metabolites. Evaluation of a method by interlaboratory comparison. Forensic Science International 2002; 128(1):79-83. Staub C, Jurado C. Contrles de qualit dans le domaine de l'analyse des cheveux : l'exprience de la SOHT (Socit of hair testing). 12 meeting SFTA, Annales de toxicologie analytique 2004, in press. Samyn N, De Boeck G, Verstraete AG.The use of oral fluid and sweat wipes for the detection of drugs of abuse in drivers. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002; 47(6): 13801387 Dams R, Murphy CM, Choo RE, Lambert WE, De Leenheer AP, Huestis MA. LCatmospheric pressure chemical ionization-MS/MS, Analysis of multiple illicit drugs, methadone and their metabolites in oral fluid following protein precipitation. Analytical Chemistry 2003 75(4): 798-804. 286

179

180 181 182 183 184 185

186

187 188 189 190 191 192

193 194 195

Yonamine M, Tawil N, Moreau RLM, Alves Silva O. Solid-phase micro-extractiongas chromatography-mass spectrometry and headspace-gas chromatography of tetrahydrocannabinol, amphetamine, methamphetamine, cocaine and ethanol in saliva samples. Journal of Chromatography, B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2003; 789(1): 73-78 Fucci N, De Giovanni N, Chiarotti M. Simultaneous detection of some drugs of abuse in saliva samples by SPME technique. Forensic Science International 2003, 134(1), 40-45 Samyn N, De Boeck G, Cirimele V, Verstraete AG, Kintz P. Detection of Flunitrazepam and 7-aminoflunitrazepam in oral fluid after controlled administration of Rohypnol. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002 May/June ; 26 : 211-215 Presley L, Lehrer M, Seiter W, Hahn D, Rowland B, Smith M, et al. High prevalence of 6-acetylmorphine in morphine-positive oral fluid specimens. Forensic Science International 2003, 133(1-2), 22-25 Liberty HJ, Johnson B, Fortner N, Randolph D. Detecting crack and other cocaine use with fastpatches. Addiction Biology 2003; 8(2):191-200 Pichini S, Navarro M, Pacifici R, Zuccaro P, Ortuno J, Farre M, et al. Usefulness of sweat testing for the detection of MDMA after a single-dose administration. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(5): 294-303 Cingolani M, Scavella S, Mencarelli R, Mirtella D, Froldi R, Rodriguez D. Simultaneous detection and quantitation of morphine, 6-acetylmorphine, and cocaine in toenails: comparison with hair analysis. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2004 march; 28:128-131. Teixeira HM, Reis F, Quintela O, Lopez-Rivadulla M, Marques EP, Vieira DN. The use of vitreous humor to detect/confirm medical substances. Meeting of the International Association of Forensic Sciences, 16th, Montpellier,France, Sept. 2-7, 2002, 195-199. Edited by: Baccino, Eric. Monduzzi Editore: Bologna, Italy. ISBN: 88323-2902-6 ; 2002. Cody JT, Valtier S. Effects of Stealth adulterant on immunoassay testing for drugs of abuse. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25(6): 466- 470 Cody JT. Sample adulteration and on-site drug tests. On-Site Drug Testing 2002; 253264 Werner HL. Method and marker substances for identifying the authenticity of a person's urine sample. CLASS: ICM: G01N033-48. ICS: G01N033-58; G01N033-49; G01N033-497. APPLICATION: DE 2001-10130321 22 Jun 2001. Ferslew KE, Nicolaides AN, Robert TA. Determination of chromate adulteration of human urine by automated colorimetric and capillary ion electrophoretic analyses. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003, 27(1), 36-39 Carter JM, Immekus RL. Method of detecting oxidizing adulterants in urine. U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. US 20030138959 A1 24 Jul 2003,6 pp. Smith JV. Method for detection of bromine in urine using liquid chemistry dry chemistry test pads and lateral flow. U.S. US 6537823 B1 25 Mar 2003, 13 pp. CLASS: ICM: G01N033-48. NCL: 436125000; 422056000; 436063000; 436166000; 436169000. APPLICATION: US 2000-556395 24 Apr 2000. Das Gupta A, Wahed A, Wells A. Rapid spot tests for detecting the presence of adulterants in urine specimens submitted for drug testing. American Journal of Clinical Pathology 2002, 117(2), 325-329 Wong R. The effect of adulterants on urine screen for drugs of abuse: Detection by an on-site dipstick device. American Clinical Laboratory 2002, 21(1), 37-39 Paul BD, Jacobs A. Effects of oxidizing adulterants on detection of 11-nor-delta9THC-9-carboxylic acid. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(7): 460-463 287

196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205

206 207 208

209 210 211 212

213

Wong R. Combination drug test and adulterant test device. PCT Int. Appl. WO 02 08,729 (Cl. G01N21/00), 31 Jan 2002, US Appl. 810,783, 16 Mar 2001; 22 pp. Green MD, Mount DL, Wirtz RA. Authentication of artemether, artesunate and dihydroartemisinin antimalarial tablets using a simple colorimetric method. Tropical Medicine & International Health 2001; 6(12):980-982 Alston WC, Ng K. Rapid colorimetric screening test for Gamma-hydroxybutyric acis (liquid X) in human urine. Forensic Science International 2002 april; 126(2):114-117 Gronholm M, Lillsunde PA. Comparison between on-site immunoassay drug-testing devices and laboratory results. Forensic Science International 2001, 121(1-2), 37-46. Leino A, Saarimies J, Gronholm M, Lillsunde P. Comparison of eight commercial onsite screening devices for drugs-of-abuse testing. Scandinavian Journal of Clinical & Laboratory Investigation 2001, 61, 325-332. Kadehjian LJ. Performance of five non-instrumented urine drug-testing devices with challenging near-cutoff specimens. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001, 25(8), 670679. Crouch DJ, Hersch RK, Cook RF, Frank JF, Walsh JM. A field evaluation of five onsite drug-testing devices. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002, 26(7), 493-499. George S, Braithwaite RA. Use of on-site testing for drugs of abuse. Clinical Chemistry 2002, 48(10), 1639-1646. Peace MR, Poklis JL, Tarnai LD, Poklis A. An evaluation of the OnTrak Testcup-er on-site urine drug-testing device for drugs commonly encountered from emergency departments. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002, 26(7), 500-503. Lyons TP, Okano CK, Kuhnle JA, Bruins JA, Darwin WD, Moolchan, et al. Comparison of Roche Kinetic Interaction of Microparticles in Solution (KIMS) assay for cannabinoids and GC-MS analysis for 11-nor-9-carboxy-delta-9tetrahydrocannabinol. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001, 25(7), 559-564. Lekskulchai V, Mokkhavesa C. Evaluation of Roche Abuscreen ONLINE amphetamine immunoassay for screening of new amphetamine analogues. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001, 25(6), 471-475. Loor R, Lingenfelter C, Wason PP, Tang K, Davoudzadeh D. Multiplex assay of amphetamine, methamphetamine, and ecstasy drug using CEDIA technology. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002, 26(5), 267-273. Spanbauer AC, Casseday S, Davoudzadeh D, Preston KL, Huestis MA. Detection of opiate use in a methadone maintenance treatment population with the CEDIA 6acetylmorphine and CEDIA DAU opiate assays. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001, 25(7), 515-519. George C, George S, Parmar S. Application of the CEDIA 6-MAM assay to routine drugs-of-abuse screening. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(4):233-235. Cirimele V, Kintz P, Lohner S, Ludes B. Enzyme immunoassay validation for the detection of buprenorphine in urine. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(2):103-105. Lewis MG, Lewis JG, Elder PA, Moore GA. An enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) for methylphenidate (RITALIN) in urine. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(6):342-345. Barnes AJ, Kim I, Scepers R, Moolcham ET, Wilson L, Cooper G, et al. Sensitivity, specificity and efficiency indetecting opiates in oral fluid with the Cozart opiate microplate EIA and GC-MS following controlled codeine administration. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003 october; 27(7):402- 406. Kemp P, Sneed G, Kupiec T, Spiehler V. Validation of a microtitre plate ELISA for screening of postmortem blood for opiates and benzodiazepines. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(7):504-512.

288

214 215

216 217 218

219

220 221

222 223

224

225

226 227

Kupiec T, DeCicco L, Spiehler V, Sneed G, Kemp P. Choice of an ELISA assay for screening postmortem blood for amphetamine and/or methamphetamine. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(7):513-518. Kroener L, Musshoff F, Madea B. Evaluation of immunochemical drug screenings of whole blood samples. A retrospective optimization of cutoff levels after confirmationanalysis on GC-MS and HPLC-DAD. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003, 27(4), 205-213. Hino Y, Ojanpera I, Rasanen I, Vuori E. Performance of immunoassays in screening for opiates, cannabinoids and amphetamines in post-mortem blood. Forensic Science International 2003, 131(2-3), 148-155. Grobosch T, Lemm-Ahlers U. Immunoassay screening of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) and its confirmation by HPLC and fluorescence detection following LSD immunelute extraction. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002, 26(3), 181-186. Snyder H, Schwenzer KS, Pearlman R, McNally AJ, Tsilimidos M, Salamone SJ, et al. Serum and urine concentrations of flunitrazepam and metabolites, after a single oral dose, by immunoassay and GC-MS. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001, 25(8), 699-704. Wang PH, Liu C, Tsay WI, Li JH, Liu RH, Wu TG,et al. Improved screen and confirmation test of 7-aminoflunitrazepam in urine specimens for monitoring flunitrazepam (Rohypnol) exposure. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(7):411-418. Kankaanpaa A, Meririnne E, Ellermaa S, Ariniemi K, Sepala T. Detection and assay of cis- and trans-isomers of 4-methylaminorex in urine, plasma and tissue samples. Forensic Science International 2001, 121(1-2), 57-64. Stout PR, Klette KL, Wiegand R. Comparison and evaluation of DRI(r) methamphetamine, DRI ecstasy, Abuscreen ONLINE amphetamine, and a modified Abuscreen ONLINE amphetamine screening immunoassays for the detection of amphetamine (AMP), methamphetamine (MTH), 3,4-methylenedioxyamphetamine (MDA), and 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA) in human urine. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003, 27(5):265-269. Elian AA. ELISA detection of clonazepam and 7-aminoclonazepam in whole blood and urine. Forensic Science International 2003; 134(1):54-56. Staack RF, Maurer HH. New Buhlmann ELISA for determination of amanitins in urine - are there false positive results due to interferences with urine matrix, drugs or their metabolites ? The Bulletin of The International Association of Forensic Toxicologists 2001; 31(4):17-18. Baden LR, Horowitz G, Jacoby H, Eliopoulos GM. Quinolones and false-positive urine screening for opiates by immunoassay technology. The Journal of the American Medical Association 2001; 286(24):3115-3119. Schutz H, Erdmann F, Risse M, Weiler G. Studies of interferences of apomorphine and its metabolites or decomposition products with immunochemical screening tests for legal and illicit drugs after therapeutic doses of apomorphine. ArzneimittelForschung 2002, 52(9), 716-719. Tsoukali H, Raikos N, Psaroulis D. Cross reaction of high concentrations of ranitidine with the Abbott amphetamine/methamphetamine II assay. The Bulletin of The International Association of Forensic Toxicologists 2001, 31(2), 12-13. Kraemer T, Wennig R, Maurer HH. The antispasmodic drug mebeverine leads to positive amphetamine results by fluorescence polarization immunoassay (FPIA)studies on the toxicological analysis of urine by FPIA and GC-MS. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25(5):333-338. 289

228

229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237

238 239 240 241 242 243 244

Nishigughi Minori, Kinoshita Hiroshi, Higasa Kumi, Taniguchi Tadaaki, Ouchi Harumi, Minami Takako, et al. The false positive reaction of the Triage panel drug-ofabuse by herbal drugs Ma-huang (Ephedra sinica (Ephedraceae)). Nippon Hoigaku Zasshi 2001, 55(3), 331-338. Lora-Tamayo C, Tena T, Rodriguez A, Moreno D. High concentration of chloroquine in urine gives positive result with amphetamine CEDIA reagent. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(1):58. Levisky JA, Karch SB, Bowerman DL, Jenkins WW, Johnson DG, Davies D. Falsepositive RIA for methamphetamine following ingestion of an ephedra-derived herbal product. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(2):123-124. Katagi M, Miki A, Tatsuno M, Nakajima K, Tsuchihashi H. Enantiomeric screening of methamphetamine in urine by EMIT. Journal of Forensic Toxicology 2001; 19(3):206217. Chronister CW, Walrath JC, Goldberger BA. Rapid detection of benzoylecgonine in vitreous humour by enzyme immunoassay. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001, 25(7):621-624. Gorczynski LY, Melbye FJ. Detection of benzodiazepines in different tissues, including bone, using a quantitative ELISA assay. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46(4):916-918. Raikos N, Tsoukali H, Njau SN. Determination of opiates in postmortem bone and bone marrow. Forensic Science International 2001; 123(2-3):140-141. Pacifici R, Farre M, Pichini S, Ortuno J, Roset PN, Zuccaro P, et al. Sweat testing of MDMA with the drugwipe analytical device: a controlled study with two volunteers. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25(2):144-146. Samyn N, De Boeck G, Verstraete AG. The use of oral fluid and sweat wipes for the detection of drugs of abuse in drivers. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002; 47(6):13801387. De Letter EA, Espeel MFA, Craeymeersch MEC, Lambert WE, Clauwaert KM, Dams R, et al. Immunohistochemical demonstration of the amphetamine derivatives 3,4methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA) and 3,4-methylenedioxyamphetamine (MDA) in human post-mortem brain tissues and the pituitary gland. International Journal of Legal Medecine 2003, 117:2-9. Ghoshal M, Vitone S, Sigler GF, McNally AJ. Immunoassay for LSD and 2-oxo-3hydroxy-LSD. European Patent Application. EP 1,148,339 (Cl. G01N33/94), 24 Oct 2001, US Appl. 733,534, 8 Dec 2000; 22 pp. Casterlin D, Wells HJ, Cipkowski S. Device for the testing of fluid samples and process for making the device. PATENT-US; 2002; NO. US 6372515 B1; April; P1-10 Dillon PP, Daly SJ, Manning BM, O'Kennedy R. Immunoassay for the determination of morphine-3-glucuronide using a surface plasmon resonance based biosensor. Biosensors & Bioelectronics 2003; 18(2-3):217-227. Sihn YS, Chung HS. Interpretations of the TDxFLx calibration data of the abused drugs. Forensic Science International 2003; 131(1):1-7. Horswell J, Dickson SJ. Use of biosensors to screen urine samples for potentially toxic chemicals. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(6):372-376. Hackett LP, Dusci LJ, Ilett KF, Chiswell GM. Optimizing the hydrolysis of codeine and morphine glucuronides in urine. Therapeutic Drug Monitoring 2002; 24(5):652657. Kelin L, Chunshui Z, Shuguang Z, Yanping B, Weifeng S, Wenjun L. GC-MS determination of morphine in decayed animal tissues using microwave-hydrolysis 2003; 39(1):20-22.

290

245 246 247 248 249 250

251 252 253 254 255

256 257

258

259 260

Kiszka M, Madro R. Evaluation of the method of cocaine and benzoylecgonine isolation from post-mortem material. Part I:Liquid-liquid extraction. Z Zagadnien Nauk Sadowych 2001; 48:7-30. Gonzalez-Lumbreras R, Pimentel-Trapero D, Izqierdo-Hornillos R. Solvent and solidphase extraction of natural and synthetic anabolic steroids in human urine. Journal of Chromatography. Biomedical Applications 2001; 754:419-425. Wilson JF, Smith BL, Toseland PA, Watson ID, Wiliams J, Thomson AH, et al. A survey of extraction techniques for drugs of abuse in urine. Forensic Science International 2001; 119 (1):23-27. Salem MY, Ross SA, Murphy TP, ElSohly MA. GC-MS Determination of heroin metabolites in meconium: Evaluation of four solid-phase extraction cartridges . Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25:93-98. Soriano T, Jurado C, Menendez M, Repetto M. improved solid-phase extraction method for systematic toxicological analysis in biological fluids. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 25:137-143. Martinez M.A, Sanchez de la Torre C, Almarza E. Simultaneous determination of viloxazine, venlafaxine, imipramine, desipramine, sertraline and amoxapine in whole blood: Comparison of two extraction/cleanup procedures for capillary gas chromatography with nitrogenphosphorus detection. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(5):296-302. Kiszka M, Madro R. Evaluation of the method of cocaine and benzoylecgonine isolation from post-mortem material. Part II Solid phase extraction (SPE) . ZZAGADNIEN-NAUK-SADOWYCH 2002; 49:14-37. Loo L, Teuscher J. Extraction of low concentration levels of 6-MAM from urine with a mixed-mode SPE sorbent -Strata Screen-. LCGC North America 2002; 16-17. Kronstrand R, Seldn TG, Josefsson M. Analysis of buprenorphine, norbuprenorphine, and their glucuronides in urine by liquid chromatographymass spectrometry. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(7):464-470. Boone CM, Douma JW, Franke JP, De-Zeeuw RA, Ensing K. Screening for the presence of drugs in serum and urine using different separation modes of capillary electrophoresis. Forensic Science International 2001; 121(1-2):89-96. Boland DM, Burke MF, Mitchell T, Madley P. Development of a generic method to the solid-phase extraction of acidic compounds from complex matrices. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25:602-606. Wynne PM, Simpson NJK. An improved reversed-phase SPE method for viscous samples. Bulletin of the International Association of Forensic Toxicologists 2001; 31(1):12-15. Stimpfl T, Jurenitsch J, Vycudilik W. General Unknown Screening in postmortem tissue and blood samples: A semi-automatic solid-phase extraction using polystyrene resins followed by liquid-liquid extraction. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2001; 25:125-129. Stimpfl T, Daldrup T, Vycudilik W. Systematic toxicological analysis of tissue samples: Comparison between alternative methods for the isolation of lipophilic substances from the biological matrix.Symposium: Toxikologische Aspekte der Sterbehilfe-,12th, Mosbach, Germany, Apr. 2001; 26-28:178-185. Junker-Buchheit A, Korte-McIllwrick E. A universal phase for solid-phase extraction of drugs from plasma and urine. GIT Labor-Fachzeitschrift 2001; 45(8):832-835. Korte E. Drug screening in plasma and urine with abselut NEXUS. The SPE column involved in the drug discovery market and racing industry. Symposium:Toxikologische Aspekte der Sterbehilfe-, 12th, Mosbach, Germany, Apr. 2001; 26-28:352-355. 291

261 262 263

264

265

266

267

268 269

270

271

Yawney J, Treacy S, Hindmarsh KW, Burczynski FJ. A general screening method for acidic, neutral, and basic drugs in whole blood using the Oasis MCX column. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(6):325-332. Bosman J, Wijsbeek J, Franke JP, DeZeeuw RA. Salting out improves solid-phase extraction recoveries on Abselut-Tox columns for broad spectrum drug screening. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(1):48-51. Decaestecker TN, Coopman EM, Van Peteghem CH, Van Bocxlaer JF. Suitability testing of commercial solid-phase extraction sorbents for sample clean-up in systematic toxicological analysis using liquid chromatography-(tandem) mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography B 2003; 789(1):19-25. Stout PR, Gehlhausen JM, Horn CK, Klette KL. Evaluation of a solid-phase extraction method for benzoylecgonine urine analysis in a high-throughput forensic urine drug-testing laboratory. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26:401-405. Stout PR, Horn CK, Klette KL. Rapid simultaneous determination of amphetamine, methamphetamine, 3,4-methylenedioxyamphetamine,3,4methylenedioxymethamphetamine, and 3,4-methylenedioxyethylamphetamine in urine by solid-phase extraction and GCMS: A method optimized for high-volume laboratories. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26 (5):253-261 . Churley M, Robandt PV, Kuhnle JA, Lyons TP, Bruins MR. Extraction of Amphetamine and methamphetamine from urine specimens with Cerex Polycrom Clin II solid-phase extraction columns and the Speedisk 48 Pressure Processor. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(6):347-354 . Horn CK, Klette KL, Stout PR. LC-MS analysis of 2-oxo-3-hydroxy LSD from urine using a Speedisk positive-pressure processor with Cerex PolyChrom CLIN II columns. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(7):459-463. Junker-Buchheit A, Schulze M. Modern solid-phase extraction in biopharmaceutical analysis an overview. GIT Labor-Fachzeitschrift 2002; 46(12):1342-1344. Shou WZ, Pelzer M, Addison T, Jiang X, Naidong W. An automatic 96-well solid phase extraction and liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry method for the analysis of morphine, morphine-3-glucuronide and morphine-6-glucuronide in human plasma. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2002; 27(1-2):143-152. Gallardo E, Quintela O, Cruz A, Lopez- Rivadulla M. Determination of local anesthetics in human plasma using solid phase microextraction and GC/MS. Proceeding of TIAFT meeting in Paris. 2002 :Annales de toxicologie analytique 2002; 247 McCooeye MA, Mester Z, Ells B, Barnett DA, Purves RW, Guevremont R. Quantitation of amphetamine, methamphetamine and their methylenedioxy derivatives in urine by solid-phase microextraction coupled with electrospray ionization high-field asymetric waveform ion mobility spectrometry mass spectrometry. Analytical Chemistry 2002, jul 1; 74(13):3071-3075.

292

272

273 274 275 276

277

278 279 280 281

282

283

Mosaddegh MH, Richardson T, Stoddart RW, McClure J. Application of solid-phase microextraction technology to drug screening and identification. Annals of Clinical Biochemistry 2001; 38:541-547. Kataoka H, Mitani K. On-line in-tube solid-phase microextraction method and its applications. Japanese Journal of Forensic Toxicology 2002; 20(3):251-267. Manini P, Andreoli R. Application of solid-phase microextraction-gas chromatography-mass spectrometry in quantitative bioanalysis. Chromatographic Science 2001; 86:229-246. Koster EHM, Niemeijer IS, De Jong GJ. Multiple solid-phase microextraction of drugs from human urine. Chromatographia 2002; 55(1/2):69-73. Motohiro I, Yoshihiro S, Makiko H, Tsutomu T, Hiroo W, Kiyokatsu J. Polymercoated fibrous extraction medium for sample preparation coupled to microcolumn liquidphase separations. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 2002; 30(6):18011808. Tranthim-Fryer DJ, Hansson RC, Norman KW. Headspace/solid-phase microextraction/gas chromatography-mass spectrometry: a screening technique for the recovery and identification of volatile organic compounds (VOC's) in postmortem blood and viscera samples. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46:934-945. Meng C, Dong-xing Y, Peng-xiang X, Dun-hu C. Research progress in solid phase microextraction. Fenxi Kexue Xuebao 2002; 18(5):429-435. Hiroyuki K. Automated sample preparation using in-tube solid-phase microextraction and its application - a review. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2002; 373(1-2):31-45. Koster EHM, Bruins CHP, De Jong GJ. On-fiber derivatization for direct immersion solid-phase microextraction. Part II. Acylation of amphetamine with pentafluorobenzoyl chloride for urine analysis. Analyst 2002; 127(5):598-602. Brown H, Kirkbride KP, Pigou PE, Walker GS. New developments in SPME, part 1: the use of vapor-phase deprotonation and on-fiber derivatization with alkylchloroformates in the analysis of preparations containing amphetamines. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003; 48(6) :1231-1238. Pedersen-Bjergaard S, Rasmussen KE. Liquid-phase microextraction (LPME) with porous hollow fibers, a new concept for drug sample preparation from human samples. Kjemi 2002; 62(2):14-16. Casari C, Andrews ARJ. Application of solvent microextraction to the analysis of amphetamines and phencyclidine in urine. Forensic Science International 2001; 120:165-171.

293

284 285

286

287

288

289 290 291 292 293 294

295

296 297 298

Musshoff F, Lachenmeier DW, Kroener L, Madea B. Automated head space SolidPhase dynamic extraction for the determination of Cannabinoids in Hair samples. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2):32-38. Goodpaster JV, Drumheller BC, Benner BA. Evaluation of extraction techniques for the forensic analysis of human Scalp Hair Using Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS). Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003; 48(2):299-306. Brewer WE, Galipo RC, Sellers KW, Morgan SL. Analysis of cocaine, benzoylecgonine, codeine, and morphine in hair by supercritical fluid extraction with carbon dioxide modified with methanol. Analytical Chemistry 2001; 73(11):23712376 . Saint-Marcoux F, Lachatre G, Marquet P. Evaluation of an improved general unknown screening procedure using liquid-chromatography-electrospray-mass spectrometry by comparison with gas chromatography and high-performance liquid-chromatographydiode array detection. Journal of the american society for mass spectrometry, 2003 janv; 14 (1):14-22. Venisse N, Marquet P, Duchoslav E, Dupuy JL, Lachtre G. A general unknown screening procedure for drugs and toxic compounds in serum using liquid chromatography-electrospray-single quadrupole mass spectrometry. Journal of analytical toxicology 2003; 27:7-14. Verstraete A. Application de la Fast GC en toxicologie analytique. Annales de toxicologie analytique. 2003; 15-3:165-166. Aebi B, Bernhard W. Advances in the use of mass spectral libraries for forensic toxicology. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002 april; 26:149-156. Matsuda K, Nakatoh S, Minatogawa Y, Suzuki K, Kimura H, Yamamoto S, et al. Development of GC/MS library for analyzing pesticides and drugs. Rinsho Byori 2003; 51(10):963-968 (Japan), Drummer OH. Chromatographic screening techniques in systematic toxicological analysis. Journal of Chromatography, B : Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 1999; 733 (1-2):27-45. Marquet, P. Progress of Liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry in clinical and forensic toxicology. Therapeutic Drug Monitoring 2002; 24(2):255-276. Wood M, De Boeck G, Samyn N, Mooris M, Cooper DP, Maes RAA, De Bruijn EA. Development of a rapid and sensitive method for the quantitation of amphetamines in human plasma and oral fluid by LC-MS-MS. Journal of analytical toxicology 2003; 27 (2):78-87. Lips AG, Lameijer W, Fokkens RH, Nibbering NM. Methodology for the development of a drug library based upon collision-induced fragmentation for the identification of toxicologically relevant drugs in plasma samples. Journal of Chromatography, B : Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2001; 759:191-207. Marquet P, Venisse N, Lacassie E, Lachtre G. In-source CID mass spectral libraries for the "general unknown" screening of drugs and toxicants. Analusis 2000; 28:925934. Weinmann W, Gergov M, Goerner M. MS/MS libraries with triple quadrupole-tandem mass spectrometers for drug identification and drug screening. Analusis 2000; 28:934941. Baumann C, Cintora MA, Eichler M, Lifante E, Cooke M, Przyborowska A, Halket JM. A library of atmospheric pressure ionization daughter ion mass spectra based on wideband excitation in an ion trap mass spectrometer. Rapid Communication in Mass Spectrometry 2000; 14:349-356.

294

299 300

301

302

303

304

305

306

307 308 309

310

311

Van Bocxlaer JF, Clauwaert KM, Lambert WE, Deforce DL, Van den Eeckhout EG, De Leenheer AP. Liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry in forensic toxicology. Mass Spectrometry Review. 2000; 19 (4):165-214. Leinonen A, Kuuranne T, Kostiainen R. Liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry in anabolic steroids analysis. Optimization and comparison of three ionization techniques : electrospray ionization, atmospheric pressure chemical ionization and atmospheric pressure photoionization. Journal of Mass Spectrometry 2002; 37 (7):693-698. Marquet P, Saint-Marcoux F, Gamble TN, Leblanc JCY, Guiller A. Transfer of a general unknown screening procedure for drugs and toxic compounds on a prototype hybrid RF/DC quadrupole-linear ion-trap mass spectrometer. TIAFT meeting 2002 in Paris. Annales de toxicologie analytique 2002; 15:200 Pihlainen K, Sippola E, Kostiainen R. Rapid identification and quantification of compounds with forensic interest using fast liquid chromatography-ion trap mass spectrometry and library searching. Journal of chromatography A 2003; 994(1-2):93102. Marquet P, Saint-Marcoux F, Gamble TN; Leblanc JCY. Comparison of a preliminary procedure for the general unknown screening of drugs and toxic compounds using a quadrupole-linear ion-trap mass spectrometer with a chromatography-mass spectrometry reference technique. Journal of chromatography B, 2003; 789:9-18. Dams R, Murphy C, Choo R, Lambert W, Huestis M. Comparative study of simplified sample preparation on ionization efficiency of ESI and APCI and development of a sensitive LC-MS/MS method for the analysis of multiple drugs of abuse in biological fluids. TIAFTmeeting in Paris 2002. Annales de toxicologie analytique 2002; 14:197. Rittner M, Pragst F, Neumann J. Screening method for seventy psychoactive drugs or drug metabolites in serum based on high-performance liquid chromatographyelectrospray ionization mass spectrometry. Journal of analytical toxicology 2001; 25:115-124. Mortier KA, Maudens KE, Lambert WE, Clauwaert KM, Van Bocxlaer JF, Deforce DL et al. Simultaneous quantitative determination of opiates, amphetamines, cocaine and benzoylecgonine in oral fluid by liquid chromatography quadrupole-time-of-flight mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography, B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2002; 779(2):321-330. Libong D, Bouchonnet S, Ricordel I. A selective and sensitive method for quantitation of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) in whole blood by gas chromatography-ion trap tandem mass spectrometry. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(1):24-29. Sato M, Hida M, Nagase H. Analysis of dimethylamphetamine and its metabolites in human urine by liquid chromatography-electrospray ionization mass spectrometry with direct sample injection. Forensic Science International 2002 august; 128(3):146-154. Sayer H. Marquet P, Dupuis JL, Lachtre G. Chromatographie en flux turbulent couple la spectromtrie de masse en tandem (HTLC-ES-MS/MS) applique la recherche et au dosage automatiss de la mthadone et de lEDDP dans le srum, le sang total et lurine. Congrs SFTA Dinard.2003.Annales de toxicologie analytique 2003;15:166 Tedeschi L, Favretto D, Frison G, Maietti S, Castagna F, Ferrara SD. GC-ion trap-MS in doping control: urinary determination of 19-norandrosterone and 19noretiocholanolone at subnanogram per millilitre levels. TIAFT meeting in Paris 2002. Annales de toxicologie analytique 2002; 14:233. Aguilera R, Hatton CK, Catlin DH. Detection of epitestosterone doping by isotope ratio mass spectrometry. Clinical Chemistry (Washington, DC, US) 2002; 48(4):629636.

295

312

313 314 315

316

317

318

319 320

321

322 323 324 325 326

Sano T, Sato K, Kurihara R, Mizuno Y, KojimaT, Yamakawa Y et al. Sensitive determination of midazolam and identification of its two metabolites in human body fluids by column-switching capillary high-performance liquid chromatography/fast atom bombardment-mass spectrometry. Legal Medicine 2001; V3:149-156. Pirnay S, Ricordel I, Libong D, Bouchonnet S. Sensitive method for the detection of 22 benzodiazepines by gas chromatography-ion trap tandem mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography A 2002; 954(1-2):235-245. Aebi B, Sturny-Jungo R, Bernhard W, Blanke R, Hirsch R. Quantitation using GCTOF-MS: Example of Bromazepam. Forensic Science International 2002; 128(12):84-89. Miki A, Tatsuno M, Katagi M, Nishikawa M, Tsuchihashi H. Simultaneous determination of eleven benzodiazepine hypnotics and eleven relevant metabolites in urine by column-switching liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry. Journal of analytical toxicology 2002; 26 (2):87-93. Giroud C, Augsburger M, Menetrey A, Mangin P. Determination of zaleplon and zolpidem by liquid chromatography-turbo-ionspray mass spectrometry application to forensic cases. Journal of Chromatography B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2003; 789(1):131-138. Josefsson M, Kronstrand R, Andersson J, Roman M. Evaluation of electrospray ionisation liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry for rational determination of a number of neuroleptics and their major metabolites in human body fluids and tissues. Journal of Chromatography B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2003; 789(1):151-167. Mizuno Y, Sato K, Sano T, Kurihara R, Kojima T, Yamakawa Y et al. Identification and characterization of 17 phenothiazines compounds by capillary high-performance liquid chromatography/fast atom bombardment mass spectrometry. Legal Medicine 2002; 4(4):207-216 Kageura M. Continuous challenges in Japanese forensic toxicology practice: strategy to address specific goals. Nippon Hoigaku Zasshi 2002; 56(2-3):219-228( japanese) Beike J, Ortmann C, Meiners T, Brinkmann B, Kohler H. LC-MS determination of oxydemeton-methyl and its main metabolite demeton-S-methylsulfon in biological specimens-application to a forensic case. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(5):308-312 Cirimele V, Villain M, Pepin G, Ludes B, Kintz P. Screening procedure for eight quaternary nitrogen muscle relaxants in blood by high-performance liquid chromatography-electrospray ionization mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2003; 789(1):107-113. Hayashida M, Hayakawa H, Wada K, Yamada T, Nihira M, Ohno Y. A columnswitching LC/MS/ESI method for detecting tetrodoxin and Aconitum alkaloids in serum. Legal Medicine 2003; 5(Suppl.1):S101-S104. Marquet P. Is LC-MS suitable for a comprehensive screening of drugs and poisons in clinical toxicology ? Therapeutic Drug Monitoring 2002; 24 (1):125-133. Rivier L. Robustness evaluation for automatic identification of general unknown by reference ESI mass spectra comparison in LC-MS toxicological screening. Proceedings of the 37th TIAFT meeting, 2001:71. Weinmann W, Stoertzel M, Vogt S, Wendt J. Tune compounds for electrospray ionization/in-source collision-induced dissociation with mass spectral library searching. J Chromatogr A 2001, 926 : 199-209. Jerkovich AD, Mellors JS, Jorgenson JW. The use of micron-sized particles in ultrahigh-Pressure Liquid chromatography. Recent developments in LC technology 2003, June: 2-5 296

327 328 329 330 331

332

333

334 335 336 337 338

339 340 341 342 343

Mistry J, Kennedy JF. Clinical and forensic applications of capillary electrophoresis J.R. Petersen AA. Mohammad (Eds.); Humana Press Inc, New Jersey, USA, 2001, x+453 pages, ISBN 0-896-03645-6, Thormann W, Lurie IS, McCord B, Marti U, Cenni B, Malik N. Advances of capillary electrophoresis in clinical and forensic analysis. Electrophoresis 2001; 22(19):42164243. Jin LJ, Ferrance J, Landers JP. Miniaturised electrophoresis: An evolving role in laboratory medicine. BioTechniques 2001; 31(6):1332-1335, 1338-1340, 1342, 13441350, 1352-1353. Javerfalk-Hoyes E. Development of methods in CE, CE-MS and MS/MS:applications in pharmaceutical, biomedical and forensic sciences. Ed paperback 2003. Fang C, Liu JT, Chou SH, Lin CH. Determination of lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) in mouse blood by capillary electrophoresis/fluorescence spectroscopy with sweeping techniques in micellar electrokinetic chromatography. Electrophoresis 2003; 24(6):1031-1037 Baldacci A, Theurillat R, Caslavska J, Pardubska H, Brenneisen R, Thormann W. Determination of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid in human urine by capillary electrophoresis with indirect UV detection and confirmation with electrospray ionization ion-trap mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography, A 2003; 990(12):99-110. Bortolotti F, De Paoli G, Gottardo R, Trattene M, Tagliaro F. Determination of gamma-hydroxybutyric acid in biological fluids by using capillary electrophoresis with indirect detection. Journal of Chromatography, B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2004; 800(1-2):239-244 Bidnychenko Y. Detecting mushroom peptide toxins in body fluids by capillary electrophoresis. LCGC North America 2001; 19(9):1000-1002 Flurer CL. Analysis of antibiotics by capillary electrophoresis. Electrophoresis 2003; 24(22-23):4116-4127. Fang C, chung YL, Liu JT, Lin CH. Rapid analysis of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphet amine: a comparison of nonaqueous capillary electrophoresis/fluorescence detection with GC/MS. Forensic Science International 2002 february; 125(2-3):142-148. Imbenotte M, Azaroual N, Cartigny B, Vermeersch G, Lhermitte M. Identification and quantification of xenobiotics by 1H NMR spectroscopy in poisoning cases. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2):132-135. Ith M, Bigler P, Scheurer E, Kreis R, Hofmann L, Dirnhofer R, Boesch C. Observation and identification of metabolites emerging during postmortem decomposition of brain tissue by means of in situ 1H-magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Magnetic Resonance in Medicine 2002; 48(5):915-920. Cartigny B, Imbenotte M, Azaroual N, Mathieu D, Vermeersch G, Lhermitte M. Analyse de deux cas dintoxication par le 2,4-D et le Mcoprop. Etude par Spectroscopie RMN 1H. Annales de toxicologie analytique. 2003; 15-3:166-167 Chew S, Meyer JA. Identification and quantitation of Gamma-Hydroxybutyrate (NaGHB) by Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy. Journal of Forensic Science 2003; 48(2):292-298. Belhadj-Tahar H, Molnar YG, Payoux P, Coulais Y, Costes JP, Robert L et al. Contribution of the Raman Spectroscopy in the characterisation of Ecstasy derivatives. TIAFT PARIS. 2002, Annales de toxicologie analytique. 2002; 14-3:205 Savin S, Cartigny B, Azaroual N, Humbert L, Imbenotte M, Tsouria D et al. 1H NMR Spectroscopy and GC-MS analysis of alpha-Chloralose. Application to two poisoning cases. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; V27 april: 156-161. Labat L, Dehon B, Dhorne C, Lhermitte M. Metal determination in biological fluids by ICP-MS. Annales de toxicologie analytique 2003; Vol.15 N4:281-286. 297

344 345 346

347

348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359

360

Goull JP, Mahieu L, Castermant J, Neveu N, Laine G, Nouveau M, et al. Multielementary ICP-MS validation of metals determination in biological fluids. Annales de toxicologie analytique 2003, Vol.15 N4, 271-280. Pelissier-Alicot AL, Gaulier JM, Champsaur P, Marquet P. Mechanisms underlying postmortem redistribution of drugs: a review. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(8): 533-544. De Letter EA, Clauwaert KM, Lambert WE, Van Bocxlaer JF, De Leenheer AP, Piette MHA. Distribution study of 3,4-methylenedioxy-methamphetamine and 3,4methylenedioxy-amphetamine in fatal overdose. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26(2):113-118. De Letter EA, Clauwaert KM, Belpaire FM, Lambert WE, Van Bocxlaer J.F, Piette MHA. Post-mortem redistribution of 3,4-methylenedioxy-methamphetamine (MDMA, Ecstasy) in the rabbit. International Journal of Legal Medecine 2002 ; 116 mai:216224. Dupuis C, Pelissier-Alicot AL, Gaulier JM, Marquet P. Redistribution Post-mortem des Bta-bloquants chez le Lapin. Meeting SFTA Dinard France 2003. Annales de toxicologie analytique 2003; 15:154. Leikin JB, Watson WA. Post-mortem toxicology: what the dead can and cannot tell us. Journal of Toxicology, Clinical Toxicology 2003; 41(1):47-56 Henry JL, Epley J, Rohrig TP. The analysis and distribution of mescaline in postmortem tissues. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(6): 381-382. Moriya F, Hashimoto Y. Tissue distribution of nitrazepam and 7-aminonitrazepam in a case of nitrazepam intoxication. Forensic Science International 2003; 131 (2-3):108112. Lewis RJ, Johnson RD, Southern TL, Canfield DV. Distribution of butalbital in postmortem tissues and fluids from non-overdose cases. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(3):145-148. Klys M, Bystrowska B, Bujak-Gizycka B. Post-mortem Toxicology of Carbamazepine. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; 27(4):243-248. Lalonde BR, Wallage HR. Post-mortem blood ketamine distribution in two fatalities. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2004; 28(1):71-74. Moore-KA, Ripple MG, Sakinedzad S, Levine B, Fowler DR. Tissue distribution of xylazine in a suicide by hanging. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2003; March 27: 110-112. Anderson DT, Fritz KL, Muto JJ. Oxycontin: The concept of a ghost pill and the postmortem tissue distribution of oxycodone in 36 cases. Journal of Analytical Toxicology 2002; 26 october:448-459. Negrusz A, Bowen AM, Moore CM, Dowd SM, Strong MJ, Janicak PG. Elimination of 7-aminoclonazepam in urine after a single dose of clonazepam. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2003; 376(8):1198-1204 Sykutera M, Pufal E, Sliwka K. The influence of temperature and time of storage on the stability of fluoxetine in biological material. Z Zagadnien Nauk Sadowych 2002; 50: 5-16 Pepin G, Duffort G, Dumestre V, Ghysel MH, Kintz P, Villain M, et al. Study of in vitro degradation in whole blood of antidepressants and neuroleptics after several months of storage at various temperatures. Proceedings of the TIAFT meeting, Melbourne 2003. Ppin G, Duffort G, Eysseric H, Dumestre V, Gaulier JM, Ghysel MH et al. Stabilit in vitro des antidpresseurs et des neuroleptiques dans le sang total: (2) rsultats. Meeting SFTA Porticio France, 2004. Annales de toxicologie analytique 2004 in press.

298

361

362 363

364

365

366 367 368 369 370

371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378

Tsutsumi H, Nishikawa M, Katagi M, Tsuchihashi H. Adsorption and stability of suxamethonium and its major hydrolysis product succinylmonocholine using liquid chromatography-electrospray ionization mass spectrometry. Journal of Health Science 2003; 49(4):285-291 Levo A, Koski A, Ojanpera I, Vuori E, Sajantila A. Post-mortem SNP analysis of CYP2D6 gene reveals correlation between genotype and opioid drug (tramadol) metabolite ratios in blood. Forensic Science International 2003; 135(1):9-15. Wong SH, Wagner MA, Jentzen JM, Schur C, Bjerke J, Gock SB, Chang CC. Pharmacogenomics as an aspect of molecular autopsy for forensic pathology/toxicology: does genotyping CYP 2D6 serve as an adjunct for certifying methadone toxicity? Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003; 48(6):1406-1415 Ikebuchi J, Yamada M, Ogura Y, Yamamoto Y, Nishimura A, Nishi K, et al. Individual difference in drug metabolism and disposition: toxicological significance of genotypes and phenotypes of S-mephenytoin 4'-hydroxylase (CYP2C19). International Congress Series 2003; 1239 (Progress in Forensic Genetics 9): 589-592 Staack RF, Paul LD, Springer D, Kraemer T, Maurer HH. Influence of Cytochrome P450 2D6 on the metabolism of TFMPP ( 1-(3-trifluoro-methyl-phenyl)piperazine): studies using in vitro and in vivo techniques. Annales de toxicologie analytique 2003;15:243-249. Schulz M, Schmoldt A. Therapeutic and toxic blood concentrations of more than 800 drugs and other xenobiotics. Pharmazie 2003; 58(7):447-474 Winek CL, Wahba WW, Winek CJ, Winek Balzer T. Drug and chemical blood-level data 2001. Forensic Science International 2001 november; 122 (2-3):107-123. Holmgren P, Jones BS and AW. Coexistence and concentrations of ethanol and diazepam in postmortem blood specimens: Risk for enhanced toxicity? Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003 november; 48(6):1416-1421 Proceedings of The 16th International Conference on Alcohol,Drugs and Traffic Safety, Montreal, Canada. August 4-9, 2002. Mura P, Kintz P, Ludes B, Gaulier JM, Marquet P, Martin-Dupont S et al. Comparison of the prevalence of alcohol, cannabis and other drugs between 900 injured drivers and 900 control subjects: results of a French collaborative study. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(1-2):79-85 Smith JA, Hayes CE, Yolton RL, Rutledge DA, Citek K. Drug recognition expert evaluations made using limited data. Forensic Science International 2002; 130(23):167-173 Heishman SJ. Effects of marijuana on human performance and assessment of driving impairment. Biology of Marijuana 2002: 110-124 Bramness JG, Skurtveit S, Morland J. Clinical impairment of benzodiazepines-relation between benzodiazepine concentrations and impairment in apprehended drivers. Drug and Alcohol Dependence. 2002; 68(2): 131-141 Skurtveit S, Abotnes B, Christophersen AS. Drugged drivers in Norway with benzodiazepine detections. Forensic Science International 2002; 125(1): 75-82 Logan BK, Couper FJ. 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, Ecstasy) and driving impairement. Journal of forensic sciences. 2001; 46(6):1426-1433. Walsh M, Flegel R, Crouch DJ, Cangianelli L, Baudys J. An evaluation of rapid point of collection oral fluid drug testing devices. Journal of analytical toxicology 2003 october; 27: 429-439 Willette RE, Kadehjian LJ. Drugs-of-abuse test devices: A review. On-Site Drug Testing; 2002: 219-252. Edited by: Jenkins AJ, Goldberger BA. Humana Press Inc.: Totowa, N. J. ISBN: 0-89603-870-X Augsburger M. Drugs and driving: analytical strategy. Chimia 2002; 56(3): 63-65

299

379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388

389 390 391

392 393 394

395 396

Stark MM, Tunbridge R, Rowe D, Fleming P, Stewart DJ. Drugs, driving and sobriety tests: A review of recent developments. Journal of Clinical Forensic Medicine 2002; 9:126-132. Moeller MR, Kraemer T. Drugs of abuse monitoring in blood for control of driving under the influence of drugs. Therapeutic Drug Monitoring 2002; 24(2): 210-221 Kauert G. Drug use and driving inability from the medical toxicological point of view: do threshold values now exist for absolute driving inability? Blutalkohol 2002; 39(2): 102-111. Kintz P, Cirimele V, Villain M, Tracqui A, Ludes B. Soumission chimique: approches pratiques en toxicologie medico-lgale. Annales de toxicologie analytique 2002; 14:361-364 Negrusz A, Gaensslen RE. Analytical developments in toxicological investigation of drug-facilitated sexual assault. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2003, 376(8):1192-1197 Campbell JG. Drug testing apparatus. Brit. UK Pat. Appl. GB 2,383,130 (Cl. G01N33/94), 18 Jun 2003, GB Appl. 2001/18,507, 28 Jul 2001; 26 pp. Cutler CE. Narcotics detector test strips for a beverage. U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. US 20010046710 A1 29 Nov 2001, 3 pp. Bishop SC, Lerch M, McCord BR. Micellar electrokinetic chromatographic screening method for common sexual assault drugs administered in beverages. Forensic Science International 2004 april; 141(1):7-15. Smith JV. Method for detection of 4-hydroxybutyric acid and its precursor(s) in fluids. (USA) U.S. US 6,617,123 (Cl. 435-19; C12Q1/44), 9 Sep 2003, Appl. 607,026, 29 Jun 2000; 26 pp. Villain M, Cirimele V, Ludes B, Kintz P. Ultra-rapid procedure to test for gammahydroxybutyric acid in blood and urine by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2003;792(1): 83-87 Wadler GI. Future and designer drugs: emerging science and technologies. Performance-Enhancing Substances in Sport and Exercise 2002, 305-321 Kicman AT, Fallon JK, Cowan DA, Walker C, Easmon S, Mackintosh D. Candida albicans in urine can produce testosterone: impact on the testosterone /epitestosterone sports drug test. Clinical Chemistry 2002; 48(10):1799-1801 Levesque JF, Gaudreault M, Houle R, Chauret N. Evaluation of human hepatocyte incubation as a new tool for metabolism study of androstenedione and norandrostenedione in a doping control perspective. Journal of Chromatography, B: Analytical Technologies in the Biomedical and Life Sciences 2002; 780(1):145-153 Audran M. Oxygen carriers or blood substitutes. Lettre du Pharmacologue 2002, 16(3), 87-92 Thali MJ, Braun M, Wirth J, Vock P, Dirnhofer R. 3D surface and body documentation in forensic medicine: 3-D/CAD photogrammetry merged with 3D radiological scanning. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003 november; 48(6):1356-1365. Plattner T, Thali MJ, Yen K, Sonnenschein M, Stoupis C, Vock P et al. VirtopsyPostmortem multislice computed tomography (MSCT) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) in a fatal scuba diving incident. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003 november; 48(6):1347-1356. Wilcox RL, Nelson CC, Stenzel P; Steiner RD. Postmortem screening for fatty acid oxidation disorders by analysis of Guthrie cards with tandem mass spectrometry in sudden unexpected death in infancy. Journal of Pediatrics 2002; 141(6): 833-836 Rutty GN, Woolley A, Brookfield C, Shepherd F, Kitchen S. The PIVKA II test. The first reliable coagulation test for autopsy investigations. International Journal of Legal Medicine 2003; 117:143-148 300

397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409

Fujita MQ, Zhu BL, Ishida K, Quan L, Oritani S, Maeda H. Serum-C-reactive protein levels in post-mortem blood an analysis with special reference to the cause of death and survival time. Forensic Science International 2002 ; 130 :160-166. Knight B, Ed The estimation of the time since death in the early post-mortem period, 2e. 2002, Arnold London Hughes BA, Eric Nottingham K, Suggs JA. Accreditation at the US EPA NEIC. Quality Assurance 2002; 9(1):31-41 Sutter K. Determination of ethanol in blood: analytical aspects, quality control, and theoretical calculations for forensic applications. Chimia 2002; 56(3):59-62 . Jurado C, Sachs H. Proficiency test for the analysis of hair for drugs of abuse, organized by the Society of hair Testing. Forensic Science International 2003; 133(12):175-178 Hibbert DB. Scientist vs the law. Accreditation and Quality Assurance 2003; 8(5):179183 Moffat AC, Osselton MD, Widdop B. Clarkes analysis of drugs and poisons. The pharmaceutical press, London 2004. Pfleger K, Maurer HH, Weber A. Mass spectral and GC data of drugs, poisons, pesticides, pollutants and their metabolits. VCH Weinheim 2004. Trestrail JH. Criminal Poisoning: An Investigational Guide for Law Enforcement, Toxicologists, Forensic Scientists, and Attorneys. 2000. Editor (USA). (Humana: Totowa, N. J.), 184 pp. ISBN: 0-89603-592-1 Beike J. Book review of Handbook of analytical separations vol 2 Forensic Sciences, edited by Bogusz MJ, International Journal of Legal Medicine 2003; 117:189 Preziosi P, Dracos A, Marcello I. Information resources in toxicology-Italy. Toxicology 2003; 190(1-2): 35-54. Ppin G. Expertise toxicologique. In Campana JP. Principes de mdecine lgale, 2003; Arnette, groupe liaison SA, Rueil Malmaison France, Goldberger BA, Polettini A. Forensic toxicology: web resources. Toxicology 2002; 173:97-102.

ABBREVIATIONS
AEME APCI-LC-MS BZE. BZPou BP CE CEDIA CI COC DAD DI-SPME DOB DOET DOM DPC ECD ECG EG EI ELISA EME EMIT ES FID FPIA anhydroecgonine methylester (cocaine metabolite) Atmospheric pressure chemical ionization. - Liquide chromatography - Mass spectrometry : Benzoylecgonine Benzyl Piprazine Capillary electrophoresis Cloned Enzyme Donor Immunoassay Chemical ionisation Cocane Diode Array Detector direct immersion-solid phase microextraction. 2,5-dimthoxy-4-bromoamphtamine 2,5-Dimthoxy-4- thylamphtamine 2,5-dimthoxy-4-mthylamphtamine Diagnostic Product Corporation Electron capture detector Ecgonine ethyl glucuronide Electron impact Enzyme Linked ImmunoSorbent Assay Ecgonine Mthyl Ester Enzyme Multiplied Immunoassay Technique Electron Spray Flame ionisation detector Fluorescence polarisation immunoassay

301

GHB GC-MS GC-FID GUS HFBA HPLC HS HS-SPME ICP-MS IE IR KIMS LC LC-MS LPME LSD MDA MDEA MDMA MAM MSTFA MTBSTFA NICI NIDA NPD PFPOH PICI QED RIA SID SIM SIMS SM SFE SPDE SPE SPEC MP1 SPME THC THC-COOH TOF U.V VH

gamma-hydroxybutyrate acid Gas chromatography / mass spectrometry Gas chromatography-Flame ionisation detector General unknown screening Heptafluorobutyrique anhydrid High performance liquid Chromatography Head-Space Head space-solid phase microextraction inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry impact electronique Infrared Kinetic Interaction of Microparticles in Solution Liquid Chromatography Liquid Chromatography-mass spectrometry Liquid phase micro extraction Lysergide acide diethylamine Mthylnedioxyamphtamine Mthylnedioxythamphtamine Mthylnedioxymthamphtamine Mono acetyl morphine Mthylsilyl trifluoroactamide N-mthyl-N-tert-butyldimthylsilyl trifluoroactamide Negative ion chemical ionisation National Institute for Drug of Abuse Nitrogen-Phosphorus detector Pentafluoropropanol Positive ion chemical ionisation Quantitative ethanol detector Radio immunoassay surface ionisation dtector Selected ion monitoring surface ionisation spectromtrie de masse Mass Spectrometry supercritical fluid extraction Solid phase dynamic extraction Solid phase extraction Solide phase Extraction Concentrators, Mixed Phase Solid phase microextraction Tetrahydrocannabinol ttrahydrocannabinol carboxylic acid (metabolite) Time of Flight Ultra-violet Vitous Humor

302

Fire Cause and Fire Debris Analysis A Review: 2001 to 2004

Dr. P. Mark L. Sandercock Forensic Scientist, Royal Canadian Mounted Police Forensic Laboratory Service - Edmonton 15707 - 118th Avenue Edmonton, Alberta, Canada T5V 1B7

303

CONTENTS Introduction Scene examination and general fire investigation General Combustion studies and modeling Electrical fires Non-electrical fires Vehicle fires Spontaneous combustion Accelerant detection canines Sample collection and packaging Training and research Internet resources Laboratory analysis of fire debris samples General Sampling and sample preparation techniques Chromatographic analysis (GC-MS, GC-MS-MS, isotope ratios, GC x GC) Data interpretation (includes chemical fingerprinting) Other analytical methods Analysis of liquids, new products and other materials Miscellaneous studies Accelerant transfer and persistence Contamination and background interference Conclusions References

304

INTRODUCTION This review paper covers advances in scientific methods applied to fire cause and fire debris analysis, as well as emerging scientific methods that have application in these fields, since the 13th Interpol Forensic Science Symposium in October 2001. A literature review of the forensic science, fire investigation, and scientific journals was conducted for the period commencing in October 2001 to the present. The primary sources used to conduct the literature review were Current Contents (Thomson Institute for Scientific Information ) and Scirus (Elsevier Science) and was supplemented by searches of UMI Proquest for dissertations and the Internet. Major forensic laboratories around the world were also asked to provide information. This final report brings together the information received from all sources used. SCENE EXAMINATION AND GENERAL FIRE INVESTIGATION General There have been a few articles published that examine the incidence of fire and explosions in industry and the workplace, as well as an analysis of dwelling fires in London, United Kingdom (UK). A review examining incidents of fires, explosions, runaway chemical reactions and unignited releases of flammable materials at work sites in the UK between April 1, 1998 and March 31, 2000 has been published. [A1] This review examined 2220 incidents of workplace fire and explosions that resulted in 729 injuries and 19 deaths. A total of 3819 fires in the work place that occurred between 1996 and 1999 have been reported. [A2] This review includes analysis of residential workplace fires (e.g. hotels, boarding houses and hospitals), as well as office and commercial fires and identifies which type of workplace is more likely to suffer from a deliberate or accidental fire. Common risk factors were identified in an analysis of 259 fatal, unintentional dwelling fires that occurred between 1996 and 2000 in London, UK. [A3] Although not the focus of the report, the authors noted that of the 358 dwelling fire deaths in London during this period, 61 (17%) were the result of a deliberately set fire. A survey of 243 fires and explosions at German companies involved in the woodworking industry has been reported. [A4] A study of 194 unintentional injuries sustained by people in the United States involved in the burning of garbage or brush identified the use of an accelerant (e.g. gasoline) in over 80% of the injuries. [A5] A review of 69 suicides by fire in South Africa has been reported. [A6] An accelerant (typically kerosene) was used by the victims in the majority of these deaths (53 or 77%). A summary of the fire loss in the United States of America (USA) in 2001 documented 521,500 structure fires, approximately 45,000 of which were incendiary in nature. [A7] Intentionally set structure fires in the USA resulted in 330 civilian deaths and $1 billion in property losses (not including the deaths and property damage from the World Trade Centre attack on September 11, 2001). Only 39,500 intentionally set vehicle fires causing $219 million in property damage were reported in the USA in 2001, a decrease of 15.1% from the previous year. General fire investigation is the topic of a number of articles. In a three part series, DeHaan explored the changes that have occurred in the past 30 years in the composition of furniture and floor coverings, the creation of many new petroleum solvents and other related products, as well as the improvements in analytical instrumentation, methods and sensitivity. [A8,A9,A10] Sanderson provides practical advice for the excavation of debris at a fire scene and the information that can be gained from this process. [A11]. Rochon describes fire investigation in the context of a criminal investigation in Canada. [A12] Olge has written about the need for scientific fire investigations [A13], while Charney and Goldstein discuss the applicability of digital images in the reconstruction of a fire event. [A14] Certuse explains the causes of 305

residential steam boiler failures and how these lead to fires. [A15] Full text articles from the Fire and Materials eighth international conference (January 2003, in San Francisco, USA) have been compiled, along with papers from earlier conferences, and published electronically on compact disk. [A16]. Specific articles from this compilation are cited throughout this review. Several books related to fire scene investigation have been published during this review period. A new, 1116 page resource for fire investigators, the Ignition Handbook, contains a discussion on combustion theory as well as information on specific materials and devices from accelerants in incendiary fires to wool. [A17] A new textbook, Forensic Fire Scene Reconstruction, looks at the application of forensic engineering techniques to fire scene reconstruction. [A18] Another new book, Fire Investigation, is aimed at providing the fire scene investigator with the knowledge necessary to correctly determine whether a fire was accidental or malicious was also published. [A19] Kocsis and Cooksey have conducted an extensive study into psychological profiling of serial arsonists. [A20] From their research these authors have developed an empirical model of serial arsonist behaviours and have identified four discrete behaviour patterns which may prove helpful to the fire investigator. A serial arsonist does not necessarily suffer from pyromania and, according to Doley, fires resulting from true pyromania be not be a frequent as once assumed. [A21] Doley has attempted to clarify the apparent confusion about the nature and extent of pyromania within the arsonist population, concluding that we know the most about the least successful arsonists (the ones who got caught and are, therefore, available for mental health studies), and that there are many misconceptions surrounding pyromania that may unnecessarily distract investigators. Statistical data has been published describing the characteristics of juvenile fire setters (age, gender and family unit) in the State of Oregon, USA and includes incident characteristics such as types of structures, month of occurrence, and ignition sources. [A22] A retrospective study of the criminal careers of convicted arsonists between 1951 and 2001 has also been examined. [A23] The authors found that while a minority of people convicted of arson had previous convictions for violent offences, those now coming before the courts for an arson offence are increasingly likely to have committed an arson that endangered life or have been previously convicted of violent behaviour. Combustion studies and modeling The testing and reporting of the physical properties of flammable liquids is the subject of a few articles. Itagaki explored the effect of initial pressure on the autoignition temperature of ndecane. [B1] The author found that the autoignition temperature would decrease as the pressure was increased and was able to describe the relationship mathematically. Britton discussed different flammable limit test methods and made several observations with respect to standardization of these tests. [B2] The reliability of determining the flash point of a flammable liquid using manual or automatic testing apparatus is the subject of an article by Montemayor et al. [B3] These authors concluded from an inter-laboratory study that flash point data collected by either apparatus was equivalent. The National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST), in the United States of America (USA) released the latest software versions of their Fire Dynamics Simulator (FDS) and Smokeview. [B4] The Fire Dynamics Simulator is a computational fluid dynamics model of fire-driven fluid flow which solves numerically a form of the Navier-Stokes equations appropriate for low-speed, thermally-driven flow with an emphasis on smoke and heat transport from fires. Smokeview is a visualization program that is used to display the results of an FDS simulation. This software is available at no cost from the NIST web-site (www.fire.nist.gov). The ignition of wood and the modeling of fire behaviour have been reported in a few studies. A 306

mathematical model was developed from experiments of both spontaneous and piloted ignition of wood and could be used to predict the time to ignition of wood under different conditions. [B5] Chen et al. also modeled the ignition time of wood when exposed to an external heat source and found good agreement between their theoretical model and experimental data. [B6] The modeling of fire behaviour in the upward spread of flame on a flat vertical surface has been reported. [B7] Modeling the backdraft phenomenon is the subject of two articles by Weng et al. The first article [B8] used a simplified mathematical model to investigate the physical, catastrophic mechanism of the backdraft phenomenon. The second article [B9] used a small compartment fire to demonstrate that a critical value of unburned fuel must be reached before backdraft can occur. Carvel et al. have studied the effect of longitudinal ventilation systems on the development and spread of fire within a road tunnel in which a fuel spill has occurred. [B10,B11] The size of the pool fire and ventilation velocity were identified as key factors that will affect the development and spread of a fire and that there is a more pronounced effect for a fire involving a heavy goods vehicle than for a car. Putorti reported the results of full-scale spill and fire experiments conducted with varying quantities of gasoline and kerosene on vinyl, wood parquet, and carpet covered plywood floors in order to predict the quantity of liquid fuel required to create burn patterns of a specific size. [B12] Six room burns were conducted in a full scale, six storey wood frame building at Cardington, England. [B13] Test burns were conducted both with and without the use of a flammable liquid accelerant and a brief description of each test condition and the results is provided. A study of fire-induced failure of polycarbonate windows in passenger railcars was presented by Strege et al. [B14] They showed that larger windows can fail up to twice as fast as smaller window allowing more air to support the fire. Dillon and Hamins [B15] provides an initial look at the measured and computer-modeled characteristics of a candle flame. Test burns conducted on pig carcasses demonstrated the ability of a localized fire to cause extensive destruction of a body. [B16] Key elements identified in the study were the presence of adequate body fat together with a blanket wrapped around the carcass and the presence of carpet to act as a wick that would act together to establish a steady-state fire after initial acceleration of the fire by gasoline. This study was supported by the findings of Christensen who examined the effect of cloth to act as a wick in the combustion of tissue from a human leg and the susceptibility of bones of differing densities to incineration. [B17] Determining fire origin from measurements of depth of calcinations of fire-exposed gypsum wall board was presented by Kennedy et al. [B18] Full scale room fires were used to test a system for measuring depth of calcinations by volunteer investigators. Electrical fires A description of how electrical wiring faults can lead to over-heating and result in a structure fire has been described. [C1,C2] In another article, Babrauskas describes a hazardous electrical connector used to join electrical wires together in a light fixture. [C3] Goodson et al. have reported the inhibition of heat transfer from household electrical wiring when it is surrounded by polyurethane spray-in foam insulation. [C4] They warn that the lack of heat transfer from a loaded circuit may raise the temperature of the wire to the point where ignition may occur. Significant heating at the plug (up to 200 oC) was reported in a study of a loose connection between plug and receptacle combined with an overcurrent. [C5] The authors found that the heat 307

generated degraded the polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plug insulating material which decreased the arch tracking resistance of the plug (i.e. arcs through char), eventually resulting in fire. In another report by the same authors, [C6] PVC and rubber-insulated electric cords were tested for physical shorts (i.e. metal-to-metal contact) and arc tracking that occurred under radiant heat and a variety of conditions, including twisting and pinching of the cord. The non-destructive examination of materials from electrical fires has been described in the literature. [C7,C8] Park et al. used X-ray diffraction (XRD), transmission electron microscopy (TEM) and Scanning electron microscopy with energy dispersive X-ray (SEM-EDX) to characterize the microstructure of molten marks (i.e. beads) on electric wires caused by a shortcircuit. [C9] They found that primary arc marks, caused by a short-circuit prior to the fire, could be distinguished from secondary arc marks, those caused by a short-circuit as a result of the fire. SEM-EDX and Raman spectroscopy was used to examine the carbon residue remaining on molten marks caused by the short-circuit of PVC-coated wire. [C10] Using the methods described, the authors were able to distinguish between primary and secondary molten (arc) marks caused by short-circuit. Shefchick described two case studies in which auger electron spectroscopy (AES) was used to examine melted copper beads from electrical-wiring to determine if a primary or secondary short-circuit had occurred. [C11] The examination of arc beads using secondary ion mass spectrometry (SIMS) to determine whether a primary or secondary short-circuit occurred has also been reported. [C12] A detailed review of the methods used to distinguish primary (cause) and secondary (victim) arc marks has been presented by Babrauskas. [C13] Babrauskas argues that, to date, the limited data available has not conclusively proven that primary and secondary arcing can been reliably distinguished. Non-electrical fires The malicious ignition of plastic domestic heating oil tanks has been reported by McAuley who described the results of test burns that simulated the intentional ignition of these tanks. [D1] The investigation of marine fires and explosions has been described, [D2] while Van Vaerenbergh reported an unusual case where bricks soaked in kerosene were used in an attempt to initiate a fire at a polyethylene recycling plant. [D3] The reconstruction of events leading up to a liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) explosion and fire at a petrochemical processing plant in India, the resulting damage, and dispersion modeling of the vapour cloud that caused the incident, has been reported. [D4] A full-scale test burn to simulate the burning of pressurized hydraulic fluid in a large industrial facility was presented. [D5] The test burn was designed to simulate a fire at a food processing plant where 25 people died. Fullscale test results were compared to computer model results generated by NIST FASTlite software. Ignition tests and scale model burn tests were used to model the behaviour of a discotheque fire in which 63 people died. [D6] Vehicle fires The results of motor vehicle test burns have been reported by Byers and Sutherland. [E1] Hirschler et al. have presented a summary of the results obtained from full-scale test fires on passenger vehicles as well as fire tests on a large number of car materials and commercial plastics. [E2] DeHaan and Fisher reported the reconstruction of a fatal fire that occurred in a parked motor vehicle [E3] while Chow and Li described the implications of a vehicle fire that occurred in a cross-harbour tunnel in Hong Kong. [E4] Two cases of suspected fraud involving fire damage to motor vehicles have been reported. [E5,E6] Adair and co-workers reported the facts surrounding their investigation of an unusual case in which a person committed suicide by fire while enclosed in the trunk of her vehicle. [E7] A new book, Investigation des Incendies de 308

Vhicles Automobiles, was recently published in French. [E8] This book is intended for scene investigators to assist in the determination of vehicle fire cause (component/mechanical malfunction or incendiary), and to identify common situations that result in vehicle fires. Spontaneous combustion The majority of work reported on spontaneous combustion was related to coal and several of these articles are described here. A study of New Zealand coal suggested that the self-heating of coal is dependent on the internal surface area which governs the available sites for oxidation, [F1] and that sub-bituminous coals have the greatest propensity to spontaneous combustion. A similar study reported the self-heating behaviour of sub-bituminous Australian coal in a two meter adiabatic column. [F2] Spontanous combustion of coal dust is the subject of a study by Amelchugov et al. in which they demonstrated that the explosion has a two-stage character. [F3] Spontaneous combustion experiments conducted on Turkish coals were used to predict the progress of a fire in an underground coal mine, [F4] while modeling the spontaneous combustion of coal in an underground mine is the subject an article by Sensogut et al. [F5] The self-heating of other materials has also been described in the scientific literature. The spontaneous heating of oils, [F6] as well as rubber tires and rubber mats [F7] has been reported. Ruggeln and Rynk describe spontaneous combustion of different types of plant materials, including Eucalyptus leaves and sawdust, in the presence of oxygen and a little water. [F8] They also described several spontaneous fires that occurred at composting and mulching operations and provided guidelines for the prevention of these types of fires. A study of cotton bales demonstrated that they do not pose a fire hazard provided that the bales are compressed to a minimum density of 360 kg/m3. [F9] A study on spontaneous heating of shale deposits that were excavated and piled during the preparation of a sanitary landfill has been reported. [F10] Wolters et al have presented work that demonstrates that bags of up to nine kg of charcoal briquettes cannot self-ignite at ambient temperature. [F11] In a two part series Jones examined the technical aspects of spontaneous combustion of laundry in tumble dryers using thermal ignition theory [F12] and hot spot theory. [F13] In part one [F12] the author concluded that natural or synthetic fabrics would not undergo spontaneous ignition, while in part two [F13] Jones explored the dryer temperature required to ignite laundry previously impregnated with oil or solvent. The existence of pyrophoric carbon and its implications to a fire investigation has been debated in the literature over a period of several years. Although some of the works were published prior to 2001, and are technically beyond the scope of this review, they have been included here for the benefit of the reader. A doctoral dissertation by Cuzzillo proposed that physical changes in wood structure during cooking were the dominant mechanism leading to self-heating of the wood and eventual ignition. [F14] Cuzzillo and Pagni published two reports from this experimental data [F15,F16] to which Babrauskas wrote a commentary in support of chemical changes, not just physical changes, in the wood structure as the cause of self-heating of wood. [F17] A rebuttal was subsequently published [F18] to which Babrauskas replied [F19]. While Babrauskas suggested that additional experiments be conducted, [F17,F19] and Cuzzillo et al have welcomed this idea, [F18] the debate continues with no new scientific information being proffered at this time. Accelerant detection canines A small body of work has been reported regarding the training and handling of accelerant detection canines. Williams and Johnston explored the effects of training canines sequentially 309

on different odours. [G1] They found that the canines ability to recognize previously learned odours did not decrease as the number of substances trained increased, and that the amount of time required to train a canine on a new odour decreased as more odour discriminations were trained. Gazit et al. have described a device that allowed the researchers to study a canines sniffing behaviour under a variety of situations and even to determine whether or not the canine is actually sniffing during a search. [G2] Finally, Gazit and Terkel studied whether strenuous physical activity, causing the canine to pant and interrupting its ability to sniff, affected the canines performance in explosive detection. [G3] They found that an increase in the rate of panting by the canine lead to a significant decrease in its ability to detect explosives. Jones et al. presented their results on the accuracy rate of canine detection dogs at fire scenes, a study that examined whether or not canines indicate on specific target compounds, and a program that monitored the health of a canine over the course of a year of work. [G4] Finally, recent theoretical work by Turin has shed new light on olfactory odour detection. [G5] Turin was able to predict similarities and differences in odour character from ab initio vibration mode calculations. These results are in direct contrast to the inability of molecular shape-based theories to correctly predict odour similarities and differences and points to a new way of understanding odour and, therefore, olfactory response. Sample collection and packaging Koussiafes examined whether or not using a gasoline powered, positive pressure ventilation fan would contaminate a fire scene prior to sample collection. [H1] The findings of this study indicated that exhaust from vehicles or power equipment operating near a fire scene would be insufficient to contaminate samples taken from the scene. A general discussion on the legal aspects, u nder Canadian law, of the preservation of evidence from a fire scene is presented by Zakaib and Delovitch. [H2] Training and research The Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) Fire Research Laboratory is described by Donahue as a facility dedicated to the forensic needs of the fire-investigation community with the capability to reconstruct fire scenes, study flashover, electrical fires and the impact of accelerants on fire growth and spread. [I1] Madrzykowski provides an overview of the current state of fire research and discusses the possible future direction of this research. [I2] Mannan et al. have suggested a structured approach to evaluate the fire hazard of chemical reactions in the process industries utilizing computational theory and experimental data. [I3] Internet resources A list of agencies and other organizations involved in fire investigation that are hosting web-sites is provided. Some Uniform Record Locators (URLs) that were documented in the review for the 13th Interpol Forensic Science Symposium have been modified and the most up to date URLs are referenced here. [J1 to J17] Additions to the list include: Canadian Association of Fire Investigators (CAFI) [J4]; Arson Prevention Bureau (UK) [J1]; Canine Accelerant Detection Association [J5]; Fire Protection Association Australia [J9]; National Association of Fire Investigators (USA) [J14]. Forensic Science Journal, a new on-line journal, is published by the Department of Forensic Science, Central Police University. [J11] Finally, the links page hosted by Fire Science and Technology Incorporated and Fire Science Publishers web-site provides an extensive list of fire-related associations, service organizations, journals, libraries, research institutes and universities. [J10]

310

LABORATORY ANALYSIS OF FIRE DEBRIS SAMPLES General The major role of the National Centre for Forensic Science (NCFS) in sponsoring the Technical Working Group for Fire and Explosions (TWGFEX), and fostering the development of national guides for the collection and analysis of fire and explosion debris, is presented by Minnich and McCardle. [K1] A review of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) standards for fire debris analysis has been published. [K2] A new book, Analysis and Interpretation of Fire Scene Evidence, is intended to bridge the disciplines of fire investigation and forensic arson analysis. [K3] The book begins with introductory chapters on fire dynamics and fire scene investigation, including the use of canines, and continues with the analysis of fire debris and interpretation of analytical results. A review describing recent advances in a variety of areas related to fire debris analysis has also been published. [K4] Sampling and sample preparation techniques Snow and Slack have published a general review article in which they discuss the use of static and dynamic headspace extraction, solid phase micro-extraction (SPME), as well as other techniques that have generated recent interest. [L1] The authors provide application examples in the fields of environmental, clinical, forensic, biological, food, flavor and pharmaceutical analysis. A brief history of the development of SPME and a short literature review of SPME applications to forensic science, including ignitable liquid extractions, has been published by Almriall and Furton. [L2] Guidelines for the use of solid phase micro-extraction (SPME) as a preparative technique for fire debris analysis has been published by the ASTM. [L3] Perr et al. presented their work on the analysis of ignitable liquid residues using SPME/GC-MS-MS. [L4] Rather than using thermal desorption, Harris and Wheeler desorbed SPME fibres with a small volume of solvent and analyzed the solvent extracts using a conventional autosampler connected to a gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer (GC-MS). [L5] Lloyd and Edmiston studied the selectivity of polymethylsiloxane (PDMS) and Carboxen/PDMS SPME fibres toward different compounds from the headspace above fire debris samples. [L6] Preferential extraction of aliphatic and aromatic compounds was noted in this study and was found to be dependent on temperature and fibre type. Garafano and co-workers presented a case in which they combined the results obtained from activated charcoal extraction and SPME to identify a fuel used to accelerate a fire. [L7] Hook et al. have described field sampling of workplace air contaminants following a fire using SPME and GC-MS. [L8] The portability of the SPME sampling technique demonstrated in this article may have broader applications to other areas such as the sampling of volatiles at the fire scene. A comparison between air samples from simulated fires collected using either a SPME fibre or a tube packed with Tenax and CarbopackB has been published. [L9] The authors reported that volatile accelerants can be trapped from the air more effectively with an adsorbent-packed sampling tube than with a SPME fibre. Massey and co-workers examined a number of solvents and solvent mixtures that could be used to desorb Diffuse Flammable Liquid Extraction (DFLEX) devices (activated charcoal strips) in place of carbon disulfide. [L10,L11,12] Massey et al expanded their work with DFLEX devices to include an investigation of the best practices for using charcoal strips at the fire scene. [L13] These authors found insertion of the strip at the laboratory instead of the scene could result in significant loss of volatile vapours from the sample and recommended that samples be refridgerated prior to insertion of the strip in the laboratory. Experimental work reported by Smith and Warnke showed that optimum oven temperatures and heating times for extracting

311

petroleum products from fire debris samples ranged from 60 0C for 2 hours (gasoline) to 90 0C for 4 hours (diesel fuel). [L14] Optimized conditions for supercritical fluid extraction (SFE) of petroleum-based fuels from fire debris have been reported by Huang and Hsieh. [L15] Although ASTM method E1385 has been maintained as an official standard practice, steam distillation has been all but abandoned by the fire debris analysis community. However, Giang et al [L16] have recently described the efficacy of micro-steam distillation and have adapted the technique to allow distillation directly from metal cans used to collect fire debris. From a series of experiments the authors also showed that gasoline could be recovered from concrete after heating at 1000oC in a furnace for 30 minutes, and that accelerants could be recovered from wood and concrete substrates after the accelerantimpregnated substrate was soaked in water. Chromatographic analysis (GC-MS, GC-MS-MS, isotope ratios, GCxGC) The field of gas chromatography (GC) is continually expanding. Emerging techniques such as gas chromatography-isotope ratio mass spectrometry (GC-IRMS) and multi-dimensional gas chromatography (two- and three-dimensional GC) are currently being explored in other scientific fields such as geochemistry and environmental chemistry; however, their potential to be used in the forensic examination fire debris and fire accelerant samples is clear. This section attempts to not only review the use of chromatography as it has been applied to fire debris and fire accelerant analysis, but also to explore the emerging techniques from other scientific fields to indicate where this type of analysis may go in the future. Coulombe reported the analysis of vegetable oils by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS). [M1] The optimization of the sensitivity and selectivity of GC-MS and GC-MS-MS for the identification of ignitable liquid residues has been presented. [M2] The authors proposed methods that would improve the selectivity and sensitivity in the analysis of ignitable liquid residues in the presence of pyrolysis products. [M3] The use of GC-MS-MS to analyze fire debris samples for gasoline in the presence of other, potentially interfering pyrolysis products has been described. [M4,M5] Sittidech used GC-MS-MS to increase target compound selectivity and sensitivity and developed an expert system for pattern recognition of ignitable liquids in fire debris samples. [M6] Comprehensive, two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC x GC) is a recent development that has received a lot of attention in the scientific literature over the past few years. [M7,M8] In GC x GC the entire sample undergoes a two-dimensional separation with all of the components being separated first by boiling point and second by polarity. The sample is first separated conventionally on a non-polar column (e.g. 30 meter DB-5, 0.25 mm i.d., 1 m film thickness); the effluent from the first column is precisely modulated into sharp chemical pulses that then undergo a second, fast separation on a shorter, polar column (e.g. 1 meter Carbowax, 0.1 mm i.d., 0.1 m film thickness). The effluent from the second column then goes to a detector. The resulting output consists of two orthogonal retention time axes, one for each column. The key element in GC x GC is the modulator and much work has focused on this aspect of the technique. [M9] For example, Beens and co-workers have reported a simplied cryogenic modulator that they used in the analysis of n-C8 to n-C18 alkanes. [M10] Adahchour et al. have also described a simplified cryogenic modulator [M11] Another modulator, developed by Burger et al., was used to analyze a light petroleum condensate. [M12] Other GC x GC systems have also been described. [M13,M14,M15] Harynuk and co-workers caution that the interpretation of two-dimensional chromatograms is a complex process that has not been standardized. These authors have presented different ways of displaying and interpreting GC x GC data of a gasoline. [M16] 312

Blumberg has described the criteria necessary to optimize conditions for GC x GC. [M17] Shellie and co-workers have determined the reproducibility of retention times based on an intralaboratory study, [M18] while the prediction of compound retention times in two-dimensional space has been described by Western and Marriott. [M19] Reichenbach and co-workers have reported a method for the subtraction of background levels from GC x GC chromatograms. [M20] One research group has demonstrated the application of GC x GC to a variety of samples, [M21] including the separation of biomarker molecules in crude oils, [M22] petroleum contaminated sediments, [M23] and the separation of ignitable liquids encountered in fire debris samples. [M24] Another research group has also described petroleum separations using GC x GC. [M25] Adahchour and co-workers have reported the extraction of flavour volatiles using headspace SPME combined with analysis by GC x GC. [M26] Comprehensive two-dimensional GC with time of flight mass spectrometry (TOF-MS) detection for the separation of complex mixtures (e.g. cigarette smoke) [M27] and pesticides [M28] have been reported. GC x GC-TOF MS has also been described by Dimandja. [M29] Modifications to the classical GC x GC technique have also been described. Independent temperature control of each column for faster, more efficient GC x GC separations was reported by Johnson et al. [M30] Seeley et al. have described a comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography technique the employs dual secondary columns (GC x 2GC). [M31] The working temperature of GC x GC has been extended to allow semi-volatile analysis, [M32] while a new liquid nitrogen cryogenic modulator has been described for the analysis of very volatile compounds found in gasoline. [M33] The use of GC-IRMS has been mainly used to characterize crude oil spills so that the source of the spill can be determined. [M34,M35,M36,M37,M38,M39] This technique has also recently been applied to the characterization of gasoline samples. [M40,M41] The potential use of GCIRMS in characterizing ignitable liquid residues in fire debris has been discussed in two articles by Jasper et al. [M42,M43] Data interpretation (includes chemical fingerprinting) The identification of different ignitable liquids present in fire debris was presented by Comment et al. [N1] as well as Moore and co-workers. [N2] Interest in the discrimination between samples of liquid gasoline has experienced a resurgence. Trimpe and Chasteen have briefly described an approach to gasoline comparisons. [N3] Dolan and Ritacco were able to differentiate gasoline samples by comparing the ratios of sequential peaks obtained from GC-MS analysis. [N4] They were able to demonstrate the utility of this method to discriminate gasoline samples ranging from no evaporation to 50% evaporation. Sandercock reported the discrimination of unevaporated gasoline samples by applying principal component analysis (PCA) to the C0- to C2-naphthalene profiles obtained from GC-MS analysis. [N5] This work was expanded and the method used to discriminate gasoline samples that were up to 90% evaporated. [N6,N7,N8] Doble and co-workers applied PCA and artificial neural networks (ANN) to GC-MS data to classify unevaporated regular and premium gasoline samples. [N9] A method for the comparison of gasoline samples using the C4- and C5alkylbenzene profile obtained from steam distillation of samples has been presented. [N10] Although intended to differentiate the detergent in different gasoline samples and not gasoline

313

samples per se, Carraze et al have published a method for obtaining the mass spectral fingerprints of unknown detergents in gasoline from different parts of the world. [N11] Chemical fingerprinting of hydrocarbons in order to identify a spill source has received a lot of attention in the environmental forensics literature. [N12] Some of the concepts that have been developed in the environmental forensic field may be helpful in the field of fire investigation. For example, a four part series on the effects of refining on finished petroleum products has recently been published. [N13,N14,N15,N16] In the area of pattern recognition analysis, extensive work has been done by Lavine and coworkers on the fingerprinting of jet fuel spills. [N17,N18] This research group has also explored the use of SPME and pattern recognition techniques to classify jet fuels by type. [N19] Twodimension GC has also been used in conjunction with PCA to classify samples of jet fuel. [N20] For the analysis of crude oil spills, different chemometric methods have been applied to mass spectral data (without prior chromatographic separation) obtained from spilled oil samples. [N21] Chromatographic fingerprinting has been applied in two case studies involving crude oil spills, [N22] while the use of sesquiterpane biomarkers to distinguish between sources of heavy fuels has been described. [N23] Other analytical methods A homebuilt Fourier-transform ion cyclotron resonance mass spectrometer (FT-ICR MS) was used by Rogers and co-workers to obtain high resolution mass spectra (fingerprints) of a variety of petroleum products. [O1] This research group has also presented results from their experiments with FT-ICR MS on evaporated petroleum products, and went on to analyze fire debris samples after Soxhlet extraction. [O2] Although membrane introduction mass spectrometry (MIMS) has not yet been directly applied to the field of fire analysis, it has received a lot of attention in the environmental analysis field and is the subject of a review article. [O3] In MIMS the organic analytes are separated from air or water by a thin membrane (e.g. polydimethylsiloxane) positioned between the sample and the ion source of the mass spectrometer. The analytes diffuse through the membrane (drawn by the vacuum in the ionization chamber) and are immediately volatilized once they enter the mass spectrometer. The flow of organic compounds through the membrane tends to be greater than that of air or water and so analyte concentration occurs. Alberici et al. have shown that MIMS can be used to monitor the benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylenes (BTEX) concentrations in water after contact with gasoline. [O4] Multivariate analysis of their data showed that the BTEX composition (in water) varied between the three different types of gasoline studied. The use of vapour phase ultra-violet (UV) spectroscopy for the analysis of fire debris samples has been described. [O5] This technique may offer additional information not obtained from traditional gas chromatographic analysis and so is a complementary technique. Analysis of liquids, new products and other materials The analysis of the wax content of artificial fire place logs from different manufacturers by high temperature gas chromatography (HT-GC) has been reported. [P1] Woodrow analyzed samples of liquid jet fuel using gas chromatography and compared these results to the analysis of the same samples by headspace gas chromatography. [P2] The vapour

314

pressure of each sample was determined for the two methods and was found to give similar results. Biodiesel fuel, a fuel with physical characteristics similar to petroleum diesel fuel but which is derived from oils of biological origin (e.g. soybean, rapeseed, sunflower), is well established in western Europe and is an emerging market in the North American fuel industry. Production processes include cold pressing oil seeds while other use trans-esterification. It has been reported that Germany, Austria and Sweden use 100% pure biodiesel (B100) in adapted vehicles. [P3] In France, biodiesel is used as a 30% blend (B30) with petroleum diesel fuel for use in captive fleets. [P3] In France and Italy it is used as a 5% blend (B5) in normal diesel fuel. [P3] In some regions of the USA and Canada biodiesel is marketed as a 20% blend with petroleum diesel fuel (B20). [P4]. It is anticipated that fire debris analysts will eventually see biodiesel fuels in casework and so a number of recent publications have been included in this review. The production of biodiesel fuel by transesterification of sunflower oil [P5] and via methanolysis of used frying oil have been described. [P6] Lang and co-workers report on an assessment of the physical properties of biodiesel fuel and compare them with conventional, petroleum-derived diesel fuel. [P7] A comparison of different chromatographic techniques, including high-pressure liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS), for the analysis of the acylglyerols and methyl esters of fatty acids has been reported. [P8] Knothe describes a plethora of chromatographic and spectroscopic methods, such as gas chromatography, gel permeation chromatography, HPLC, MS, infrared spectroscopy (IR) and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (NMR), including their advantages and disadvantages, for the analysis of biodiesel fuels. [P9] MISCELLANEOUS STUDIES Accelerant transfer and persistence The examination of a suspects hands for the presence of gasoline has been presented by Rolph and co-workers. [Q1] They examined the use of a number of supports in combination with a DLFEX device. Lentini used passive headspace adsorption together with GC-MS to study the persistence of solvents in floor coating materials, including stain, oil finish, and polyurethane varnish, over a two-year period. [Q2] The volatile organic compounds present on a range of clothing items were examined by GC-MS and the result presented. [Q3] This study showed that some volatile organics can persist in clothing even after washing, and that plastic bags used to wrap new clothing was one possible source for these compounds. Chalmers and co-workers reported the effects of microbial action in soil on the chromatographic profile of automotive gasoline, a barbecue starter fluid (medium petroleum distillate) and a diesel fuel (heavy petroleum distillate). [Q4] From the environmental literature is a report on two case studies of an oil spill that occurred in 1979 and chronic diesel fuel spills from 1953 to 1991. [Q5] The authors examined the change in hydrocarbon distribution patterns resulting from long-term anaerobic microbial degradation. Contamination and background interference The pyrolysis products from a large number of substrates, including wood, plastics and paper products, were reported by Stauffer together with descriptions of proposed reaction mechanisms involved in the production of these compounds. [R1,R2] Work describing the pyrolysis products obtained from a variety of materials using both a non-oxidative pyrolysis technique (pyrolysisgas chromatography-mass spectrometry) and oxidative pyrolysis has been reported. [R3] Ballice and Reimert used GC-MS to identify the pyrolysis products from different forms of 315

polypropylene. [R4] The pyrolysis products that emanate from car carpets, and how these products interfere with the identification of gasoline, have been reported by Cavanah et al. [R5] The authors also reported that the amount a vehicle is used, and the behaviour of the occupants will affect the types of compounds found on previously uncontaminated carpeting. Fernandes and co-workers studied the pyrolysis products obtained by partially burning some common household items, including paper products, carpet, vinyl flooring, veneer, and shoe polish. [R6] A commentary on this article [R7] and the authors response have also been published. [R8] An in depth review article on the toxicological effects of turpentine contains a wealth of valuable information on the history, production and chemical composition of turpentine. [R9] McGee and Lang studied the potential interference of a micelle encapsulator fire suppression agent on the GC analysis of fire debris samples. [R10] The authors found that although the fire suppression agent did affect the chromatographic results, it did not interfere with the identification of common ignitable liquids. CONCLUSIONS A number of new resources, including fire dynamics software, for the fire investigator and analytical chemist have been recently published: Ignition Handbook by Babrauskas (reference [A14]) Forensic Fire Scene Reconstruction by Icove and DeHaan (reference [A15]); Analysis and Intrepetation of Fire Scene Evidence, Almirall, JR and Furton, KG (editors) (reference) [K3]; and, NIST Fire Dyanmics Simulator (FDS) software and Smokeview software. Building and Fire Research Laboratory, National Institute of Standards and Technology (reference [B4]). In the area of fire scene examination a number of reports have focused on the examination of origin and cause of electrical fires and the different aspects of spontaneous combustion. Very little recent work has been published on vehicle fires and accelerant detection canines. Analytical methods for fire debris that incorporate solid phase micro-extraction (SPME) and gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS) or GC-MS-MS have dominated the literature in recent years. New techniques such as gas chromatography-isotope resonance mass spectrometry (GC-IRMS), two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC x GC), and membrane introduction mass spectrometry (MIMS) show promise as potential future techniques for fire debris analysis. A resurgence of interest has occurred in the discrimination of accelerants, in particular gasoline, resulting in a significant number of new approaches being evaluated and published. To date no recent work has been reported on the forensic analysis of biodiesel fuel in the context of an arson investigation. A small amount of recent work has added to our knowledge of accelerant transfer and persistence as well as pyrolysis product backgrounds. REFERENCES Scene examination and general fire investigation General A1. A2. Bradley, PL, and Baxter, A. Fires explosions and related incidents at work in Great Britain in 1998/1999 and 1999/2000 Journal of Loss Prevention in the Process Industries, 2002; 15 (5): 365-372. Holborn, PG; Nolan, PF; Golt, J; Townsend, N. Fires in workplace premises: risk data. Fire Safety Journal, 2002; 37 (3): 303-327. 316

A3. A4. A5. A6. A7. A8. A9. A10.

A11. A12. A13. A14. A15. A16. A17. A18. A19. A20. A21. A22. A23.

Holborn, PG; Nolan, PF; Golt, J. An analysis of fatal unintentional dwelling fires investigated by London Fire Brigade between 1996 and 2000. Fire Safety Journal, 2003; 38 (1): 1-42. Kremers, F; Becker, A; Detering, B; Rauch, G; Wolf, J. Survey of the causes of fires and explosions in member companies of the German Holz-Berufsgenossenschaft. Gefahrst Reinhalt Luft, 2001; 61 (9): 395-400. Wibbenmeyer, LA; Amelon, MA; de Mola, RML; Lewis, R; Kealey, GP. Trash and brush burning: An underappreciated mechanism of thermal injury in a rural community. Journal of Burn Care and Rehabilitation, 2003; 24 (2): 85-89. Sukhai, A; Harris, C; Moorad, RGR; Dada, MA. Suicide by self-immolation in Durban South Africa - A five-year retrospective review. American Journal of Forensic Medicine and Pathology, 2002; 23(3): 295-298. Karter, MJ. Fire Loss in the United States During 2001. Fire Analysis and Research Division, National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA; September 2002. (Accessed on May 17, 2004; http://www.nfpa.org/PDF/2001FireLoss.PDF?src=nfpa). DeHaan, JD. Our changing world. Part 1: furnishings. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2002; 52(2): 44-45. DeHaan, JD. Our changing world. Part 2: ignitable liquids: petroleum distillates, petroleum products and other stuff. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2002; 52(3): 46-47. DeHaan, JD. Our changing world. Part 3: detection limits - is more sensitive necessarily more better? Fire and Arson Investigator, 2002; July: 20-23. (Note that a shorter, revised version of this article was published as: DeHaan, JD. Detection limits is more sensitive necessarily better? The Forensic Bulletin, 2002; December: 16-17.) Sanderson, JL. Excavating debris: look beyond the floor; careful digging can yield important clues to fires cause. Fire Findings, 2001; 9(4): 1-3. Rochon, V. Criminal investigations. Canadian Association of Fire Investigators, 2003; Spring: 5. Ogle, RA. The need for scientific fire investigations. Canadian Association of Fire Investigators, 2002; Sepember: 7-10. Charney, T; Goldstein, E. Using digital video images in fire investigations. Canadian Association of Fire Investigators, 2002; June:12. Certuse, J. Residential steam boilers. Fire Findings, 2001; 9(4): 7-11. Fire Science Applications to Fire Investigations A compendium of research papers. Babrauskas, V. (Editor). Interscience Communications; London, UK. 2003. Babrauskas, V. Ignition Handbook, Fire Science Publishers, Issaquah, WA, USA; 2003. Co-published by the Society of Fire Protection Engineers. ISBN: 0-9728111-3-3. Icove, DJ and DeHaan, JD. Forensic Fire Scene Reconstruction. Pearson Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River NJ, USA; 2004. ISBN 0-130094205-7. Nic Daeid, N. (Editor) Fire Investigation. Taylor & Francis, London, UK; 2004. ISBN 0-41524891-4. Kocsis, RN and Cooksey, RW. Criminal psychological profiling of serial arson crimes. International Journal of Offender Therapy and Comparative Criminology, 2002; 46(6): 631-656. Doley, R. Pyromania? Fact or fiction? British Journal of Criminology, 2003; 43(4): 797-807. Okulitch, J and Baumann, C. Juveniles with Fire in Oregon during 2002. In: Hot Issues, Oregon Office of State Fire Marshall, Summer 2003. Document available on-line at <http://www.sfm.state.or.us/JFSI/2002%20Annual%20Report.pdf> Soothill, K; Ackerley, E; Francis, B. The Criminal Careers of Arsonists. Medicine, Science and the Law, 2004; 44(1): 27-40.

317

Combustion studies and modeling B1. B2. B3. B4. B5. B6. B7. B8. B9. B10. B11. B12. Itagaki H. The dependence of initial pressure for the autoignition temperature about flammable liquid. Journal de Physique IV, 2002; 12 (PVII): 423-428. Britton, LG. Two hundred years of flammable limits. Process Safety Progress, 2002; 21(1): 1-11. Montemayor, RG; Collier, MA; Lazarczyk, GG. Precision and equivalence of automatic and manual flash point apparatus Journal of Testing and Evaluation, 2002; 30 (1): 74-84. NIST Fire Dyanmics Simulator (FDS) and Smokeview. Building and Fire Research Laboratory, National Institute of Standards and Technology; Gaithersburg, MD. USA. Posted on www.fire.nist.gov on April 15, 2003. Bilbao, R; Mastral, JF; Lana, JSA; Ceamanos, J; Aldea, ME; Betran, M. A model for the prediction of the thermal degradation and ignition of wood under constant and variable heat flux. Journal of Analytical and Applied Pyrolysis, 2002; 62(1): 63-82. Chen, XJ; Yang, LZ; Ji, JW; Deng, ZH. Mathematical model for prediction of pyrolysis and ignition of wood under external heat flux. Progress in Natural Science, 2002; 12 (11): 874-877. Kuang-Chung, T and Drysdale, D. Using cone calorimeter data for the prediction of fire hazard. Fire Safety Journal, 2002; 37 (7): 697-706. Weng, WG; Fan, WC; Wang, QA; Yang. LZ. A model of backdraft phenomenon in building fires. Progress in Natural Science, 2002; 12 (2): 131-135. Weng, WG and Fan, WC. Critical condition of backdraft in compartment fires: a reduced-scale experimental study. Journal of Loss Prevention in the Process Industies, 2003; 16 (1): 19-26. Carvel, RO; Beard, AN; Jowitt, PW. The influence of longitudinal ventilation systems on fires in tunnels. Tunneling and Underground Space Technology, 2001; 16(1): 3-21. Carvel, RO; Beard, AN; Jowitt, PW; Drysdale, DD. Variation of heat release rate with forced longitudinal ventilation for vehicle fires in tunnels. Fire Safety Journal, 2001; 36(6): 569-596. Putorti, AD. Flammable and Combustible liquid spill/burn patterns. NIJ Report 604-00, NCJ 186634, National Institue of Standards and Technology (NIST), Gaithersburg, Maryland. National Institute of Justice, Washington, DC; March 2001. <http://fire.nist.gov/bfrlpubs/fire01/art023.html> NicDaeid, N. The ENFSI fire and explosion investigation working group and the European live burn tests at Cardington. Science & Justice, 2003; 43 (1): 49-54. Strege, S; Lattimer, BY; Beyler, C. Fire induced failure of polycarbonate windows in railcars. Fire and Materials; eighth international conference: January 27-28, 2003; San Francisco, USA. Full article available in reference [A16]. Dillon, SE and Hamins, A. Ignition propensity and heat flux profiles of candle flames for fire investigation. Fire and Materials; eighth international conference: January 27-28, 2003; San Francisco, USA. Full article available in reference [A16]. DeHaan, JD and Nurbakhsh, S. Sustained combustion of an animal carcass and its implications for the consumption of human bodies in fires. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001; 46 (5): 1076-1081. Christensen, AM. Experiments in the combustibility of the human body. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002; 47(3): 466-470. Kennedy, PM; Kennedy, KC; Hopkins, RL. Depth of calcinations measurement in fire origin analysis. Fire and Materials; eighth international conference: January 27-28, 2003; San Francisco, USA. Full article available in reference [A16].

B13. B14. B15. B16. B17. B18.

318

Electrical fires C1. C2. C3. C4. Babrauskas, V. How do electrical wiring faults lead to structure ignitions? Fire and Arson Investigator, 2002; April: 39-45. Olsen, JW. Bounds imposed by the external circuit on power release at hypothetical electrical ignition sources. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2002; July:35-40. Babrauskas, V. A hazardous electrical connector. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2003; July: 9. Goodson, ME and Perryman, T. Spray-in foam insulation - energy efficient and electric nightmare. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Atlanta, Georgia February 11-16, 2002.) (Goodson, ME; Perryman, T; Colwell, K. Effects of polyurethane foam systems on wiring ampacity. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2002; July: 47-49. Okamoto, K; Watanabe, N; Hagimoto, Y. Fire hazard caused by thermal degradation of organic insulating materials at plug and receptacle connection. Fire and Materials; eighth international conference: January 27-28, 2003; San Francisco, USA. Full article available in reference [A16]. Hagimoto, Y; Watanabe, N; Okamoto, K. Short-circuit faults in electrical cables and cords exposed to radiant heat. Fire and Materials; eighth international conference: January 27-28, 2003; San Francisco, USA. Full article available in reference [A16]. Wenzig, AM Jr. The value of using nondestructive examination techniques to assist in forensic investigations. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2002; January: 40-41. Rochon, V. Non-destructive testing using X-rays. Canadian Association of Fire Investigators, 2002; December: 7-9. Park, S-W; Kim, S-H; Park, N-K; Kim, Y-H; Kim, Y-M. A comparison of the microstructures of surface melted Cu-wire. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Atlanta, Georgia February 11-16, 2002. Lee, EP; Ohtani, H; Matsubara, Y, Seki, T; Hasegawa, H; Imada, S; Yashiro, I. Study on discrimination between primary and secondary molten marks using carbonized residue. Fire Safety Journal, 2002; 37(4): 353-368. Shefchick, TP. Limitations of the auger analysis of electrical arc beads. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Atlanta, Georgia February 11-16, 2002. Chen, CY; Ling, YC; Wang, JT; Chen, HY. SIMS depth profiling analysis of electrical arc residues in fire investigation. Applied Surface Science, 2003; 203: 779-784. Babrauskas, V. Fires due to electric arcing: can cause beads be distinguished from victim beads by physical and chemical testing? Fire and Materials; eighth international conference: January 27-28, 2003; San Francisco, USA. Full article available in reference [A16].

C5.

C6. C7. C8. C9. C10. C11. C12. C13.

Non-electrical fires D1. D2. D3. McAuley, D. The combustion hazard of plastic domestic heating oil tanks and their contents. Forensic Science International, 2003; 43(3): 145-148. Rochon, V. Technical investigations of marine fire and explosions. Canadian Association of Fire Investigators, 2002; March: 9-10. Van Vaerenbergh, G. An unusual arson case: polymer grains, a mineral spirit, solid bricks containing kerosene and a glycolether used as fuels. Forensic Science Communications, 2002; 4(1): http://www.fbi.gov/hq/lab/fsc/backissu/jan2002/van.htm Rodante, TV Analysis of an LPG explosion and fire. Process Safety Progress, 2003; 22(3): 174-181.

D4.

319

D5. D6.

Grand, AF; Black, WZ; Beitel, JJ. Flammability of hydraulic fluid under pressure: real scale simulation of a fire incident. Fire and Materials; eighth international conference: January 27-28, 2003; San Francisco, USA. Full article available in reference [A16]. Wickstrm, U; Ignason, H; Van Hees, P. The SP investigation of the discotheque fire in Gteborg 1998. Fire and Materials; eighth international conference: January 27-28, 2003; San Francisco, USA. Full article available in reference [A16].

Vehicle fires E1. E2. E3. E4. E5. E6. E7. E8. Byers, KD and Sutherland, DA. Vehicle test burns. Canadian Association of Fire Investigators, 2002; December: 19-21. Hirschler, MM; Hoffmann, DJ; Hoffmann, JM; Kroll, EC. Fire hazard associated with passenger cars and vans. Fire and Materials; eighth international conference: January 2728, 2003; San Francisco, USA. Full article available in reference [A16]. DeHaan, JD and Fisher, FL. Reconstruction of a fatal fire in a parked motor vehicle. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2003; January: 42-46. Chow WK and Li, JSM. Case study: vehicle fire in a cross-harbour tunnel in Hong Kong. Tunneling and Underground Space Technology, 2001; 16(1): 23-30. Service, AG and Lewis, RJ. The forensic examination of a fire-damaged vehicle. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001; 46(4): 950-953. Jones, M. Investigation of fraudulent arson involving a racing car. Science & Justice, 2002; 42(4): 231-234. Adair, TW; DeLong, L; Dobersen, MJ; Sanamo, S; Young, R; Oliver, B; Rotter, T. Suicide by fire in a car trunk: a case with potential pitfalls. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003; 48(5): 1113-1116. Du Pasquier, E. Investigation des Incendies de Vhicles Automobiles. Presses Polytechniques et Universitaires Romandes, Laussane, Switzerland, 2003. ISBN 288074-531-4.

Spontaneous combustion F1. F2. F3. F4. F5. F6. F7. F8. Beamish, BB; Barakat, MA; St George, JD. Spontaneous-combustion propensity of New Zealand coals under adiabatic conditions. International Journal of Coal Geology, 2001; 45(2-3): 217-224. Beamish, BB; Lau, AG; Moodie, AL ; Vallance, TA. Assessing the self-heating behaviour of Callide coal using a 2-metre column. Journal of Loss Prevention in the Process Industries, 2002; 15(5): 385-390. Amel'chugov, SP; Bykov, VI; Tsybenova, SB. Spontaneous combustion of brown-coal dust. Experiment determination of kinetic parameters and numerical modeling. Combustion Explosion and Shock Waves, 2002; 38(3): 295-300. Guyaguler, T; Karpuz, C; Bagci, S. The spontaneous combustion characteristics of Turkish lignite and correlation of the self-heating process with the actual fire. CIM Bulletin, 2003; 96(1070): 75-79. Sensogut, C; Kaufmann, M; Petit, E. An approach to the modelling of spontaneous combustion in the goaf. Journal of the South African Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, 2002; 102(5): 311-313. Anonymous. Role of oils in spontaneous combustion. Biocycle, 2003; 44(2): 14. Clothier, PQE and Pritchard, HO. Atmospheric oxidation and self-heating in rubbercontaining materials. Flame and Combustion, 2003; 133: 207-210. Ruggeln, R and Rynk, R. Self-heating in yard trimmings: conditions leading to spontaneous combustion. Compost Science & Utilization, 2002; 10(2): 162-182.

320

F9. F10. F11. F12. F13. F14. F15. F16.

F18. F19.

Wakelyn, PJ and Hughs, SE. Evaluation of the flammability of cotton bales. Fire and Materials, 2002; 26(4-5): 183-189. Hudak, PF. Spontaneous combustion of shale spoils at a sanitary landfill. Waste Management, 2002; 22(6): 687-688. Wolters, FC; Pagni, PJ; Frost, TR; Cuzzillo, BR. Size constraints on self ignition of charcoal briquettes. Paper presented at: Fire Safety Science Proceedings of the 7th International Symposium, 2002; May 19-23: p593-604. Worchester, USA. Jones, JC. A theoretical examination of the possibility of spontaneous combustion of laundry in tumble dryers. Journal of Fire Sciences, 2001; 19(3): 181-189. Jones, JC. A theoretical examination of the possibility of spontaneous combustion of laundry in tumble dryers part 2: The role of reactive contaminants. Journal of Fire Sciences, 2001; 19(5): 335-339. Cuzzillo, BR. Pyrophoria. PhD Dissertation, University of California, Berkeley, USA. 1997 Cuzzillo, BR and Pagni, PJ. Low-temperature wood ignition. Fire Findings, 1999; 7(2): 7-10. Cuzzillo, BR and Pagni, PJ. The myth of pyrophoric carbon. Paper presented at: Fire Safety Science Proceedings of the 6th International Symposium, 1999; July 5-9: p301312. Poitiers, France. F17. Babrauskas, V. Pyrophoric carbonthe jury is still out. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2001; 52(1): 12-14. Cuzzillo, BR; Pagni, PJ; Williamson, RB; Schroeder, RA. The verdict is in! Pyrophoric carbon is out! Fire and Arson Investigator, 2002; 53(1): 19-21. Babrauskas, V. Properly designed experiments are still needed in order to understand low-temperature, long-term ignitions of wood. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2003; 53(3): 7-9.

Accelerant detection canines G1. G2. G3. G4. G5. Williams, M and Johnston, JM. Training and maintaining the performance of dogs (Canis familiaris) on an increasing number of odor discriminations in a controlled setting. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 2002; 78(1): 55-65. Gazit, I; Lavner, Y; Bloch, G ; Azulai, O; Goldblatt, A; Terkel, J. A simple system for the remote detection and analysis of sniffing in explosives detection dogs. Behavior Research Methods Instruments & Computers, 2003; 35(1): 82-89. Gazit, I and Terkel, J. Explosives detection by sniffer dogs following strenuous physical activity. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 2003; 81(2): 149-161. Jones, BJ; Du Pasquier, E; Ansett, V; Lear, A. Development and validation of canine accelerant detection program. (Oral presentation). 16th International Symposium on the Forensic Sciences, Canberra, May 2002. Turin, L. A method for the calculation of odor character from molecular structure. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 2002; 216: 367-385.

Sample collection and packaging H1. H2. Koussiafes, MP. Evaluation of fire scene contamination by using positive-pressure ventilation fans. Forensic Science Communications, 2002; 4(4): http://www.fbi.gov/hq/lab/fsc/backissu/oct2002/koussiafes.htm Zakaib, GM and Delovitch, SA. Preserving the evidence - don't get burned. Canadian Association of Fire Investigators, 2002 (Dec):12-16.

321

Training and research I1. I2. I3. Donahue, ML. The ATF Fire Research Laboratory: a new forensic resource for firescene investigations. Forensic Science Communications, 2002; 4(1): http://www.fbi.gov/hq/lab/fsc/backissu/jan2002/donahue.htm Madrzykowski, D. Fire research: providing new tools for fire investigation. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2002; July: 43-46. Mannan, MS; Aldeeb, AA; Rogers, WJ. Understanding the role of process chemistry in fires and explosions. Process Safety Progress, 2002; 21(4): 323-328.

Internet resources J1. J2. J3. J4. J5. J6. J7. J8. J9. J10. J11. J12. J13. J14. J15. J16. J17. Arson Prevention Bureau; http://www.arsonpreventionbureau.org.uk Building and Fire Research Laboratory - Fire on the Web; http://fire.nist.gov and http://www.bflr.nist.gov Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF); http://www.atf.treas.gov.explarson/index.htm Canadian Association of Fire Investigators (CAFI); http://www.cafi.ca Canine Accelerant Detection Association; http://www.cadafiredogs.com European Network for Forensic Science Institutes - Fire and Explosion Investigation Working Group; http://homepages.strath.ac.uk/~cbas53/niamh/fire Fire Findings Newsletter; http://www.firefindings.com FireNet - Electronic Pages for the British Fire Service; http://fire.org.uk/home.htm Fire Protection Association Australia; http://www.fpaa.com.au Fire Science and Technology Incorporated: Fire Science Publishers; http://www.doctorfire.com/links.html Forensic Science Journal; http://sun4.cpu.edu.tw/~fsjournal/ InterFIRE Online; http://www.interfire.org International Association of Arson Investigators (IAAI); http://www.firearson.com National Association of Fire Investigators; http://www.nafi.org National Center for Forensic Sciences - Technical Working Group for Fire and Explosions;http://ncfs.ucf.edu/twgfex/home.html and http://www.ncfs.ucf.edu/databases.html National Fire Protection Association (NFPA); http://www.nfpa.org/catalog/home/index.asp United States Fire Administration; http://usfa.fema.gov

Laboratory analysis of fire debris samples General K1. K2. K3. K4. Minnich, TE and McCardle, R. National Centre for Forensic Science. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2002; April: 33-37. Stauffer, T and Lentini, JJ. ASTM standards for fire debris analysis: a review. Forensic Science International, 2003; 132(1): 63-67. Almirall, JR and Furton, KG (editors). Analysis and Intrepetation of Fire Scene Evidence. CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida, USA; 2004. ISBN 0-8493-7885-0. Dolan, J. Recent advances in the applications of forensic science to fire debris analysis. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, 2003; 376(8): 1168-1171.

322

Sampling and sample preparation techniques L1. L2. L3. L4. L5. L6. L7. L8. L9. L10. L11. L12. Snow, NH and Slack, GC. Head-space analysis in modern gas chromatography. TrAC Trends in Analytical Chemistry, 2002; 21(9-10): 608-617. Almirall, JR and Furton, KG. New developments in sampling and sample preparation for forensic analysis. In: Comprehensive Analytical Chemistry XXXVII. Pawliszyn, J (Editor), Chapter 27; Elsevier Science, 2002. American Society for Testing and Materials (2001). E 2154-01 Standard Practice for Separation and Concentration of Ignitable Liquid Residues from Fire Debris Samples by Passive Headspace Concentration with Solid Phase Microextraction (SPME). Perr, JM; Diaz, CJ; Furton, KG, Almirall, JR. The analysis of ignitable liquid residues and explosive material using SPME/GC/MS/MS. Proceedings from the American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Chicago, IL, USA; February 17-22, 2003. Harris, AC and Wheeler, JF. GC-MS of ignitable liquids using solvent-desorbed SPME for automated analysis. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003; 48(1): 41-46. Lloyd, JA and Edmiston, PL. Preferential extraction of hydrocarbons from fire debris samples by solid phase microextraction. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2003; 48(1): 130134. Garafano, L; Gregori, A; Santoro, M; Russo, A. The use of SPME in the recognition of hydrocarbons in cases of arson. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Atlanta, Georgia February 11-16, 2002. Hook, GL; Kimm, GL; Hall, T; Smith, PA. Solid-phase microextraction (SPME) for rapid field sampling and analysis by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry (GC-MS). TrAC - Trends in Analytical Chemistry, 2002; 21(8): 534-543. Kwon, M; Hong, S; Choi, H. Sampling of highly volatile accelerants at the fire scene. Canadian Society of Forensic Science Journal, 2003; 36(4): 197-205. Massey, D; Du Pasquier, E; Lennard, C. Study for substitution of carbon disulfide by another solvent for desorption of charcoal strip (DLFEXtm) in analysis of fire samples (Poster). 16th International Symposium on the Forensic Sciences, Canberra, May 2002. Massey, D; Du Pasquier, E; Lennard, C. Solvent desorption of charcoal strips (DFLEX) in the analysis of fire debris samples: replacement of carbon disulfide. Canadian Society of Forensic Science Journal, 2002; 35(4): 195-208. Egli, NM; Delemont, O; DeHaro, D; Lacarriere, J-F. Research for a substitute for carbon disulfide as elution solvent of DFLEX membranes used in the analysis of fire accelerants: comparison of solvent mixtures. Proceedings of the European Academy of Forensic Science, Triennial Meeting, September 22-27, 2003; Istanbul, Turkey. Massey, D, Du Pasquier, E, Lennard, C. Optimisation of Fire Debris Analysis with DFLEX. Proceedings of the International Association of Forensic Science, Montpellier, France. September 1-7, 2002. Smith, ET and Warnke, MM. Arson analysis by static headspace enrighment and gas chromatography using simplex optimization (Poster). 2003 Pittsburgh Conference on Analytical Chemistry and Applied Spectroscopy (Pittcon), Orlando, FL, March 9-14, 2003. Huang, CT and Hsieh, YZ. Analysis of petroleum distillates from fire debris using supercritical fluid extraction with a two-level orthogonal array experimental design. Journal of the Chinese Chemical Society, 2002; 49(4): 517-525. Giang, Y-S; Chang, W-T; Wang, S-M; Chou, S-L. Looking into some basic properties of accelerants in fire residues for higher performance in arson analysis. Forensic Science Journal, 2003; 2: 19-26. Article available on-line, see reference [J11].

L13. L14.

L15. L16.

323

Chromatographic analysis (GC-MS, GC-MS-MS, isotope ratios, GC x GC) M1. M2. Coulombe, R. Chemical analysis of vegetable oils following spontaneous ignition. Journal Forensic Sciences, 2002; 47(1): 195-201. Converted dried oil to fatty acid methyl ester and analyzed with GC-MS. Perr, JM and Almirall, JR. Comprehensive approach to determine the absolute detection limit for organic compounds in a standard accelerant mixture between GC/MS and GC/MS/MS. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Atlanta, Georgia February 11-16, 2002. Perr, JM; Furton, KG; Almirall, JR. A comprehensive approach for analyzing ignitable liquid residues and explosive material using SPME/GC/MS/MS. Proceedings of the International Association of Forensic Science, Montpellier, France. September 1-7, 2002. de Vos, BJ; Froneman, M; Rohwer, E; Sutherland, DA. Detection of petrol (gasoline) in fire debris by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry/mass spectrometry (GC/MS/MS). Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002; 47(4): 736-756. Sutherland, DA; Perr, J; Almirall, J. Identification of Ignitable Liquid Residues in Fire Debris by GC/MS/MS (Chapter 5). In: Advances in Forensic Applications of Mass Spectrometry, Third Edition; Yinon, Y. (Editor). CRC Press, Boca Raton, USA; 2003. Sittidech, M. Part I. Analysis of aromatic amines in banned azo dyes by SPME and GC/MS/MS. Part II. Analysis of residual ignitable fluids in fire debris by GC/MS/MS and development of an expert system. PhD Thesis (2002), University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, Alabama,USA. ISBN 0-493-87075-X. Marriott, P and Shellie, R Principles and applications of comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography. TRAC-Trends in Analytical Chemistry, 2002; 21(9-10): 573-583.) Ong, RCY and Marriott, PJ. A review of basic concepts in comprehensive twodimensional gas chromatography. Journal of Chromatographic Science, 2002; 40(5): 276-291. Pursch, M; Sun, K; Winniford, B; Cortes, H; Weber; A; McCabe, T; Luong, J. Modulation techniques and applications in comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography (GCxGC). Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, 2002; 373(6): 356367. Beens, J; Adahchour, M; Vreuls, RJJ; van Altena, K; Brinkman, UAT. Simple nonmoving modulation interface for comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography. Journal of Chromatography A, 2001; 919(1): 127-132. Adahchour, M; Beens, J; Brinkman, UAT. Single-jet single-stage cryogenic modulator for comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC x GC). Analyst, 2003; 128(3): 213-216. Burger, BV; Snyman, T; Burger, WJG; van Rooyen, WF. Thermal modulator array for analyte modulation and comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography. Journal of Separation Science, 2003; 26(1-2): 123-128. Haglund, P; Harju, M; Danielsson, C; Marriot, P. Effects of temperature and flow regulated carbon dioxide cooling in longitudinally modulated cryogenic systems for comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography. Journal of Chromatography A, 2002; 962(1-2): 127-134. Kallio, M; Hytylinen, T; Jussila, M; Hartonen, K; Palonen, S; Shimmo, M; Riekkola, ML. Semi-rotating cryogenic modulator for comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, 2003; 375(6): 725-731. Hytylinen, T; Kallio, M; Hartonen, K; Jussila, M; Palonen, S; Riekkola, ML. Modulator design two-dimensional for comprehensive gas chromatography: Quantitative analysis of polyaromatic hydrocarbons and polychlorinated biphenyls. Analytical Chemistry, 2002, 74(17): 4441-4446. 324

M3.

M4. M5. M6.

M7. M8. M9.

M10. M11. M12. M13.

M14. M15.

M16. Harynuk, J; Gorecki, T; Campbell, C. On the interpretation of GC x GC data. LCGC North America, 2002; 20(9): 877-891. M17. Blumberg, LM. Comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography: metrics potentials limits. Journal of Chromatography A, 2003; 985(1-2): 29-38. M18. Shellie, RA; Xie, LL; Marriott, PJ. Retention time reproducibility in comprehensive twodimensional gas chromatography using cryogenic modulation - An intralaboratory study. Journal of Chromatography A, 2002; 968(1-2): 161-170. M19. Western, RJ and Marriott, PJ. Retention correlation maps in comprehensive twodimensional gas chromatography. Journal of Separation Science, 2002; 25(13): 832-838. M20. Reichenbach, SE; Ni, MT; Zhang, DM; Ledford, EB. Image background removal in comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography. Journal of Chromatography A, 2003; 985(1-2): 47-56. M21. Frysinger, GS; Gaines, RB; Reddy, CM. GC x GC - A new analytical tool for environmental forensics. Environmental Forensics, 2002; 3(1): 27-34. M22. Frysinger, GS and Gaines, RB. Separation and identification of petroleum biomarkers by comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography. Journal of Separation Science, 2001; 24(2): 87-96. M23. Frysinger, GS; Gaines, RB; Xu, L; Rreddy, CM. Resolving the unresolved complex mixture in petroleum-contaminated sediments. Environmental Science & Technology, 2003; 37(8): 1653-1662. M24. Frysinger, GS and Gaines RB. Forensic analysis of ignitable liquids in fire debris by comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002; 47(3): 471-482. M25. Hua, RX; Ruan, CH; Wang, JH; Lu, X; Liu, J; Xiao, K; Kong, HW; Xu, GW. Research of group has described the optimization for the separation of petroleum fractions by comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography. Acta Chimica Sinica, 2002; 60(12): 2185-2191. M26. Adahchour, M; Beens, J; Vreuls, RJJ; Batenburg, AM; Rosing, EAE; Brinkman, UAT. Application of solid-phase micro-extraction and comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography (GCxGC) for flavour analysis. Chromatographia, 2002; 55(5-6): 361367. M27. Dalluge, J; van Stee, LLP; Xu, XB; Williams, J; Beens, J; Vreuls, RJJ; Brinkman, UAT. Unravelling the composition of very complex samples by comprehensive gas chromatography coupled to time-of-flight mass spectrometry - Cigarette smoke. Journal of Chromatography A, 2002; 974(1-2): 169-184. M28. Dalluge, J; Vreuls, RJJ; Beens, J; Brinkman, UAT. Optimization and characterization of comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography with time-of-flight mass spectrometric detection (GC x GC-TOF MS). Journal of Separation Science, 2002; 25(4): 201-214. M29. Dimandja, JMD. A new tool for the optimized analysis of complex volatile mixtures: comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography/time-of-flight mass spectrometry. American Laboratory, 2003; 35(3): 42-+. M30. Johnson, KJ; Prazen, BJ; Olund, RK; Synovec, RE. GC x GC temperature programming requirements to produce bilinear data for chemometric analysis. Journal of Separation Science, 2002; 25(5-6): 297-303. M31. Seeley, JV; Kramp, FJ; Sharpe, KS; Seeley, SK. Characterization of gaseous mixtures of organic compounds with dual-secondary column comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC x 2GC). ) Journal of Separation Science, 2002; 25(1-2): 53-59. M32. Sinha, AE; Johnson, KJ; Prazen, BJ; Lucas, SV; Fraga, CG; Synovec, RE. Comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography of volatile and semi-volatile components using a diaphragm valve-based instrument. Journal of Chromatography A, 2003; 983(1-2): 195-204. 325

M33. Harynuk, J and Gorecki, T. New liquid nitrogen cryogenic modulator for comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography. Journal of Chromatography A, 2003; 1019: 5363. M34. Philp, RP. Application of stable isotopes and radioisotopes in environmental forensics. In: Introduction to Environmental Forensics, Murphy, BL and Morrison, RD (editors); Academic Press, 2002. M35. Philp, RP; Allen, J; Kuder, T. The Use of the Isotopic Composition of Individual Compounds for Correlating Spilled Oils and Refined Products in the Environment with Suspected Sources. Environmental Forensics, 2002; 3(3-4): 341-348. M36. Budzinski, H; Mazeas, L; Le Menach, K. C-13 analysis of PAH: A new dimension in 6source assessment studies. Chimia, 2003; 57(1-2): 41-43. M37. Mazeas, L and Budzinski, H. Molecular and stable carbon isotopic source identification of oil residues and oiled bird feathers sampled along the Atlantic coast of France after the Erika oil spill. Environmental Science & Technology, 2002; 36(2): 130-137. M38. Mazeas, L; Budzinski, H; Raymond, N. Absence of stable carbon isotope fractionation of saturated and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons during aerobic bacterial biodegradation. Organic Geochemistry, 2002; 33(11): 1259-1272. M39. Pond, KL; Huang, YS; Wang, Y; Kulpa, CF. Hydrogen isotopic composition of individual n-alkanes as an intrinsic tracer for bioremediation and source identification of petroleum contamination. Environmental Science & Technology, 2002; 36(4): 724-728. M40. Smallwood, BJ; Philp, RP; Allen, JD. Stable carbon isotopic composition of gasolines determined by isotope ratio monitoring gas chromatography mass spectrometry. Organic Geochemistry, 2002; 33(2): 149-159. M41. Smallwood, BJ; Philp, RP; Burgoyne, TW; Allen, JD. The use of stable isotopes to differentiate specific source markers for MTBE. Environmental Forensics, 2001; 2(3): 215-221. M42. Jasper, JP; Edwards, JS; Ford, LC; Corry, RA. Putting the arsonist at the scene: DNA for the fire investigator. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2002; (Jan):30-34. M43. Jasper, JP; Edwards, JS; Ford, LC; Corry, RA. An initial report of the arson stable isotope analysis project. Proceedings from the American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Chicago, IL, USA. February 17-22, 2002. Data interpretation (includes chemical fingerprinting) N1. N2. N3. N4. N5. N6. Comment, S; Ertan, E; Martin, J-C. Determination of the type of accelerant present in fire debris using neural networks (Poster). 16th International Symposium on the Forensic Sciences, Canberra, May 2002. Moore, PA; Crabtree, JH; Chin, GW; Gdowski, FM. A computer assisted GC-MS method for identifying flammable substances in fire debris. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Atlanta, Georgia; February 11-16, 2002. Trimpe, M and Chasteen, C. Comparing gasoline samples in the forensic laboratory. Fire and Arson Investigator, 2002; (Jul): 28. Dolan, JA and Ritacco, CJ. Gasoline comparisons by gas chromatograph-mass spectrometry utilizing an automated approach to data analysis. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Atlanta, Georgia; February 11-16, 2002. Sandercock, PML and Du Pasquier, E. Chemical fingerprinting of unevaporated automotive gasolines. Forensic Science International, 2003; 134(1): 1-10. Sandercock, PML. Forensic Comparison of Unevaporated and Evaporated Automotive Gasoline Samples from Australia and New Zealand. PhD Thesis, University of Technology, Sydney, NSW, Australia. December, 2002.

326

N7. N8. N9.

N10. N11. N12. N13.

N14.

N15.

N16. N17. N18. N19. N20. N21.

N22.

Sandercock, PML and DuPasquier, E. Chemical fingerprinting of gasoline. 2. Comparison of unevaporated and evaporated automotive gasoline samples. Forensic Science International, 2004; 140(1): 43-59. Sandercock, PML and DuPasquier, E. Chemical fingerprinting of gasoline. 3. Comparison of unevaporated automotive gasoline samples from Australia and New Zealand. Forensic Science International, 2004; 140(1): 71-77. Doble, P; Sandercock, M; Du Pasquier, E; Petocz, P; Roux, C; Dawson, M. Classification of premium and regular gasoline by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry principal component analysis and artificial neural networks. Forensic Science International, 2003; 132(1): 26-39. Peshier, LJC. Comparison studies of automotive gasoline. Proceedings of the European Academy of Forensic Science, Triennial Meeting, September 22-27, 2003; Istanbul, Turkey. Carraze, B; Delafoy, J; Bertin, J; Beziau, J-F; Lange, CM. Mass spectral fingerprints of detergents in gasolines using electospray ionization. Rapid Communications in Mass Spectrometry, 2004; 18: 451-457. Stout, SA; Uhler, AD; McCarthy, KJ; Emsbo-Matingly, S. Chemical fingerprinting of hydrocarbons. In: Introduction to Environmental Forensics. Murphy, BL and Morrison, RD (editors), Chapter 6; Academic Press, 2002. Uhler, AD; Stout, SA; Douglas, GS; McCarthy, KJ; Emsbo-Mattingly, S. The influences of refining on petroleum fingerprinting. Part 1. The refining process. Contaminated Soil Sediment and Water, 2001: October. Available on-line at <http://www.aehsmag.com/issues.htm> Stout, SA; Uhler, AD; McCarthy, KJ; Emsbo-Mattingly, S; Douglas, GS. The influences of refining on petroleum fingerprinting. Part 2. Gasoline blending practices. Contaminated Soil Sediment and Water, 2001: December. Available on-line: see Ref [N13]. Stout, SA; Uhler, AD; McCarthy, KJ; Emsbo-Mattingly, S; Douglas, GS. The influences of refining on petroleum fingerprinting. Part 3. Distillate fuel production practices. Contaminated Soil Sedient and Water, 2002: January-February. Available on-line: see Ref [N13]. Uhler, AD; Stout, SA; McCarthy, KJ; Emsbo-Mattingly, S; Douglas, GS; Beall, PW. The influences of refining on petroleum fingerprinting. Part 4. Residual fuels. Contaminated Soil Sedient and Water, 2002: April. Available on-line: see Ref [N13]. Lavine, BK; Brzozowski, D; Moores, AJ; Davidson, CE; Mayfield, HT. Genetic algorithm for fuel spill identification. Analytical Chimica Acta, 2001; 437(2): 233-246. Lavine, BK; Vesanen, A; Brzozowski, DM; Mayfield, HT. Authentication of fuel spill standards using gas chromatography/pattern recognition techniques. Analytical Letters, 2001; 34(2): 281-293. Lavine, BK; Brzozowski, DM; Ritter, J; Moores, AJ; Mayfield, HT. Fuel spill identification using solid-phase extraction and solid-phase microextraction. 1. Aviation turbine fuels. Journal of Chromatographic Science, 2001; 39: 501-507. Johnson, KJ and Synovec, RE. Pattern recognition of jet fuels: comprehensive GC x GC with ANOVA-based feature selection and principal component analysis. Chemometrics and Intelligent Laboratory Systems, 2002; 60(1-2): 225-237. Pavon, JLP; Sanchez, MD; Pinto, CG; Laespada, MEF; Cordero, BM; Pena, AG. A method for the detection of hydrocarbon pollution in soils by headspace mass spectrometry and pattern recognition techniques. Analytical Chemistry, 2003; 75(9): 2034-2041. Stout, SA. Applications of petroleum fingerprinting in known and suspected pipeline releases - two case studies. Applied Geochemistry, 2003; 18(6): 915-926.

327

N23.

Stout, SA; McCarthy, KJ; Uhler, AD. Bicyclic sesquiterpane biomarkers - useful hydrocarbons in the chemical fingerprinting [of] Class 4 and Class 5 petroleum distillates. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Atlanta, Georgia; February 11-16, 2002.

Other analytical methods O1. Rodgers, RP; Blumer, EN; Freitas, MA; Marshall, AG. Compositional analysis for identification of arson accelerants by electron ionization Fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance high-resolution mass spectrometry. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001; 46(2): 268-279. Rodgers, RP; Hughey, CA; Blumer, EN; Hendrickson, CL; Marshall, AG. Forensic analysis of petroleum products by FT-ICR mass spectrometry. Proceedings of the American Academy of Forensic Sciences, Atlanta, Georgia; February 11-16, 2002. Ketola, RA; Kotiaho, T; Cisper, ME; Allen, TM. Environmental applications of membrane introduction mass spectrometry. Journal of Mass Spectrometry, 2002; 37: 457-476. Alberici, RM; Zampronio, CG; Poppi, RJ; Eberlin, MN. Water solubilization of ethanol and BTEX from gasoline: on-line monitoring by membrane introduction mass spectrometry. Analyst, 2002; 127(2): 230-234. McCurdy, RJ; Atwell, T; Cole, MD. The use of vapour phase ultra-violet spectroscopy for the analysis of arson accelerants in fire scene debris. Forensic Science International, 2001; 123(2-3): 191-201.

O2. O3. O4. O5.

Analysis of liquids, new products and other materials P1. P2. P3. P4. P5. P6. P7. P8. P9. Kuk, RJ. Analysis of artificial fireplace logs by high temperature gas chromatography. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2002; 47(6): 1288-1293. Woodrow, JE. The laboratory characterization of jet fuel vapor and liquid. Energy & Fuel, 2003; 17(1): 216-224. Platts: Global Commodity News. <http://www.platts.com/features/biofuels/> Accessed January 9, 2003) Canadian Clean Fuels. <http://www.canadacleanfuels.com/biodiesel.html> Accessed January 9, 2003) Antoln, G; Tinaut, FV; Briceno, Y; Castano, V; Perez, C; Ramrez, AI. Optimisation of biodiesel production by sunflower oil transesterification. Bioresource Technology, 2002; 83(2): 111-114. Tomasevic, AV and Siler-Marinkovic, SS. Methanolysis of used frying oil. Fuel Processing Technology, 2003; 81(1): 1-6. Lang, X; Dalai, AK; Bakhshi, NN; Reaney, MJ; Hertz, PB. Preparation and characterization of bio-diesels from various bio-oils. Bioresource Technology, 2001; 80(1): 53-62. Holcapek, M; Jandera, P; Fischer, J. Analysis of acylglycerols and methyl esters of fatty acids in vegetable oils and in biodiesel. Critical Reviews in Analytical Chemistry, 2001; 31(1): 53-56. Knothe, G. Analytical methods used in the production and fuel quality assessment of biodiesel. Transactions of the ASAE [American Society Agricultural Engineers], 2001; 44(2): 193-200.

328

Miscellaneous studies Accelerant transfer and persistence Q1. Q2. Q3. Q4. Q5. Rolph, E; Du Pasquier, E; Lennard, C; Royds, D Petrol on hands: handling method and validity of results (Poster). 16th International Symposium on the Forensic Sciences, Canberra, May 2002. Lentini, JJ. Persistence of floor coating solvents. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 2001; 46(6): 1470-1473. Fox, J. Volatile organics on clothing. Proceedings of the European Academy of Forensic Science, Triennial Meeting, September 22-27, 2003; Istanbul, Turkey. Chalmers, D; Yan X; Cassista, A; Hrynchuk, R; Sandercock, PML. Degradation of gasoline, barbecue starter fluid, and diesel fuel by microbial action in soil. Canadian Society of Forensic Science Journal, 2001; 34(2): 49-62. Hostettler, FD and Kvenvolden, KA. Alkyleyelohexanes in environmental geochemistry. Environmental Forensics, 2002; 3(3-4): 293-301.

Contamination and background interference R1. R2. R3. R4. Stauffer, E. Identification and Characterization of Interfering Products in Fire Debris Analysis. MS Thesis (2001), Florida International University, Miami, Florida, USA. Stauffer, E. Concept of pyrolysis for fire debris analysts. Science & Justice, 2003; 43(1): 29-40. Almirall, JR and Furton, KG. Characterization of background and pyrolysis products that may interfere with the forensic analysis of fire debris. Journal of Analytical and Applied Pryolysis, 2004: 71(1): 51-67. Ballice, L and Reimert, R. Classification of volatile products from the temperatureprogrammed pyrolysis of polypropylene (PP), atactic-polypropylene (APP) and thermogravimetrically derived kinetics of pyrolysis. Chemical Engineering and Processing, 2002; 41(4): 289-296. Cavanagh, K; Du Pasquier, E; Lennard, C. Background interference from car carpets the evidential value of petrol residues in cases of suspected vehicle arson. Forensic Science International, 2002; 125(1): 22-36. Fernandes, MS; Lau, CM; Wong, WC. The effect of volatile residues in burnt household items on the detection of fire accelerants. Science & Justice, 2002; 42(1): 7-15. Stauffer, E. Commentary on: MS Fernandes CM Lau and WC Wong The effect of volatile residues in burnt household items on the detection of fire accelerant Science & Justice, 2002; 42(1): 7-15. Science & Justice, 2002; 42(2): 129-130. Lau, CM; Wong, WC; Fernandes, MS. Erratum and commentary on: MS Fernandes CM Lau and WC Wong The effect of volatile residues in burnt household items on the detection of fire accelerant, Science & Justice, 2002; 42(1): 7-15. Science & Justice, 2002; 42(4): 243-244. Haneke, KS. Turpentine (turpentine oil, wood turpentine, sulfate turpentine, sulfite turpentine) [8006-64-2]: review of toxicological literature. National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, North Carolina, USA. February 2002. <http://ntpserver.niehs.nih.gov/htdocs/Chem_Background/ExSumPdf/turpentine.pdf> Accessed on November 12, 2003. McGee, E and Lang, TL. A study of the effects of a micelle encapsulator fire suppression agent on dynamic headspace analysis of fire debris samples. Journal Forensic Science, 2002; 47(2): 267-274.

R5. R6. R7. R8.

R9.

R10.

329

Detection and Characterization of Explosives and Explosives Residues A Review: 2001 to 2004
Mary Lou Fultz, Ph.D. Chief, Forensic Science Laboratory Washington Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives 6000 Ammendale Road Ammendale, Maryland 20705, USA

330

INTRODUCTION Interest in the detection and characterization of explosives reaches several different audiences. Of interest to the forensic laboratory is the recovery and identification of post-blast residue and intact recovered explosives. Law enforcement and other security agencies are interested in detecting both trace and bulk amounts of explosives. Trace detection determines whether an object or person has been in contact with explosives. Bulk detection is used to find large amounts of concealed explosives before they are used illegally. The Military is interested in detection of land mines so they can be safely removed. There is an interest in finding explosives in the environment so that land and water can be remediated. The variety of audiences interested in explosives detection results in the research being published in a wide variety of journals. Some research is presented at symposia with only the abstracts being published, while other proceedings may have full papers published. The 7th International Symposium on the Analysis and Detection of Explosives was held in Edinburgh, Scotland from June 25-28, 2001, sponsored by the Defence Evaluation and Research Agency (now known as Dstl the Defence Science and Technology Laboratory), an Agency of the United Kingdom Ministry of Defence. Forty papers were presented in the area of Detection Methodology, Tagging and Vapour Detection, Analysis of Post Detonation Samples, Studies of Environmental Contamination, Analytical Studies Mass Spectrometry, Thermal and other Analytical Methods, and a Poster Session.[1] This symposium is held every 3 years, bringing together scientists from worldwide forensic laboratories. A list of the papers 40 papers presented is included in Appendix A of this report. The 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting was held in Istanbul, Turkey from September 22-27, 2003. At the scientific session on fire and explosions, 6 papers were presented on explosive analysis by researchers from the United Kingdom, Poland, Germany, Russia, and India. Abstracts of these presentations were published in a supplemental issue of Forensic Science International.[2] A list of these papers is included in Appendix B. Various working groups have formed to work on areas of common interest in the area of explosives. The Netherlands Forensic Institute and the Forensic Explosives Laboratory, Dstl, United Kingdom founded the Forensic International Network for Explosives Investigation (FINEX pronounced Phoenix). This group was formerly known as NFEX. FINEX was formed as a result of 38 laboratories surveyed expressing an interest in the formation of a forensic explosives network. The Netherlands Forensic Institute proposed that FINEX be formed as an Expert Working Group of the European Network of Forensic Science Institutes (ENFSI), and this proposal has been adopted by ENSFI. The network is intended for Government agencies active in the field of forensic explosives analysis including crime scene investigation, examination of physical evidence, including improvised explosive devices and post explosion debris, chemical analysis, and writing of expert reports and testifying in court as an expert witness. While FINEX is open to members of ENFSI, it is also open for membership from nonENFSI institutes and non-European agencies, providing they are active in the field of explosives investigation. The activities of FINEX are directed toward the exchange of information and expertise, support on technical issues, promoting quality assurance, proficiency testing and collaborative exercises, harmonization of crime scene guidelines, examination procedures, and analytical methods, and co-operation in research and development projects. The 1st Conference on the Forensic International Network for Explosives Investigation was held in the Netherlands on the 14th 16th of April 2004, with the theme of Needs in Forensic Explosives Investigation. During the conference, FINEX was officially founded and a Steering Committee appointed. The symposium consisted of oral presentation and posters covering the topics of scene examination, analytical methods and techniques, research and development, quality assurance, and interesting cases. Copies of the proceedings are available by contacting Susan Phillips of Dstl.[3] 331

During the period of 2001 through 2004, the Forensic Explosives Laboratory of Dstl hosted a number of meetings and symposia.[4] The International Workshop on the Forensic Aspects of Peroxide Explosives was held at Dstl Fort Halstead on the 5th and 6th of December 2001. Approximately 40 delegates from forensic and government agencies in twelve countries attended the workshop, which aimed to compare types of devices incorporating peroxide explosives. Methods for the safe handling of peroxides and methods for forensic analysis were discussed. The International Seminar on the Recovery of Forensic Explosives Evidence was held at the Thistle Hotel, Dartford, United Kingdom on the 3rd and 4th of September 2003. It was attended by 65 delegates from forensic laboratories, police forces, and universities worldwide. The seminar discussed best practices and procedures for the recovery of forensic explosives evidence from pre- and post-blast scenes. The Network for Forensic Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometry (FIRMS) was formed in 2002 by the University of Reading and the Forensic Explosives Laboratory, Dstl. The network is funded for three years by the United Kingdom Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council. The FIRMS network conference was held on the 16th and 17th of September 2002 at the Thistle Hotel, Dartford, United Kingdom. The conference, attended by over 50 delegates from forensic establishments, instrument manufacturers, police forces, and academia, aimed to bring together IRMS researchers, end users, and instrument manufacturers. The conference aimed to facilitate the exchange of information between researchers and end users, to understand the statement of requirement for the development of the use of IRMS in forensic science, and to begin to formulate a strategy for development. The Proceedings are published in Science and Justice.[5] From the conference, three working groups were formed, for drugs, explosives, and general forensic science. In the United States, the Scientific Working Group for Fire and Explosions (SWGFEX), formed in 1998 to make recommendations for nationally accepted guidelines for the forensic examination of fire and explosive materials and residues, continues to have yearly symposia presenting papers on fire and explosives research. A listing of presentations of Symposia held in 2002 and 2003 is included in Appendix C. In addition to the symposia, the group has produced some documents. In the area of explosives analysis, they have produced an explosives analyst job description and an explosives analysts training guide. The Guide for identification of intact explosives is currently under discussion for public comment.[6] Interest in gaining an understanding how best to collect and interpret evidence from large-scale bombs led to a series of experiments conducting such tests by researchers from the Defence Evaluation and Research Agency and Forensic Explosives Laboratory in Kent, UK.[7] The tests were conducted at a range at the New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology in Socorro, New Mexico, USA. The three types of explosives used were ammonium nitrate/fuel oil, 2.4.6trinitrotoluene, and 2 different size charges of calcium carbonate ammonium nitrate/icing sugar. The charges were surrounded by road signs and vehicles that served as witness materials to provide both chemical and physical evidence. Nitrate was generally recovered in greater quantities than ammonium. Levels of recovery decreased with increasing distance from the charge. Damage to the witness materials was recorded, along with the velocities of detonation. During this review period, 2 Ph.D. theses were published in the area of explosives. One dealt with the forensic evaluation of explosive power and contamination issues[8], and the other with latent fingerprint and trace explosive detection by photoluminescence and time-resolved imaging[9]

332

SAMPLE PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS OF EXPLOSIVES The literature over the past 3 years shows research interest on sample preparation, various methods development for a variety of explosives, interest in analyzing the effects of explosives, and analysis of explosives in the environment. Sample preparation research looked into microextraction and solid phase extraction techniques. In the area of explosives analysis, stable isotope mass spectrometry is being explored as a possible way to link explosives samples or determine the source of explosives. Newer instrumental methods explored include capillary electrophoresis and ion chromatography mass spectrometry. The illegal use of the improvised peroxide explosives has generated method development for their analysis. Interest in characterization and identification of propellants used in improvised explosives devices continues. Mass spectrometry coupled with chromatographic separation continues to be of interest for the analysis of high explosives. The environmental arena shows methods for either detecting land mines or analysis of explosives for remediation efforts. Sample Preparation Researchers from the Technical University of Crete in Crete, Greece optimized a method for solvent microextraction to the analysis of nitroaromatic explosives in water samples. Extraction of 11 nitroaromatic compounds was achieved by suspending a 1 l drop of organic solvent into a stirred sample. The organic sample was then analyzed by GC/MS. Toluene was found to be the most successful solvent. Detection limits for a 15 minute exposure were ~ 0.1 1.0 g/L. The technique proved to be a fast, simple and inexpensive tool for preconcentration and matrix isolation of nitroaromatics on a microscale.[10] The same researchers compared this single drop technique to solid-phase microextraction (SPME). While the single-drop method was less expensive, it was also less sensitive and precise than SPME.[11] Researchers from the Institute de Recherche Criminelle de la Genarmerie Nationale in France reported on the exaction of high explosives from aqueous samples by SPME using GC/ECD. The use of SPME eliminated most interfering compounds, making the identification easier. SPME also provided a low detection limit. Direct injection of the SPME fiber on column decreased degradations of the most sensitive molecules.[12] In the United States, researchers at the University of Ohio studied using solid phase extraction (SPE) to extract trace amounts of explosives from water followed by analysis using ion mobility spectrometry. Detection limits for TNT, RDX, and HMX were at the part-per-trillion level.[13] Finally, researchers in South Australia reported on ammonium nitrate and methyl-ammonium nitrate derivitized with alkylchloroformates either in situ or on-fiber using SPME, and then analyzed using GC/MS.[14] Researchers from Stockholm University in Stockholm, Sweden presented an analytical method for determining nitroaromatic explosives in vapor phases. The samples were collected by pumping air through glass fiber filters and polyurethane foam adsorbents, and extracted on-line by supercritical fluid extraction prior to analysis by high performance liquid chromatography. The fully automated system separates most nitroaromatic esters in 30 minutes. The method shows promise for assessing whether areas are mined in landmine-clearing operations.[15] These same researchers recently reported using solid-phase extraction cartridges to collect the analytes, followed by a modified supercritical fluid extraction, followed by analysis using large-volume injection gas chromatography with nitrogen/phosphorus detection. They applied the technique to characterize the headspace composition above military grade trinotritoluene (TNT). Results confirm that 2.4-dintrotoluene DNT) and 1.3-dintirbenzene (DNB) constitute the largest vapor flux, but TNT, 2,6-DNT, and trinitrobenzene were also consistently detected in all the samples.[16] 333

Analysis of Explosives Research on the use of capillary electrophoresis in the detection of monomethylamine and benzoate ions in post-blast residues was reported by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF) laboratory in Rockville, Maryland. Monomethylamine is found in Tovex, a water gel explosive. Sodium benzoate is added to Pyrodex as a fuel and burn rate modifier.[17] Detection limits were about 1 ppm. A cyclodextrin-assisted capillary electrophoresis (CD-EKC) method for the determination of cyclic nitramine explosives was developed by researchers at the Biotechnology Research Institute, part of the National Research Council Canada in Montreal, Quebec, Canada. The method was compared to analysis by highperformance liquid chromatography (HPLC). The method was able to rapidly resolve and detect 2,4,6,8,10,12-hexanitro-2,4,6,8,10,12-hexaaza-isowurtzitane (CL-20), octahydor-1,3,5,7tetranitro-1,3,5,7 tetrazocine (HMX) and hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine (RDX) and their related degradation intermediates in environmental samples. The researchers concluded that HPLC was more sensitive than CD-EKC, but the CD-EKC, being the faster of the two, facilitates the real-time monitoring of experiments. They concluded that HPLC and CD-EKC are complimentary to each other in the determination of cyclic nitramines and their degradation products in environmental samples.[18] The stable isotope ratio for 37Cl was used to differentiate chlorate and perchlorate samples from different sources by researchers at the University of Reading in the United Kingdom. In addition, the manufacturing process was identified as a fractionation event based on comparison of the isotope ratios for feedstock chlorine and the final products.[19] Researchers from both the United States and United Kingdom reported on using scanning electron microscopy and energy dispersive spectroscopy (SEM/EDS) to characterize pyrotechnic residues. Common elements found were sodium, magnesium, aluminum, sulfur, chlorine, potassium, copper, strontium, and barium.[20,21,22] Researchers at the National Center for Forensic Science in Orlando, Florida developed a searchable library of oxidizers by analyzing concentrated solution (1 mM) by direct introduction into the electrospray mass spectrometer. Post-blast samples were analyzed and successfully matched to the library.[23] Finally, ATF reported on the development of a method to identify ascorbic acid and its degradations products in Black Powder substitutes. Samples were derivitized using a mixture of acetonitrile and bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide and analyzed by GC/MS.[24] Use of peroxide based explosives by terrorists sparked interest in developing methods for their identification. Researchers in the United Kingdom and Switzerland reported on the development of LC/MS methods for both TATP and HMTD.[25,26] Researchers from the Netherlands and Germany reported on a method using HPLC/diode array and fluorescence detectors to identify TATP and HMTD.[27] McKay from the Dstl laboratory in the United Kingdom reported on their laboratories extensive research to develop reliable chemical, explosive, and analytical data on organic peroxide explosive. A systematic study was conducted on the physical and chemical properties of these explosives along with methods for qualitative analysis and detection. Analytical techniques including FTIR, TLC, GC/MS and LC/MS can be used for forensic analysis and identification. They have also developed a low-hazard TATP training aid for the United Kingdom Police explosive search dogs.[28] Researchers from Israel studied the effect of water on the recovery of high explosives. The most retentive surfaces were glass, plastic and aluminum. The most persistent explosives were PETN>Semite>RDS>TNT. RDX was found to survive in ocean water for only minutes to hours. The upper limit for recovery was 1-2 weeks.[29] Capillary electrophoresis was also used to detect high explosives by researchers in Australia. The Australians used artificial neural networks to optimize the separation of high explosives. Almost full resolution of the EPA 8330 mixtures was obtained in less than 10 minutes.[30] Hopen reported on the contribution of Dr. Walter McCrone in using polarizing light microscopy to characterize and identify explosives such as RDX and HMX.[31] Researchers 334

from the Peoples Republic of China published a paper outlining methods for the search and identification of explosives, including new techniques and methods.[32] Researchers a the Central Forensic Science Laboratory in Ramanthapur, Hyderbad, India studied the thermal behavior of low explosives compositions containing potassium nitrate mixed with ammonium chloride using Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC). The results provide information about the ion exchange reaction between these two chemical substances and the temperature region at which the formation of a cloud of salt particles of potassium chloride takes place. The addition of ammonium chloride quenches the flame of deflagrating compositions and causes the mixture to undergo explosive decomposition at relatively low temperatures.[33] Because of its popularity as a filler for pipe bombs in the United States, the characterization and identification of smokeless powder propellants generated a good deal of research in the United States. Researchers at Ohio University, Athens, Ohio reported on an HPLC procedure for smokeless powder comparisons.[34] They also reported on updating the HPLC method to include ESI-MS detection in the positive ion mode. The method allowed for identification of organic additives in various commercial powder samples and differentiation of intact samples.[35] Researchers at the US National Institute of Standards and Technology in Gaithersburg, Maryland published a series of papers looking at organic additives in smokeless powders. The methods explored the possibility of using the organic additives to determine handgun use, and possible association of known and unknown powders. The possibility of a previously fired ammunition type contaminating the organic gun shot residue from subsequent ammunition types was investigated. Only a trace of the stabilizer from an initial load of ammunition was detected in the first shot of the second ammunition type. In addition, the type of primer used (leaded vs. lead-free) did not affect the composition of the organic residue.[36] A method to quantitatively extract and determine NG, DPA, and EC was developed. The method used ultrasonic extraction in 1:3 2-butanol:methanol at room temperature followed by micellar capillary electrophoresis.[37] The propellant (nitrocellulose and nitroglycerine) to stabilizer (diphenylamine + ethyl centralite) ratio (P/S) was calculated for various intact smokeless powders and their associated gun shot residues. Four of 7 ammunition types could be differentiated based on this analysis, with all 7 differentiated when morphology was considered. Using the P/S ratio to link unfired powder to their residues was successful in some cases.[38] Qualitative identifications of smokeless powder components were compared from 19 laboratories. Identification of NG and major stabilizers posed no difficulty. Identification of minor stabilizers and their degradation products was more problematic.[39] Quantitative analyses of smokeless powder components were compared from 5 laboratories. The determination of NG was the most susceptible to method bias. Furthermore, within-lab uncertainty was 1 5%, while between lab uncertainty was 5 10%.[40]Work on using vacuum collection of gunpowder (propellant) residues from clothing worn by shooting suspects was reported by researchers from the Division of Identification and Forensic Science in Jerusalem, Israel. The vacuum collected samples were analyzed by gas chromatography/thermal energy analyzer (GC/TEA), ion mobility spectrometry (IMS), and gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS). The residues were collected on fiberglass and Teflon filters using the portable vacuum supplies with the IMS. The filters were extracted with solvent, centrifuged, and analyzed without any further sample clean-up. Based on the results of the study, an operational method was introduced into casework without changing the current method of looking for gunshot residue (GSR) first using double-sided adhesive tape, followed by vacuuming for gunpowder residues. Both the GC/TEA and IMS provided sufficient sensitivity to detect and identify gunpowder residues in real life samples.[41] The use of ion mobility spectrometers (IMS) to screen air passengers sparked interest in this technology. Workers in the United States reported two reviews on the use of ion mobility 335

spectrometry. Researchers at Idaho National Engineering and Environmental Laboratory in Idaho and the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry at New Mexico State University in New Mexico summarized instrumental developments as well as IMS date for various high explosives and taggants. They concluded that better knowledge of the complex gas phase ionmolecule chemistry has resulted in better performance of the equipment. Sampling methodology has become the main weakness in applications.[42] Researchers at Weber State University and Brigham Young University in Utah provided an overview of IMS and its coupling with various mass spectrometers. Among the applications discussed is the analysis of explosives.[43] A way to resolve interferences in negative mode ion mobility spectrometry using selective reactant ion chemistry was reported by researchers at Idaho National Engineering and Environmental Laboratory, Idaho Falls, Idaho, USA, and the Department of Chemistry at Montana State University in Bozeman, Montana, USA.[44] These researchers found that 2,4dichlorophenoxyacetic acid and 2,4-dichlorophenol had IMS responses which overlapped those of 2,4,6-trinitrtoluene degradation products. The Cl- reaction ion chemistry, often used for explosives analysis, was not always successful in resolving peak overlap of analytes and interferents. The desired resolution of the analytes and interferences can sometimes be achieved using only air for the formation of reactant ion, or at other times through the use of Br- as an alternative to Cl- for producing reactant ions. Adduct stability could also be achieved by lowering the IMS temperature. Researchers at the University of Twente in the Netherlands reported on the lab-on-a-chip technology. They cite this could be used for identification of explosives, along with a list of other possible uses.[45] The use of mass spectrometry, especially coupled with a chromatographic separation technique, continues to be an area of methods development for explosives. Professor Yinon provided a review of the forensic analysis of explosives by LC/MS. The article contains a review of the instrumentation for LC/MS interfaces and ionization techniques. LC/MS with negative ion ESI was found to be the most successful in the analysis of high explosives with detection limits in the picogram range.[46] Researchers at the National Center for Forensic Science in Orlando, Florida, USA published 5 papers on the use of chromatography and mass spectrometry in studying explosives. Zhao and Yinon used LC/MS with atmospheric pressure chemical ionization to study the by-products of industrial 2,4,6-trintirotoluene (TNT) in order to build a profile for the characterization of TNT samples from various origins. By looking at the isomers of trinitrotoluene, dinitrotoluene, trinitrobenzene and dinitrobenzene, which are by-products originating from the manufacturing process of TNT, their combined profile is different for samples from different manufacturing plants.[47] These same researchers evaluated methods for the identification of nitrate ester explosives by liquid chromatography-electrospray ionizations (ESI) and atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI) mass spectrometry in the negative ion mode.[48] They found that with post-column introduction of various additives, both LC-ESIMS and LC-APCI-MS demonstrated high specificity and sensitivity in the identification of pentaerythritol tetranitrate (PETN), nitroglycerin (NG), and ethylene glycol dinitrate (EGDN), and other nitrate esters though adduct ion formation. Identification of EGDN in LC-MS was not possible without an additive. ESI was found to be more sensitive than APCI. The analysis of three explosive samples of forensic interest, Booster DYNO, Semtex, and smokeless powder, demonstrated the effectiveness of using post-column additives in the detection of nitrate ester explosives. Zhao and Yinon looked at the identification of explosive oxidzers by electrospray ionization mass spectrometry.[49] It was found that a series of cluster ions were predominant in both positive- and negative-ion mode, allowing for the characterization of the investigated oxidizers. The identity of the recorded cluster ions was further confirmed using some isotopically labeled compounds and tandem mass spectrometry with collision-induced dissociation. Three commercially available samples were analyzed. They were Powermite, a 336

commercially available slurry explosive, black powder, and match heads, a filler sometimes found in pipe bombs. For qualitative purposes, ESI-MS is well suited for the characterization of the major inorganic oxidizers in explosives and can be used as a complimentary method to ion chromatography. The validity of this technique still needs to be investigated for the quantitative analysis of trace inorganic explosive residues. Gapeev, Sigman, and Yinon reported on the liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry of 1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-trazacyclohexane (RDX) by the attachment of an anion to the analyte molecule as a way of producing characteristic ions under ESI and APCI conditions.[50] They concluded this is a powerful technique for the analysis of trace levels of RDX. Finally, Gapeev and Yinon demonstrated that electrospray mass spectrometry, when used with spectral libraries, is a useful method for the rapid identification of inorganic oxidizers commonly present in commercial and improved explosives.[51] ESI-MS of oxidizers reveal a series of characteristic cluster ions. Such a set of cluster ions can be regarded as a fingerprint of a particular oxidizer. With the aid of a spectral library, tentative identification of an oxidizer becomes automated and easy to implement. Because it is not necessary to separate the components before analysis, results become available in real time. Little sample consumption and the ease of sample preparation are also advantages. Researchers in Japan reported on developing a new detection system to detect military explosives.[52] The system is based on a novel ion source for APCI. The direction of the sample gas flow introduced into the ion source is opposite to that of the ion flow produced by the ion source. They call this technique counter-flow introduction: (CFI). The CFI ion source has high ionization efficiency for nitro-compounds and is installed in an ion-trap mass spectrometer. Tests on various military explosives show that the system is suitable for practical on-line explosive detection within a few seconds without any pretreatment of the sample gases. Researchers at the Ion Cyclotron Resonance Program at Florida State University in Tallahassee, Florida, USA reported on the identification of explosives by Electrospray Ionization Fourier Transform Ion Cyclotorn Resonance (ESI FTICR) Mass Spectrometry.[53] They demonstrated the potential of ESI combined with FTCIR mass analysis for discrimination and possible identification of military explosives. The unique value of high resolution mass analysis is that it can identify elemental compositions of both active and nonactive ingredients of the explosives. For example, they were able to correct prior misassignments of the most abundant negative ion species in RDX and HMX. Characteristic ingredients can be detected from postblast explosive residues of each explosive. Future work will focus on analysis of the sample explosive product from different manufacturers to see whether the origin of an explosive can be determined by mass analysis. Researchers from the State University of Campinas in Brazil and Purdue University in the United States reported on using gas-phase reactions to improve the selective detection of TNT and RDX. They found that using ethylvinyl ether in both electron and chemical ionization modes yielded highly characteristic fragment ions.[54] Post-blast signatures and Effects Researchers at the University of Rhode Island in the United States reported on the correlation between the small-scale explosivity device (SSED) and actual pipe bombs was evaluated. The relative order of explosivity matched the fragmentation seen in the pipe bombs. Generally, the restricted volume of the SSED increased the amount if intact explosive that was found in postblast chemical analysis.[55] These same researchers collaborated with scientists at the ATF laboratory in Maryland to conduct a study on 56 pipe bombs. For identical devices, the overall fragmentation pattern was surprisingly reproducible. The study demonstrated the possibility that, even in circumstances where chemical residue cannot be found, sufficient evidence is present in the pipe fragments to identify the nature of the energetic filler.[56] Researchers at the New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology in New Mexico determined that changes in the microstructure, hardness and martensite content (in stainless steel) of metal pipe filled with high

337

and low explosives was studied post-blast. Microstructure damage, hardness and martensite content all scaled with detonation velocity.[57] Contamination/Explosives Background Researchers from the United Kingdom reported on a background survey of inorganic ions and sugars since they play an important role in the forensic investigation of an explosives related incident. They found that sodium calcium chloride, sulfate, nitrate, and phosphate were the most common and abundant. Chlorate was found at a low level in some external samplers. Perchlorate and thiocyanide were not found. Ammonium was found in wall samples while sugars were found in interior residential areas.[58] Workers from the United Kingdom and the United States collaborated to study the recovery of explosives from hair. A method using acetonitrile extraction followed by GC/ECD and GC/TEA was used to detect explosives in persons exposed to the vapors of TNT, PETN, and RDX in an occupational setting. As little as one hour was required to obtain detectable levels of explosive.[59] Researchers at the University of Rhode Island in the United States reported on the potential for high explosives to contaminate the laboratory environment after handling explosives. A few percent remained on surfaces from original quantities (mg), < 0.1% was secondarily transferred, outside surfaces of improvised explosive devices were estimated to contain ~0.01% of the total explosive weight.[60] Researchers from the Defence Evaluation and Research Agency, Kent, United Kingdom, reported on an environmental survey relating to improvised and emulsion/gel explosives.[61] Since the detection and identification of traces of inorganic ions and sugars can play a major role in the forensic investigations of explosives incidents, the survey investigated the background levels of these substances in the general environment, both urban and rural, and in summer and winter. Swabbings were extracted with water and analyzed for a range of inorganic ions and sugars using ion chromatography. Most of the target anions were found to be common to all locations, with chloride, sulphate, nitrate and phosphate being the most common and abundant. Perchlorate and thiocyanate were not detected in any samples. Sodium and calcium were detected in most samples, and potassium and magnesium in approximately half of the samples. Ammonium was less common but detected in significant levels in wall samples. Glucose, fructose, and sucrose were detected in the vacuum samples from the interior surfaces of houses, hotels, and cars. A study on the burning rates and ballistics of Low Vulnerable Ammunition (LOVA), propellants used in military applications, containing fine RDX particles was conducted to determine the particle size that would give the most stability to the propellants.[62] This was prompted by the possibility of accidental explosions of these propellants in armored vehicles and reports that RDX exhibits an unconventional burning behavior depending on the particle size of RDX in the propellant. The evaluation was carried out by static firing using a closed vessel. The results revealed that fine RDX of 4.5 to 6m size may be the most suitable for LOVA gun propellant to meet desired burning rates for satisfactory ballistics. In 2001, researchers at the Forensic Explosive Laboratory of the Defence Evaluation and Research Agency in Kent, United Kingdom, reported on a system of contamination prevention procedures used to prevent contamination of standards and samples.[63] The system was progressively improved over an 8-year period. Monitor samples taken weekly from surfaces within the laboratory have, with few exceptions, revealed only low levels of contamination, predominantly RDX. Analysis of 401 control swabs, processed alongside the monitor swabs, has demonstrated that in this environment the risk of forensic sample contamination is extremely small. The regime has also been valuable in a process of continuous improvement, allowing sources of contamination transfer into the laboratory to be identified and eliminated.

338

In 2001, researchers at the Beijing Institute of Technology in Beijing, Peoples Republic of China, reported on using raw TNT to make an industrial explosive using a new method of manufacture. The detonation velocity was measured, and it was determined that the raw TNT could be used to make a reliable explosive.[64] Environmental Analysis A group of researchers in Canada developed a method for detection of explosives and their degradation products in soil environments.[65] The workers developed methods using supercritical fluid extraction, solid-phase microextraction, and acetonitrile to extract explosives and their degradation productions from water, soil, and plant tissue sample for analysis by HPLC-UV, CE-UV, or GC-MS. Their extensive e study demonstrates that former explosives manufacturing and training sites can have significant amounts of explosives. The detection of explosives in different natural soil environments, including surface and subsurface soil, groundwater and plant tissues, showed contamination by explosives is widespread and can reach the water table and also accumulate in plants. Researchers from Ohio University in Athens, Ohio, USA reported on using solid phase microextraction to concentrate explosives from water, and subsequently analyze the samples with a commercially available ion mobility spectrometer.[66] They found concentrations as low as one part per trillion could be detected. Walsh from the US Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory in Hanover, New Hampshire, USA reported on the analyzing soils for nitroaromatic, nitramine, and nitrates ester explosives in soil using gas chromatography and an electron capture detector.[67] Researchers from the University of Rhode Island, USA, studied whether they could differentiate TNT from land mine leakage and TNT from a post-blast detonation. Identification of microbial degradation products of TNT, mainly 2-aminoninitrotoluene and 4-aminodinitrotoluene, can help differentiate the source.[68] A study on the detection and decontamination of residual energetics from ordnance and explosives scrap was conducted by researchers at the University of Idaho, Idaho, USA.[69] Decommissioning and cleanup of these materials has also led to concerns about the explosive hazards associated with residual energetics still present on the surfaces of ordnance and explosives scrap. Typically, open burning or detonation is used to decontaminate ordinance or explosive scrap. A method was developed to decontaminate these materials using a bioslurry of anaerobic microbes. A portable ion mobility spectrometer was used for the detection of residual explosive residues. The mixed microbial populations effectively decontaminated both the scrap and the mortar round. Use of the IMS was a sensitive field screening method that can be used by personnel with minimal training. Unpublished/Internal Communications Dr. Chris Lennard from the Forensic & Technical Services of the Australian Federal Police reports that they purchased a GC-IRMS and CE-MS between February 2003 and February 2004. Two members of the staff are undertaking part-time Ph.D. projects to develop procedures for the application of these technologies in analyzing explosives residues. Other research completed from 2002 to 2004 included an in-house validation/limits of detection studies on our equipment and the development of CE protocols for residue analysis. These results were published in the open literature.[70] Wendy Norman from the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, Forensic Laboratory Services Ottawa, Canada reports that their laboratory has been doing research that has not been published on the best swab from all the instrumental backgrounds point of view, milk and chlorine bottle bombs, TATP detection and characterization, and the characterization of components of Pyrodex and Triple Seven by LC/MS.[71] Dr. Frantisek Zreck from the Department of Chemistry of the Institute of Criminalistics in Prague, the Czech Republic, reports they are development instrumental methods and ways of sample preparation for peroxide explosives including TATP and HMTD. They also did research on the laboratory collection of 339

particle material from pieces of evidence for further examination on explosives trace. This work was presented as a poster at the International Seminar on the Recovery of Forensic Explosives Evidence organized by Dstl in 2003.[72] Sean Doyle, the Head of Chemistry and Research at Dstl, Fort Halstead, Kent, United Kingdom reported on both published and unpublished in the open literature (but published in internal documents) on a wide variety of research done by their laboratory in the area of explosive analysis over the last 3 years.[73] A complete listing of the internal Dstl reports is listed in Appendix E. DETECTION OF EXPLOSIVES There is a great deal of interest and emphasis on developing technologies to find explosives, both in trace amounts and bulk explosives, to prevent a terrorist attack. Finding traces of explosives on a person or piece of their personal property may identify someone who has engaged in making improvised explosive devices. The detection of bulk amounts of explosives is intended to identify large amounts of explosives that may be hidden in luggage or large containers in vehicles or ships. In addition, detection of explosives to find landmines and contaminated soil is also an area of interest. A review of the literature on detection of explosives revealed several conferences held periodically that may be of interest to those in the field of explosives. Proceedings are published from the International Autumn Seminar on Propellants, Explosives and Pyrotechnics that are held in the Peoples Republic of China in October of every other year on odd numbered years. Proceedings of SPIE The International Society for Optical Engineering (Sensors and Command, Control, Communications and Intelligence) also contain information on detection technologies. Proceedings from the American Institute of Physics meetings contain information on detection technology using gamma resonance technology. The types of technologies being used to develop explosive detectors include neutron, gamma ray, radiation beam, sensors such microcantilevers with polymer films or immune sensors, ion non-linear drift spectrometry, ion mobility spectrometry, quantum cascade transmitters, chemiluminescence, microchip capillary electrophoresis, and microthermal analysis. The types of targets of interest include finding landmines, soil remediation, looking for bulk explosives in vehicles, large containers, vessels, and luggage, and trace amounts on individuals, including the development of portal technologies. Research of particular interest is summarized below. Citations for the rest of the research reported in this area are listed in Appendix D. Several review papers were published on the topic of the detection of explosives. A review of field detection and monitoring of explosives using mobile and hand-held detectors covered the three classes of detectors: vapor and particle detectors; radiation detectors; and, biochemical detectors.[74] The detection of explosives in situ is of importance in several applications: finding hidden explosives in airport luggage and in the mail; screening of personnel for concealed explosives; environmental monitoring of explosives contaminated sites; and the detection of buried landmines. The principles of operation of the main detectors in use are based on ionization and separation analysis of explosive vapors, pyrolysis and gas-phase reactions, bulk detection by means of a reaction of an incident radiation with an element or elements of the explosive compound, and detection of a product of a biochemical reaction with the explosive. Another article covers the different types of detection technologies used in hand-held and mobile devices, comparing them to electronic noses.[75] In 2001, researchers reported on the scientific foundation and efficacy of suing canines for the detection of explosives, and compared them to the advantages and disadvantages of electronic devices.[76] The study concluded that overall, detector dogs still represent the fastest, most versatile, reliable real-time explosive detection device available. While instrumental methods continue to improve, they generally 340

suffer from a lack of efficient sampling systems, selectivity problems in the presence of interfering odor chemicals and limited mobility tracking ability. A second study published in 2003 compared the use of biological detectors (canines) and instrumental methods for the rapid detection of ignitable liquid residues and high explosives.[77] Headspace solid phase microextraction (SPME) was used as a sampling method, followed by ion trap mobility spectrometry (IMS) for the identification of high explosives. The study focused on identifying the volatile odor chemicals detected by canines so they could be used for instrumental detection of explosives. Additional studies will focus on optimizing the SPME/IMS interface. In 2001, Proceedings the Autumn Seminar on Propellants, Explosives and Pyrotechnics in Shaoxing, China include a review article from the Bejing Peoples Police College on the use of detectors to find explosives.[78] The Institute of High Energy Physics in Beijing, Peoples Republic of China, reported on a review of systems used to detect narcotics and explosives.[79] One study reported looking at sampling from the human body for trace amounts of explosives based on collecting particulates based on the thermal behavior of air surrounding the body.[80] Experiments were conducted in a dispersal chamber to identify variables affecting the detectibility of concealed RDX and TNT patches. Movement by human volunteers enhanced the available explosive trace signal, while clothing blocked some of the movement generated signal. The signals varied significantly from volunteer to volunteer. The information is being used to design a practical, non-intrusive trace detection portal for aviation security screening and related applications. Another portal was reported using an airline passenger personnel portal coupled to a high-flow, high-resolution ion mobility spectrometer (IMS).[81] The modifications to the traditional IMS enhanced both detectability and resolving power. Patents Six patent applications were filed with the United States Patent Office and 2 with the Russian patent office for devices for detecting explosives. Two of the patents filed in the United States deal with the use of thermal analysis, and include the ability to also detect other controlled substances.[82,83] One patent uses chemiluminescence for the detection of explosives, narcotics, and other chemical substances.[84] A detection system using an array of molecularly imprinted polymer coated, bifurcated fiber optic cables is described in another patent.[85] Another patent describes a sampling device with a test strip inserted into air aspirated from luggage interiors for the detection of concealed explosives.[85] The last patent filed in the United States describes an explosive detection system.[87] One of the patents filed in Russia uses nuclear quadrupole resonance technology for the detection of both explosives and narcotics.[88] The second Russian patent deals with a device that used emitting pulse neutron flow to detect explosives and fissionable material, and is designed to be used for screening at airports and custom control checkpoints.[89] SUMMARY The illegal use of explosives has generated much interest in developing new detection technologies. Technology is moving towards more sensitive, reliable, inexpensive, and smaller detection devices that can be more widely deployed in an effort to protect the public. Detection remains a focus for the location of landmines and remediation of soil. Tracing explosives has sparked interest in the use of stable isotope ratio analysis to see if samples of explosives can be linked or to determine if it is possible to find an area of origin. In the laboratory analysis of explosives, interest in the United States focuses more on low explosives, the filler of choice in the most common type of explosives devices seen there, pipe bombs. The characterization and analysis of peroxide based explosives is gaining attention as their more widespread use increases. 341

Acknowledgements I would like to acknowledge the assistance of Adiva Sotzky, librarian, for collecting references over the past 3 years. I also want to acknowledge Dr. John Goodpaster of the ATF Forensic Science Laboratory - Washington for his assistance in preparing this paper and reviewing the literature, along with the help of Dr. Sam Howerton of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. Finally, I wish to acknowledge the input provided by Chris Lennard with the Chemical Criminalistics group of the Australian Federal Police, Wendy Norman from the Royal Canadian Police Forensic Laboratory Services, Canada, Frantisek Zrcek from the Department of Chemistry Institute of Criminalistics in Prague, the Czech Republic, and Sean Doyle, Head of Chemistry and Research for The Forensic Explosives Laboratory, Dstl, United Kingdom.

342

APPENDIX A Papers from the Proceedings of the 7th International Symposium on the Analysis and Detection of Explosives June 25-28, 2001 Edinburgh, Scotland DETECTION METHODOLOGY AND REPORTS Warren R, Leggett J, Jupp I, Dermody, G. A CZT Detector Solution for the Detection of Explosives in Baggage, using Anular Dispersive X-ray Diffraction. DERA, Fort Halstead, Sevenoaks, Kent, UK. Hanold KA Mass Spectrometry Based Personnel Screening Portal. Syagen Technology, Inc. Tustin, CA Annis M, Adler R. Tomography based on Nested High Voltage Generator. Annis Tech and North Star Copration, respectively, USA. Lareau RT, Chamberlain, RT, Hallowell, SF. MEMS/Nanotechnology based Trace Explsoives Detection is smaller better? US Federal Aviation Administration, Atlantic City International Airport, NJ, USA. Tarver EE, Jennings, RT, Stamps, JF. Improved Resolution for Explosives Dtection Using External Second Gate Fouier Transform Ion Mobility Spectrometry. Sandia National Laboratoryies, Livermore, CA, USA. Fricano L, May L, Kuja F, Goledzinowski M, Nacson S. Walk-Through Portal for Trace Detection of Explosives Vapors and Particles. Barringer Research Limited, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada. Fultz, ML, Albirght, WH Jr., Deel, LA, McCune LJ, Shater, DS, Strobel, RA. ATF Explosives Detection Research and Development Efforts. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Washington, DC, USA. Fisher, M, Cumming C. Detection of Trace Concentrations of Vapor Phase Nitroaromatic Exploisves by Fluroescence Quenching of Novel Polymer Materials. Nomadics, Inc., Stillwaters, OK, USA. TAGGING AND VAPOUR DETECTION Lightfoot, PD, Fouchard RC, Jones DE. Marking of C-4 with Microencapsulated DMNB. Canadian Explosives Research Laboratory, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. Chen T. Universal Interfaces for Sampling DMNB Vapors from Inside Luggage. U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Commands Armaments Research Development and Engineering Command, Picatinny Arsenal, NJ, USA.

343

ANALYSIS OF POST DETONATION SAMPLES Waekfield JL.Analysis of Deglagraitng Explosive Residues. Forensic Explosive Laboratory, DERA, Fort Halstead, Sevenoaks, Kent, UK. Kuja F, Grigoriev A, Loveless A, Jackson R, James R, Nacson S. Applications of GCIONSCAN M400B for the Determination and Identification of Explosives in Post-Blast Samples. Barringer Research Limited, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada. Yeager K. Analysis of Post-Blast Residue from a Variety of Ammonium Nitrate Based Improvised Explosives. FBI Explosives Unit, Washington, DC, USA. Strobel R1, Noll 1, Kury J2. Nitromethane K-9 Dtection Limit. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Washington, DC, USA1, and Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory, Livermore, CA, USA2. Wakelin DH. Isotope Ration Analysis of Explosives a New Type of Evidence. Forensic Explosives Laboratory, DERA, Fort Halstead, Sevenoaks, Kent, UK. Stancl M. Direct and Indirect Explosive Contamination of Surfaces. Research Institute of Industrial Chemistry, Czech Republic. Kuja F, Grigoriev A, Debono R, Nacson, S. Ion Mobility Spectrometry in the Detection of Improvised Explosives. Barringer Research, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada. Tamiri T, Abramovich-Bar S, Sonenfeld D, Glattstein B, Ashdat L. Division of Identification and Forensic Science, Israel Police Headquarters, Jerusalem, Israel. STUDIES OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION Mount KH, Miller, ML. A Field Survey of Explosive Residue in the Environmnet: Part IInorganic Analysis, Part II Organic Analysis. FBI Laboratory, Washington, DC, USA. Preis A1, Astratov M1, Levsen K1, Godejohann M2, Spraul M2, Neidig KP2. Application of the NMR, LC/NMR and LC/NMR/MS Methods to the Analysis of Environmental Samples from Ammunition Hazardous Waste Sites. 1Fraunhofer Institute fur Toxikologie un Aerosolforshung, Pharmaforschun und Klinische Inhalation, Hannover, Germany, 2Bruker Analytick, Rheinstetten, Germany. Cummings A1, Volk F2, Mostak P3. Influence of Sampling Methology and Natural Attenuation on Analysis of Explisves Content in Contaminated Sites. 1DERA, Forthalstead, UK, 2FICT, Berghausen, Germany, 3ALIACEM, Pardubice Semtin, Czech Republic. ANALTYICAL STUDIES MASS SPECTROMETRY Yinon J, Zhao X. Characterization and Origin Identification of Explosives by LC/MS. National Center for Forensic Science, Orlando, FL, USA. McGann WJ, Goedecke K, Becotte-Haigh P, Neves J, Jenkins, A. Simultaneous, Dual Mode IMS Detection System for Contrabanc Detection and Identification. Ion Track Instruments, Wilmington, MA, USA.

344

Dreifuss PA, Klonta, KM. Advances in Atmospheric Pressure Ionizaton (API) LC/MS and GC/MS Methods for the Analysis and Detection of Explosives. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Rockville, MD, USA. Takada Y, Kojima K, Suga M, Hashimoto Y, Yamada M, Sakairi M, Kakamura J1. Dectection of Explosives by Atmospheric-pressure Chemical Ionization Ion-trap Mass Spectrometry with Counter Flow Introduction. Hitachi, Ltd, Tokyo, Japan, 1National Research Institute of Police Science, Kashiwa Chiba, Japan. Bender EC, Ferguson, M. The Analysis of Charcoal Extractables in Black Powder by GC/MS. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms Laboratory, Rockville, MD, USA, and Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan, USA, respectively. THERMAL AND OTHER ANALTYCIAL METHODS Chen CC1, Bannister WW1, Furry J2, Slough G3. Micro-Fabrication Thermal Analysis Devices 1 for Detection of Energetic Materials. Department of Chemistry, University of Massacheusettts/Lowell, Lowell, MA, USA, 2ProTechScientific, Kissimmee, FL, USA, 3TA Instruments, Inc., New Castle, DE, USA. Klapec D, Ferguson M. A Preliminary Study into the Feasiblity of Using Capillary Electrophoresis (CE) in the Examination of Water Soluble Salts Found in Smokeless Powders. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Rockville, MD, USA. Muller D., Abramovich-Bar S., Shelef R, Sonenfeld D, Levy A, Kimchi S., Tamiri T. Improved Methods in the Post-Explosion Analysis of TATP. Division of Identification and Forensic Science, Israel Police Headquarters, Jerusalem, Israel. Bunte G. Heumann H, Krause H, Chromatographic Analysis of dintramide anions in the presence of nitrate. Fraunhofer-Institute fr Chemische Technologie, Pfinztal, Germany. Kelly RL, Mothershead RF. Smokeless Powder Analysis: Interpretations and Complications Part 1. FBI Laboratory, Washington, DC, USA. Nakamura J, Arai H. The Analysis and Properties of New Type of Explosives in Japan. National Research Institute of Police Science. Kashiwa, Chiba, Japan. Heflinger D, Arusi-Parpar T, Lavi R. Remote detection of explosives by photodissociation followed by laser-induced fluorescence. Non-Linear Optics Group, Soreq NRC, Yavne, Isarael. Minet JJ, Vergnes F, Batonnier M. Trace Analysis of Explosives Using HPLC/TEA. Dpartement des Explosifs et des Incendies, Laboratoire Central de la Prfecture de Police, Paris, France. POSTERS Minet JJ, Vergnes F, Batonnier M. Trace Analysis of Explosives Using HPLC/TEA. Dpartement des Explosifs et des Incendies, Laboratoire Central de la Prfecture de Police, Paris, France. Karelse JW, Jansen J, deBruyn PC. Detection equipment for high-explosives on the scene of crime. Netherlands Forensic Institute, Rijswijk, The Netherlands. 345

Benson S, Royds D, Kwok B, Lennard C. Explsoive Residue Analysis within the Australian Federal Police. Criminalistics Team, AFP Forensic Services, Australia. Brandsma JE, de Bruyn PC. Cation chromatography of pyrotechnics. Netherlands Forensic Institute, Rijswijk, The Netherlands. Buechler S1, Barel S1, Nivon U1, Matsliah L1, Malotky L2, Shabray B3, Roth T3, Gal M3. Explsoives Automated Sampling and Detection for Inspection of Bulk Cargo, Mail, Luggage. 1 RAY Dtection Technoloties, Holon, Israel, 2US-Federal Aviation Administration, Washington, DC, USA, 3Israel Police, R&D Division and Bomb Disposal Division, Jerusalem, Israel. Appendix B Proceedings of the 3 European Academy of Forensic Science Meeting September 22-27, 2003 Istanbul, Turkey
rd

Bagley J1, Brookes S1, Belanger C1, Coleman M2, Ader M2, Isaacs M2, Poswa A2, Beadah A3, Doyle S3, Wakelin D3, Stroud M3. Stable Isotope Ration Analysis of Explsoives A New Type of Evidence. 1Iso-Analytical Ltd, Sandbach, Cheshire, United Kingdom, 2University of Reading, Reading, United Kingdom, 3Dstl, Fort Halstead, Kent, United Kingdom. Kronke K, Evaluation of Explosion Damages. Kiel, Germany. Taubkin I. Classification of Substances and Materials by Explosive Properties. Importance for Forensic Expertise Practice. Department of Fire and Explosion Investigations of Russian Federation center of Forensic Expertise, Moscow, Russia. Kartha KP, Babu ES, Karu S, Sharma DR. DSC Characterization of Explosive Compositions Containing Various Types of TNT. Central Forensic Science Laboratory, Ramanthapur, Hyderabad, India. Kaushik, DK, At A, Sharma DR, Shukla SK. Two Dimensional Thin Layer Chromatography for Identification of High Explosives. Central Forensic Science Laboratory, Ramanthapur, Hyderabad, India.

Appendix C Technical Working Group for Fire and Explosions Sponsored by the National Center for Forensic Science Orlando, Florida, USA Annual Symposia 2002 Symposium, October 15-18, 2002 Cabral M. Overview of the History & Evolution of Terrorist Acts using Fire or Explosives as Their Weapons. Los Angeles District Attorneys Office, Los Angeles, California, USA. Seidel G. Incident Command System: The Roles of Investigators & Lab Personnel at the Scene. Los Angeles City Fire Department, Los Angeles, California, USA. 346

Kelly R, Weiderhold R. Preparing to Collect & Preserve Evidence from Potential Terrorist Incidents. FBI Laboratory Division, Washington, DC, USA. Cooper B, May T. Bombing Case in Freemont California. Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Forensic Science Laboratory San Francisco, Walnut Creek, California, USA. Bertoni J. How Can the Data I Collect be Used? Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Arson and Explosives National Repository, Washington, DC, USA. Rogers R. Forensic Applications of High Resolution FT-ICR Mass Spectrometry. National High Magnetic Field Laboratory, Tallahassee, Florida, USA. Jasper J. Forensic Application of Stable Isotopes. Molecular Isotope Technologies, Niantic, Connecticut, USA. Burmeister B. TWGFEX Explosives Protocols. FBI Laboratory Division, Washington, DC, USA. Madryzkowski D. Computational Fluid Dynamics of Fire Modeling. Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, Maryland, USA. National Institute of

Ehorn C. Chemical Warfare Agents by Chemical Ionization GC/MS. Varian, Inc., Palo Alto, California, USA. Sigman M. Thermal Desorption Sample Introduction for GC Analysis of Explosives. National Center for Forensic Science, Orlando, Florida, USA. Yinon J. Differentiation between nitroglycerine-based Medications and Explosives. National Center for Forensic Science, Orlando, Florida, USA. Lang T, Eynon T.A Case Review of Possible Fire Scene Contamination by Gasoline-Powered Positive Pressure Ventilation Fans. The Centre of Forensic Sciences, University of Western Australia, Crawley, Western Australia. Evaluation of an Ignitable Liquid Mass Spectral Search System. State of Florida Fire Marshal Office, Tallahassee, Florida, USA. 2003 Symposium, November 19-23, 2003. Madryzkowski D. Fire Dynamics-How They Affect Investigations and Laboratory Analyses. National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, Maryland, USA. Mathias L. Polymers and Plastics Commonly Found in the Home. University of Southern Mississippi, Hattiesburg, Mississippi, USA. Chasteen, C. Collection, Preservation and Packaging of Fire Debris Evidence. State of Florida Fire Marshal Office, Havana, Florida, USA. Stauffer E. Interfering Products of Common Polymers Found in Fire Scenes. Applied Technical Services, Inc., Marietta, Georgia, USA. Doyle F. Collection, Preservation and Packaging of Evidence from Explosions. Frank Doyle & Associates, Lentini J.The View from the Other Side-Reviews of Cases with Serious Errors. Applied Technical Services, Inc., Marietta, Georgia, USA. Lennard C. World View The Bali Bombing. Australian Federal Police, Canberra ACT, Australia. Cooper B1, Thurman T2., Crippin J3, McCardle R4. Explosives Devices Component Recognition Blurring the Line between the Scene and the Laboratory. 1Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, 347

Firearms and Explosives, Forensic Science Laboratory San Francisco, Walnut Creek, California, 2FBI Laboratory Division, Quantico, Virginia, 3 Western Forensic Law Enforcement Training Center, Pueblo, Colorado.4State of Florida State Fire Marshal Office, Tallahassee, Florida, USA. Crippin J. Doing More than Hanging a Carbon Strip-Looking at the Evidence. Western Forensic Law Enforcement Training Center, Pueblo, Colorado. Chasteen, C. High Temperature Accelerants in Fires. State of Florida Fire Marshal Office, Havana, Florida, USA. Kennedy P. Investigating Dust Explosions. John A. Kennedy & Associates, Sarasota, Florida, USA. Dawn-Hewitt T. Technical Testimony by Laboratory Analysts. McKenna Hewitt, Denver, Colorado, USA. Hopkins R. NFPA 921-The Latest Revisions. Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, Kentucky, USA. Kelleher J. Bomb Scene Investigations in Australia. Victoria Police Forensic Centre, Macleod, Victoria, Australia. Sigman M. Accelerants & Explosives Research at NCFS. National Center for Forensic Science, Orlando, Florida, USA. Oxley J, Shinde K. A New Source of Evidence: Explosive Traces in Hair. University of Rhode Island, Kingston, Rhode Island, USA. Broome S. Organic Peroxide Explosives in the UK Forensic Explosives Laboratory. Dstl, Ft. Halstead, United Kingdom. Oxley J, Buco R. Computer Searchable Database of Explosive Properties. University of Rhode Island, Kingston, Rhode Island, USA. DeHaan J. Volatile Organic Compounds from Combustion of Human and Animal Tissue. FireEx Forensics Inc., Vallejo, California, USA. Garbutt D. Recovery of TATP During Post Blast Exercises. RCMP Forensic Laboratory, Explosives Section, Ottawa, Canada.

Appendix D Miscellaneous Citations for Explosives Detection Technology 2001-2004 Mostak P, Stanel M. Detection of SEMTEX Plastic Explosives. NATO Science Series, II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry 2002; 66: 93-102. Kolla P. Trace Detection of Components Emanating from Hidden Explosives. NATO Science Series, II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry 2002; 66:77-81. Kozlovsky S, Kyzyurov V, Laykin A, Olshansky Y. Development of a Combined Device for the Detection of Unauthorized Transportation of Explosive, Fissionable and Radioactive Materials. Nuclear Instruments & Methods in Physics Research, Section AA: Accelerators, Spectrometers, Detectors, and Associated Equipment 2003; 505 (1-2): 478-481. 348

Vakhtin D, Evsenin A, Kuznetsov A, Osetrov O, Zubkov M. Decision-taking Procedure for Explosive Detection by Nuclear Technique 2002; NATO Science Series, II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry 2002; 66:59-67. Krausa M, Massong H, Rabenecer P, Ziegler H. Chemical Methods for the Detection of Mines and Explosives. NATO Science Series, II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry 2002; 66:1-19. Kotelnikov G, Yakovlev G. Potentials for Detection of Explosive Materials by Using Neutron Irradiation and Simultaneous Recording of Nitrogen and Oxygen Gamma-Radiation. Inzhenernaya Fizika 2001; (4): 69-70. Chen L, Feng C, editors. On the Explosives Detection. Proceedings of the International Autumn Seminar on Propellants, Explosives and Pyrotechnics 2001; 4th, Shaosing, China October 25-28, 2001: 751-755. Vourvopoulos G, Womble P. Pulsed Fast/Thermal Neutron Analysis: A Technique for Explosives Detection. Talanta 2001; 54 (3): 459-468. Bagley I, Coleman M, Beadah A, Doyle S, Wakelin D, Stroud M et al. Stable Isotope Ratio Analysis of Explosives- A New Type of Evidence. Forensic Science International 2003; Abstract # FE 136 (Supplement 1): 140. Jimenez A, Navas M. Chemiluminescence Detection Systems for the Analysis of Explosives. Journal of Hazardous Materials 2003; 106 (1): 1-8. Ivanov N, Novikov V, Shemaev A. Radiation Beam Technologies in Detection and Destruction of Explosives. NATO Science Series, II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry 2002; 66:243246. Pumera M, Wang J. Contactless conductivity detector for microchip capillary electrophoresis: fast measurements of explosives and explosive residues. Journal for the Association of Laboratory Automation 2002; 7 (4): 47-49. Choi M, Bettermann A, van der Weide D. Potential for detection of explosive and biological hazards with electronic terahertz systems. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Seires A: Mathematical, Physical and Engineering Sciences 2004; 362 (1815): 337349. Bulk Kiraly B, Olah L, Csikai J. Neutron-based Techniques for Detection of Explosives and Drugs. Radiation Physics and Chemistry 2001; 61 (3-6): 781-784. Gavrish Y, Sidorov A, Gialkovskii A. Nondestructive Elemental Analysis in Searching for Explosives and Fissioning Materials during Customs Inspection of Cargo. Atomic Energy 2003; 95 (1): 480-485. Kiraly B, Sanami T, Doczi R, Csikai J. Detection of Explosives and Illicit Drugs Using Neutrons. Nuclear Instruments & Methods in Physics Research, Section B: Beam Interactions with Materials and Atoms 2003; 213 (Complete): 452-456.

349

Gamma Resonance Technology Brondo J, Wielopolski L, Thieberger P, Alessi J, Vartsky D, Sredniawski J. Explosive Detection Systems Using Gamma Resonance Technology. AIP Conference Proceedings 2003; 680:931934. Wielopolski L, Thieberger P, Alessi J, Brondo J, Vartsky D, Sredniawski J. Gamma Resonance Technology for Detection of Explosives, Revisited. AIP Conference Proceedings 2003; 680:919923. Guardala N, Farrell J, Dudnikov V, Merkel G. Detection of Hidden Explosives Using Resonant Gamma Rays from In-flight Annihilation of Fast Positrons. AIP Conference Proceedings 2003; 680: 905-908. Vartsky D, Goldberg M, Engler G, Shor A, Goldschmidt A, Feldman G, Feldman G, et al. Detectors for the gamma-ray resonant absorption (GRA) method of explosives detection in cargo: a comparative study. Proceedings of SPIE The International Society for Optical Engineering 2004; 5198 (Hard X-Ray and Gamma-Ray Detector Physics V): 243-253. Thermal Analysis Chen C, Bannister W, Viswanathan A, Furry J, Slough G. Micro-Thermal Analysis for Airport Detection of Energetic Materials. Proceedings NATAS Annual Conference on Thermal Analysis Applications 1999; 27th: 67-72. Sensors Wang X, Lee S, Drew C, Senecal K, Kumar J, Samuelson L. Fluorescent Electrospun Polymer Films for the Detection of Explosives. Polymer Preprints 2002; 43 (1): 130-131. Houser E, Mlsna T, Nguyen V, Chung R, Mowery F, McGill A. Rational Materials Design of Sorbent Coatings for Explosives: Applications with Chemical Sensors. Talanta 2001; 54 (3): 469-485. Yang X, Du S, Shi J, Swanson B. Molecular Recognition and Self-Assembled Polymer Films for Vapor Phase Detection of Explosives. Talanta 2001; 54 (3): 439-445. Pinnaduwage L, Boiadjiev V, Hawk J, Thundat T. Sensitive Detection of Plastic Explosives with Self-Assembled Monolayer-coated Microcantilevers. Applied Physics Letters 2003; 83 (7): 1471-1473. Datskos P, Lavrik N, Sepaniak M. Detection of explosive compounds with the use of microcantilevers with nanoporous coatings. Sensor Letters 2003; 1 (1): 25-32. Holl, G. Characterization of Chemical Sensors for the Detection of Explosives Development of Standards. NATO Science Series, II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry 2002; 66: 133-136. Muralidharan G, Wig A, Pinnaduwage L, Hedden D, Thundat T. Adsorption-desorption Characteristics of Explosive Vapors Investigated with Microcantilevers. Ultramicroscopy 2003; 97 (1-4) 433-439.

350

Gozani T. Elsalim M, Ingle M, Phillips E. Gamma Ray Spectroscopy Features for Detection of Small Explosives. Nuclear Instruments & Methods in Physics Research, Section AA: Accelerators, Spectrometers, Detectors, and Associated Equipment 2003; 505 (1-2): 482-482. Sohn H, Sailor M, Magde D, Trogler WC. Detection of Nitroarmoatic Explosives Based on Photoluminescent Polymers Containing Metalloles. Journal of the American Chemical Society 2003; 125 (13): 3821-3830. Luggage Ostafin M, Nogaj B. Detection of Plastic Explosives in Luggage with 14N Nuclear Quadruple Resonance Spectroscopy. Applied Magnetic Resonance 2000; 19 (3-4): 571-578. Jupp I, Durrant P, Ramsden D, Carter T, Dermody G, Pleasants I, Burrows D. The Non-Invasive Inspection of Baggage Using Coherent X-ray Scattering. IEEE Transaction in Nuclear Science 2000; 47 (6, Part 2): 1987-1994. Farsoni A, Mireshghi S. Design and Evaluation of a TNA explosive Detection System to Screen Carry-on Luggage. Journal of Radioanalytical Nuclear Chemistry 2001; 248 (3): 695-697. Soil Simonson, R, Hance B, Schmitt R, Johnson M, Margis P. Remote Detection of Nitroaromatic Explosives in Soil Using Distributed Sensor Particles. Proceedings of SPIE The International Society for Optical Engineering (Part 2, Detection and Remediation Technologies for Mines and Minelike Targets VI 2001; 4394. Walsh M. Determination of Nitroaromatic, Nitramine, and Nitrate Ester Explosives in Soil by Gas Chromatography and an Electron Capture Detector. Talanta 2001; 54 (3): 427-438. Landmines Kuznetsov A. Concept of a Combined Mobile Device for Explosives and Landmine Identification Based on Timed Neutron Source and Electromagnetic UHF Waves. NATO Science Series, II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry 2002; 66:21-32. Schubert H, Kuznetsov A, Editors. Detection of Explosives and Landmines: Methods and Field Experience. NATO Science Series, II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry 2002; 66. Jenkins T, Legget D, Miyares P, Walsh M, Ranney T, Cragin J, George V. Chemical Signatures of TNT-Filled Land Mines. Talanta 2001; 54 (3): 501-513. Trace Buxton T, Harrington P. Rapid Multivariate Curve Resolution Applied to Identification of Explosives by Ion Mobility Spectrometry. Analytica Chimica Acta 2001; 434 (2): 269-282. Buryakov I, Kolomiets Y, Luppu B. Detection of Explosives Vapors in the Air Using Ion Drift Nonlinearity Spectrometer. Journal of Analytical Chemistry 2001; 56 (4): 336-340.

351

James R, DeBono R, Kuja F, May L, Jackson R. Rapid Detection of Explosives, Chemical Warfare Agents and Toxic Industrial Chemicals Using Ion Mobility Spectrometry. Annual Meeting Proceedings of the Institute of Nuclear Materials Management 2002; 43rd: 272-278. Schultz J, Taubman M, Harper W, Williams R, Myers T, Cannon B, et al. Quantum Cascade Transmitters for Ultrasensitive Chemical Agent and Explosives Detection. Proceedings of SPIE The International Society for Optical Engineering 2003; 4999 (Quantum Sen.): 1-18. Shriver-Lake L. Charles P, Kusterbeck A. Non-aerosol Detection of Explosives with Continuous Flow Immunosensor. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2003; 377 (3): 550-555. Vetlicky B. Detection of Nanogram Amounts of Explosives. NATO Science Series, II: Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry 2002; 66:33-37. Buryakov I. Detection of Explosive Vapours in Ambient Air by Ion Non-linear Drift Spectrometry Method. 2002; NATO Science Series, II: 2002; 66: 69-75 Appendix E Dstl Internal Customer Reports on Explosives Analysis 2001-2004 Sanders K, Phillips S, Mountford S. Investigation into the deposition and recovery of explosives traces from hair. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR09604, 2003. Gray J. Recovery of explosives traces using the contact heater. DSTL/CR4109, 2004. Dstl customer report

Salt I. Evaluation of the modified contact heater for the recovery of explosives traces. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR09231, 2004. Dear R. LC-MS analysis of HMX, RDX, Tetryl, NG, TNT and PETN. DERA customer report DERA/CES/CS/CR000229, 2000. Watson S. LC/MS development during the period July 2001-Auguts 2002. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR04832, 2002. Robertson C. LC-MS development during the period of September 2002 August 2003. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR08084, 2003. Phillips S, Philp L, Watson S, Vaughan I. Recovery of peroxide explosives from soil. Part 1 Development of methods for the recovery and trace analysis of TATP. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR04199, 2002. Mountford S. Recovery of peroxide explosives from soil. Part 2 Optimisation of recovery and trace analysis of TATP. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR07551, 2003. Phillips S. Review of the effectiveness of anti-contamination procedures for explosives trace analysis. DERA customer report DERA/DSTL/CR00586, 2001.

352

Salt I. Survey of inorganic traces in the environment final report. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR08232, 2003. Beardah A. Recovery of evidence from deflagrating explosive devices. Part 1 Evaluation of techniques currently employed at the Forensic Explosives Laboratory. Dstl customer report dERA/DSTL/CR00919, 2001. Phillips S. Recovery of evidence from deflagrating explosive devices. Part 2 - Detection of post explosion spheroid residue particles by SEM/EDS. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR06612, 2003. Phillips S. Recovery of evidence from deflagrating explosive devices. Part 3: Analysis using variable pressure SEM and ATR-microspectroscopy. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR06612, 2003. Ritchie K. Development of a rapid screening process for inorganic explosives. Dstl customer report DERA/DSTL/CR01027, 2001. Beardah M. Evaluation of a capillary zone electrophoresis method for the screening of inorganic explosive traces. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR03936, 2002. Prest J. Separation of small ions present in explosives residues using isotachophoresis. Progress report January 2004, SCTL/ETD/FEL/205/1 Pt A. King A. Investigation into the post-blast survivability of DNA. DSTL/CR04084, 2002. Dstl customer report

Wakelin D. Isotope ratio analysis of explosive traces a new type of evidence. DERA customer report dERA/CES/CS/CR000294, 2000. Beardah A. Stable isotope ratio mass spectrometry of explosives a new type of evince. Part 3. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR05104, 2002. Zolnhofer N. HPLC of propellant stabilizers. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR02786, 2002. Gibson A. The use of capillary electrophoresis with indirect UV detection in the analysis of sugars. Dstl customer report DSTL.CR01350, 2001. Walker A. Evaluation of the SensIR Technologies TravelIR for use in forensic analysis at scenes of crime. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR00984, 2001. McKay G. Triacetone triperoxide (TATP) training aids for dogs. DERA/DSTL/CR00824, 2001. Dstl customer report

Phillips S. Proceedings of the International Workshop on the Forensic Aspects of Peroxide Explosives, 5th-6th December 2001. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR02638, 2002. Phillips S, Philp L. Proceedings of the International Seminar on the Recovery of Forensic Explosives Evidence, 3rd-4th September 2003. Dstl customer report DSTL/CR09424, 2004. Phillips S., Doyle S. Mountford S. Proceedings of the Forensic Isotope Mass Spectrometry (FIRMS) Workshop, 14th May 2003. Dstl technical report DSTL/TR07549, 2003. 353

Phillips S., Doyle S. Forensic Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometry Network Technical Strategy. Dstl technical strategy DSTL/STR08207, 2003. REFERENCES: 1 2 3 4 5
6

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16

17

Cumming, A., Ed. Proceedings of the 7th International Symposium on the Analysis and Detection of Explosives June 25 28, 2001, Edinburgh, Scotland. Proceedings of the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science meeting, September 2227, 2003, Istanbul, Turkey, Forensic Science International 2003; 136 (Supplemental 1): 140-142. saphillips@dstl.gov.uk. See also http://www.dstl.gov.uk/fines/indes.htm and http://www.dstl.gov.uk/finex/enfsi-eewg.htm. Personal communication, Sean Doyle, Head of Chemistry and Research, Dstl, Fort Halstead, Seveoaks, Kent TN14 7BP, United Kingdom. Phillips S, Doyle S, Philp L, Coleman M. Network developing forensic applications of stable isotope ratio mass spectrometry Conference 2002. Proceedings. Science and Justice 2003; 43(3): 153-160. http://www.ncfs.ucf.edu/twgfex/home.html Monsfield A, Marshall M, Walker C, Hubbard P. Physical and Chemical Evidence Remaining After the Explosion of Large Improvised Bombs. Part 3: Firings of Calcium Carbonate Ammonium Nitrate/Sugar. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46 (3): 535548. Resende. E. Forensic Evaluation of Explosive Power and Contamination Issues. Dissertation Abstracts International B 2001; 61 (12): 6443. Bouldin K. Latent fingerprint and trace explosive detection by photoluminescence and time-resolved imaging. Dissertation Abstracts International B 2003; 64 (3): 1311. Psillakis E, Kalogerakis, N. Application of solvent microextraction to the analysis of nitroaromatic explosives in water samples. Journal of. Chromatography A 2001; 907:211-219. Psillakis E, Kalogerakis N. Solid-phase Microextractions Versus Single-drop Microextraction for the Analysis of Nitroaromatic Explosives in Water Samples. Journal of Chromatography A 2001; 938:113-120. Calderara S, Gardebas D, Martinez F. Solid Phase Micro Extraction Coupled with Oncolumn GC/ECD for the Post-blast Analysis of Organic Explosives. Forensic Science International 2003; 137 (1): 6-12. Buxton T, Harrington P. Trace Explosive Detection in Aqueous Samples by Solid-Phase Extraction Ion Mobility Spectrometry. Applied Spectroscopy 2003; 57(2):223 232. Brown H, Kirkbride K, Pigou P, Walker G. New Developments in SPME Part 2: Analysis of Ammonium Nitrate-based Explosives. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2004 March; 49(2): 215 221. Battle R, Carlsson H, Holmgren E, Colmsjo A, Crescenzi C. On-line Coupling of Supercritical Fluid Extraction with High-performance Liquid Chromatography for the Determination of Explosives in Vapour Phases. Journal of Chromatography A 2002 July; 963 (1-2): 73-82. Battle R, Carlson H, Tollbaeck P, Colmsjoe A, Crescenzi C. Enhanced Detection of Nitroaromatic Explosive Vapors Combining Solid-Phasing Extraction Air Sampling, Supercritical Fluid Extraction, and Large Volume-GC. Analytical Chemistry 2003; 75: 3137-3144. Klapec D, Ng D. The Use of Capillary Electrophoresis in the Detection of Monomethylamine and Benzoate Ions in the Forensic Examination of Explosives Residues. Journal of Forensic Science 2001; 46 (5): 1168-1173. 354

18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

Groom C, Halsz A., Paquet L, DCruz P, Hawari J. Clyclodextrin-assisted Capillary Electrophoresis for Determination of the Cyclic Nitramine Explosives RDX, HMX, and CL-20 Comparison with HPLC. Journal of Chromatography A 2003 May; 999 (1-2): 17-22. Ader M, Coleman M, Doyle S, Stroud M, Wakelin D. Methods for the Stable Isotopic Analysis of Chlorine in Chlorate and Perchlorate Compounds. Analytical Chemistry October 15 2001; 73(20): 4946-4950. Kosanke K, Dujay R, Kosanke B. Characterization of Pyrotechnic Reaction Residue Particles by SEM/EDS. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003, 48 (2): 531-537. Phillips S. Pyrotechnic Residue Analysis Detection and Analysis of Characteristic Particles by Scanning Electron Microscopy/Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy. Science and Justice 2001; 41 (2): 73-80. Phillips S. Pyrotechnic Residue Analysis Detection and Analysis of Characteristic Particles by SEM-EDS. Z Zagadnein Nauk Sadowych (Problems of Forensic Science) 2001; 46:311-316. Gapeev A, Yinon J. Application of Spectral Libraries for Characterization of Oxidizers by Electrospray Mass Spectrometry. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2004 March; 49(2): 227 - 237. Goodpaster J, Keto R. Identification of Ascorbic Acid and Its Degradation Products in Black Powder Substitutes. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2004 May; 49(3): 523-528. Crowson A, Beardah M. Development of an LC/MC Method for the Trace Analysis of Hexamethylenetriperoxidediamine Mine (HMTD). Analyst 2001; 126 (10): 1689-1693. Widmer L, Watson S, Schlatter K, Crowson A. Development of an LC/MS method for the trace analysis of triacetone triperoxide (TATP). Analyst 2002; 127: 1627-1632. Schulte-Ladbeck R, Kolla P, Karst U. Trace Analysis of Peroxide-Based Explosives. A nalytical Chemistry 2003; 75: 731-735. McKay G. Forensic characteristics of organic peroxide explosives (TATP, DADP and HMTD). Kayaku Gakkaishi 2002; 63 (6): 323-329. Kamyshny A, Magdassi S, Avissar Y, Almog J. Water-soaked Evidence: Detectability of Explosive Traces After Immersion in Water. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003; 48 (2): 312-317. Casamento S, Kwok B, Roux C, Dawson M, Doble P. Optimization of the separation of Organic Explosives by Capillary Electrophoresis with Artificial Neural Networks. Journal of Forensic Science 2003; 48 (5): 1075-1083. Hopen T. Dr. Walter C. McCrones Contribution to the Characterization and Identification of Explosives. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2004 March; 49(2): 275 276. Fang X, Gao, Z, Liu Q, Zhao Q. Search and trouble shooting of explosive. Sichuan Binggong Xuebao 2002; 23 (4): 38-41. Babu E, Kaur S. A DSC analysis of inverse salt-pair explosive composition. Propellants, Explosives, Pyrotechnics 2004; 29 (1): 50-55. Wissinger C, McCord B. A Gradient Reversed Phase HPLC Procedure for Smokeless Powder Comparison. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002 January; 47 (1): 168-174. Mathis J, McCord B. Gradient reversed-phase liquid chromatographic-electrospray ionization mass spectrometric method for the comparison of smokeless powders. Journal of Chromatography A 2003; 988: 107-116. MacCrehan W, Patierno E, Duewer D, Reardon M. Investigating the Effect of Changing Ammunition on the Composition of Organic Additives in Gunshot Residue (OGSR). Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46(1): 57-62. Reardon M, MacCrehan W. Developing a Quantitative Extraction Technique for Determining the Organic Additives in Smokeless Handgun Powder. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46(4): 802-807.

355

38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

49 50 51 52

53 54 55

MacCrehan W, Reardon M, Duewer D. Associating Gunpowder and Residues from Commercial Ammunition Using Compositional Analysis. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002; 47(2): 260-266. MacCrehan W, Reardon, M. A Qualitative Comparison of Smokeless Powder Measurements. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002 September; 47(5): 996-1000. MacCrehan W, Reardon M, Duewer D. A Quantitative Comparison of Smokeless Powder Measurements. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2002 November; 47(6): 1283 1287. Zeichner A, Eldar B, Glattstein B, Koffman A Tamiri T, Muller D. Vacuum collection of gunpowder residues from clothing worn by shooting suspects, and their analysis by GC/TEA, IMS, and GC/MS. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003; 48 (5): 961-972. Ewing R, Atkinson D, Eiceman G, Ewing G. A Critical Review of Ion Mobility Spectrometry for the Detection of Explosives and Explosive Related Compounds. Talanta 2001; 54 (3): 515-529. Collins D, Lee M. Developments in ion mobility spectrometry-mass spectrometry. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2002; 372: 66-73. Daum K, Atkinson D, Ewing R, Knighton W, Grimsrud E. Resolving interferences in negative mode ion mobility spectrometry using selective reactant ion chemistry. Talanta 2001; 54: 299-306. Gardeniers J, van den Berg A. Lab-on-a-chip systems for biomedical and environmental monitoring. Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry 2004; 378 (7): 1700-1703. Yinon J. Forensic Analysis of Explosives by LC/MS. Forensic Science Review 2001; 13(1): 20 28. Zhao X, Yinon J. Characterization and origin identification of 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene through its by-product isomers by liquid chromatography-atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography A 2002; 946:125-132. Zhao X, Yinon J. Identification of Nitrate Ester Explosives by Liquid ChromatographyElectrospray Ionization and Atmospheric Pressure Chemical Ionization and Atmospheric Pressure Chemical Ionization/Mass Spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography 2002 November; 977 (1): 59-68. Zhao X, Yinon J. Forensic Identification of Explosive Oxidizers by Electrospray Ionization Mass Spectrometry. Rapid Communications in Mass Spectrometry 2002; 16 (12): 1137-1146. Gapeev A, Sigman M, Yinon J. Liquid Chromatography/Mass Spectrometric Analysis of Explosives: RDX Adduct Ions. Rapid Communications in Mass Spectrometry 2003; 17 (9): 943-948. Gapeev A, Yinon J. Application of Spectral Libraries for Characterization of Oxidizers by Electrospray Mass Spectrometry. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2004 March; 49(2): 227 - 237. Takada Y, Nagano H, Suga M, Hashimoto Y, Yamada M, Sakairi M, Kusumoto K, Ota T, Nakamura J. Detection of Military explosives by Atmospheric Pressure Chemical Ionization Mass Spectrometry with Counter-Flow Introduction. Propellants, Explosives, Pyrotechnics 2002; 27: 224-228. Wu Z, Hendrickson C, Rodgers R, Marshall A. Composition of Explosives by Electrospray Ionization Fourier Transform Ion Cyclotron Resonance Mass Spectrometry Analytical Chemistry 2002; 74: 1879 1883. Meurer E, Chen H, Riter L, Cotte-Rodrigues I, Eberline M, Cooks R. Gas-phase reactions for selective detection of the explosives TNT and RDX. Chemical Communications 2004; (1): 40-41. Oxley J, Smith J, Resende E. Determining explosivity Part II: Comparison of Small-scale Cartridge Tests to Actual Pipe Bombs. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46 (5): 10701075. 356

56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76

Oxley J, Smith J, Resende E, Rogers E, Strobel R, Bender E. Improvised Explosive Devices: Pipe Bombs. Journal Forensic Sciences 2001; 46 (3): 510-534. Walsh G, Inal O, Romero V. A Potential Metallographic Technique for the Investigation of Pipe Bombings. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003 September; 48 (5): 945-960. Walker C, Cullum H, Hiley R. An Environmental Survey Relating to Improvised and Emulsion/Gel Explosives. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46 (2) 254-267. Sanders KP, Marshall M, Oxley JC, Smith JL, Egee L. Preliminary Investigation into the Recovery of Explosives from Hair. Science and Justice 2002; 42 (3): 137-142. Oxley J, Smith J, Resende E, Pearce E, Chamberlain T. Trends in Explosives Contamination. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003; 48 (2): 334-342. Walker C, Cullum H, Hiley R. An Environmental Survey Relating to Improvised and Emulsion/Gel Explosives. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46 (2) 254-267. Pillai A, Sanghavi R, Dayana C, Joshi M, Velapure S, Singh A. Studies on RDX Particle Size in LOVA Gun Propellant Formulations. Propellants, Explosives, Pyrotechnics 2001; 26 (5): 226-228. Crowson A, Hiley R, Clifford C. Quality Assurance Testing of an Explosive Trace Analysis Laboratory. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001 January; 46 (1): 53-56. Song Y, Xu J, Xu G, He D. Investigation of Raw TNT Applicated in Industrial Explosive. Huozhayao Xuebao 2001; 25 (1): 69-70. Halasz A. Groom C, Zhou E, Paquet L, Beaulieu C, Deschamps S et al. Detection of Explosives and their Degradation Products in Soil Environments. Journal of Chromatography A 2002 July; 963 (1-2): 418-441. Buxton T, Harrington P. Trace Explosives Detection in Aqueous Samples by Solid-Phase Extraction Ion Mobility Spectrometry (SPEIMS). Applied Spectroscopy 2003; 57 (2): 223-232. Walsh M. Determination of Nitroaromatic, Nitramine, and Nitrate Ester Explosives in Soil by Gas Chromatography and an Electron Capture Detector. Talanta 2001; 54 (3): 427-438. Oxley J, Smith J, Resende E, Pearce E. Quantification and Aging of the Post-blast Residue of TNT Landmines. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2003 48 (4): 742-753. Jung C, Newcombe D, Crawford D, Crawford R. Detection and Decontamination of Residual Energetics from Ordnance and Explosives Scrap. Biodegradation 2004; 15 (1): 41-48. Personal communication. Dr. Chris Lennard, Manager Operations Support, Forensic & Technical Services, Australian Federal Police, GPO Box 401, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia. Personal communication, Wendy W. Norman, Explosives Section Royal Canadian Mounted Police, Forensic Laboratory Services Ottawa, 1200 Vanier Parkway, PO Box 8885,Ottawa, Ontario K1G 3M8 Canada. Dr. Frantisek Zrcek, Department of Chemistry, Institute of Criminalistics, Prgeu, POB 62/KUP, Strojnicka 27, 17089 Prague, the Czech Republic. Personal communication, Sean Doyle, Head of Chemistry and Research, Dstl, Fort Halstead, Seveoaks, Kent TN14 7BP, United Kingdom. Yinon J. Field Detection and Monitoring of Explosives. TrAC, Trends in Analytical Chemistry 2002; 21 (4): 292-301. Yinon J. Detection of Explosives by Electronic Noses. Analytical Chemistry 2003; 75 (5): 99A-105A. Furton K, Myers L. The Scientific Foundation and Efficacy of the Use of Canines as Chemical Detectors for Explosives. Talanta 2001; 54 (3): 487-500.

357

77

78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89

Furton K, Harper R, Perr J, Almirall J. Optimization of Biological and Instrumental Detection of Explosives and Ignitable Liquid Residues including Canines, SPME/ITMS and GC/MS. Proceedings of SPIE The International Society for Optical Engineering 2003; 5071(Sensors and Command, Control, Communications and Intelligence): 183192. Ruiping Z, On the explosives detection. Proceedings of the International Autumn Seminar on Propellants, Explosives and Pyrotechnics 2001; 751-755. Meng X. Explosives and Narcotic Detection Technologies. He Dianzixue Yu Tance Jishu 2003; 23 (4): 363, 371-379. Gowadia H, Settles, G. The Natural Sampling of Airborne Trace Signals from Explosives Concealed Upon the Human Body. Journal of Forensic Sciences 2001; 46 (6): 13241331. Wu C, Steiner W, Tornatore P, Matz L, Siems Watkinson D, et al. Construction and Characterization of a High-flow High-resolution Ion Mobility Spectrometer for Detection of Explosives after Personnel Portal Sampling. Talanta 2002, 57 (1): 123-134. Bannister WW, Chen C, Curby W, Chen EB, Damour P, Morales A. Thermal Analysis for Detection and Identification of Explosives and Other Controlled Substances. US Patent 2002; US2000-491026. Kuo C, Nagarajan R, Bannister W, Loder R, Furry J, Chen C. Detection of concealed explosives and drugs by thermal analysis and thermal profiles of samples with microsensors. US Patent 2004 2004027386 A2. Nguyen D, Berry S, Gelewicz J, Courure G, Huynh P. Chemiluminescent detection of explosives, narcotics, and other chemical substances. US Patent 2004: US20050053421 A1. Schwartz P, Murray G, Uy O, LeBinh Q, Stott D, Lew A. Apparatus and Methods for Detecting Explosives and other Substances. US Patent 2001 May; US14190 3. Allen W, Ige L. Sampling device with test strip inserted into air aspirated from luggage interior for detection of concealed explosives. US Patent 2004; US200435187. Krasnobaev L, Persenkov V, Belyakov V, Kekukh V, Bunker S. Explosive Detection System. US Patent 2003; US20030193338 A1. Gartsev N, Semeikin N, Sharshin Y, Pomozov V, Trushkov V, Alekseev N, et al. Device for detection of explosives and narcotics. Russian Patent Application: RU 2001118733. Vorogushin M, Gavrish Y, Sidorov A, Gialkovskii A. Method for Detection of Fissionable and Explosive Substances. Russian Patent 2001; RU1999-110873 26.

358

ENVIRONMENTAL CRIME A Review: 2001 to 2004

Jennifer A. Suggs, MS Kenna R. Yarbrough, BS

Library assistance provided by: Dorothy E. Biggs, NEIC Barbara L. Wagner, Contractor (Vistronix) Nancy B. Greer, Contractor (Vistronix) UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY OFFICE OF ENFORCEMENT AND COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE OFFICE OF CRIMINAL ENFORCEMENT, FORENSICS AND TRAINING Author to whom correspondence should be addressed: Jennifer A. Suggs EPA-NEIC Bldg. 25, Denver Federal Center Denver, CO 80225 NATIONAL ENFORCEMENT INVESTIGATIONS CENTER Diana A. Love, Director Denver, Colorado

360

CONTENTS List of acronyms Introduction Overview Authors perspective Environmental crime scene Voluntary consensus standards and method standardization Sampling guidance Laboratory analysis of environmental samples Recent books General environmental chemistry books General instrument techniques books Method and technique specific books Substance specific books Instrumentation and techniques by topic special topicendocrine disrupting compounds Methods for the identification of endocrine disruptors Appendices a) Major environmental laws of the united states environmental protection agency (usepa) b) USGS national water quality laboratory methods of analysis References

361

LIST OF ACRONYMS -AED micro-atomic emission detector -ECD micro-electron capture detector AA atomic absorption AAS atomic absorption spectrometry AE atomic emission AED atomic emission detection AES atomic emission spectrometry AF atomic fluorescence ANSI American National Standards Institute AOCD 9-(2-acridone)oxyethylcarbonylimidazole APCI atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (mode) APEO alkylphenol ethoxylate ASE accelerated solvent extraction ATR attenuated total reflectance BFRs brominated flame retardants BTEX benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylene CAA Clean Air Act CAS Chemical Abstracts Service (as in CAS #) CDFMS compact double-focusing mass spectrometer CE capillary electrophoresis CERCLA Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act CFR US Code of Federal Regulations CIT cylindrical ion trap CLU-IN USEPA Technology Innovation Program. Hazardous Waste Clean-Up Information CMC chromatomembrane cells CRM certified reference material CWA Clean Water Act DFG Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (German Research Foundation) ECD electron capture detector EDCs endocrine disrupting compounds or endocrine disrupting chemicals EDSP Endocrine Disruptor Screening Program EDXRF energy dispersive X-ray fluorescence EPCRA Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act ES electrospray ESA Endangered Species Act ESI electrospray ionization (mode) ETAAS electrothermal atomic absorption spectrometry ETV electrothermal vaporization FA flow analysis FAAS flame atomic absorption spectrometry FEM USEPA Forum on Environmental Measurement FFDCA Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act FI flow injection

362

FID flame ionization detector FIFRA Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act FIMS fiber introduction mass spectrometry FLD fluorescence detection FM focused-microwave (irradiation) FMASE focused-microwave assisted Soxhlet extraction FMOC 9-fluorenylmethyl chloroformate FPC focal plane camera FPD flame photometric detection FSL fused-silica-lined FT Fourier transform FTIR Fourier transform infrared (spectrometry) GC gas chromatography GC x GC two-dimensional gas chromatography GD glow discharge GPO US Government Printing Office HFs hydraulic fluids HG hydride generation HPLC high performance liquid chromatography HS headspace IC ion chromatography ICP inductively coupled plasma ICR ion cyclotron resonance IR infrared ISO International Organization for Standardization LC liquid chromatography LIF laser induced fluorescence LLLME liquid-liquid-liquid microextraction LPME liquid-phase microextraction LVI large-volume injection MAE microwave assisted extraction MC multicollector MEC microwave enhanced chemistry MIP molecularly imprinted polymer MS mass spectrometry MTBE methyl t-butyl ether MWFs metalworking fluids NCI negative chemical ionization NEIC National Enforcement Investigations Center NEPA National Environmental Policy Act NI negative ion (mode) NICI negative ion chemical ionization NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology NMR nuclear magnetic resonance NSAIDs nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs NTIS National Technical Information Service

363

NTTAA National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act OCPs organochlorine pesticides OERR USEPA Office of Emergency and Remedial Response OES optical emission spectrometry OMB US Office of Management and Budget OPA Oil Pollution Act ORD USEPA Office of Research and Development OSWER USEPA Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response OVAs organic vapor analyzers PAHs polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons or polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons PBDEs polybrominated diphenyl ethers PCBs polychlorinated biphenyls PCDDs polychlorinated dibenzodioxins or polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins PCDFs polychlorinated dibenzofurans PFBBR pentafluorobenzyl bromide PFE pressurized fluid extraction PFPA pentafluoropropionic acid PI positive ion (mode) PID photoionization detector PIF photochemically induced fluorimetry PLE pressurized liquid extraction PM particulate matter PPA Pollution Prevention Act PPCPs pharmaceuticals and personal care products PXRF portable X-ray fluorescence PyGC flash pyrolysis gas chromatography RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act RP reversed-phase SARA Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act SBSE stir bar sorptive extraction SCCPs short-chain chlorinated paraffins SDWA Safe Drinking Water Act SES sequential extraction schemes SF sector field SIA sequential injection analysis SIM selected ion monitoring SPE solid phase extraction SPME solid-phase microextraction SRMs standard reference materials SSPE sequential solid-phase extraction SVOCs semi-volatile organic compounds SW-846 Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste: Physical/Chemical Methods TBA t-butyl alcohol TBT tributyltin THMs trihalomethanes TIC total ion chromatogram

364

TLC thin-layer chromatography TMA trimethylamine TMSD trimethylsilyldiazomethane TMSI N-trimethylsilylimidazole TOF time-of-flight TSCA Toxic Substances Control Act TXRF total reflection X-ray fluorescence UE ultrasonic extraction US United States USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency USGS United States Geological Survey VOCs volatile organic compounds WRI USGS Water-Resources Investigations Report WWTP wastewater treatment plant XRF X-ray fluorescence XRS X-ray spectrometry INTRODUCTION OVERVIEW This environmental crime review is a follow-up to the 2001 review paper prepared for the 13th International Forensic Science Symposium. 1 Some information presented earlier will be repeated such as resources for sampling methods and the annual or biannual instrumentation reviews regularly featured in some journals. Other topics within the paper are new or in an expanded presentation such as consensus standards, environmental measurements, sampling guidance, and endocrine disrupting compounds. The paper will proceed in an order roughly resembling that taken during an environmental crime investigation, as the previous review paper did. Information regarding the fieldwork or work at the actual crime scene will be presented first then followed by a section on analytical methods developed and published during the past 3 years. Reference information has been gathered from books, websites, and journals. AUTHORS PERSPECTIVE The United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) was established to protect human health and the environment in the United States (US). Several environmental laws provide the guidance for this mission (a list of major environmental laws is provided in Appendix A). The National Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC) is part of the USEPA. 2 The NEIC investigates, develops, and assists in prosecuting environmental crimes. The Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) contains the guidance, requirements, and boundaries for environmental crime investigations. 3 The USEPA is bound by these

365

regulations for the prosecution of environmental crime cases. Many specific sampling and testing methods are required by law for the prosecution of an environmental crime. Much of the information presented here (for example, alternate methodologies) is not being used in the prosecution of environmental crimes in the United States, but it is our hope that it may be useful to other environmental protection entities. While the USEPA NEIC is limited to enforcement, other sections of the agency are involved in the research of new environmental issues, the development of methods for identification and quantitation of hazardous substances, and the development of improved ways of sampling and assessing sites, as well as improving the treatment or recovery of these same sites. The Office of Research and Development (ORD) is the scientific research arm of the USEPA. ORD has eight priority areas for scientific research: air, drinking water, ecosystem assessment and restoration, global change, human health protection, water quality, pollution prevention and new technologies, and endocrine disrupting chemicals (EDCs). 4 Internationally, endocrine disrupting chemicals (or endocrine disrupting compounds) and the affects of these chemicals on human and environmental health are developing areas of concern. A brief section on EDCs and analytical techniques for the identification and quantitation of EDCs has been included after the laboratory methods section. ENVIRONMENTAL CRIME SCENE Decisions made by investigators regarding an environmental investigation must be supported by facts obtained about the scene. If samples are taken and if laboratory analysis occurs, all individuals gathering information and evidence need to maintain certain high standards of care that will enable results to be accurate and reproducible. Several organizations are involved in developing consistent, quality standards for sampling and field measurements. The general agreements on what should be included in the quality standards become consensus standards. VOLUNTARY CONSENSUS STANDARDS AND METHOD STANDARDIZATION Voluntary consensus standards are standards developed or adopted by voluntary consensus standards bodies. These bodies must agree to make the standards available on a nondiscriminatory, royalty-free or reasonable royalty basis to all interested parties. Voluntary standards are distinguished from mandatory standards, which are published standards that are part of a code, rule or regulation and there is an obligation by certain parties to conform to the standard. Some voluntary standards become de-facto mandatory standards when they are referenced or required by a code, rule, or regulation. In February 1998, the revised circular No. A-119 was published by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) concerning federal participation in the development and use of voluntary consensus standards. 5 The circular directs US federal agencies to use voluntary consensus standards in lieu of government-unique standards except where inconsistent with law or otherwise impractical. This circular was developed due to the approval of the 1995 National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA)

366

which emphasized the use by federal agencies of standards developed by private, consensus organizations. 6 A recent article in ASTM Standardization News makes the point that regulators may be forced to change regulations to incorporate provisions of relevant consensus standards. 7 The American National Standards Institute (ANSI) is a private, non-profit organization that administers and coordinates the US voluntary standardization system. 8 It is the official US representative to the worlds leading standards bodies, including the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). ANSI has a membership of approximately 1000 companies, organizations, government agencies and others. Although ANSI doesnt develop standards, it provides interested parties a setting to come together, working toward common agreements. A 1996 National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) document reports that there are almost 700 standards producing bodies in the United States, with more than 93,000 standards produced. 9 The NSSN is a product of ANSI, and serves as a comprehensive data network on developing and approved national/international standards and regulatory documents on the World Wide Web. 10 The NSSN routes different users to both commercially available and regulatory technical documents that they may need. NSSN has many helpful lists concerning consensus standards and the bodies that develop them, for example, the acronym directory of US standards developers. 11 This list is updated regularly. Environmental measurement related voluntary consensus standards are developed from many different national and international organizations. The ISO produces the largest number of international standards. 12 ISO has standards concerning environmental measurements and sampling, particularly wastewater sampling, and these standards are available for purchase on the organizations webpage. 13 ASTM International is also one of the largest voluntary consensus standard development organizations in the world. This organization has many different committees and subcommittees on environmental measurements. 14 The ASTM committee on Waste Sampling is designated as D-34. This committee focuses on the promotion of knowledge, stimulation of research and development of test methods, practices, etc. relating to the management of wastes, especially as they relate to sampling of waste streams. Other ASTM International committees concerning environmental measurements and sampling are D-18, Soil and Rock; D-19, Water; and D-22, Sampling and Analysis of Atmospheres. Of additional interest is Committee E-30, Forensic Sciences. The scope of this committee focuses on the promotion of knowledge and development of standards for methods and standard reference materials for the collection, preservation, scientific examination, preparation and reports relating to physical evidence for forensic purposes and the general practice of forensic science. Additional information concerning these committees and the standards available for purchase is located on the organizations webpage. 15 The USEPA has created a Forum on Environmental Measurement (FEM). 16 This committee of senior USEPA managers was formed in order to enhance measurement programs by agreeing on basic principles to promote consistency and consensus within the agency on measurement issues. Some Agency-wide measurement issues that are being worked on include:

367

Validation of new USEPA measurement methods Identifying and correcting problems with existing measurement methods Ensuring and demonstrating the competency of USEPA laboratories Consolidation USEPA supported measurement science conferences and Use of performance approach in USEPA-mandated monitoring programs The work being performed concerning validation of new USEPA measurement methods is to help the FEM develop guidelines as to what represents the minimum level of method validation and peer review before methods are issued by the Agency. SAMPLING GUIDANCE The USEPA publication, SW-846, titled Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods is the USEPAs official compendium of analytical and sampling methods that have been evaluated and approved for use in complying with the USEPAs waste regulations (Resource Conservation and Recovery Act or RCRA). 17 This guidance publication has acceptable, through not required, methods for the regulated/regulating communities to use for RCRA-related sampling and analysis requirements. Chapters 9 and 10 of SW-846 concern developing sampling plans and sample methodologies. The multi-volume publication changes over time as new information and data are available. The current version is available on-line or an official printed copy of SW-846 and most of its updates can be purchased from either the US Government Printing Office (GPO) or the National Technical Information Service (NTIS). 18, 19 In October 2002, the USEPA made available a new draft guidance document for public comment entitled "RCRA Waste Sampling Draft Technical Guidance. This new RCRA waste sampling guidance updates the information provided in Chapter 9 of SW846, which was last published in 1986, and is also available on-line. Methods and Guidance for Analysis of Water is the USEPAs primary resource for sampling and analyses of water. This resource was most recently updated in 1999. 20 The USEPA Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response (OSWER) published a groundwater forum issue paper in 2002 with the most up-to-date groundwater sampling issues and guidelines. 21 Most air emission sampling and measurement methods for the US EPA have been proposed or promulgated in the Federal Register and codified in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). The methods are directly cited by specific regulations for determining compliance under the air regulations in 40 CFR Parts 60, 61, and 63. 3 Within the USEPA Office of Emergency and Remedial Response (OERR) Superfund program for cleaning up abandoned waste sites, there are several representative sampling guidances for air, water, sediment/soil, biota, and waste. 22-26 These and other sampling and environmental technologies are available through the USEPA Technology Innovation programs Hazardous Waste Clean-Up Information (CLU-IN) internet site. 27 The USEPAs Information Sources webpage lists hundreds of published reports and test methods/sampling procedures and many are available for direct downloading. 28 Also, the USEPAs most comprehensive list of sampling, measurement, and analytical test methods was developed by the Region 1 library staff. 29 The list is continually updated, currently

368

contains about 1600 methods, and the majority of sources listed have live web links to the actual method. LABORATORY ANALYSIS OF ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLES Environmental analysis continues to be a growing field and while not all current areas of study can be applied directly to environmental crime investigations, the research can provide insights into the latent potential of new developments in instrumentation and techniques. RECENT BOOKS General Environmental Chemistry Books A few books published during the past three years provide introductions for the newcomer into environmental chemistry. The Fundamentals of Environmental Chemistry textbook has a fast, basic overview of environmental chemistry. The first third of the book consists of a general chemistry primer with a touch of biochemistry. The rest of the book provides a quick, clear foundation for learning about the environmental chemistry and pollution of water, soil and the atmosphere. Topics in this section progress to include industrial ecology, hazardous wastes, toxicological chemistry, analytical chemistry, and environmental analysis. 30 Environmental Organic Chemistry is a textbook that progresses from the basic makeup of organic compounds to the interaction of these compounds in environmental systems. Major sections include the introduction to basic concepts in organic chemistry, the equilibrium between the gas, liquid and solid phases, transformation processes of organic compounds (chemical, photochemical and biological), transport phenomena (diffusion and interaction between boundaries, for example, the air-water interface) and environmental case studies combining the concepts presented throughout the book. One clear benefit to the user of this book is the extensive bibliography allowing further follow-up for the subjects covered in the book. 31 Soil and Environmental Analysis is an updated book on analytical techniques for the analysis of environmental samplesprimarily soil, but topics do include some water and gas analyses. Each chapter provides a general background on techniques and addresses several technique-specific concerns like sample preparation, sample introduction systems and specific applications of the technique within environmental analysis. 32 Introduction to Environmental Forensics walks the reader through the early steps of an environmental forensic investigation (witness statements, historical documents, and photographic records) into the analytical measurements taken for forensic use. The majority of the book deals with the measurements and includes topics such as chemical fingerprinting of hydrocarbons, air dispersion modeling, particulate pattern recognition and statistical methods. Each chapter provides a list of references or additional reading sources

369

at the end and the appendices contain detailed chlorinated solvent information (history, chemical names, commercial synonyms, and chemical properties). 33 General Instrument Technique Books A history of mass spectrometry (MS) and its developments in sample introduction and detection is given by de Laeter in the first portion of his book, Applications of Inorganic Mass Spectrometry. The majority of the book contains an overview of the large number of applications for the MS technique including a chapter on environmental science. de Laeters book also has extensive references at the end of each chapter. 34 X-Ray Spectrometry: Recent Technological Advances is an up-to-date review of progress in X-ray spectrometry (XRS); most of the references within this book are less than eight years old. It does not revisit the fundamentals of analytical chemistry techniques based on X-rays, but does include references to handbooks and text books that provide the basic information. Early chapters include details on advances and improvements in X-ray sources, optics and detector technology. Other sections are dedicated to special XRS configurations, computerized advances and developments in specific fields. 35 According to one of the editors, R. Van Grieken, there has been a steady increase in the amount of work published on the environmental applications of XRS analysis. A section worth highlighting is the one titled Portable Equipment for X-ray Fluorescence Analysis. The authors describe the form and function of energy-dispersive X-ray fluorescence (EDXRF) equipment and the advances of internal constructionthe miniatures and lightweight solutions for X-ray tubes and detectors. The portable EDXRF systems rival laboratory-sized spectrometers in analytical capability and have the advantage of providing results on the scene for immediate decision-making. Budde in Analytical Mass Spectrometry: Strategies for Environmental and Related Applications presents gas chromatography coupled with mass spectrometry (GC/MS) analyses as the killer application of mass spectrometry and the bulk of the book is dedicated to GC/MS methods. The author limits his scope to those methods used by the USEPA and the chapters separate into organic and semi-volatile organic compounds amenable to gas chromatography (separate chapters), strategies to improve analytical results, and compounds that are not amenable to GC. A brief mention of ICP/MS is near the end of the book. 36 Method and Technique Specific Books The Air Analysis group of the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG), the German Research Foundation, published a tidy, well-organized source of methods for the analysis of hazardous materials in the air in several volumes. The most recent volume is #8 and among the analytical methods included are ones for atrazine (herbicide), polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), and lacquer aerosols. A brief method summary with a description of the substance (CAS #, structure, physical properties and synonyms) and the data quality results (accuracy, recovery and limit of

370

quantitation) begins each method. Methods include extensive details on equipment, chemicals and solutions, sample collection, operating conditions, sources of error and references. At the back of the book, there is a list of the methods contained in volumes #18. The list is in numerical order by the CAS # of the substance. 37 The US Geological Survey (USGS) National Water Quality Laboratory has published several methods of analysis for contaminants in water samples or sediment samples in the Water-Resources Investigations Report (WRI) series. Methods include both organic and inorganic analyses. A list of the available methods and information on how to obtain these reports is provided in Appendix B. Crompton wrote an exceptional reference book on preconcentration techniques for the analysis of organics, organometallics and inorganics (divided into cations and anions) for water samples. Each major section ends with one or more summary tables for preconcentration of specific types of compounds (hydrocarbons, PCBs, insecticides and herbicides, etc.) or within certain matrices (non-saline water, sea water, surface water, wastewater, etc.). Crompton provides references for every method and has organized this book to be a master source of information on preconcentration techniques. 38 Substance Specific Books Organometallic Compounds in the Environment provides analytical methods and environmental details (toxicology, pathways, fate, etc.) for organometallic compounds containing Hg, Sn, Pb, As, Sb, Si, Se, Tl, Bi, Cd, Te, Mn, Ge or Co. 39 A hefty two-volume set titled Handbook of Residue Analytical Methods for Agrochemicals contains sections of compound classes and the analytical methods for each class. Some method information is specific to one compound within the particular class. In addition to the compound class section, volume two has best practices in the generation and analyses of residues in environmental samples including water, soil, sediment, and air samples. 40,
41

If an environmental release of a petroleum product must be investigated, Analytical Advances for Hydrocarbon Research contains a variety of techniques including gas chromatography (GC), gas chromatography mass spectrometry (GC-MS), liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LC-MS), thin-layer chromatography (TLC), and Xray spectrometry (XRS) for the characterization of petroleum and fossil fuel samples. 42 ASTM International has published tables of test methods for products like aviation fuel, automotive gasoline, fuel oxygenates, crude oils, and more. A brief quality assurance section and a detailed sampling section (with diagrams) are included. 43 INSTRUMENTATION AND TECHNIQUES BY TOPIC Environmental Analysis

371

Biennial review; developments in mass spectrometry as applied to environmental analysis; primarily includes work published during 2002 and 2003 44 Annual review of atomic spectrometry as applied to environmental analysis; major sections are divided by the matrix (air, water, soil and plant material, and geologic materials) 45 Biennial review; developments in environmental analytical chemistry from 2001 and 2002; contents include sampling, extraction methods, detection techniques, analytes of interest and emerging trends 46 Annual review; analysis of environmental samples by atomic spectroscopy; divided into analysis categories of air, water, soils, and geologic materials 47 Review; covers developments in environmental mass spectrometry during 2000 and 2001 with emphasis on new and emerging contaminants and issues 48 Sampling, Sample Preservation, Sample Preparation Review; addresses changes that may occur in water samples during storage and techniques for water sample preservation 49 Reviews factors affecting stability of inorganic mercury and methylmercury during sample storage, mechanisms for loss of mercury, and suggested treatments to decrease these losses

50

Review; methods of sample preparation for separation techniques; includes examples of extraction and concentration of analytes from solid, liquid, and gas matrices 51 Sample pretreatment using chromatomembrane cells (CMC) for extraction and preconcentration of pollutants (polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons and extractable organic halogens) from wastewater 52 Addresses sample handling and analysis for resin acids in water samples; provides tables of analytical techniques (primarily gas chromatography and liquid chromatography, with various detectors) 53 Extraction Comprehensive review of sequential extraction schemes (SES) for metal fractionation of environmental samples; massive applications tables of SES based on types of samples (soils, sediments, sewage sludges, etc.) 54 Comparison of leaching tests on various soils and sediments for the extraction of Cd, Cr, Cu, Ni, Pb, and Zn 55 Use of an ultrasound accelerated sequential extraction method for rapid metal partitioning profiles; study compares results from conventional extraction and ultrasound extraction on compost samples 56 Ultrasonic extraction (UE) as sample preparation technique for elemental analysis; extracted standard reference materials and analyzed by inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry (ICP-AES) 57 Comparison of ultrasound-assisted extraction to other techniques (Soxhlet, microwaveassisted, and supercritical fluid extraction) 58 Chelating polymeric sorbent for metal ion extraction (Mn, Pb, Ni, Co, Cu, Cd and Zn); method applied to sea water, well water, and tap water samples 59

372

Methods of extraction for isolating and preconcentrating organic analytes from environmental matrices 60 Air Analysis Study of recoveries and stabilities of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) stored in fusedsilica-lined (FSL) and SUMMA polished canisters; tables of recoveries under various humidified conditions and over various time intervals at a set relative humidity 61 System for generating gas mixtures of volatile and semi-volatile organic compounds (VOCs and SVOCs) for use as calibration standards prior to air sampling and analysis 62 Development of a solid-phase microextraction (SPME) technique for the analysis of odorous gases (triethylamine, propionic and butyric acids, and sulfur compounds) 63 Method for the sampling and analysis of airborne particulate matter (PM) from an inhaleradministered drug, spray insect repellant, and tailpipe diesel exhaust by SPME fibers and a needle trap device; the designed devices proved useful for simple and inexpensive screening and were robust enough for field sampling 64 Use of microwave heating for the preparation of gas standards containing mixtures of VOCs and SVOCs; method uses a domestic microwave oven and 1 liter gas-sampling bulbs 65 Water Analysis Biennial review; developments in water analysis during 2001 and 2002; contents focus on new, emerging contaminants and environmental issues 66 Methods of analysis of methyl tert-butyl ether (MTBE) and tert-butyl alcohol (TBA) in ground and surface water samples; summarizes issues with direct aqueous injection, headspace analysis, purge-and-trap, and solid-phase microextraction 67 Review; analysis for organic contaminants in sea water samples; includes table of analytes, pre-treatment, analysis technique, and limit of detection 68 Brief review of methods for the determination of organochlorine compounds in wastewater discharge samples 69 Fast, inexpensive screening method for heavy metal contamination in water samples 70 Sample screening method for benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and xylenes (BTEX) in water using a headspace sampler with a mass spectrometer 71 Pesticides, Herbicides, Insecticides Method for determining pesticides in environmental ground and surface water using solidphase extraction (SPE) with liquid chromatography (LC) electrospray (ESI) tandem mass spectrometry (MS-MS) 72 Methods and instrumentation used to detect substituted urea compounds used as herbicides and insecticides; techniques include gas chromatography, liquid chromatography (and coupling of both to mass spectrometry detectors) and capillary electrophoresis (CE) 73 Solid-phase extraction of sulfonylurea herbicides in water and soil samples using a molecularly imprinted polymer (MIP) 74

373

Study of pyrethroid insecticide tralomethrin and its transformation product, deltamethrin, in gas chromatographic (GC) pesticide residue analysis; separation and identification of compounds were possible using LC-MS 75 Determination of organophosphorus pesticides in aqueous samples by SPME and GC with flame photometric detection (FPD) 76 Comparison of different SPME fiber coatings for the extraction and analysis of organochlorine pesticides in groundwater; optimized methods for each fiber type were applied to the analysis of polluted groundwater samples 77 Determination of residues of eight selected herbicides (trifluralin, butachlor, pretilachlor, metolachlor, atrazine, acetochlor, alachlor, and fluroxypyr-meptyl) in groundwater samples by SPME 78 Comparison of six organic solvents for the GC analysis of pesticides; study emphasized the stability of selected pesticides in a given solvent 79 Polychlorinated & Polybrominated Compounds Review of analytical methods for the determination of brominated flame retardants (BFRs) with an emphasis on polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs); sample pre-treatment, extraction, cleanup, chromatographic separation, detection methods, and quality control are among the topics discussed 80 Application of SPME to the analysis of BFRs in water samples; method uses GC tandem MS for quantification 81 Use of two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC x GC) to separate and identify the 209 PCBs 82 Study of the effects from solvent and temperature to the various extraction methods for removing PCBs and polychlorinated dibenzodioxins (PCDDs) from fly ash 83 Method for the determination of polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDDs), dibenzofurans (PCDFs), and biphenyls (PCBs) using GC-MS; the use of different reagent gases is studied 84 Speciation Application of liquid chromatography (LC) coupled with inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) in field of elemental speciation; a few key elements for speciation (As, Se, Cd) are highlighted 85 Review of applications and instrumentation for speciation analysis; focus is on ICP-MS and electrospray ionization mass spectrometry (ESI-MS) 86 As speciation using classical ion-exchange column chromatography; presents strategies for separation and pre-concentration of arsenic species 87 Sb speciation problems and progress; table of Sb speciation from water, soil, and extracts using high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) separation 88 Review; trace metal speciation in environmental studies using sector field inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-SFMS) and multicollector inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (MC-ICP-MS) 89 Review of As speciation analysis using HPLC coupled to ICP-MS 90

374

Review of developments in GC-plasma interfaces for use in elemental speciation; advantages and disadvantages of GC-plasma interfaces, types of plasmas and mass spectrometers, and variants of plasma sources are discussed 91 Review of modern sample preparation techniques used in speciation analysis that reduce waste generation and minimize environmental hazards 92 Comparison of extraction methods for arsenic speciation analysis; river sediment, sewage sludge, and agricultural soil reference materials were used in the study; analyses were completed by high-performance liquid chromatography-hydride generation-atomic fluorescence spectroscopy 93 Field-Portable Techniques & Instrumentation Portable capillary electrophoresis instrument prototype; basic instrument design and three electrochemical detection methods are discussed 94 Use of portable X-ray fluorescence (PXRF) instrumentation in analysis of environmental samples; includes tables comparing PXRF analysis of certified reference materials and comparing performance of PXRF and laboratory ICP-AES results 95 Use of SPME for sampling environmental contaminants in air, water, and soil for analysis by GC-MS in the field 96 Design test for the next generation of field-portable and low-cost GC-MS; the design combined a small gas chromatograph with a compact double-focusing mass spectrometer (CDFMS) as the detector 97 Comparison of organic vapor analyzers (OVAs) with either a flame ionization detector (FID) or a photoionization detector (PID) to the analysis of soils contaminated with diesel fuel 98 Development of a portable laser-induced plasma spectrometer; field results on steel-scrap samples were compared to laboratory X-ray fluorescence (XRF) results 99 Report on prototype portable GC for use in the determination of complex vapor mixtures; analysis was performed on a 30-vapor mixture and performance compared to indoor air quality monitoring applications 100 Enhancement of selectivity in field-portable high-speed GC analysis for organic vapors using a thicker film in the nonpolar column 101 Development of a battery-operated, miniature, cylindrical ion trap (CIT) mass spectrometer that maintains laboratory-scale instrument functionality and performance 102 Use of a portable in-situ spectrophotometric analysis system for the measurement of copper in coastal waters 103 Overview of field-portable GC-MS analytical systems and applications to environmental and forensic analyses 104 Development of a fast gas chromatograph coupled to a time-of-flight mass spectrometer (GC-TOFMS) for portable field use 105

Atomic Spectrometry

375

Annual review; atomic spectrometry update on chemical analysis of environmental samples; extensive table summarizes applications by analyte, matrices (soils, plants, sediments, etc.), and technique 106 Annual review; new developments in atomic emission (AE), atomic absorption (AA), atomic fluorescence (AF), and related techniques 107 Annual review of novel developments and trends in atomic emission, atomic absorption, and atomic fluorescence spectrometry 108 Annual review of trends and developments in atomic emission, absorption, and fluorescence spectrometry 109 Review of advances in atomic emission, absorption, and fluorescence spectrometry and related techniques 110 Biennial review of atomic spectroscopy developments published from January 2002 to December 2003; includes AA, AF, AE, ICP-MS, and glow discharge (GD) 111 Biennial review of new developments in atomic absorption, atomic fluorescence, atomic emission, glow discharge atomic spectrometry and inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry from October 1999 to October 2001; primarily new applications and methodology 112 Review of recent advances in the hydride-generation technique for analysis by atomic emission spectrometry (AES) 113 Atomic Absorption Spectrometry (AAS) Comparison of analytical performance of atom trapping systems and atomization techniques for flame atomic absorption spectrometry (FAAS) 114 Review; developments and trends in sample pretreatment for electrothermal atomic absorption spectrometry (ETAAS); coupling of flow injection (FI) for analyte separation and preconcentration 115 Procedure for determining Cu, Ca, and Cr in interferents using pulsed peristaltic pumps and Fourier transforms 116 Capillary Electrophoresis (CE) Review of applications of capillary electrophoresis for detection and determination of pesticides in formulations, environmental samples, and for chiral separations; includes comparison table of detection limits for different detectors 117 Review for determining pesticide residues in environmental matrices; provides overview of current developments and emerging techniques (CE-MS); includes analyte and sample preparation methods table and provides comparison of CE to gas chromatography (GC) and liquid chromatography (LC) pesticide-residue analysis techniques 118 Review; use of CE in the speciation of metal ions; includes table of metal ions and analysis conditions 119 Developments in sample preparation for capillary electrophoresis including clean-up and concentration methods 120 Reviews sensitivity enhancements for CE and gives several examples of water sample analysis for both inorganic and organic analytes 121

376

Gas Chromatography (GC) Biennial review of developments in gas chromatography including published work from 2002 and 2003, primarily; sections are divided into reviews and general interest, column principles and technology, high-speed and portable GC, and detectors 122 Biennial review of developments in gas chromatography (articles from 2000 and 2001); contents include high-speed and portable GC, detectors, column technology, and general interest publications 123 Review of the use of GC in identification and quantification of environmental pollutants; pollutant groups covered include volatile organic compounds (VOCs), polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), pesticides, and halogenated compounds 124 Two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC x GC) for separation and identification of organic compounds in environmental samples 125 Two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC x GC) and recommended column combinations for separating polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) 82 Use of two-dimensional GC coupled to time-of-flight mass spectrometry for the improved analysis of polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) congeners 126 Overview of the two-dimensional gas chromatographic technique 127 Data interpretation for two-dimensional gas chromatographic separations 128 Use of pressurized liquid extraction (PLE) and two-dimensional gas chromatography as a broad screening method for PAHs in soil 129 Overview of fast GC with table of speeding up options and the practical aspects related to the reduction in analysis time 130 Review; developments in coupled-column GC for the analysis of environmental toxins such as dioxin, PCBs, and PAHs 131 Gas Chromatography-Atomic Emission Detection (GC-AED) Brief overview of GC-AED technique including applications, performance issues, and extended hyphenation options 132 Simultaneous determination of polychlorinated organic compounds using GC with microelectron capture detector (-ECD) and micro-atomic emission detector (-AED); mixtures of organochlorine pesticides and PCBs were analyzed 133 Analysis of river sediments and sewage sludges by flash pyrolysis coupled with gas chromatography and atomic emission detection (PyGC-AED); results from comparison analyses made using flash pyrolysis coupled with gas chromatography and mass spectrometry (PyGC-MS) are provided; river sediments were collected from rivers known to be polluted by agricultural and industrial activities and sewage sludges were taken from industrial and urban wastewater treatment plants and a lagoonal purification system 134

377

Use of GC-AED with a microwave-induced helium plasma for speciation of Hg, Sn, and Pb compounds; includes large summary of GC-AES methods for determining inorganic mercury and organomercury species in a variety of sample matrices 135 Gas Chromatography-Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry (GC-ICPMS) Review article; advances in gas chromatography (GC) coupled with inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) 136 Application note about the use of GC-ICP-MS for metal speciation in environmental samples 137

Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS) Simultaneous determination of semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs) in air samples by GC-MS; two combined disk-type filters used as adsorbents for air sampling 138 Analysis for PAHs and heavy metals in storm water and sediments using GC-MS 139 Study combining large-volume injection (LVI) to fast GC-MS in the analysis of 15 organochlorine pesticides (OCPs) in aqueous solutions; all analytes separated in less than 8 minutes 140 Review of analyses for metalworking fluids (MWFs) and hydraulic fluids (HFs) in oily wastewater using GC/MS with soft ionization and two-dimensional GC techniques 141 High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), Liquid Chromatography (LC) Review of developments in liquid chromatography equipment and instrumentation from January 2000 through December 2001; topics include instrumentation, columns, detectors (elemental, optical, luminescent, electrochemical, mass spectrometry, and others), and computation 142 Glossary of terms used in HPLC 143 Determination of trimethylamine (TMA) in water samples by LC; the analyte was derivatized in a precolumn using 9-fluorenylmethyl chloroformate (FMOC) 144 Analysis for phenols (from river and coke plant water) and herbicides (from soil samples) by solid-phase extraction (SPE) and HPLC 145 Review of analysis for non-metals (carbon, sulfur, phosphorus, and halogens) using high performance liquid chromatography coupled with inductively coupled plasma (HPLC-ICP)
146

Precolumn derivatization method for the determination of free amines in real water samples (wastewater from different sampling sites) by HPLC with fluorescence detection; the amide intermediate, 9-(2-acridone)oxyethylcarbonylimidazole (AOCD), formed from the reaction of 9-(2-hydroxyethyl)acridone and N,N-carbonyldiimidazole, reacts with free amines in the presence of a base catalyst, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine 147 Review of the use of HPLC in metal speciation (As, Se, Pb, Hg, Sn, and Cr); includes sections on sample handling and different chromatographic modes 148

378

Ion Chromatography (IC) Overview of use of ion chromatography (IC) for the determination of inorganic ions in drinking water; includes table of regulatory methods and analytes 149 Basic principles, methods, and applications of ion chromatography 150 Comparison of IC detection techniques; includes table rating characteristics of each technique 151 Approaches to sample pretreatment to overcome analysis problems from difficult matrices
152

Coupling ion chromatography with ICP-AES and ICP-MS; highlights advantages and applications in sample preconcentration, elimination of interferences, and speciation analysis 153 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry (ICP-AES), Inductively Coupled Plasma-Optical Emission Spectrometry (ICP-OES) Review on matrix effects during ICP-AES sample analysis; addresses the effects from easily ionized elements to the plasma and the analytical signal; includes a section on correction methods 154 Preconcentration and determination of Cd, Hg, Ag, Ni, Co, Cu and Zn in water and sediment samples using a chelating resin and ICP-AES 155 Determination of total metals with discrimination of chemical forms present in a sea water matrix; use of solid-phase extraction for separation and preconcentration prior to ICP-AES sample analysis 156 Method for studying long-term stability in ICP-AES 157 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS) Biennial review; developments in ICP-MS from October 2001 to October 2003; topics include sample introduction, spectroscopic interferences, and isotope ratios 158 Biennial review; developments in ICP-MS from October 1999 to September 2001; several tables with selected methods such as chemical vaporization, electrothermal vaporization (ETV), and speciation are provided 159 Use of a modified Burgener parallel path nebulizer for vapor generation of noble and transition metal species through reaction with tetrahydroborate 160 Comparison of on-line preconcentration columns in sequential injection analysis (SIA) for the determination of metals in sea water (Al, As, Co, Cu, Mn, Mo, Ni, Pb and V) by ICPMS 161 Trace metal determination (Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni and Cu) in saline water using a flow injection on-line precipitation system coupled to ICP-MS 162 Overview of practical aspects of environmental analysis (measurement parameters and analytical parameters) by ICP-MS 163 Determination of hexavalent chromium in ambient air with analysis using ICP-MS 164 Analysis for Sn in soil samples using potassium hydroxide fusion followed by continuous hydride generation coupled to ICP-MS 165

379

Overview of the electrothermal vaporization (ETV) technique for ICP-MS 166 Infrared (IR) Spectrometry Analytical technique for the simultaneous determination of Sb, As, and Sn in aqueous samples; coupled flow analysis (FA) hydride generation (HG) and Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectrometry system 167 Quantitative determination of various alkaline and alkaline earth metals in aqueous solutions using Mid-FTIR spectroscopy 168 Quantitative method for the determination of ion concentrations of aqueous polyatomic anions using attenuated total reflectance (ATR) FTIR spectroscopy 169 Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (LC-MS) Review of applications of liquid chromatography coupled with mass spectrometry (LCMS) using atmospheric pressure ionization in water analysis 170 Summary of problems using LC-MS for qualitative and quantitative analysis of organic compounds in water 171 Determination of trace amounts of specific antibiotics in natural waters and wastewater using SPE combined with high performance liquid chromatography-ion trap tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS-MS) 172 Method for the determination of halogenated and non-halogenated nonylphenols and nonylphenol carboxylates using liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry in water and sludge samples from a drinking water treatment plant 173 Summarizes sources of error in HPLC-MS analyses and suggests solutions 174 Analysis for emerging environmental contaminants using LC/TOF/MS 175 Analysis for fluorinated surfactants in spiked sludge samples using LC-MS-MS after extraction and separation 176 Liquid-Phase Microextraction (LPME) Developments in liquid-phase microextraction (LPME) based on disposable hollow fibers; the technique principles, set-up, applications, and trends for the future are discussed 177 Use of LPME coupled to GC-MS to analyze for pesticides in soil samples 178 Developments in liquid-phase microextraction; includes details on some environmental applications (polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, herbicides, pesticides, etc.) 179 Determination of trihalomethanes (THMs) such as chloroform, dichlorobromomethane, chlorodibromomethane, and bromoform in drinking water samples (tap water and well water) using headspace liquid-phase microextraction (HS-LPME) with gas chromatography-electron capture detection (GC-ECD) 180 Microwave-Assisted Extraction (MAE) & Microwave-Enhanced Chemistry (MEC) Overview of microwave-based devices used in solid sample pretreatment; includes both closed and open, multi-mode and focused-microwave systems 181

380

Extraction and determination of selected endocrine disrupting chemicals (EDCs) in river sediments by microwave-assisted extraction followed by gas chromatography mass spectrometry (GC-MS) 182 Study of a microwave digestion technique for the analysis of metals (Ca, Mg, Fe, Mn, Zn, Cr, Cd, Cu, Pb, and V) in sediments and soils; samples analyzed included standard reference materials (SRMs) of sewage sludge, marine sediment, urban particulate matter, and coal carbonization site soil 183 Review of sample extraction and digestion procedures using focused-microwave radiation; includes tables of focused-microwave-assisted extractions of organic, inorganic, and organometallic compounds and of focused-microwave-assisted digestions of organic and inorganic samples 184 Use of focused-microwave (FM) irradiation to improve upon conventional Soxhlet extraction; includes section on the use of FM-assisted Soxhlet extraction (FMASE) in the analysis of environmental pollutants (polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, alkanes, herbicides, metals, etc.) 185 Review of extraction and digestion procedures assisted by focused-microwave radiation; applications presented include inorganic, organic, and organometallic analyses in a variety of sample types 184 Comparison of microwave-assisted total digestion to aqua regia and nitric acid digestions for the determination of heavy metal content in environmental samples (sediments, soils, sludges, and plant materials) 186 Study of three microwave digestions for the determination of metals in sludge, soil, and sediment samples; metals analysis performed by ICP-AES 187 Determination of 17 chlorophenolic compounds in ash samples obtained from different incineration plants; a microwave system with closed extraction vessels was used in the sample preparation 188 Digestion of organic samples using microwave-assisted sample combustion; cadmium and copper were determined in the samples using electrothermal atomic absorption spectrometry 189 Study of the thermal degradation of five carbamates (propoxur, thiuran, propham, methiocarb, and chlorpropham) in microwave-assisted extraction followed by HPLC analysis 190 Mass Spectrometry (MS) Annual review of atomic mass spectrometry; review focuses on significant developments in instrumentation and methodology and an improved understanding of the fundamental phenomena of MS 191 Annual review of atomic mass spectrometry; developments in instrumentation and methodology or fundamental principles of MS 192 Annual review of developments in atomic mass spectrometry 193 Structural and chemical characterization of compounds in complex environmental mixtures using electrospray ionization Fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance mass spectrometry (ESI FT-ICR MS) 194 Brief comparison of GC-MS and LC-MS 195

381

Development of a mass spectrometer with simultaneous detection using a Faraday cupbased detector called the focal plane camera (FPC) 196 Direct coupling of SPME with mass spectrometry to make a new analytical technique, fiber introduction mass spectrometry (FIMS); analysis of VOCs, SVOCs, and two herbicides using the new technique is discussed 197 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (NMR) Use of high performance liquid chromatography coupled with nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (HPLC-NMR) in environmental analysis as a method of identifying components of complex mixtures; references work using HPLC-NMR for the analysis of environmental contaminants 198 Study of two techniques used for the analysis of perfluorinated surfactants in water samples19F NMR and LC-MS-MS; techniques complimented each other for sample analysis and the methodology is applicable to other sample matrices 199 Use of NMR in hyphenated techniques with HPLC and MS with potential of separating complex mixtures of pharmaceuticals or drug metabolites 200 Pressurized Fluid Extraction (PFE), Pressurized Liquid Extraction (PLE), Accelerated Solvent Extraction (ASE) Overview of the accelerated solvent extraction (ASE) technique for the extraction of environmental pollutants from solid samples; presents basics of technique and comparison to other extraction techniques 201 One-step cleanup and extraction method for the analysis of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) using pressurized liquid extraction (PLE) 202 Study of efficiency of a pressurized liquid extraction (PLE) system for the isolation of organic pesticides and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) under varying pressure and temperature conditions 203 Pressurized liquid extraction of veterinary antibacterial agents from soil samples followed by SPE and LC-MS analysis 204 Solid-Phase Extraction (SPE) Reviews use of solid-phase extraction for separation and sensitive determination of metal ions (primarily in water samples); includes tables of on-line and off-line SPE applications with details on matrix, trace elements, experimental conditions and methods 205 Innovative development of molecularly imprinted polymers (MIPs) for use in solid-phase extraction (SPE) to selectively extract analytes from complicated matrices; addresses analytes of environmental interest 206 Comparison of extraction techniquessolid-phase extraction (SPE) and solid-phase microextraction (SPME)in the analysis for short-chain chlorinated paraffins (SCCPs) in tap and river water samples using GC coupled to negative chemical ionization mass spectrometry (GC-NCI-MS) 207

382

Sample clean-up and separation by sequential solid-phase extraction (SSPE) for analysis of polar pollutants in water samples; analyses of samples from wastewater treatment plants (WWTPs), rivers, and streams were performed using LC-ESI-MS 208 Comparison of SPE materials for the removal of polar compounds from spiked water samples; phenolic compounds and organochlorine pesticides were studied 209 Solid-Phase Microextraction (SPME) General overview of SPME technique 210 Comparison of the extraction efficiencies of five different SPME fiber coatings in the analysis of 52 pesticides and PCBs 211 Derivatization and SPME of organotin and organolead compounds in aqueous samples with analysis by gas chromatography atomic emission detection (GC-AED); derivatization is carried out in situ using sodium tetrapropylborate 212 Rapid procedure for determining butyltin species in sediments by SPME; analysis was performed on a certified reference material (CRM-462) and coastal sediment samples 213 Direct headspace SPME method for the determination of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) in atmospheric particulate matter; results showed potential for using method as a screening tool 214 Simple and fast procedure for the analysis of aldehydes in water using SPME technique with on-fiber derivatization; quality of results were evaluated using spiked bidistilled water, chlorinated tap water, and well water 215 Determination of tributyltin (TBT) in water and sediment by automated in-tube SPME and HPLC coupled to a quadropole mass spectrometer with electrospray ionization 216 Use of SPME and GC-MS to characterize odorant emissions from a landfill; demonstrated use as an on-site analysis tool 217 Comparison of SPME with stir bar sorptive extraction (SBSE) in the extraction of semivolatile compounds (polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, organochlorines) in water; postextraction analysis was performed using GC-MS 218 Analysis for BTEX in water samples using headspace solid-phase microextraction (HSSPME) with GC-FID 219 X-ray Spectrometry (XRS) Review of developments and improvements in X-ray spectrometry published during 2002 and 2003 220 Annual review of X-ray fluorescence (XRF); developments during 2002 and 2003 in instrumentation and detectors, trends in analysis, and a range of applications including environmental 221 Annual review of developments in instrumentation and applications of X-ray fluorescence including environmental applications 222 Annual review; developments during 2000 and 2001 in X-ray fluorescence; contents include instrumentation and detectors, optics, portable and mobile XRF, and applications of XRF 223

383

Biennial review of developments in XRS and related fields (from late 1999 to the end of 2001); topics include those of detection, instrumentation and optics, and several applications 224 On-line preconcentration flow system for the simultaneous determination of Co, Cu, Mn, Ni, Pb and Zn by total reflection X-ray fluorescence (TXRF) spectrometry; improvements in detection limits; system was applied to river water samples 225

SPECIAL TOPIC ENDOCRINE DISRUPTING COMPOUNDS (EDCS) Although not a consideration for the environmental crime field at this time, concern over endocrine disrupting compounds (EDCsalso known as endocrine disrupting chemicals) in the environment has been increasing. Endocrine disruptors have been defined as exogenous agents that interfere with the production, release, transport, metabolism, binding, action, or elimination of the natural hormones in the body responsible for the maintenance of homeostasis and the regulation of developmental processes. 226 Research to identify compounds that may interfere with hormonally-controlled body systems has been increasing for both governmental and private research entities. Currently, the USEPA is developing methods for the screening and testing of thousands of contaminants with the potential to disrupt the endocrine system. 227 USEPA, as tasked by the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), developed the Endocrine Disruptor Screening Program (EDSP) to screen pesticide chemicals and environmental contaminants for their potential to affect the endocrine systems of humans and wildlife. 228 When complete, the EDSP will provide validated methods for screening drinking water sources for EDCs. Several other countries have taken steps to define the EDC problem and pursue solutions. The United Kingdom Environment Agency has presented a position on phamaceuticals in watercourses (prioritizing some of these pharmaceuticals for monitoring) and a strategy paper on EDCs in the environment. 229, 230 Environment Canada also has a national strategy regarding endocrine disruptors in the environment. 231 The Australian Government Department of the Environment and Heritage has made available an EDC information paper wherein parties agreed on the need to investigate, in depth, the human, environmental and ecotoxicological aspects of endocrine disrupting substances. 232 Deustche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG) has established research training group 546 for the elimination of endocrine-disrupting substances from waste water. 233 The Japan Environment Agency has summarized on-line the plans for investigations, research, testing, and method development for SPEED 98Strategic Programs on Environmental Endocrine Disruptors 98. 234 The Danish Environmental Protection Agency has provided on-line an Evaluation of Analytical Chemical Methods for the

384

Detection of Estrogens in the Environment. This document provides environmental and chemical properties of estrogens, analytical methods and applications to estrogens, and recommendations. The document also contains active links to tables and numerous references. 235 METHODS FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF ENDOCRINE DISRUPTORS Pharmaceutically Active Compounds (antibiotics, anti-inflammatories, antibacterial agents, etc.) Investigates the presence of sulfadimidine (sulfamethazine), an antibiotic used for animals, in liquid manure and soil samples; surface water samples from river banks were extracted and analyzed by LCMS/MS for more than 20 antibiotics used in both animal and human therapy 236 Review of pharmaceutical antibiotic compounds in soils with an extensive section on fate studies 237 Analysis for the nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) ibuprofen and 2-(4chlorophenoxy)-2-methylpropionic acid in wastewater; method used reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography (RPHPLC) combined with a simple, fast, and inexpensive two-step liquid-liquid-liquid microextraction (LLLME) 238 Analysis for NSAIDs in water samples using solid phase microextraction (SPME), on-fiber silylation (derivatization), and GC/MS determination; the SPME method was compared to the use of solid phase extraction (SPE) for analysis of ibuprofen and naproxen in the influent and effluent from a sewage water treatment plant 239 Method for the determination of the fluoroquinolines ciprofloxacin and norfloxacin (antibacterial agents) in sewage sludge and sludge-treated soil samples; samples were extracted using accelerated solvent extraction (ASE); extracts were cleaned using SPE and analyzed by liquid chromatography fluorescence detection (LC-FLD) 240 Extracts from sewage treatment plant wastewater and from surface water were analyzed for carbamazepine (a drug used in the treatment of epilepsy, schizophrenia, bipolar disorders and more) and five metabolites of carbamazepine using electrospray LC-MS/MS with selected reaction monitoring 241 Determination of clofibric acid using acid and base/neutral liquid-liquid extraction, derivatization with trimethylsilyldiazomethane (TMSD) and analysis by GC/MS 242 Analysis for polar pharmaceuticals by LC-MS without derivatization; samples of river sediment were spiked with standards and prepared by ultrasonicated solvent extraction and solid phase extraction (SPE) prior to analysis 243 Simultaneous determination of acidic and neutral pharmaceuticals in wastewater using high-performance liquid chromatography photochemically induced fluorimetry (HPLCPIF) providing a clean, fast and inexpensive on-line post-column photoderivatization procedure; SPE clean-up was used on the sewage water sample 244 Analysis for nine neutral pharmaceuticals in river water and wastewater samples (influent and effluent from municipal sewage treatment plants) by liquid chromatography electrospray tandem mass spectrometry (LCESMSMS) with SPE enrichment 245

385

Details six different analytical methods that (when totaled) allow for the analysis of nearly 80 pharmaceutical compounds and phenolic antiseptics 246 Brief report on proficiency test results for pharmaceuticals in river water and wastewater; both GC/MS and LC-MS/MS methods were used by participants for the analyses 247 Pharmaceutical and Personal Care Products (PPCPs) Study of the removal of selected pharmaceutical and personal care products (PPCPs) through wastewater treatment processes; includes results from analyses of sewage treatment works influent and effluent samples and the methodology used in analyzing for five different groups of PPCPs 248 Method for detection of PPCPs that have a structure conducive to fluorescence using capillary zone electrophoresis - laser induced fluorescence (CE-LIF); the determination of salicylic acid in sewage effluent is presented 249 Review of investigations of musk residues in sewage, sewage sludge, surface water, aquatic sediment, and biota 250 Steroid Hormones Analysis for steroid hormones (gestagens, androgens, and estrogens) in drinking water and groundwater; samples were extracted (SPE) and derivatized prior to GC/MS analysis in selected ion monitoring (SIM) mode 251 Quantitation of estrogens in groundwater samples and swine lagoon samples; extracts were derivatized with pentafluorobenzyl bromide (PFBBR) and N-trimethyl-silylimidazole (TMSI) then analyzed using negative ion chemical ionization (NICI) gas chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (GC-MS-MS) 252 Analysis for estrogens in surface water and wastewater treatment plant samples; samples were extracted using SPE, derivatized using PFPA (pentafluoropropionic acid anhydride), and analyzed by GC/MS 253 SPE-GC-MS method for the analysis of steroids and phenolic compounds in water samples; changes in the method parameters were made to test the effects on the recovery of the endocrine disrupting compounds (EDCs); parameters included different types of SPE cartridges, elution solvent, salt concentration, pH, and humic acid concentration 254 Analysis of sewage treatment plant influent, effluent and river water for selected estrogens, phytoestrogens, mycoestrogens and alkylphenols by LC-MS-MS; optimization of instrument conditions for the EDC groups is detailed including results from electrospray ionization (ESI) and atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI) modes, negative ion (NI) and positive ion (PI) modes, and mobile phase compositions 255 Determination of chlorinated and brominated derivatives of alkylphenol ethoxylate (APEO) surfactants (industrial cleaning agents that mimic endogenous hormones) in sludges, waters and sediments; extracts from samples were analyzed using reversed phase LC/MS with a comparison of APCI and ESI interfaces 256 Analysis for steroid hormones in wastewater treatment plant (WWTP) effluent using liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS-MS); samples were extracted by SPE and cleaned with a liquid-liquid separation followed by a Florisil cartridge 257

386

Presents several methodologies for separation and analysis of steroid estrogens in sludge, sediment, sewage effluent and surface water; details on the methods are summarized in a flowchart and table; biological methods for determining the endocrine-disrupting activity of a chemical are also discussed 258 General EDC Analytical Methods Analysis of samples from 139 streams for pharmaceuticals, hormones, and other organic wastewater contaminants using targeted methods and selected ion monitoring (SIM) for improved sensitivity 259 Use of a liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) method for analysis of pharmaceuticals, steroids, and personal care products; method used one solidphase extraction (SPE) procedure and ESI (in positive and negative modes) and APCI (in positive mode) 260 Comparison of separatory funnel liquid-liquid extraction to on-line continuous liquidliquid extraction in the analysis of several EDCs in water samples; data was collected in both total ion chromatogram (TIC) mode and selective ion monitoring (SIM) mode of GC/MS 261 Evaluation of matrix effects on 35 endocrine disrupting chemicals for the analysis of environmental water samples by LC-ESI-MS/MS; efficient sample clean-up and the use of internal standards showed reduced matrix effects regardless of the type of environmental water sample (surface water, rain water, groundwater, channel water, wastewater treatment plant effluents and industrial effluents) 262

387

Appendix A MAJOR ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (USEPA) Environmental Law Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA) Summary Set safety and quality requirements for food, cosmetics, drugs and therapeutic devices. Allows EPA to establish safe tolerance levels for pesticide chemical residues present in raw or processed foods. 263 Provided federal control of pesticide distribution, sale, and use. EPA was given authority to study the results of pesticide use and to require users to register when purchasing pesticides. 264,265 Established the basic structure for regulating discharges of pollutants into the waters of the United States and set water quality standards for all contaminants in surface waters. Gave EPA the authority to implement pollution control programs. 266, 267 The comprehensive federal law that regulates air emissions from area, stationary, and mobile sources. EPA was authorized to establish National Ambient Air Quality Standards to protect public health and the environment. 268, 269 Early environmental law that established a broad national framework for protecting our environment by requiring that all branches of government consider the environmental impact prior to undertaking any major federal action that might significantly affect the environment. Environmental Assessments and Environmental Impact Statements are required when airports, buildings, military complexes, highways, park land purchases, and other federal activities are proposed. Established to protect the quality of drinking water and focused on all waters actually or potentially designed for drinking use (above ground or underground sources). 272 Gave EPA the ability to track the 75,000 industrial chemicals currently produced or imported into the United States. EPA repeatedly screens these chemicals, can

Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) Federal Water Pollution Control Act a.k.a. Clean Water Act (CWA)

Clean Air Act (CAA)

National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)

270, 271

Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)

388

Environmental Law

Summary require reporting or testing of potentially hazardous chemicals and can ban the manufacture and import of chemicals that pose an unreasonable risk. Mechanisms also exist to track newly developed chemicals with unknown or dangerous characteristics. 273-275 RCRA (pronounced "RICK-rah") gave EPA the authority to control hazardous waste from the "cradle-to-grave" and included the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, and disposal of hazardous waste. The tracking of hazardous waste through this act only involves active and future facilities. A framework for the management of non-hazardous wastes was also established with this act. 276, 277 CERCLA (pronounced SIR-cla) created a tax on chemical and petroleum industries and provided broad Federal authority to respond directly to releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances to the environment. The tax went to a trust fund, the Superfund, for paying the costs of cleaning up abandoned or uncontrolled hazardous waste sites as well as accidents, spills and emergency releases of pollutants. Through CERCLA, EPA was authorized to identify parties responsible for any type of release and enjoin their participation in the cleanup or recover costs involved in the cleanup. 278-280 Amended CERCLA to increase State involvement, increase the size of the trust fund, increase focus on human health problems and revise the Hazard Ranking System to accurately assess the relative degree of risk to human health and the environment from uncontrolled hazardous waste sites. 280-282 As part of SARA, EPCRA was enacted to help local communities protect public health, safety, and the environment from chemical hazards. Each state was required to appoint a State Emergency Response Commission, divide the states into Emergency Planning Districts and name a Local Emergency Planning Committee for each district. 283, 284 Focused industry, government, and public attention on reducing pollution through cost-effective changes in

Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)

Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA or Superfund)

Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA)

Emergency Planning and Community RightTo-Know Act (EPCRA)

Pollution Prevention Act (PPA)

389

Environmental Law

Summary production, operation, and raw materials use. Efforts to reduce pollution prior to the need for treatment or disposal are referred to as source reduction. Pollution prevention also includes conservation and practices that increase efficiency in the use of energy, water, or other natural resources. 285, 286 Required oil storage facilities and vessels to submit plans detailing how they will respond to large discharges, established a tax on oil to finance a trust fund for spill cleanup costs, and required the development of contingency plans for oil spill response. EPA published regulations dealing with above ground oil storage facilities. 287, 288 Provided a program for the conservation of threatened and endangered plants and animals and their habitats. EPA approval to register a pesticide is based in part on the risk of adverse effects on endangered species and habitats. Under FIFRA, EPA can issue emergency suspensions of certain pesticides (cancel or restrict the use) if an endangered species will be adversely affected.

Oil Pollution Act (OPA)

Endangered Species Act (ESA)

289, 290

390

Appendix B USGS NATIONAL WATER QUALITY LABORATORY METHODS OF ANALYSIS Water-Resources Investigations Report Number 2003-4293 Title (WRI) Determination of Organochlorine Pesticides and Polychlorinated Biphenyls in Bottom and Suspended Sediment by Gas Chromatography with ElectronCapture Detection 291 Evaluation of Alkaline Persulfate Digestion as an Alternative to Kjeldahl Digestion for Determination of Total and Dissolved Nitrogen and Phosphorus in Water 292 Determination of Organophosphate Pesticides in Whole Water by Continuous Liquid-Liquid Extraction and Capillary-Column Gas Chromatography with Flame Photometric Detection
293

2003-4174

2003-4139

2003-4079

Determination of Gasoline Oxygenates, Selected Degradates, and BTEX in Water by Heated Purge and Trap/Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry
294

2002-4222

Determination of Organophosphate Pesticides in Bottom Sediment by Gas Chromatography with Flame Photometric Detection 295 Arsenic Speciation in Natural-Water Samples Using Laboratory and Field Methods 296 Determination of Organophosphate Pesticides in Filtered Water by Gas Chromatography with Flame Photometric Detection 297 Determination of Wastewater Compounds by Polystyrene-Divinylbenzene Solid-Phase Extraction and Capillary-Column Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry 298 Determination of Pesticides in Water by Graphitized

2002-4144 2002-4071

2001-4186

2001-4134

391

Water-Resources Investigations Report Number

Title (WRI) Carbon-Based Solid-Phase Extraction and HighPerformance Liquid Chromatography/Mass 299 Spectrometry

2001-4132

Determination of Organic Plus Inorganic Mercury in Filtered and Unfiltered Natural Water with Cold VaporAtomic Fluorescence Spectrometry 300 Determination of Moderate-Use Pesticides and Selected Degradates in Water by C-18 Solid-Phase Extraction and Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry 301

2001-4098

Methods can be purchased from the USGS through the Publications Warehouse on the USGS website. 302

392

MEDIA EVIDENCE

393

QUESTIONED DOCUMENTS

A Review: 2001 to 2004

Nils Angstrom Statens kriminaltekniska laboratorium/Swedish National Laboratory of Forensic Science Dokumentenheten/Document Department SE-581 94 Linkoping Sweden Phone: +46 13 241440 Fax +46 13 241822 dok@skl.police.se

394

INTRODUCTION: This review is about what has been published in different journals and proceedings during 2001-2003 in the field of document examinations. The review is based upon 1. articles published in some major forensic science journals and on a number of papers presented at different meetings regarding handwriting and document examinations. a questionnaire sent out by e-mail to laboratories active within the ENFSI subgroup EDEWG. The same questionnaire has also been distributed through INTERPOL to the member countries. See annex.

2.

The frequency of response to the questionnaire has been quite low. Answers came above all from European laboratories. Therefore the review is based mainly upon what has been found in the journals and in proceedings from different meetings. The following INTERPOL Member States provided information via the questionnaire: Colombia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Georgia, Hungary, Israel, Japan, Latvia, Lithuania, Mexico, the Netherlands, Norway, Northern Ireland, Poland, Scotland, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland (various services) and Turkey. Sources of references As noted by Dr Pfefferli in the previous review there are not many forensic science journals of today which regularly publish articles on questioned document examinations. The regular printed sources today seems only to be two: Journal of the American Society of Questioned Document Examiners (in English), and Mannheimer Hefte fr Schriftvergleichung (in German). Both publications cover handwriting as well as questioned documents. In Journal of Forensic Science, Science & Justice and Forensic Science International occasional articles are published. The University of Wrocaw publishes a series called DOCUMENT Various Specifications where some articles on questioned document examinations can be found. Document examiners interested in security printing and related topics can find much information in e.g. Intergraphs journal Infosecura and in Keesings new magazine Journal of Documents.

395

Otherwise the main sources regarding questioned document examinations are reports presented at different meetings such as The Annual ASQDE Meeting (American Society of Questioned Document Examiners) The Biennial GFS Conference (Gesellschaft fr Shriftvergleichung) The Triennial EAFS Conference (European Academy of Forensic Science) The Biennial Conferences organised by the University of Wrocaw The Triennial IAFS Conference (International Association of Forensic Science) The Annual EDEWG meetings (European Document Experts Working Group) Of great interest for document examiners are the Interpol conferences every 5th year on Currency Counterfeiting and Fraudulent Travel Documents and the IFC (International Fraud Conference). Also conferences organised by various organisations of the security printing industry are of interest to the document examiner. One example is the conferences organised by Intergraf every 18th month. Document examinations The review shows that the ongoing research and development within the field of document examinations is done more or less individually and not on internationally organised bases. Organisations like ASQDE and the different working groups of ENFSI could form such a basis and be able to co-ordinate efforts in research in topics such as classifying modern printers, age determination of ball point pen inks, the sequence of crossing lines etc. Areas where no definite techniques have been established yet. In the following individually performed studies are discussed. The categories listed below are considered: Improvement in technical equipment Ink analysis Documents produced by office machines Determining the sequence of crossing lines Security printing and security documents

Improvement in technical equipment dedicated to document examination The findings in a document examination are very much dependent upon advanced equipment mainly from the optics industry since most of the examinations have to be non-destructive. The following paragraphs are based on company brochures and on information found on different web-sites. Video spectral comparators During the years 2001-2003 the different producers of equipment for optical examinations have introduced more and more advanced models partly due to the sharp competition between the makers, partly because of the introduction of new types of

396

security features in security documents. To be mentioned is the introduction of so called anti-stoke inks and inks fluorescing under middle range UV light (313nm). The three main producers of video spectral comparators are Foster & Freeman in UK, Projectina and CES in Switzerland. There are of course other brands but not so well known. All three have computerised their different optical instrumentation in order to facilitate examinations and to extend the examining possibilities. This means they are moving from analogue to digital imaging with increased resolution and that the soft wares offered are dedicated to document examinations. It also means that it is possible for certain of the more advanced models to automate routine examinations. The software is a mixture of image processing and database handling programmes. Of course it is also possible to run commercial standard programmes like Photoshop. The prices are in the range of up to about 100000 Euro which means that small laboratories and organisations with limited resources will have difficulty in affording this kind of expensive equipment. Drexler and Smith (25) propose a simple piece of equipment with an affordable price. The equipment is based upon a standard home camcorder as sensor and a slide projector as light source together with some appropriate optical filters. This simple arrangement can execute some of the tasks performed by much more expensive equipment. Microscopes In general stereo microscopes are gradually optically improved with reduced distortion, enhanced viewing due to improved lens coatings, longer zoom ranges etc. Relatively new on the market is the Leica MZ FL III stereo microscope for imaging visible UVfluorescence. The microscope has third beam path for the exitation light which becomes coaxial through the zoom optics. With this construction the viewing is undisturbed by the excitation light. Electrostatic development Electrostatical development of indented writing still is an important technique for the document examiner both for screening and closer inspection of indented writing. The ESDA from Foster & Freeman has been upgraded and now accepts A3 format and is now called ESDA. The traditional methods of applying the toner can still be used. As a compliment F&F has introduced a small pad containing the toner which is wiped over the plastic surface giving cleaner operation of the equipment. Ink analysis Compositional analyses Ink analysis can be performed chemically or optically. Many articles deal with chemical methods which are destructive. With the introduction of Raman spectroscopy the number of articles on optical analysis have increased. Non-destructive techniques are preferable.

397

Hand written documents are often stored under different light conditions which will affect the ballpoint pen ink. Andrasko (3) describes a method for comparing ink entries on documents stored under different light conditions. The inks were analysed with high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and it was demonstrated that significant compositional changes in the inks occurred on exposure to light. Andrasko (4) also demonstrated with HPLC similar compositional changes for inks stored in darkness. With an imaging system consisting of liquid crystal tunable filters and a forensic light source Ibrahim (45) could differentiate seven inks that could not be discriminated easily and effectively using conventional spectral imaging means. Chemical analysis afterwards corroborated the result. Grim et al (38) shows that the composition of an ink can be determined at molecular level by fast atom bombardment and laser desorption mass spectrometry (LDMS). The results also indicated that LDMS can be used to determine the relative age of ink. Some years ago Foster & Freeman introduced Raman spectroscopy to document examiners. It is an in-situ non-destructive technique for ink comparison. Background fluorescence is posing a problem because it can obliterate the weak scattered light signals from a sample. White (122) reports that the use of poly(L-lysine) and a colloid enhances (SERRS) the spectra and is virtually non-destructive. Fabiaska (31) has studied the influence of the paper when examining ballpoint pen inks with Raman spectroscopy. Raman spectroscopy is particularly valuable in examinations of antiquities where it is an absolute demand that the examination is non-destructive. Chaplin et al (19) have examined Hawaiian Missionary Stamps kept at the British Library and compared them with stamps reproduced in 1985. They conclude that Raman spectrometry is useful for discriminating between authentic material and contemporary forgeries and reproductions. Martin and Lyter (71) have tested microspectrometry in examining 8 black gel inks over the full spectral range and also 2 blue gel inks. The results of these examinations indicate the ability to differentiate, to varying degrees, the black gel inks, and consistency exists between those inks of common manufacture (blue and black). Jones and Wolstenholme (51) conclude that the introduction of gel inks which are not extractable, precludes the use of TLC and dispersive IR. Instead infrared attenuated total reflectance (IR-ATR), Raman and surface enhanced resonance Raman spectroscopy (SERRS) were used to examine a number of black and blue ballpoint pen inks and gel pen inks. The spectra obtained by IR-ATR, Raman and SERRS show that each technique provides a viable method of differentiation by non-destructive means. Dating of inks

398

In forensic examinations of documents the legitimacy of the age of an ink entry is often an essential problem. In a paper Lindblom (63) discusses the problems of the relative dating of inks and gives consideration for example to inconsistent application of testing techniques and the inappropriate use of methodology. He presents several cases where for instance the result is contradicted by factual information. Weyermann et al (120) have used Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption Ionisation (MALDI) and Laser Desorption Ionisation (LDI)-MS) to study the ageing process of ballpoint pen inks of various types. The ageing experiments show a strong correlation of dye degradation to the duration of light exposure, which is not observed for exposure to heat. For natural ageing, differences are observed depending on paper location, seasons and days due to the fact of different light influences. Ink solvents vaporized rapidly at room temperature and cant be detected anymore after a relative short time. The authors conclude that the state of the art of dye and solvent analysis allows to determine the approximate age of an ink entry, if both the exact storage and the initial composition of the ink are known and if the ageing process is still going on. Lociciro et al (65) have studied the ageing dynamic of some inks with the aim of knowing if it is truly possible or not to date them. They end up with opposite conclusion compared to Weyermann et al. The selected approach measures the disappearance of the volatile component (phenoxyethanol) as a function of time. Ink degradation is a result of a complex superposition of various processes. The natural ageing of paper has its importance as well as the ink composition and its capacity to produce chemical reactions with the vehicle. The chemical reactions are strongly influenced by the environment and the conditions of conservation which most often are not known. The results obtained according to the definite protocol are such, according to the group, that it is impossible for us to date ballpoint pen inks in view of its application in documents casework. Contrary to Lociciro et al Andrasko (5) considers it possible to use the content of phenoxyethanol as an indicator of the age of an ink but one must be aware of storage conditions, contamination from fresh ink and so forth. The debate and the research regarding the possibilities to accurately date ballpoint pen ink entries will surely continue and new ideas will be tested. To this author ink dating should be avoided in routine case work. In the field of document examination it has been assumed that ink does not age whilst inside a pen cartridge. A study by Grim et al (40) shows that this assumption may not be entirely true Documents produced by office machines Dr Pfefferli in the review for 13th Symposium stated that the proliferating market of modern business technology such as copiers, fax machines and printers reduces a

399

systematic approach.. This statement still holds and one can even say that it is more appropriate today than three years ago. However, a number of projects are reported in different fields. The different fields listed by Dr Pfefferli are with some exceptions still valid and some deserves to be repeated here: Detection of laser printer and ink-jet printer defects for printer identification Evidential value from ink-jet printers and inks Identifying photocopying toners using different analysis techniques Classification of ink-jet printers and ink Classification of and identification of laser printers and copiers Examination of faxed documents Classification of full colour copiers Counterfeit Protection System codes of laser colour copiers Dot patterns of colour ink-jet printers

Szymanski (107) reports that the Haas Typewriter Atlas and Bouffards Typewriter Classification program now are available on CD. Lindblom et al (64) reports in a study that considerable changes in size were observed between originals and faxed copies, between separate pages of multi page facsimile transmissions and within individual faxed documents. Document examiners should be aware of these facts when inspecting faxed documents. But it must be remembered that certain fax machines have a function which automatically reduces the size of the transmitted document. This function can be turned off. In a case report by Parker (91) regarding anonymous letters it is described how it was possible to attribute print flaws in the letters to a certain inkjet printer which had a mechanical fault which caused smearing of the ink. Gramatyka and Brodziak (37) describes the sources of individual identification features of different types of printers connected to computers. In a set of three articles Merrill and colleagues (76,29,28) at the FBI Counterterrorism and Forensic Science Research Unit in Quantico reports about the building up of an infrared spectral library of toners for printers and copiers. The library contains 807 toner samples and can be used for screening purposes. As a test 20 photocopied documents, each of which was paired to a test document, were compared in order to determine whether the pair could have been produced by the same copier or not. The results obtained were 100% correct. Tests on 30 samples using the spectral library generated 90% first hits for the correct group. Different statistical tests were performed on the material. According to Chopra and Sehgal (22) energy dispersive X-ray (EDXA) analysis has proved to offer a high degree of discrimination. Together with FTIR EDXA can be 400

recommended as a means of providing reliable identification of inorganic elements and polymers in toners. Lyter (66) also works with X-rays but with the purpose to determine the age. He uses X-ray photoelectron Spectroscopy for the characterization of toners. There is difference between carbon in graphite and carbon contained in polymeric materials. He reports some success and promises a more comprehensive study. Having studied more than 200 ink samples for ink-jet printers with micro-raman and UVvis spectrophotometry, Savioli et al (99) concludes that with two techniques it is possible to differentiate and identify printer models and ink cartridges. The study will be enlarged with the aim of building a database of ink-jet inks. Determining the sequence of crossed lines Determining the sequence between entries on a document is often crucial to an investigation and much effort has been put in to do so and to find methods which are reliable and simple to use. Setz et al (102) have found that it is possible to determine the sequence between electrostatically produced lines and lines from ballpoint pen inks even when there are no line crossings. They assume the fact that laser printers to a greater or lesser extent scatter toner particles all over the substrate. In some instances toner particles are found in the ink lines and with bright field microscopy it was possible to determine if a toner particle was on top of the ink line or if it was beneath it. Aginsky (2) reports about a case where it was possible to determine the sequence between laser print and ballpoint pen script in a document using the technique outlined by Setz et al. Although not a standard instrument for document examiners Kasas et al (54) have in a study investigated the feasibility of using a particular type of scanning probe microscope, the atomic force microscope (AFM) to examine line crossings. The results indicate that AFM images provide the same qualitative information as scanning electron microscopy (SEM). Light microscopy and SEM are common techniques to determine the sequence of crossing lines. Berx (10) and together with De Kinder (11) shows that measuring the topographpy of the surface with a laser profilometer can provide additional information about the sequence and that laser profilometry seems to be a promising technique. MicroRaman spectroscopy is reported by Savioli et al (100) as a new tool for the examination of crossing lines. In this aspect this adds one more tool to the document examiners toolbox. The Giles (35) confirms the findings concerning the use of Raman spectroscopy. Security printing and security documents Document laboratories involved in security printing and security documents do not find much of interest in the forensic science journals or in the few journals specialising in

401

publishing articles on document examination. To be able to follow what is going on regarding security documents there has not until recently been much published. However last year a new journal, Journal of Documents, from the Dutch publishing house Keesing was introduced. The journal deals with all aspects of document security, presents trends and novelties regarding document security. Often articles in Journal of Documents present new types of security features, new documents, new production techniques etc. For instance reports van Renesse (93) in No 2, 2003, on laser technology to protect passport photographs. Schell (101) reports about security foils on banknotes, passports, visas etc and discusses the bonding between foil and paper and how the foil is applied to paper. In one of the forensic journals Ware (117) discusses a new thermochromic ink and its use as an easy controllable security feature on for instance checks. Another source is Infosecura published by the security printerss organisation Intergraf. In How Secure are Modern Passport Personalisation Techniques? in Infosecura Angstrom and Mattsson (6) discusses the relatively recent use of techniques for passport issuance which is easily simulated by forgers. There is a trend in the industry and among passport authorities to use laser and ink-jet printer technology for the personalization of passports. Although protected by different types of transparent foils it does not prevent the forger to use the same printing technique using simple office equipment. The result of the forgery will be as good as the genuine result. The production of security documents is not completely homogenous. There will always be small variations within an edition and between editions of a certain document whether it is a banknote, a passport or some other printed matter. There is grey zone which the document examiner must be aware of when authenticating a document. Ross (95) reminds us that this grey area includes quality-control issues in the production and that it is important to understand and identify these issues when authenticating documents. Since much of what the security printing industry does is not apt for publication, it is necessary to take part in different conferences aimed at security printing. To be named are the conferences organised by Intergraf every 18th month and the Pyrabelisk conferences. When it comes to fraud of identity documents the International Fraud Conference is of interest like the great conference on counterfeited banknotes and fraudulent documents organised by Interpol every 5th year with intermediate smaller conferences on the same topics. What is said at those conferences are normally not published because of the confidential nature of the material. Miscellaneous Examinations using electrostatical development still attracts many writers. In a study devised by Kullman et al (58) it is reported that it is possible to discriminate between original impressions and traced impressions. Small misalignments occur in the traced impressions.

402

Barton and Walker (7) discusses the question how to differentiate secondary impressions from indentations in ESDA examinations. Although rare, document examiners should be aware of them. La Porte (60) discusses the possibilities to use the ESDA for identification of class characteristics of different printers and copiers. Electrostatic development of indented writing is not always successful. The reason for this can be for instance the wrong type of paper. A novel technique is presented by Koeijer (56). The method presented uses black gelatine lifter slabs that are normally used to lift fingerprints. ESDA films are often blurred and difficult to evaluate. With the use of the digital enhancement possibilities offered in computer programmes like Photoshop Sperry and Tolliver (104) performed a study which showed that legibility and decipherment of impressions developed on the ESDA films could be significantly improved in this way. Many document examiners work for long times with the ESDA and the equivalent machine from Projectina, both producing ozone. A study by Cameron (16) shows that under certain conditions the ozone levels can raise above what is permitted by health administrations. He also points out that it is relatively simple to reduce the exposure to ozone. With a view to polish legislation Zienkiewicz (125) discusses the question what can be considered a valid document under different regulations. Quality assurance and networking Very few questioned document laboratories, mainly European, report that they are part of accredited services along the guidelines set out in ISO 17025. Some laboratories are preparing their organisations in order to get accreditation. One problem will be to find assessors because the documentation is in the national language. Instead most laboratories work with internal quality assurance activities and regulations. There is a common agreement that quality management is important and that the importance is increasing. Quality management is time consuming and costs money but managed in the right way it is worth the expenses because it gives stability to the routines within the laboratory. One way of checking quality is to take part in different proficiency testing programmes commercially available like those from CTS (Collaborative Testing Service, USA). Many laboratories report that they subscribe to tests from CTS. Most members of EDEWG participate in proficiency tests constructed by group members and these tests cover all aspects of document examination and are monitored by the steering committee of EDEWG. EDEWG is also working on producing a best practice manual for document laboratories.

403

From the answers to the questionnaire one can conclude that most laboratories are members of one network or another, national or international. In Europe it is natural to be a member of the ENFSI subgroup EDEWG. In the US ASQDE is natural common forum. There are local networks like the Baltic Network of the Forensic Science Institutions. In Japan we find the Japanese Association of Science and Technology for Identification and on the southern hemisphere there is the Australian and New Zealand network. A look into the future Document examination is an ever changing subject where new fields of examination appears continuously due to changes in office equipment, writing instruments, new instruments for examination, new products and so forth. With introduction and proliferation of computers and related equipment it is today easy for virtually anyone to produce fake documents of very high quality. Gottesman et al (36) points out that with affordable computers, photocopiers, and digital cameras, as well as high quality scanners and printers, detecting forgeries and manipulations is no longer simple even for the fullytrained document examiner. For the foreseeable future one can also predict closer and closer co-operation between document examiners and computer specialists. It will be necessary for the document examiner to acquire deep knowledge of the software as well as the hardware in order to be able to draw the right conclusions regarding questioned documents. Some areas of investigation will disappear. One example is examinations of script from mechanical typewriters. Abbreviations: ABC Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry DVS Document Various Specification FSI Forensic Science International FSS Forensic Science Service Reports IS Infosecura JA Journal of the American Society of Questioned Document Examiners JD Journal of Documents JFS Journal of Forensic Science JIST Journal of Imaging Science and Technology LAW Law Enforcement Technology MH Mannheimer Hefte fr Shriftvergleichung PA59 Proceedings of American Society of Questioned Documents Examiners 59th Annual Conference PA60 Proceedings of American Society of Questioned Documents Examiners 60th Annual Conference PA61 Proceedings of American Society of Questioned Documents Examiners 61st Annual Conference PEAFS Proceedings of the 3rd European Academy of Forensic Science in FSI, Vol 136/SUPPL. 1, 2003 PGFS5 Proceedings of the 5th International Congress of Gesellschaft fr Schriftvergleichung (GFS)

404

SJ Z

Science & Justice Z-Zagadnien-Nauk-Sadowych

REFERENCES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. Aginsky, Valery, Current methods for Dating Ink on Documents. PA60 Aginsky, Valery N, Determining the Sequence of Non-intersecting Media on Documents: Ballpoint Pen Ink and Laser Toner Entries. JA, Vol 5, No 1, 2002 Andrasko, Jan, HPLC Analysis of Ballpoint Pen Inks Stored at Different Light Conditions. JFS, Vol 46, No 1, 2001 Andrasko, Jan, Changes in Composition of Ballpoint Pen Inks on Ageing in Darkness. JFS, Vol 47, No 2, 2002 Andrasko, Jan, A Simple Method for Distinguishing between Fresh and Old Ballpoint Pen Inks. PEAFS Angstrom, Nils; Mattsson, Maria, How secure are modern Passport Personalisation Techniques? IS, No 17, 2003 Barton, Andrew J; Walker, John D S, Secondary Impressions. JA, Vol 4, No 1, 2002 Beal, Bonnie L, Effects of Water Temperature vs. Time in Humidifying Documents for Electrostatic detection. JA, Vol 5, No 2, 2002 Beal, Bonnie L, A Commentary on the Printing Process identification and Image Analysis for FDEs workshop (RIT 6/02). PA60 Berx, Veerle, The Application of 3D-Profilometry in the Analysis of the Crossing Lines PROBLEM Within Document Examination. PA60 Berx, Veerle; De Kinder, Jan, Line Crossings and Laser Profilometry: Theres More Than On Way to Skin a Cat. PEAFS Breuer, Franz-Josef, Vergleichstest von Gerten zur Elektrostatischen oberflchenprfung Docustat DS-200./.ESDA. MH No 3, 2001 Brongers, Douwe, The New Swiss Passport. JD, No 1, 2003 Brown, S; Klein, A; Chaikovsky, A, Deciphering Indented Impressions on Plastic. JFS, Vol 48, No 4, 2003 Cali, Hasan Huseyin; Bilge, Yasar, Examination of Photocopied Documents for Criminal case Work. PEAFS Cameron, Mark, Evaluation of Ozone Exposure from Use of Electrostatic Detection Apparatus. JA, Vol 4, No 1, 2001 Carney, Brian B, Using Photoshop to Detect Document Alterations Through Interlineations. PA61 Chaikovsky, A et al, Color Separation of Signature and Stamp Inks to Facilitate Handwriting Examination. JFS, Vol 48, No 6, 2003 Chaplin, T D; Clark, R J H; Beech, D R, Comparison of genuine (1851-1852 AD) and Forged or Reproduction Hawaiian Missionary Stamps Using Raman Microscopy. Journal of Raman Spectroscopy, Vol 33, 2002 Cheah, Eddy, The New Malaysian Smart Passport. JD, No 1, 2003 Chi-Keung, L; Wai-hung, C; Yau-Sang, C; Sze-Chung, L, The Differentiation of Colour Laser Printers. PA59

405

22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28.

29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43.

Chopra, Goldie; Sehgal, V N, Applications of Energy Dispersive X-Ray Microanalysis to Toner Materials from Photocopiers. PA60 Day, Stephen P; Shufflebottom, L, Evidential Value from Ink-jet Printers. PA59 Deringas, Audrys, Line Profile Measurement as Supplemental Tool in QD examination. PEAFS Drexler, Steven G, Another Visualization Fluid for the Decipherment of Correction Fluid Obliteration. PA61 Drexler, Steven G; Smith, Geoffry, Ink Differentiation for the Fiscally Challenged. JA, Vol 5, No 1, 2002 Dumitrescu, Cristian, Line crossings between Non Absorbed Ink. PEAFS Egan, W J; Galipo, R C; Kochanowski, B K; Morgan, S L; Bartick, E G; Miller, M L; Ward, D C; Mothershead, R F, Forensic Discrimination of Photocopy and Printer Toners. III. Multivariate Statistics Applied to Scanning Electron Microscopy and Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry. ABC, Vol 376, 2003 Egan, W J; Morgan, S L; Bartick, E G; Merrill, R A; Taylor, H J, Forensic Discrimination of Photocopy and Printer Toners. II. Discriminant Analysis Applied to Infrared Reflection-Absorption Spectroscopy. ABC, Vol 376, 2003 Fabian, Benedict D, Writing Instrument Inks. PA60 Fabiaska, Ewa, Analysis by Raman Spectroscopy of Ballpoint Pen Inks on Various Types of Paper. PEAFS Flynn, William J; Nicolaides, Kathleen Annunziata, A Critical Look at Laser Printer Line. PA60 Frensel, Peter, Die Identifizierung von Schreibmaschinen Anhand von Faxausdrucken. MH, No 2, 2003 Gaudreau, Marc, Approaches to Dynamic Ink Dating Methods. PA60 Giles, B Alexander; Giles, Audrey, The Use of Raman Spectroscopy in Sequencing of Crossed Lines. PEAFS Gottesman, Lorie L; Belcastro, Peter J; Kopp, Christopher J; Mokrzycki, Gregg M, Twenty-First Century Document Examinations. PA61 Gramatyka, Micha; Brodziak, Arkadiusz, Individual Identification of Computer Printers Catalogue of Features. DVS, No 3, 2002 Grim, D M; Siegel, J; Allison, J, Evaluation of Desorption/Ionisation Mass Spectrometric Methods in the Forensic Applications of the Analysis of Inks on Paper. JFS, Vol 46, No 6, 2001 Grim, D M; Siegel, J; Allison, J, Evaluation of Laser Desorption Mass Spectrometry and UV Accelerated Ageing of Dyes on Paper as Tools for the Evaluation of a Questioned Document. JFS, Vol 47, No 6, 2002 Grim, D M; Siegel, J; Allison, J, Does Ink Age Inside of a Pen Cartridge. JFS, Vol 47, No 6, 2002 Heerich, V, Untersuchung der Mikrostruktur von Toneragglomeraten zur Aufdeckung nachtrglicher Einfgungen in Laser drucken. PGFS5 Heuser, Hans Gerhard, The German Information System on False and Authentic Documents (In german: Informations Systems Urkunden (ISU)). PEAFS Holland, Neil, Wire Mark Analysis Using Fast Fourier Transform Processing Techniques in Paper Identification Cases. PA61

406

44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55.

56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68.

Horton, R A, Printing Defects on Three-Ring Notebook Paper. JA, Vol 4, No 1, 2001 Ibrahim, Samiah, Spectral v. Chemical Ink Differentiation. PA60 Jahns, Kristina, Geschichte und Chemie von Tinten. MH, No 3, 2001 Jasuja, O P; Kaur, S, Water Soaked Documents: A Study on Effect of Immersion. PEAFS Jasuja, O P; Singla, A K; Kaur, T, Thin Layer Chromatography Analysis of Inkjet Printer Inks. PGFS5 Jaufmann, N, Surface Enhanced Resonance Raman Scattering (SERRS) Spectroscopy. PGFS5 Javadov, F M; Meikov, A S; Gadijev, F G, Automatic Method of determination of Marking Crossing. PEAFS Jones, Allison E; Wolstenholme, Rosalind, Non-Destructive Spectroscopic Analysis of Ballpoint and gel Pen Inks. PEAFS Kanable, R, Identifying Fake Drivers Licenses. LAW, July 2002 Kartha, K P S; Rasool, S N, Examination of Forged Stamp Papers Using FT-IR Microscopy. PEAFS Kasas, S; Khanmy-Vital, A; Dietler, G, Examination of Line Crossings by Atomic Force Microscopy. FSI, Vol 119, No 3, 2001 Kher, A A; Green, E V; Mulholland, M I, Evaluation of Principal Components Analysis with High-Performance Liquid Chromatography and Photodiode Array Detection for the Forensic Differentiation of Ballpoint Pen Inks. JFS, Vol 46, No 4, 2001 Koeijer, Jan de, Gelatine Lifting: A Novel Technique for the Examination of Indented Writing. PA60 Koeijer, Jan de; Glas, Wendy, Is MICS 3D-Software Suitable for the Sequencing of Intersecting Lines. PEAFS Kullman, Robert D; Sinke, Michael; Speckin, Erich, Impression by Traced Forgery. JA, Vol 5, No 1, 2002 Kunicki, M, Differentiation Blue Ballpoint Pen Inks. Z, Vol 51, 2002 La Porte, Gerry, The Use of an Electrostatic Detection device (EDD) to Identify Class Characteristics on Documents Produced by Printers and Photocopiers. PA61 Lewis, Jane, Striation Patterns in New and Used Ball Point Pens. PA60 Licht, Gary, Seeing Ghosts and Reading Demons ESDA Effects in Light of Current Discussions. PA60 Lindblom, Brian, Practical Problems in the Relative Dating of Inks. PA60 Lindblom, Brian S; Purdy, Dan C; Lange, Karina, Enlargement and Reduction of Characteristics of Facsimile Transmission Copies. JA, Vol 6, No 1, 2003 Lociciro, Stphanie; Mazzella, William; Dujourdy, Laurence; Lock, Eric; Anglada, Frdric; Margot, Pierre, Dynamic of the Ageing of Ballpoint Pen Inks: Quantification of Phenoxyethanol by GC-MS. PEAFS Lyter, Albert H, Characterization of Photocopier Toner by X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy (XPS): How They Change with Age. PA60 Lyter, Albert H, Relative Aging of Ink The Science and the Courts. PA61 Mania, J; Bis, J; Koscielniak, P, An Evaluation of the Application of Capillary Electrophoresis to Forensic Examinations of Inks. Z, Vol 51, 2002

407

69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80. 81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86.

87. 88. 89. 90.

Mania, Joanna; Trzciska, Beata; Kunicki, Marcin; Kocielniak, Pawel, Comparison of the CE Method with FTIR and Raman Spectroscopy in the Field of Forensic Ink Analysis. PEAFS Martin, Paul, Inks and UV Visible Microspectrophotometric Analysis of Black Inks. PA60 Martin, Paul; Lyter, Albert H, Examination of Gel Pen Inks by Microspectrometry. PA61 Masson, Jan, ESDA Examinations: Factors Which Affect their Success. PA60 Mattsson, Maria, Non-Secure Personalization in Passports A New Trend. PEAFS Mazzella, Williams David, Write-On A Useful Tool for Courier Typestyle Identification. PA60 McClary, Carl, Security Features in the New Euro. PA60 Merrill, R A; Bartick, E G; Taylor, J H, Forensic Discrimination of Photocopy and Printer Toners. I. The Development of an Infrared Spectral Library. ABC, Vol 376, 2003 Mey, W; Kamp, D R, Laser Toner Fusion: An Imaging Process for Graphic Arts Applications. JIST, Vol 45, No 1, 2001 Mohammed, L A; Jenkinsson, G G, Association of Counterfeit Documents to a Printing Plate by Means of Halftone Dots. JA, Vol 5, No 1, 2002 Morin, Darlene; Van Le, Jason, Counterfeiting for Dummies. PA61 Moryan, D D, An Unusual Rubber Stamp Case. JFS, Vol 47, No 2, 2002 Neumann, Cedric; Margot, Pierre, The Interpretation of Writing Ink Comparison. PEAFS Ng, L K; Lafontaine, P; Brazeau, L, Ballpoint Pen Inks: Characterisation by Positive and Negative Ion-Electrospray Ionisation Mass Spectrometry for the Forensic Examination of Writing Inks. JFS, Vol 47, No 6, 2002 Ngan, Sze-Wing; McCormack, Graeme; Novotny, Michelle, The Uniqueness of Facsimile Documents Due to Changes in Character Pixilation. PA60 Novotny, Michelle; Westwood, Paul, The Uniqueness of Facsimile Documents Due to Changes in Character Pixilation. PA60 Ogren, Wayne; VP R&D; Love, Patrick, Development of Line Sequencing Technology using MICS Optical Density Data. PA60 Orienti, G; Aristei, A; Caligiore, G; Garofano, L, Italian Identity card. Analysis by ESDA Apparatus, and Image Processing of the Original Serial Number, Printed by Typographical Technology and removed by Mechanical Erasure. PEAFS Orienti, G; Aristei, A; Caligiore, G; Garofano, L, Dutch Questioned Document. An Alteration by Photo Substitution Imitation of Punched Serial Number by Handmade Cutting of the Letter. Non-Destructive Examination. PEAFS Owens, Maureen, Significant Applications of a Computer, Software Program and Printer Combination. PA60 Paduraru, Gabriel, Stamp Inks Analysed by thin Layer Chromatography. DVS, No 5, 2002 Paduraru, Gabriel, Passport Forgery. PEAFS

408

91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110. 111. 112. 113.

Parker, Joseph L, An Instance of Inkjet Printer Identification. JA, Vol 5, No 1, 2002 Peneze, Dzintra, The Old and New Latvian Passports. JD, No 2, 2003 Rennesse, Rudolf L van, The use of laser technology to protect passport photographs. JD, No 2, 2003 Riley, Thomas P, An Evaluation of Sampling methods for Microspectrometer Analysis of Document Evidence. PA60 Ross, John (Jim), Quality-Control Issues in the Production of Travel and Identity Documents: The Grey Area of Document Authentication. PA61 Rusek, Grzegorz; Ciela, Rafa, Use of Some Physical-optical Methods in Technical Examination of Documents. DVS, No 6, 2003 Rusek, Grzegorz; Ciela, Rafa, Examination of Documents by Physical and Chemical Methods (Analysis of the Case, Limits of Expert Opinion). DVS, No 3, 2002 Rusek, Grzegorz; Ciela, Rafa, Identification of Covering media with NonDamaging Methods a Case Study. DVS, No 4, 2002 Savioli, S; Bersani, D; Lottici, P Paolo; Gregori, A; Ciotola, G; Bosio, L; Centone, G; Garofano, L, Micro-Raman and Micro UV-Vis Spectroscopy Identification of Ink-Jet Printers. PEAFS Savioli, Sarah; Bersani, Danilo; Lottici, Pier Paolo, Examination of Line Crossings by Micro-Raman Spectroscopy. PEAFS Schell, Karel, The Delicate Bond between Paper and Foil. JD, No 3, 2003 Setz, M; Reinhard, M; Andermann, T, Sequence of Electro-Photographic Printing and Ballpoint Pen Writing. Z, Vol 47, 2001 Spence, L D; Francis, R B; Tinggi U, Comparison of the Elemental Composition of Office Paper: Evidence in a Homicide Case. JFS, Vol 47, No 3, 2002 Sperry, Grant R; Tolliver, Diane K, Applying Specific Digital Enhancement Techniques to ESDA-developed Impressions. JA, Vol 4, No 1, 2001 Stitt, Jacki; Phillips, Matthew; Brandi, Jim; Roux, Claude, The Examination of Line Crossings by Environmental Scanning Electron Microscopy and Atomic Force Microscopy. PEAFS Strach, Steven J; Westwood, Paul D, The Case of the Faked Faxes the Fashion House vs. the Private Investigator. PA60 Szymanski, Andrew T, The Haas Typewriter Atlas CD Collection. PA61 Toomet, Meelis, Toner Examination Using Environmental Scanning Electron Microscope (ESEM). PEAFS Toth, Agnes Szokene; Korodi, Peter; Lapat, Attila, Light and FT-IR microscopic Examination of Sections of Laminated Documents. PEAFS Trela-Frost, B; Dwyer, K T, Office Paper DeCopier. JFS, Vol 46, No 3, 2001 Trziska, Beata, Differentiation Among Black Toners originating from the Same Model of Copiers (Printers) or the Same Type of Cartridges. PEAFS Tuntas, Mmtaz; Hacizade, Fikret, Determination The Sequence Of Intersecting Lines Using Imaging Spectroscopy Technique. PEAFS Tweedy, J S, Class characteristics of Counterfeit Protection System Codes of Color Laser Copiers. JA, Vol 4, No 2, 2001

409

114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120. 121. 122. 123. 124. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 130. 131. 132.

Tweedy, Janis S, Update on Counterfeit Protection System Codes on Color Laser Copiers and Printers. PA61 Unknown, Sorrento: Dont forget the basics. IS, No 12, 2001 Wang, J; Luo, G; Sun, S; Wang, Z; Wang, Y, Systematic Analysis of Bulk Blue Ballpoint Pen Ink by FTIR Spectrometry. JFS, Vol 46, p1093-97 Ware, Charlotte W, A New Check Security Feature: Thermochromic Ink. JA, Vol 6, No 1, 2003 Welsch, F P, Experimentelle Untersuchungen bei Strichkreuzungen mit dem Perthometer. PGFS5 Wexler, S, Forensic Document Examination: More than Meets the Naked Eye. LAW, July 2002 Weyermann, Cline; Kirsch, Dieter; Andermann, Thomas; Spengler, Bernhard, Dating of Ink Entries MALDI/LDI_MS and GC-MS Analysis: Reality or Utopia? PEAFS White, P C, In Situ Surface Enhanced Resonance Raman Scattering (SERRS) Spectroscopy of Biro Inks Long Term Stability of Colloid Treated Samples. SJ, Vol 43, No 3, 2003 White, Peter, In-situ Analysis of Writing Inks by Surface Enhanced Resonance Raman (SERRS) Spectroscopy. PA60 White, Peter, Is It Possible to Determine The Age of An Ink. PA60 Zavattaro, Davide; Ferrari, Gianluca, Why Italian Identity Card is so Largely Forged? PEAFS Zienkiewicz, Dorota, A Document and A Xerox Copy as Evidence in Civil and Penal Proceedings. DVS, No 3, 2002 Balyo, Anne; Murie, Cyril; Pineaux, Bernard, Contribution of Spectroscopic Techniques to the Analysis of Permanence Properties of Ink-Jet Printed Materials. IS&Ts NIP19:2003 International Conference on Digital Printing Technologies Deringas, A, The QD examination using program Photoshop. International Conference Actual Problems of Forensic Speech, Audio and Video Analysis, Forensic Information Technologies, Vilnius, Sept 12-13, 2002 Deringas, A, Digital Evidence in QD Examination. 8th European Conference for Police and Government Experts and 2nd Conference of the European Document Experts Working Group (EDEWG), Bratislava, Sept 25-28, 2002 Volkovska, J, Examination of vehicle documents of some foreign countries. The First Baltic States Documents and Handwriting Experts Meeting, Sigulda, June 25-27, 2001 Craythorne, Brian, The Investigation of Manufacturing Marks on Newspapers. Fourth European Meeting for Shoeprint/Toolmark Examiners, Berlin, May 15, 2001 Burger, Tibor; Janula, Duan, Possibilities of Chemical Analysis and Distinguishing of Toners by X-ray Analysis and FTIR Spectroscopy. 2nd Conference of EDEWG, Bratislava 2002 Brown, S; Abulafia, A; Gabbay, R, The Israel Polices Experience with Official Documents of the Soviet Union: Driving Licenses, Birth certificates, Nursing Diplomas. JA, Vol 4, No 2, 2001

410

133. 134. 135. 136. 137. 138. 139. 140. 141. 142. 143. 144.

Jabconova; Adriana; Horvath, Ronald, Forensic expertise of the super dollar and genuine bank notes of the USD 100 note series 1996. 2nd Conference of EDEWG, Bratislava 2002 Ottiker, Thomas; Khanmy, Aita, Determination of non-pigmented ink line crossings by chemical transfer, Document in the Paperless Office, 2nd Conference of EDEWG, Bratislava 2002 Vauthier, Arnaud; Mazzella, Williams D, Is it possible to detect the reinsertion of a document into an ink-jet printer?, Document in the Paperless Office, 2nd Conference of EDEWG Mazzella, Williams D; Khanmy, Aita, A study to investigate the evidential value of blue Gel Pen inks in Europ, Document in the Paperless Office, 2nd Conference of EDEWG, Bratislava 2002 Meyer, Raphaela; Mazzella, Willams D, The Examination of Self Sealing Envelopes, Document in the Paperless Office, 2nd Conference of EDEWG, Bratislava 2002 Mazzella, Williams D; Khanmy, Aita, A Study to investigate the Evidential Value of Blue Gel Pen Inks. JFS, Vol 48, No 2, 2003 Neumann, C; Margot, P, The Identity of Source of Ink Samples in Forensic Science. Revue International de Criminologie et de Police Technique et Scientifique, Vol 2, 237-251 Neumann, C; Margot, P, Forensic Ink Analysis; a review of the techniques. Revue Internationale de Criminologie et de Police Technique et Scientifique, Vol 3, 341360 Fabianska, E; Trzcinska, B M, Differentiation of ballpoint and liquid inks a comparison of methods in use. Problems of Forensic Sciences, Vol 46, 2001 Fabianska, E; Kunicki, M, Raman spectroscopy as a new technique for determining the sequence of intersecting lines. Problems of Forensic Sciences, Vol 53, 2003 Feldmane, L, The Investigation of Stamp Impressions. 8th Conference for Police and Government Document Experts, Bratislava 2002 Seki, Yoko; Fukutake, Seiji; Ebina, Koji, Current Conditions of Counterfeit Currency in Japan. 10th International Conference on Currency Counterfeiting and 5th International Conference on Fraudulent Travel Documents, Amsterdam 2002

411

Digital Evidence A Review: 2001 to 2004

412

Prepared by: Anthony DiClemente, BS Chief, Digital Evidence Section Mary F. Horvath, MFS Digital Evidence Support Unit Mark M. Pollitt, MS Joint Council on Information Age Crime Federal Bureau of Investigation Quantico, Virginia, USA (703) 632-6450 adiclemente@fbi.gov

PART I - SUMMARY REPORT INTRODUCTION As defined by the Scientific Working Group on Digital Evidence (SWGDE) in 1998, "Digital Evidence is information of probative value that is either stored or transmitted in a binary form. " For the purposes of this report, we will identify four sub-disciplines: Computer Forensics, Digital Video, Digital Audio and Digital Images . Each of these sub-disciplines operates with slightly different processes and purposes, but share the digital nature of the types of evidence examined. Digital Evidence has been recognized and its status reported to this symposium since 1995. This report will address the current status of digital evidence as practiced in the forensic science community, how the disciple has evolved since our last report and some new 413

initiatives which have developed since the October, 2001 report. It is an understatement to suggest that much progress has been made in this arena. For the last three symposia we have reported on the infancy of digital evidence. Today, I believe we can announce its adolescence. CURRENT PRACTICE OF DIGITAL EVIDENCE Volume: The increasing use of digital technology in virtually every aspect of our daily lives is producing a concomitant increase in evidence stored or transmitted in digital form. It is difficult to measure the amount of digital forensic work that is being performed across agency, national and international boundaries due to the use of non-standard terms and definitions. As a result, empirical numbers are not available. However, to demonstrate the relative increase in volume, we offer the following table which summarizes the number of cases and the volume of digital evidence examined (by storage capacity) within the FBIs Computer Analysis Response Team (CART): In FY 2003 Regional Computer Forensic Laboratories (RCFLs) processed 82.3 TB of data. This data represents FBI CART, and RCFL examiners, operating in the United States and only conducting criminal and national security examinations of (generally) a single type of evidence: computers. But to put this into context, in 2001, the Library of Congress estimated that in 1980, the first year that they accepted digital submissions, their entire collection was somewhere between 10 and 20 terabytes of information. The CART and RCFLs are processing amounts of information that are hundreds of times the amount of information stored in this national reference library every year and the volume is increasing exponentially.

Organizational Issues: Digital forensics continues to be practiced in a variety of ways by different organizations and institutions. In fact, the largest trend is an increase in the number of practitioners operating in each of the practice modalities. Digital forensic examinations are being conducted by law enforcement officers and civilian employees in the field, within investigative units and task forces as well as in dedicated units within traditional forensic laboratories. This report will not further describe the various practice models; however, will focus on the practice of digital evidence within traditional forensic laboratories. One relatively recent development is the establishment of a network of single purpose computer forensic laboratories known as RCFLs. These facilities are partnerships between local, state and federal law enforcement agencies and crime laboratories. Since the establishment of the first such laboratory in San Diego, California, twelve new laboratories have either been established or are under construction .

414

The forensic examination of digital evidence has traditionally been the realm of government agencies. That too is changing. Within the last several years, numerous commercial organizations have begun to examine digital evidence, not only for governmental agencies, but in connection with civil matters such as employment, intellectual property, and product liability lawsuits. The term often used for this practice is electronic discovery . In fact, according to one established firm, electronic discovery is their largest area of growth within their forensic practice. Tools and Methods: Digital forensic practitioners have long shared a common approach to conducting examinations. Over the last several years, there have even been attempts to codify these approaches into frameworks . While there are at least six different frameworks, it is noted that they are all similar in approach and in the words of one framework author, Brian Carrier, "anyone of them could be mapped to any other. " It is clear that the methods of examination have evolved into a generally accepted methodology. Digital forensic tools have made great strides in the last three years. There are a number of proprietary commercial and government software which have become standard tools in the examination of digital media. Some of these tools are capable of utilizing multiple processors and operating over networks. One recent trend is the development of tools and methodologies to examine computers in an operational state. With the tremendous increase in volume, forensic examiners have been adapting technology to assist in making the process more efficient. One example of this is the North Texas Regional Computer Forensic Laboratorys use of storage area networks (SANs) coupled with fiber channel networks to accelerate the acquisition of images, aggregate images for examination and to provide network review capability for investigators . This combination of hardware and methodology has proven so successful that it is being adopted by the CART and the RCFLs. New tools and methodologies are also being developed to support the increasing number of "smart" devices which include the functionality of multiple devices, such as telephones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), cameras, and e-mail devices. Accreditation and Certification: Accreditation is the recognition, by an accreditation organization, that a unit or laboratory is competent to perform forensic examinations in a quality fashion. Certification, in contrast, is the recognition by an organization or body, that an individual is competent to perform specific duties. In the United States, the American Society of Crime Laboratory Directors Laboratory Accreditation Board (ASCLD-LAB) has been the de facto standard for laboratory accreditation. In February, 2003 ASCLD-LAB recognized digital evidence, along with

415

its sub-disciplines of digital audio, digital video, digital imaging and computer forensics, as a recognized discipline, subject to accreditation . No time was wasted in developing an inspection process, and by the end of 2004 at least three laboratories will have completed ASCLD-LAB inspection, and likely received accreditation. With recent recommendations by SWGDE and the Scientific Working Group on Imaging Technology (SWGIT) to the ASCLD/LAB, the field will expand beyond the commonly recognized "digital" media evidence types, but will now incorporate numerous other physical item types such as analog tape, printed photographic material etc., - basically anything that can ultimately be forensically examined under the computer, audio, image and video sub-disciplines. Recognition of these disciplines, by a recognized laboratory accreditation board, is a significant landmark in the maturation of digital evidence. It recognizes digital evidence as a forensic science, not merely an investigative tool utilized for lead purposes. Accredited forensic laboratories have established Educational and Training Programs, Standard Operating Procedures, Quality Assurance Guidelines, Test and Validation Criteria, and Proficiency Examinations which collectively demonstrate a quality process. The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) has developed a standard for accrediting forensic laboratories under ISO 17025. The European Network of Forensic Science Institutes (ENFSI) and the International Organization on Computer Evidence (IOCE) have worked together to develop accreditation standards for digital evidence within that standard . It should be noted that the ASCLD-LAB has decided to adopt the ISO 17025 framework and has begun to transition to these new standards. The work already undertaken by ENFSIs Forensic Information Technology Working Group and IOCE will ease that transition measurably. Certification is another matter. At this time, virtually all forensic laboratories conduct internal certification of practitioners. This may, in part, be due to a lack of a recognized professional certification in the digital evidence disciplines. In the spring of this year, the National Center for Forensic Science , at the University of Central Florida, hosted an initial roundtable discussion on this issue. Attendance at this meeting included a number of bodies currently offering certification in information security, training and education in computer forensics, and agencies employing forensic practitioners. The consensus was that there was a need for a multilevel certification program that would be recognized across the forensic, law enforcement and private sector communities. We hope to be able to report more fully on this initiative at the next INTERPOL Forensic Science Symposium. Research and Academic Programs One of the unique aspects of digital forensics has been that it evolved in exactly the reverse order from traditional forensic sciences such as DNA. Rather than apply an

416

existing science to forensic use, digital forensics was driven from the law enforcement end-user perspective. While this served to demonstrate its value, it created difficulty in judicial and scientific acceptance. But that is rapidly changing. Digital Forensic Working Group: In approximately 2002, a number of universities began to explore the possibility of developing and teaching digital forensic curricula. Given the paucity of information available, they needed a forum to share ideas and to get input. In cooperation with the law enforcement community, the Computer Forensic Educators Working Group was established in early 2003. This group is now comprised of approximately 40 colleges and universities and has been renamed the Digital Forensic Working Group. This group has been instrumental in helping educational institutions develop academic programs in digital evidence at the junior college, baccalaureate and graduate level. There are currently several dozen schools that offer tuition in this area as either coursework, concentrations, majors or degrees. Interestingly, included in the schools offering digital forensics, there are traditional forensic programs, such as Duquesne and Marshall Universities as well as traditional computer science, engineering and information technology schools such as the University of Tulsa and Johns Hopkins University. In addition to developing academic programs, this group is also focusing on research in the digital forensic area. International Federation for Information Processing (IFIP): At their 2004 World Congress held in August, the International Federation for Information Processing, one of the oldest and largest international bodies in the information technology field, voted to establish a Working Group on Digital Forensics. This is particularly significant, as this body is recognized for its four main purposes: foster international cooperation, stimulate research and development, encourage education and disseminate information . We hope to be able to report on this groups activities in our next report. Digital Forensic Research Workshop (DFRWS): A third development in the research area is that of the Digital Forensic Workshop (DFRWS) . This venue, sponsored by the United States Air Force Research Laboratory, began in 2001 and has sponsored a workshop each year since. The 2004 workshop featured presentations of papers and workshops involving researchers and practitioners from Brazil, Canada, China, Italy, the United Kingdom, the United States, and Uganda. Much fundamental work was presented and this venue has added much to the professionalization of this field. PART II- DIGITAL EVIDENCE FORENSIC WORKING GROUPS

417

European Network of Forensic Science Institutes - Forensic Information Technology Working Group (FIT-WG) The FIT-WG was established in September 1998, to promote the discipline of information technology forensics in Europe, cultivate cooperation among its members, establish quality in IT forensics and cultivate relationships with significant technical organizations. In October 2003, the FIT-WG issued a best practices manual titled, "Guidelines for Best Practices in the Forensic Examination of Digital Technology". European Network of Forensic Science Institutes Digital Imaging Working Group (DIWG) The DIWG was established in June 2003 with a focused mission of working together on the use of digital imaging technology in forensic investigations. The primary members are investigators and scientists from ENFSI institutes and are actively involved areas such as crime scene photography, photogrammetry, 3d-reconstruction, computer modeling, animation and simulation, face comparison, investigation of integrity and authenticity of images and video analysis. Focused efforts have been on sharing information about methods, operating procedures, guidelines, and current technical issues seen in casework. European Network of Forensic Science Institutes Forensic Speech and Audio Analysis Working Group (FSAAWG) The FSAAWG focuses its attention on issues related to speech, speech recognition, audio analysis and authentication issues. Its current activities focus on proficiency testing, collective exercises and database development efforts. The results of the first proficiency test concerning authentication of analog tape recordings are currently being evaluated and will be presented at the 2004 conference. Numerous efforts of building reference database materials are underway for information such as magnetic pictures and events, and speech data for use in automatic speaker recognition capabilities. High Tech Crime Sub-Group of the G-8 In December 1997, the High-Tech subgroup of the G-8's Senior Experts on Transnational Organized Crime and Home Affairs Ministers adopted principles and a 10 point action plan. The principles and action plan, while not completely related to digital evidence, recognized the need for coordination, training, preservation of evidence and the establishment of standards. The G8 Government/Industry Conference on High Tech Crime met in Tokyo in May 2001 and covered data retention, data preservation, threat assessment and prevention, protection of electronic commerce, user authentication and training. International Organization on Computer Evidence (IOCE) IOCE began in 1995 after the 2nd International Conference on Computer Evidence was held. Its purpose was to provide an international forum for law enforcement agencies to

418

exchange information concerning computer investigation and computer forensic issues. At the request of the G8, IOCE developed and the G8 adopted six initial principles written specifically for digital evidence as well as four definitions. Since that time IOCE has held four International Conferences and published numerous guidelines and papers relating to all aspects of the field of digital evidence such as examination, training, laboratory management and quality assurance. Since its inception, numerous other internationally related organizations have begun and have now taken the field much farther than IOCE could have imagined. IOCE is reevaluating its impact and value on the community at large. It is unknown at this time where and how it will continue its efforts. National Institute of Justice (NIJ), United States - Department of Justice The NIJ is the research, development and evaluation agency of the United States Department of Justice. The NIJ sponsors Technical Working Groups (TWG) comprised of law enforcement, forensic science and legal practitioners and research personnel whose purpose is to improve investigative techniques. NIJ funded an initiative to produce guides for the local law enforcement officers who were dealing with digital evidence in their daily routines but did not have access to costly training programs and courses. Technical Working Groups are established for each of the guides area of concentration and consist of members with the relevant technical expertise. Seven of these guides have been planned and three have been published. In July 2004, the NIJ, Technical Working Group for the Examination of Digital Evidence (TWGEDE) issued the third guide titled, "Forensic Examination of Digital Evidence: A Guide for Law Enforcement Personnel". The report represents a consensus of recommendations based upon the experiences and personal views of the TWGEDE members. NIJ guides are not legal mandates or policy directives. Scientific Working Group on Digital Evidence (SWGDE) The mission of the SWGDE is to bring together organizations actively engaged in the field of digital evidence to foster communication, and to ensure quality and consistency within the forensic community. This groups membership includes representatives from federal, state and local crime laboratories and law enforcement agencies in the United States as well as associate members from Australia and Canada. The SWGDE was formed as a result of the similarities and overlap in the disciplines of audio analysis, video analysis, image analysis, and computer forensics. The SWGDE is focused on the practice of digital evidence primarily in the forensic laboratory setting. The SWGDE drafted a document titled, "Digital Evidence: Standards and Principles" and presented at the International Hi-Tech Crime and Forensics Conference in London, United Kingdom in October 1999.

419

During 2004, SWGDE released "Best Practices for Digital Evidence Laboratory Programs (Version 1.0 Approved 4/9/2004)" and "SWGDE Recommended Guidelines for Validation Testing (Final Version-Approved 4/15/2004)". SWGDE and SWGIT co-released drafts of a Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) document, a Proficiency Test document, and a Digital Evidence Training Document during August and September, 2004. ASCLD/LAB consults SWGDE for recommendations and feedback concerning standards for the Digital Evidence discipline. Scientific Working Group on Imaging Technology (SWGIT) The goal of the SWGIT is to engage the entire law enforcement imaging community in the development of guidelines. The SWGIT was established to provide leadership to the law enforcement community by developing guidelines for good practices for the use of imaging technologies within the criminal justice system. The SWGIT released "Definitions and Guidelines for the Use of Imaging Technologies in the Criminal Justice System in 1999, revised based on input received in 2001 and was subsequently updated for release in June 2002 (Version 2.3). The SWGIT released "Recommendations and Guidelines for the Use of Digital Image Processing in the Criminal Justice System" as a draft in 2001 and was revised based upon feedback. The final version was published in January 2003. The SWGIT released three additional documents in final form. They include, " Definitions, Recommendation, and Guidelines for the use of Forensic Video Processing in the Criminal Justice System," General Guidelines for Photographing Footware Impressions" and "General Guidelines for Photographing Tire Impressions." In July 2004, SWGDE and SWGIT jointly released, "SWGDE/SWGIT Proficiency Test Program Guidelines (Version Draft), "SWGDE/SWGIT Recommended Guidelines for Developing Standard Operating Procedures (Version Draft) and finally "SWGDE/SWGIT Guidelines & Recommendations for Training in Digital & Multimedia Evidence (Version Draft). National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) NIST is a non-regulatory federal agency within the U.S. Commerce Department's Technology Administration. Its mission is to develop and promote measurement, standards, and technology to enhance productivity, facilitate trade, and improve the quality of life. In 2001, the FBI approached NIST with two project proposals, which are now fully recognized and supported projects of NIST. A Steering Committee has been established to oversee the operations of both projects and consists of representatives from various US federal agencies including NIST, NIJ, DOJ, FBI, USSS, and US DoD. The first project is the National Software Reference Library (NSRL), which grew out of the FBIs Advanced Computer Examination Support (ACES) Program. The NSRL is now an internationally recognized effort which produces validated hash sets of

420

commercially available programs for use in the data reduction process of digital forensic examinations. The NSRL hash sets are publicly available are and recognized as standard world-wide. The second project is the Computer Forensic Tool Testing (CFTT) Project whose goal is to perform validation and verification testing of forensic utilities that are commonly used in the law enforcement community. Numerous reports are publicly produced for comment and review along the entire test process to include test methodologies, test plans, and test results. In addition, these reports are shared with the tools vendors to not only allow for comment, but in hopes of providing the vendor areas of enhancement for its utilities. Forensic Computing Group - Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) The Forensic Computing Group consisted of digital forensic practitioners in the United Kingdom and was sponsored by the Association of Chief Police Officers. They produced a "Good Practice Guide for Computer Based Electronic Evidence" in June of 1999 and published by the ACPO Crime Committee. The Forensic Computing Group has since disbanded. United Kingdoms National High-Tech Crime Unit (NHTCU) The mission of the NHTCU is to combat national and transnational hi-tech crime within, or which impacts upon the United Kingdom. It was set up as part of the national hightech crime strategy announced by the Home Secretary in November 2000 and was launched in April 2001. The national high-tech crime strategy was drawn up in response to the work of the ACPO Crime Committee, Computer Crime Working Group and a published strategic threat assessment by the National Criminal Intelligence Service (NCIS). The Unit is the lynch-pin to the UKs coordinated response to cybercrime working in partnership with other law enforcement agencies, business and the IT world. ` The NHTCU worked in conjunction with ACPO and produced new version of the Good Practice Guide. CONCLUSION Since the last INTERPOL Forensic Science Symposium, the forensic discipline of digital media has come a long way. Its process is more mature. Quality management of the discipline is becoming the norm. The groups and organizations mentioned in this report have fostered a healthy exchange of scientific knowledge and operational experience. Given the rapidly increasing demand for these examinations, coupled with the integration of technology in our daily lives, it is certain to continue in its dramatic development. PART III - APPENDICES Appendix A SWGDE Best Practices

421

Appendix B Appendix C Evidence Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F

SWGDE Recommended Guidelines for Validation Testing SWGDE Guidelines and Recommendations for Training in Digital SWGDE/ SWGIT SOP SWGDE/ SWGIT Proficiency SWGIT Letter

Appendix G SWGIT Guidelines for Field Applications of Imaging Technologies in the Criminal Justice System Appendix H SWGIT Considerations for Managers

Appendix I SWGIT General Guidelines for Capturing Latent Impressions Using a Digital Camera Appendix J SWGIT Guidelines and Recommendations for Training in Imaging Technologies in the Criminal Justice System Appendix K SWGIT Recommendations and Guidelines for the Use of Digital Image Processing in the Criminal Justice System Appendix L SWGIT Definitions, Recommendations, and Guidelines for the Use of Forensic Video Processing in the Criminal Justice System Appendix M SWGIT General Guidelines for Photographing Footwear Impressions Appendix N SWGIT General Guidelines for Photographing Tire Impressions

Appendix O SWGIT Recommendations and Guidelines Relating to the Use of Closed Circuit Television Systems in Commercial Establishments

APPENDIX ASWGDE BEST PRACTICES Version 1.1 Drafted July 26, 2001 Revised October 2002, January 31, 2003 Revised February 2004 Approved for Comment February 4, 2004 Reformatted February 24, 2004

422

Disclaimer: As a condition to the use of this document and the information contained therein, the SWGDE requests notification by e-mail before or contemporaneous to the introduction of this document, or any portion thereof, as a marked exhibit offered for or moved into evidence in any judicial, administrative, legislative or adjudicatory hearing or other proceeding (including discovery proceedings) in the United States or any Foreign country. Such notification shall include: 1) The formal name of the proceeding, including docket number or similar identifier; 2) the name and location of the body conducting the hearing or proceeding; 3) subsequent to the use of this document in a formal proceeding please notify SWGDE as to its use and outcome; 4) the name, mailing address (if available) and contact information of the party offering or moving the document into evidence. Notifications should be sent to: execcmte@swgde.org. Redistribution Policy: SWGDE grants permission for redistribution and use of all publicly posted documents created by SWGDE, provided that the following conditions are met: 1. Redistributions of documents, or parts of documents, must retain the SWGDE cover page containing the disclaimer. 2. Neither the name of SWGDE, nor the names of its contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived from its documents. 3. Any reference or quote from a SWGDE document must include the version number (or create date) of the document and mention if the document is in a draft status.

423

BEST PRACTICES FOR DIGITAL EVIDENCE LABORATORY PROGRAMS PART 1: Recommendations for Education and Training

SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION 1.1 Recommendations listed below are intended to apply to any examiner who:

Forensically examines and analyzes digital evidence or related materials, or directs such examinations to be done. As a consequence of such examinations, signs reports for legal and administrative proceedings and provides testimony as required. SECTION 2: MINIMUM RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS (for a further explanation of personnel/duties see section 7) 2.1 TECHNICIAN/ASSISTANT

Have education, skills, and abilities commensurate with their responsibilities. 2.1.2 Have on-the-job training specific to their position. 2.2 EXAMINER

An examiner should have at least a baccalaureate degree with science courses. An examiner without a baccalaureate degree, should meet one of the following conditions: Sixty semester hours of college level study to include course work with science courses; OR A minimum of two (2) years practical experience in the area of digital evidence examination, and have demonstrated competency following the completion of a formal, documented training program. 2.3 TECHNICAL MANAGER/LEADER

Meet all the requirements of an examiner. Have a minimum of two (2) years of experience as an examiner in the forensic analysis of digital evidence. Exhibit knowledge necessary to evaluate results and conclusions.

424

SECTION 3: CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 3.1 All personnel have an ongoing responsibility to remain current in their field. In addition, agencies should provide support and opportunities for continuing professional development. The recommended minimum continuing professional development requirements for personnel are: Forty annual hours of training relevant to the examiners responsibilities. All training, once completed, must be documented. The training can be provided from a variety of sources, including but not limited to: Courses taught at the post-secondary educational level Courses taught by vendors In-service training conducted by the employer In-service training taught by external provider Attendance at workshops and participation in relevant scientific meetings or conferences. To maintain membership in a field related professional organization. SECTION 4: MINIMUM RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TRAINING PROGRAMS Agencies should set their training programs to meet their needs as they relate to the types of casework encountered, equipment available, and the level of competency of trainees. A written training program, approved by the agencys management, focusing on the development of the theoretical and practical knowledge, skills and abilities necessary to perform duties assigned, includes: A training syllabus including descriptions of the knowledge and skills required by an examiner (specific topic areas), milestones of achievement, and methods of testing or evaluating competency. Documented standards of performance and a plan for assessing theoretical and practical competency against these standards (e.g. written and/or oral examinations, critical reviews, mock casework, etc., per topic area). A period of supervised casework that is representative of the type of casework required to be performed. Documentation verifying that the trainee has achieved the desired competence per specific topic area.

425

4.2

Topic areas in the training program should include, as a minimum, the following: 4.2.1 Relevant background information on digital evidence, such as: 4.2.1.1 Hardware 4.2.1.2 Software 4.2.1.3 Operating systems 4.2.1.4 Relevant applications 4.2.1.5 File identification 4.2.1.6 Relevant media (digital/analog) 4.2.1.7 File systems 4.2.2 Techniques, methodologies and equipment utilized in the examination of digital evidence and related materials, such as: 4.2.2.1 Forensic analysis procedures 4.2.2.2 Best practices (technical procedures) 4.2.2.3 Standard operating procedures 4.2.3 Quality assurance, such as: 4.2.3.1 Quality assurance (for consistency within the forensic community) 4.2.3.2 Technical writing (for concise, clear reports) 4.2.3.3 Presentation skills (for the explanation of information) 4.2.3.4 General forensic principles and practices (for base of knowledge) 4.2.4 Expert/Court testimony and legal requirements, such as: 4.2.4.1 Public speaking (to build confidence in speaking situations) 4.2.4.2 Testimony skills (to establish a comfort level for testimony) 4.2.4.3 Admissibility (Daubert) Hearing Testimony (for issue awareness)

426

4.2.4.4 General criminal justice (to understand authority and result of examinations) 4.2.4.5 Basic crime scene management (to understand scene and evidence complexity) 4.2.5 Agency policies and procedures as they relate to the examination of digital evidence and related materials, such as: 4.2.5.1 Safety (for the purpose of risk management and personal safety) 4.2.5.2 Security (to preserve chain of custody) 4.2.5.3 Ethics (to conform to a standard of integrity) 4.2.5.4 Evidence handling (to preserve integrity of evidence) 4.2.5.5 Training documentation (to demonstrate compliance) An individual providing training must have the knowledge, skills, and abilities in the subject area for which they are providing instruction. SECTION 5: MINIMUM DOCUMENTATION/REFERENCE MATERIAL AVAILABLE TO AN AGENCY PERFORMING DIGITAL EVIDENCE EXAMINATIONS Documentation/reference resources should be available and accessible to examiners in hard copy or electronic form, such as: College/university level textbooks as references to theory and practice in key subject areas, e.g. hardware, software, and operating systems. Reference literature pertaining to digital evidence. Operation and maintenance manuals for all hardware and software available for use by the examiner. Relevant publications and periodicals. Agency quality manual and standard operating procedures. Relevant jurisdictional legislation (e.g., statutes and case law relating to digital evidence, etc.). Internet access.

427

PART 2: SECTION 6:

Recommendations for Quality Assurance Guidelines INTRODUCTION

A digital evidence program should incorporate quality assurance. It is the goal of these guidelines to provide a framework of quality management in the processing of digital evidence, including evidence handling, management practices, analyses, and reporting. 6.1 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A documented quality management system must be established and maintained. The personnel responsible must be clearly designated and shall have access to management responsible for organizational policy 6.1.2 The quality management system must cover all procedures and reports associated with evidence SECTION 7: PERSONNEL

7.1 JOB DESCRIPTION The job descriptions for all personnel should include responsibilities and duties. 7.2 DESIGNATED PERSONNEL AND RESPONSIBILITIES An individual (however titled) may be responsible for more than one of the following duties: Quality Assurance Manager: A designated person who is responsible for maintaining the quality management system (including an annual review of the program) and who monitors compliance with the program. Health & Safety Manager: A designated person who is responsible for maintaining a Health and Safety program (including an annual review of the program) and who monitors compliance with the program. Operational Manager: A designated person who has the overall responsibility and authority for the operations of the unit. Technical Manager/Leader: A designated person who has the overall responsibility and authority for protocols and analytical methodologies. Examiner: A designated person who: Examines and analyzes digital evidence or related materials, or directs such examinations to be done. Signs reports for legal and administrative proceedings.

428

Technician/Assistant: A person who works with evidence, but typically does not issue reports for court purposes. 7.3 QUALIFICATIONS/EDUCATION The agency should articulate its minimum qualifications, training and education requirements consistent with those stipulated in Part 1 of this guide. 7.4 TRAINING The agency must establish and document a training program and qualifying procedure for all technical personnel. A written training program, approved by management, should focus on the development of the theoretical and practical knowledge, skills and abilities necessary to examine digital evidence and related materials as enumerated in Part 1 of this guide. 7.5 MAINTAINING QUALIFICATIONS The agency must establish and document the minimum continuing professional development requirements for all technical personnel as enumerated in Part 1 of this guide. SECTION 8: PHYSICAL PLANT

FACILITY REQUIREMENTS 8.1.1 The facility shall provide adequate safety and security for personnel and operations. 8.1.2 The facility must meet required health and safety standards. 8.1.3 The facility must contain adequate space to perform required analytical functions and prevent alteration/damage to evidence. A fume hood may be needed when the physical evidence poses a health and/or safety hazard to the examiner (e.g., for digital evidence that was seized in a clandestine drug lab, a crime scene containing biological materials, or other potentially hazardous environments). It must be properly maintained and monitored according to an established schedule. 8.1.5 A facility should maintain general cleanliness. 8.1.6 Facilities must be designed to ensure the proper safekeeping of evidence, data, and records to protect from loss, cross-transfer, contamination and/or deleterious change. Appropriate precautions should be taken with regard to electrostatic discharge, electrical and magnetic fields to ensure the integrity of the digital evidence. Appropriately secured storage areas must be provided. SECTION 9: EVIDENCE CONTROL The unit shall have and follow a documented evidence control system to ensure the integrity of physical and digital evidence.

429

9.1 RECEIVING AND IDENTIFYING EVIDENCE The unit must maintain records of requests for service and of the respective items of evidence. A unique identifier must be assigned to each case file or record. This file or record must include at least the following: 9.1.1 The request for service document or a copy thereof. 9.1.2 The identity of the party requesting the service and the date of the request. 9.1.3 A description of items of evidence submitted with each having a unique item identifier. 9.1.4 The identity of the person who delivers the evidence, along with the date of submission. For evidence not delivered in person, descriptive information regarding the mode of delivery and tracking information. 9.1.5 The chain of custody record. 9.1.6 Documentation of communication with the submitter. 9.2 INTEGRITY OF EVIDENCE Evidence must be properly secured and labeled in accordance with the agencys digital evidence handling policy. Appropriate storage conditions shall ensure that the digital evidence is not altered or lost. All actions taken with regard to the digital evidence will be documented. A description of the evidence shall be compared to documentation prior to examination. Any irregularities should be identified at this time, documented in the case file and the submitter promptly informed. 9.3 STORAGE OF EVIDENCE Access to the evidence storage area must be granted only to persons with authorization. Access shall be controlled. 9.4 DISPOSITION OF EVIDENCE Records must be kept regarding the disposition of all items of evidence. 9.5 DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES All records, such as results of examinations, measurements, notes, calibrations, spectra and reports, shall be retained in a secure fashion. SECTION 10: EXAMINATION PROCEDURES

10.1 PROCEDURES FOR DIGITAL EVIDENCE EXAMINATION 10.1.1 The unit shall have and follow written examination procedures. 10.1.2 Work practices shall be established to prevent contamination of evidence during examination procedures. 10.1.3 The unit shall monitor the examination procedures using appropriate controls and traceable standards. Examination procedures must be validated in compliance with Section 14. 10.2 QUALIFICATION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS

10.2.1 The credibility of reference material should be confirmed prior to their first use.

430

10.2.2 Unconfirmed reference materials must be qualified prior to use. 10.2.3 All qualifications must be documented to include the name of the individual who performed the qualification and the date of qualification. SECTION 11: EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE

Equipment in this section refers to the non-evidentiary hardware and software the examiner utilizes in the course of an examination. 11.1 Equipment must be monitored and documented to ensure proper performance is maintained. 11.2 Only suitable and properly operating equipment shall be employed. 11.3 The manufacturer's operation manual and other relevant documentation for each piece of equipment should be readily available. SECTION 12: DOCUMENTATION, REPORTS, AND REVIEW

DOCUMENTATION 12.1.1 Examination documentation must contain sufficient detail to allow a peer to reproduce the results obtained by the original examiner. 12.1.2 Evidence handling documentation should include: chain of custody, the initial count of evidence to be examined, information regarding the packaging and condition of the evidence upon receipt by the examiner, a description of the evidence, and communications regarding the case. 12.1.3 Examination documentation should include items such as: observations, examination processes and results, and supporting charts, graphs, and spectra generated during an examination. 12.1.4 Documentation must be preserved according to written agency policy. 12.2 REPORTS 12.2.1 Reports issued by the unit must address the requests of the submitter. Reports should include: 12.2.2.1 12.2.2.2 12.2.2.3 12.2.2.4 12.2.2.5 12.2.2.6 12.2.2.7 Identity of the reporting agency Case identifier or submission number Identity of the contributor Date of receipt Date of report Descriptive list of submitted evidence Identity of examiner

431

12.2.2.8

Results/Conclusions

12.2.3 Written procedures for the release of case report information should be established. 12.3 REVIEW

12.3.1 The agency must have a written policy establishing the protocols for technical and administrative review. The agency must have a written policy to determine the course of action should an examiner and reviewer fails to agree. SECTION 13: COMPETENCY AND PROFICIENCY TESTING

Each agency should participate in at least an annual proficiency-testing program and should have written protocols for testing the competency and proficiency of its examiners. 13.1 COMPETENCY TESTING 13.1.1 Units will monitor and document the competency of their examiner trainees and technical support personnel prior to assumption of casework responsibilities. 13.1.2 Competency testing samples should be representative of the unit's normal casework. 13.1.3 Competency testing must comply with the units standard operating procedures and other protocols. PROFICIENCY TESTING - INTERNAL 13.2.1 Each examiner shall be proficiency tested annually in each sub-discipline in which casework is performed. 13.2.2 The proficiency testing samples should be representative of the examiner's normal casework. 13.2.3 The test examination must comply with the units standard operating procedures. PROFICIENCY TESTING - EXTERNAL 13.3.1 Each unit shall be proficiency tested annually in order to verify the unit's performance. 13.3.2 The proficiency testing samples should be representative of the unit's normal casework. 13.3.3 The test examination should follow the units standard operating procedures. The proficiency tests shall be obtained from approved test providers where available. SECTION 14: VALIDATION

14.1 Validation is required to demonstrate the examination procedures and tools are suitable for their intended purpose.

432

14.1.1 Minimum acceptability criteria should be described along with means for demonstrating compliance. 14.1.2 Validation documentation is required. SECTION 15: INTERNAL AUDITS

15.1 Audits should be conducted at least once a year. 15.2 Records of each audit must be maintained and should include the scope, date of the audit, name of the person(s) conducting the audit, findings, and corrective actions taken, if necessary. SECTION 16: DEVIATIONS AND DEFICIENCIES

In the course of examining digital evidence and related materials, the unit may experience results that are anomalous in some manner. Each unit must have a written policy to deal with deviations and deficiencies. 16.1 As used in this guide, a deficiency is any erroneous examination result or interpretation, or any unapproved deviation from an established policy or procedure in an examination. 16.2 As used in this guide, a deviation is a departure from the established policies and procedures. Comment: In developing policy the following may be considered: a requirement for immediate cessation of the activity or work of the individual or tool involved, if warranted by the seriousness of the deficiency, as defined in the written policy; a requirement for administrative review of the activity or work of the individual involved; a requirement for evaluation of the impact this deficiency may have had on other activities of the individual or other examiners; a requirement for documentation of the follow-up action taken as a result of the review; a requirement for communication to appropriate employees of any confirmed deficiency which may have implications for their work. SECTION 17: HEALTH AND SAFETY

The agency must have a documented health and safety program in place to meet the needs of the unit. 17.1 HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 17.1.1 All personnel should receive appropriate health and safety training. 17.1.2 The digital evidence unit shall operate in accordance with agency policy and comply with any relevant statutory regulations. 17.1.3 Health and safety manual(s) shall be readily available to all personnel. SECTION 18: DOCUMENTATION In addition to casework documentation the unit should maintain documentation on the following topics:

433

18.1.1 18.1.2 18.1.3 18.1.4 18.1.5 18.1.6 18.1.7 18.1.8 18.1.9 18.1.10 18.1.11 18.1.12 18.1.13 18.1.14 18.1.15 18.1.16 18.1.17 18.1.18 18.1.19 date).

Quality manual Standard operating procedures Training Validation of tools Physical workspace Equipment maintenance/calibration Health and safety Evidence handling tracking system Annual assessment of the quality management system Proficiency testing Report of findings Court testimony monitoring Competency testing Evidence seized Audits Corrective action policy/procedures Complaints and conflict resolution Reference materials (including source and qualification). Equipment inventory (e.g. manufacturer, model, serial number, acquisition QUALITY MANUAL

SECTION 19:

19.1 The agencys quality system policies and objectives shall be defined in a Quality Manual. A comprehensive Quality Manual must contain or reference the documents or policies/procedures pertaining to the following: 19.1.1 A quality policy statement including objectives and commitments by management

434

19.1.2 The organization and management structure of the unit, its place in any parent organization, and relevant organizational charts 19.1.3 The relationships and responsibilities of management, technical operations, and support services in implementing the quality system 19.1.4 Job descriptions, education, and up-to-date training records of unit staff 19.1.5 Control and maintenance of documentation of case records and procedure manuals 19.1.6 The units procedures for ensuring that measurements are traceable to appropriate standards, where available 19.1.7 19.1.8 19.1.9 19.1.10 19.1.11 The type and extent of examinations conducted by the unit Validation of test procedures used Handling evidence The use of standards and controls in unit procedures Calibration and maintenance of equipment

19.1.12 Practices for ensuring continued competence of examiners including proficiency testing programs, and internal quality control schemes (e.g., technical review) 19.1.13 detected Gaining feedback and taking corrective action whenever discrepancies are

19.1.14 Monitoring court testimony to ensure the reporting of scientific findings in an unbiased and effective manner 19.1.15 procedures 19.1.16 19.1.17 19.1.18 Unit protocol permitting departures from documented policies and Dealing with complaints Disclosure of information Audits and quality system review

435

PART 3:

Recommended Procedures for Digital Forensic Examinations

The following information is provided as guidance for the development of agency Standard Operating Procedures (SOP). The SOP should address each of the following elements: SECTION 19: REVIEW THE REQUEST FOR SERVICE/EXAMINATION

Ascertain legal authority to perform the requested examination. The examiner will be provided with the legal authority that allows him/her to examine digital evidence. Examples of such authority include: consent to search by owner, subpoena, search warrant, or other legal authority. Review documentation provided by the requestor to determine the processes necessary to complete the examination. SECTION 20: RECEIPT OF EVIDENCE PROTOCOL

Maintain chain of custody per established agency standard operating procedures for handling digital evidence. Coordinate with the investigator and/or other forensic examiners when other forensic examinations may be required. Specifically, the order in which these forensic examinations will be conducted should be determined prior to any examination. (e.g. latent print analysis, DNA analysis, hair fiber analysis) SECTION 21: CONDUCT PHYSICAL PRESENTED FOR DIGITAL EXAMINATION INSPECTION OF ITEMS

Inspect and document the evidence received. Note condition of items received and any exceptions between the inventory of items received and the evidence reviewed by the examiner. Assess the power needs for devices with volatile memory. Follow agency policy for the handling of these devices. SECTION 22: PREPARATION FOR EXAMINATION

The examiner should maintain evidence integrity and document any exceptions. Establish conditions to prevent the possibility of data contamination. SECTION 23: CONDUCT EXAMINATION

Document evidentiary settings and configurations, if possible.

436

Extract digital information necessary to meet requirements of the examination. Analyze and/or interpret the extracted digital information. SECTION 24: DOCUMENT THE EXAMINATION

The documentation must contain a sufficient level of detail such that another competent examiner could reproduce the same extracted results. Report(s) issued must meet the requirements of the agency. SECTION 25: QUALITY CONTROL

Adhere to the agencys quality control procedures which should include: Technical/Peer review. Administrative review. SECTION 26: ISSUE REPORT

The report must be signed and dated by the examiner. The signature may be electronic or physical as per agency standards. SECTION 27: DISPOSITION OF EVIDENCE

Adhere to organizations evidence disposition policy. GLOSSARY Administrative Review A procedure used to check for consistency with laboratory policy and for editorial practice. (ASCLD/LAB) Audit A review conducted to compare the various aspects of a laboratorys performance with a standard for that performance. (ASCLD/LAB) Digital Evidence Information of probative value stored or transmitted in binary form. (SWGDE)

437

Digital Evidence Examiner (Examiner) An individual responsible for the duplication, extraction and/or analysis of information from digital evidence, generation of work product, writing reports, and testifying in legal and administrative proceedings. (SWGDE) Qualification Testing Process to provide sufficient confidence that reference materials utilized are valid. Quality Assurance Those planned and systematic actions necessary to provide sufficient confidence that a laboratorys product or service will satisfy given requirements for quality. (ASCLD/LAB) Reference Materials As used in this document, this refers to items such as published literature, hardware and software documentation, hash sets, header sets, etc. (SWGDE) Technical/Peer Review An evaluation of reports, notes, data, and other documents to ensure an appropriate and sufficient basis for the scientific conclusions. This review is conducted by a second qualified individual. (In accordance with ASCLD/LAB) Validation The process of performing a set of experiments that establish the efficacy and reliability of a technique or procedure or modification thereof. (ASCLD/LAB)

438

APPENDIX B - SWGDE RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR VALIDATION TESTING Version 1--Draft Approved for Public Comment Drafted by Research: August 20, 2003 Revised by Research: February 3, 2004 Approved for Public Comment by SWGDE: February 4, 2004 Reformatted February 24, 2004 Revised March 1, 2004 (based on voter feedback) Final version approved by SWGDE for publication: April 15, 2004 Disclaimer: As a condition to the use of this document and the information contained therein, the SWGDE requests notification by e-mail before or contemporaneous to the introduction of this document, or any portion thereof, as a marked exhibit offered for or moved into evidence in any judicial, administrative, legislative or adjudicatory hearing or other proceeding (including discovery proceedings) in the United States or any Foreign country. Such notification shall include: 1) The formal name of the proceeding, including docket number or similar identifier; 2) the name and location of the body conducting the hearing or proceeding; 3) subsequent to the use of this document in a formal proceeding please notify SWGDE as to its use and outcome; 4) the name, mailing address (if available) and contact information of the party offering or moving the document into evidence. Notifications should be sent to: execcmte@swgde.org. Redistribution Policy: SWGDE grants permission posted documents created conditions are met: for by redistribution and use of all publicly SWGDE, provided that the following

1. Redistributions of documents, or parts of documents, must retain the SWGDE cover page containing the disclaimer. 2. Neither the name of SWGDE, nor the names of its contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived from its documents. 3. Any reference or quote from a SWGDE document must include the version number (or create date) of the document and mention if the document is in a draft status. Introduction: Validation testing is critical to the outcome of the entire examination process. Validation, based on sound scientific principles, is required to demonstrate that examination tools (hardware and software), techniques and procedures are suitable for their intended purpose. Tools, techniques and procedures should be validated prior to initial use in

438

digital forensic processes. Failure to implement a validation program can have detrimental effects. Target Audience: All organizations performing digital forensic examinations. Definition of Validation Testing: An evaluation to determine if a tool, technique or procedure functions correctly and as intended. Scope of Testing: Validation testing should be applied to all tools, techniques and procedures utilized in the performance of digital forensics. Special note of consideration: Tools, techniques and procedures, which by virtue of their widespread use, duration of use, and acceptability by the larger information technology community are generally acknowledged as reliable and trustworthy. Consideration may be given to the general acceptance of a tool, technique or procedure in its determination of whether validation is required. When: Validation testing should be performed whenever new, revised, or reconfigured tools, techniques or procedures are introduced into the forensic process. While media and operating systems are not generally considered tools for the purposes of this document, these may exhibit characteristics that might not remain consistent when used with different tools, techniques, and procedures. These situations may require additional testing. Editorial changes or changes made for clarification purposes only will not require revalidation. Why: To ensure the integrity of the components utilized in the forensic process. Process: Develop and document test plan before testing begins. The test plan should contain the following: Purpose and scope Requirements to be tested what does the tool have to do?

439

Methodology how to test? (Identify support tools required to assist in evaluation of results when applicable) Test scenarios Condition or environment required for test scenario Actions to perform during utilization of the tool, technique or procedure Expected results - determine pass/fail criteria One test may be sufficient depending on the tool, technique or procedure being tested. The number of test scenarios should be sufficient to cover the various environments encountered for example, different file systems, media sizes, platforms, device types, etc. Different options may need to be tested such as user configurable option settings, switch settings, etc., in accordance with purpose and scope Test data to fulfill conditions of test scenarios can the existing reference data set be used? (Identify support tools required to assist in the development of test data when applicable) Document test data used Note: Be sure each requirement is assigned to at least one test scenario. Perform test scenario(s) and document results in test report Use media and/or other sample materials that are in a known state or condition Use test equipment with known configuration which corresponds to your examination environment If anomaly occurs then: Attempt to identify conditions causing anomaly Attempt to independently verify conditions causing anomaly If feasible, implement alternative procedure and re-test If re-tests are performed, results of all tests must be documented Be sure pass/fail status for each requirement is annotated in test report

440

Ensure to annotate all testers and dates assigned to test scenario Individual test scenario(s) must be documented separately, but a summary report should be written which states the overall pass/fail status of the tool, technique or procedure, along with any recommendations, concerns, etc. Validation of results: comparison between actual and expected results must be performed and discrepancies between the two must be documented Test Plan Template The validation testing process shall be documented in detail to enable independent replication and shall be written before testing begins. There is no standard format or title for this document, but a typical format might include: Purpose and scope Requirements: what does the tool have to do? Description of methodology: how to test? Expected results: global view of pass/fail Test Scenarios for each: Conditions: test environment (hardware/software configurations, etc.) Actions: specific actions Assigned requirements Expected results: specific pass/fail Description of test data Test Scenario Report Template Individual test scenario(s) must be documented and a summary report should be written which states the overall pass/fail status of the tool, technique or procedure along with any recommendations, concerns, etc. There is no standard format or title for a Test Scenario Report, but a typical format might include: Test number/identification: indexing, etc. Each test should have a unique identifier for referral,

441

Test title Test date Test person Test designer/reviewer when applicable: Test reviewer should be independent of the designer and the tester Test description Test result (overall pass/fail result) Configuration of test platform: Document both hardware and software configurations as well as any preference or option settings when test is performed Tool being tested Title Manufacturer Version or date Notes regarding test data set Test notes Notes of tool or test being performed Procedures Procedures should be written granular enough to allow exact replication by independent party Document options or switches used if applicable Observations Results Expected results Actual results

442

Validation results comparison between actual and expected results must be performed and discrepancies between the two must be documented The Summary Report should state the overall pass/fail status of the tool, technique or procedure along with any recommendations, concerns, etc. There is no standard format or title for this report, but a typical format might include: Test report title and number/identification Test date Test description Title, manufacturer and version/date of tool, technique or procedure tested Test result (overall pass/fail result) List each requirement and its result Observations, concerns, limitations Recommendations (optional) Note regarding included samples: The attached samples are in an abbreviated form and are included for demonstration purposes only. Actual documentation of these types may include steps not delineated here.

443

Sample Test Plan Test Number: SWWB -04-01 Test Title: Software Write-Block (Software WB) Purpose and Scope: This test plan will test the ability of the Software WB to write-protect supported hard disks attached to a system during operational usage. The plan will consist of four test scenarios. Requirements: The Software WB forensic tool should allow normal operation to unprotected disks (i.e., the system drive). The Software WB forensic tool should block all modifications to protected disks. The before-test and after-test md5sums should match for the protected disks. The Software WB forensic tool should provide feedback to the user as to the status of the tool and the disks that the tool can affect. Description of Methodology: Various supported hard drives will be attached to standard forensic computer configuration and system will be booted. The Software WB utility must protect all nonsystem devices and not allow modifications from taking place. Modifications shall be attempted by executing functions that should write to protected and unprotected drives. Expected Results: The Software WB forensic tool allows normal operation to unprotected disks (i.e., the system drive) The Software WB forensic tool should block all modifications to protected disks The before-test and after-test md5sums match on protected disks The Software WB forensic tool provides feedback to the user as to the status of the tool and the disks that the tool can affect

444

Test Scenarios: Test Number 04-01-01 04-01-02 04-01-03 04-01-04 Environment: ATA drive, primary slave SCSI drive, ID0 ATA drive, secondary SCSI drive, ID0 SCSI drive, ID1 Actions: Copy/create/edit / erase file Copy/create/edit / erase file Copy/create/edit / erase file Copy/create/edit / erase file Assigned Reqts: All All All All Expected Results: No modification to protected disks No modification to protected disks No modification to protected disks No modification to protected disk

Test Data Description: Test Data Set: Maxtor 541DX Model 2B010H1 (ATA) Md5sum: d0aeab1c1ace0234ee50b6b2f65791a7 Seagate Barracuda Model ST318437LW 18.4 GB (SCSI) Md5sum: ecdb8df03e39e11ab67e8cd1dc235387

445

Sample Test Scenario Report Test Number: scenarios) Test Title: Test Date: Tester: SWWB -04-01-01 (a similar report will be created for all test Software Write-Block during Operational Testing 8/07/2003 John Doe

Test Description: This test procedure will test the ability of the Software WB to write-protect an ATA hard drive and a SCSI hard drive attached to a system during operational usage. The procedure will consist of one case. The case consists of attaching a wiped ATA hard drive as a primary drive and attaching the SCSI hard drive on a SCSI chain. The system will then be booted, the system status confirmed and then shutdown. Test Result: Passed. The Software WB write-protected the SCSI and the ATA hard drives. Hardware: Test System: OS Name & Version:

Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional 5.0.2195 Service Pack 2 Build 2195 System Manufacturer: Dell System Model: Precision Workstation 530MT Processors: x86 Family 15 Model 2 GenuineIntel ~37202 Mhz (as indicated by System Information) x86 Family 15 Model 2 GenuineIntel ~37202 Mhz (as indicated by System Information) BIOS Version: 2/25/2002 SCSI Adapter: Adaptec 2940 Forensic Tool: Title: Software WB Manufacturer: Umpty-phrat Technologies Inc. Version: Version 4.10.00 Test Data Notes: Test Data Set: Maxtor 541DX Model 2B010H1 Md5sum: d0aeab1c1ace0234ee50b6b2f65791a7 Seagate Barracuda Model ST318437LW 18.4 GB Md5sum: ecdb8df03e39e11ab67e8cd1dc235387

446

Test Notes: Since the Software WB is a Windows 2000 application, the hard drive is unprotected until the application starts during initial boot up The Software WB application is loaded on the test system before the procedure is run. Automatically lock local and Network drives was selected during the Software WB install The test system boot sequence is 1) Hard-disk drive c:, 2) IDE CD-ROM device, and 3) Diskette drive The ATA test hard drive is attached to the test system as the primary slave. The SCSI is attached to the test system via a SCSI chain with ID0 A Linux bootable CD-ROM, version 3.99, is utilized to perform the validation tests Procedures: The test system is shutdown Press the On/Off switch on the test system Step Result: The system boots up Double-click the SoftwareWB icon Step Result: The Software WB application opens with the Media tab having focus. The following table is on the tab: Physical Media: System Partition FloppyDrive0 CDRomDrive0 HardDrive0 HardDrive1 HardDrive2 Partitions: C A E C D, I, J F, G, H Write Blocked: No Yes Yes No Yes Yes

Close the Software WB window Step Result: The Software WB window closes Press the Start button and select Settings, Control Panel Step Result: The Control Panel window opens

447

Double-click Administrative Tools Step Result: The Administrative Tools window opens Double-click Computer Management button Step Result: An independent Computer Management window opens Select Disk Management Step Result: The right side panel changes to display the attached drives information Device Disk 0 Disk 1 Partition C: D: I: J: Healthy Unallocated F: G: H: Healthy E

Disk 2

CDROM0

Close the Computer Management window Step Result: The window closes Close the Administrative Tools window Step Result: The window closes 11. Launch Windows Explorer Step Result: The Windows Explorer window opens 12. Select text file Test.txt from system drive C: 13. Right-Click on file and choose Copy option 14. Select D: drive (Disk 1, first partition) 15. Right-Click and choose Paste option

448

Step Result: Dialog box appears with message Unable to copy the file test.txt. The media is write-protected 16. Press OK to close the dialogue box Step result: The dialogue box closes 17. In Windows Explorer window, highlight text file Dataset.doc from Disk 1, first partition path D:\ 18. Press delete key Step Result: Dialog box appears with message Are you sure you want to delete Dataset.doc? 19. Press Yes at dialog box Step Result: Dialog box appears with message Unable to delete the file Dataset.doc. The media is write-protected 20. Press OK to close the dialogue box Step result: The dialogue box closes 21. Close the Windows Explorer window Step result: The window closes System Shutdown: Click the Start button and select Shutdown Step Result: The Windows shutdown dialog box opens Select Shutdown and press the OK button Step Result: The test system shuts down Remove the test hard drives from the test system Expected/Actual Results: Expected:

449

1. The Software WB forensic tools should allow normal operation to unprotected disks (i.e., the system drive) 2. The Software WB forensic tools should block all modifications to protected disks

The before-test and after-test md5sums should match The Software WB forensic tool should provide feedback to the user as to the status of the tool and the disks that the tool can affect Actual: The actual results were the expected results Validation Results: Connect an Acard to the ATA test drive and boot test machine with a Linux bootable CDROM. Run the md5sum utility to produce an md5sum for the test drive. The following command should be used: tty1:/# md5sum /dev/hda Step Result: The md5sum before and after test md5sums match Test Drive Maxtor 541DX Model 2B010H1 (ATA) md5sum d0aeab1c1ace0234ee50b6b2f65791a7

Connect an Acard to the SCSI test drive and boot test machine with a Linux bootable CD-ROM. Run the md5sum utility to produce an md5sum for the test drive. The following command should be used: tty1:/# md5sum /dev/sda Step Result: The md5sum matches the before test md5sum. Test Drive Seagate Barracuda Model ST318437LW 18.4 GB (SCSI) md5sum ecdb8df03e39e11ab67e8cd1dc235387

This test procedure validated the test criteria for the Software WB. validation statement are given below:

The criteria and a

The Software WB forensic tool shall not block any requests to unprotected disks

450

The system was able to boot from the unprotected system drive and the system drive was used throughout the procedure Following the installation of the Software WB forensic tool, all attempts to write to the write-protected ATA hard drive shall be unsuccessful The unchanged before-test and after-test md5sums show that the ATA and the SCSI hard drive was not changed by the execution of the procedure The Software WB forensic tool shall provide feedback to the user as to the status of the tool and the disks that the tool can affect Throughout the procedure, the Software WB application provided the status of the tool relative to the disk the tool could affect The unchanged before-test and after-test md5sums show that the ATA and the SCSI hard drive was not changed by the execution of these procedures

451

Sample Summary Report Test Number: SWWB -04-01 Test Title: Software Write-Block (Software WB) Test Date: 8/07/2003 08/16/2003 Test Description: This documents the results of testing the ability of the Software WB to write-protect supported hard disks attached to a system during operational usage. The test plan consists of four test scenarios including ATA and SCSI hard disks. Forensic Tool: Title: Software WB Manufacturer: Umpty-phrat Technologies Inc. Version: Version 4.10.00 Test Results: Test Number 04-01-01 04-01-02 04-01-03 04-01-04 Requirements: The Software WB forensic tool should allow normal operation to unprotected disks (i.e., the system drive). The Software WB forensic tool should block all modifications to protected disks. The before-test and after-test md5sums should match for the protected disks. The Software WB forensic tool should provide feedback to the user as to the status of the tool and the disks that the tool can affect. Observations/Concerns: N/A Limitations: Environment ATA drive, primary SCSI drive, ID0 ATA drive, secondary SCSI drive, ID0 SCSI drive, ID1 Reqt 1 Pass Pass Pass Pass Reqt 2 Pass Fail Pass Pass Reqt 3 Pass Fail Pass Pass Reqt 4 Pass Pass Pass Pass

452

Not to be used with ATA drive attached to secondary IDE channel. Recommendations: To be used with SCSI drives, and ATA drives connected to primary IDE channel only.

453

History: SWGDE Recommended Guidelines for Validation Testing Revision Issue Date 08/20/2004 1 2 Approved 02/04/2004 Approved 02/04/2004 Approved 02/04/2004 Approved 02/04/2004 Approved 02/04/2004 Section All` p. 4 p. 5 History Draft document created Changed Test Report Template (original document, p. 4) to Test Scenario Report Template Added Note Regarding Included Samples after No. 7 (Recommendations (optional)) Changed (under Test Scenarios, Test Number 04-01-01, Environment:) ATA drive, primary to ATA drive, primary slave, SCSI Drive, 100 Changed (under Sample Test Scenario Report, Test Number): SWWB 04-01 to SWWB 04-01-01 (a similar report will be created for all test scenarios) Added (under Test Notes) No. 5 (A Linux bootable CDROM, version 3.99, is utilized to perform the validation tests) Revised the table under Procedures, No. 3: HardDrive 1/D,I,J/Yes changed to HardDrive0 /C/No; HardDrive2/K/Yes changed to HardDrive1/D,I,J/Yes; HardDrive3/F,G,H/Yes changed to HardDrive2/FGH/Yes Revised the table under Procedures, No. 8: Disk 2/K changed to Disk 2/F:, G:, H:, Healthy; replaced Disk 3/F: with CDROM0/E Added, under Procedures, No. 10: Procedures Nos. 11-13 14-19, 20-21 Under Validation Results, No. 1: changed Connect the ATA test drive to a Linux system (using an Acard) and use the md5sum utility to produce an md5sum for the test drive to Connect an Acard to the ATA test drive and boot test machine with a Linux bootable CD-ROM. Run the md5sum utility to produce an md5sum for the test drive Under Validation Results, No. 1: changed content of table

p. 6

p. 8

p. 9

Approved 02/04/2004

p. 9

Approved 02/04/2004 Approved 02/04/2004

p. 9

p. 9

Approved 02/04/2004

p. 10

10

Approved

p. 10

454

02/04/2004

under Test Drive added (ATA) after Maxtor reference (p. Under Validation Results, No. 2: changed Connect the SCSI test drive to a Linux system and use the md5sum utility to produce an md5sum for the test drive to Connect an Acard to the SCSI test drive and boot test machine with a Linux bootable CD-ROM. Run the md5sum utility to produce an md5sum for the test drive Under Validation Results, No. 2: changed content of table under Test Drive added (SCSI) after Seagate Barracuda Model reference Under This test procedure validated the test criteria: No. 1: deleted; replaced by No. 2 No. 2: deleted; replaced by new No. 2 No. 3: retained No. 4: new Reformatted entire document (jb)

11

Approved 02/04/2004

p.10

12

Approved 02/04/2004

p. 10

13

Approved 02/04/2004 Approved 02/04/2004 03/01/2004 04/14/2004 04/15/2004

p. 11

14 15 16 17

All

18

04/15/2004

pp. 7, 9, Removed highlights from sections modified at the Feb. 2004 10-15 meeting Added the following final three (3) sentences to paragraph p. 2 under When Under Process, deleted Develop and document test plan; replaced with Develop and document test plan p. 4 before testing begins. The test plan should contain the following: Under Process, deleted old 1.a (Shall be written before testing begins); replaced with new 1.a (Purpose and p. 4 scope). Under Process, replaced old 1.b (Documents purpose and scope) with new bullet: Requirements to be tested what does the tool have to do? Under Process, replaced old 1.c (Develop and document requirements to be tested what does the tool have to do?) with new bullet: Methodology how to test? (Identify support tools required to assist with evaluation results when applicable) Under Process, replaced old 1.d (Describe and document methodology . . .) with new bullet: Test scenarios

19

04/15/2004

p. 4

20

04/15/2004

p. 4

21

04/15/2004

p. 4

455

22

04/15/2004

p. 4

Under Process, replaced old 1.e (Identify and document test scenarios) with new bullet: Test data to fulfill conditions of test scenarios can existing reference set data be used? (Identify support tools required to assist with developing test data when applicable) Under Process, replaced old 1.f (Develop or identify test data . . .) with new bullet: Document test data utilized Added boxed note Under Process, replaced 2.a (use media that is in a known state) with new bullet: Use media and/or other sample materials that are in a known state or condition Under Process, deleted workaround under Bullet 2.c and added alternative procedure

23 24 25

04/15/2004 04/15/2004 04/15/2004

p. 4 p. 4 p. 4

26 27 28 29

04/15/2004 05/12/2004 05/12/2004 05/12/2004

p. 5

pp. 10 - Added SAMPLE to all Sample Test Plan pages 17 Revised footer to read Final Version Approved All 04/15/2004 p. 1 Revised cover page of document

456

APPENDIX C - SWGDE GUIDELINES AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TRAINING IN DIGITAL EVIDENCE Version: 2.0 Drafted by Training: August 20, 2003 Revised by Training: February 3, 2004 Revised by Membership: February 4, 2004 Reformatted February 24, 2004 Revised March 1, 2004 (based on voter feedback) Revised by Training: April 14, 2004 Membership: Send draft document to SWGIT (April 15, 2004) Disclaimer: As a condition to the use of this document and the information contained therein, the SWGDE requests notification by e-mail before or contemporaneous to the introduction of this document, or any portion thereof, as a marked exhibit offered for or moved into evidence in any judicial, administrative, legislative or adjudicatory hearing or other proceeding (including discovery proceedings) in the United States or any Foreign country. Such notification shall include: 1) The formal name of the proceeding, including docket number or similar identifier; 2) the name and location of the body conducting the hearing or proceeding; 3) subsequent to the use of this document in a formal proceeding please notify SWGDE as to its use and outcome; 4) the name, mailing address (if available) and contact information of the party offering or moving the document into evidence. Notifications should be sent to: execcmte@swgde.org. Redistribution Policy: SWGDE grants permission for redistribution and use of all publicly posted documents created by SWGDE, provided that the following conditions are met: 1. Redistributions of documents, or parts SWGDE cover page containing the disclaimer. of documents, must retain the

2. Neither the name of SWGDE, nor the names of its contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived from its documents. 3. Any reference or quote from a SWGDE document must include the version number (or create date) of the document and mention if the document is in a draft status. There are many topics to include in digital forensic training for your workforce. There are also many vehicles to provide training, such as in-service and out-service training and distance learning. The recommendations for your training agenda are to provide your employees and other workforce members with the information needed for them to do their jobs within their discipline. The purpose of this document is to provide guidelines and recommendations for such training.

457

It should be recognized that some agencies might choose to provide training other than what is recommended in this section. In such circumstances, those agencies should demonstrate and document that the training selected is adequate to meet their anticipated needs. Introduction Personnel that encounter digital evidence must be aware of the capabilities and limitations of specific technologies. Those engaged in the digital evidence process should be aware of the procedures commonly followed within the forensics community and should strive to meet or exceed these recommendations. They should also endeavor to maintain awareness of new developments. In support of these goals, the following recommendations are offered to personnel engaged in forensics: Define and employ quality assurance programs to ensure the implementation of valid and reliable procedures for the task. Maintain proficiency by pursuing continuing education courses in digital evidence technology. Maintain awareness of legal developments relating to digital evidence. Maintain awareness of technological advancements. Definitions of Categories Several categories of digital evidence training relevant to those who encounter digital evidence are identified and defined as follows: Categories of training Awareness: Training designed to provide the student with a general knowledge of the major elements of digital evidence including, specific product capabilities Skills and techniques: Training designed to provide the student with the ability to competently use specific tools and procedures Knowledge of processes and relationships: Training designed to provide the student with an understanding of digital forensics and when to apply that understanding given various situations

458

Court procedures: Witness testimony: Training designed to provide the student with the ability to present reliable digital evidence-based testimony in court Case preparation: Training designed to provide the student with the ability to prepare accurate and reliable exhibits Continuing education: Training designed to provide personnel with ongoing training in digital forensics Specialized applications and technologies: Training in specific subdisciplines or in specialized areas Competency: A competency-testing program incorporates a number of components: Required levels of skill and knowledge for a job category should be identified by the agency. These levels should be driven by the requirements of the specific tasks to be accomplished. A course should be designed or identified by the agency or its agent to provide the skills and information necessary for the agency's personnel to attain competency in those skills If determined to be necessary by the agency, a competency test should be developed and administered to test these skills. Different types of competency tests may be developed depending on the various skills required Job categories Management: Includes personnel who are responsible for setting agency policies and/or making budget decisions Command/Supervision: Includes personnel who supervise and/or direct personnel engaged in the field of digital forensics Examiner: Includes personnel for whom digital evidence recovery is a major component of their routine duties. The personnel may be responsible for the collection of digital evidence as a part of their duties as well as responsible for the analysis of the evidence. Technician: analysis Includes personnel who prepare digital evidence for examination and

First Responder: Includes personnel who are the first to secure, preserve and/or collect digital evidence at the crime scene

459

Topical areas for focused training The following section delineates specific topical areas in which personnel should receive focused training to effectively fulfill their digital forensic duties. It should be noted that in some instances a single person might occupy multiple job categories. Managers, commanders/supervisors Status of digital evidence technology Legal issues Industry, market and user trends for new and emerging technologies Sources of digital evidence used in criminal activity Description of core technologies Basic forensic science Basic digital technology Strengths and limitations in media imaging Strengths and limitations of digital forensic tools (e.g. hardware and software) Strengths and limitations of personnel capabilities Competency and continuing education with respect to current digital technology Psychological stress Current life cycle-cost comparisons and limitations hardware and software Strategic alternatives Contact procedure for technical support References/information sources Examiner Recognize the presence of other forms of physical evidence not related to digital evidence such as fingerprints and/or other types of biological evidence

460

Understand agency procedure for handling physical evidence General training Safety issues Maintain chain of custody and data integrity Ethics General forensic principles and practices Evidence handling (to preserve integrity of evidence) Court testimony skills Admissibility (Daubert) hearing testimony (issue awareness) Quality assurance (consistency within the forensic community) Basic crime scene management (understanding scene and evidence complexity) Technical writing Best Practices (i.e., technical procedures) SOPs Position specific training relevant to the specific sub-discipline should include the following: Audio Hardware Types Recognition Tools Media types Software Applications

461

File identification Operating systems Malicious code recognition Storage formats Logical Physical File systems Scientific and technical foundations Basic digital theory Frequency fundamentals Sound Hearing

462

Computer Forensics Hardware Types Recognition Tools Media types Installation and configuration Software Applications File identification Operating systems Malicious code recognition Networks Network topology NOS types Network security Internet infrastructure and protocol Storage formats Logical Physical Partitioning File systems

463

Forensic analysis procedures Scientific and technical foundations Data interface technology Operating system technologies Operating system fundamentals Installation, configuration, and upgrading Diagnosing and troubleshooting Networks Core hardware objectives Installation, configuration, and upgrading Diagnosing and troubleshooting PC preventive maintenance, safety, and environmental issues Motherboard, processors, and memory Basic networking Image Analysis (TBD) Video (TBD) Technician Safety Issues Recognize the presence of other forms of physical evidence not related to digital evidence such as fingerprints and/or other types of biological evidence Contact procedure for technical support (i.e., who to call) Identification of digital evidence Media types and remain current of new media formats technologies Evidence handling (to preserve integrity of evidence) Use of tools for media acquisition (hardware and software) Maintenance of the chain of custody Demonstration of competency (written or practical exam) First Responders Safety issues

464

Recognize the presence of other forms of physical evidence not related to digital evidence such as fingerprints and/or other types of biological evidence Contact procedure for technical support (who to call) Recognize the presence of digital evidence at the crime scene Proper collection and preservation techniques Creation and maintenance of the chain of custody Demonstration of competency (written or practical exam) Issues to consider when addressing training needs A number of issues should be considered when addressing an agency's training needs. The following section provides guidance for selecting training providers and addressing continuing education and testimony training needs. Continuing education Continuing education can be obtained from training conferences, trade shows, and specialized courses. This training should address updates and the use of new technologies as it relates to: Hardware Software Techniques applicable to the digital evidence recovery process Forensic procedures beneficial to digital evidence Testimony training This training should address the use of digital evidence in court using techniques such as: Lecture-type presentation relevant to court testimony Moot court Court monitoring Training documentation To demonstrate compliance with training, conduct the following: Develop a written training program Provide a training syllabus

465

Document performance Establish a formal means of recognition of successful completion of the training such as a certificate, letter, or memorandum.

466

History: Guidelines and Recommendations for Training in Digital Evidence Revision Issue Date Section History Document drafted (August 20, 2003) Under Introduction, replaced in the work with digital evidence with that encounter Under Introduction, digital replaced computer with

08/20/2003 All 1 2 3 4 02/04/2004 p. 2 02/04/2004 p. 2 02/04/2004 p. 2 02/04/2004 p. 2

Under Introduction, replaced evidence recovery with forensics Under Introduction, added a fourth bullet: Maintain awareness of technological advancements Under Definition of Categories, replaced would benefit from the training with encounter digital evidence Under Categories of Training: Knowledge of processes and relationships: replaced evidence recovery with forensics Court procedures: replaced the student with personnel Continuing education: replaced evidence recovery with forensics Under Categories of Training: Replaced Specialized applications with Specialized Applications and Technologies Under Categories of Training, Specialized Applications and Technologies: Replaced disciplines with sub-disciplines Replaced Categories of Users with Job Categories Under Job Categories: Command/Supervision: replaced in the use of digital evidence with in the field of digital forensics Under Job Categories, moved First Responder from the third bullet to the last

02/04/2004 p. 2

02/04/2004 p. 2

02/04/2004 p. 2

8 9 10

02/04/2004 p. 2 02/04/2004 p. 3 02/04/2004 p. 3

11

02/04/2004 p. 3

467

12 13

02/04/2004 p. 3 02/04/2004 p. 3

Under Job Categories, moved Examiner to the third bullet Under Job Categories, moved Technician to the fourth bullet Under First Responder, replaced preserve and/or collect digital evidence from the scene with secure, preserve and/or collect digital evidence at the crime scene Under Examiner, removed are not only and added as well as Under Topical Areas for Focused Training: Replaced user groups with personnel Replaced evidence recovery with digital forensic Added It should be noted that in some instances, a single person might occupy multiple job categories Under Managers, Commanders/Supervisors, Status of digital evidence technology: Deleted bullet Extent of use and who are the users Deleted bullet Industry and market trends Under Managers, Commanders/Supervisors, Status of digital evidence technology: Added two (2) new bullets: Industry, market and user trends for new and emerging technologies Sources of digital evidence used in criminal activity Under Managers, Commanders/Supervisors, Description of core technologies: Added the bullet Basic Digital Technology Under Managers, Commanders/Supervisor, Basic Digital Technology: Revised bullet to read Strengths and limitations of digital forensic tools Under Managers, Commanders/Supervisors,

14

02/04/2004 p. 3

15

02/04/2004 p. 3

16

02/04/2004 p. 3

17

02/04/2004 p. 3

18

02/04/2004 p. 3

19

02/04/2004 p. 3

20

02/04/2004 p. 3

21

02/04/2004 p. 3

468

Strengths and limitations personnel capabilities: Revised bullet to read Competency and continuing education with respect to current digital technology Under First Responders: Replaced the bullet Recognizing physical evidence such as fingerprints and/or blood spatter with Recognize the presence of other forms of physical evidence not related to digital evidence such as fingerprints and/or other types of biological evidence Deleted the bullet Review available publications/training materials addressing seizure of digital evidence Added who to call to the end of the bullet Contact procedure for technical support Replaced the bullet Identification of digital evidence; recognize, secure, and seize with Recognize the presence of digital evidence at the crime scene Under Technician: Replaced the bullet Recognizing physical evidence such as fingerprints and/or blood spatter with Recognize the presence of other forms of physical evidence not related to digital evidence such as fingerprints and/or other types of biological evidence Deleted the bullet Safety Issue Under Examiner: Added the bullet Recognize the presence of other forms of physical evidence not related to digital evidence such as fingerprints and/or other types of biological evidence Under Examiner, General Training: Add two (2) bullets: Best Practices (Technical Procedures) SOPs Under Examiner: Revised the bullet Position specific training should include the following to read Position specific training relevant to the specific sub-discipline should include the following Under Examiner, Position specific training relevant to the specific sub-discipline should include the following, Software:

22

02/04/2004 p. 3

23

02/04/2004 p. 4

24

02/04/2004 p. 4

25

02/04/2004 p. 4

26

02/04/2004 p. 4

27

02/04/2004 p. 4

469

Added the bullet Malicious code recognition Under Examiner, Position specific training relevant to the specific sub-discipline should include the following: Added if applicable after Networks Under Examiner: Deleted the bullet Relevant Applications Deleted the bullet Relevant Media (Digital/Analog) Replaced the bullet Disk Geometry with Digital Storage Formats Replaced blue text with black text throughout document per voter feedback Under Introduction, deleted digital from digital forensics (first paragraph, second paragraph) Deleted recovery from digital evidence recovery technology (second bullet) Deleted recovery from digital evidence recovery examination (see definition for Examiner) Under Examiner, added Audio category Moved Networks bullet to Computer Forensics (new category under Examiner on p. 7) Moved the Digital Storage Formats bullet under Examiner to new category (Computer Forensics) with new title Storage Formats, still under Examiner Moved Forensic Analysis Procedures bullet to new category under Examiners: Computer Forensics

28

02/04/2004 p. 4

29

02/04/2004 p. 4

30

03/01/2004 All

31

04/14/2004 p. 2

32

04/14/2004 p. 2

33

04/14/2004 p. 4

34

04/14/2004 p. 6

35

04/14/2004 p. 6

36

04/4/2004

p. 6

37

04/14/2004 p. 6

470

38

04/14/2004 p. 7

Added new category under Examiners: Computer Forensics Added bullet Scientific and Technical Foundations under Examiner, Computer Forensics Added Image Analysis and Video under Examiner, Computer Forensics; terms still need to be defined Reformatted entire document Changed document version to 2.0 (from 1.0)

39

04/14/2004 p. 7-8

40

04/14/2004 p. 8

41 42

05/12/2004 All 05/12/2004 p. 1

471

APPENDIX D - SWGDE/SWGIT RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR DEVELOPING STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES Disclaimer: As a condition to the use of this document and the information contained therein, the SWGDE/SWGIT request notification by e-mail before or contemporaneous to the introduction of this document, or any portion thereof, as a marked exhibit offered for or moved into evidence in any judicial, administrative, legislative or adjudicatory hearing or other proceeding (including discovery proceedings) in the United States or any Foreign country. Such notification shall include: 1) The formal name of the proceeding, including docket number or similar identifier; 2) the name and location of the body conducting the hearing or proceeding; 3) subsequent to the use of this document in a formal proceeding please notify SWGDE/SWGIT as to its use and outcome; 4) the name, mailing address (if available) and contact information of the party offering or moving the document into evidence. Notifications should be sent to: execcmte@swgde.org. Redistribution Policy: SWGDE/SWGIT grant permission for redistribution and use of all publicly posted documents created by SWGDE/SWGIT, provided that the following conditions are met: 1. Redistributions of documents, or parts of documents, must retain the SWGDE/SWGIT cover page containing the disclaimer. 2. Neither the name of SWGDE/SWGIT, nor the names of its contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived from its documents. 3. Any reference or quote from a SWGDE/SWGIT document must include the version number (or create date) of the document and mention if the document is in a draft status.

472

Recommended Guidelines for Developing Standard Operating Procedures Introduction: Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) are agency unique documents describing the methods and procedures to be followed in performing routine operations. SOPs are essential to improve the quality and to implement uniform processes for conducting digital & multimedia evidence forensic tasks in a precise, accurate manner. SOPs should be task-based and written for each procedure conducted. They should be reviewed at least annually. The previously approved versions of an SOP should be retained for reference. Scope: SOPs should conform to agency-specific policies. Such policies may address document format, workflow, approval process, and tasks performed. SOPs may be stored separately, in one large collected manual, or organized by functional unit. For instance, a single manual may be more convenient, but having separate SOP documents may be more amenable to the discovery process. SOPs should contain all information necessary to perform the task being described. Individual agency needs and/or processes will dictate what information is necessary. General Guidelines: SOPs may include but are not limited to: The name of the SOP, effective date and/or other version control. The purpose and scope of the SOP. Definitions and abbreviations that are not commonly used or have a special connotation in the SOP. The source of these definitions should be cited. A list of equipment, materials and standards/controls. Note: Since equipment and material lists are frequently updated, it may be beneficial to create a separate listing of this equipment. This will allow for a document that can be updated independent of the SOP. Equipment calibration and similar preparatory steps, if applicable. Any known limitations of the equipment, software or procedure. A list of steps used in performing the task, including appropriate parameters or options to be used. Appropriate references. This may include equipment manuals, other published procedures, journal references, etc. Any additional information/materials the examiner needs to be aware of that are not already included in the sections above, such as safety issues or operational precautions. Authorization and approval information. Sample SOPs are provided for your reference. These are examples only and are not meant to be boilerplate.

473

Sample Standard Operating Procedure Wiping Media Version: Draft 1.0 (08/2003) Version: Revised Draft 1.1 (02/2004) Version: Revised Draft 2.0 (4/2004) Note: The sample standard operating procedures are given as an example only and are not meant to be used without revision. Introduction/Scope: This procedure applies to wiping media for hard disk drives and other digital media. This procedure applies to computer forensic examiners in this agency. Purpose: To completely erase by overwriting all data on digital media including both physical and logical structures. Equipment: " " " Media to be wiped Examination station ABC software wiping utility (current or appropriate version)

Definitions: Wiping - To completely erase by overwriting all data on digital media including both physical and logical structures, Calibration: None Limitations: This procedure may not apply to all forms of media, such as tapes or diskettes. Procedure: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Ensure the examination station is powered off. Attach media to be wiped to examination station. Power on the examination station. Start wiping process utilizing appropriate software commands. When process is complete, verify the media has been wiped. Power off examination station.

474

7.

Remove the media.

References: ABC user manual for software wiping utility. Notes: Examiners should double check media before wiping to ensure no irreplaceable data will be lost. History: Section Revision 1.1 Date 01/05/2004 Notes Change Spelling correction

This standard operating procedure has been approved for use. Jane Doe Approving Authority Date Sample Standard Operating Procedure Video Processing Note: The sample standard operating procedures are given as an example only and are not meant to be used without revision. Do a visual inspection of the tape and cassette housing to Ensure housing is intact Inspect tape for damage (e.g., twisting, separation) If damage is found, take corrective action and document. Enable any record-protection device (e.g., punch-out tab, slide record tab, remove record button). Determine if the submitted tape is an original or a copy. If it is an original, proceed to Step 4. If it is a copy, contact the submitter and request that original tape be submitted, and terminate examination of the copy. If the copy is the best available, proceed with the examination.

475

Determine the make, model, and settings of the device used to record the submitted video, if possible. These settings may include the recording format and speed. Select the appropriate playback device(s) to achieve optimal signal quality. Using the selected devices and settings, review the submitted video to locate the pertinent segment(s). Determine the appropriate playback speed for processing. A time-base corrector may be used to stabilize the signal for playback and permit adjustment of video, chroma, pedestal levels, or other signals. At the examiners discretion, a working copy of the pertinent segment may be generated using an available analog or digital device. 10. The images may be enhanced using a number of processing operations that may include but are not limited to histogram equalization, multiframe averaging, contrast and levels adjustments, and sharpening. Once enhanced, the final images are output to appropriate media.

476

History: SWGDE/SWGIT Recommended Guidelines for Developing Standard Operating Procedures for Digital Forensic Examinations

Revision

Issue Date 08/20/2003

Section All p. 2

History Document drafted August 20, 2003 Defined Purpose of the document; added Recommended to Guidelines for Developing Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for Digital Forensic Examinations Included the title Recommended Guidelines for Developing Standard Operating Procedures for Digital Forensic Examinations below Purpose Changed is to are Revised the explanation of Standard Operating Procedures to include as the last sentence, The previously approved versions of a standard operating procedure should be retained for reference. Added the section Limitations between Calibration and Procedure; explained Limitations as Any known limitations of the equipment or procedure should be listed in this section. Replaced Procedures with Procedure. Revised the explanation for Procedure; added the last sentence, This section should include the appropriate parameters or options to be used during the procedure Revised the Notes section to include the following, . . . such as safety issues or operational precautions. Added an Approval Statement: This statement should contain the signature of the individuals with authority to approve the use of the Standard Operating Procedure and the date of the signature. Added a Note stating, The sample standard operating procedures are given as an example only and are not meant to be used without revision. Under Sample SOP: Wiping Media, added a Limitations section between Calibration and Procedure. The Limitations section reads, This 477

02/03/2004

2 3 4

02/03/2004 02/03/2004 02/03/2004

p. 2 p. 2 p. 2

5 6 7 8 9

02/03/2004 02/03/2004 02/03/2004 02/03/2004 02/03/2004

p. 3 p. 3 p. 3 p. 3 p. 3

10

02/03/2004

p. 3

11

02/03/2004

p. 4

12 13 14 15 16 17

02/03/2004 02/03/2004 02/03/2004 02/03/2004 02/25/2004 03/01/2004

p. 5 p. 5 pp. 6-7 pp.8-9 All All

18

04/13/2004

p. 2

19 20

04/13/2004 04/13/2004

p. 2 p. 3

21

04/13/2004

p. 3

22

04/13/2004

p. 4

23

04/13/2004

p. 4

procedure may not apply to all forms of media, such as tapes or diskettes Under Sample SOP: Wiping Media, added under Notes: This standard operating procedure has been approved for use Added Jane Doe, Approving Authority, and Date at the end of the Sample SOP: Wiping Media document New SOP: Video Capture Procedure New SOP: Archiving Digital Images Document reformatted (jb) Removed names of members from page 2 (per voters request); replaced all words in blue text with black text (per voters request); pagination is different from Feb. 2004 document due to modifications made to p. 2 Added text box, The SWGDE Recommended Guidelines for Developing Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for Digital Forensic Examinations were written to provide agencies with a suggested format for writing a SOP. The committee intentionally left the procedure sections vague. Other professional organizations and scientific groups have made recommendations as to the steps to be followed during the actual examination. SWGDE recommends that agencies refer to the public documents published by those organizations to determine the best procedures to follow. Under Title, changed date of release to effective date. Under Procedure, added, If procedures are numbered, this is an indication that the steps have a specific order. Revised Note: replaced The sample standard operating procedures are given as an example only and are not meant to be used without revision with The sample standard operating procedures are given as an example structure only; the content is not meant to be used without revision. Added Note to Sample SOP: Wiping Media, The sample standard operating procedures are given as an example only and are not meant to be used without revision. Under Sample SOP: Wiping Media, changed title Introduction to Introduction/Scope Under Introduction/Scope, replaced The sample standard operating procedures are given as an 478

24 25 26

04/13/2004 04/13/2004 04/13/2004

p. 4 p. 4 p. 5

27

04/13/2004

p. 6

28

04/13/2004

p. 6

29

04/13/2004

p. 6

30 31 32 33 34

04/13/2004 04/13/2004 04/13/2004 04/13/2004 04/13/2004

p. 7 P. 7 p. 7 p. 8 p. 8

35

04/13/2004

p. 8

example only and are not meant to be used without revision with This procedure applies to wiping media for hard disk drives and other digital media. This procedure applies to computer forensic examiners in this agency. Under Sample SOP: Wiping Media, Calibration, changed Not applicable to None. Under Sample SOP, Wiping Media, Limitations, changed (tapes, diskettes, SAN etc.) to such as tapes or diskettes. Under Sample SOP, Wiping Media, added History section Added table under History Under Sample SOP, Video Capture Procedure, added boxed text, The sample standard operating procedures are given as an example structure only; the content is not meant to be used without revision. Under Sample SOP, Video Capture Procedure, replaced title Introduction with Introduction/Scope Under Sample SOP, Video Capture Procedure, Introduction/Scope, replaced video forensic examiner with forensic video examiner. Under Sample SOP, Video Capture Procedure, Purpose, replaced To describe the procedure to capture and maximize the quality of the video signal captured with To capture and maximize the quality of the video signal capture. Under Sample SOP, Video Capture Procedure, added after Procedure No. 5: and calibrate. Under Sample SOP, Video Capture Procedure, Procedure No. 7, replaced minimize with maximize Under Sample SOP, Video Capture Procedure, added a History section Added boxed text to Sample SOP, Archiving Digital Images. Under Sample SOP, Archiving Digital Images, replaced title Introduction with Introduction/Scope Under Sample SOP, Archiving Digital Images, Purpose, replaced The digital images are to be transferred to the archival media and verified the image files can be opened with To transfer the digital images to the archival media and verify that 479

36 37 38

04/13/2004 04/13/2004 07/22/2004

p. 9 All All

the images can be opened. Under Sample SOP, Archiving Digital Images, added History section Added Sample to all SOP pages Whole document rewritten by joint SWGDE/SWGIT committee

Drafted by the Forensic Committee: August 20, 2003 Modified by the Forensic Committee: February 3, 2004 Reformatted February 24, 2004 Revised March 1, 2004 (based on SWGDE voter feedback) Revised by the Forensic Committee: April 13, 2004 Reformatted May 10, 2004 Rewritten by SWGDE/SWGIT July 22, 2004

480

APPENDIX E - PROFICIENCY TEST PROGRAM GUIDELINES Version: Draft Drafted by Standards/Accreditation: February 4, 2004 Reformatted February 24, 2004 Revised by Standards/Accreditation: April 14, 2004 Reformatted May 17, 2004 Revised by SWGDE/SWGIT July 21, 2004 Disclaimer: As a condition to the use of this document and the information contained therein, the SWGDE requests notification by e-mail before or contemporaneous to the introduction of this document, or any portion thereof, as a marked exhibit offered for or moved into evidence in any judicial, administrative, legislative or adjudicatory hearing or other proceeding (including discovery proceedings) in the United States or any Foreign country. Such notification shall include: 1) The formal name of the proceeding, including docket number or similar identifier; 2) the name and location of the body conducting the hearing or proceeding; 3) subsequent to the use of this document in a formal proceeding please notify SWGDE as to its use and outcome; 4) the name, mailing address (if available) and contact information of the party offering or moving the document into evidence. Notifications should be sent to: execcmte@swgde.org. Redistribution Policy: SWGDE grants permission for redistribution and use of all publicly posted documents created by SWGDE, provided that the following conditions are met: 1. Redistributions of documents, or parts of documents, must retain the SWGDE cover page containing the disclaimer. 2. Neither the name of SWGDE, nor the names of its contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived from its documents. 3. Any reference or quote from a SWGDE document must include the version number (or create date) of the document and mention if the document is in a draft status. Proficiency Test Program Guide Purpose To provide a guide to implement a Digital and Multimedia Evidence (DME) proficiency test program.

481

Scope The proficiency test program, which is one component of a Quality Assurance program, should verify that the technical procedures are valid and that the quality of each examiners work is being maintained. Subdisciplines Computer Forensics Forensic Audio Video Analysis Image Analysis Test Preparation and Design Proficiency tests may be internal or external, open or blind. Tests shall be subdiscipline specific, process based, and representative of items routinely examined. The test shall be prepared and anticipated results documented by an individual or organization identified by the tested agency as technically knowledgeable in the subdiscipline. A second individual identified by the tested agency as technically knowledgeable in the subdiscipline shall confirm the suitability for testing, the completeness of the test and anticipated results. The test should be representative of routine DME casework. It should be noted that Examiners and technical support personnel need only demonstrate proficiency in those processes which are representative of their routine activities. Furthermore, examiners need not demonstrate competency in all of the processes listed in order to be considered qualified to perform individual examination processes.

482

The proficiency test may include, but is not limited to, one or more of the processes listed below. Computer Forensic Audio Video Analysis Image Analysis Forensics Write Protect Write/Record Protect Write/Record Protect Write/Record Protect Media Media Characterization Media Characterization Media Characterization Characterizatio n Physical Duplicate/Copy Duplicate/Copy Reconstruction/Recovery /Logical Copy Restoration Reconstruction/Recovery Reconstruction/Recovery Image Restoration Directory Playback Optimization Playback Optimization Listing Erased File Data Extraction Data Extraction Authentication Recovery Residue Data/Signal Analysis Data Analysis Enhancement Extraction Search by Enhancement Enhancement Timeline Reconstruction Criteria Internet Authentication Authentication Image Content Analysis Activity Password Voice Analysis Demonstrative Report of Findings Recovery Comparison Verification Report of Findings Photogrammetry Photogrammetry Identification Format/Standard Timeline Sequencing Duplicate/Copy and/or recovery Conversion Reconstruction of hidden information Identification Report of Findings Photographic and/or recovery Comparison of encrypted data Report of Format/Standard Demonstrative Findings Conversion Comparison DeMultiplex Image Restoration Photographic Comparison Image Content Analysis Test Approval Test preparation documentation, test design, and anticipated results will be provided to an individual technically knowledgeable in the subdiscipline and the quality assurance personnel for approval. 483

Distribution Personnel actively performing or technically assisting in examinations will be required to successfully complete at least one proficiency test annually. The unit must participate in one external proficiency test annually. It is recommended that personnel be tested annually in each subdiscipline in which they actively perform or technically assist in examinations. Testing Process Proficiency tests will be conducted according to the agency approved protocols in effect at the time of the proficiency test. Review of Test Results The results and supporting documentation will be evaluated by qualified personnel identified by the agency. Additionally, results and the evaluation will be provided to the management and reviewed with the individual tested. Documentation The proficiency test results and supporting documentation will be retained in accordance with the agencys documentation retention policy. Corrective Action Inconsistencies in the proficiency test results will be resolved in accordance with the corrective action policy of the agencys DME program. The corrective action policy should address inadequacies of the test, process, and the tested individual.

484

GLOSSARY: Authentication: The process of determining whether a recording or image is original continuous, free from unexplained alterations (additions, deletions, edits, or artifacts), and consistent with the stated operation of the recording device used to make it. Blind Proficiency Test: Proficiency test in which the analyst is unaware of the test nature of the sample at the time of the analysis. Computer Forensics:The application of science and engineering to the legal problems of digital evidence. (SWGDE) Copy/ Duplicate: An accurate reproduction of information contained in the data objects independent of the original physical item. Data/Signal Analysis: a. Audio, analysis of non-voice signals to identify, compare, and interpret these signals. Recordings might include gunshots or DTMF (telephony) signaling for analysis. (FBI FAVIAU) b. Video (Define) Digital Evidence (DE): binary form. (SWGDE) Information of probative value stored or transmitted in

Directory Listing: A list of all the files on media. It may also contain other information such as the size of the files and amount of free space remaining. (Newtons Telecom Dictionary) Enhancement: Processing of recordings for the purpose of increased intelligibility, attenuation of noise, improvement of understanding the recorded material, and improvement of quality or ease of hearing or viewing. Erased File Recovery: The process for recovering deleted files.

External Proficiency Test: A proficiency test managed and controlled outside to the agency. (Consistent with ASCLD/LAB) File Slack: Space between the logical end of the file and the end of the last allocation unit for that file. (TWGEDE document) Image:a. An accurate digital reproduction of all data contained on a digital storage device (e.g. hard drive, CD-ROM, flash memory, floppy disk). Maintains contents and attributes. (TWGEDE)

485

b. An imitation or representation of a person or thing, drawn, painted, photographed, etc. (Webster /SWGIT) Image Analysis: Image Analysis is the application of subject matter expertise to the interpretation of subjects or objects depicted in images. It can also include the application of image science expertise to the extraction of information from images, the characterization of image features, and the interpretation of image structure. Image Restoration Any process applied to an image that has been degraded by a known cause, such as defocus or motion blur, so the effects of that degradation are partially or totally removed. Internal Proficiency Test: A proficiency test managed and controlled within the DE unit. (Consistent with ASCLD/LAB) Media: Objects on which data can be stored. (Computerwords.com/ SWGDE)

Media Characterization: The process of inspecting, identifying, and noting the physical and/or logical properties of the media. Open Proficiency Test: the sample is a test. A proficiency test in which the person being tested is aware

Password Recovery: The process of locating and identifying a series of characters used to prevent access to data. Photogrammetry: Photogrammetry is the art, science, and technology of obtaining reliable information about physical objects and the environment through the processes of recording, measuring, and interpreting photographic images and patterns of electromagnetic radiant energy and other phenomena. [from The Manual of Photogrammetry, 4th Edition, 1980, ASPRS]. In forensic applications, photogrammetry (sometimes called mensuration) most commonly is used to extract dimensional information from images, such as the height of subjects depicted in surveillance images and accident scene reconstruction. Other forensic photogrammetric applications include visibility and spectral analyses. Photographic Comparison: Assessment of the correspondence between features in images and known objects for the purpose of rendering an opinion regarding identification or elimination. Playback Optimization: The process of determining the most suitable equipment and settings for analyzing the output signal. Reconstruction/Recovery: The process of repairing damaged media or file formats in order to allow the retrieval of data.

486

Restoration: The process of restoring data from an image/copy to its original state. Residue: Data contained in unallocated space or unused allocated space or file slack. (SWGDE 1/15/03) Timeline/Sequence Reconstruction: The process of relating data, images, and/or audio to one another in an ordered succession. Verification: The process of confirming the accuracy of the data to the original evidence. Video Analysis: Write Protect: media content. The scientific examination, comparison and or evaluation of video. Hardware and/or software methods of preventing modification of

Note: Determine which terms/words found in this document need to be defined. Use definitions across the subdisciplines when possible. Breakout to separate definitions where needed. Recd input from some of the SWGIT members Jan. 2003 and have included above. Technical Work Group Examination of Digital Evidence

487

History: SWGDE Proficiency Test Program Guidelines Revision Issue Date Section 02/04/2004 All 1 2 3 4 02/04/2004 Glossary 02/04/2004 Glossary 02/04/2004 Glossary 02/04/2004 Glossary History Document drafted Feb. 4, 2004 Deleted Digital Evidence Examiner (p. 5, reformatted document). Deleted Image Comparison (p. 6, reformatted document). Deleted Internet (p. 6, reformatted document). Deleted the best rather than proper? from the Playback Optimization definition (p. 7, reformatted document). Deleted Search by Criteria (p. 7, reformatted document).

02/04/2004 Glossary

488

APPENDIX F - U.S. DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE Federal Bureau of Investigation Washington, D. C. 20535 July 2, 2001 Dear Colleague, The Scientific Working Group on Imaging Technologies (SWGIT) was created to provide leadership to the law enforcement community by developing guidelines for good practices for the use of imaging technologies within the criminal justice system. In this issue of Forensic Science Communications, we present one such document relating to those guidelines for your review. This document, "Definitions and Guidelines for the Use of Imaging Technologies in the Criminal Justice System," was previously released as a draft in 1999 for public review and comment. Based on the resulting feedback, we revised the document and now present a final version. This document represents the work of more than 30 photographers, scientists, instructors, and managers from more than two dozen federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies, as well as from the academic and research communities. The document represents the consensus opinion of this membership and should not be construed as the official policy of any one of the represented agencies. A goal of the SWGIT is to engage the entire law enforcement imaging community in the development of these guidelines. Please review this document carefully and give us your feedback. Instructions are attached. Thank you for your consideration. Sincerely, Richard W. Vorder Bruegge Chair, SWGIT

489

APPENDIX F - GUIDELINES FOR FIELD APPLICATIONS OF IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES IN THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM Scientific Working Group Version 2.3, December 6, 2001 on Imaging Technologies (SWGIT)

Introduction The purpose of this document is to: Provide specific recommendations and guidelines for the use of imaging technologies in law enforcement field applications. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of silver-based film cameras, instant photography cameras, digital still cameras, video cameras, and hybrid imaging systems in law enforcement field applications. Provide general guidelines for preparing agency-specific imaging technologies standard operating procedures (SOPs) for law enforcement field applications. Provide imaging equipment recommendations. This document addresses the photographic documentation of events or subjects that are not in a controlled environment (e.g., forensic laboratory or studio). The field applications addressed in this document include the following imaging: General crime scene photography First responder (FR) photography When crime scene photography personnel will not be called Prior to arrival of crime scene photography personnel Surveillance photography Tactical surveys Hazardous materials (HAZMAT) crime scene photography Aerial photography Accident scenes Arson photography Autopsy photography Bomb scene photography Mass disaster photography Search warrant photography Gang-related graffiti photography (FR) Field mug shots and tattoos (FR) Victim photography Advantages and Disadvantages of Major Image Capture Technologies in Field Applications The selection of an acquisition device (camera) is driven by the purpose and requirements of the end product. Therefore, the final use of the image should determine the choice of the camera. The recommendations for primary and secondary image capture devices are dependent on current technology and may change subject to changes in technology. These recommendations are made based on the practical experience of the SWGIT membership

490

in the acquisition and analysis of the images discussed herein. Agencies should decide what technologies are best suited to meet the requirements of their mission-specific tasks. As long as an agency can demonstrate and document that its choice of technologies is adequate to meet its anticipated needs, the agency should not feel required to adhere to the SWGIT recommendations. Silver-Based Film Cameras It is strongly recommended that a camera capable of manual override, with interchangeable lenses, off-camera flash, and a tripod mount be used as the primary capture device along with conventional silver-based film in 35 mm format or larger as the primary capture media for evidentiary photography/imaging. Advantages of silver-based film cameras in field applications: Highest resolution of available image capture options Highest dynamic range of available image capture options Best color range of available image capture options Most flexibility of currently available image options Most durable storage medium More readily available in the field than video or digital storage media Disadvantages of silver-based film cameras in field applications: Need for separate processing/printing facilities Relatively long processing time Environmental hazards generated by processing byproducts Preprocessing fragility (i.e., temperature, humidity, x-ray effects, expiration) No means of immediate image evaluation (with the exception of instant film) Discussion Resolution: The best measure of resolution is the evaluation of output imagery, which is the product of a series of steps. However, since this document is devoted to field applications, the following discussion is restricted to camera evaluation only. Users should verify resolution by visually examining images of test targets in their specific environments. SWGIT uses the following definitions of resolution: "Measure of capability to delineate picture detail;" and "The ability of a photographic system to record fine detail." These definitions are a subset of those found in ANSI/A Technical Report TR26-1993: Resolution as it Relates to Photographic and Electronic Imaging. Traditionally, film manufacturers measure resolution in terms of line pairs per millimeter (LP/mm) or lines per millimeter. Lines per millimeter refers to each line (black or white), thus there are always twice as many lines as there are line pairs over a given distance. Manufacturers of digital cameras frequently describe image size in terms of number of pixels. As stated in ANSI/A TR26-1993, "There is a common practice of referring to digital resolution as simply the total number of pixels within a frame or field, or alternately as the number of pixels in the horizontal and vertical directions. Alone, this information is useful to indicate the amount of data that can be handled in a single field at a given moment, but tells nothing about the unit's ability to resolve spatial information."

491

(Note that the words frame and field in the quote refer to a photographic field of view. These should not be confused with the terms used in video technology.) The ability to resolve spatial information can only be determined by testing a specific imaging system. In order to compare technologies, the total information that can be represented in the sensor is discussed. This constitutes an upper limit to the actual achievable resolution. It is possible to directly compare the maximum amount of information that can be represented by any two sensors by comparing the total number of pixels per frame. To compare film to the sensors in digital cameras (CCD/CMOS), it is necessary to relate line pairs per frame to pixels per frame. Common film types encountered in law enforcement field applications have optimal resolutions in the range of 40 - 160 line pairs per millimeter. Black and white films typically used at crime scenes have resolutions at the upper end of this range. Color films used at crime scenes have resolutions at the lower end of this range. A single frame of 35 mm ISO 200 color film is 36 mm wide by 24 mm high. With a resolution of 50 line pairs per millimeter, such a frame can resolve the following: 36mm x 50 LP/mm = 1800 line pairs horizontally and 24mm x 50 LP/mm = 1200 line pairs vertically. The equivalent number of pixels in a single frame is then calculated: 1800 line pairs x 2 pixels/line pair = 3600 pixels horizontally and 1200 line pairs x 2 pixels/line pair = 2400 pixels vertically. This represents a total of 3600 x 2400 = 8,640,000 pixels. A digital camera with a detector that is 3040 x 2008 pixels in size contains more than six million (6,104,320) pixels. This is referred to as a 6-megapixel camera. There is a tradeoff between the field of view and the resolution that can be represented by a sensor. If the field of view is held constant, then the resolution will vary with the number of pixels. If resolution is held constant, then the field of view will vary with the number of pixels. If the field of view is held identical for both sensors above (35 mm ISO 200 color film and a 6-megapixel CCD), the film, with 40 percent more pixels than the CCD (8.64 million versus 6.1 million), will provide an improvement in resolution of approximately 20 percent. Alternatively, if the resolution is held constant for both sensors, the film will cover a field of view that is 40 percent larger than the CCD. The resolution that can be achieved in a digital camera will be lower than the upper limit (ideal conditions) discussed above. Some research has found that it takes approximately four pixels to capture and reproduce a line pair under test conditions, instead of the representation by two pixels. Using this standard, the pixel resolution of film is effectively doubled.

492

NOTE: Discussing the resolution of video systems is beyond the scope of this document. SWGIT will address issues relating to video resolution in future documents. To compare the size of images generated from each of these sensors, a common output resolution must be defined. A conservative divisor of 200 pixels per inch (ppi) is generally used to determine the output size. In the above discussion, only film and digital sensors were considered. In reality, an image is captured and later displayed using an entire system in which several factors may affect the resolution of the particular image. The quality of the optics (lens or lenses) used to focus the image on the sensor plays an extremely important role and may greatly limit the overall resolution of the system. Also, differences in display methods may limit or enhance the perceived resolution. CCD sensors often achieve color acquisition by using one sensor array with pixel cells of alternating color sensitivity. Thus the overall resolution of the image will be less than the specified number of pixels on the sensor. One way to ameliorate this situation is to use a camera that contains three CCDs instead of one. This allows one to have a separate CCD for each primary color, red, green, and blue. Therefore, for the same specified number of pixels at the sensor, a three-CCD camera will provide higher resolution than a singleCCD camera. Two other factors that can effect resolution include the contrast in the scene and noise. In this context, contrast refers to the apparent difference between the brightest and darkest parts of the scene. As contrast increases, resolution increases. Noise refers to random variations that limit the fidelity of detection and reproduction systems, such as the granularity of photographic images. As noise increases, resolution decreases. Identifying the specific effects of these factors on each of the sensors discussed above is beyond the scope of this document. Dynamic Range: The difference between the brightest highlight and darkest value that a sensor (film or CCD) can detect and record in a single image. Negative film provides two to four f-stops more than most digital cameras. This increased dynamic range allows capture of both shadow and highlight details in a single frame of film. These same details might require several different images (at different capture settings) when recorded with a digital camera. Color Range: The range of colors that can be detected by a sensor compared to normal human vision. Negative film has a color range that is superior to CCDs. Flexibility: The selection of speeds and types of film available. Silver-based photography provides a wider selection of film speeds and types than digital cameras. Film can be selected for specific applications in the field, and the film speed or type can be changed on-site to meet specific needs.

493

Instant Print Cameras Advantages of instant print cameras in field applications: Immediacy of the final image (instant viewing/verification of image) Operational security (all processing is in-house) Disadvantages of instant print cameras in field applications: Limited resolution of image Production of copies requires multiple steps and can reduce image quality High cost per image Manual override, interchangeable lenses, or off-axis flash rarely offered Digital Cameras Advantages of digital cameras in field applications: Immediacy of the final image (instant viewing/verification of image) Ability to transmit and disseminate image with minimum of intermediate steps On-site image management Potential for on-site printing Operational security (all processing is in-house) Environmental impact more friendly than film Disadvantages of digital cameras in field applications: 1. Battery or power supplies: 2. Environmental impact 3. Availability 4. Power conversion 5. Limited availability of storage media (available only from specialized stores) 6. Storage media subject to damage from electromagnetic fields 7. Image acquisition subject to electromagnetic interference 8. Hardware and software can be proprietary and incompatible among manufacturers 9. Legacy file problem (evolution of technology, including hardware and software, may impact ability to access archived images over time) Video Cameras NOTE: Fixed camera video surveillance systems are not addressed in this document. They will be addressed in future SWGIT documents. Advantages of video cameras in field applications: Real-time motion record capability Immediacy of image (instant viewing/verification of image) Ability to transmit and disseminate image with minimum of intermediate steps More environmentally friendly than film Ability to print in the field Ability to synchronize and capture audio Disadvantages of video cameras in field applications: 1. Battery or power supplies: 2. Environmental impact 3. Availability 4. Power conversion

494

5. Some high-quality storage media available only from specialized stores 6. Storage media subject to damage from electromagnetic fields 7. Image acquisition highly subject to electromagnetic interference 8. Resolution of still images is less than that of digital or silver-based capture media 9. Limited color fidelity (VHS and 8 mm formats, in particular) 10. Reduced media lifetime 11. Automatic compression in some formats 12. Weight and portability of equipment may be an issue Notes on video formats: VHS and 8 mm formats are the most commonly available formats but have the worst signal-to-noise ratio of any video format (greatest amount of noise). Super VHS and Hi-8 formats are the second most commonly available formats and have somewhat better signal-to-noise ratio than VHS. Beta SP and MII formats are professional-broadcast quality and are the best analog format available. Digital video quality varies, the high end is better than analog systems. Hybrid Imaging Systems A hybrid system is the combination of silver-based photography and digital imaging technology that typically involves the conversion of silver-based film or print images to digital images through the use of scanners. Hybrid imaging systems incorporate some of the benefits of both film and digital image technologies and are recommended for those agencies and organizations seeking to add digital imaging technologies to their photographic resources. Advantages of hybrid imaging systems in field applications: 1. Shortens darkroom time for producing prints 2. Maintains high-quality original film images 3. Offers flexibility of digital image processing 4. Enables easy electronic transmission of images 5. Enables image analysis 6. Simplifies case file management 7. Enables the use of a variety of output devices 8. Permits the production of copies from prints generated through instant photography 9. Disadvantages of hybrid imaging systems in field applications: 10. Separates processing/printing facilities 11. Has a relatively long processing time 12. Generates environmentally hazardous byproducts 13. Demonstrates a preprocessing fragility (i.e., temperature, humidity, x-ray effects, expiration) 14. Has no means of immediate image evaluation (with the exception of instant film)

495

Guidelines for Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) General Guidelines for a Crime Scene Photography SOP TITLE: Crime Scene Photography SOP PURPOSE: To permanently document, by qualified personnel, evidence and other details at a crime scene for future reference NOTE: Crime scene photography generally requires the ability to: Record information that crime scene personnel may not know was important at the time the images were captured Deal with varying lighting and physical conditions Accurately represent the details and colors in a scene Get close-up and wide-angle images with accurate spatial relationships Crime scene photography is usually a time-limited activity when there is only one opportunity to correctly complete the task. Depending on the nature of the crime or incident, conditions at a crime scene may dictate the selection and use of differing equipment and techniques. EQUIPMENT: (Image Capture Devices) Silver-based film cameras are recommended for use as the primary image capture device. The minimum recommendation is a 35 mm (SLR) camera capable of manual override, interchangeable lenses, off-camera flash, and tripod mount Digital still imaging can be used in a supplementary capacity (see Digital Cameras). Digital still imaging can be used as the primary image capture device when the performance of the equipment can be shown to meet anticipated needs Video imaging can be used in a supplementary capacity. S-VHS, Hi-8, or better-quality formats are recommended. It is suggested that cameras have the ability to incorporate external/wireless audio, the ability to disable on-camera audio, and incorporate/disable in-camera image stabilization (See Video Cameras) Other standard photographic equipment as necessary PROCEDURES: Agencies should follow agency-specific step-by-step instructions for documenting crime scene evidence. CALIBRATION: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. CALCULATIONS: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. LIMITATIONS: See Advantages and Disadvantages of Major Image Capture Technologies in Field Applications SAFETY: Agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. REFERENCES: Agencies should refer to agency-specific documentation and manufacturers' manuals. General Guidelines for a First Responder (A) SOP The only images taken are those taken by the first responding officer(s). TITLE: First Responder Photography SOP

496

PURPOSE: To document conditions found at an incident by the first law enforcement official(s) on the scene where a crime scene photography unit or specialist will not be requested NOTE: Examples may include: domestic violence incidents, traffic accidents, minor property crimes, and other incidents as defined by agency-specific policies. Photography generally is not the first responder's primary responsibility, and the first responder may have only a minimal amount of photography training. EQUIPMENT: (Image Capture Devices) Silver-based media film camera. Minimum recommendation is a 35 mm camera with flash and close-up capability Digital still imaging. The minimum recommendation is for a camera with more than 1600 x 1200 pixels (>2 megapixels), on-camera viewer, close-up capability, flash, and removable storage media Video imaging can be used in a supplementary capacity. S-VHS, Hi-8, or better-quality formats are recommended. It is suggested that cameras have the ability to incorporate external/wireless audio, disable on-camera audio, and incorporate/disable in-camera image stabilization (See Video Cameras) Other standard photographic equipment as necessary PROCEDURES: Agencies should follow agency-specific step-by-step instructions for documenting crime scenes. NOTE: Images from separate incidents should be clearly delineated through a change of storage media or through proper documentation. CALIBRATION: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. CALCULATIONS: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. LIMITATIONS: Successful capture of close-up images will require adhering to manufacturers' specifications. Images captured digitally typically have a limited enlargement capability that is less than those captured using 35 mm film (See Advantages and Disadvantages of Major Image Capture Technologies in Field Applications). Successful capture of images also requires utilization of fresh media (e.g., film that is not past expiration and has been stored properly) and well-maintained equipment. SAFETY: Agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. REFERENCES: Agencies should refer to agency-specific documentation and manufacturers' manuals. General Guidelines for a First Responder (B) SOP Images taken by the first responding officer(s) prior to arrival of a crime scene photographer. TITLE: First Responder Photography SOP PURPOSE: To document conditions found at an incident by the first law enforcement official(s) on the scene prior to the arrival of a crime scene photographer NOTE: This guideline is directed toward documenting transient conditions that might be lost prior to the arrival of crime scene photographers. Examples include situations in which evidence must or might be moved, lost, or altered. Photography generally is not

497

the first responder's primary responsibility, and the first responder may have only a minimal amount of photography training. EQUIPMENT: (Image Capture Devices) Silver-based media film camera. The minimum recommendation is 35 mm camera with flash, close-up capability Digital still imaging. The minimum recommendation is for a camera with more than 1600x1200 pixels (>2 megapixels), on-camera viewer, close-up capability, flash, and removable storage media Video imaging can be used in a supplementary capacity. S-VHS, Hi-8, or better-quality formats are recommended. It is suggested that cameras have the ability to incorporate external/wireless audio, disable on-camera audio, and incorporate/disable in-camera image stabilization (See Video Cameras) Other standard photographic equipment as necessary PROCEDURES: Agencies should follow agency-specific step-by-step instructions for documenting crime scenes. NOTE: Images from separate incidents should be clearly delineated through a change of storage media or proper documentation. CALIBRATION: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. CALCULATIONS: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. LIMITATIONS: The successful capture of close-up images will require adhering to manufacturers' specifications. Images captured digitally or with video typically have a limited enlargement capability that is less than those captured using 35 mm film (See Advantages and Disadvantages of Major Image Capture Technologies in Field Applications). Successful capture of images also requires using fresh media (e.g., film that is not past expiration and has been stored properly or new, unused videotapes) and well-maintained equipment. SAFETY: Agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. REFERENCES: Agencies should refer to agency-specific documentation and manufacturers' manuals. General Guidelines for a Surveillance Photography SOP TITLE: Surveillance Photography SOP PURPOSE: To document acts and individuals engaged in those acts as they occur NOTE: Surveillance activities may involve highly specialized techniques and equipment that require technical training and knowledge and are best accomplished by trained specialists. EQUIPMENT: (Image Capture Devices) Silver-based media film camera. The minimum recommendation is a 35 mm camera with capability to disable both the flash and infrared auto-focus transmitter Digital still imaging. The minimum recommendation is for a camera with a minimum pixel resolution of 2000 x 1500 pixels (3 megapixels), capability to accommodate long telephoto lenses, and disable the flash and infrared auto-focus transmitter. In covert surveillance situations, illumination of the photographer by the LCD screen may compromise safety

498

Video imaging can be used in a supplementary capacity. S-VHS, Hi-8, or better-quality formats are recommended. It is suggested that cameras have the ability to incorporate external/wireless audio, disable on-camera audio, and incorporate/disable in-camera image stabilization (See Video Cameras) Other standard photographic equipment as necessary NOTE: State laws may limit the legality of audio taping. Check local statutes for legality of all surveillance activities. SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT: Night vision or thermal imaging equipment PROCEDURES: Agencies should follow agency-specific step-by-step instructions for documenting crime scenes. If audio is used, simultaneous recording of audio with video on the same media and testing of the system is strongly recommended. CALIBRATION: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. CALCULATIONS: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. LIMITATIONS: The successful capture of images sufficient for identification of depicted individuals and/or objects (e.g., license plates) will require close attention to the selection and appropriate use of equipment. Images captured digitally or with video typically have a limited enlargement capability that is less than those captured using 35 mm film (See Advantages and Disadvantages of Major Image Capture Technologies in Field Applications). The successful capture of images also requires utilization of fresh media (e.g., film that is not past expiration and has been stored properly or new, unused videotapes) and well-maintained equipment. SAFETY: Agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. REFERENCES: Agencies should refer to agency-specific documentation and manufacturers' manuals. General Guidelines for a Tactical Survey SOP TITLE: Tactical Survey SOP PURPOSE: To document conditions at a location so that plans can be made for future law enforcement activities NOTE: This type of photography is directed at obtaining general information regarding the physical layout and major contents of a location in preparation for law enforcement activities. EQUIPMENT: (Image Capture Devices) Silver-based media film camera. Minimum recommendation is 35 mm camera Digital still imaging. Minimum recommendation is for a camera with more than 1600 x 1200 pixels (>2 megapixels) Video imaging can be used in a supplementary capacity. S-VHS, Hi-8, or better-quality formats are recommended. It is suggested that cameras have the ability to incorporate external/wireless audio, disable on-camera audio, and incorporate/disable in-camera image stabilization (See Video Cameras) Other standard photographic equipment as necessary PROCEDURES: Agencies should follow agency-specific step-by-step instructions for documenting crime scene locations.

499

CALIBRATION: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. CALCULATIONS: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. LIMITATIONS: Location-specific limitations may apply. SAFETY: Agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. REFERENCES: Agencies should refer to agency-specific documentation and manufacturers' manuals. General Guidelines for a HAZMAT Scene Photography SOP TITLE: HAZMAT Scene Photography SOP PURPOSE: To permanently document, by qualified personnel, evidence and other details at a crime scene that may contain biological, chemical, and/or radiological hazards NOTE: A careful assessment of each HAZMAT scene is necessary prior to committing any personnel or equipment. The means for inserting, removing, and sanitizing equipment and personnel from a scene should be planned prior to initial entry. HAZMAT scene photography generally requires: Recording information that the crime scene personnel may not realize was important at the time the images were captured Contending with varying lighting conditions Accurately representing all of the details and colors in a scene Getting close-up and wide-angle images with accurate spatial relationships HAZMAT crime scene photography is usually a time-limited activity when there is only one opportunity to correctly complete the task. This type of photography usually involves the use of protective clothing and gear that will make the operation of photographic equipment more difficult. EQUIPMENT: (Image Capture Devices) Silver-based film cameras are recommended for use as the primary image capture device. Minimum recommendation is 35 mm (SLR) camera capable of manual override, interchangeable lenses, off-camera flash, and tripod mount. If protective housings are not available but needed, disposable, waterproof 35 mm cameras may be necessary for some HAZMAT scene photography Digital still imaging can be used as the primary means when the performance of the equipment can be shown to meet anticipated needs or when contamination issues may preclude the use of silver-based media. Otherwise, digital still imaging can be used in a supplementary capacity (See Digital Cameras). Minimum recommendation is for a 3megapixel camera Video imaging can be used in a supplementary capacity. S-VHS, Hi-8, or better-quality formats are recommended. It is suggested that cameras have the ability to incorporate external/wireless audio, disable on-camera audio, and incorporate/disable in-camera image stabilization (See Video Cameras) Other standard photographic equipment as necessary SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT: Equipment for protecting personnel and camera systems PROCEDURES: Agencies should follow agency-specific step-by-step instructions for documenting crime scene evidence.

500

CALIBRATION: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. CALCULATIONS: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. LIMITATIONS: Protective equipment will hamper the use of some equipment, and conditions may not permit the use of other equipment (e.g., flash, film). (See Advantages and Disadvantages of Major Image Capture Technologies in Field Applications) SAFETY: Agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. REFERENCES: Agencies should refer to agency-specific documentation and manufacturers' manuals. General Guidelines for an Aerial Photography SOP TITLE: Aerial Photography SOP PURPOSE: To document locations, activities, and geographical relationships using aircraft as a platform NOTE: Aerial photography may involve highly specialized techniques and equipment which require technical training and knowledge and is best accomplished by trained specialists. EQUIPMENT: (Image Capture Devices) Silver-based media film camera. The minimum recommendation is 35 mm camera capable of manual operation Digital still imaging. The minimum recommendation is for a camera with a pixel resolution of 3000 x 2000 pixels (6 megapixels) or higher Video imaging can be used in a supplementary capacity. S-VHS, Hi-8, or better quality formats are recommended. It is suggested that cameras have the ability to incorporate and/or disable external/wireless audio and on-camera audio. It is strongly recommended that image stabilization be used (See Video Cameras) Other standard photographic equipment as necessary SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT: Night vision or thermal imaging equipment PROCEDURES: Agencies should follow agency-specific step-by-step instructions for aerial photography activities. CALIBRATION: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. CALCULATIONS: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. LIMITATIONS: Check the legality of all surveillance activities. Images captured digitally or with video typically have a limited enlargement capability that is less than those captured using 35 mm film (See Advantages and Disadvantages of Major Image Capture Technologies in Field Applications). Successful capture of images also requires using fresh media (e.g., film that is not past expiration and has been stored properly, and new, unused videotapes) and well-maintained equipment. SAFETY: Agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. REFERENCES: Agencies should refer to agency-specific documentation, manufacturers' manuals, and local statutes.

501

General Guidelines for an Accident Scene Photography SOP When agency policy does not require that crime scene photography personnel respond see General Guidelines for a First Responder (A) SOP. When agency policy requires that crime scene photography personnel respond--see General Guidelines for Crime Scene Photography SOP. General Guidelines Covered Under General Guidelines for Crime Scene Photography SOP General Guidelines for an Arson Scene Photography SOP General Guidelines for Autopsy Photography SOP General Guidelines for a Bombing Scene Photography SOP General Guidelines for a Mass Disaster Scene Photography SOP General Guidelines for a Search Warrant Photography SOP General Guidelines Covered Under General Guidelines for a First Responder SOP General Guidelines for a Gang Related Graffiti Photography SOP General Guidelines for a Field Mug Shots and Tattoos Photography SOP General Guidelines for a Victim Photography SOP

502

APPENDIC H - CONSIDERATIONS FOR MANAGERS Scientific Working Group on Imaging Technologies (SWGIT) Version 1.2, December 6, 2001 This document provides managers with considerations generated by SWGIT members. The migration to new imaging technology may significantly affect current work processes and should be done only after examining current operating procedures and completing a needs assessment. This should involve the participation of the organization's imaging and/or subject matter experts. Examining current operating procedures is the crucial first step in implementing new imaging technology. Consideration 1: Needs Assessment1 Prior to selecting digital imaging technology, current practices must be examined to determine if there is a need to replace or enhance existing technology. Consideration should be given to a hybrid imaging system where some or all of the current equipment is used in conjunction with a new technology. Consideration 2: Cost Analysis Prior to selecting a digital imaging system, a cost-benefit analysis must be conducted to determine the cost justification of a system purchase and to determine the possible advantages and disadvantages to the agency with its implementation. This analysis would allow a financial comparison between the current and proposed imaging systems to make a procurement decision. To determine a cost estimate, the following components should be considered: system hardware, software, and maintenance; application software; communications hardware and software; training; project management; facilities upgrades and site preparation; and staffing and miscellaneous costs. A typical cost justification includes the following major areas: a study of current operations, proposed system architecture, equipment pricing, and financial indicators, including a payback period. Consideration 3: Image Resolution1 When determining resolution requirements, the intended usage, data storage requirements, and the need for accurate reproduction of the image must be considered. Consideration 4: Image Storage2 Original images must be preserved on separable media. The selection of a storage media may depend on budget considerations for the agency. Each has its own advantages and disadvantages. Consideration 5: Image Compression Compression affects image quality and should be considered carefully. Lossy compression, such as JPEG, can result in the loss of critical details. The use of this type of compression may render an image unsuitable for forensic analysis. Consideration 6: Equipment Evaluation Information used to evaluate suitability of new imaging technology should include feedback from agencies currently using the equipment in similar applications, product reviews, and vendor specification sheets. Prior to making a final selection, require a demonstration of new imaging technologies using representative samples of casework. Do not rely solely upon prepackaged demonstrations.

503

Consideration 7: Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) SOPs must be developed to ensure consistency, quality, integrity, and repeatability of the process. A staff member should be responsible for the overall project management, system administration, and maintenance of the SOPs. It is the responsibility of a staff member, rather than vendors and manufacturers, to maintain written documentation of system procedures and SOPs, including access and security policies and procedures. Consideration 8: Training3 Initial and continuing training in imaging technology is required. Consideration 9: Recurring Costs Administrative managers should be aware of the cost of maintaining and upgrading imaging systems. Unless these costs are factored into the budget, the system is in danger of becoming obsolete. Some agencies annually budget approximately 15 percent of the original system acquisition cost for upgrades, training, and maintenance. Consideration 10: Legal Considerations SOPs should be designed to protect the integrity of the images. The user should be familiar with how the rules of evidence apply.
1 2

See SWGIT Guidelines for Field Applications of Imaging Technologies See SWGIT Definitions and Guidelines for the Use of Imaging Technologies in the Criminal Justice System 3 See SWGIT Guidelines and Recommendations for Training in Imaging Technologies in the Criminal Justice System

504

APPENDIX 1 SWGDE BEST PRACTICES Version 1.1 Drafted July 26, 2001 Revised October 2002, January 31, 2003 Revised February 2004 Approved for Comment February 4, 2004 Reformatted February 24, 2004 Disclaimer: As a condition to the use of this document and the information contained therein, the SWGDE requests notification by e-mail before or contemporaneous to the introduction of this document, or any portion thereof, as a marked exhibit offered for or moved into evidence in any judicial, administrative, legislative or adjudicatory hearing or other proceeding (including discovery proceedings) in the United States or any Foreign country. Such notification shall include: 1) The formal name of the proceeding, including docket number or similar identifier; 2) the name and location of the body conducting the hearing or proceeding; 3) subsequent to the use of this document in a formal proceeding please notify SWGDE as to its use and outcome; 4) the name, mailing address (if available) and contact information of the party offering or moving the document into evidence. Notifications should be sent to: execcmte@swgde.org. Redistribution Policy: SWGDE grants permission for redistribution and use of all publicly posted documents created by SWGDE, provided that the following conditions are met: 1. Redistributions of documents, or parts of documents, must retain the SWGDE cover page containing the disclaimer. 2. Neither the name of SWGDE, nor the names of its contributors, may be used to endorse or promote products derived from its documents. 3. Any reference or quote from a SWGDE document must include the version number (or create date) of the document and mention if the document is in a draft status.

505

BEST PRACTICES FOR DIGITAL EVIDENCE LABORATORY PROGRAMS PART 1: Recommendations for Education and Training

SECTION 1: INTRODUCTION 1.1 Recommendations listed below are intended to apply to any examiner who:

Forensically examines and analyzes digital evidence or related materials, or directs such examinations to be done. As a consequence of such examinations, signs reports for legal and administrative proceedings and provides testimony as required. SECTION 2: MINIMUM RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS (for a further explanation of personnel/duties see section 7) 2.1 TECHNICIAN/ASSISTANT

Have education, skills, and abilities commensurate with their responsibilities. 2.1.2 Have on-the-job training specific to their position. 2.2 EXAMINER

An examiner should have at least a baccalaureate degree with science courses. An examiner without a baccalaureate degree, should meet one of the following conditions: Sixty semester hours of college level study to include course work with science courses; OR A minimum of two (2) years practical experience in the area of digital evidence examination, and have demonstrated competency following the completion of a formal, documented training program. 2.3 TECHNICAL MANAGER/LEADER

Meet all the requirements of an examiner. Have a minimum of two (2) years of experience as an examiner in the forensic analysis of digital evidence. Exhibit knowledge necessary to evaluate results and conclusions.

506

SECTION 3: CONTINUING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 3.1 All personnel have an ongoing responsibility to remain current in their field. In addition, agencies should provide support and opportunities for continuing professional development. The recommended minimum continuing professional development requirements for personnel are: Forty annual hours of training relevant to the examiners responsibilities. All training, once completed, must be documented. The training can be provided from a variety of sources, including but not limited to: Courses taught at the post-secondary educational level Courses taught by vendors In-service training conducted by the employer In-service training taught by external provider Attendance at workshops and participation in relevant scientific meetings or conferences. To maintain membership in a field related professional organization. SECTION 4: MINIMUM RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TRAINING PROGRAMS Agencies should set their training programs to meet their needs as they relate to the types of casework encountered, equipment available, and the level of competency of trainees. A written training program, approved by the agencys management, focusing on the development of the theoretical and practical knowledge, skills and abilities necessary to perform duties assigned, includes: A training syllabus including descriptions of the knowledge and skills required by an examiner (specific topic areas), milestones of achievement, and methods of testing or evaluating competency. Documented standards of performance and a plan for assessing theoretical and practical competency against these standards (e.g. written and/or oral examinations, critical reviews, mock casework, etc., per topic area). A period of supervised casework that is representative of the type of casework required to be performed. Documentation verifying that the trainee has achieved the desired competence per specific topic area.

507

4.2

Topic areas in the training program should include, as a minimum, the following: 4.2.1 Relevant background information on digital evidence, such as: 4.2.1.1 Hardware 4.2.1.2 Software 4.2.1.3 Operating systems 4.2.1.4 Relevant applications 4.2.1.5 File identification 4.2.1.6 Relevant media (digital/analog) 4.2.1.7 File systems 4.2.2 Techniques, methodologies and equipment utilized in the examination of digital evidence and related materials, such as: 4.2.2.1 Forensic analysis procedures 4.2.2.2 Best practices (technical procedures) 4.2.2.3 Standard operating procedures 4.2.3 Quality assurance, such as: 4.2.3.1 Quality assurance (for consistency within the forensic community) 4.2.3.2 Technical writing (for concise, clear reports) 4.2.3.3 Presentation skills (for the explanation of information) 4.2.3.4 General forensic principles and practices (for base of knowledge) 4.2.4 Expert/Court testimony and legal requirements, such as: 4.2.4.1 Public speaking (to build confidence in speaking situations) 4.2.4.2 Testimony skills (to establish a comfort level for testimony) 4.2.4.3 Admissibility (Daubert) Hearing Testimony (for issue awareness)

508

4.2.4.4 General criminal justice (to understand authority and result of examinations) 4.2.4.5 Basic crime scene management (to understand scene and evidence complexity) 4.2.5 Agency policies and procedures as they relate to the examination of digital evidence and related materials, such as: 4.2.5.1 Safety (for the purpose of risk management and personal safety) 4.2.5.2 Security (to preserve chain of custody) 4.2.5.3 Ethics (to conform to a standard of integrity) 4.2.5.4 Evidence handling (to preserve integrity of evidence) 4.2.5.5 Training documentation (to demonstrate compliance) An individual providing training must have the knowledge, skills, and abilities in the subject area for which they are providing instruction. SECTION 5: MINIMUM DOCUMENTATION/REFERENCE MATERIAL AVAILABLE TO AN AGENCY PERFORMING DIGITAL EVIDENCE EXAMINATIONS Documentation/reference resources should be available and accessible to examiners in hard copy or electronic form, such as: College/university level textbooks as references to theory and practice in key subject areas, e.g. hardware, software, and operating systems. Reference literature pertaining to digital evidence. Operation and maintenance manuals for all hardware and software available for use by the examiner. Relevant publications and periodicals. Agency quality manual and standard operating procedures. Relevant jurisdictional legislation (e.g., statutes and case law relating to digital evidence, etc.). Internet access.

509

PART 2: SECTION 6:

Recommendations for Quality Assurance Guidelines INTRODUCTION

A digital evidence program should incorporate quality assurance. It is the goal of these guidelines to provide a framework of quality management in the processing of digital evidence, including evidence handling, management practices, analyses, and reporting. 6.1 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A documented quality management system must be established and maintained. The personnel responsible must be clearly designated and shall have access to management responsible for organizational policy 6.1.2 The quality management system must cover all procedures and reports associated with evidence SECTION 7: PERSONNEL

7.1 JOB DESCRIPTION The job descriptions for all personnel should include responsibilities and duties. 7.2 DESIGNATED PERSONNEL AND RESPONSIBILITIES An individual (however titled) may be responsible for more than one of the following duties: Quality Assurance Manager: A designated person who is responsible for maintaining the quality management system (including an annual review of the program) and who monitors compliance with the program. Health & Safety Manager: A designated person who is responsible for maintaining a Health and Safety program (including an annual review of the program) and who monitors compliance with the program. Operational Manager: A designated person who has the overall responsibility and authority for the operations of the unit. Technical Manager/Leader: A designated person who has the overall responsibility and authority for protocols and analytical methodologies. Examiner: A designated person who: Examines and analyzes digital evidence or related materials, or directs such examinations to be done. Signs reports for legal and administrative proceedings.

510

Technician/Assistant: A person who works with evidence, but typically does not issue reports for court purposes. 7.3 QUALIFICATIONS/EDUCATION The agency should articulate its minimum qualifications, training and education requirements consistent with those stipulated in Part 1 of this guide. 7.4 TRAINING The agency must establish and document a training program and qualifying procedure for all technical personnel. A written training program, approved by management, should focus on the development of the theoretical and practical knowledge, skills and abilities necessary to examine digital evidence and related materials as enumerated in Part 1 of this guide. 7.5 MAINTAINING QUALIFICATIONS The agency must establish and document the minimum continuing professional development requirements for all technical personnel as enumerated in Part 1 of this guide. SECTION 8: PHYSICAL PLANT

FACILITY REQUIREMENTS 8.1.1 The facility shall provide adequate safety and security for personnel and operations. 8.1.2 The facility must meet required health and safety standards. 8.1.3 The facility must contain adequate space to perform required analytical functions and prevent alteration/damage to evidence. A fume hood may be needed when the physical evidence poses a health and/or safety hazard to the examiner (e.g., for digital evidence that was seized in a clandestine drug lab, a crime scene containing biological materials, or other potentially hazardous environments). It must be properly maintained and monitored according to an established schedule. 8.1.5 A facility should maintain general cleanliness. 8.1.6 Facilities must be designed to ensure the proper safekeeping of evidence, data, and records to protect from loss, cross-transfer, contamination and/or deleterious change. Appropriate precautions should be taken with regard to electrostatic discharge, electrical and magnetic fields to ensure the integrity of the digital evidence. Appropriately secured storage areas must be provided. SECTION 9: EVIDENCE CONTROL The unit shall have and follow a documented evidence control system to ensure the integrity of physical and digital evidence.

511

9.1 RECEIVING AND IDENTIFYING EVIDENCE The unit must maintain records of requests for service and of the respective items of evidence. A unique identifier must be assigned to each case file or record. This file or record must include at least the following: 9.1.1 The request for service document or a copy thereof. 9.1.2 The identity of the party requesting the service and the date of the request. 9.1.3 A description of items of evidence submitted with each having a unique item identifier. 9.1.4 The identity of the person who delivers the evidence, along with the date of submission. For evidence not delivered in person, descriptive information regarding the mode of delivery and tracking information. 9.1.5 The chain of custody record. 9.1.6 Documentation of communication with the submitter. 9.2 INTEGRITY OF EVIDENCE Evidence must be properly secured and labeled in accordance with the agencys digital evidence handling policy. Appropriate storage conditions shall ensure that the digital evidence is not altered or lost. All actions taken with regard to the digital evidence will be documented. A description of the evidence shall be compared to documentation prior to examination. Any irregularities should be identified at this time, documented in the case file and the submitter promptly informed. 9.3 STORAGE OF EVIDENCE Access to the evidence storage area must be granted only to persons with authorization. Access shall be controlled. 9.4 DISPOSITION OF EVIDENCE Records must be kept regarding the disposition of all items of evidence. 9.5 DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES All records, such as results of examinations, measurements, notes, calibrations, spectra and reports, shall be retained in a secure fashion. SECTION 10: EXAMINATION PROCEDURES

10.1 PROCEDURES FOR DIGITAL EVIDENCE EXAMINATION 10.1.1 The unit shall have and follow written examination procedures. 10.1.2 Work practices shall be established to prevent contamination of evidence during examination procedures. 10.1.3 The unit shall monitor the examination procedures using appropriate controls and traceable standards. Examination procedures must be validated in compliance with Section 14. 10.2 QUALIFICATION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS

10.2.1 The credibility of reference material should be confirmed prior to their first use.

512

10.2.2 Unconfirmed reference materials must be qualified prior to use. 10.2.3 All qualifications must be documented to include the name of the individual who performed the qualification and the date of qualification. SECTION 11: EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE

Equipment in this section refers to the non-evidentiary hardware and software the examiner utilizes in the course of an examination. 11.1 Equipment must be monitored and documented to ensure proper performance is maintained. 11.2 Only suitable and properly operating equipment shall be employed. 11.3 The manufacturer's operation manual and other relevant documentation for each piece of equipment should be readily available. SECTION 12: DOCUMENTATION, REPORTS, AND REVIEW

DOCUMENTATION 12.1.1 Examination documentation must contain sufficient detail to allow a peer to reproduce the results obtained by the original examiner. 12.1.2 Evidence handling documentation should include: chain of custody, the initial count of evidence to be examined, information regarding the packaging and condition of the evidence upon receipt by the examiner, a description of the evidence, and communications regarding the case. 12.1.3 Examination documentation should include items such as: observations, examination processes and results, and supporting charts, graphs, and spectra generated during an examination. 12.1.4 Documentation must be preserved according to written agency policy. 12.2 REPORTS 12.2.1 Reports issued by the unit must address the requests of the submitter. Reports should include: 12.2.2.1 12.2.2.2 12.2.2.3 12.2.2.4 12.2.2.5 12.2.2.6 12.2.2.7 Identity of the reporting agency Case identifier or submission number Identity of the contributor Date of receipt Date of report Descriptive list of submitted evidence Identity of examiner

513

12.2.2.8

Results/Conclusions

12.2.3 Written procedures for the release of case report information should be established. 12.3 REVIEW

12.3.1 The agency must have a written policy establishing the protocols for technical and administrative review. The agency must have a written policy to determine the course of action should an examiner and reviewer fails to agree. SECTION 13: COMPETENCY AND PROFICIENCY TESTING

Each agency should participate in at least an annual proficiency-testing program and should have written protocols for testing the competency and proficiency of its examiners. 13.1 COMPETENCY TESTING 13.1.1 Units will monitor and document the competency of their examiner trainees and technical support personnel prior to assumption of casework responsibilities. 13.1.2 Competency testing samples should be representative of the unit's normal casework. 13.1.3 Competency testing must comply with the units standard operating procedures and other protocols. PROFICIENCY TESTING - INTERNAL 13.2.1 Each examiner shall be proficiency tested annually in each sub-discipline in which casework is performed. 13.2.2 The proficiency testing samples should be representative of the examiner's normal casework. 13.2.3 The test examination must comply with the units standard operating procedures. PROFICIENCY TESTING - EXTERNAL 13.3.1 Each unit shall be proficiency tested annually in order to verify the unit's performance. 13.3.2 The proficiency testing samples should be representative of the unit's normal casework. 13.3.3 The test examination should follow the units standard operating procedures. The proficiency tests shall be obtained from approved test providers where available. SECTION 14: VALIDATION

14.1 Validation is required to demonstrate the examination procedures and tools are suitable for their intended purpose.

514

14.1.1 Minimum acceptability criteria should be described along with means for demonstrating compliance. 14.1.2 Validation documentation is required. SECTION 15: INTERNAL AUDITS

15.1 Audits should be conducted at least once a year. 15.2 Records of each audit must be maintained and should include the scope, date of the audit, name of the person(s) conducting the audit, findings, and corrective actions taken, if necessary. SECTION 16: DEVIATIONS AND DEFICIENCIES

In the course of examining digital evidence and related materials, the unit may experience results that are anomalous in some manner. Each unit must have a written policy to deal with deviations and deficiencies. 16.1 As used in this guide, a deficiency is any erroneous examination result or interpretation, or any unapproved deviation from an established policy or procedure in an examination. 16.2 As used in this guide, a deviation is a departure from the established policies and procedures. Comment: In developing policy the following may be considered: a requirement for immediate cessation of the activity or work of the individual or tool involved, if warranted by the seriousness of the deficiency, as defined in the written policy; a requirement for administrative review of the activity or work of the individual involved; a requirement for evaluation of the impact this deficiency may have had on other activities of the individual or other examiners; a requirement for documentation of the follow-up action taken as a result of the review; a requirement for communication to appropriate employees of any confirmed deficiency which may have implications for their work. SECTION 17: HEALTH AND SAFETY

The agency must have a documented health and safety program in place to meet the needs of the unit. 17.1 HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 17.1.1 All personnel should receive appropriate health and safety training. 17.1.2 The digital evidence unit shall operate in accordance with agency policy and comply with any relevant statutory regulations. 17.1.3 Health and safety manual(s) shall be readily available to all personnel. SECTION 18: DOCUMENTATION In addition to casework documentation the unit should maintain documentation on the following topics:

515

18.1.1 18.1.2 18.1.3 18.1.4 18.1.5 18.1.6 18.1.7 18.1.8 18.1.9 18.1.10 18.1.11 18.1.12 18.1.13 18.1.14 18.1.15 18.1.16 18.1.17 18.1.18 18.1.19 date).

Quality manual Standard operating procedures Training Validation of tools Physical workspace Equipment maintenance/calibration Health and safety Evidence handling tracking system Annual assessment of the quality management system Proficiency testing Report of findings Court testimony monitoring Competency testing Evidence seized Audits Corrective action policy/procedures Complaints and conflict resolution Reference materials (including source and qualification). Equipment inventory (e.g. manufacturer, model, serial number, acquisition QUALITY MANUAL

SECTION 19:

19.1 The agencys quality system policies and objectives shall be defined in a Quality Manual. A comprehensive Quality Manual must contain or reference the documents or policies/procedures pertaining to the following: 19.1.1 A quality policy statement including objectives and commitments by management

516

19.1.2 The organization and management structure of the unit, its place in any parent organization, and relevant organizational charts 19.1.3 The relationships and responsibilities of management, technical operations, and support services in implementing the quality system 19.1.4 Job descriptions, education, and up-to-date training records of unit staff 19.1.5 Control and maintenance of documentation of case records and procedure manuals 19.1.6 The units procedures for ensuring that measurements are traceable to appropriate standards, where available 19.1.7 19.1.8 19.1.9 19.1.10 19.1.11 The type and extent of examinations conducted by the unit Validation of test procedures used Handling evidence The use of standards and controls in unit procedures Calibration and maintenance of equipment

19.1.12 Practices for ensuring continued competence of examiners including proficiency testing programs, and internal quality control schemes (e.g., technical review) 19.1.13 detected Gaining feedback and taking corrective action whenever discrepancies are

19.1.14 Monitoring court testimony to ensure the reporting of scientific findings in an unbiased and effective manner 19.1.15 procedures 19.1.16 19.1.17 19.1.18 Unit protocol permitting departures from documented policies and Dealing with complaints Disclosure of information Audits and quality system review

517

PART 3:

Recommended Procedures for Digital Forensic Examinations

The following information is provided as guidance for the development of agency Standard Operating Procedures (SOP). The SOP should address each of the following elements: SECTION 19: REVIEW THE REQUEST FOR SERVICE/EXAMINATION

Ascertain legal authority to perform the requested examination. The examiner will be provided with the legal authority that allows him/her to examine digital evidence. Examples of such authority include: consent to search by owner, subpoena, search warrant, or other legal authority. Review documentation provided by the requestor to determine the processes necessary to complete the examination. SECTION 20: RECEIPT OF EVIDENCE PROTOCOL

Maintain chain of custody per established agency standard operating procedures for handling digital evidence. Coordinate with the investigator and/or other forensic examiners when other forensic examinations may be required. Specifically, the order in which these forensic examinations will be conducted should be determined prior to any examination. (e.g. latent print analysis, DNA analysis, hair fiber analysis) SECTION 21: CONDUCT PHYSICAL PRESENTED FOR DIGITAL EXAMINATION INSPECTION OF ITEMS

Inspect and document the evidence received. Note condition of items received and any exceptions between the inventory of items received and the evidence reviewed by the examiner. Assess the power needs for devices with volatile memory. Follow agency policy for the handling of these devices. SECTION 22: PREPARATION FOR EXAMINATION

The examiner should maintain evidence integrity and document any exceptions. Establish conditions to prevent the possibility of data contamination. SECTION 23: CONDUCT EXAMINATION

Document evidentiary settings and configurations, if possible.

518

Extract digital information necessary to meet requirements of the examination. Analyze and/or interpret the extracted digital information. SECTION 24: DOCUMENT THE EXAMINATION

The documentation must contain a sufficient level of detail such that another competent examiner could reproduce the same extracted results. Report(s) issued must meet the requirements of the agency. SECTION 25: QUALITY CONTROL

Adhere to the agencys quality control procedures which should include: Technical/Peer review. Administrative review. SECTION 26: ISSUE REPORT

The report must be signed and dated by the examiner. The signature may be electronic or physical as per agency standards. SECTION 27: DISPOSITION OF EVIDENCE

Adhere to organizations evidence disposition policy. GLOSSARY Administrative Review A procedure used to check for consistency with laboratory policy and for editorial practice. (ASCLD/LAB) Audit A review conducted to compare the various aspects of a laboratorys performance with a standard for that performance. (ASCLD/LAB) Digital Evidence Information of probative value stored or transmitted in binary form. (SWGDE)

519

Digital Evidence Examiner (Examiner) An individual responsible for the duplication, extraction and/or analysis of information from digital evidence, generation of work product, writing reports, and testifying in legal and administrative proceedings. (SWGDE) Qualification Testing Process to provide sufficient confidence that reference materials utilized are valid. Quality Assurance Those planned and systematic actions necessary to provide sufficient confidence that a laboratorys product or service will satisfy given requirements for quality. (ASCLD/LAB) Reference Materials As used in this document, this refers to items such as published literature, hardware and software documentation, hash sets, header sets, etc. (SWGDE) Technical/Peer Review An evaluation of reports, notes, data, and other documents to ensure an appropriate and sufficient basis for the scientific conclusions. This review is conducted by a second qualified individual. (In accordance with ASCLD/LAB) Validation The process of performing a set of experiments that establish the efficacy and reliability of a technique or procedure or modification thereof. (ASCLD/LAB)

520

APPENDIX J - GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CAPTURING LATENT IMPRESSIONS USING A DIGITAL CAMERA Scientific Working Group Version 1.2, December 6, 2001 on Imaging Technologies (SWGIT)

Introduction The purpose of this document is to describe the proper documentation of latent print evidence in the field by qualified personnel when using a digital camera. The recommendations offered in this document are made in accordance with current National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) guidelines specifying 1000 pixels per inch (ppi) at 1:1 as the minimum resolution. Equipment It is recommended that a professional digital camera kit consist of, at a minimum, the following items: Professional digital camera capable of interchangeable lenses, manual override for exposure and focus, off-camera flash, remote shutter release, and tripod mount Macro lenses capable of 1:1 Dedicated electronic flash designed for digital camera, capable of off-camera operation Dedicated electronic flash cable to permit off-camera operation Remote shutter release Tripod capable of various angles and positions Artificial light sources (e.g., flood lights, flashlights) Digital storage media including additional media, as needed Portable computer with appropriate software for downloading and viewing images at the scene Appropriate cable connections (e.g., USB, Firewire, parallel) and/or PCMCIA capability Scaling devices graduated in millimeters Photographic log The camera/capture devices listed in Chart 1 will meet the required 1000 ppi standard. However, this is not an endorsement or a recommendation for the brand names or models of equipment listed. This is not an all-inclusive list; there are other cameras that will achieve this resolution. General requirements for portable computer dedicated for field use: Processor speed 400 MHZ or faster Color display System memory of 128 MB or higher Minimum hard drive of 10GB Connectivity capability with camera Appropriate camera software for image file acquisition Appropriate software for file management Network capability AC power adapter/12V DC power adapter CD-R/W (for CD-R media)

521

Procedures: Agency-specific step-by-step instructions for the capture of latent images should be followed. Images from separate incidents should be clearly delineated by a change of storage media or by proper documentation. Procedure 1: Lens calibration to achieve a minimum of 1000 ppi The following procedures should be completed prior to field use. The pixel dimensions on the sensor determine the camera-to-subject distance, and therefore, the area of maximum coverage for 1000 ppi. Find the pixel resolution on the chart to determine what the image size will be. If the camera is not listed on the chart, see the manufacturer's specification sheet for the pixel resolution size. To determine the area in millimeters, Divide the pixel resolution by 1000, then multiply by 25. (Twenty-five millimeters equals approximately one inch.) For example, 1524 X 1012 equals 37 mm X 25 mm (rounded to the lowest millimeter). Make a template to the exact dimension of the area of coverage, (37 mm X 25 mm). Place template on a flat surface and fill image area in viewfinder with template and scale. After achieving the camera-to-subject distance, Mark lens with pencil, photograph template with scale, and acquire image into computer. Calibrate image with calibration software to actual size (1:1). Print image and measure the scale to verify size. If this is correct, the lens is calibrated. If this is larger than actual size, Move the camera away from the template, refocus, and mark the lens. Repeat steps 5, 6, 7, and 8. Once verified, this becomes the camera-to-subject maximum distance to provide 1000 ppi. When the above procedure has been completed, Scribe a line on the side of the lens over the pencil mark (recommended). This is the known setting to achieve the correct resolution (1000 ppi). Physically move the camera in and out to focus the image. This will ensure that the resolution will not change (which would happen if you adjust the lens focus). Procedure 2: Camera setup for latent impression photography A typical standard operating procedure includes the following techniques used for field and laboratory settings. Locate visible impressions to be captured. Capture overall view of impression area without a scale with appropriate lighting. Capture overall view of impression area with scale and appropriate lighting. Mount camera on tripod with camera at a 90-degree angle to the impression. Do not use a magnetic level. (Avoid contact or proximity of magnetic fields with storage media and

522

camera because these fields may erase stored images and data and interfere with image capture). Light visible impression appropriately. Place scale/identification tag adjacent to impression without obscuring detail. A tag should contain the following minimum information: Fill image area in viewfinder with impression and scale using lens calibrated with camera in use. Take light meter readings and adjust camera settings to capture image. Capture impression using correct exposure as indicated by the light meter. If necessary, capture additional images of the impression by bracketing exposures up one f-stop and down one f-stop. Visually verify images. If images are unacceptable, re-photograph. Repeat steps 7 through 11 for each lighting position used for that impression. After the evidence is processed for impressions, follow steps 5 through 11 as appropriate for all latent prints developed. Prepare photographic log or worksheet per agency policy. When using more than one storage media, uniquely identify each device. Procedure 3: Use of a portable computer in field operations to acquire file/images Connect camera or removable media to computer according to manufacturer's specifications. Create and name a file folder on the computer's hard drive to receive original image files. The camera or software may require unique file folder names for each download. Care should be taken not to overwrite existing image files from previously downloaded media. Some cameras reset their file counters whenever media is changed. Prepare subdirectories for receiving downloaded images from camera or media. Create and name a subdirectory, using unique naming convention, in sequential order. Copy all original files to appropriate subdirectory. Verify that all images have been copied into the correct subdirectory. Set file permissions to preclude accidental deletion of files. If appropriate, erase removable media for reuse. Agency-specific standard operating procedures should dictate whether reuse of storage media is acceptable.

523

Guidelines and Recommendations for Training in Imaging Technologies in the Criminal Justice System Scientific Working Group on Imaging Technologies (SWGIT) Version 1.2, December 6, 2001 The consistent and reliable use of silver-based, video, and digital imaging technologies in the criminal justice system requires the competent and appropriate training of personnel. The purpose of this document is to provide guidelines and recommendations for such training. It should be recognized that some agencies may choose to provide training other than what is recommended in this section. In such circumstances, those agencies should demonstrate and document that the training selected is adequate to meet their anticipated needs. Introduction Personnel in the criminal justice system who work with images must be aware of the capabilities and limitations of specific imaging technologies. Those engaged in the production or the use of images should be aware of the procedures commonly followed within the law enforcement community and should strive to meet or exceed these recommendations. They should also endeavor to maintain awareness of new developments. In support of these goals, the following recommendations are offered to personnel engaged in the production of images: Define and employ quality assurance programs to ensure the implementation of valid and reliable procedures for the task. Maintain proficiency by pursuing continuing education courses in imaging technology. Maintain awareness of legal developments relating to the use of imaging technologies in the criminal justice system. Definitions of Categories Several categories of imaging technology training relevant to the criminal justice system as well as the categories of the system users who would benefit from the training are identified and defined as follows: Categories of Training Awareness: Training designed to provide the student with a general knowledge of the major elements of a given imaging technology including specific product capabilities Skills and techniques: Training designed to provide the student with the ability to competently use specific imaging equipment Knowledge of processes and relationships: Training designed to provide the student with an understanding of imaging technology and the ability to apply that technology to various applications Court procedures: witness testimony: Training designed to provide the student with the ability to present reliable imaging technology-based testimony in court Court procedures: case preparation: Training designed to provide the student with the ability to prepare and review accurate and reliable imaging technology-based evidence

524

Continuing education: Training designed to provide the student with additional and updated training in imaging technologies Specialized applications: Training in specific disciplines or in specialized areas Proficiency: Proficiency training incorporates a number of components: Required levels of skill and knowledge for a job category should be identified by the agency. These levels should be driven by the requirements of the specific tasks to be accomplished. A course should be designed by the agency or its agent, to provide the skills and information necessary for the agency's personnel to attain competency in those skills If determined to be necessary by the agency, a proficiency test should be developed and administered to test these skills. Different levels of proficiency tests may be developed depending on the level of skill and experience of the personnel. Categories of Users Management: Includes personnel who are responsible for setting agency policies and/or making budget decisions Command/Supervision: Includes personnel who supervise and/or direct personnel engaged in the use of imaging technologies Law Enforcement Officer: Includes personnel who use imaging technologies as a minor component of their routine duties. If the person is routinely involved in the basic photographic documentation of crime scenes, then this person would fall into the crime scene technician category Crime Scene Technician: Includes personnel for whom imaging is a major component of their routine duties. Crime scene technicians are divided into two categories. Level 1 technicians routinely perform only basic photographic or videographic documentation of crime scenes. Level 2 technicians routinely perform forensic photographic techniques, including specialized photography of impression evidence Criminalist/Examiner: Includes personnel for whom imaging is a major component of their routine duties. The personnel are not only responsible for the acquisition of images as a part of their duties but may also be responsible for the analysis of these images Photographer/Videographer/Specialist: Includes personnel for whom imaging is the major component of their routine duties Lawyer: Includes prosecutors and defense attorneys Judge: Includes personnel who are responsible for the acceptance or rejection of imaging technology-based evidence in court proceedings Legal Assistant: Includes personnel who are responsible for preparing materials that will be offered in court proceedings Trainer: Includes personnel who are responsible for providing instruction to others in imaging technology-related areas Recommended Training Levels Table 1 provides an assessment of the level of training necessary for each category.

525

Topical Areas for Focused Training The following section delineates specific topical areas in which user groups should receive focused training to effectively fulfill their imaging technology-related duties. Managers, Commanders/Supervisors, Lawyers, and Judges (awareness and issues training) Status of imaging technology Legal issues Extent of use and who are the users Industry and market trends Description of current technologies Strengths and weaknesses of silver imaging Strengths and weaknesses of digital imaging Strengths and weaknesses of video imaging (analog and digital) Current life cycle-cost comparisons and limitations Strategic alternatives for the agency Determination of imaging needs Sequence of equipment/software acquisitions Actions to avoid or lessons learned References/information sources Legal Assistants (basic levels of skill for recording images) Working knowledge of the basic fundamentals of photography and/or videography Working knowledge of the capabilities and limitations of equipment Selection and operation of the appropriate cameras (digital, video, or film) and accessories Preparation of court presentations including images Law Enforcement Officers (first responder) Operation of cameras with an understanding of the capabilities and limitations of the equipment assigned as a part of their routine duties Selection, framing, and composition of appropriate images Procedures for recording quality images in various situations Proper collection and preservation of the recording media Creation and maintenance of the chain of custody Demonstration of competency Demonstration of proficiency through testing Crime Scene Technicians Level 1 (with video or adjustable still cameras) Basic levels of skill and knowledge for recording a crime scene Various images to take Set-ups for each type of image Working knowledge of the fundamentals of photography and/or videography Proper collection and preservation of the recording media Creation and maintenance of the chain of custody

526

Working knowledge of the capabilities and limitations of equipment Selection and operation of the appropriate cameras (digital, video, or film) and accessories Demonstration of competency Demonstration of proficiency through testing Crime Scene Technicians Level 2 (capable of training Level 1 crime scene technicians and law enforcement officers) Comprehensive knowledge of and experience in forensic photography techniques, such as Retrieving impression evidence such as fingerprints and/or blood spatter Selecting the appropriate film and equipment based on knowledge of the capabilities and limitations of the various aspects of imaging Solving difficult non-routine imaging problems Awareness of film processing and image processing options; (i.e., the effects of the push process or contrast adjustments) Videography techniques (refer to LEVA Guidelines at www.leva.org) Knowledge of how to use the most common image processing tools and techniques Competency demonstration Proficiency demonstration through testing Imaging Specialists Personnel include photographic specialists, forensic scientists, and forensic video analysts. These personnel are capable of training law enforcement officers and Level 1 and Level 2 crime scene technicians. Working knowledge of how to use the various applicable aspects of the imaging chain Expertise in using techniques applicable to a particular discipline Photogrammetry Surveillance imaging Frequency domain conversion; (i.e., Fast Fourier Transform filtering) Alternate light sources and contrast filtering Demonstration of competency Demonstration of proficiency through testing Trainers Classroom techniques Development of lesson plans Preparation of audio-visual materials Development of student exercises Selection of text books and reference materials Development of course exams Development of proficiency exams Development of course evaluation processes Demonstration of competency in subject matter Demonstration of proficiency in subject matter by testing

527

Issues to Consider when Addressing Training Needs A number of issues should be considered when addressing an agency's training needs. The following section provides guidance for selecting training providers and addressing continuing education and testimony training needs. Selecting a Training Provider Continuing Education Continuing education can be obtained from training conferences, trade shows, and specialized courses. This training should address updates and the use of new imaging technologies such as: Equipment Software Imaging techniques applicable to law enforcement Scientific techniques beneficial to forensic imaging Testimony Training This training should address the use of image-based evidence in court such as: Lecture-type presentation relevant to court testimony Moot court Court monitoring

528

APPENDIX K - RECOMMENDATIONS AND GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING IN THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM Scientific Working Version 1.2, June 2002 Group on Imaging Technologies (SWGIT)

Purpose The purpose of this document is to provide recommendations and guidelines for the use of digital image processing in the criminal justice system. The objective is to ensure the successful introduction of forensic imagery as evidence in a court of law. This document includes brief descriptions of advantages, disadvantages, and potential limitations of each major process. Background Digital image processing is an accepted practice in forensic science. It is the position of the Scientific Working Group on Imaging Technologies (SWGIT) that any changes to an image made through digital image processing are acceptable in forensic applications provided the following criteria are met: The original image is preserved The processing steps are logged when they include techniques other than those used in a traditional photographic darkroom The end result is presented as an enhanced image, which may be reproduced by applying the logged steps to the original image The recommendations of this document are followed Introduction This document addresses digital image processing and related legal considerations in the following four categories: Image enhancement Image restoration Image compression Image analysis When using digital image processing techniques, use caution to avoid the introduction of unexplainable artifacts that add misleading information to the image and the loss of image detail that could lead to an erroneous interpretation. Any processing techniques should be applied only to the working image. The successful introduction of forensic imagery as evidence in a court of law is dependant upon the following four legal tests: Reliability Reproducibility Security Discovery Definitions Apple QuickTime Movie Format (MOV file format): Apple file format for storing and displaying compressed video sequences.

529

Artifact: Any visible feature or distortion in a recorded image or output image that is not present in the corresponding imaged object or input image. Image artifacts can be introduced inadvertently by hardware or software or intentionally by an operator. The latter type includes annotation or other direct alteration of an image in order to clarify or call attention to some particular image content. Artifacts introduced by hardware and software generally degrade an image and, if severe enough, can impair interpretation. AVI (Audio/Video Interlaced): Microsoft file format for storing and displaying compressed video sequences. Compression ratio: The size of an image data file before compression divided by the file size after compression. Copy image: A reproduction of information contained in a primary or original image. Deinterlacing: Separating an interlaced frame into two separate fields. Discovery: The criminal defendant's right to confront and challenge the evidence. Forensic: The use or application of scientific knowledge to a point of law, especially as it applies to the investigation of crime. GIF (Graphical Interchange Format): A lossless compression file format commonly used for graphic images. Image analysis: The extraction of quantitative information from an image beyond which is readily apparent through visual examination. Image averaging: The process of averaging together similar images, such as sequential video frames, to reduce noise in stationary scenes. Image compression: The process of reducing the size of a data file. Image enhancement: Any process intended to improve the visual appearance of an image. Image processing: Any activity that transforms an input image into an output image. Note: Image processing does not mean that the input image is overwritten during the process. Forensic image processing should be performed only on working images. Image restoration: Any process applied to an image that has been degraded by a known cause, such as defocus or motion blur, so the effects of that degradation are partially or totally removed. Image synthesis: Any process that renders an image through the use of computer graphics techniques for illustrative purposes (e.g., age progression, facial reconstruction, accident/crime scene reconstruction). This subject is beyond the scope of this document. Interlaced scan: Video image format. The video frame consists of two fields. The first field contains all the odd-numbered horizontal lines and the second field all the evennumbered lines. All standard TV video signals used in North America and elsewhere under the NTSC (RS-170, CCIR) standard are in the interlaced format. Interpolation: A process by which the apparent resolution of an image is increased. In most cases the software mathematically averages adjacent pixel densities and places a pixel of that density between the two. JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group): A lossy image compression process. Users can set their own quality settings on a sliding scale within the application software. JPEG 2000: An image compression process currently under development. LZW (Lempel-Ziv-Welch): A lossless compression process used by the TIFF and GIF file formats. MPEG (Motion Pictures Experts Group): Similar to JPEG, a standard compression algorithm used to compress video and audio sequences.

530

Original image: An accurate and complete replica of the primary image, regardless of media. For film and analog video, the primary image is the original image. Primary image: Refers to the first instance in which an image is recorded onto any media that is a separate, identifiable object or objects. Examples include a digital image recorded on a flash card or a digital image downloaded from the Internet. Progressive scan: (Noninterlace) Video in which each image frame contains information from every horizontal scan line of the imaging sensor. Reliability: The extent to which information can be depended upon. Reproducibility: The extent to which a process yields the same results on repeated trials. Security: The extent to which the evidence has been preserved and safeguarded. TIFF (Tagged Image File Format): A standardized image file exchange format. It is widely supported by both hardware and software manufacturers and is platform independent. Can be lossless or lossy. Working image: Any image subjected to processing. Image Enhancement Image enhancement is any process intended to improve the visual appearance of an image. This includes processes that have a direct counterpart in the conventional silverbased photographic laboratory and those that can be accomplished only by using a computer. Traditional Enhancement Techniques Traditional enhancement techniques are techniques that have direct counterparts in traditional darkrooms. They include brightness and contrast adjustment, color balancing, cropping, and dodging and burning. These traditional and acceptable forensic techniques are used to achieve an accurate recording of an event or object. Brightness adjustment is used when the image is too bright or too dark. If the image is made too bright, there is a risk of loss of detail in light areas. If the image is made too dark, there is a risk of loss of detail in the dark areas. Color balancing is the adjustment of the color components of an image. The purpose of color balancing is to render the colors in the scene faithfully. Improper color balance adjustment can render colors inaccurately, and objects will appear to have the wrong color when compared to the actual subject. Contrast adjustment is used when the image lacks sufficient contrast. If the image contrast is increased too much, there is a risk of loss of detail in both light and dark areas. Cropping is used to remove that portion of the image that is outside the area of interest. Dodging and burning have the same effect as brightness adjustment but are used in localized areas. Spotting traditionally has been used to remove artifacts due to dust and scratches on the negatives, but it is not considered to be an acceptable practice on any forensic image. Note: The use of spotting and cropping techniques may come under scrutiny in a court of law. Specific agency policies should address the use of these techniques. Nontraditional Enhancement Techniques Some nontraditional image enhancement processes are used and accepted by a variety of scientific fields such as medicine, aerospace, and cartography. These processes have no

531

direct counterpart within traditional silver-based photography. In fact, only recently have they been applied within the forensic environment; therefore, their general acceptance may be subject to challenge. Examples of nontraditional processes discussed here are color processing, linear filtering, nonlinear contrast adjustments, pattern noise reduction, and random noise reduction. Color processing includes color space transformations, pseudocoloring, and hue and saturation adjustments. These techniques can be used to modify the color characteristics of objects within an image. Caution: Application of these techniques can compromise the color fidelity of the image. Linear filtering techniques include sharpening, deblurring, edge enhancement, and deconvolution. They are used to increase the contrast of small detail in an image. If a low degree of enhancement is used, the image will remain an accurate representation of the scene. If a high degree of enhancement is used, the image may no longer be an accurate representation of the overall scene, though still may be useful as an adjunct for interpretation of small details. Caution: A high degree of enhancement can also increase the visibility of existing noise and artifacts. Examples of noise include film grain, snow appearing on a TV screen, or random color dots. Nonlinear contrast adjustments include gamma correction, grayscale transformation, curves, and look-up tables. They are an extension of traditional photographic sensitometric techniques and are used to adjust the contrast in selected brightness ranges within the image. For example, details may be brought out in the shadow areas without affecting the highlight areas. Caution: A severe adjustment can cause loss of detail, color reversal, and the introduction of artifacts. Pattern noise reduction filters identify repeating patterns in the image and allow the user to selectively remove them. This type of filter can be used to remove patterns such as fabric weaves, window screens, security patterns, and halftone dots. Caution: Overuse of this technique can cause selective removal of relevant image detail. Random noise reduction techniques include such filters as low pass, blurring, median, and despeckling. They are used to reduce the contrast of small detail in the image in order to suppress random noise. Caution: Overuse of this technique can cause loss of relevant detail. Considerations for the Application of Image Enhancement Techniques Question: What type of image must not be enhanced? Answer: A primary or original image. Discussion: Because a primary or original image represents the first instance where the image is recorded onto any media, or it is an accurate and complete replica of the primary image, it must not be altered or modified. Enhancements are performed only on working images. Question: Is it necessary to document the enhancement process used to produce an enhanced image? Answer: The need to document the enhancement process is determined by the process used.

532

Discussion: Documentation of enhancement steps is not necessary when using traditional darkroom techniques. When using nontraditional image enhancement techniques such as unsharp masking or random noise reduction, enhancement steps should be documented in the case notes in sufficient detail to enable another comparatively trained individual to repeat the steps and produce the same output when the image is subjected to image analysis. Question: In a legal setting, are enhanced images discoverable? Answer: Yes. Discussion: All images may be discoverable. In cases where images are enhanced, both the original and the enhanced image, along with associated documentation, may be discoverable. Question: Who is responsible for testifying about an enhanced image? Answer: The person doing the enhancement or a person skilled in and knowledgeable about the enhancement process that was used. Discussion: The person who performed the enhancement is best qualified to testify about the enhancement techniques used. However, there may be occasions where the court will require the assistance of additional subject-matter experts. Question: Are there legal ramifications associated with the software used specifically for image enhancement? Answer: Yes. Discussion: Some considerations may include: Have the particular functions within the software been accepted by the scientific community? Does the software perform as the manufacturer purports? Has the use of this software been reviewed by the judicial system? Does the software have "-ins" that are produced by another manufacturer? Is the enhancement process repeatable and reliable? Image Restoration Image restoration is any process applied to an image that has been degraded by a known cause (e.g., defocus or motion blur) to partially or totally remove the effects of that degradation. Limitations are imposed on this technique by any noise in the image and by the fact that information that has been totally lost cannot be replaced. Often partial restoration can be successful even when total restoration is impossible. Restoration Techniques Blur removal is a filtering technique designed to partially or completely remove an image blur imposed by a known cause. It differs from the image enhancement filtering processes because the blur removal filter is designed specifically for the process that blurred the particular image under examination. Examples include defocus and motion blur, since these blurring phenomena can be described mathematically. Thus, a specific filter can be designed to compensate for each blur. The degree to which a blur can be successfully removed is limited by noise in the image, the accuracy with which the actual blurring process can be described mathematically, and the fact that information has been

533

totally lost and cannot be replaced. Often partial deblurring can be successful even when total deblurring is impossible. Color balancing is the extension of grayscale linearization to a color image. It is the adjustment of the color components of an image. The purpose of color balancing is to render the colors in the scene faithfully. For example, a color test target having known colors can be placed in the scene prior to recording the image. Then a grayscale transformation (nonlinear contrast stretch) can be designed for each color channel (red, green, and blue) to place the different colors on the test target in their proper relationship. It is commonly assumed that the color of other objects in the scene will be rendered accurately as well. Improper color balance can render colors inaccurately, causing objects to appear to have the wrong color. Geometric restoration is the removal of geometric distortion from an image. Its purpose is to restore the proper spatial relationships among the objects in the scene. It can be used for the removal of geometric distortion, such as that introduced by a curved mirror or a fish-eye lens. It differs from image warping in that the geometric transformation is designed specifically for the process that distorted the particular image under examination. The degree to which geometric distortion can be successfully restored is limited by the accuracy with which the actual distortion process can be described mathematically and the fact that information that has been totally lost (e.g., hidden behind another object or obscured from the camera) cannot be replaced. Often partial geometric restoration can be successful even when exact geometric restoration is impossible. Grayscale linearization is the adjustment of brightness relationships among the objects in a scene. The purpose of grayscale linearization is to render faithfully the different brightness values in the scene. For example, a monochrome test target having known gray values can be placed in the scene prior to recording the image. Then a grayscale transformation (nonlinear contrast stretch) can be designed to place the different gray values on the test target in their proper relationship. It is commonly assumed that the other objects in the scene will be put in their proper brightness relationship as well. Improper grayscale linearization can render brightness values inaccurately so that objects may appear brighter or darker than they actually appeared when the image was recorded. Warping, unlike other image restoration processes, changes the spatial relationships among the objects in an image. It is analogous to printing a photograph on a rubber sheet, then stretching the sheet in different directions and then tacking it down. Warping can be used, for example, to remove perspective from an image or to "unroll" a poster that was wrapped around a pole. Used improperly, it can distort the natural appearance of the objects in a scene. Considerations for the Application of Image Restoration Techniques Question: What type of image must not be restored? Answer: A primary or original image. Discussion: Because a primary or original image represents the first instance where the image is recorded onto any media, or it is an accurate and complete replica of the primary image, it must not be altered or modified. Question: Is it necessary to document the restoration process? Answer: Yes. Discussion: Documentation of restoration steps is always required.

534

Question: Are restored images discoverable in legal proceedings? Answer: Yes. Discussion: All images may be discoverable. In cases where images are restored, both the original and the restored image, along with associated documentation, may be discoverable. Question: Who is responsible for testifying about a restored image? Answer: The person doing the restoration or a person skilled in and knowledgeable about the restoration process that was used. Discussion: The person who performed the restoration is best qualified to testify about the restoration techniques used. However, there may be occasions when the court will require the assistance of additional subject-matter experts. Question: Are there legal ramifications associated with the software used specifically for image restoration? Answer: Yes. Discussion: Some considerations may include: Have the particular functions within the software been accepted by the scientific community? Does the software perform as the manufacturer purports? Has the use of this software been reviewed by the judicial system? Does the software have "plug-ins" that are produced by another manufacturer? Is the restoration process repeatable and reliable? Has the degradation process been accurately modeled? Image Compression Digital images produce a large amount of data to be stored. Image compression techniques reduce the storage requirements by making image data files smaller. Compression Processes Lossless compression reduces file size by removing redundant information. Because the redundant information can be replaced in order to display the image, lossless compression results in no loss of information. Lossless compression does not alter the content of an image when it is decompressed. An example of a file format that uses lossless compression is the graphical interchange format (GIF). Lossy compression achieves greater reduction in file size by removing both redundant and irrelevant information. Because the irrelevant information (as determined by the compression algorithm) cannot be replaced upon reconstruction of an image for display, lossy compression results in some loss of image content as well as the introduction of artifacts. The degradation occurs each time the image is saved in a lossy file format. Higher compression ratios result in the loss of more information. Normally the degree of compression can be specified. Depending upon the application, lossy compression may render an image less useful. Caution: Lossy compression should be used with care to avoid material degradation of the image. Additionally, the compression settings used by one camera or software program may not be the same as the compression settings used by another camera or software program. The commonly used joint photographic experts group (JPEG) image storage format employs lossy image compression. It is applied to the image in 8-pixel by 8-pixel blocks.

535

Normally, the degree of compression can be specified prior to storing the image. At high compression ratios, JPEG could remove important image detail and introduce blocking artifacts as the block boundaries become visible. Digital cameras often create digital images in JPEG format, so that some lossy compression is unavoidable. The degree of compression should be set low enough that important image content is not lost or obscured by artifacts. Considerations for the Application of Image Compression Techniques Question: What type of image must not be compressed? Answer: It depends on the end use and need. Discussion: In instances where the primary or original image is already compressed, it should not be further compressed using lossy compression processes; additional data will be lost. Sources of compressed primary images may include electronic booking photographs, some types of digital camera images, and images downloaded from the Internet or E-mail. The file format is not an indicator of the compression history for an image. For example, a TIFF file may have been previously compressed in a lossy file format (JPEG). Be aware that the end use of any image may change over time, and the use of compression may become problematic. Images intended for laboratory analysis should not be compressed using a lossy process. Question: Is it necessary to document the compression history of an image? Answer: It depends on the intended use of the image. Discussion: The type and degree of compression may become an issue in a judicial proceeding. Documentation may be necessary in a court of law when argued that compression might have introduced artifacts or relevant information was lost. Question: Who is responsible for testifying about a compressed image? Answer: The person doing the compression can testify about the settings used to compress an image. Discussion: Questions concerning the actual compression process should be referred to individuals who possess sufficient technical expertise to explain the specific process. Quantitative Image Analysis Quantitative image analysis is the process used to extract quantitative (measurable) data from an image, whereas cognitive image analysis is the process used to extract visual information from an image. This section discusses quantitative analysis only. Quantitative image analysis requires proper calibration of the image. In a digital image the pixel spacing must be known in order to extract accurate size measurements. Objects that are different distances from the camera will have different pixel spacing. The accuracy of the extracted measurements will depend upon the accuracy of calibration. Caution: The use of image compression can degrade the accuracy of subsequent quantitative image analysis. An example of a quantitative image analysis might be if a circular object in an image includes 314 pixels, and the area covered by a single pixel is one square millimeter, then one can conclude that the area of the object is 314 square millimeters. Similarly, if the distance between the adjacent pixels in an image of a document is 0.02 inches, and the length of the document is 340 pixels, then it must be 340 times 0.02, or 6.8 inches long. These examples do not consider perspective distortion.

536

Quantitative Image Analysis Techniques Colorimetry is the quantification of the color of an object. Image authentication verifies that the original image has not been altered. Photogrammetry is the science involving methods, techniques, and analytical procedures used to make accurate measurements of distances and/or sizes of objects from photographic images. Photometry is the measurement of light values of objects in an image. Considerations for the Application of Image Analysis Techniques Question: Which types of image should be subjected to quantitative image analysis? Answer: A working image. Discussion: Because a primary or original image represents the first instance where the image is recorded onto any media, or it is an accurate and complete replica of the primary image, it must not be altered or modified. Question: Is it necessary to document quantitative image analysis? Answer: Yes. Discussion: Documentation of quantitative image analysis steps is required in sufficient detail to enable another comparably trained individual to repeat the steps and produce the same conclusions. Question: Are analyzed images discoverable? Answer: Yes. Discussion: All analyzed images, documentation, and conclusions may be discoverable. Question: Who is responsible for testifying about an analyzed image? Answer: The person doing the analysis or a person skilled in and knowledgeable about the analysis performed. Discussion: The person who performed the analysis is best qualified to testify concerning the techniques used. However, there may be occasions where the court will require the assistance of additional subject-matter experts. Question: Are there legal ramifications associated with the software used specifically for image analysis? Answer: Yes. Discussion: Some considerations may include: Have the particular functions within the software been accepted by the scientific community? Does the software perform as the manufacturer purports? Has the use of this software been reviewed by the judicial system? Does the software have "plug-ins" that are produced by another manufacturer? Is the analysis repeatable and reliable? Additional Imaging Considerations Question: Where does image processing take place, in the field or in a controlled environment? Answer: Both. Discussion: Whereas most image processing takes place in a controlled environment, some image processing, such as photogrammetry and image compression, may take place in the field.

537

Question: Who performs image processing? Answer: Photographers, analysts, and technicians. Discussion: The person performing the processing must be properly trained. Question: What are file management processes? Answer: File management processes are the capture, storage, indexing, retrieval, and archiving of image files. Discussion: Agencies and organizations should establish file management procedures for managing image files for use at a later date. Question: Does image processing alter images? Answer: Yes. Discussion: The purpose of image processing is to alter the images in a controlled, predictable, and repeatable manner. Image processing does not mean that the input image is overwritten during the process. Forensic image processing should only be performed on working images. Guidelines for Digital Image Processing Standard Operating Procedures The purpose of image processing procedures is to apply processing techniques intended to enhance, restore, compress, and/or analyze digital images. The success of the processing of digital images is measured against the four legal tests: reliability, reproducibility, security, and discovery. To achieve success, standard operating procedures should be followed. Appendix A is a sample standard operating procedure. Guidelines for Equipment The agency should address the following minimum hardware and software equipment requirements. Hardware: Input/capture device Image processing systems Output devices Storage/archive Software: Image management Image processing Guidelines for Procedures Agencies should establish specific step-by-step procedures for image processing according to agency requirements using SWGIT guidelines. These procedures should address the following as a minimum: Capture Processing Storage/archive Image management Security Output

538

Guidelines for Calibration If necessary, agencies should develop calibration procedures specific to their needs. Guidelines for Calculations If necessary, agencies should develop calculation procedures specific to their needs. Guidelines for Limitations Agencies should take into consideration agency-specific management, and accrediting agency requirements. Guidelines for Safety Agencies should develop safety procedures specific to their needs. Guidelines for References Agencies should maintain its agency-specific documentation, manufacturers' manuals, and SWGIT guidelines. Guidelines for Training Agencies should document procedures to ensure sufficient training to afford competence and proficiency with applicable image processing. Refer to the Guidelines and Recommendations for Training in Imaging Technologies in the Criminal Justice System at the following: budget, equipment,

539

APPENDIX L - DEFINITIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS, AND GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF FORENSIC VIDEO PROCESSING IN THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM Scientific Working Group on Imaging Technologies (SWGIT)

Version 1.2 June 2003 Mission | Introduction | Definitions | Equipment Guidelines for Video Processing Standard Operating Procedures Steps for Processing Video Tape Mission The mission of the SWGIT Forensic Video Subcommittee is to provide guidelines regarding video images and their capture, playback, processing, enhancement, storage, and output in a forensic environment. Introduction The purpose of this document is to provide definitions, recommendations, and guidelines for the use of video capture and processing to ensure the successful introduction of video imagery as evidence in a court of law. This section includes definitions, equipment used, guidelines for standard operating procedures, and general procedures for video processing. Definitions CD/DVD (compact disc/digital versatile disc): Optical disc formats designed to function as data storage media. Camcorder: A self-contained video camera and recording device. Capture card/frame grabber: A piece of computer hardware that converts an analog video signal to digital data. Deinterlacing: Separating an interlaced frame into two separate fields. Enhancement: Any process intended to improve the visual appearance of an image. Field: An element of a video signal containing alternate horizontal lines. In NTSCinterlaced video, the scanning pattern is divided into two sets (odd and even) of spaced lines that are displayed sequentially. Each set of lines is called a field, and the interlaced set of the two sets of lines is a frame. Forensic: Relating to or dealing with the application of scientific knowledge to legal problems, especially in relation to the detection of crime. Forensic video analysis: The scientific examination, comparison, and/or evaluation of video in legal matters. Frame: Lines of spatial information of a video signal. For interlaced video, a frame consists of two fields, one of odd lines and one of even lines, displayed in sequence. For progressive scan (noninterlaced) video, the frame contains samples starting from one instant and continuing through successive lines to the bottom of the frame.

540

Interlaced scan: Video image format. The video frame consists of two fields. The first field contains all the odd-numbered horizontal lines and the second field all the evennumbered lines. Monitor: An electronic device used to display live or recorded images. Multiplexer/demultiplexer (muxer/demuxer): A device used to combine multiple video signals into a single signal or separate a combined signal. These devices are frequently used in security and law enforcement applications for recording and/or displaying multiple camera images simultaneously or in succession. NTSC: National Television Standards Committee. Output: The means by which an image is presented for examination or observation. Playback: Recorded material viewed and heard as recorded, facilitated by camcorder, videocassette recorder, or other device. Processing: Any activity that transforms an input image and/or signal into an output image and /or signal. Production switcher: A device used to mix video signals from two or more sources (e.g., cameras, videocassette recorder/players, time-base correctors, character generators) for dissolves, wipes, and other transition effects. Routing switcher: A device used to direct the path of one or more signals into one or more devices. Time-base corrector (TBC): An electronic device used to correct timing inconsistencies and stabilize the playback of the video signal for optimum quality. It also synchronizes video sources allowing image mixing. Time-lapse videocassette recorder: A type of video recorder that can be set to record continuously over long periods, achieved by the tape moving in steps and recording one frame or field at a time. These devices are frequently used in security and law enforcement applications. Vectorscope: An electronic device that measures a video signal's chrominance (color) performance. Video: The electronic representation of a sequence of images, depicting either stationary or moving scenes. It may include audio. Video distribution amplifier: A device used to divide single video signals, while boosting their strength for delivery to multiple video devices. Videocassette recorder (VCR): Multifunction machine intended primarily for playback and recording of videotape stored in cassettes. Waveform monitor: An electronic device that provides a graphic display of a video signal's strength. Equipment The purpose of this section is to identify some of the equipment used to view, process, and enhance video images. Playback devices must be capable of producing an accurate representation of the recorded image. Playback devices include but are not limited to the following: Videocassette recorders, including time-lapse recorders Camcorders CD/DVD players Digital media players Monitors

541

Processing/Enhancement Multiplexer Time-base corrector Capture card Frame grabber or other image-capturing device Computer Software Waveform monitor/vectorscope Editing system Monitor Routing switcher Production switcher Distribution amplifier Output/Storage Monitor Printer Videocassette recorder Storage devices (e.g., computer, CD/DVD recorder, internal or removable memory storage devices) Guidelines for Video Processing Standard Operating Procedures TITLE: Video Processing Standard Operating Procedures PURPOSE: To apply processing techniques intended to enhance and/or analyze video images. Note: The successful processing of video images should be made with regard to the four legal tests: reliability, reproducibility, security, and discovery. EQUIPMENT: The agency should address the following minimum equipment requirements: Hardware Playback devices Image-processing systems Output devices Storage/archive Software Image management Image processing PROCEDURES: Agencies should establish specific step-by-step procedures for video processing in accordance with SWGIT guidelines and agency requirements. These procedures should address the following, as a minimum: Playback Processing Storage/archive Image management Security Output CALIBRATION: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs.

542

CALCULATIONS: If necessary, agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. LIMITATIONS: Agencies should take into consideration budget, equipment, management, and accrediting agency requirements. SAFETY: Agencies should develop procedures specific to their needs. REFERENCES: Agency-specific documentation, manufacturers' manuals, and SWGIT guidelines. TRAINING: Agencies should document procedures to ensure sufficient training to afford competence and proficiency with applicable video processing. (See Guidelines and Recommendations for Training in Imaging Technologies in the Criminal Justice System at www.fbi.gov/hq/lab/fsc/backissu/april2002/swgittraining.htm). Steps for Processing Videotape Agencies should establish specific step-by-step procedures for video processing in accordance with SWGIT guidelines and agency requirements. These procedures should address the following, as a minimum. Do a visual inspection of the tape and cassette housing to Ensure housing is intact Inspect tape for damage (e.g., twisting, separation) If damage is found, take corrective action and document. Enable any record-protection device (e.g., punch-out tab, slide record tab, remove record button). Determine if the submitted tape is an original or a copy. If it is an original, proceed to Step 4. If it is a copy, contact the submitter and request that original tape be submitted, and terminate examination of the copy. If the copy is the best available, proceed with the examination. Determine the make, model, and settings of the device used to record the submitted video, if possible. These settings may include the recording format and speed. Select the appropriate playback device(s) to achieve optimal signal quality. Using the selected devices and settings, review the submitted video to locate the pertinent segment(s). Determine the appropriate playback speed for processing. A time-base corrector may be used to stabilize the signal for playback and permit adjustment of video, chroma, pedestal levels, or other signals. At the examiner's discretion, a working copy of the pertinent segment may be generated using an available analog or digital device. The images may be enhanced using a number of processing operations that may include but are not limited to histogram equalization, multiframe averaging, contrast and levels adjustments, and sharpening. (See Recommendations and Guidelines for the Use of Digital Image Processing in the Criminal Justice System at www.fbi.gov/hq/lab/fsc/backiussu/jan2003/swgitdigital.htm) . Once enhanced, the final images are output to appropriate media.

543

APPENDIX M - GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR PHOTOGRAPHING FOOTWEAR IMPRESSIONS Scientific Working Group on Imaging Technologies (SWGIT)

Version 1.1 June 5, 2003 Introduction | Recommended Equipment Procedure for Footwear Impression Photography Introduction The purpose of this document is to describe the proper method of photographing footwear evidence by qualified personnel. It is recommended that digital cameras not be used for capturing footwear evidence until research identifying the minimum resolution required to record these impressions is complete. Recommended Equipment Professional camera, minimum 35mm, with interchangeable lenses, manual override for exposure and focus, off-camera flash and remote shutter capability, and tripod mount Macro lens capable of 1:1 Dedicated electronic flash with extension cable for off-camera operation Remote shutter release Tripod capable of various angles and positions Artificial light sources (e.g., floodlights, flashlights) Leveling device A variety of black-and-white and color negative film Appropriate scales Photographic log Reflector Device for blocking ambient light Procedure for Footwear Impression Photography A typical standard operating procedure should include the following: Locate the visible impressions to be photographed. Photograph the overall view of the area with identifying markers for each impression using appropriate lighting. Photograph the midrange view of the impression area with the identifying marker. To photograph a close-up view: Mount the camera on a tripod with the film plane parallel to the impression. Light the impression to bring out the maximum detail. Multiple exposures using various settings (bracketing) and lighting techniques may be required. Photograph with and without scale. The scale/identification tag should be placed adjacent to the impression without obscuring detail and be at least the length and width of the impression.

544

If the impression is processed (e.g., with fingerprint powder or chemicals), re-photograph after each process. Prepare the photographic log or worksheet according to agency policy.

545

APPENDIX N - GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR PHOTOGRAPHING TIRE IMPRESSIONS Scientific Working Group on Imaging Technologies (SWGIT)

Version 1.1 June 5, 2003 Introduction | Recommended Equipment Procedure for Tire Impression Photography Introduction The purpose of this document is to describe the proper method of photographing tire impression evidence by qualified personnel. It is recommended that digital cameras not be used for capturing tire impression evidence until research identifying the minimum resolution required to record these impressions is complete. Recommended Equipment Professional camera, minimum 35mm, with interchangeable lenses, manual override for exposure and focus, off-camera flash and remote shutter capability, and tripod mount Macro lens capable of 1:1 Dedicated electronic flash with extension cable for off-camera operation Remote shutter release Tripod capable of various angles and positions Artificial light sources (e.g., floodlights, flashlights) Leveling device A variety of black-and-white and color negative film Appropriate scales Photographic log Reflector Device for blocking ambient light Procedure for Tire Impression Photography A typical standard operating procedure should include the following: Locate the visible impressions to be photographed. Photograph the overall view of the area with identifying markers for each impression using appropriate lighting. Photograph the midrange view of the impression area with the identifying marker. To photograph a close-up view: Mount the camera on a tripod with the film plane parallel to the impression. Take multiple overlapping exposures, mapping the entire tire impression. Light each overlapping section of the impression to bring out the maximum detail. Multiple exposures using various settings (bracketing) and lighting techniques may be required. Photograph with a scale. The scale should be placed along the entire length of the impression without obscuring detail.

546

If the impression is processed (e.g., with fingerprint powder or chemicals), re-photograph after each process. Prepare the photographic log or worksheet according to agency policy.

547

APPENDIX O - RECOMMENDATIONS AND GUIDELINES RELATING TO THE USE OF CLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) SYSTEMS IN COMMERCIAL ESTABLISHMENTS SCIENTIFIC WORKING GROUP ON IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES (SWGIT) Dear Colleague, The Scientific Working Group on Imaging Technology (SWGIT) was created by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) to provide leadership to the law enforcement community by developing guidelines for good practices for the use of imaging technologies within the criminal justice system. The SWGIT consists of over thirty representatives of federal, state, and municipal law enforcement organizations, as well as imaging scientists from the academic community. In late 2002, the FBI asked the SWGIT to develop recommendations and guidelines relating to the use of closed-circuit television (CCTV) systems in commercial establishments. Attached to this letter is the final version of that document. SWGIT anticipates that this document will be revised over time, as technology and the needs of law enforcement change. Therefore, you are encouraged to review this document and provide feedback to us, so that future versions will address the needs of the broadest possible community. Specific instructions for providing feedback are on the next page. Please note that you are being asked to send electronic (e-mail) feedback to both me and Marla Carroll, the chair of our Forensic Video Subcommittee. A goal of the SWGIT is to engage broad communities in the development of our guidelines. Your participation in this process will help us achieve that goal. Thank you for your consideration. Sincerely, Richard W. Vorder Bruegge Chair, SWGIT Instructions for suggesting changes to SWGIT documents or submitting general comments If you wish to suggest changes in a SWGIT document or submit comments you may do so electronically or via regular mail. Formal changes to SWGIT documents will only be considered if the following information is included: Title of the document for which the change is suggested; Name of individual requesting the change; Organization or Affiliation of the requestor; Address of the organization; Telephone number and e-mail address, if available; Specific identification of wording to be eliminated, noting document section and/or page number; (if applicable) Specific wording to be added; (if applicable) Justification describing reason for making the change. If simply submitting comments, please be sure to include the following: Your name; Your job title; Name and address of your agency; Telephone number and E-mail address at which you may be reached (if available); and 548

Identify the specific document, section and/or page number to which you are referring, if applicable. If replying electronically (i.e., E-Mail) include your name and address information in the body of your e-mail and enter "SWGIT CCTV Feedback" as your "subject" line. You may include your comments in the body of your e-mail or as an attachment in either WordPerfect or Word format. Forward your comments to the following e-mail addresses: rvorderbruegge@fbiacademy.edu Marla_Carroll@sheriff.org If replying via regular mail include your name and address information in a cover letter, followed by your comments, and forward them to the following address: Richard W. Vorder Bruegge FBI - ERF - FAVIAU Building 27958-A Quantico, VA 22135 Quantico, VA 22135

549

POSTER PRESENTATIONS

550

SCENE OF CRIME 3D scanning and documentation of objects in forensic science Walter Brschweiler, Jrg Arnold, Marcel Braun Scientific Forensic Service, Zurich City Police,Zeughausstrasse 9 CH-8004 Zurich, Switzerland walter.brueschweiler@stp.stzh.ch Key words : Forensic Photogrammetry (FPHG); 3D-digitising-surface Scanner; Patterned Injuries; Car Accidents, Train Accidents, Airplane Accidents The documentation of objects in forensic science by photography reduces a three-dimensional item to a two-dimensional level. Especially if you intend to reconstruct an event as a whole or partially e.g. the analysis of an injury-causing instrument in a murder case, the impact of two cars, trains or airplanes in a road, railway or flight accident, you need the highest possible accuracy of the documentation. Therefore a detailed three-dimensional documentation is a must. The Forensic 3D/CAD supported Photogrammetry (FPHG) is the basic method to achieve on scale 3D data. The advantage of the application of FPHG is that objects like the injuries and the incriminated instruments, the deformations of the vehicles can be photographed following some simple rules even with a standard 35 mm camera. The data of a series of pictures of an object are fed into computer programmes and thereby calculated into a 3D data model as a true-to-detail representation of the item. This allows to examine - in the virtual space of the computer for example patterned injuries on a human body with respect to matching potentially incriminated instruments or deformations of two vehicles in shape, size, depth and angle. The mentioned procedure can be essentially simplified by using a no-contact optical 3Ddigitising-surface scanner. The advantage is not only to save time. You also get a much higher number and density of points in the virtual space. That results in a higher accuracy of the 3D models of the objects to be compared with each other. Combining photography and scanning enhances the illustrative value of the reconstruction.

551

Entomological sampling kit (A little step for the crime scene technician, a bigger one for the forensic entomologist ?) Laurent Dourel, Emmanuel Gaudry Institut de recherche criminelle de la gendarmerie nationale - Dpartement Entomologie 1, boulevard Thophile Sueur F-93111 Rosny-sous-Bois cedex, France etm.ircgn@gendarmerie.defense.gouv.fr

It is well known that a good sampling is a first guarantee to realise a good expertise. Improvement of the quality of the analysis is the aim of each analyst. It is particularly more important in Forensic science because results induce consequences for the inquiry and their interpretation has to be justified (testimony of experts during trials). Since its creation in 1992, staff of the department of Forensic Entomology (Forensic Science Institute of the French Gendarmerie) has been training Crime Scene Technicians (CST) in the collection of insects at crime scene and at autopsy. Nevertheless, during several years of activity, we faced the following situations. (i) Quality of the samples (alive and dead specimens) at their arrival at the laboratory was not constant. (ii) The collection was sometimes lacking (fauna not representative). (iii) Insects were sometimes not gathered at all (lack of specific material? An oversight?). Several meetings with CSTs and the technical assistants who aid territorial units, on crime scenes, showed there was a real need to provide them with practical assistance when making a collection, in the form of a kit containing basic collecting materials, forms and guidelines. In May 2004, 463 entomological sampling kits (performed by ourselves) were supplied to 237 Criminal Investigation Units (66% of total CIU). We propose to draw up a balance sheet dealing with the setting up of such kit throughout the 22 French regions.

552

Human scent identification dogs Florence Scombart, Daniel Grignon Sous-direction de la police technqiue et scientifique service central d'identit judiciaire 31, avenue Franklin Roosevelt 69134 Ecully cedex (France)

Locard's principle stipulates that a person can neither go to a place nor come from it, neither enter nor leave a room, without bringing and leaving something that belongs to him or her. Inevitably, and whatever the precautions taken may be, we leave traces . In this case, on the crime scene or in its vicinity, the perpetrator always leaves an odour. Scent identifications are based upon the assumptions that every person has a unique odour, that the odour of a person remains stable in time and that dogs can discriminate between people based on this odour. Although there is no 100% scientific evidence that these assumptions are true, there is enough evidence to use correctly performed and controlled scent identifications for investigative purposes. It is possible either to compare scents recovered from the crime scene with the body odour of a suspect or to establish a link between scents from various scenes in order to confirm or to discard the possibility that they have been committed by the same unidentified person. Scent identification was developped thirty years ago in Eastern Europe and more particularly in Hungary where the two French dog handlers and four dogs have been trained for 5 months. After an experimental stage which lasted two years, the four scent identification dogs of the French police began working on operational cases in 2003 and have so far performed some 10 identifications. The various stages of a scent identification procedure The recovery of scent traces takes place on the crime scene with objects that are likely to have been in contact with the perpetrator. Special cloths are needed to recover the scents. Collection has to take place using only a sterilized equipment (glass jars, cloths and tweezers). The duration of the collection depends on the places, on the time elapsed since the commission of the offense and on the surface on which the traces were left, but it will take at least half an hour or even more. Recovering scent traces with a cloth is done by placing the absorber on the scented surface and by wrapping the surface with the absorber. To prevent other scents from contaminating the absorber, it must be covered with an aluminium sheet. The collection of body odours : when a suspect is arrested, his body odour is recovered from his hands by holding two absorbers in each hand for ten minutes. The scent identification line-up The test is performed in a closed room. The handler is helped by an assistant. An identification line-up arrangement is made of five glass jars. The dog sniffs at the jar containing the scent trace, at its handlers command walks along the line-up arrangement of glass jars containing a single scent from the suspect and other comparative material. As soon as the dog has found the matching scent, it indicates by lying down in front of the jar containing the matching scent. The test is performed several times changing the position of the containers out of the sight of both dog and handler. To conclude that a suspect's odour matches the scent traces recovered on the crime scene, the test must be performed by two separate dogs and each dog must indicate the suspect's odour twice. The procedure is video recorded. 553

FINGERPRINTS Decision making processes involved in fingerprint identification: The influence of emotional context on finding a match. Ailsa E. Pron1, Itiel E. Dror1, Sara-Lynn Hind1, and David Charlton2
1

School of Psychology, University of Southampton, UK 2 Fingerprint Bureau, Sussex Police, UK

Fingerprint identification, like other cognitive processes, gives the false impression that it is a purely data driven process. Such processes, supposedly, are driven solely by the information in the incoming stimulus. In fingerprint analysis this data consists of patterns (such as ridges, furrows, and whorls) within the impressions themselves. However, research demonstrates that context plays a major role in filling in gaps and interpreting ambiguous data. Furthermore, context can override incoming data, even to the extent that the data is contradicted and we end up perceiving what the context dictates rather than what is actually there. Contextual influences are many and varied. In the research reported here we focus on emotional context which is task-related. Emotional context refers to the emotional state of the decision maker who is examining fingerprints and trying to see whether or not there is a match. Taskrelated emotional context refer to conditions in which emotions are evoked directly from the task itself. In this study 27 participants examined 2,484 pairs of fingerprints. In 75% of the trials we introduced task-related emotional context. We wanted to examine if our manipulation could cause the participants to be motivated to try and find a match rather than just examine if there is a match. Thus, we examined whether task-related emotional context increases the likelihood of finding a match. The remaining 25% of the trials were no context and provided a baseline control measure. The emotional context was created by providing background stories and photographs from crime scenes. Half of the stories and photographs consisted of highly charged emotional content (with victims of attacks and arson), whereas the other half had emotional content of a lesser degree (such as bike theft). In addition to having manipulations of high emotional context, low emotional context, and no emotional context (the control baseline), we introduced subliminal messages. In 25% of the trials we subliminally flashed the words guilty and same to further bias the decision maker to find a match. This was done in addition to the high emotional condition so as to maximise the strength of our manipulations aimed at biasing the decision making processes involved in fingerprint identification. The pairs of fingerprints consisted of impressions of varying clarity. A quarter were relatively easy to judge, a quarter were relatively hard to judge, and half were ambiguous (not enough information to judge if they matched or not). The data revealed that the high emotional manipulation caused participants to increase the rate of deciding that fingerprint pairs matched. The addition of subliminal messages to high emotional context further increased the likelihood of finding a match. However, these effects were limited to ambiguous fingerprints. When the fingerprints were not ambiguous, the emotional manipulations and subliminal messages were not able to contradict clear non-matching fingerprints. Hence, while emotional context may influence matching decisions when fingerprints are ambiguous or degraded, it is not sufficient to override matching decisions based on clear and detailed fingerprints regardless of difficulty. Our findings are based on non-expert fingerprint professionals. Further research needs to investigate in what ways expertise and experience may make people more or less susceptible to these and other contextual influences. 554

TOOLMARKS & IMPRESSIONS Serial number restoration in metal surface using digital image processing and etching techniques Ladario Da Silva1 & Paulo Acioly Marques Dos Santos2 1 Servio de pericas em armas de fogo do instituto de criminalistica Carlos Eboli, rua D. Pedro I, 128, Centro, CEP 20060-060, Rio De Janeiro, (Brasil) 2 Laboratorio de Optico Aplicada do Instituto de Fisica da Universidade Federal Fluminenese, Av. Litoranea, S/N, praia Vermelha, CEP 24210-340, Niteroi, Rio De Janeiro (Brasil) ladario@if.uff.br; pams@if.uff.br

Keywords : Firearms, serial Number Restoration, Digital Image Processing, Applied Optics. We present a combined cheap method, using non-destructive digital image processing and traditional etching techniques, to recovering obliterated firearms serial number in a metal (steel) surface. In this work, we report on the characteristics of the method and present some results. In Rio De Janeiro, a southeast state of Brazil, many of the apprehended firearms have their serial number obliterated commonly either by strong abrasion or by dotting. One of the most used traditional method of recovering obliterated stamped serial number is based on chemical reactions, generally etching solutions [1-2], which are destructive. We investigate a promising new combined method combining both non-destructive and destructive techniques. This approach, sometimes, avoid loss of evidence for further analyses. It consists, basically, in a carefully smooth of the surface and successive capture of the scattered light by the obliterated region using a stereomicroscope coupled with a digital camera and a flexible cold light source, appropriate for oblique illumination. By varying the angle between the light and the surface, it suffices, in certain cases, to see the digits or parts of them directly in the stereoscope or in a graphical display. Selecting useful image processing filters on the acquired images [3-5], we could enhance them. This method has already proven to be useful, in certain aluminium dotted pistol frames, whose serial number was written by laser, when etching methods are not successful. Digital image processing techniques can also be used for enhancement of images of recovered serial umbers by destructive usual methods, which sometimes lack of definition. This method has also the advantage that the laboratory apparatus are, nowadays, basic and almost standard for any small forensic lab as they can used for other evidence analysis. There are also free digital image processing programs and filters. This technique can probably be used to restoring other obliterated marks of similar characteristics. Results are summarized as follows : (i) The non-destructive method works sometimes very fine with not so destroyed steel surfaces and in some punctuated aluminium surfaces; (ii) image processing technique enhances the recovered serial numbers by destructive methods or consists itself in a non-destructive method; (iii) different filters or combination of filters might be prepared for each sample.

555

FIREARMS Ballistic fingerprinting databases Jan De Kinder Nationaal Instituut voor Criminalistiek en Criminologie (NICC-INCC) Vilvoordsesteenweg 98-100, B-1120 Brussels, Belgium A ballistic imaging database system is based on the following premise: When a gun is fired, it may leave distinguishing marks on the fired bullet and cartridge case. A searchable database with images of such marks from all new guns that are sold could be a useful investigative tool. Such a database would permit the linking of evidence bullets or cartridge cases back to the gun that fired them, without the need for physically obtaining the firearm. Evidence found at a shooting incident would be scanned and compared to all entries in the database. Ideally, the system would provide investigators with the serial number of the firearm which can lead the investigators to the registered owner. Such a database could be called a ballistic fingerprint database or reference ballistic imaging database (RBID). A number of questions prior to setting up of ballistic fingerprinting databases are discussed. These questions can be classified into three categories: (1) concerning the efficiency of such databases, (2) forensic issues and (3) procedurial issues to be dealt with. The current New York State legislation is used as a illustration of the choices to be made when setting up a ballistic fingerprinting database. European data from the possession and use of firearms at crime scenes will be used to support the three arguments formulated against the installation of a ballistic fingerprinting database. In a second step, the feasibility of such systems was tested using the Integrated Ballistic Identification System (IBISTM) which is successfully used with numerous regional but much smaller open case file databases. In these studies, two cartridges were test fired from a large number of firearms of the same make and model. One fired cartridge case was entered into the reference database and a random selection of the remaining fired cartridge cases were compared against this database. The second cartridge case can be of the same brand of ammunition or of a different one. In this presentation, an overview will be provided of the two studies conducted to date. Suggestions on how to increase the potential performance of a ballistic fingerprint database will be made. These suggestion will be based on encoding multiple cartridge cases per firearm to account for differences in ammunition characteristics, taking as many as possible marks from the firearm and micromarking the important components of the firearm. References: Jan De Kinder, Science & Justice 42, 197-203 (2002).Jan De Kinder, Fred Tulleners and Hugues Thiebaut, Forensic Science Internat. 204, 197-203 (2004) AB1717 study: http://caag.state.ca.us/newsalerts/2003/03-013.htm

556

BIOLOGY (incl. Hair)

Digital imaging and image analysis in forensic hair examination Elizabeth Brooks1, Ian McNaught2 and James Robertson1 Forensic Services, Australian Federal Police, GPO Box 401, Canberra, ACT, (Australia) Division of Health, Design & Science University of Canberra, ACT 2601 (Australia) Elizabeth.Brooks@afp.gov.au The human hair follicle cycle is a focus of research for a number of scientific disciplines as it presents a dynamic model of a biological system. To the forensic scientist, shed hair at the crime scene is a valuable source of evidence. Currently, forensic hair examiners are restricted to characterizing hair essentially by microscopic features that, unfortunately, do not allow individualizing single human hairs to the exclusion of all others. As such, human hair comparison techniques used by the forensic scientist are firmly in the realms of subjective assessment. This study attempts to address this subjectivity issue. Using digital camera technology and image processing techniques, we have explored ways to reduce some of the limitations of in/out-of-focus imagery and pigment pattern recognition currently experienced by the forensic hair examiner. Evaluation of imaging systems resulted in selection of the Olympus DP70 digital camera and Syncroscopy Automontage Software which combines manually selected focal planes through the hair, usually between 9 and 12 images, vertically stacked to produce a final single image. Image analysis using V for Windows (Digital Optics Ltd) was performed on the montaged images to obtain colour densities and pigment numbers and distributions over a range of Caucasian head hairs, yielding statistically significant data for use in forensic hair examination.

557

Use of an automated process for DNA typing of Buccal samples to supply the French National database Laure Delpech*, Olivier Marie, Cathy Boudas, Jean-Pierre Brigonne, Erwann Lozano, Annick Taille, Sylvie Frackowiak and P.-E. Coiffait Laboratoire de Police Scientifique 97 Boulevard Camille Flammarion 13245 MARSEILLE Cedex 4 France *Laure.delpech@interieur.gouv.fr The implementation of the French national database of DNA profiles requires, from the forensic laboratories, highly increasing output in analytic treatment of mass forensic biological samples. The registered DNA profiles concern suspects, convicted offenders, missing persons as well as unknown crime scene samples . Among those samples, buccal material collected from individuals are suitable candidates for automation, as the support of the samples (FTA kits) is now standardized. In our laboratory, we have set up a complete automated treatment of FTA samples, which allows the typing of nearly one thousand profiles per month, realised by four analysts using one robot line. This automation has been developed following two approaches : the development of a software set (that means the fully automatic integration of the data from the reception of the samples to the printing of the results sheet), the acquisition of a robotic system for the analytic step. Practically, samples are first punched using the DBS puncher ; identification data (name, internal references of the case, references of the procedure) are integrated in a dedicated program which will trace the sample all along the process, up to the fill of the profile sheet to be sent to the National Database. The robotic platform (THEONYX MWG Biotech) operates the successive washes of the samples, and, as the thermocycler is included in the platform, the amplification (PCR) set up and course. Ninety six well plates are used, allowing 78 samples to be analysed per run (the other wells consist in controls and ladders), each run consuming thirty minutes. The automated process is then interrupted to drive the samples to the DNA capillary electrophoresis system (ABI PRISM 3100, Applied Biosystems) to generate the profiles. A presentation of the whole system is proposed through a video. The set up of the robotic platform has been realised in respect with the international quality guidelines. A complete qualification study has been performed by our self, to control reproducibility, sensibility and fiability of the machine, in parallel with testing the software. Moreover, a special area is now dedicated to the robot, so that crime scene samples and comparison samples are totally and physically separated. At present, the process (robotic line and automatic integration of case and genetic data) runs in routine. Although the cost of one single automatic analysis is not significatively different from the manual analysis (except for the invest due to the machine), the incidences are obviously considerable in the following terms : output : an increase of approximately 700% profiles is obtained per month, personnel involvement seriously reduced (analytic and administrative tasks simplified) reliability of the analysis increased. In conclusion, the automation of DNA typing is an obligatory step to accelerate the growth of the national database. It is now possible to acquire flexible platforms adapted to different levels of output, but the combination with a convenient informatics environment is of course, highly recommended. After a couple of months of routine use, we consider our choice to be perfectly suitable with our structure and our regional activity.

558

FSS DNA expert systems Dr Chris Maguire The Forensic Science Service Trident Court 2920 Solihull Parkway Birmingham Business Park, Birmingham B37 7YN (UK)

There are many laboratories currently working to automate the process of DNA profiling and several companies able to supply robotic workstations and liquid handling systems needed to support such automation. The rate-limiting step for achieving a fully automated DNA process is the automation of the interpretation of DNA profiles. The FSS has developed a suite of software tools to manage this process, including: Interpretation of single source DNA profiles and designation of alleles present Designation and interpretation of mixed profiles Anti contamination checking Assessment of DNA profiling results for court purposes The FSS has seen a number of significant benefits from using these software tools. These benefits include: An improvement in consistency as the software tools employ a set of objective rules for the interpretation of single source and mixed DNA profiles Demonstrable efficiency gains in both the analysis and interpretation of DNA profiles De-skilling the interpretation of mixed DNA profiles Maximising the loading rate of DNA profiles to the National DNA Database. During this presentation the FSS will discuss the development of our suite of software applications and present the lessons learnt during their development.

559

ACOUSTICS & IMAGING Forensic speech and audio analysis 2001-2004: a review Ton Broeders and Jos Bouten Netherlands Forensic Institute

Although the development of state-of-the-art speaker recognition systems has shown considerable progress in the new millennium, performance levels do not as yet seem to warrant large-scale introduction in anything other than relatively low-risk applications. Conditions typical of the forensic context such as transmission channel mismatch, mismatch of linguistic context and the complexity of proper threshold setting continue to pose a major challenge. Consequently, the impact of automatic speaker recognition technology on the forensic scene has been relatively modest. Meanwhile, forensic speaker identification practice continues to be heavily dominated by the use of a wide variety of largely subjective procedures. Against this background, the need to put alternative validation procedures in place is becoming more widely accepted. While the increasingly widespread availability of digital sound processing equipment as well as its ease of operation make certain types of manipulation of audio recordings comparatively easy to perform and difficult to detect, thereby severely limiting the possibilities of audio integrity and authenticity examinations, new developments in tape authentication based on mains frequency fluctuation and the visualisation of the magnetic domain using the Faraday principle show considerable promise A survey is provided of ongoing work in the area, based on reactions to a questionnaire.

560

Forensic image analysis 2001-2004: a review Jurrien Bijhold(1), Zeno Geradts(1), Lena Klasen(2) 1 Netherlands Forensic Institute (NFI) 2 Swedish Defense Laboratory (FOI)

The rapid development of digital imaging technology and widespread use of cameras and video recording systems for private and public applications has had a big impact on the development of forensic image analysis. Three mainstreams of activities can now be distinguished in forensic image analysis: Imaging technology Capturing images and video from analog and digital media, filtering and sorting large amounts of images and video, coding and decoding data, detection of manipulation, image authentication, identification of cameras and systems as tools used for production of e.g. child porn movies. In this field of expertise a lot of cooperation is needed with experts in audio technology, digital evidence and information technology in order to keep up with all new developments. Crime scene photography, laser scanning, photogrammetry and 3d-modeling Crime scene recording using combinations of wide view and close up photography and laser scanning, panorama views, 3d-modeling of crime scenes, 3d-models as tools for interpretation of questioned video recordings of e.g. shooting incidents, car accidents or explosions, scenario testing using 3d-models of the crime scene, human bodies with wound channels, virtual stringing of bloodstain patterns, etc. In this field of expertise many new forensic applications are being explored. Biometric identification The international concern for terrorist attacks has led to large investments in projects for testing and introducing biometric systems based on finger scans, facial photographs and iris scans. The demand for extremely large databases of finger scans and new insights from the development of DNA evidence has led to a new interest for the process of fingerprint capturing and identification. While guidelines and procedures have been developed for forensic comparison of facial photographs and estimation of body heights from surveillance video, it also has become apparent that these methods for identification have to be used extremely carefully. New developments can be expected from facial 3d-scans and 3d-data extraction from video. The development of forensic image analysis has also been pushed by the consolidation of a number of relatively new international working groups: the European group ENFSIDIWG (methods and techniques), the US groups SWGIT (guidelines and best practice manuals) and LEVA (training on video processing), and the Australian group EESAG (proficiency tests for video and audio processing). A survey is provided of ongoing work in the area, based on reactions to a questionnaire.

561

M.A.R.I.N.A. (Moyen Automatique de Recherche dImages Non Autorises) Laurent Lesobre Institut de recherche criminelle de la gendarmerie nationale - Dpartement Informatique Electronique 1, boulevard Thophile SueurF-93111 Rosny-sous-Bois cedex, France inl.ircgn@gendarmerie.defense.gouv.fr laurent.lesobre@wanadoo.fr

MARINA is a software developed to assist investigators in their fight against the distribution of child abuse images. It overviews, in read-only mode, the file systems of an investigated hard drive, searching for images and videos that have been referenced as child pornography by gendarmerie units, while preserving the original evidence. The current version of MARINA is based on the use of MD5 hash signatures: a mathematical function that does not permit to calculate the image back from the signature (non-reversible). The database currently includes over 344.000 image signatures. This number has proven sufficient to detect the most common locations of child pornography, but will increase in the future with information from newer cases. The software presents itself in the form of a bootable Linux CDROM. The main features of this software are: - The simple search of images and videos; - The search and copy of images and videos (the copy is done to a hard drive provided by the investigator); - The copy of all images and videos (to enhance the finding capacities afterwards); - The copy of archive (compressed) files or those linked to the use of electronic mail; MARINA is currently available for all Gendarmerie units in France and will be deployed this year to Police Nationale (the other national police force) units as well.

562

DRUGS Supporting complex criminal investigations by information derived from systematic profiling of drugs. A. Gallusser1, A. Biedermann1, Y. Specht2, P. Esseiva3, F. Anglada3 Federal Department of Justice and Police, Federal Office of Police, Forensic Science Unit, Nussbaumstrasse 29, 3003 Berne, Switzerland Federal Department of Justice and Police, Federal Office of Police, Branch Lausanne, Av. Bergires 42, 1004 Lausanne, Switzerland The University of Lausanne, School of Criminal Sciences, Institut de Police Scientifique, Btiment de Chimie, 1015 Lausanne-Dorigny, Switzerland

Since 2002, the Federal Office of Police (Fedpol) carries out investigations under the direction of the Attorney General of Switzerland in cases involving organised crime, money laundering and corruption. Drug-related offences such as importation, exportation, supply and possession are particularly demanding areas of investigation. There is a great need for sources of information allowing for further insight in the organisational structures of specific groups of offenders and their activities on a national and international level. One such source of information are links between samples of illicit drugs which may be characterised by systematic physical and chemical profiling. The document describes collaboration between police investigators, forensic scientists and a specialist laboratory. A practical case is presented where the profiling of samples of illicit drugs has been found to provide accurate, timely and useful information for linking spatially and temporally distinct events on a national and an international level. Current efforts of the Forensic Science Unit at Fedpol tend to incorporate such analyses systematically in casework with the aim of providing unique and consolidated overviews of cases in complex criminal investigations.

563

A contribution to the chemical profiling of 3,4-Methylenedioxymethanphetamine (MDMA) tablets Pascal Gimeno, Fabrice Besacier, Huguette Chaudron-Thozet, josiane Girard, Alain Lamotte Laboratoire de police scientifique de Lyon 31, avenue Franklin Roosevelt, 69134 Ecully cedex (France)

A method for the profiling of 3,4-Methylenedioxymethanphetamine (MDMA) tablets is presented. Impurities of interest are extracted from an alkaline buffer solution (pH 11.5) by diethyl ether and submitted to Gas Chromatography mass spectrometry analyses. Identification of impurities is performed by electron impact ionisation (Ei) mass spectrometry and confirmation by positive chemical ionisation (Ci+) mass spectrometry or , when possible, mass spectrometry / mass spectrometry (MS). The reproducibility evaluation and the profiling comparison are performed using Selected Ion Monitoring (SIM) on the most intense impurity mass fragment. This profiling method allowed to identify new impurities such as p-methoxymethamphetamine (PMMA) and 3,4-Methylenedioxy-N,N-dimethylbenzylamine. Repeat extractions of the same sample gave an average relative standard deviation of less than 8% within the same day and 11% between days. Comparison of profiles showed a good potential of the method to discriminate MDMA samples. Nevertheless, it is necessary to increase the number of linked and unlinked samples so as to determine the correlation value threshold.

564

Usefulness of MDMA Impurity Profiling for Intelligence and Legal Purposes Dariusz ZUBA1, Magorzata WIST2, Bogumia BYRSKA1, Jarosaw WILAMOWSKI2, Andrzej PARCZEWSKI1,2, Wojciech PIEKOSZEWSKI1
2

Institute of Forensic Research, Cracow, Poland Faculty of Chemistry, Jagiellonian University, Cracow, Poland

Key words: profiling, Ecstasy, MDMA Profiling of drugs appears a useful method in criminal investigation aimed at searching for illicit drug production and distribution. It includes the chemical analysis of impurities derived from their manufacture or from co-extraction. Although impurity profiling of seizure drugs is not a routine technique, it could provides useful information about synthesis methods and it hepls to establish whether the seizure drug samples originate from the same illegal laboratory or the same production batch. Out of synthetic drugs, amphetamine and methamphetamine have been thoroughly investigated in respect to the route specific impurities and comparative analysis. 3,4methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, Ecstasy) have not been sufficiently investigated so far. Institute of Forensic Research, in co-operation with Jagiellonian University and Central Forensic Laboratory of the Police in Warsaw, realizes a project Development of the analytical and chemometrical procedure for Ecstasy profiling for needs of drug database. In this presentation the results obtained at the first stage of investigation are shown. MDMA samples prepared by different routes, namely: reductive amination, Leuckart reaction and safrole bromonation, were studied. The reductive amination was performed using different reducing agent: sodium cyanoborohydride, aluminium amalgam and sodium borohydride. The study covered also examination of MDMA precursor - 3,4-methylenedioxy-phenyl-2-propanone (MDP2P or PMK), which was obtained by oxidising isosafrole and from piperonal. Each synthesis was repeated three times in order to establish variety in composition of impurities between different batches of PMK and MDMA. Gas chromatography coupled to mass spectrometry (GC-MS) was applied to identify precursors, intermediates and by-products. Liquid-liquid extraction (LLE) with n-heptane from carbonate buffer of a pH 10 was used in sample preparation for GC-MS. Diphenylamine was applied as an internal standard. Chromatographic separation was achieved on HP5-MS fused silica capillary column. High-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) was tested as an alternative and confirmatory method. The samples were prepared by means of solid-phase extraction (SPE). An MDMA sample was dissolved in ammonium buffer (pH 8.5) containing diphenylamine and the impurities were thicken on Bakerbond speTM Octadecyl column using methanol for extraction. Chromolith Performance RP-18e monolithic column was used in HPLC analysis. The gradient separation was performed using aqueous solution of phosphoric acid and acetonitryle. The gradient program was optimised. Diode array detector (DAD) was used for detection of analytes. The impurities pattern is a subject for further chemometric analysis. The obtained results till now show that the worked-out methods allow to distinguish the samples prepared by different synthesis route. They can also be useful in comparative analysis of seized drug samples. The study was supported by the grant of the State Committee for Scientific Research, Warsaw, Poland, number 0T 00C 01024.

565

Scientific Contribution to the Fight against Cross-border drug trafficking A European project between France and Switzerland Lociciro S.*, Hayoz P.*, Dujourdy L.**, Besacier F.**, Margot P.*, Esseiva P.*, Guitton J.***. * Institut de Police Scientifique, University of Lausanne, BCH, 1015 Lausanne-Dorigny, Switzerland ** Laboratoire de Police Technique et Scientifique de Lyon, 31 avenue Franklin Roosevelt, 69134 Ecully cedex, (France) *** Institut des Sciences Pharmaceutiques et Biologiques, Universite Claude Bernard Lyon I, 8 avenue Rockfeller, 69008 Lyon (France).

The aim of the project is to develop an harmonised analytical and statistical methodology between two laboratories (IPS of Lausanne and LPS of Lyon) in order to provide drug intelligence for the cocaine seized at the border and inside the two countries. Common standard operating procedure for the analysis of cocaine samples will be established and based on gas chromatography - flame ionization detection (GC-FID). The aim is to optimise the chromatography of cocaine samples and to target minor alkaloids which are the signature of each sample. Once this optimisation is realized, these alkaloids can be used to compare samples in order to highlight chemical links between cocaine seized in both areas. These links will be stored and managed in a common database on the Internet. Data protection protocols ensure that the exchange of information between the two laboratories is confidential. This database will then be used to update data in quasi real time. The challenge is to put together the chemical links and the traditional police information in order to interpret and validate the value of chemical links. The services concerned (police, customs, public health) will be informed about the results among others by using continuing education for network understanding. This could also help police forces to find new traffic networks or to link dealers with no apparent relationship. Dissemination of the results will also be done through communication at international conferences or publications. The expected results of the project would : - make police forces aware of profiling tool and issues in order to make them integrate this information in their casework ; - promote exchanges between drug enforcement services ; - help to identify and dismantle the traffic networks between Switzerland and France, with valuable consequences in terms of public health and social environment ; - provide information about the quality and the toxicity of the products to the institutional structures in charge of drug-addiction monitoring.

566

FIRE Development of validation kits for fire debris and DNA analysis David M. Epstein & William J. Tilstone NFSTC, 7881 114th avenue, Largo, Florida 33773 (USA) dme@nfstc.org Accreditation standards, especially ISO/IEC 17025 clause 5.4, require that test methods used be properly validated before evidence is analyzed. Clause 5.4 gives some guidance for performing validation studies. Other standards, such as Standard 8 of the Quality Assurance Standards for Forensic DNA Testing Laboratories used in the United States, also require validation of test methods and give more detailed guidance to laboratories. However, there have been no specific guides provided to laboratories of the actual steps to take to demonstrate validity of test methods. The National Forensic Science Technology Center (NFSTC) has worked within a cooperation agreement with the United States National Institute of Justice ("2000-RC-CK-K001) to design and test validation kits for testing fire debris as well as DNA. The focus on the kits and the two areas of testing came from a focus group of crime laboratory directors sitting on the board of the American Society of Crime Laboratory Directors (ASCLD). This poster will cover the planning, design, production, and initial testing of the validation kits, which NFSTC will provide to publicly-funded forensic laboratories in the United States in the coming months.

567

EXPLOSIVES Analytical problems with RDX blast residues Dr. R.S. Verma & Mr. A.K. Dalela Central Forensic Science Laboratory, Directorate of Forensic Science, Ministry of Home Affairs, Govt. of India, Chandigarh 160 036, INIDA. cfslchandigarh@indiatimes.com RDX has figured in sensational blasts in India such as killing of dignitaries, Bombay bomb blasts 1993 & 2003 and blast outside J & K assembly. Blasts of RDX formulations generate new complications to the forensic scientists in addition to inherent problems. Extreme conditions of temperature and pressure in blasts leave behind traces of parent substance too small to detect easily. Additives of the formulations make analysis further difficult due to their own presence and also their break down products. RDX also decomposes to many new products. Presumptive tests, chromatographic analysis and FTIR spectrophotometric analysis of such samples provide insufficient data for identification of parent explosive substance. Higher operational temperature and hot surfaces of the GC-MS also decompose heat labile RDX. Better results have been achieved with trace blast residues by improving upon extraction methods minimising impurities and shortening capillary column length used in GC-MS. Scan by scan analysis of total ion current chromatogram with their interpretation in relation to structures of the ions formed revealed formation of additional structures, which can also form due to explosion of RDX. Some of such products formed due to decomposition of RDX can be stable enough to remain in post blast residues, creating spectrum, different to that of RDX, however, also similar to mass spectrum of RDX due to the presence of some common ions. In-depth analysis of expanded FTIR spectrum may also enhance the accuracy of results of trace level residues of RDX.

568

Metallographic observation of mechanical twins in 304 stainless steel after small charge explosions D. Firrao, P. Matteis, G. Scavino, G. Ubertalli Dip. di Sc. dei Materiali e Ing. Chimica, Politecnico di Torino, Torino, Italy M.G. Ienco, P. Piccardo, M.R. Pinasco, E. Stagno DCCI - Universit di Genova, Italy R. Montanari, S. Poggio, M.E. Tata Dip. di Ing. Meccanica, Universit di Roma-Tor Vergata, Roma, Italy G. Brandimarte, S. Petralia Marina Militare - Istituto Chimica Esplosivi Mariperman, La Spezia, Italy Optical metallography is the preferred tool to assess the existence of mechanical twins in deformed metal parts. When FCC metal components are exposed to the effects of explosions, twinning may become the preferred mode of plastic deformation in place of slip if the stacking fault energy (SFE) is low. In the case of small charge explosions that yield limited overall plastic deformations, the occurrence of mechanical twins in metal parts may become the only way to single out the original cause of a destructive event. Owing to their particularly low SFES, austenitic stainless steels are the best candidates for experiments leading to the assessment of the effects of small charge explosions. In the framework of a large research program encompassing various FCC metals, AISI 304 K steel discs have been exposed to the explosion of 108 g TNT equivalent charges at distances ranging between 5 and 80 cm. Polished 22 mm diameter, 3 mm thick steel discs were obtained from bars solution annealed at 1200 and 1050 C to yield 60 and 32 m average grain size, respectively. Larger grain size disks were also exposed at 54 g charges. After explosion surfaces were observed both by scanning electron and optical microscopy, ascertaining that the latter yielded best observation results. The discs were then cut along a diameter by EDM and their sections observed for in depth effects. The influence of charge-to-target distance, steel grain size and explosive charge is hereby summarized. At the shortest distances, surfaces showed alterations due to gas washing in every case. At increasing distances mechanical twins became clearly observable, diminishing in deformed grain frequency at distances above 12 cm. 108g charges gave no surface effect at distances above 20 cm for 32 m grain sizes and above 22 cm for 60 m grain sizes. For the latter microstructure, such a limiting distance decreases to 15 cm with 54 g charges. Upon sectioning mechanical twins never occupied the entire section. At very short distances they are visible both at the impinging wave surface as well as at the reflected wave one, then only for some depth from the front surface. With 108 charges such a deformed depth nullifies for the smaller grain size at 15 cm charge-to-target distance and at 20 cm for the larger grain size. 60 m grain sizes disks showed no effect at 15 cm distance when the equivalent TNT charge was 54 g. The above findings were then interpreted in terms of maximum shear stresses originated from a shock wave pressure.

569

The five terrorist attacks on 16 may 2003 in Casablanca (Moroccoc) Agns Guironnet , Anne Franoise Ferroud, Laboratoire de Police Scientifique de Lyon, 31 avenue Franklin Roosevelt-69134 Ecully Cedex - France Twelve persons (four scientific explosive specialists, two from LPS1 Lyon, Two from LCPP2 and eight police officiers from SCIJ3 ) made up this French team. Five different sites were simultaneously aimed by 14 kamikases; Farah Hotel, Casa Espana,Positano restaurant, Jewish Alliance, Jewish cemetery in the Medina. We assisted the police investigator at the scene of explosion and the scientists in laboratory: At the scene of explosion We assisted them to investigate marks and items of evidence in the five sites (drawing up plans and photography, samples) in order to establish the number of kamikases, the nature of the explosives. In the Laboratory A small plastic bottle was found at the Farah Hotel, It contained a white substance with seven metallic balls. This substance was analysed at the Casablanca Laboratory with the LCPP assistance and ours. On may 18 th, the first analysis led to advance that it was TATP (Triacetone TriPeroxyde) mixed with ammonium nitrat. The organic phase analysis were realized by GC/MS and IRTF. The inorganic phase analysis were made by X diffraction and Ionic Chromatography. The Morocco police searched house in two residences In the first, some different materials were seized (bottles of acetone and hydrogene peroxyde, agitator, glassware...). In the other, cracker, alarm clock were found. We assisted them to the result operation and the modus operandi when explosive like TATP was discovered.

1 2

Laboratoire Police Scientifique Laboratoire Central Prfecture Police 3 Service Central Identit Judiciaire 570

Post blast detection of explosives residues and forensic analysis of debris in urban area explosion experiments. Use of high-quality 3D digital camera for area mapping A. Gregori1, A. Russo1, R. Cal1, L. Bosio1, G. Ciotola1, D. Coppe2, and L. Garofano1. Raggruppamento Carabinieri Investigazioni Scientifiche1, Italy. Istituto di Ricerche Esplosivistiche, Parma, Italy2. risprchimica@carabinieri.it

The risk concerning terrorist attacks using explosive devices in the world is greatly increasing. Even in Italy, a growing alarm is recently perceived. From this arises the need of performing exercitations to improve the cooperation between the many Departments and to unify the operational protocols. In April 2004, a simulation in urban environment, covering the examination of the scene after an explosive attack, has been performed. The activity involved personnel from 4 Carabinieri Departments (Roma, Parma, Messina, Cagliari). The main objectives were: To evaluate the effectiveness of the scene examination protocols currently utilized; To test the field explosive detection device (Ionscan); To gain ballistic information to verify the theoretical calculations for the determination of the quantity of explosive utilized; To verify the persistence of biological traces and fingerprints upon the remains of the starters and other parts of the exploding devices; To experiment new technologies for the 3D reconstruction of the explosions area. To take fast video recordings to study the dynamic of the explosion and the distribution of the fragments; Five bombs were detonated, the first one made of 100 grams of RDX + 50 grams of TNT + 420 grams of gel explosive GOMA 2 ECO put in bag outside the window of a building. The second was a car fire extinguisher, with the capacity of 2 litres, filled up with 250 grams of GOMA 2 ECO and 800 grams of RIOGEL and a slow action fuse, put inside a room of the building. A small quantity of TATP has been blown up with an electrical starter to evaluate the explosive potential and the best examination protocol (SPME). The other devices, of lesser potential, consisted in RDX and TNT (90/10, the first one) and smokeless powder (pipe bomb, the second).

571

ENVIRONMENTAL CRIME Design and operation of an air analysis laboratory Robert Bohn, Jim Hoban, and Laurence Strattan, Ph.D. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency National Enforcement Investigations Center P.O. BOX 25227, Denver Federal Center Denver, Colorado 80225 (USA) In the late 80s, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency published methods for the analysis of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) collected in stainless steel canisters. The USEPA National Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC) has a dedicated air analysis laboratory with instrumentation and equipment designed specifically for the analysis of air samples collected using inert-lined canisters. This type of analysis has proven useful in routine casework involving multimedia investigations, such as refineries and chemical plants, and has been required for specific criminal cases and Homeland Security applications. The inert-lined canisters are designed for whole air sampling. The canister takes and preserves a portion of the atmosphere from that particular sampling location. The inert lining within the canister keeps the contents, the sampled ambient air, from degrading prior to analysis. This sampling method has several advantages over the use of sorbent tubes, another method of VOC sampling. Canister sampling provides enough sample for multiple analyses and for quality control (QC) measures; canisters sizes used by NEIC range from 400 mL to 15 L. Air samples can be treated very much like liquid or solid samples. Analyses may include replicates, spikes, and additional QC as deemed necessary by the analyst. Canisters are cleaned and tested for cleanliness before being prepared for future field sampling. Analysis is performed using gas chromatography with mass spectrometry (GC/MS) detection. Detection limits for analysis range from the tens of parts per billion volume (ppbv) for a 1-mL sample size to sub part per trillion volume (pptv) for hundreds-of-mL sample sizes. The method used for this analysis is based on Method TO-15 from the USEPA Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Toxic Organic Compounds in Ambient Air. The system can use either a 1mL sample loop with precise flow splitting, appropriate for industrial hygiene applications, or flow measurement for samples from 20 mL to hundreds of mL, appropriate for ambient air analysis. Photos, technical specifications of the hardware and software involved in air analysis, details of procedures involved for canister preparation for sampling, proper dilution of air standards during analysis, and the cleaning of the canister post-analysis will be included in the poster. Additional information regarding sources for air standards, instrumentation, and equipment will also be provided.

572

Determination of perfluorinated surfactant in water by liquid chromatography-negative ion electrospray/ion trap mass spectrometry C.R.Casey, Laurence Strattan, Ph.D., T.L. Jones-Lepp, and D.A. Alvarez U.S. Environmental Protection Agency National Enforcement Investigations Center P.O. BOX 25227, Denver Federal Center Denver, Colorado 80225 (USA)

Perfluorinated surfactants are used in the production of a wide variety of products. These compounds are persistent in the environment and have toxicological effects on humans and other animals. Perfluorinated surfactants have been detected in widely distributed surface waters and biological matrices. Due to these concerns at least one major manufacturer has started to phase out their production. The possible routes of exposure to the environment include the water supplies located near production plants. Hence, there is a need to monitor low concentrations of these compounds in the environment. The United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and major manufactures have developed an approach to gather information on possible health effects and routes of human exposure. In 2003, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) released a preliminary risk assessment for the chemical perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and began a process of meetings to gather additional information on PFOA and any fluorinated telomers which may metabolize or degrade to PFOA. At that time, enforceable consent agreements (ECA) were negotiated between USEPA, the industry, and interested parties that required technical data regarding perfluorinated surfactants to be generated and submitted on a specified schedule to USEPA. One possible route for exposure of perfluorinated surfactants to the environment is through the water supplies located near production plants. The surface waters close to the DuPont Washington Works plant, a major producer of PFOA, were sampled for analysis of perfluorinated surfactants. Samples from drinking water wells, wastewater treatment facilities, and urban creeks were sent to the NEIC for analysis of three specific perfluorinated compounds: perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA), perfluoroheptanoic acid (PFHpA), and perfluorooctane sulfonate (PFOS). Existing analytical methods were modified and optimized to accommodate the NEIC instrumentation. The analytical method required the use of solid phase extraction (SPE) coupled with liquid chromatography-negative ion electrospray/ion trap mass spectrometry (LCNIES/ITMS). A contract laboratory, hired by DuPont, also performed analyses for PFOA on well water samples located near the plant. A comparison of the NEIC data to the contract lab data, details about the sampling (with photos), analysis (method specifications), and regulatory concerns regarding perfluorinated surfactants will be included in the poster. The National Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC) joined a collaborative sampling and analytical effort with the United States Geological Survey Columbia Environmental Center (USGS-CERC), the USEPA Office of Research and Development National Exposure Research Laboratory Environmental Sciences Division (ORD/NERL-ESD), and a USEPA regional office. USGS-CERC developed a novel sampling device, the Polar Organic Chemical Integrative Sampler (POCIS), for sequestering and concentrating waterborne polar organic chemicals. These samples were collected at wastewater treatment facilities and urban creeks. NERL-ESD analyzed sample extracts for pharmaceutical compounds, methamphetamine, and 3,4methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA). The extracts were sent to the NEIC for analysis for perfluorinated surfactants. PFOA and PFOS were qualitatively identified in the sample extracts submitted to the NEIC.

573

Field portable analysis Donald J. Smith U.S. Environmental Protection Agency National Enforcement Investigations Center P.O. BOX 25227, Denver Federal Center Denver, Colorado 80225 (USA)

The USEPA National Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC) Laboratory Branch has recently been developing a strategy for field analysis work. The goal of the analytical strategy is to acquire and maintain the capability to provide rapid initial assessments of any type of sample (solid, liquid, gas, or suspended particulates) prior to shipping to the laboratory for additional testing (primary or confirmational analysis). Within this strategy, the NEIC is attempting to provide as many analyses as possible with instruments that are easy to use, portable, and lightweight. The instruments are part of a field-portable package that weighs less than 100 pounds and can be staged and ready for rapid response analytical support. Some of the instruments included as part of the field-portable kit are a tube-excited X-ray fluorescence spectrometer, an anodic stripping voltammeter, a Hazcat Chemical Identification System, and a gamma spectrometer. Additional instrumentation, such as a HAPSITE gas chromatograph/mass spectrometer, can be included with the kit when advance notice is provided to the laboratory. The tube-excited portable X-ray Fluorescence (XRF) spectrometer is a handheld energy dispersive XRF analyzer that uses a miniature X-ray tube instead of a radioactive source and has a high-resolution detector system (200 eV FWHM at 5.95 keV Mn spectral line). The instrument has the capability to analyze for all of the USEPA RCRA and Priority Pollutant metals (Cr, Co, Ni, Cu, Zn, As, Se, Ag, Cd, Sn, Sb, Ba, Pb, Hg, and Tl) in solid or liquid samples. The spectrometer is equipped with X-ray tube filtering for enhanced detection limits on specific metals. It also includes a light element analysis package that uses a combination of filtering and a thin detector window to make light element detection possible. Additional improvements in light element detection can be made by optimizing the tube current and voltage. The portable anodic stripping voltammetry (ASV) system is designed for immediate on-site identification of trace metals in water. The system can analyze for cadmium, arsenic, lead, selenium, chromium, silver, and mercury at part per trillion levels in under three minutes. The ASV system is very small (approximately 5 x 2 x 1) and can be powered through the USB port of a laptop computer. The Hazcat Chemical Identification System is designed for immediate on-site identification of hazardous materials using a variety of simple chemical tests. It also contains a Meth Kit option for quickly identifying chemicals and wastes associated with the illegal manufacture of drugs. The portable gamma spectrometer is used to identify gamma-emitting contaminants at sites where radioactive substances may have been intentionally released. The portable gamma spectrometer system provides analysis of radiological contaminants on-site in minutes. The system is equipped with a 2 x 2 NaI detector to provide sufficient sensitivity for screening for ambient levels of gamma radionuclides but does not require liquid nitrogen like germanium detector systems. Signals are processed using quadratic compression conversion technology. This optimizes the spectrum so that peaks are well separated at high, low and all energies in between. Conventional spectroscopy requires a choice between optimizing either high or low energy peaks. Since this system must be used for unexpected radiological contaminants, optimization throughout the spectrum is needed. Photos, specifications, and examples of on-site usage by NEIC personnel will be presented on this poster.

574

Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) and iron treatment of brass foundry waste Douglas Kendall, Ph.D. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency National Enforcement Investigations Center P.O. BOX 25227, Denver Federal Center Denver, Colorado 80225 (USA) The Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) is used by the United States Environmental Protection Agency to determine if wastes contain extractable components subject to hazardous waste regulations. This poster illustrates and examines the limitations of the TCLP and the way it is used by studying a particular example. Waste casting sand from brass foundries, to which iron metal has been added, passes the TCLP test, but when placed in a landfill for several years may start to leach lead, copper and zinc. Results of TCLP tests of waste sand alone, and with the additives iron metal, zinc metal, hydrous ferric oxide and hematite, are reported. Three processes were studied: reduction by metallic iron, sorption by hydrous ferric oxide, and precipitation of hydroxides. Lead, copper and zinc behave differently with respect to these three processes, and their measurement allows some deductions as to what is occurring in a TCLP test or a landfill. Iron addition does not result in long term stabilization of a waste placed in the ground. The chemistry of a laboratory extraction can be very different from the chemistry of a waste placed in the environment. Wastes which are treated to pass the TCLP test, but are not permanently stabilized, are a threat to the environment.

575

Environmental analysis of illicit drug laboratory wastes John Fowler U.S. Environmental Protection Agency National Enforcement Investigations Center P.O. BOX 25227, Denver Federal Center Denver, Colorado 80225 (USA)

Environmental hazards involved with methamphetamine (meth) production have brought the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) into working relationships with local law enforcement, prosecutors, and the Drug Enforcement Administration. Chemicals used in meth production are hazardous and small producers routinely dump the chemical wastes and materials contaminated with hazardous chemicals into streams, rivers, fields, and sewage systems, or the hazardous material is left abandoned on-site as the suspects flee law enforcement. The USEPA regulations established in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) provide the force to prosecute lab operators creating a situation harmful to human health and the environment. RCRA hazardous wastes are tested for one or more of four characteristics: ignitability, corrosivity, toxicity, and reactivity. This poster will detail chemicals involved in methamphetamine production, the test methods used to determine the hazardous characteristics, and include photos of some of the apparatus used in testing meth laboratory wastes.

576

Electronic data analysis and laboratory fraud Johnny Lee, Linda Johnson, and David Holzwarth U.S. Environmental Protection Agency National Enforcement Investigations Center P.O. BOX 25227, Denver Federal Center Denver, Colorado 80225 (USA)

Environmental data integrity is a growing environmental concern for the USEPA. The accuracy and truthfulness of environmental data is a cornerstone for environmental enforcement and compliance, and is essential to the protection of public health and the environment. The National Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC) has developed an innovative approach in investigations by merging electronic data analysis (EDA) techniques, also known as computer forensics, with analytical chemistry and environmental science and engineering. The NEIC capabilities in laboratory fraud investigations are enhanced by the unique combination of EDA seizure and recovery, a modern state-of-the-art analytical laboratory, and multi-media field inspections. The EDA team works closely with experienced chemists, environmental scientists, and engineers to trace the origins of data fraud. This multidisciplinary approach has been recently been applied across the country on criminal and civil data integrity investigations involving: reformulated fuel environmental analytical laboratories automated waste water treatment plants The EDA fraud poster will illustrate the unique niche being filled by the NEIC and the impact on data integrity and laboratory fraud.

577

Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectrometry in environmental applications Jon Beihoffer and Jimmy Seidel, Ph.D. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency National Enforcement Investigations Center P.O. BOX 25227, Denver Federal Center Denver, Colorado 80225 (USA)

Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy is a powerful analytical technique which can be used to determine chemical structures and provide information on the amount of a given chemical present in environmental samples. Like its close cousin, the magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scanner found in hospitals, NMR relies upon the use of a powerful electromagnet. A NMR spectrum is unique, like a fingerprint, and can be used to identify constituents present in a sample. Each signal in the resulting NMR spectrum is proportional to the concentration of the atoms in a sample, and as such, can be used to determine the amount of each constituent present in a sample. The NEIC has used NMR as an analytical technique in environmental enforcement cases to provide complimentary data to supplement traditional analytical techniques used for environmental samples. At times, NMR has been a key technique for resolving analytical issues in environmental enforcement cases. Three recent uses of the NMR spectrometer for environmental enforcement cases will be presented. The identification of alcohols and glycols in environmental and process samples from an antifreeze recycling facility. The identification and measurement of low levels (<2%) of impurities in pesticide formulations. The identification and measurement of a cobalt complex in waste samples from a facility that manufactures automobile air bag inflators.

578

White river fish kill Laurence Strattan, Ph.D. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency National Enforcement Investigations Center P.O. BOX 25227, Denver Federal Center Denver, Colorado 80225 (USA)

Personnel at the National Enforcement Investigations Center (NEIC) in Denver, Colorado used a variety of scientific tools to assist the environmental enforcement action and investigation of a facility which had caused a large fish kill on the White River upstream of Indianapolis, Indiana. The White River is the source of about 60% of the drinking water for the city of Indianapolis. The cause of the fish kill was sodium dimethyldithiocarbamate, a short-lived, but toxic, chemical used in water treatment at an electroplating facility. Scientists and engineers from NEIC provided authoritative scientific advice to the enforcement case on short notice: Interpreted scientific and technical information available at the time in order to properly plan the enforcement activities. Provided knowledge of the environmental behavior of the toxic compound in order to select the samples for analysis that would the best evidence of what happened in the river. Performed analyses on the critical sample proving that the compound was present in a discharge from the facility and the compound was present in concentrations capable of causing the observed harm to the environment. The most important analyses were performed by liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry and by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. This poster will illustrate the science and technology used to assist with this investigation as well as the scope of this significant environment enforcement case.

579

The Davold investigation Illegal asbestos removal and disposal Peggy Forney, Susan S. Helbert, Joyce Kopatich, and Richard Martinez U.S. Environmental Protection Agency National Enforcement Investigations Center P.O. BOX 25227, Denver Federal Center Denver, Colorado 80225 (USA) Asbestos is the name for a group of natural fibrous silicate materials. The three most common types of asbestos are chrysotile, amosite, and crocidolite; of these three, it is estimated that chrysotile makes up more than 90% of the asbestos in buildings in the United States. Asbestoscontaining materials (ACM) have been used in products that require the thermal insulation, chemical and thermal stability, and high tensile strength provided by asbestos fibers. Generally, if ACM are intact and undisturbed, the asbestos does not pose any health problem. Problems can occur if these materials are damaged in such a way as to expose the microscopic asbestos fibers to the air. If distributed through the air, asbestos fibers may be inhaled into the lungs and the greater the exposure to the fibers (time and quantity), the greater the risk of developing an asbestos-related disease (asbestosis, mesothelioma, or lung cancer). The Clean Air Act is the United States federal law that regulates air emissions and tasks the US Environmental Protection Agency with developing and enforcing regulations to protect the public from exposure to hazardous airborne contaminants. Asbestos was one of the first hazardous air pollutants to be listed and regulated under the National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP). Because of the potential health hazards involved with damaging asbestos-containing materials and the frequent need for renovation or demolition of older, asbestos-containing buildings, the Asbestos NESHAP regulation was developed. Within this regulation are the specific work practices required by law for minimizing the release of asbestos fibers during the during demolition and renovation activities. Included in these work practices are requirements to wet the ACM (preventing airborne distribution of the fibers) and to provide asbestos-removal (remediation) training and personal protective equipment to employees involved in the activities. This poster will provide step-by-step details of an investigation where the NESHAP regulations were not followed. This investigation required the combined efforts of criminal investigators, field personnel, and qualified asbestos microscopists. Photos will detail the interior of the building undergoing the asbestos removal and obvious contamination by the fibrous material. Additional photos will show the excavation by field personnel in an area where the suspects illegally dumped bags of ACM. Specifics of the investigation and prosecution will be covered including the sentencing results for the defendants.

580

Use of the HAPSITE field-portable GC/MS for on-site analysis Stephanie Volz U.S. Environmental Protection Agency National Enforcement Investigations Center P.O. BOX 25227, Denver Federal Center Denver, Colorado 80225 (USA) The INFINICON HAPSITE Chemical Identification System is a field-portable, temperature programmable gas chromatograph equipped with a mass spectrometer (GC/MS). This innovative new instrument allows for rapid analysis of air, water, and soil samples on-site. The system has a microtrap concentrator for low parts-per-billion (ppb) detection limits, runs on a rechargeable battery pack, and can be easily adapted for headspace and purge-and-trap analysis. The National Enforcement Investigation Center (NEIC) has utilized the HAPSITE in the field for the analysis of reactive gases that are too reactive to ship, for sample screening, and for facility leak detection. Samples screened in the field can improve on-site decision-making by the investigative team. Screening data can be used to determine if further analysis of a particular sample is warranted. It can also assist in determining if additional samples must be taken in order to support the environmental crime case. If the area suspected for pollutant contamination is large, sample screening may prove useful in mapping clean sections and sections of the site that actually contain the hazardous material. Decisions made in the field regarding samples can dramatically improve the support to an investigation or inspection without requiring additional site visits or excessive sampling for full laboratory analysisa savings of time and money. Analysis results from the HAPSITE are comparable to laboratory analysis of collocated samples. The USEPA Environmental Technology Verification program approved the HAPSITE for use with USEPA methods after comparing data generated by the HAPSITE to that generated by a reference laboratory. Examples of the use of the HAPSITE by NEIC personnel for environmental investigations will be presented in this poster. Photos, logistical information, and a comparison of HAPSITE and NEIC laboratory data for collocated samples will be included.

581

COMPUTER CRIME An algorithm of digital evidence search process Kadir OZKAN Organization: Crime Laboratory of Police in Istanbul, TURKEY Kriminal Polis Laboratuvar, Vatan Cd. A Blok Kat:7 Fatih, ISTANBUL Telephone: + 90 212 636 17 77, + 90 505 213 23 19 Fax: + 90 212 636 23 97, kadir.ozkan@kpl.gov.tr , ykadir_ozkan@hotmail.com

Crime, as a general concept, is changing its style, host, target etc. every moment. It is a living mechanism of its very culture and is affected by other mechanisms of the culture it exists in. Because of that, digital culture of global world brought a new kind of crime to our lives: digital crime with the other face of the medal, investigating techniques of such crimes. A 40 GB harddisk, if full of text files, can include 42.949.672.960 letters and it makes approximately 10 billions words. It is not easy to comprehend this number but a man with a reading speed of 10 words\second can read this amount in 1 billion seconds. 1 Billion seconds make 32 years. Thats why; one can read a 40 GB harddisk in 32 years without a breath or sleep however digital crime investigators must conduct searches on harddisks, CDs etc. to reach digital evidences. Noticing the difficulties of such search processes, IACIS (International Association for Computer Information Systems - www.iacis.org) announced a document saying: In many instances a complete examination of all of the data on media may not be authorized, possible, necessary or conducted for various reasons. In these instances, the examiner should not conduct a complete search and document the reasons for not conducting. Because of mentioning a crucial problem, this document is an important one however is not offering a solution for the problem although such a solution is needed much. Digital crime investigation procedure can be itemized mainly into three: 1- Seizure and preservation of data which may contain evidence, 2- Finding the valuable data among many from storage devices etc., 3- Making evidence-criminal connections and reporting discoveries before the court of law. Among them the second item is becoming more and more difficult every day and requiring a good solution because the problem is lacking even a rough, worldwide standard. A general algorithm may enable investigators to document local, detailed documents and conduct more effective search. For that reason a detail levels list of digital crime investigation should be documented first and delivered to all police departments. Police departments, when a crime is committed involving digital machines, should decide the importance of digital evidence among other evidences (fingerprint, handwriting, DNA, retina etc.) and using this list, they should mark the case with a number indicating the level of importance. If the police needs digital evidence -in storage devices- much, a complete search process must be conducted but if it is relatively unimportant for the police, list of detail levels will not make the search process -in digital crime laboratory- a waste of time. At important cases, police officers from involving department should assist digital crime investigators because it is difficult for a digital crime investigator to update himself with a new codes of law, new kinds of crime, diverse modus operandi etc. and involvement of police to this search process do not harm the reliability of evidence because the consistency of the digital evidences is provable.

582

Moreover, digital crime can be ended whenever enough evidence is found and this information must be used to minimize the time that is used to find the digital evidence. For example, the search process should begin with storage devices which use faster ports, which are of newer technology, bigger capacity and stop with storage devices that use slower ports, that are of older technology and smaller capacity. Shoving this information and the some more details of it will be easier and better if transferred to an algorithm and presented visually.

583

Critical issues in computer forensics Krishnia S PENDYALA*, Dr.M.S RAO** *Assistant government examiner, computer forensic division, %GEPD, Ramanthpur, hyderabad, India -500013 ** Director & chief forensic scientist, Directorate of Forensic Science, Ministry of Homeaffairs New Delhi (India)

THE IT- REVOLUTION SWEEPING THE GLOBE in communications and information technology has truly made the world a smaller village. In this ever-evolving age of information technology, the requirements of law enforcement are shifting, as well. Some conventional crimes, continue to become ever more technologically sophisticated. Paper trails have given way to electronic trails. Digital evidence replaced the physical evidence. Computer forensics is a new and fast growing field that involves carefully collecting and examining digital evidence to prosecute a criminal. The four steps in any computer forensic investigation are acquiring, authenticating, analysis of digital evidence and documentation. Acquiring the data mainly involves creating a bit-by-bit copy of the hard drive. Authentication is to ensure that the copy used to perform the investigation/analysis is an exact replica of the original and contents of the original hard drive has not been altered during the acquisition process. Analysis of the data is the most important part of the investigation since this is where incriminating evidence may be found. In this paper the authors discussed about the various critical issues involved in computer forensics like choosing a right tool for right job; operating system independent imaging tool; source and destination media for imaging; hashing the drive; loss-less compression of imaging; rapid increase in storage media capacity; different types of storage media; analysis of application softwares; cryptoanalysis; steganoanalysis; password cracking; key word search; vernacular language problems etc and how data mining, neural network, fuzzy logic can help in the forensic analysis of the suspected computer system. * Author to whom all correspondence should be made. :

584

INTERPRETATION Bayesian networks and the assessment of scientific evidence: the use of qualitative probabilistic networks and sensitivity analyses. A. Biedermann1,2,*, F. Taroni1,3, The University of Lausanne, School of Criminal Sciences, Institut de Police Scientifique, Btiment de Chimie, 1015 Lausanne-Dorigny, Switzerland Federal Department of Justice and Police, Federal Office of Police, Nussbaumstrasse 29, 3003 Berne, Switzerland Institut de Mdicine Lgale, The University of Lausanne, 21, rue du Bugnon, 1005 Lausanne, Switzerland
*

alex.biedermann@fedpol.admin.ch; alex.biedermann@esc.unil.ch franco.taroni@esc.unil.ch; franco.taroni@inst.hospvd.ch

Bayesian networks (BNs) are models that formally combine elements of graph and probability theory. BNs are a mathematically and statistically rigorous technique allowing their user to define a pictorial representation of assumed dependencies and influences among a set of variables deemed to be relevant for a particular inferential problem. Moreover, newly acquired evidence can be processed in a way that complies with the rules of probability calculus. However, only few forensic scientists currently seem to accept BNs as a general framework for representing and evaluating sources of uncertainties associated with scientific evidence. Notably, BNs are widely thought of as an essentially numerical method, requiring exact numbers with a high accuracy. The aim of the document is to show that the availability of hard numerical data is not a necessary requirement for using BNs in forensic science. An abstraction of quantitative BNs, known as Qualitative probabilistic networks (QPNs), and sensitivity analyses are thus presented and their potential applications discussed. As a main difference to their quantitative counterpart, i.e. BNs, QPNs contain qualitative probabilistic relationships instead of numerical relations. Sensitivity analyses consist of, for example, varying the assessment of one variable and studying the effect on the models outcome. Both QPNs and sensitivity analyses can be useful concepts that permit forensic scientists to work in contexts with acute lack of numerical data and where reasoning in agreement with the laws of probability should nevertheless be performed.

585